universiTY
of marYLanD
aT coLLeGe parK
consoLiDaTeD
unDerGraDuaie
caiaLOG
Digitized by the Internet Archive
in 2010 with funding from
Lyrasis Members and Sloan Foundation
http://www.archive.org/details/undergraduatecon1972univ
CAMPUS REORGANIZATION
On March 8, 1972, a new Campus organization was approved
for the College Park Campus.
This book which takes a year to compile and print could not
reflect such changes overnight. However, much of this catalog
is still accurate, especially the sections dealing with general
information, the departments, the course listings and the faculty.
You can use this book as a starting point in planning your work
and can then check with your advisor.
As is mentioned at the front of Chapters II and III, information
is being written for you now to explain exactly how Reorganiza-
tion will benefit you as a student. The Reorganization will pro-
ceed very gradually, with careful consideration for your feel-
ings and your interests all along the way.
The Editors
jlfALTH CT>IX"ATIOO
FKYsical trxJCA-noA)
'.: ••:■'.: ■ • '..'■ " •
jVIKASyfWMEWT i STATISTIC
'iecoMD^RV COOCATiOhJ
5PPC/AC CDUCAT'CM
FAMILY «£> COMMOMITY JjEVELO-PMFNT
POODS, kJUTIflTII/" » IMSTITUTIO^ AAH (WISTf^iVTOM
HotfSIWS * Appuft> DESIGN
TEXTILES « Cof^SUMET5 ECONOMICS.
MtplcAM 5TODI(-"5' Pto«R*,M
'RISC'TAL- «NO SewiT7C -prtOSKAM
vART
CLASSICS
>AUCF
"NSUSH
FieewcH « Italian
SEISMAN AND SLAVIC
HIST&KV
music
philosophy
SPAWISH * f=E>IETUSOe"Sf"
SPEECH < DK^MATIC AlgT
AFTcW AMEjeiOAW STUDIES PB9SBAIVI
AWrHKDPOLOSY "PKO&eAM
BUREAU CFSUS"JffSS &JD eiJuHOAilC R6_SEA/?CH
SoWWU CF SWfRNUeWrAL K>fSfA
WSTiTUrE er ctomia^L JuSr/CF /Vv'C> CRIMikJOcDAY
/MST1TUTE OF U<gC3AAJ .STUPie3
l/wsuistics, pr^osreWM
Economics
<?fo<;i^aphy
<soye«N'MeAJT *" fcutics
(JPOSMATlC-J SYSTPWS MANA6EMfA/T
(srvecH } «€=Ajeffj& scieNCF)
Soo OU3«V
F5YCW-O.SY'
AERO-SPA££
CHEMICAL
CIVIL
•ELECTRICAL.
FlRC PROTECTiOlO
MECHAMICAU
y»PCUE-£> MATHEMATICS PK»S»?AM
■CENTTH? FD« MATEre/ALS RFSCAXTCri
■IWSTITUTTr- RJre FUUID "DYaJAMicS f APPUEb MATHEMATICS
INSTITUTE FDR MOLECL>tv»-t PHYSICS
COMPUTET? SOENCP"
MATHEMATICS
phvsics r astuowomy
-A&RONCNV
,ra;Ai_ f LJ&1NEER1N&-
— A&rei cult u <e Ac « pxTTr*>S' '
• fCONOMlCS
■/ANIMAL- SCII '
pAIISV SCIFNCE"
HOf^TI C ULTLIiee"
FplH-TRY SCtFnoE'
•MJJV SCIFNCF
AJAT0(^Ai_l?fcSOU',?CfT /NS •
BC'TAuY'
*
-ENTrr'M,
•Y)
MICRC-O'
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND
AT COLLEGE PARK
UNDERGRADUATE
CONSOLIDATED CATALOG
1972-73
The provisions of this publication are not to be regarded as an irrevocable contract between the student
and the University of Maryland. Changes are effected from time to time in the general regulations and
in the academic requirements. There are established procedures for making changes, procedures which
protect the institution's integrity and the individual student's interest and welfare. A curriculum or grad-
uation requirement, when altered, is not made retroactive unless the alteration is to the student's ad-
vantage and can be accommodated within the span of years normally required for graduation. When the
actions of a student are judged by competent authority, using established procedure, to be detrimental
to the interests of the University community, that person may be required to withdraw from the Uni-
versity.
The University of Maryland, in all its branches and divisions, subscribes to a policy of equal educa-
tional and employment opportunity for people of every race, creed, ethnic origin and sex.
College Park Publications Office
POJ 971-727
May, 1972
iii
CONTENTS
I— GENERAL INFORMATION 1
THE UNIVERSITY 1
ADMISSION AND ORIENTATION 3
EXPENSES, FINANCIAL AID AND SCHOLARSHIPS 7
ACADEMIC PROGRAMS. HONORS AND AWARDS , 15
ACADEMIC REGULATIONS 22
STUDENT SERVICES AND ACTIVITIES 32
GENERAL REGULATIONS 35
II— COLLEGE SECTION 51
AGRICULTURE 51
ARCHITECTURE 55
ARTS AND SCIENCES 57
BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 60
EDUCATION 62
ENGINEERING 66
HOME ECONOMICS 71
PHYSICAL EDUCATION, RECREATION AND HEALTH 73
UNDERGRADUATE PROFESSIONAL PREPARATION 79
DENTAL HYGIENE 79
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY 80
NURSING 80
PHARMACY 80
PHYSICAL THERAPY 81
III— DEPARTMENTS, PROGRAMS AND CURRICULA 83
ADMINISTRATION, SUPERVISION AND CURRICULUM 83
AEROSPACE ENGINEERING 83
AFRO-AMERICAN STUDIES PROGRAM 85
AGRICULTURE-GENERAL CURRICULUM 85
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING 85
AGRICULTURAL AND EXTENSION EDUCATION 86
AGRICULTURAL AND RESOURCE ECONOMICS 87
AGRONOMY 88
AMERICAN STUDIES PROGRAM 88
ANIMAL SCIENCES 89
ANTHROPOLOGY PROGRAM 90
ARCHITECTURE PROGRAM 90
ART 92
ASTRONOMY PROGRAM 93
BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES PROGRAM 94
BOTANY 95
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 95
CHEMISTRY 101
CHINESE PROGRAM 103
CIVIL ENGINEERING 103
CLASSICAL LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 104
COMPARATIVE LITERATURE PROGRAM 105
COMPUTER SCIENCE PROGRAM 105
COUNSELING AND PERSONNEL SERVICES 107
INSTITUTE OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE AND CRIMINOLOGY 107
DANCE 108
EARLY CHILDHOOD-ELEMENTARY EDUCATION 108
ECONOMICS 111
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 112
ENGINEERING MATERIALS PROGRAM 113
ENGINEERING SCIENCES PROGRAM 113
ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE 113
ENTOMOLOGY 114
FAMILY AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT 114
iv
CONTENTS
FIRE PROTECTION ENGINEERING PROGRAM 117
FOOD. NUTRITION AND INSTITUTION ADMINISTRATION 118
FOOD SCIENCE PROGRAM 120
FRENCH AND ITALIAN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 120
GEOGRAPHY 121
GEOLOGY PROGRAM 123
GERMANIC AND SLAVIC LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 123
GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS 124
HEALTH EDUCATION 125
HEBREW PROGRAM 126
HISTORY 126
HORTICULTURE 127
HOUSING AND APPLIED DESIGN 128
INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION 130
INFORMATION SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT PROGRAM 133
JAPANESE 133
JOURNALISM 134
LIBRARY SCIENCE EDUCATION CURRICULUM 135
LINGUISTICS PROGRAM 136
MATHEMATICS 136
MEASUREMENT AND STATISTICS 137
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING 137
METEOROLOGY PROGRAM 139
MICROBIOLOGY 139
INSTITUTE FOR MOLECULAR PHYSICS 140
MUSIC 140
NUCLEAR ENGINEERING PROGRAM 141
PHILOSOPHY 141
PHYSICAL EDUCATION 141
PHYSICAL SCIENCES PROGRAM 144
PHYSICS AND ASTRONOMY 145
PRE-DENTAL HYGIENE 146
PRE-DENTISTRY 146
PRE-FORESTRY 147
PRE-LAW 147
PRE-MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY 148
PRE-MEDICINE 148
PRE-NURSING 149
PRE-PHARMACY 149
PRE-PHYSICAL THERAPY 149
PRE-THEOLOGY
150
PRE-VETERINARY MEDICINE PROGRAM I50
OTHER PRE-PROFESSIONAL AREAS 151
151
152
PSYCHOLOGY
RECREATION
RUSSIAN AREA PROGRAM 152
SECONDARY EDUCATION 153
SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY 162
SPANISH AND PORTUGUESE LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 182
SPECIAL EDUCATION 163
SPEECH AND DRAMATIC ART 164
TEXTILES AND CONSUMER ECONOMICS 165
,An, A„u 166
IV— COURSE OFFERINGS 169
V— FACULTY 265
INDEX 311
CHANCELLOR'S LETTER
The College Park Campus of the University of Maryland has entered
a new academic era. It is an era that offers a unique challenge to all the
citizens of this center of higher learning. It offers exciting and expanded
opportunities for intellectual growth in an environment reshaped to meet
the changing interests of scholars.
The new plan of academic organization under which we begin the
1972-73 academic year was designed to provide opportunities that enable
each of us to realize his full potential. The broadly oriented Divisions of
our Campus' new structure afford creative and flexible new approaches
in numerous areas. In almost every direction, new paths are charted
for the advancement and fulfillment of the human intellect. Increased flexi-
bility in our educational programs awaits us this year.
As conditions in our society change, so must our University change.
We shall continue to build upon the past, respond to the present and
anticipate and prepare to move into the future. Acting together, we must
constantly explore new ways to foster the University's role of seeking to
improve the world in which we live.
I invite you to join us in responding to the challenges that are be-
fore us.
Chancellor, College Park Campus
vi
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND CATALOGS
AVAILABLE TO YOU
WHICH CATALOG DO YOU WANT?
1. Undergraduate Consolidated
Admissions, orientation, financial data, academic regula-
tions, housing, general regulations, schools at College
Park, general information, departments, courses, faculty
WHERE TO GET IT
A. In Person — Copies of this book are available to all stu-
dents at College Park in May 1972 at the following
places: 1) Student Union, 2) McKeldin Library, and 3)
the Main Dining Hall.
Copies are available all year round at the Admissions
Desk in the North Administration Bldg. One copy will
be mailed to each incoming freshman in June 1972.
B. By Mail — // you want a catalog by mail, you must send
a self-addressed, sell-adhesive label to. University of
Maryland, Catalog Mailing, 4910 Calvert Road, College
Park, Maryland 20742.
2. Summer School Catalog
Departments, courses, faculty, workshops, summer
activities
A. In Person — Summer School Office, 2nd floor Turner Lab-
oratory, College Park. University of Maryland.
B. By Mail — The Summer School, University of Maryland,
Turner Laboratory, College Park, Maryland 20742.
3. Graduate Bulletin
Admissions, requirements for degree, program descrip-
tions, no courses
In Person — 2nd floor Graduate School Building, College
Park Campus.
By Mail — The Graduate School, University of Maryland,
College Park, Maryland 20742.
4. Graduate Catalog (University-Wide)
Admissions, degree requirements, programs, courses
A. In Person — Admissions Office, Room 205 South Admin-
istration Building.
B. By Mail — Registrations, Graduate School, University of
Maryland, College Park, Maryland 20742.
5. University College Campus Catalog
Programs, courses, faculty
A. In Person — Dean's Office, 2nd floor, Center of Adult
Education, College Park Campus.
B. By Mail — Registrations, University of Maryland, University
College, College Park, Maryland 20742.
6. Professional Schools of:
Dentistry
Law
Medicine
Nursing
Pharmacy
Social Work and Community Planning
7. Eastern Shore Campus Catalog
Programs, course descriptions, requirements for admis-
sion, faculty
In Person — at the respective schools.
By Mail — Admissions and Registrations,
Maryland, Baltimore, Maryland 21201.
University of
In Person — at the Admissions Office. Eastern Shore.
By Mail — Admissions, University of Maryland, Eastern
Shore Campus, Princess Anne. Maryland 21853.
8. UMBC (Baltimore County Campus)
Areas of study, courses, faculty
A. In Person — at the Admissions Office, Baltimore County.
B. By Mail — Admissions and Registrations, UMBC,
5401 Wilkins Avenue. Baltimore, Maryland 21228.
C. By Telephone — (301) 455-2291.
9. School ol Library and Information Services Bulletin
In Person — Room 403, McKeldin Library, College Park
Campus.
By Mail — Dean's Office, School of Library and Informa-
tion Services, McKeldin Library, University of Maryland,
College Park, Maryland 20742.
VII
BOARD OF REGENTS AND MARYLAND STATE BOARD OF AGRICULTURE
Chairman
DR. LOUIS L. KAPLAN
Wee Chairman
RICHARD W. CASE
Secretary
B. HERBERT BROWN
Treasurer
HARRY H. NUTTLE
Assistant Secretary
MRS. ALICE H. MORGAN
Assistant Treasurer
F. GROVE MILLER, JR.
mrs. michael j. deegan, jr.
george c. fry
samuel h. hoover, d.d.s.
edward v. hurley
hugh a. Mcmullen
L. MERCER smith
EMERSON C. WALDEN, M.D.
CALENDAR FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 1972-1973
1972 August 26
August 28-September 1
August 30
November 21
November 27
December 12
December 13, 17
December 14-21
December 21
FALL SEMESTER 1972
Saturday
Monday-Friday
Wednesday
Tuesday, after last class
Monday— 8:00 A.M.
Tuesday
Wednesday, Sunday
Thursday-Thursday
Thursday
Registration*
Registration*
Classes begin
Thanksgiving recess begins
End of Thanksgiving recess
Last day of classes
Exam study days
Fall semester examination period
Graduation, 8 p.m.
SPRING SEMESTER 1973
1973
January 13
January 15-19
January 17
March 9
March 19
May 8
May 9, 13
May 10-17
May 19
Saturday
Monday-Friday
Wednesday
Friday, after last class
Monday— 8:00 A.M.
Tuesday
Wednesday, Sunday
Thursday-Thursday
Saturday
Registration*
Registration*
Classes begin
Spring recess begins
End of spring recess
Last day of classes
Exam study days
Spring semester examination period
Graduation, 10 a.m.
"Under new procedures this registration period will be used for drop-adds and special problems.
viii
OFFICERS OF THE COLLEGE PARK CAMPUS
Chancellor
CHARLES E. BISHOP
B.S.. Berea College, 1946; M.S.,
versity of Kentucky, 1948; Ph.D.,
versity of Chicago, 1952.
Uni-
Uni-
Assistant to the Chancellor
DENNIS H. BLUMER
B.S., Yale College, 1962; J.D., Yale Law
School, 1965.
Vice Chancellor for Student Affairs
DANIEL L. BRATTON
B.A., Allegheny College, 1954; M.Div.,
Drew University, 1957; M.A. Teachers
College, Columbia University, 1958;
Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia Uni-
versity, 1967.
Vice Chancellor For Academic Affairs
GEORGE H. CALLCOTT
A.B., University of South Carolina, 1950;
M.A., Columbia University, 1951; Ph.D.,
University of North Carolina, 1956.
Director of University Relations
JAMES R. COLLIER
B.A., Wichita State University,
M.A., University of Iowa, 1966.
1962;
Vice Chancellor for Academic Planning and Policy
THOMAS B. DAY
B.S., University of Notre Dame, 1952;
Ph.D., Cornell University, 1957.
Vice Chancellor For Administrative Affairs
JOHN W. DORSEY
B.S., University of Maryland, 1958; Cer-
tificate, London School of Economics,
1959; M.A., Harvard University, 1962;
Ph.D., 1963.
Director of Human Relations
YOLANDE W. FORD
B.A., Howard University, 1951; M.A.,
Howard University, 1952.
Dean, Graduate Studies and Research
DAVID S. SPARKS
A.B., Grinnell College, 1944; M.A., Uni-
versity of Chicago, 1945; Ph.D., Uni-
versity of Chicago, 1951.
OFFICERS OF THE UNIVERSITY
President
WILSON H. ELKINS
B.A., University of Texas, 1932; M.A.,
1932; B.Litt., Oxford University, 1936;
D.Phil., 1936.
Vice President For Academic Affairs
R. LEE HORNBAKE
B.S., California State College, Pennsyl-
vania, 1934; M.A., Ohio State University.
1936; Ph.D., 1942.
Vice President For General Administration
WALTER B. WAETJEN
B.S., Millersville State College, Millers-
ville, Pennsylvania, 1942; M.S., Univer-
sity of Pennsylvania, 1947; Ed.D., Uni-
versity of Maryland, 1951.
Vice President For Graduate Studies
and Research
MICHAEL J. PELCZAR, JR.
B.S., University of Maryland, 1936; M.S.,
1938; Ph.D., State University of Iowa,
1941.
Vice President For Agricultural Affairs
FRANK L. BENTZ, JR.
B.S., University of Maryland, 1942; Ph.D.,
1952.
Assistant To The President For University
Relations
ROBERT A. BEACH, JR.
A.B., Baldwin-Wallace College,
M.S., Boston University, 1954.
1950;
o
r *****
1 1 • * •
fcT.
£
*
.,
i
/ • -a-
8 ■
5 E
e_ e
gu
"5— o X « o-^sj^s-s
X U E • d c X u - c U J U
o ?* < = = 'E
i: ± Ti -a -d
.£ ° X lr, Sri
>- 5 g- u ^ g-r S1^ 5 E .= "5 S |'|-i='£J .. 3 .£ -■ x jj _• ,E £ S?x
= -§ ^
* ?!
* * s
. t .5 c E
!■*£;>! I
a, i
'J 8
. s %
- E 'I " "£ -8 'i _c o E - '5 E_! E - "B E £ go ° E I "i = o"o-2 o * S 5
i i i-i
lUll
I l.-8s.ti|l| all J £ isSJ 3 8|-sii8
-irtiu-ii-QSu.51fla)Wwt.»-U»-Jrtt<-tJft.N
:^it3D>>S5x>i
• - i i x x r
"5 - x = =_ O
} E O < - i~ I % 8 « S — o '
?ue>.K-
oUUUUu3uuijUQOi!iiiiuilIliif°Jid^S|5SSJ.! g g j -2 S „ = s £ ■£ -> u
oZ ' = o X £ "5 _ ,
-7 -O -O ■
< uiiii"-8J"0*>'00-'^ Ou,OOX5->x-uS2xzS_,:i5x^--,y:x^-'-
ISSS!
'3 3:?:
I
GENERAL INFORMATION
THE UNIVERSITY
The contemporary university is a comprehen-
sive educational institution offering a multiplicity
of undergraduate programs that are closely re-
lated to the graduate and professional programs.
Comprehensive universities as we know them
in the United States have existed for less than
a century, but their roots can be traced back to
medieval history. The English college system
served as the model for the earliest American ef-
forts at higher education. The ancient German uni-
versity tradition was joined with this in the 1870's
to form the basic outlines of our present institu-
tions. Practical studies were grafted onto these
more classically and theoretically oriented tradi-
tions by the agricultural emphasis of the land grant
movement.
With the explosion of scientific and technologi-
cal knowledge in the early twentieth century, the
role of the universities in American society at-
tained increased importance, and today almost all
aspects of national life — social, economic, scien-
tific, and cultural — benefit from their educational,
research and service functions.
OBJECTIVES OF THE UNIVERSITY
Although the University of Maryland is a state
institution quite large in physical plant, student
enrollment, number of curricula offered, and serv-
ices performed, its objectives can be simply stated
as follows: (1) to prepare students in the arts, the
humanities, the basic and applied sciences, and
the professional curricula; (2) to provide general
education in its broadest sense, both formal and
informal, for all students who enroll; (3) to develop
those ideals and fine relationships among students
which characterize cultured individuals; (4) to con-
duct systematic research and to promote creative
scholarship; and (5) to offer special, continuation,
and extension education in communities where it
is feasible to do so.
HISTORY
The University had its beginnings in 1807 with
the establishment in Baltimore of the College of
Medicine, an entirely faculty-owned institution
granting the M.D. degree. When, five years later,
its name was changed to the University of Mary-
land, it was given power to confer additional de-
grees. Subsequently, the University opened a
School of Dentistry, the first such school in the
world, and then added Schools of Pharmacy, Law,
and Nursing.
The College Park campus of the University was
opened in 1859 as the Maryland Agricultural Col-
lege under a charter secured by a group of Mary-
land planters. After a disastrous fire in 1912, the
State acquired control of the College and bore the
cost of rebuilding. In 1920 the State took over
the faculty-owned University in Baltimore, merg-
ing it with the State-owned institution at Coliege
Park to form the present-day University of Mary-
land.
General Information / 1
In 1886 the Delaware Conference Academy was
founded by the Methodist Church in Princess Anne,
Maryland. Title to the institution was acquired by
the State of Maryland in 1926, and it became a
division of the University of Maryland in 1948. It
was made an integral part of the University sys-
tem with the name, University of Maryland Eastern
Shore (UMES), in 1970.
A new undergraduate branch campus known as
University of Maryland Baltimore County (UMBC),
was opened at Catonsville in 1966.
THE UNIVERSITY TODAY
The University of Maryland is a comprehensive
educational unit with campuses located at College
Park, Baltimore City, Baltimore County and Prin-
cess Anne.
LIBRARIES
The Theodore R. McKeldin Library is the gen-
eral library of the University, containing reference
works, periodicals, circulating books, and other
materials in all fields of research and instruction.
Branch libraries include the Undergraduate Li-
brary, the Engineering and Physical Sciences Li-
brary, the Architecture Library, and the Chemis-
try Library.
The libraries on the College Park campus in-
clude approximately 1,000,000 volumes and 12,000
subscriptions to periodicals and newspapers, as
well as many uncatalogued government docu-
ments, phonorecords, films and filmstrips, etc.
The Undergraduate Library, located just north
of Campus Drive, seats 4,000 readers and shelves
up to 200,000 volumes. It is intended to meet most
library needs of undergraduates, thus enabling the
McKeldin Library to devote itself mainly to the
graduate and research programs of the University.
Special collections in the library system include
those of Richard Van Mises in mathematics and
applied mechanics; Max Born in the physical sci-
ences; Thomas I. Cook in political science; Romeo
Mansueti in the biological sciences; Katherine
Anne Porter; Maryland; U.S. government publica-
tions (for which the University is a regional deposi-
tory); documents of the United Nations, the League
of Nations, and other international organizations;
agricultural experiment station and extension
service publications; maps from the U.S. Army
Map Service; the files of the Industrial Union of
Marine and Shipbuilding Workers of America; the
Wallenstein collection of musical scores; and re-
search collections of the American Bandmasters
Association, the National Association of Wind and
Percussion Instructors and the Music Educators
National Conference. In addition, the collections
include microfilm productions of government doc-
uments, rare books, early journals, and news-
papers.
Other Area Resources
The College Park campus is in a region rich in
research collections. In the Washington area are
the Library of Congress, the National Archives,
the Folger Library, the National Library of Medi-
cine, the National Agricultural Library, and various
academic and special libraries. In the Baltimore
area, in addition to the University's own libraries
at UMBC and on the professional campus, are
the Enoch Pratt Free Library and the Maryland
Historical Association Library. The Maryland Hall
of Records is located in Annapolis.
RESEARCH FACILITIES
The research programs at the University derive
their existence and vigor from a faculty comprised
of internationally recognized scholars and scien-
tists. It is an advantage for undergraduate students
to be aware of the University's research facilities
as they plan their program.
In addition to fine library resources and the
usual laboratory facilities for undergraduate
studies, the University has developed outstanding
opportunities for research in the biological, physi-
cal, and social sciences. Among the exceptional
facilities are the Institute for Child Study; the Na-
tural Resources Institute; a Computer Science
Center with a UNIVAC 1108, an IBM 7094, and
two IBM 1401 s; a laboratory for basic behavioral
research on animals; a Center of Materials Re-
search; Van de Graaff accelerators; a training
nuclear reactor; a full-scale, low-velocity wind tun-
nel; a psycho-pharmacology laboratory; and lab-
oratory models for meteorological phenomena.
Collaborative arrangements with many nearby gov-
ernment agencies permit University students and
faculty to utilize their research facilities. The Uni-
versity owns and operates the world's longest
radio telescope, located in California. A 160 MeV
cyclotron for research in nuclear studies is located
on the College Park campus.
Investigation in agriculture is an important
aspect of University research. University farms
total more than 2,000 acres. Breeding, selection in
farm crops, and soil research are a part of the
program. Work in these areas is augmented by
X-ray equipment and an electron microscope.
SUMMER SCHOOL
New freshmen students who have met the regu-
lar University admission requirements for fall en-
rollment may begin their studies during the sum-
mer rather than await September.
The student who enters on this basis and who
continues attending summer sessions can shorten
his college career by a semester or by a year, de-
pending upon his curriculum and the progress he
makes in it.
Courses which are offered during the summer
are the same in content and in instruction as are
courses offered during the fall and spring semes-
ters. Many students have found the transition from
2 / General Information
secondary school to college facilitated by attend-
ing the summer session. Undergraduate students
attending the eight-week session are permitted to
register for a maximum of nine semester hour
credits.
The Summer Cultural and Recreational Program
is an important part of "Summer at Maryland." A
Fine Arts Festival offers a series of programs in
art, dance, drama, film and music, and outstand-
ing performers in these media appear on the Col-
lege Park campus.
For additional information write for a Summer
School Catalog, which may be obtained from the
Director of the Summer School, College Park,
Maryland 20742.
UNIVERSITY COLLEGE
University College, in contrast to the usual
practice of bringing students to the University,
makes educational oportunities available to adult
students at hours and locations convenient for
them. As a result, most University College courses
are given in the evening. Thus a student who is
forced to work full-time is permitted to continue
his education at various locations in the state.
The Off-Campus Division of University College
offers courses for teachers in most of the counties
in Maryland. The College Park Evening Division
offers courses on campus. The Baltimore Division
also offers evening courses in downtown Balti-
more and at UMBC.
Further information may be obtained from a
University College advisor (call 454-2311 for an
appointment) or from the University College Cat-
alog, which may be obtained by writing to the
Dean, University College, University of Maryland,
College Park, Maryland 20742.
The College does not offer correspondence
courses.
ADMISSION AND ORIENTATION
UNDERGRADUATE ADMISSION
The University of Maryland, in all its branches
and divisions, subscribes to a policy of equal edu-
cational opportunity for all people regardless of
race, sex, creed or ethnic origin.
FRESHMAN ADMISSION
General Requirements
Admission from secondary school is based on
evidence indicating the applicant's probable suc-
cess in the program of his choice.
All applicants must:
1. Meet academic requirements;
2. Be recommended for admission by their high
school principal or counselor;
3. Have received their high school diploma be-
fore their first registration with the Uni-
versity;
4. Have successfully completed the high
school subjects required for the college and
curriculum for which application is made;
5. Have completed the Scholastic Aptitude
Test and have requested that the results be
submitted directly to the University by the
Educational Testing Service. It is strongly
recommended that applicants take the SAT
at the end of their junior year in high school.
For further information on the SAT, appli-
cants should consult their high school coun-
selor or write to the Educational Testing
Service, Princeton, New Jersey 08540. To
have the test results sent to the University
of Maryland at College Park, use the College
Park code number (5814) in the proper place
on the test.
ACADEMIC REQUIREMENTS FOR
MARYLAND RESIDENTS
Minimum Academic Criteria
The minimum criteria to be eligible for con-
sideration for admission are a C average (when
D is the lowest passing grade) in academic
courses and rank in the upper half of the high
school class or a predicted grade point average
at the end of the first year at the University of 1.75
(prediction based on high school grade point aver-
age, class rank and SAT scores).
Guaranteed Admission
Applicants who predict a grade point average
of 1.90 or better and who meet other require-
ments will be offered admission as soon as neces-
sary documents are received and processing is
completed. The predicted grade point average will
be calculated using either an equation which in-
cludes high school grade point average, class
rank and SAT scores or an equation which con-
siders only high school grade point average and
class rank.
Deferred Decision
Applicants who predict 1.75 but less than 1.90
(when SAT scores are included in the prediction
equation) or who have a C and rank in the upper
half of their class but predict less than 1.75 will
be placed in a deferred decision group. Those ap-
plicants to be offered admission will be chosen on
the basis of random selection.
Predictive Index
A predictive index or predicted grade point
average, as it has been developed and used at
the University of Maryland, is the academic aver-
age predicted for a student at the end of the
freshman year. The predictive index is simply
forecasting an average at the end of the freshman
year.
Four components in varying combinations are
General Information / 3
used to compute the University of Maryland pre-
dictive index: (1) grades earned in academic
courses in high school, (2) high school class rank,
(3) SAT verbal scores, and (4) SAT math scores.
Random Selection
For fall 1972 about sixty percent of the eligible
applicants in the deferred decision group will be
chosen for admission through a random selection
process. Decisions through the random selection
process will be made on April 1 and July 1. Appli-
cants considered in the random selection process
on April 1 will not be eligible for consideration
in the July 1 group. Students in both deferred de-
cision groups will have roughly six out of ten
chances of selection. Consult the admissions cal-
endar below for appropriate deadlines.
The Out-of-State Applicant
The University will offer admission to a limited
number of non-resident freshman applicants of
proven academic ability for whom particular pro-
grams at the University are especially relevant.
School of Architecture
Admission to the School of Architecture is com-
petitive with selection based on previous aca-
demic achievement. The School of Architecture
does not accept entering students for the spring
semester.
TRANSFER STUDENT ADMISSION
General Requirements
An applicant must be in good standing in schol-
arship and character to be considered for admis-
sion.
Academic Requirements For Maryland Residents
Transfer applicants who are residents of Mary-
land are required to have at least a C average
(2.0 on a 4.0 scale) in all previous work or the
Associate of Arts degree.
Applicants from Maryland community colleges
to be eligible to matriculate in fall 1972 must have
completed at least 28 semester hours prior to
entering the University of Maryland. Beginning
with the summer 1973 applicants from Community
Colleges must have completed the Associate of
Arts degree or at least 56 semester hours prior
to entering the University.
Maryland residents who are not admissible as
high school seniors must complete at least 28
credit hours with a C average at another institu-
tion to become eligible for admission to the Uni-
versity.
The Out-of-State Applicant
The University will offer admission to a limited
number of non-resident transfer applicants of
proven academic ability for whom particular pro-
grams are especially relevant. While not guar-
anteeing admission, non-resident transfer students
are expected to have at least a B average in all
previous college work to be considered.
School of Architecture
Admission to the School of Architecture is com-
petitive with selection based on the transfer stu-
dent's previous academic achievement. The
School of Architecture does not accept entering
students for the spring semester.
Transfer Credit
Advanced standing is assigned to transfer stu-
dents from accredited institutions prior to regis-
tration. Academic courses carrying a grade of C
or higher usually are transferable provided they
are applicable to the curriculum into which the
student is transferring.
Transfer of Credit from Community College
A maximum of sixty (60) academic credits are
transferable from community colleges. Community
college students who have earned credit at a
four year institution must include those earned
credits in the maximum of sixty (60) academic
credits transferable. In general, courses taken at
a community college which are equilavent to jun-
ior or senior level courses at the University may
not be transferred.
Foreign Language Credit
Transfer foreign language credit is usually ac-
ceptable in meeting requirements. Prospective
students should consult the appropriate sections
of this catalog to determine the specific require-
ments of various colleges and curricula.
Credit By Examination
Transfer credit will not be granted for courses
taken by examination at other institutions.
The Academic Retention Plan
The academic average of a transfer student at
the University of Maryland is based only on those
courses actually taken at the University. Credit
hours for courses taken at other institutions may
be transferred, but grades and quality points do
not transfer. The level of expectation of academic
performance, however, is determined by the total
number of credit hours transferred plus the num-
ber of hours attempted at the University.
RESIDENCY POLICY
Students who are minors are considered to be
resident students if at the time of their registra-
tion their parents have been domiciled in the State
of Maryland for at least six months.
4 / General Information
The status of the residence of a minor is deter-
mined at the time of his first registration in the
University and may not thereafter be changed by
him unless his parents move to and become legal
residents of Maryland by maintaining such resi-
dence for at least six months. However, the right
of the minor student to change from a non-resident
status to resident status must be established by
his parents or legal guardian prior to the registra-
tion period set for any semester.
Adult students are considered to be residents if
at the time of their registration they have been
domiciled in Maryland for at least six months pro-
vided such residence has not been acquired while
attending any school or college in Maryland or
elsewhere. An adult may change his status from
nonresident to resident by withdrawing from the
University for six months and remaining in the state
as a civilian not enrolled in any other institution
for more than eight semester hours of credit. Time
spent on active duty in the armed services while
stationed in Maryland will not be considered as
satisfying the six months period referred to above
unless the individual's home of record on his
official military records is the State of Maryland.
In the case of both military personnel and adults,
however, residence may be established through
ownership and maintenance of a home in the state
which is the student's primary place of domicile.
The word "domicile" as used in this regulation
shall mean the permanent place of abode. For the
purpose of this rule only one domicile may be
maintained.
Residency determinations for married students
are made individually. Depending on circum-
stances, it is possible for a husband and a wife
to have different residence status for fees paying
purposes.
Procedures are available for reviewing the resi-
dence status of students. Individuals seeking to
appeal the decisions concerning their residence
status should contact the Office of Admissions.
SPECIAL STUDENT ADMISSION
Applicants over 21 years of age who qualify for
admission but who do not desire to work toward
a baccalaureate degree may be admitted as spe-
cial students. These students are ineligible to
matriculate for a degree until they have submitted
all required documents. Permission from the aca-
demic office of the various units of the University
is often needed in order to enroll as a special stu-
dent.
Special students who have received a bacca-
laureate degree are advised that no credit earned
while enrolled as special students may be applied
at a later date to a graduate program. These post-
baccalaureate students may enroll in undergradu-
ate courses for which they possess the necessary
prerequisites, but may not enroll in courses re-
stricted to graduate students only.
FOREIGN STUDENT ADMISSION
The foreign student applying for admission to
the undergraduate schools of the University of
Maryland should make application at least six
months in advance of the term for which he is
applying. He will be required to submit (1) an ap-
plication for admission on a form furnished by the
Admissions Office of the University upon request,
(2) official copies of his secondary school prepa-
ration, (3) certificates of completion of state sec-
ondary school examinations, and (4) records of
college or university studies completed in schools
in the United States or elsewhere. He will also be
required to furnish proof of adequate finances and
of his ability to read, write, speak, and understand
English sufficiently well to pursue satisfactorily an
approved course of study in one of the colleges of
the University. Arrangements can be made through
the Office of the Director of International Educa-
tion Services and Foreign Student Affairs for ad-
ministering an English test to prospective students
both in the United States and in other countries.
The foreign student accepted for admission to
the University will receive from the Director of
Foreign Student Affairs the appropriate immigra-
tion form needed to secure a student visa from
the American consul.
Every foreign student is expected to notify the
Director of Foreign Student Affairs as to the ap-
proximate date of his arrival at the University and
arrange to arrive in time for the special orienta-
tion program that precedes registration. The office
of the Director is located in the North Administra-
tion Building, Room 222-A.
GRADUATE STUDENT ADMISSION
Admission to graduate study at the University
of Maryland is the responsibility of The Graduate
School. Correspondence concerning application
for admission to The Graduate School should be
addressed to The Graduate School, University of
Maryland, College Park, Maryland 20742.
APPLICATION PROCEDURES
Application Forms
Application forms may be obtained by writing
to:
Director, Office of Admissions
North Administration Building
University of Maryland
College Park, Maryland 20742
Application forms also are supplied to Maryland
high schools. Seniors in high school may obtain
the forms from their high school counselors.
All applicants must comply fully with the direc-
tions printed on the application form. Incomplete
forms cannot be processed.
Application Fee
A non-refundable $10.00 application fee is re-
quired with each application.
General Information / 5
Deposit
An applicant who receives an offer of admission
is required to submit a deposit of $50 within three
weeks after the date of the offer of admission.
Failure to submit the deposit within the required
time limit will be considered evidence that the
applicant does not plan to matriculate at the Uni-
versity of Maryland, College Park campus, and the
offer of admission will be cancelled.
Refunds of the $50 deposit will be made pro-
vided the request for refund is received by the Ad-
missions Office not later than June 1.
CLOSING DATES FOR APPLICATIONS
Fall Semester
All applications for undergraduate admission
for the fall semester at the College Park campus
must be received by the Admissions Office not
later than June 1. High school students are en-
couraged to file their applications during the fall
months of their senior year.
All supporting documents for an application for
admission must be received by the appropriate
University office not later than June 15 in the case
of freshman applicants and not later than July 1
for transfer applicants. Supporting documents in-
clude education records, SAT scores (in the case
of new freshmen), and medical examination re-
ports.
Spring Semester
The deadline for the receipt of applications for
the spring semester is November 1. All support-
ing documents for an application must be received
not later than November 15.
Exceptions
Applications for the School of Architecture in-
cluding supporting documents must be received
not later than March 1.
Foreign students are required to submit their
applications not later than March 1 for the Fall se-
mester and not later than August 1 for the spring
semester.
ADMISSIONS CALENDAR
Applicants for Fall 1972
March —
1 — Deadline for receipt of applications and
documents to be eligible for inclusion in
April random selection process
1 — Deadline for foreign student applications
April —
1 — Determination of decision for applicants in
deferred decision group whose application
and documents were received before
March 1
June —
1
15
Deadline for undergraduate applications
Deadline for documents for freshman ap-
plicants
July-
1-
1-
-Deadline for documents for transfer appli-
cants
-Determination of decision for applicants in
deferred decision group whose applica-
tions and/or documents were received after
March 1
Applicants for Spring 1973
June-
1 — Begin accepting applications for spring
August —
1 — Deadline for foreign student applications
November —
1 — Deadline for undergraduate applications
15 — Deadline for documents
READMISSION AND REINSTATEMENT
Students who do not maintain continuous regis-
tration must apply for readmission or reinstate-
ment when they desire to return to the University.
Readmission
A student who has interrupted his registration
for one or more semesters and who was in good
academic standing or on scholastic probation at
the conclusion of his last semester must apply
for readmission.
Reinstatement
A student must apply for reinstatement if he has
been academically dismissed, is ineligible for re-
admission, or has withdrawn from all courses in
his last previous semester.
Deadlines
To be considered for immediate reinstatement
following dismissal at the end of the fall or spring
terms, a currently enrolled student must apply
within fifteen days after the last scheduled day of
final examinations.
All other students must apply in accordance
with the following deadlines:
Fall term July 1
Spring term December 1
Summer term June 1
Applications
Application forms for readmission and reinstate-
ment may be obtained from the Office of Admis-
sions.
6 / General Information
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
For additional information contact the Admis-
sions Office, North Administration Building, Uni-
versity of Maryland, College Park, Maryland 20742;
telephone number (301) 454-5550.
ORIENTATION PROGRAMS
Freshmen Orientation and Registration
Upon final admission to the University the stu-
dent will receive materials pertaining to his par-
ticipation in The Freshmen Orientation and Regis-
tration Program for the University of Maryland.
ALL ENTERING FRESHMEN ARE REQUIRED TO
ATTEND THIS PROGRAM which is administered
by the Director of Orientation of the Office of Stu-
dent Activities. The primary goals of the program
are to inform the student about the University and
help him register for the fall semester. The pro-
gram is operated at the College Park campus
during the months of July and August. Each fresh-
man will attend with a group of his future class-
mates. He will engage in the following:
1. Formal and informal discussions about Uni-
versity life and the standards of perform-
ance the University will expect of him.
2. A conference with a faculty advisor in his
college who will assist him in selecting and
registering for fall semester courses. (To
assure the success of this conference,
please have the SAT scores submitted to
the University early in the spring.)
Through this program, the entering student re-
ceives a personalized and individual introduction
to the University.
Transfer Student Orientation
Upon admission to the University, the transfer
student receives information concerning an ori-
entation program that is held during the summer.
This program includes a conference with repre-
sentatives of his college to explain academic re-
quirements, as well as a general orientation to the
campus itself. The program is particularly geared
to the needs of upper class students and their
special concerns.
Parent Orientation
Running concurrently with the summer programs
for freshmen and transfer students is an orienta-
tion program for the parents of new students.
Here, parents have an opportunity to learn about
the academic, cultural, and social aspects of Uni-
versity life, from administrators and staff as well
as from the student sponsors who lead the stu-
dent groups.
Foreign Student Orientation
All foreign students admitted to the University
including transfer students are required to attend
the special orieniation program arranged by the
Office of Foreign Student Affairs with the coopera-
tion of the International Club. This program is held
during the week preceding registration each se-
mester. The program is designed to help new stu-
dents become acquainted with the University and
the community in order to understand the oppor-
tunities and responsibilities presented by their new
educational and cultural environment.
EXPENSES, FINANCIAL AID
AND SCHOLARSHIPS
EXPENSES
Returning students will not be permitted to com-
plete registration until all financial obligations to
the University including library fines, parking vio-
lation assessments and other penalty fees and
service charges are paid in full.
All checks or money orders should be made
payable to the University of Maryland for the ex-
act amount due. In cases where the University has
awarded a grant, scholarship, or workship, the ap-
propriate amount will be deducted on the bill.
No degree will be conferred, nor any diploma,
certificate, or transcript of record issued to a stu-
dent who has not made satisfactory settlement of
his account.
Although changes in fees and charges ordinar-
ily will be announced in advance, the University
reserves the right to make such changes without
prior announcement.
FEES FOR RESIDENTS AND NON RESIDENTS
1972-73 ACADEMIC YEAR
Fall
Spring
Semester
Semester
Total
Fees (or full-lime Un
dergraduate
Students:
Maryland Residents *
Fixed Charges
$
250.00
S 250.00
% 500 00
Instructional Mater
ials
1300
13.00
26.00
Athletic Fee
30.00
••
30.00
Student Activities
Fee
18.00
••
18.00
Auxiliary Facilities
Fee
15.00
15 00
Recreational Facilities Fee
40 00
••
40.00
Registration Fee
5.00
500
10.00
371 00
268 00
639 00
Board Contract *
300 00
300.00
600 00
Lodging
$
215.00
215.00
430.00
88600
S 78300
$1 669.00
Residents ol District
of Columbia.
Other States and Oth
er Countries
Fixed Charges and
Other Fees
(Same as abovel
S
371.00
S 268 00
S 63900
Non Resident Fee
400.00
400 00
800.00
771.00
668.00
1.439.00
Board Contract *
300.00
300 00
600 00
Lodging
265 00
265.00
530.00
$1,336.00 $1. 233.00 $2.569 00
* Cash board plan is available.
"Full time undergraduate students who register for the spring semester
but who were not enrolled as full time undergraduate students in the
fall semester are required to pay the following additional fees: Athletic
Fee. $15.00; Student Activities Fee. $9.00: Auxiliary Facilities Fee.
$7.50: Recreational Facilities Fee. $20.00.
"For definition ol residency, see page 4.
The above schedule of fees does not include special course fees, book
costs and personal expenses.
General Information / 7
Explanation of Fees
The application fee for the undergraduate col-
leges and the summer session partially defrays
the cost of processing applications for admission
to the University. If a student enrolls for the term
for which he applied, the fee is accepted in lieu
of the matriculation fee. Applicants who have en-
rolled with the University of Maryland in its Eve-
ning Division at College Park or Baltimore, or at
one of its off-campus centers are not required to
pay the fee since they have already paid a ma-
triculation fee.
The Fixed Charges Fee is charged to help de-
fray the cost of operating the University's pro-
gram at College Park.
The Instructional Materials Fee represents a
charge for instructional materials and/or labora-
tory supplies furnished to students. Full-time un-
dergraduate students subject to the fees set forth
below will be billed the appropriate fee and also
will be billed the Instructional Materials Fee:
MATH 001, $45; Applied Music, $40; and Riding
Class, $26.
The Athletic Fee is charged for the support of
the Department of Intercollegiate Athletics. All stu-
dents are encouraged to participate in all of the
activities of this department or to attend the con-
tests if they do not participate.
The Student Activities Fee is a mandatory fee
included at the request of the Student Govern-
ment Association. It covers class dues and is used
in sponsoring various student activities, student
publications and cultural programs.
The Recreational Facilities Fee is paid into a
fund which will be used to expand the recreation-
al facilities on the College Park campus, especial-
ly the Student Union Building.
The Auxiliary Facilities Fee is paid into a fund
which is used for expansion and operation of var-
ious facilities such as roads, walks, campus light-
ing and other campus facilities. These facilities
are not funded or are funded only in part from
other sources.
OTHER FEES
Application Fee $ 10.00
Enrollment Deposit Fee 50.00
This fee is non-refundable after June 1st.
Pre-College Orientation Program Registration Fee... 15.00
Registration Fee (payable each semester by all reg-
istrants) 5.00
Late Application Fee 25.00
Matriculation Fee 10.00
Graduation Fee for Bachelor's degree 10.00
Room Deposit Fee payable upon application for dorm-
itory room 50.00
(To be deducted from the first semester room
charges at registration )
Vehicle registration fee 10 00
($10.00 for first vehicle and $2.00 each for addi-
tional vehicles in accordance with published reg-
ulations. Payable each academic year by all
students registered for classes on the College
Park campus and who drive on the campus.)
Special Fee for students requiring additional prepa-
ration in Mathematics, per semester 45 00
(Required of students whose curriculum calls for
MATH 010 or 018 and who fail in qualifying
examination for these courses. Students enrolled
in this course and concurrently enrolled for 6 or
more credit hours will be considered as full-time
students for purposes of assessing fees.)
Special Guidance Fee per semester (for students
who are required or who wish to take advantage
of the effective study course, and or the tutoring
service offered by the Office of Intermediate
Registration) 15.00
Applied Music Fee (each course) 40.00
Riding Class Fee 26.00
Fees for Auditors and courses taken for audit are the
same as those charged for courses taken for
credit at both the undergraduate and graduate
levels. Audited credit hours will be added to
hours taken for credit to determine whether or
not an undergraduate student is full-time or part-
time for fee assessment purposes.
Special students are assessed fees in accordance with
the schedule for the comparable undergraduate
or graduate classification.
MISCELLANEOUS FEES AND CHARGES
Part-time Undergraduate Students:
Fee per credit hour 25.00
Vehicle Registration Fee 10.00
($1000 for first vehicle and $2.00 each for
additional vehicles in accordance with pub-
lished regulations. Payable each academic year
by all students registered for classes on the
College Park campus and who drive on the
campus.)
(The term "part-time students" is interpreted to
mean undergraduate students taking 8 semester
credit hours or less. Students carrying 9 semester
hours are considered to be full-time and must
pay the regular full-time fees.)
Late Registration Fee 20.00
(All students are expected to complete their
registration, including the filing of class cards
on the regular registration days. Those who do
not complete their registration during the pre-
scribed days must pay this fee.)
Fee for change in registration 5.00
Fee for failure to report for medical examination
appointment 2.00
Special Examination Fee — to establish college
credit — per semester hour 5.00
Transcript of Record Fee (one transcript furnished
without charge) 1.00
Property Damage Charge: Students will be charged
for damage to property or equipment. Where re-
sponsibility for the damage can be fixed, the in-
dividual student will be billed for it: where
responsibility cannot be fixed, the cost of repair-
ing the damage or replacing equipment will be
prorated.
Service Charges for Dishonored Checks: Payable for
each check which is returned unpaid by the draw-
ee bank on initial presentation because of in-
sufficient funds payment stopped, post-dating
drawn against uncollected items etc
For checks up to $50.00 5.00
For checks from $5001 to $100.00 10.00
For checks over $100 00 20.00
Library Charges:
Fine for failure to return book Irom General Library
before expiration of loan period per day 25
Fine for failure to return book from Reserve Shelf
before expiration of loan period
First hour overdue on first day 1.00
8 / General Information
After first hour on first day 2.00
Each additional day 2.00
In case of loss or multilation of a book, satisfactory
restitution must be made.
In the event it becomes necessary to transfer uncol-
lected charges to the Cashier's office, an additional
charge of $1 00 is made.
Motor Vehicle Penalties — See page 47.
TEXTBOOKS AND SUPPLIES
Textbooks and classroom supplies: These costs
vary with the course pursued, but will average
per semester 85.00
Payment of Fees: All checks, money orders, or postal
notes should be made payable to the University
of Maryland.
WITHDRAWAL AND REFUND OF FEES
Any student compelled to leave the University
at any time during the academic year should file
an application for withdrawal, bearing the proper
signature, in the Registrations Office. If this is not
done, the student will not be entitled, as a matter
of course, to a certificate of honorable dismissal,
and will forfeit his right to any refund to which he
would otherwise be entitled. The date used in com-
puting refunds is the date the application for with-
drawal is filed in the Registrations Office.
In the case of a minor, withdrawal will be per-
mitted only with the written consent of the stu-
dent's parent or guardian.
Students withdrawing from the University will
be credited for all academic fees charged to them
in accordance with the following schedule:
Period from Date Instruction Begins Refundable
Two weeks or less 80%
Between two and three weeks 60%
Between three and four weeks 40%
Between four and five weeks 20%
Over five weeks 00%
No part of the charges for room and board is re-
fundable except where the student officially with-
draws from the University or where he is given
permission by the appropriate officials of the Uni-
versity to move from the residence halls and/or
to discontinue dining hall privileges. In these
cases, the room refund will be computed by de-
ducting ten percent of the charge for the semester
as a service charge and the remainder will be pro-
rated on a weekly basis. Refunds to students hav-
ing full board contracts will be calculated in the
same manner. No room and/or board refunds will
be made after the fourteenth week of the semester.
The Food Service identification cards (FSID)
must be surrendered to the Administrative Office
of the Main Dining Hall before any refund will be
processed.
In computing refunds to students who have re-
ceived the benefit of scholarships and loans from
University Funds, the computation will be made in
such a way as to return the maximum amount to
the scholarship and loan accounts without loss to
the University.
No refund of the Athletic, Student Activity, Spe-
cial Recreational Facilities, and Auxiliary Facili-
ties Fees is made to students who withdraw at
the close of the first semester.
A student who registers as a full-time under-
graduate will receive no refunds of Fixed Charges,
Instructional Materials Fee, Athletic Fee, etc.,
when courses are dropped (irrespective of the
number of credit hours dropped) unless the stu-
dent withdraws from the University.
A student who registers as a part-time under-
graduate student will be give an 80 percent refund
of credit hour fees for courses dropped during the
first week of classes. No refunds will be made for
courses dropped thereafter.
A special refund schedule applies to full-time
students who are drafted into the Armed Services
or called up as Reservists.
TRANSCRIPTS OF RECORDS
Students and alumni may secure transcripts of
their scholastic records from the Registrations
Office. No charge is made for the first copy; for
additional copies, there is a charge of $1.00 for
each transcript. Checks should be made payable
to the University of Maryland. Transcripts of rec-
ords should normally be requested in writing at
least two weeks in advance of the date when the
records are actually needed. No transcript of a
student's record will be furnished any student or
alumnus whose financial obligations to the Uni-
versity have not been satisfied.
FUNDS TO MEET PERSONAL EXPENSES
In the past new students have sometimes ar-
rived on campus with a check payable to the Uni-
versity for an amount larger than that required to
meet tuition costs and related expenses. They
often expect to pay their Univrsity bill and receive
a refund to meet personal expenses. However,
the University is unable to accept such checks or
to make refunds to students.
Any students arriving early should have ade-
quate personal funds to meet expenses.
We recommend that those students arriving
early and receiving financial aid from various
sources request that their check be made pay-
able to them instead of the University. This will
allow the establishment of a personal bank ac-
count which can be used to pay for personal ex-
penses and for University fees.
FINANCIAL AID
The Office of Student Aid provides advice and
assistance in the formulation of student financial
plans and, in cooperation with other University
offices, participates in the awarding of scholar-
ships, loans, and part-time employment to deserv-
ing students. Scholarships, grants and loans are
awarded on the basis of evident academic ability
and financial need. In making awards, considera-
tion is also given to character, achievement, par-
ticipation in student activities, and to other attri-
General Information / 9
butes which may indicate success in college. It is
the intent of the committee to make awards to
those qualified who might not otherwise be able to
pursue college studies. Part-time employment op-
portunities on campus are open to all students, but
are dependent upon the availability of jobs and
the student's particular skills and abilities.
Additional information is available from the Di-
rector, Office of Student Aid, Room 222, North Ad-
ministration Building, University of Maryland, Col-
lege Park, Maryland 20742.
SCHOLARSHIPS AND GRANTS
Most scholarships are awarded to students be-
fore they enter the University. However, students
who have completed one or more terms, and have
not received such an award, are eligible to apply.
Most of these scholarships are awarded to stu-
dents who have earned a cumulative grade point
average of 3.0 (B) or better. Entering freshmen
must submit applications before March 1; stu-
dents already enrolled in the University may sub-
mit applications between February 10 and May 1
in order to receive consideration for scholarship
assistance for the ensuing year.
Scholarship award letters are normally mailed
between March 15 and July 1. Any applicant
who does not receive an award letter during this
period should assume that he has not been se-
lected for a scholarship.
FULL SCHOLARSHIPS. The University awards
56 full scholarships covering board, lodging, fixed
charges, and fees. Not more than twenty of these
scholarships may be held by out-of-state students,
and at least twelve are reserved for women. Scho-
lastic achievement and participation in student ac-
tivities are given primary consideration.
UNIVERSITY GRANTS. The University awards
to deserving and qualified secondary school grad-
uates a limited number of grants covering fixed
charges only.
SPECIAL ACADEMIC SCHOLARSHIPS. A lim-
ited number of scholarships are awarded each
year to students of exceptional ability out of
funds derived from campus enterprises. The
amount of these scholarships varies, depending
upon the extent of need.
ENDOWED SCHOLARSHIPS AND GRANTS. The
University has a number of endowed scholarships
and special grants. These range in value from $100
to $1,000. Recipients are chosen by the University
in accordance with terms established by the don-
or. It is usually inadvisable for a student to apply
for a specific scholarship. Each applicant will re-
ceive consideration for all scholarships for which
he is eligible.
EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY GRANTS. Under
provisions of the Higher Education Act of 1965,
limited grants are available to encourage youths
of exceptional financial need to continue their
post-secondary school education. A recipient must
be a United States citizen enrolled as a full-time
undergraduate. The amount of the grant must be
matched by an equal amount of some other type of
aid provided through the University.
NURSING SCHOLARSHIPS. Nursing students of
exceptional financial need are eligible to receive
assistance under the provisions of the Health Man-
power Act of 1968. Students submitting applica-
tions for financial aid will be automatically consid-
ered for both scholarship and loan.
MARYLAND STATE SCHOLARSHIPS. The Gen-
eral Assembly of Maryland has created several
programs of scholarships for Maryland residents
who need financial help to obtain a college edu-
cation. The undergraduate programs are (1) Gen-
eral State scholarships, (2) Senatorial scholar-
ships, and (3) House of Delegates scholarships.
Students wishing to apply for these scholarships
should contact their guidance counselor if a high
school senior or the Office of Student Aid if pres-
ently attending the University of Maryland. Stu-
dents who are entering college for the first time
must take the Scholastic Aptitude Test in Novem-
ber or December of their senior year. The test is
not required of college students who have com-
pleted at least one academic year. A general ap-
plication and a Parent's Confidential Statement
should be filed with College Scholarship Service
in Princeton, N.J. and a senatorial application with
the student's state senator by December 1 for the
following academic year. For additional informa-
tion, contact the Maryland State Scholarship
Board, 2100 Guilford Avenue, Baltimore, Mary-
land 21218.
LOCAL AND NATIONAL SCHOLARSHIPS. In ad-
dition to the scholarships provided by the Univer-
sity of Maryland, a student should give careful
consideration to scholarship aid provided by local
and national scholarship programs. Ordinarily, the
high school principal or counselor will be well in-
formed as to these opportunities.
LOANS
Loan funds to meet educational expenses are
available for students enrolled in the University.
The extent of financial need must be clearly estab-
lished by providing a complete statement of the
applicant's financial resources and estimated ex-
penses for the academic year.
Loan awards are normally granted on a yearly
basis, although short-term and emergency loans
are granted for shorter periods.
To apply for a long-term loan, an application
should normally be filed before July 1 for the en-
suing year. If funds are available, applications may
be considered at other times, but the student
should bear in mind that it generally takes about
six weeks to process a loan.
Students applying for a loan must have a 2.0 (C)
average for courses taken the preceding semester.
New students need a 2.5 average in academic sub-
jects for the previous two years of school.
10 / General Information
Loans are not available tor non-educational ex-
penses, nor are they available for repayment of
previously incurred indebtedness.
NATIONAL DEFENSE EDUCATION ACT LOAN
FUND. This loan fund was established by the Fed-
eral government in agreement with the University
of Maryland to make low-interest loans available
to superior students with clearly established fi-
nancial need. Applicants must be United States
nationals (citizens and permanent resident status)
and must be enrolled for eight or more credit
hours at day school on the College Park campus.
If funds are available, a student may request up
to $1,000 per year; the average approved loan is
about half this amount. The borrower must sign a
note. Repayment begins one year after the bor-
rower leaves school and must be completed with-
in ten years thereafter. No interest is charged un-
til the beginning of the repayment schedule. In-
terest after that date is charged at the rate of
three percent per annum.
U. S. LOAN PROGRAM FOR CUBAN STU-
DENTS. Loan funds are available to Cuban na-
tionals under terms similar to the NDEA Loans.
NURSING STUDENT LOANS. Loans up to $1,500
per year are available under provision of the
Nurses Training Act of 1964. The borrower must
be a full-time student pursuing a baccalaureate
or graduate degree in nursing and able to estab-
lish financial need. Repayment begins one year
after the borrower ceases to be a full-time student
and must be completed within ten years thereafter.
No interest is charged until the beginning of the
repayment schedule. Interest after that date ac-
crues at the rate of three percent per annum.
Up to fifty percent of the loan plus interest may
be cancelled in the event that the borrower is em-
ployed full-time as a nurse in a public or nonprofit
institution or agency. Such cancellation is at the
rate of ten percent per year. In the event of total
or permanent disability or death, the borrower's
obligation is automatically cancelled.
INSTITUTIONAL STUDENT LOANS. Institution-
al loan funds have been established through the
generosity of University organizations, alumni, fac-
ulty, staff, and friends. These loans are normally
available at low interest rates to upperclassmen
only. For specific information, the student should
inquire at the Office of Student Aid.
LAW ENFORCEMENT EDUCATION PROGRAM
LOAN AND GRANT. Loans: Qualified full-time
pre-service students in approved fields may apply
for loan assistance up to $1,800 per academic
year. The loan is cancelled at the rate of 25 per-
cent per year of full-time employment in criminal
justice or repaid at the rate of 7 percent simple in-
terest, commencing six months after termination
of full-time study. Grants: In-service employees of
police, courts and corrections agencies enrolled
in courses related to law enforcement can receive
up to $300 per semester (not to exceed cost of
tuition and fees). Grant recipients must agree to
remain in the service of their employing law en-
forcement agency for at least two years following
completion of their courses. Any student who
meets the eligibility requirements for both a loan
and a grant may receive both concurrently. Inter-
ested students should contact either the Dean,
University College, or Director, Institute of Crimi-
nal Justice and Criminology, College of Arts and
Sciences.
BANK LOANS. Loan programs have been estab-
lished through the Maryland Higher Education
Loan Corporation and the United Student Aid Fund
which permit students to borrow money from their
hometown banks. The programs enable under-
graduates in good standing to borrow up to $1,250
per year, and notes may not bear more than seven
percent simple interest. Monthly repayments be-
gin ten months after graduation or withdrawal
from school. The Federal government will pay the
interest while the student is in school. Further de-
tails and a listing of participating banks may be
secured from the Office of Student Aid.
PART-TIME EMPLOYMENT
More than one-half of the students at the Uni-
versity of Maryland earn a portion of their ex-
penses. The Office of Student Aid serves without
charge as a clearing house for students seeking
part-time work and employers seeking help. Many
jobs are available in the residence halls, dining
halls, libraries, laboratories, and elsewhere on
campus and off campus.
Working during college years may offer advan-
tages in addition to the obvious one of financing a
college education. The employed student has a
special opportunity to learn new skills, to develop
good work habits, and to learn how to get along
with people. Part-time employment experience of-
ten is helpful to the student in making his career
choice.
The Office of Student Aid welcomes the oppor-
tunity to counsel a student about employment.
However, securing a position through intelligent
application and retaining that position through
good work is the individual's responsibility.
Freshman students who do not need financial
aid probably should not attempt to work during
the first year at the University. Adjustment to col-
lege study and to the changes from life at home
usually require the student's best efforts without
the added responsibility of partial self-support.
However, freshman students who need to work
in order to attend the University are advised to
consider employment in one of the dining halls.
A student may earn approximately one-half of his
board and room by working ten hours per week.
After one successful semester the work load may
be increased, at the request of the student, up to
a maximum of 20 hours per week.
For positions other than food service, a student
normally cannot arrange for employment until he
General Information / 11
is on campus at the beginning of a school session.
Application must be made in person and the ap-
plicant should have a schedule of his classes and
study hours so that he can seek employment best
suited to his free time.
Foreign students must have clearance from the
Office of Foreign Student Affairs before they may
engage in employment.
COLLEGE WORK-STUDY PROGRAM
Eligible students may seek employment under
provisions of Title 1-C of the Economic Opportun-
ity Act. Qualified students may work up to 15 hours
per week during the school year and full-time dur-
ing the summer. It is the intent of the Student Aid
Committee to combine this type of assistance with
scholarships and loans so that students from low
income families will be able to attend the Univer-
sity.
SCHOLARSHIPS
Regulations and procedures for the awarding of
scholarships are formulated by the Committee on
Financial Aids. The Board of Regents of the Uni-
versity authorizes the award of a limited number
of scholarships each year to deserving students.
Applicants are subject to the approval of the Di-
rector of Admissions, insofar as qualifications for
admission to the University are concerned. All re-
cipients are subject to the academic and non-
academic regulations and requirements of the
University.
The recipient of the scholarship or grant is ex-
pected to make at least normal progress toward a
degree, as defined by the Academic Regulations.
The Committee reserves the right to review the
scholarship program annually and to make adjust-
ments in the amount and recipients of awards in
accordance with the funds available and scholas-
tic attainment.
The general types of scholarships and grants
are listed on pages 10 and 11. Specific endowed
programs are:
ENDOWED AND ANNUAL
SCHOLARSHIPS AND GRANTS
AFROTC COLLEGE SCHOLARSHIP PROGRAM— This pro-
gram provides scholarships for selected cadets each year in
the four-year AFROTC program. Those selected receive
money for full tuition, laboratory expenses, incidental fees,
and an allowance for books for up to eight semesters. In
addition, they receive nontaxable pay of $50 per month. One
must be in the program at the University of Maryland before
he can apply for this scholarship.
AIR FORCE WARRANT OFFICERS ASSOCIATION STU-
DENT AID PROGRAM— Scholarship aid has been made
available by the Air Force Warrant Officers Association for
worthy male or female undergraduate or graduate students
in good standing, with preference given to children of Air
Force Warrent Officers or other military personnel.
ALBRIGHT SCHOLARSHIP— The Victor E, Albright Schol-
arship is open to graduates of Garret County high schools
who were born and reared in that county.
AGRICULTURAL DEVELOPMENT FOUNDATION— A num-
ber of awards are made to argicultural students from a fund
contributed by donors for general agricultural development.
ALCOA FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP AWARDS of $750
are given to outstanding students majoring in transportation,
mechanical engineering, and fire protection engineering.
ALPHA PHI OMEGA (EPSILON MU CHAPTER) SCHOLAR-
SHIP— This scholarship is awarded annually to a freshman
student having a background in the Boy Scouts of America.
ALUMNI SCHOLARSHIPS— A limited number of scholar-
ships are made possible through the gifts of alumni and
friends to the Alumni Annual Giving Program of the Office
of Endowment and Gifts.
ALUMNI ASSOCIATION OF MONTGOMERY COUNTY
SCHOLARSHIPS— A limited number of scholarships are
available to residents of Montgomery County
ALUMNI ASSOCIATION OF THE SCHOOL OF PHARMACY
SCHOLARSHIPS— The Alumni Association of the School of
Pharmacy of the University of Maryland makes available
annually scholarships to qualified prepharmacy students on
the basis of character, achievement and need. These scholar-
ships are open only to residents of the State of Maryland.
Each scholarship not exceeding $500 per academic year is
applied to expenses at College Park.
ALUMNI BAND SCHOLARSHIP— A limited number of
awards to freshmen are sponsored by the University of
Maryland Band Alumni Organization. Recipients are recom-
mended by the Music Department after a competitive audi-
tion held in the spring.
ETHEL R. ARTHUR MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP— This
memorial scholarship fund has been established by Irving
J. Cohen. M.D. At least one $250 award is made each year
by the Scholarship Committee. A preference is given to stu-
dents from Baltimore.
ALVIN L. AUBINOE STUDENT AID PROGRAM— Scholar-
ship grants up to $500 per school year to students in engi-
neering, preferably those studying for careers in civil
engineering, architecture or light construction.
BALTIMORE PANHELLENIC ASSOCIATION SCHOLAR-
SHIP— A scholarship is awarded annually by the Baltimore
Panhellenic Association to a student entering the junior or
senior class, who is an active member of a sorority, who is
outstanding in leadership and scholarship and who needs
financial assistance.
BALTIMORE SUNPAPERS SCHOLARSHIP IN JOURNAL-
ISM— The Board of Trustees of the A. S. Abell Foundation,
Inc.. contributes funds to provide one or more $500 scholar-
ships to students majoring in editorial journalism.
BAYSHORE FOODS, INC SCHOLARSHIP— A grant of $500
is made available annually by J. McKenny Willis and Son.
Inc., Grain, Feed and Seed Company of Easton, Maryland,
to an outstanding student in vocational agriculture in Talbot
County who will matriculate in the College of Agriculture.
BLACK AND DECKER MANUFACTURING COMPANY
SCHOLARSHIP— A scholarship of $500 per year is provided
for a Maryland resident who promises to teach Industrial
Arts or Vocational-Industrial Education in Maryland for two
years after graduation.
CAMPUS AND NEWCOMERS SCHOLARSHIP— Awards are
made from a fund created by the campus and Newcomers
Club of the University.
CAPITOL MILK PRODUCERS COOPERATIVE. INC.
SCHOLARSHIP — A scholarship of $500 is awarded annually
in the College of Agriculture, preferably to a student pre-
paring for a career in the dairy industry.
GEORGE C COOK SCHOLARSHIP— A full scholarship is
made available by the Maryland Educational Foundation in
memory of the late George C. Cook. Preference shall be
given to students interested in a career in business admin-
istration or marketing.
DR. ERNEST N CORY SCHOLARSHIP— This memorial
award is made annually to an outstanding junior or senior
12 / General Information
recommended by the College of Agriculture, preferably one
majoring in entomology.
DAIRY TECHNOLOGY SCHOLARSHIP AND GRANTS— The
Dairy Technology Society of Maryland and the District of
Columbia provides a limited number of scholarships and
grants-in-aid for students majoring in dairy products tech-
nology.
DELAWARE-MARYLAND PLANT FOOD ASSOCIATION
SCHOLARSHIP— A S200 annual award is made to an under-
graduate who has an interest in agronomy and soil fertility
work.
DELMARVA TRAFFIC CLUB SCHOLARSHIP— An annual
award of $250 is made to a transportation student from the
Delmarva Peninsula.
EXEL SCHOLARSHIP— A substantial grant for endowed
scholarships was made by Deborah B. Exel.
FMC CORPORATION SCHOLARSHIP— An annual award
of S500 is made available for a senior in chemical engineer-
ing.
ANNE ARUNDEL COUNTY VOLUNTEER FIREMEN'S
ASSOCIATION GRANT— This tuition and fees grant is
awarded to a high school graduate who will enroll in the
fire protection curriculum in the College of Engineering. The
award is normally for four years.
BALTIMORE COUNTY VOLUNTEER FIREMAN'S ASSOCIA-
TION GRANT — This tuition and fees grant is awarded to a
student who will enroll in the fire protection curriculum in
the College of Engineering. The award is normally for four
years.
LADIES AUXILIARY TO THE MARYLAND STATE FIRE-
MEN'S ASSOCIATION GRANT— This $750 grant is awarded
to an outstanding high school graduate who will enroll in the
fire protection curriculum in the College of Engineering. The
award is normally available for four years.
MARYLAND STATE FIREMEN'S ASSOCIATION GRANT—
A tuition and fees scholarship is awarded annually to an
outstanding high school student who enrolls in the fire pro-
tection curriculum of the College of Engineering. This
scholarship is for four years.
PRINCE GEORGES COUNTY VOLUNTEER FIREMEN'S
ASSOCIATION GRANT— An annual tuition and fees scholar-
ship is awarded to an outstanding high school student who
enrolls in the fire protection curriculum of the College of
Engineering.
FOOD FAIR STORES FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIPS—
Several scholarships are available for $250 per academic
year.
FREDERICK COUNTY HOLSTEIN ASSOCIATION SCHOL-
ARSHIP— A scholarship of $200 is awarded annually to a
resident of Frederick County enrolled in the College of
Agriculture.
VICTOR FRENKIL SCHOLARSHIP— A scholarship of $250
is granted annually by Mr. Victor Frenkil of Baltimore to a
student from Baltimore City in the freshman class of the
University.
GAMMA PHI BETA ALUMNI SCHOLARSHIP— Two annual
scholarships are available to teachers employed in the teach-
ing field. The awards pay tuition costs of graduate course
designed for training teachers of gifted children.
GENERAL FOODS SCHOLARSHIPS— Three scholarships
of $400 each are available to students in the College of
Agriculture majoring in Animal Science, Food Science or
Dairy Science. Two awards are to be granted to students
majoring in Food Science and the remaining one awarded
to a student in the other areas.
GENERAL MOTORS SCHOLARSHIP— This scholarship is
granted annually to an outstanding individual entering the
freshman year.
JOHN D. GILMORE SCHOLARSHIP has been estab-
lished for the purpose of assisting deserving student ath-
letes to obtain an education and participate in varsity
athletics at the University of Maryland. The recipients should
possess, as does John D. Gilmore, outstanding dedication,
determination and an undeniable will to win in athletic com-
petition and to succeed In
GODDARD MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP— Several schol-
arships are available annually under the terms of the James
and Sarah E. R. Goddard Memorial Fund established through
the wills of Morgan E Goddard and Mary Y. Goddard.
ROSE L. GRANT SCHOLARSHIP— At least $500 each year
is made available to be awarded by the Scholarship Com-
mittee.
JOHN WILLIAM GUCKEYSON MEMORIAL SCHOLAR-
SHIP—A scholarship of $100 is granted annually by Mrs.
Hudson Dunlap as a memorial to John William Guckeyson,
an honored Maryland and alumnus.
GUDELSKY MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP— The Gudelsky
Foundation, Inc.. has established a scholarship in memory
of Harry Gudelsky and Isadore M Gudelsky.
STALEY AND EUGENE HAHN MEMORIAL SCHOLAR-
SHIP FUND — Annual awards of $500 are made by Mr. and
Mrs. Walter J. Hahn in memory of their sons to aid outstand-
ing agricultural students from Frederick County.
JAMES HARTIN ENGINEERING SCHOLARSHIP AND
DONALD PETER SHAW MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP— These
two scholarships of $300 each are made available annually
by Mr. and Mrs. David C. Hartin. The first is awarded to a
male student in the College of Engineering and the second
to a male student in any college other than Education, or to
a female student in nursing. These awards will be made to
worthy students who are helping to earn their own college
expenses.
HASKINS AND SELLS FOUNDATION, INC. AWARD— A
scholarship of $500 is provided for an exceptional senior
student majoring in accounting in the College of Business
and Public Administration.
WILLIAM RANDOLPH HEARST FOUNDATION SCHOLAR-
SHIPS— These scholarships are made available through a gift
of the Baltimore News American, one of the Hearst news-
papers, in honor of William Randolph Hearst. Scholarships
up to $1,000 are awarded annually to undergraduates pur-
suing a program of study in journalism. Scholarships up to
$1,000 are awarded annually for graduate study in history.
ROBERT MICHAEL HIGGINBOTHAM MEMORIAL AWARD
FUND — This Fund has been endowed by Mr. and Mrs. Charles
A. Higginbotham in memory of their son who was killed in
Vietnam. Annual awards are made to promising junior stu-
dents majoring in mathematics.
A. M. HOFFMAN MEMORIAL GRANT— This gift of $250
per year is normally awarded as a supplement to some
other type of student aid to a student with exceptional need.
A preference is given to students from Montgomery County.
The gift is made available by Mr. and Mrs. David B. Schwartz.
HYATTSVILLE HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY SCHOLARSHIP
— A scholarship of $200 is awarded to a student enrolled
in Horticulture.
INTERFRATERNITY COUNCIL SCHOLARSHIP— Two awards
of $250 each are available to members active in fraternity
and interfraternity affairs. Recipients are selected by the
Office of Student Aid upon recommendations from the presi-
dents of their respective houses and the President of the
IFC.
INTER-STATE MILK PRODUCERS' COOPERATIVE, INC.
SCHOLARSHIP — A scholarship of $300 is made available
to a student in agriculture in honor of Raymond Marvel,
past-president of the cooperative.
IOTA LAMBDA SIGMA (NU CHAPTER) SCHOLARSHIP—
This $200 scholarship is awarded annually to a male student
in the industrial education curriculum. The student must be
a resident of the State of Maryland and signify his intention
of teaching in Maryland.
KAPPA KAPPA GAMMA NURSING SCHOLARSHIP— This
$100 Scholarship is made available annually by the Gamma
Psi chapter of the Kappa Kappa Gamma Sorority to a worthy
student preparing for a career in nursing.
General Information / 13
PAUL H. KEA MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP FUND— This
fund was established by the Potomac Valley Chapter of the
American Institute of Architects in memory of Paul H. Kea,
a highly respected member of the chapter.
VENIA M. KELLER GRANT— The Maryland State Council
of Homemakers' Club makes available this grant of $100
which is open to a Maryland young man or woman of promise
who is recommended by the College of Home Economics.
KELLY-SPRINGFIELD TIRE COMPANY GRANT— Annual
awards totaling $4200 are made to engineering students upon
the recommendation of the College of Engineering. This gift
is made available by The Kelly-Springfield Tire Company,
Cumberland, Maryland, a subsidiary of The Goodyear Tire
and Rubber Company of Akron, Ohio.
KIWANIS SCHOLARSHIP— The J. S. Ray Memorial Schol-
arship covering tuition is awarded by the Prince George's
Kiwanis Club to a male resident of Prince George's County,
Maryland, who, in addition to possessing the necessary qua-
lifications for maintaining a satisfactory scholarship record
must have a reputation of high character and attainment in
general all-around citizenship.
KIWANIS CLUB OF LAUREL SCHOLARSHIP— An annual
award of $400 is made available to be awarded by the Schol-
arship Committee to needy students, preferably from the
Laurel area.
LAUREL RACE COURSE, INC. SCHOLARSHIP— This fund
has been established to provide scholarships for students
who are participating in the University Band.
SAMUEL J. LEFRAK SCHOLARSHIP— A scholarship in
honor of Geary F. Eppley, Dean of Men Emeritus, has been
established by an alumnus, Mr. Samuel J. Lefrak, President
of the Lefrak Organization, Forest Hills, New York. The award
of $1,000 is made to a deserving sophomore who excels in
both athletics and scholarship, to be used during his last
two years at the University.
LEIDY CHEMICAL FOUDATION SCHOLARSHIP— A schol-
arship of $500 is granted annually to a graduate or under-
graduate student preparing for a career in the general field
of chemistry.
CHRISTIAN R. AND MARY F. LINDBACK FOUNDATION
SCHOLARSHIP— The Trustees of the Christian R. and Mary
F. Lindback Foundation provide an annual gift to the Univer-
sity, one-half of which is given for scholarships in agriculture
and one-half for awards to the faculty for distinguished teach-
ing.
HELEN ALETTA LINTHICUM SCHOLARSHIP— These schol-
arships, several in number, were established through the
benefaction of the late Mrs. Aletta Linthicum, widow of the
late Congressman Charles J. Linthicum, who served in Con-
gress from the Fourth District of Maryland for many years.
LIONS INTERNATIONAL SCHOLARSHIP— An award of
$500 is available to a freshman who competes in the Lions
Club. (District 22-C) Annual Band Festival. A recipient is
recommended by the Music Department after a competitive
audition in the spring.
LOUGHBOROUGH LIONS CLUB SCHOLARSHIP— A schol-
arship providing tuition and fees is awarded to a graduate
of Bethesda-Chevy Chase, Walt Whitman or Walter Johnson
High Schools The recipient is selected by the University on
the basis of character and financial need.
M CLUB GRANTS— The M Club of the University of
Maryland provides each year a limited number of awards.
MARYLAND COOPERATIVE MILK PRODUCERS, INC.
SCHOLARSHIP — A scholarship of $500 is awarded annually
in the College of Agriculture, preferably to a student pre-
paring for a career in the dairy industry.
MARYLAND EDUCATIONAL FOUNDATION GRANTS— This
fund has been established to provide assistance to worthy
students.
MARYLAND AND VIRGINIA MILK PRODUCERS ASSOCIA-
TION SCHOLARSHIP— A scholarship of $500 is awarded
annually in the College of Agriculture, preferably to a student
preparing for a career in the dairy industry.
MARYLAND PHARMACEUTICAL ASSOCIATION SCHOLAR-
SHIP— The Maryland Pharmaceutical Association makes
available annually scholarships to prepharmacy students on
the basis of character, achievement and need. Each scholar-
ship not exceeding $500 per academic year is used in partial
defrayment of fees and expenses at College Park. These
scholarships are open only to residents of the State of Mary-
land.
MARYLAND STATE GOLF ASSOCIATION SCHOLARSHIPS
—A limited number of $500 scholarships are available to
undergraduates in the Agronomy Department who have an
interest in golf turf work.
MORTAR BOARD SCHOLARSHIP— The Mortar Board
Scholarship is awarded annually to a woman student on the
basis of scholastic attainment and need.
MARYLAND TURFGRASS ASSOCIATION SCHOLARSHIP—
A $250 annual award is made to an undergraduate who has
an interest in agronomy and commercial sod production.
LOREN L. MURRAY AND ASSOCIATES SCHOLARSHIPS—
This fund has been created to provide scholarships for Mary-
land residents who are admitted to the College of Education.
DR. RAY A. MURRAY SCHOLARSHIP— This award, spon-
sored by Maryland Chapter No. 32 of the National Institute
of Farm and Land Brokers, is to be made to a worthy sopho-
more in the Department of Agricultural and Resource Eco-
nomics, College of Agriculture.
OLNEY ROTARY CLUB SCHOLARSHIP PROGRAM— Schol-
arship awards are made available annually for deserving
students who are graduates of the high schools in the areas
served by the Olney Rotary Club of Olney, Maryland.
PENINSULA HORTICULTURAL SOCIETY SCHOLARSHIP—
The Peninsula Horticultural Society provides annually a $200
scholarship to the most deserving junior or senior student,
a resident of Maryland from the Eastern Shore counties, who
is majoring in horticulture or related subjects.
PHI ETA SIGMA SCHOLARSHIP— A limited number of
$100 scholarships are available to young men entering the
sophomore class who have achieved an academic average
of 3.5 or higher during the freshman year.
DOUGLAS HOWARD PHILLIPS MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP
— This scholarship fund has been endowed by Mr. and Mrs.
Albanus Phillips, Jr. in honor of their son who met his un-
timely death in the spring before he was scheduled to attend
the University, in order that worthy young male graduates of
Cambridge, Maryland High School may have the opportunity
he missed.
WILLIAM H PRICE SCHOLARSHIP— This award is made
annually to a worthy student who is already working to de-
fray part of his college expenses.
PRESSER FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP— Awards are
made to undergraduate students who are pursuing their
studies with the intention of becoming music teachers
PURCHASING MANAGEMENT ASSOCIATION OF BALTI-
MORE, INC.. SCHOLARSHIP— An annual award of $500 is
given annually to a junior or senior student in the College of
Business and Public Administration preparing for a career
in business administration or business management.
RALSTON PURINA SCHOLARSHIP— A scholarship of $500
is awarded annually to an incoming senior or junior of the
College of Agriculture.
ENSIGN RICHARD TURNER REA MEMORIAL SCHOLAR-
SHIP— This scholarship fund has been established by Captain
and Mrs. Richard F. Rea in honor of their late son who gave
his life while on active duty in the U S Coast Guard Two
scholarships up to $500 each are awarded annually to stu-
dents in engineering.
READ'S DRUG STORES FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIPS—
The Read's Drug Stores Foundation contributes annually
several scholarships to prepharmacy students on the basis
of achievement, character and need Each scholarship not
14 / General Information
exceeding $500 per academic year is applied to the tees and
expenses at College Park. Recipients must be residents ot
the State o( Maryland.
MARY ELIZABETH ROBY MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP— An
endowed scholarship has been established by the University
Park Republican Women's Club. Limited awards are made to
women entering the junior or senior years who are studying
in the field of political science. A preference is given to
residents of Prince Georges County.
VIVIAN F. ROBY SCHOLARSHIPS— This endowed fund
was established through a bequest to the University of Mary-
land by Evalyn S. Roby in memory of her husband, class of
1912, to provide undergraduate scholarships to needy boys
from Baltimore City and Charles County.
SCHLUDERBERG FOUNDATION SCHOLARSHIP GRANT—
This Grant of $500 is awarded in the College of Agriculture
to a student enrolled in the animal science or food science
curriculum.
DR. FERN DUEY SCHNEIDER GRANT— A $100 grant is
available to a foreign woman student enrolled in the College
of Education, who has completed at least one semester in
residence at the University. Funds for the grant are con-
tributed by the Montgomery and Prince George's County
Chapters of the Delta Kappa Gamma Society.
F. DOUGLASS SEARS INSURANCE SCHOLARSHIP—
Scholarships for Maryland students preparing for careers in
the insurance industry are made available annually from a
fund established by friends and associates of former State
Insurance Commissioner F. Douglas Sears.
SOUTHERN STATES COOPERATIVE SCHOLARSHIPS—
Two scholarships are awarded each year to sons of Southern
States members — one for outstanding work in 4-H Club and
the other for outstanding work in FFA. The amount of each
scholarship is $300 per year and will continue for four years.
ADELE H. STAMP SCHOLARSHIP— This scholarship of
$250 is awarded annually to a sophomore who is an active
sorority member or pledge, who is outstanding in leadership
and scholarship and who needs financial assistance. Funds
for this scholarship are provided by the University of Mary-
land Panhellenic Association.
LEANDER F. STUART MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP— This
scholarship of $300 is awarded annually to a student enrolled
in the College of Agriculture.
JANE G. S. TALIAFERRO SCHOLARSHIP— Under the
terms of the will of the late Jane G. S. Taliaferro a bequest
has been made to the University of Maryland to provide
scholarship aid to worthy students.
TAU BETA PI SCHOLARSHIP FUND— A limited number
of scholarships are made available each year to worthy en-
gineering students by members and alumni of Maryland
Beta Chapter of Tau Beta Pi Association, Inc., national
engineering honor society.
UNIVERSITY WOMEN'S CLUB, INC. MEMORIAL SCHOL-
ARSHIP FUND— A scholarship of S150 is awarded each year
to a junior or senior woman student on the basis of academic
record, financial need and qualities of leadership and char-
acter. The funds are contributed by the Memorial Fund Com-
mittee of the University Women's Club of Washington, D.C.
VETERINARY SCIENCE SCHOLARSHIP— A scholarship of
$300, provided by the veterinarians of Maryland, will be
awarded to a student enrolled in Veterinary Science, se-
lected on the basis of leadership, academic competence and
financial need.
JOSEPH M. VIAL MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP IN AGRI-
CULTURE— Scholarships totaling $600 per year are made
available by Mr. and Mrs. A. H. Seidenspinner to be awarded
upon the recommendation of the College of Agriculture.
WESTERN ELECTRIC SCHOLARSHIP— Two scholarships
are awarded to students in the College of Engineering. The
amount of the scholarship covers cost of tuition, books and
fees not to exceed $800 nor to be less than $400.
WESTINGHOUSE AIR ARM DIVISION SCHOLARSHIP—
The Westinghouse Electric Corporation has established a
scholarship to encourage outstanding students of engineer-
ing and the physical sciences. The scholarship is awarded
to a sophomore student and is over a period of three years
in six installments of $250 Students in electrical or mechan-
ical engineering, engineering physics or applied mathematics
are eligible for the award
WOMEN'S ADVERTISING CLUB OF BALTIMORE WORK/
EXPERIENCE SCHOLARSHIP— This award is available to an
outstanding sophomore or junior interested in an advertising
career.
WOMEN'S ARCHITECTURAL LEAGUE SCHOLARSHIP—
This fund has been established to aid worthy students in
the School of Architecture.
WOMEN'S AUXILIARY TO THE INSTITUTE OF ELECTRI-
CAL AND ELECTRONICS ENGINEERS SCHOLARSHIP— An
annual $300 award is made to a senior in electrical engi-
neering by the Baltimore section of the organization.
WOMEN'S CLUB OF BETHESDA SCHOLARSHIP— Several
scholarships are available to young women residents of
Montgomery County. Recipients must be accepted in the
College of Education or the School of Nursing.
NICHOLAS BRICE WORTHINGTON SCHOLARSHIP— A
$500 memorial scholarship is made available to a student in
the College of Agriculture by the descendants of Nicholas
Brice Worthington, one of the founders of the Agricultural
College.
ACADEMIC PROGRAMS,
HONORS, AND AWARDS
The University of Maryland is accredited by the
Middle States Association of Colleges and Secon-
dary Schools and is a member of the Association
of American Universities. In addition, individual
schools and departments are accredited by such
groups as the American Association of Collegiate
Schools of Business, the American Chemical So-
ciety, the National Association of Schools of Music,
the Section of Legal Education and Admissions to
the Bar of the American Bar Association, the
American Council of Education for Journalism, the
American Council on Pharmaceutical Education,
the Council on Dental Education of the American
Dental Association, the Committee on Accredita-
tion of the American Library Association, the
American Psychological Association, the Commis-
sion on Accreditation of the Council on Social
Work Education, the Council on Medical Educa-
tion of the American Medical Association, the
Engineers' Council for Professional Development,
the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher
Education, and the National League for Nursing.
GENERAL EDUCATION PROGRAM
A college education implies something more
than technical training in a field of specialization.
In order that each graduate may gain a liberal edu-
cation as well as a specialized one, the University
has established a General Education requirement.
This requirement consists of 34 semester hours of
credit in six areas: English (9 hours), fine arts or
philosophy (3 hours), history (6 hours), matne-
matics (3 hours), science (7 hours), and social sci-
ence (6 hours). There is a wide choice in specific
General Information / 15
courses which may be used to satisfy require-
ments in all of the six areas.
The General Education Program is designed to
be spread out over the four years of college. In
each of the areas, courses for which no previous
college course work is prerequisite are available;
at the same time, alternative advanced courses are
available in most of the areas, Thus, a student
may (within the limits of his particular curriculum)
satisfy a General Education requirement with a va-
riety of courses at different levels. Which courses
he takes will depend on his ability — as determined
by advanced credit, placement examination, de-
partment evaluation, and class standing — and
upon his interests and needs.
It should be emphasized that the 34 semester
hours of General Education courses constitute a
minimum requirement, applicable to the under-
graduate students in all of the colleges of the Uni-
versity of Maryland.
The University is also concerned with the physi-
cal fitness of each student. Therefore, all under-
graduate men and women students registered for
more than eight hours of credit are required to
enroll in and successfully complete two prescribed
courses in physical education. A health education
course of two semesters hours' credit is required
of all undergraduate men and women. These
courses must be taken by all students taking more
than eight hours in a semester during their first
year of attendance at the University whether they
intend to graduate or not.
ACADEMIC ADVISORS
Each student is assigned a faculty advisor
whose function is to aid the student in designing
his program of study.
Special advisors are assigned to students in the
preprofessional curricula.
UNDERGRADUATE DEGREE PROGRAMS
One major advantage of attending a university
campus is the broad range of programs available.
This diversity allows the student to change from
one major to another without leaving the institu-
tion, to choose from a wide spectrum of elective
courses, and to benefit from daily contact with stu-
dents of diverse academic interests and back-
grounds.
The undergraduate majors available at College
Park are as follows:
Aerospace Engineering
Agricultural Chemistry
Agricultural and Resource Economics
Agricultural Engineering
Agricultural and Extension Education
Agriculture, General
Agronomy
American Studies
Animal Science
Anthropology
Architecture
Art
Astronomy
Biological Sciences
Botany
Business Administration
Chemical Engineering
Chemistry and Biochemistry
Civil Engineering
Comparative Literature
Conservation and Resource Development
Cooperative Engineering Program
Dance
Early Childhood and Elementary Education
Economics
Education
Education for Industry
Electrical Engineering
Engineering, Undesignated
English
Entomology
Family and Community Development
Fire Protection
Food, Nutrition and Institutional Administration
Food Science
French
Geography
Geology
German
Government and Politics
Health Education
History
Home Economics Education
Horticulture
Housing and Applied Design
Industrial Education
Information Systems Management
Journalism
Latin
Library Science Education
Law Enforcement
Mathematics
Mechanical Engineering
Microbiology
Music
Philosophy
Psychology
Physical Education
Physical Sciences
Physics
Recreation
Russian
Russian Area Studies
Secondary Education
Sociology
Spanish
Special Education
Speech and Dramatic Art
Textiles and Consumer Economics
Zoology
16 / General Information
AIR FORCE AEROSPACE STUDIES
The Air Force ROTC program provides pre-
professional education for future Air Force com-
missioned officers. Courses are offered as elec-
tives, and enable college men and women to earn
a commission in the United States Air Force while
completing their University degree requirements.
In addition, all AFROTC students are eligible for
draft deferments.
TWO PROGRAMS OFFERED
Four-Year Program
A General Military Course (GMC) is normally for
freshmen and sophomores. Those who success-
fully complete the GMC may apply for the Profes-
sional Officer Course (POC) which is the final
two years of AFROTC. Progression into the POC
is not automatic but is limited to selected students
only. Students in the four-year program must at-
tend four weeks of field training at a designated
Air Force base during the summer after complet-
ing the sophomore year of college. To enter the
AFROTC program, one should inform his advisor
and register for it in the same manner as for other
courses.
Two-Year Program
The Professional Officer Course (POC) is nor-
mally offered in the junior and senior years, but
may be taken by graduate students otherwise
qualified. This program is especially attractive for
those unable to take the four-year program, par-
ticularly transfer students. Evaluation of candi-
dates is normally begun during the first semester
of the sophomore year, since each student must
meet physical and mental standards set by the
Air Force. Interested students should contact the
Professor of Air Science as early in their sopho-
more year as possible. Students in the two-year
program must attend six weeks of field training
at a designed Air Force base during the summer
preceding initial entry into the two-year academic
portion. The academic program for the last two
years (POC) is identical with the final two years
of the four-year program.
INTERMEDIATE REGISTRATION
The Office of Intermediate Registration (OIR) is
for students who wish to transfer from one college
to another within the University, but who lack the
necesary 2.00 cumulative grade point average to
be able to do so. A student may register in OIR,
take courses applicable to the curriculum to which
he wishes to transfer, and then transfer to the new
college upon earning the necessary average.
The Office of Intermediate Registration recog-
nizes that students may have difficulty in making
vocational decisions. For this reason, OIR assumes
the specific goals of providing for all students
registered in OIR the opportunity to receive ad-
vising for curriculum choice and vocational plan-
ning.
The Office of Intermediate Registration is lo-
cated in Room 215 of the North Administration
Building. The telephone number is 454-2733.
INTENSIVE EDUCATIONAL DEVELOPMENT
The Intensive Educational Development (IED)
Program provides an opportunity for education-
ally, economically and politically disadvantaged
students who, despite a rich cultural heritage,
need additional assistance in order to realize
their potential. The program seeks to meet the
intellectual, physical and emotional needs of stu-
dents.
The purpose of the program is to utilize the
services of the University of Maryland to ensure
a fair opportunity for learning and to develop new
services which will guarantee that each student
develops to the fullest extent possible his edu-
cational, psychological and economic potential.
These services include: academic advising, coun-
seling, tutoring, academic skills improvement,
and career development.
A summer academic program to provide a com-
prehensive orientation to the IED program and
the University is designed to help entering stu-
dents and enhance their adjustment to the college
environment.
All students are given an opportunity to take
part in program planning and developing through
participating in the Student Board activities and
working as a part of the staff.
For further information, please contact the IED
Office, 217 North Administration Building, Uni-
versity of Maryland, College Park, Md. 20742.
CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS
No baccalaureate curriculum requires less than
120 semester hours. Actual classifications run as
follows: freshman, 1-27 semester hours; sopho-
more, 28-55; junior, 56-85; and senior, 86 on up
to at least 120.
A student may register for upper division
courses when granted junior standing by his col-
lege. This shall be based upon earning a minimum
of 56 academic hours toward his degree, complet-
ing such course requirements as the college may
direct, and posessing the minimum required grade
point average to remain in the University.
A senior at the University of Maryland who is
within seven hours of completing the requirements
for the undergraduate degree may, with the ap-
proval of his undergraduate dean, the chairman
of the department concerned, and the Graduate
School, register in the undergraduate college for
graduate courses, which may later be counted for
graduate credit toward an advanced degree at this
University. The student must be within seven cred-
it hours of completing his undergraduate work and
the total of undergraduate and graduate courses
General Information / 17
must not exceed fifteen credits for the semester.
Excess credits in the senior year cannot be used
for graduate credit unless proper pre-arrangement
is made. Seniors who wish to register for graduate
credit should apply to the Graduate School.
SPECIAL OPPORTUNITIES
Advanced Placement
Students entering the University from secondary
school may obtain advanced placement and col-
lege credit on the basis of their performance on
the College Board Advanced Placement examina-
tions. These examinations are normally given to
eligible high school seniors during the May pre-
ceding matriculation in college.
For achievement of a score of five or four on a
given examination, the student will be granted Ad-
vanced Placement and the credit equivalent of two
semester courses in that field; for achievement of
a score of three, Advanced Placement and the
credit equivalent of either one or two semester
courses, depending upon the field of the examina-
tion, will be granted. A student earning a score of
2 on the English advanced placement examination
will not need to take English Composition, but no
credit will be given.
The program allows students a maximum of
thirty hours credit, which may be used to meet
major, minor, or elective requirements; or, where
appropriate, General Education requirements. In-
cluded in the University's program are Advanced
Placement examinations in the following areas: bi-
ology, chemistry, English, French, German, his-
tory, Latin, mathematics, physics and Spanish.
Questions about the program may be addressed
to the Director of Admissions and Registrations,
or the Director of General Education. For detailed
information about examinations and procedures
in taking them, write to Director of Advanced
Placement Program, College Entrance Examina-
tion Board, 475 Riverside Drive, New York, New
York 10027.
Honors Programs
The Colleges of Arts and Science, Education,
Architecture, Business and Public Administration,
and Agriculture have created unusual opportuni-
ties for the superior student through the establish-
ment of Honors Programs.
Arts and Sciences,
Secondary Education, Architecture
The College of Arts and Sciences has instituted
both General Honors and Departmental Honors.
General Honors, as its name suggests, enlarges
the breadth of the student's generalized knowl-
edge; Departmental Honors increases the depth
of his knowledge in his major discipline. Both offer
the student challenging academic experiences
characterized by small sections, active student
participation, and an Honors faculty that encour-
ages dialogue. Individually guided research and
independent study are important features of Hon-
ors work.
Each year a selected group of entering fresh-
men is invited into the General Honors Program on
the basis of their high school records and stand-
ardized test scores.
The more than 20 Departmental Honors Pro-
grams ordinarily begin in the junior year, although
a few programs begin as early as the freshman
year.
By agreement, students in Secondary Education
in the College of Education and in the School of
Architecture may participate in the Honors Pro-
grams of the College of Arts and Sciences.
The student who completes his Honors curricu-
lum successfully is graduated with a citation in
General or Departmental Honors, or with both.
Interested high school students should write to
the Director of Honors, 104 Francis Scott Key Hall,
University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland
20742.
Business and Public Administration
The College of Business and Public Administra-
tion has instituted Departmental Honors Programs
in Business Administration, Economics, and Gov-
ernment and Politics.
Agriculture
The College of Agriculture has instituted a De-
partmental Honors Program in Agricultural Eco-
nomics.
HONOR SOCIETIES
Students who excel in scholarship and leader-
ship may be invited to join the appropriate honor
society. These include:
•Alpha Kappa Delta (Sociology)
'Alpha Lambda Delta
(Scholarship-Freshmen Women)
Alpha Sigma Lambda
(Adult Education)
Alpha Zeta (Agriculture)
Beta Alpha Psi (Accounting)
Beta Gamma Sigma (Business Administration)
'Chi Epsilon (Civil Engineering)
'Eta Kappa Nu
(Electrical Engineering)
Gamma Theta Upsilon (Geography)
lota Lambda Sigma
(Industrial Education)
Kappa Delta Pi (Education)
'Mortar Board (Women's Scholarship
and Leadership)
Omicron Delta Epsilon (Economics)
'Omicron Delta Kappa (Men's
Scholarship and Leadership)
Omicron Nu (Home Economics)
Phi Alpha Epsilon (Physical Education)
'Phi Alpha Theta (History)
Phi Beta Kappa
(Arts and Sciences)
Phi Delta Kappa (Educational)
'Phi Eta Sigma
(Scholarship — Freshmen Men)
18 / General Information
"Phi Kappa Phi (Senior and Graduate Scholarship)
'Phi Sigma (Biology)
Pi Alpha Xi (Floriculture)
Pi Mu Epsilon (Mathematics)
•Pi Sigma Alpha (Political Science)
"Pi Tau Sigma
(Mechanical Engineering)
•Psi Chi (Psychology)
Sigma Alpha Eta (Speech Therapy)
Sigma Alpha lota (Women's Music)
Sigma Alpha Omicron (Bacteriology)
"Sigma Pi Sigma (Physics)
'Tau Beta Pi (Engineering)
"Members of Association of College Honor Societies.
HONORS
SCHOLARSHIP HONORS— Final honors for excellence in
scholarship are awarded to one-fifth of the graduating class
in each College. "HIGH HONORS" are awarded to the upper
half of this group; "HONORS" to the lower half. To be eligible
for honors, a student must complete at least two years of
resident work (60 semester hours) at the University with an
average of B (3.0) or higher.
MILTON ABRAMOWITZ MEMORIAL PRIZE IN MATHE-
MATICS— A prize is awarded annually to a junior or senior
student majoring in mathematics who has demonstrated su-
perior competence and promise for future development in
the field of mathematics and its applications.
AGRICULTURAL ALUMNI AWARD— Presented to a senior
who during his collegiate career contributed most toward
the advancement of the College of Agriculture.
ALPHA CHI SIGMA AWARD— The Alpha Rho Chapter of
the Alpha Chi Sigma Honorary Fraternity offers annually a
year's membership in the Ameiican Chemical Society to a
senior majoring in Chemistry or Chemical Engineering whose
average has been above 3.0 for three and one-half years.
ALPHA LAMBDA DELTA AWARD— Presented to the senior
member of the group who has maintained the highest average
for three and a half years. She must have been in attendance
in the institution for the entire time.
ALPHA LAMBDA DELTA SENIOR CERTIFICATE AWARD—
Senior members of Alpha Lambda Delta, honorary scholastic
society for women, who have maintained an average of 3.5,
receive this certificate.
ALPHA ZETA MEDAL— The Professional Agricultural Fra-
ternity of Alpha Zeta awards annually a medal to the agricul-
tural student in the freshman class who maintains the highest
average in academic work.
ALUMNI HAMILTON AWARD— This award is offered by the
Engineering Alumni Chapter to the graduating senior in the
College of Engineering who has most successfully combined
proficiency in his major field of study with achievements —
either academic, extra-curricular, or both — in the social
sciences or humanities.
AMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF UNIVERSITY WOMEN AN-
NUAL GRADUATE PRIZE.
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF AERONAUTICS AND ASTRO-
NAUTICS AWARD — Free memberships in the Institute for one
year and cash prizes for the best paper presented at a Stu-
dent Branch meeting and for the graduating aeronautical
senior with the highest academic standing.
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF CHEMICAL ENGINEERS
AWARD — A certificate, pin and magazine subscription are
awarded to the junior member of the Student Chapter who
attained the highest overall scholastic average during his
freshman and sophomore years.
AMERICAN INSTITUTE OF CHEMISTS AWARD— Pre-
sented for outstanding scholarship in chemistry and for high
character.
AMERICAN SOCIETY OF CIVIL ENGINEERS AWARD— The
Maryland Section of the American Society of Civil Engineers
awards annually the first year's dues of an asociate mem-
bership in the Society to a senior member of the Student
Chapter on recommendation of the faculty of the Department
of Civil Engineering.
AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS
AWARD— Presented to the Senior member who contributed
most to the local chapter.
AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING MATERIALS— A stu-
dent membership prize is awarded to an engineering senior
in recognition of superior scholastic ability and demon-
strated interest in engineering materials and their evalua-
tion.
APPLEMAN-NORTON AWARD IN BOTANY— The De-
partment of Botany offers a scholarship award of $100 in
honor of Emeritus Professors C. O. Appleman and J. B. S.
Norton to a senior major in Botany who is considered worthy
on the basis of demonstrated ability and excellence in
scholarship. The scholarship is awarded by the committee
on scholarships upon the recommendation of a committee of
the faculty of the Department of Botany.
ASSOCIATED WOMEN STUDENTS AWARDS— Presented
for outstanding achievement, character, and service to the
University.
DINAH BERMAN MEMORIAL MEDAL— The Dinah Berman
Memorial Medal is awarded annually to the sophomore who
has attained the highest scholastic average of his class in
the College of Engineering. This medal is given by Mr
Benjamin Berman.
B'NAI B'RITH AWARD— The B'nai B'rith Women of Prince
George's County present a Book Award for excellence in
Hebrew Studies.
BUSINESS EDUCATION AWARD OF MERIT— To a student
in Business Education in recognition of outstanding achieve-
ment as a student.
CITIZENSHIP PRIZE FOR MEN— President Emeritus H C.
Byrd of the Class of 1908. annually presents this award to
the member of the senior class who, during his collegiate
career, has most nearly typified the model citizen and who
has done most for the general advancement of the interests
of the University.
CITIZENSHIP PRIZE FOR WOMEN— This prize is pre-
sented annually as a memorial to Sally Sterling Boyd, by her
children, to that member of the senior class who best exem-
plifies the enduring qualities of the pioneer woman. These
qualities typify self dependence, courtesy, aggressiveness,
modesty, capacity to achieve objectives, willingness to sac-
rifice for others, strength of character, and those other qual-
ities that enabled the pioneer woman to play such a funda-
mental part in the building of the nation.
THE CARROLL E. COX GRADUATE SCHOLARSHIP
AWARD IN BOTANY — To the outstanding graduate student
in the Department of Botany during the last year.
BERNARD L. CROZIER AWARD— The Maryland Associa-
tion of Engineers awards a cash prize of twenty-five dollars
to the senior in the College of Engineering who, in the opin-
ion of the faculty, has made the greatest improvement in
scholarship during his stay at the University.
VIRGINIA DARE AWARD— The Virginia Dare Extract
Company awards annually a plaque and $25.00 to the out-
standing student in ice cream manufacturing with an overall
good standing in dairy science
THE DANFORTH FOUNDATION AND THE RALSTON
PURINA AWARDS— The Danforth Foundation and the Ralston
Purina Company of St. Louis offer two summer awards to
outstanding men students in the College of Agriculture, one
for a student who has successfully completed his junior year,
the other for a student who has successfully completed his
freshman year. The purpose of these awards is to bring to-
gether outstanding young men for leadership training.
The Danforth Foundation and the Ralston Purina Com-
pany of St. Louis offer two summer awards to outstanding
Home Economics women students, one to a junior and one
to a freshman. The purpose of these is to bring together
outstanding young women for leadership training.
General Information / 19
DELTA DELTA DELTA MEDAL— This sorority awards a
medal annually to the woman who attains the highest average
in academic work during the sophomore year.
DELTA GAMMA SCHOLARSHIP AWARD— This award is
offered to the woman member of the graduating class who
has maintained the highest average during three and one-
half years at the University.
DELTA SIGMA PI SCHOLARSHIP KEY— This award is
offered to a member of the graduating class who has main-
tained the highest scholastic average for the entire four-year
course in the College of Business and Public Administration.
NATHAN L. DRAKE AWARD— Presented by the Alpha
Rho Chapter of Alpha Chi Sigma to the most promising stu-
dent who is majoring in chemistry and has completed the
sophomore year.
EDUCATION ALUMNI AWARD— Presented to the out-
standing senior man and senior woman in the College of
Education.
GENERAL ELECTRIC COMPANY prize to the outstanding
first year graduate student in physics and to the outstanding
first year graduate student in astronomy.
GODDARD MEDAL— The James Douglass Goddard Me-
morial Medal is awarded annually to the male resident of
Prince George's County born therein, who makes the high-
est average in his studies and who at the same time em-
bodies the most manly attributes. The medal is given by
Mrs. Anne G. Goddard James of Washington, D.C.
CHARLES B. HALE DRAMATIC AWARDS— The University
Theatre recognizes annually the man and woman members of
the senior class who have done most for the advancement
of dramatics at the University.
THE HASKINS AND SELLS FOUNDATIONS, INC. AWARD
to the senior student in the College of Business and Public
Administration concentrating in accounting who has dem-
onstrated excellent ability in this field of study.
HOME ECONOMICS ALUMNI AWARD— Presented to the
female student outstanding in application of home economics
in her present living and who shows promise of carrying
these into her future home and community.
INSTITUTE OF ELECTRICAL AND ELECTRONICS EN-
GINEERING AWARD— The Washington Section of the Insti-
tute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers defrays the ex-
penses of a year's membership as an associate in the insti-
tute for the senior doing the most to promote student branch
activities.
JOE ELBERT JAMES MEMORIAL AWARD— Gold watch
annually awarded to the graduating senior in horticulture on
basis of scholarship and promise of future achievement.
LEIDY CHEMICAL COMPANY AWARD to an outstanding
student majoring in chemistry.
MARYLAND BANKERS ASSOCIATION SCHOLARSHIP to
the Virginia-Maryland Bankers Schools, University of Vir-
ginia. Awarded annually to a student majoring in finance in
the College of Business and Public Administration.
MARYLAND-DELAWARE PRESS ASSOCIATION ANNUAL
CITATION — Presented to the outstanding senior in journal-
ism.
MARYLAND RECREATION AND PARKS SOCIETY AWARD
to outstanding senior majoring in recreation.
THE MEN'S LEAGUE AWARD to the male senior who
gave the most to sports.
MENS LEAGUE CERTIFICATES— Offered for outstanding
achievement, character and service to the University.
MEN'S LEAGUE CUP— This award is offered by the Men's
League to the graduating male senior who has done the most
for the male student body.
MOTOR FLEET SUPERVISORS AWARD to a student ma-
joring in transportation in the College of Business and Public
Administration.
NATIONAL SOCIETY OF FIRE PROTECTION ENGINEERS
AWARDS — Presented to the most outstanding senior and
sophomore in the fire protection curriculum.
NOXZEMA CHEMICAL COMPANY SCHOLARSHIP AWARD
to an undergraduate student in chemistry.
OMICRON NU SORORITY MEDAL— This honorary sorority
awards a medal annually to the freshman woman in the
College of Home Economics who attains the highest scho-
lastic average during the first semester.
PHI BETA KAPPA JUNIOR AWARD— An award to be pre-
sented to the junior initiate into Phi Beta Kappa who has
attained the highest academic average.
PHI BETA KAPPA— LEON P. SMITH AWARD— The award
of the Gamma of Maryland Chapter of Phi Beta Kappa is
presented to the graduating senior with the highest cumula-
tive scholastic average whose basic course program has
been in the liberal studies.
PHI CHI THETA KEY— The Phi Chi Theta Key is awarded
to the outstanding graduating senior woman in the College
of Business and Public Administration on the basis of scho-
larship, activities and leadership.
PHI SIGMA AWARDS for outstanding achievement in the
biological sciences to an undergraduate student and a grad-
uate student.
PI DELTA EPSILON NATIONAL MEDAL OF MERIT
AWARDS— Offered by the National Council of Pi Delta Epsi-
lon to the outstanding senior woman and the outstanding
senior man in journalism activities.
PI DELTA EPSILON AWARD for outstanding service to
communications in the field of broadcasting.
PI DELTA EPSILON AWARD for outstanding service to
communications in the field of business.
PI DELTA EPSILON AWARD to the outstanding freshman
in the field of communications.
PI DELTA EPSILON AWARD for outstanding service to
communications in the field of editorial journalism.
PI TAU SIGMA AWARD— An annual handbook award to
the most outstanding sophomore in mechanical engineering
on the basis of scholastic average and instructors' ratings.
PILOT FREIGHT CARRIERS. INC. AWARD to the senior
student in the College of Business and Public Administration
who has majored in transportation and who has demon-
strated competence in this field of study.
PUBLIC RELATIONS SOCIETY OF AMERICA— The Balti-
more Chapter of PRSA presents an annual citation to the
outstanding senior majoring in public relations.
SIGMA ALPHA OMICRON AWARD— This award is pre-
sented to a senior student majoring in microbiology for high
scholarship, character and leadership.
THE SIGMA CHAPTER. PHI DELTA GAMMA AWARD To
an outstanding woman who has completed requirements for
the doctoral degree.
DR. LEO AND RITA SKLAR GENERAL HONORS AWARDS
—Dr. Leo Sklar. A&S '37. and his wife, Rita Sklar, annually
fund four awards for excellence in the General Honors Pro-
gram of the College of Arts and Sciences. These awards are
given to the Outstanding Student in the General Honors
Program ($400). the Outstanding General Honors senior
($300). the Outstanding General Honors junior ($300). and the
Outstanding General Honors sophomore ($300)
ALGERNON SYDNEY SULLIVAN AWARD— The New York
Southern Society, in memory of its first president, awards
annually medallions and certificates to one man and one
woman of the graduating class and one non-student who
evince in their daily life a spirit of love for and helpfulness
to other men and women.
TAU BETA PI AWARD— The Maryland Beta Chapter of Tau
Beta Pi Association, national engineering honor society,
awards an engineer's handbook to the junior in the College
of Engineering who during his sophomore year has made the
20 / General Information
greatest improvement in scholarship over that o( his freshman
year
WALL STREET JOURNAL STUDENT ACHIEVEMENT
AWARD — Awarded annually to the graduating senior who has
maintained the highest scholastic achievement in the field
of financial administration. The award consists of a silver
medal embedded in clear plastic and one year's subscription
to the Wall Street Journal.
AIR FORCE ROTC AWARDS
AEROSPACE EDUCATION FOUNDATION.
W RANDOLPH LOVELACE MEMORIAL AWARD recognizes
the most outstanding Air Force Association Award winner
from each of the nine geographical areas.
AFROTC ANGEL FLIGHT AWARD to the outstanding fresh-
man cadet displaying outstanding leadership and showing
the most promise for the Professional Officer Course.
AIR COMMAND AND STAFF COLLEGE AWARD recognizes
the most outstanding AFROTC cadet in the nation for his
military and scholastic excellence.
AIR FORCE TIMES AWARD to the senior cadet at each
detachment who has distinguished himself by contributing
materially to constructive public attention for the corps of
cadets
ALUMNI CUP offered each year to the cadet who has
achieved the highest grade point average within the corps
of cadets.
AMERICAN FIGHTER ACES AWARD recognizes the out-
standing graduating cadet pilot in each geographical area
based on his performance and achievements as an AFROTC
cadet and his performance in the Flight Instruction Program.
AMERICAN LEGION AWARDS to outstanding senior and
junior cadets who have demonstrated military excellence and
scholastic achievement.
ARMED FORCES COMMUNICATIONS AND ELECTRONICS
ASSOCIATION to the outstanding senior cadet majoring in
electrical, electronics or communications engineering.
ARMED FORCES COMMUNICATIONS AND ELECTRONICS
ASSOCIATION SCHOLARSHIP AWARD of one $500 scholar-
ship annually to a sophomore AFROTC cadet for under-
graduate or University study in electrical engineering, com-
munications engineering and or technical photography.
ARNOLD AIR SOCIETY AWARD to the advanced cadet
selected by the Arnold Air Society as the cadet who has
contributed the most to the advancement of AFROTC
through activities of the Arnold Air Society.
COBLENTZ MEMORIAL CUP to the outstanding flight in
the corps of cadets, by the Board of Regents of the Uni-
versity.
DAUGHTERS OF THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION AWARD
recognizes the senior cadet displaying qualities of depend-
ability and good character, adherence to military discipline,
leadership ability and a fundamental, patriotic understanding
of the importance of ROTC training.
DISABLED AMERICAN VETERANS GOLD CUP to the senior
cadet who has displayed outstanding leadership, scholar-
ship and citizenship.
DISTINGUISHED AFROTC CADET AWARDS to those sen-
iors who possess outstanding qualities of leadership and
high moral character and who meet the prescribed standings
in their academic and military studies.
GENERAL DYNAMICS AWARD to the sophomore cadet
displaying outstanding leadership and scholarship qualities
and who has been selected for the Professional Officer
Course.
GOVERNOR'S CUP to the outstanding squadron in the
corps of cadets.
LEGION OF VALOR BRONZE CROSS OF ACHIEVEMENT
AWARD recognizes one cadet from each geographical area
for his performance and achievements as an AFROTC cadet.
NATIONAL DEFENSE TRANSPORTATION ASSOCIATION
AWARD to the outstanding senior cadet majoring in trans-
portation.
RESERVE OFFICERS ASSOCIATION AWARDS to the out-
standing senior, junior and sophomore cadets at each
detachment
SOCIETY OF AMERICAN MILITARY ENGINEERS AWARD
to recognize 20 junior or senior cadets nationally displaying
outstanding scholastic achievement and leadership and ma-
joring in the field of engineering
SONS OF THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION MEDALS to a
two-year and a four-year cadet displaying outstanding apti-
tude for the military.
ATHLETIC AWARDS
ATLANTIC COAST CONFERENCE AWARD— A plaque is
awarded each year to a senior in each conference school
for excellence in scholarship and athletics.
THE ALVIN L. AUBINOE BASKETBALL TROPHY— This
trophy is offered by Alvin L. Aubinoe for the senior who has
contributed most to the squad.
THE ALVIN L. AUBINOE FOOTBALL TROPHY— This
trophy is offered by Alvin L. Aubinoe for the unsung hero
of the current season.
THE ALVIN L. AUBINOE TRACK TROPHY— This trophy is
offered by Alvin L. Aubinoe for the senior who has contribu-
ted most to the squad during the time he was on the squad.
JOHN T. BELL SWIMMING AWARD— To the year's out-
standing swimmer or diver.
LOUIS W. BERGER TROPHY— Presented to the outstand-
ing senior baseball player.
WILLIAM P. COLE, III. MEMORIAL LACROSSE AWARD—
This award, offered by the teammates of William P. Cole, III,
and the coaches of the 1940 National Champion team, is pre-
sented to the outstanding midfielder.
THE GEORGE C. COOK MEMORIAL SCHOLARSHIP
TROPHY — Awarded annually to a member of the football
team with the highest scholastic average.
JOE DECKMAN-SAM SILBER TROPHY— This trophy is
offered by Joseph H. Deckman and Samuel L. Silber to the
most improved defense lacrosse player.
GEARY F. EPPLEY AWARD— Offered by Benny and Hotsy
Alperstein to the graduating male senior athlete who. during
his three years of varsity competition, lettered at least once
and attained the highest over-all scholastic average.
HALBERT K. EVANS MEMORIAL TRACK AWARD— This
award, given in memory of "Hermie" Evans, of the Class of
1940, by his friends, is presented to a graduating senior
trackman.
HERBERT H. GOODMAN MEMORIAL TROPHY— This trophy
is awarded to the most outstanding wrestler of the year.
CHARLES LEROY MACKERT TROPHY— This trophy is
offered by William K. Krouse to the Maryland student who
has contributed most to wrestling while at the University.
MARYLAND RING— The Maryland Ring is offered as a
memorial to Charles L. Linhardt. of the Class of 1912. to the
Maryland man who is adjudged the best athlete of the year.
CHARLES P. MCCORMICK TROPHY— This trophy is offered
by Charles P. McCormick to the senior letterman who has
contributed most to swimming during his collegiate career.
ANTHONY C. NARDO MEMORIAL TROPHY— This trophy
is awarded to the best football lineman of the year.
EDWIN POWELL TROPHY— This trophy is offered by the
Class of 1913 to the player who has rendered the greatest
service to lacrosse during the year.
SILVESTER WATCH FOR EXCELLENCE IN ATHLETICS—
A gold watch, given in honor of former President of the
University, R. W. Silvester, is offered annually to "the man
who typifies the best in college athletics."
General Information / 21
TEKE TROPHY— This trophy is offered by the Maryland
Chapter of Tau Kappa Epsilon Fraternity to the student who
during his four years at the University has rendered the
greatest service to football.
ROBERT E. THEOFELD MEMORIAL— This trophy is pre-
sented by Dr. and Mrs. Harry S. Hoffman and is awarded to
the golfer who most nearly exemplifies the competitive spirit
and strong character of Robert E. Theofeld, a former member
of the boxing team.
MUSIC AWARDS
ASSISTANT DIRECTOR'S AWARD to the outstanding
member of the Symphonic Band.
DIRECTOR'S AWARD to the concert band member who
demonstrated the most improvement in musicianship during
the year.
KAPPA KAPPA PSI AWARD to the most outstanding band
member of the year.
SIGMA ALPHA IOTA ALUMNAE AWARD for outstanding
musical performance.
SIGMA ALPHA IOTA DEAN'S HONOR AWARD for service
and dedication.
SIGMA ALPHA IOTA HONOR CERTIFICATE to the senior
with the highest scholastic average.
SIGMA ALPHA IOTA LEADERSHIP AWARD based on per-
sonality, student activities, fraternity service, and scholarship.
TAU BETA SIGMA AWARD to the outstanding band sorority
member of the year.
Awards are presented to the members of the University
Bands, the University Orchestras, and the Men's and
Women's Glee Clubs who serve faithfully throughout the
year.
STUDENT GOVERNMENT AWARDS
Keys are awarded to the members of the SGA Legislature
and Certificates of Appreciation to the members of the
Cabinet.
ACADEMIC REGULATIONS
The University reserves the right
to change any provision or requirement
at any time
within the student's period of residence.
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS
A college education implies something more
than an adequate technical training in the stu-
dent's field or specialization. In order that each
graduate with a bachelor's degree may gain a lib-
eral education as well as a specialized one, the
University has established a General Education
Requirement. This requirement consists of 34 se-
mester hours of credit in six general fields. There
is a wide choice in specific courses which may be
used to satisfy requirements in all six of the fields.
Physical education and health requirements for
all students are taken in addition to this 34-hour
group of courses.
The General Education courses are as follow:
In English (9 hours — one course in composition*
and two courses in literature): ENGL 101 (001) —
"Students who are exempted from the composition requirement on the
basis of acceptable scores on the SAT Verbal and Illinois Rhetoric Test
or by earning a score ol 2 on the English advanced placement examina-
tion may substitute any three-hour course approved for General Educa-
tion credit.
Composition or ENGL 171 (021) — Honors Compo-
sition; ENGL 201 (003)— World Literature; ENGL
202 (004)— World Literature; ENGL 211 (055)—
English Literature; ENGL 212 (056)— English Lit-
erature; ENGL 221 (057) — American Literature;
ENGL 222 (058)— American Literature; ENGL 241
(009) — Introduction to Narrative Literature; ENGL
242 (015)— Readings in Biography; ENGL 243
(030) — Introduction to Poetry and Poetics; ENGL
271 (033)— Honors World Literature; ENGL 272
(034)— Honors World Literature; ENGL 292 (010)
— Composition and Literary Types. General Edu-
cation 289 (080) and literature courses in a for-
eign language may also be used.
In Fine Arts or Philosohy (3 hours), three-credit
courses in six departments are available as fol-
lows: ARCHITECTURE COURSES: 270 (030)—
Introduction to the Built Environment. ART
COURSES: ARTH 100 (010)— Introduction to Art:
260 (060) or 261 (061)— History of Art; 284 (062)—
African Art; 320 (065) or 321 (066)— Masterpieces
of Painting; 330 (067) or 331 (068)— Masterpieces
of Sculpture; 340 (070) or 341 (071) — Masterpieces
of Architecture. DANCE COURSES: 200 (032)—
Introduction to Dance; 482 (182) or 483 (183)— His-
tory of Dance; 484 (184) — Theory and Philosophy
of Dance. MUSIC COURSE: 130 (020)— Survey of
Music Literature. DRAMATIC ART COURSES: 110
(016)— Introduction to the Theatre; 314 (114)— The
Film as an Art Form. PHILOSOPHY COURSES:
100 (001)— Introduction to Philosophy; 140 (045) —
Ethics; 170 (041) — Elementary Logic and Seman-
tics; 233 (052) — Philosophy in Literature; 236 (053)
—Philosophy of Religion; 250 (056)— Philosophy
of Science; 330 (147)— Philosophy of Art; 444 (154)
—Political and Social Philosophy; 457 (152)— Phi-
losophy of History; General Education 289 (080).
In History (6 hours), any combination of history
courses (except state history) for which the stu-
dent is eligible.
In Mathematics (3 hours), any course carrying
credit of three or more hours for which the stu-
dent is eligible will satisfy this University require-
ment. (Note, however, that some curricula require
higher-numbered sequences than those for which
the student is eligible at the time of his admission:
while other sequences may be open only to stu-
dents registered in specified curricula.) Students
in science curricula will usually satisfy this re-
quirement automatically.
In Science (7 hours), students are required to
take one course in a physical science and one
course in a biological science; one of these must
be a laboratory (4-hour) course. The physical sci-
ences for this purpose are agronomy, astronomy,
chemistry, geology, and physics; biological sci-
ences are biology, botany, entomology, and zoolo-
gy. General Education 299 (090) may also be used.
Students whose curricula include seven or more
hours of physical or biological science are not re-
quired to take additional courses to meet this dis-
tribution requirement. The nonscience student may
22 / General Information
register for a basic course or any higher course
for which he is eligible by placement, prerequisite
and class standing.
In Social Science (6 hours), two courses may
be chosen from ten fields: Agricultural Economics
240 (040) — Environment and Human Ecology;
Agronomy 103 (003) — World Crops and Food Sup-
ply; Anthropology 101 (001) or 102 (002)— Intro-
duction to Anthropology; Economics 201 (031) —
Principles of Economics, or Economics 205 (037)
— Fundamentals of Economics; General Educa-
tion 260 (060)— Introduction to Urban Studies;
General Education 279 (070); Geography 100 (001)
— Introduction to Geography; Government and
Politics 100 (003) — Principles of Government and
Politics, or 170 (001) — American Government, or
300 (101) — International Political Relations; Psy-
chology 100 (001) — Introduction to Psychology;
Radio and Television 124 (024) — Mass Communi-
cations in the 20th Century; Sociology 100 (001) —
Introduction to Sociology. The two courses must
be in different fields.
The following special General Education courses
may be used as appropriate to satisfy the above
requirements:
GNED 260 (060)— Introduction to Interdisciplinary
Urban Study. (3)
GNED 279 (070) — Selected Topics in the Social
Sciences. (3)
GNED 289 (080) — Selected Topics in the Humani-
ties. (3)
GNED 299 (090) — Selected Topics in the Natural
Sciences. (3)
It should be emphasized that the 34 semester
hours of General Education courses constitute a
University requirement, applicable to all students
receiving a bachelor's degree from the University
of Maryland. Individual colleges within the Uni-
versity may add to, though they may not reduce,
these requirements. College requirements may
also specify one or more courses among the op-
tions. For example, students in the College of
Business and Public Administration with the ex-
ception of economics majors satisfy part of the
Social Science requirement by taking Economics
201 (031).
In certain of the six fields, the student's level
of placement (by examination or departmental
evaluation) may modify the requirement.
In general, appropriate Honors or preHonors
courses may replace General Education courses
for eligible students. Honors and preHonors equiv-
alents for General Education courses are speci-
fied in the several sections of this catalog.
The General Education Program is designed
to be spread out over the four years of college.
No General Education course requires credit in
any prior college course as a prerequisite. Thus,
a student may (within limits of his particular cur-
riculum) satisfy a General Education requirement
in each category with any designated course for
which he is eligible by placement examination, de-
partment evaluation, and class standing. Most
courses numbered below 199 may be taken by
freshman; most courses between 200 and 299 nor-
mally require sophomore (or honors) standing.
Courses at the 300 and 400 levels are normally for
juniors or seniors; that is, they require that a stu-
dent have earned 56 hours of college credit while
in good academic standing.
Special note for foreign students
The foreign student is required to take a special
classification test in English before registering for
the required English courses. He may be required
to take Foreign Language 001 and 002 — English
for Foreign Students — before registering for Eng-
lish 101 (001).
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
All undergraduate men and women students
who are registered for more than eight semester
hours of credit are required to enroll in and suc-
cessfully complete two prescribed courses in
physical education. The successful completion of
these courses is required for graduation. These
courses must be taken by all eligible students dur-
ing the first two semesters of attendance at the
University, whether they intend to graduate or not.
Men and women who have reached their thirtieth
birthday are exempt from these courses. The thir-
tieth birthday must precede the Saturday of reg-
istration week. Students who are physically dis-
qualified from taking these courses must enroll in
adaptive courses for which credit will be given. A
student who has 56 transferred academic credits
will not be required to register for physical edu-
cation. Students with one calendar year of full-
time active military service may receive credit for
these courses by applying to the Director of the
Men's Physical Education Program.
Students majoring or minoring in physical edu-
cation, recreation or health education may meet
these requirements by enrolling in special profes-
sional courses.
HEALTH EDUCATION
All freshmen students are required to complete
satisfactorily one semester of Health Education
(HLTH 105) for graduation. Students who have
reached their thirtieth birthday and students maj-
oring in nursing are exempt from this requirement.
Additional Information
Questions about any aspect of the program may
be addressed to the advisors, or the Director of
General Education.
AIR FORCE AEROSPACE STUDIES
The University of Maryland offers an entirely
voluntary program of air science instruction which
General Information / 23
is designed for students interested in an Air Force
Commission. Both a two-year and a four-year pro-
gram are offered. All AFROTC students are elig-
ible for draft deferments.
The two-year program consists of a six-week
Field Training Session conducted on an air force
base in the summer prior to the student's jun-
ior year, followed by four semesters of the pro-
fessional Officer Course (Advanced Course). The
two-year program is also open to graduate stu-
dents from the College Park campus, provided
such students have a minimum of four semesters
remaining in the University at the time of enroll-
ment in the two-year AFROTC program.
The four-year program consists of four semes-
ters of the General Military Course (Basic Course)
followed by four semesters of the Professional
Officer Course (Advanced Course). Students in
this program attend a four-week Field Training
Program after completing their sophomore year
of college.
The Curriculum:
General Military Course — freshman year,
ARSC 100 (011) and ARSC 101 (012); sopho-
more year, ARSC 200 (021) and ARSC 201
(022). In the first two years, cadets meet aca-
demic classes once per week. In addition,
they receive one hour of Corps Training
each week.
Professional Officer Course — junior year,
ARSC 300 (101) and ARSC 301 (102); senior
year, ARSC 302 (103) and ARSC 303 (104).
The courses for the junior and senior years
are entitled "The Growth and Development
of Aerospace Power" and "The Professional
Officer" respectively. They require three
class hours, plus one hour of Corps Train-
ing per week.
The AFROTC College Scholarship Program pro-
vides scholarships for selected cadets each year
in the AFROTC program. Those selected receive
money for tuition, laboratory expense, incidental
fees, and an allowance for books for up to eight
semesters. In addition, they receive nontaxable
pay. One must be in the program at the University
of Maryland before he can apply for this scholar-
ship.
All students in the two-year and four-year pro-
gram enrolled in the Professional Officer Course
but not receiving full scholarships will receive
monthly pay for the two-year period. Students
also receive nominal pay (plus quarters and sub-
sistence) while attending either the four-week or
the six-week Field Training Session.
To be accepted into the Professional Officer
Course the student must: complete the General
Military Course or the six-week Field Training
Session; pass the Air Force Officer Qualification
Test; be physically qualified; enlist in the Air Force
Reserve; be in good academic standing; meet age
requirements; possess the necessary qualities of
leadership and citizenship. Successful comple-
tion of the Professional Officer Course and a bach-
elor's degree are the prerequisites for a commis-
sion as a second lieutenant in the United States
Air Force.
Students who have prior military service or
ROTC training with the Army, Navy, Marine Corps,
Coast Guard, or Air Force will be evaluated and
allowed appropriate credit toward meeting the re-
quirements for the General Military (Basic) Course.
Professional Officer Course (Advanced) credits are
transferable.
Attendance at air science classes is manda-
tory. Excuses for class or drill absences will not
be recognized except in case of sickness, emerg-
encies, or University business covered by Univer-
sity excuses. All unexcused absences operate to
reduce the term grade. Excessive absences and/
or misconduct will be cause for dismissal.
Qualified seniors who elect to become Air
Force pilots receive a free 36 Vi -hour flight instruc-
tion program. Cadets are instructed by competent
civilian instructors. This training enables them to
earn their private pilot's license before graduating
from college.
REGISTRATION
A new registration system has been designed
with provisions for students to pre-register for
courses. The details and instructions for the reg-
istration procedure are published in the Schedule
of Classes which is available each semester prior
to the time of pre-registration. The Schedule of
Classes should be referred to for the official rules
and regulations pertaining to registration.
To attend classes at the University of Maryland
it is necessary to process an official registration.
Students may begin attending classes once pre-
registration and registration forms are complete
and turned in to the Registrations Office. Regis-
tration is final and official when all fees are paid.
An official class list for each course being of-
fered is distributed during the semester to the ap-
propriate department by the Registrations Office.
The insructor is responsible for reporting dis-
crepancies to the Registrations Office.
DEGREES AND CERTIFICATES
The University confers the following degrees:
Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Music, Bachelor of
Science, Bachelor of Science in Nursing. Bachelor
of Science in Pharmacy, Bachelor of Architec-
ture, Master of Arts, Master of Arts in American
Civilization, Master of Business Administration,
Master of Education, Master of Music. Master of
Science, Master of Library Science, Master of
Social Work, Doctor of Dental Surgery, Doctor of
Education, Doctor of Medicine, Doctor of Philos-
ophy, Doctor of Musical Arts, Doctor of Business
Administration, and Juris Doctor.
Students in specified two-year curricula may be
awarded certificates.
24 / General Information
No baccalaureate degree will be awarded to a
student who has had less than one year of resi-
dent work in this University. The last thirty se-
mester credits in any curricula leading to a bac-
calaureate degree must be taken in residence at
the University. Candidates for the baccalaureate
degree in combined curricula at College Park and
Baltimore must complete a minimum of thirty se-
mester credits at College Park.
The requirements for graduation vary accord-
ing to the character of work in the different col-
leges and schools. Full information regarding spe-
cific college requirements for graduation will be
found in the College Section of this catalog.
Each candidate for a degree or certificate must
file a formal application for it with the Registra-
tions Office. This must be done by the end of the
third week of the semester or the second week
of the summer session at the end of which he ex-
pects to graduate.
CREDIT UNIT AND LOAD
The semester hour, which is the unit of credit,
is the equivalent of a subject pursued one period
a week for one semester. Two or three periods of
laboratory or field work are equivalent to one lec-
ture or recitation period. The student is expected
to devote three hours a week in classroom or lab-
oratory or in outside preparation for each credit
hour in any course.
In order for an undergraduate student to com-
plete most curricula in the designated amount of
time, his semester credit load must range from 12
to 19 hours, so that he would complete from 30 to
36 hours each year toward his degree. A student
registering for less than 12 hours or more than
19 hours per semester must have the special ap-
proval of his dean.*
EXAMINATIONS
1. A final examination shall be given in every
undergraduate course. Exceptions may be made
with the approval of the chairman of the depart-
ment and the dean. In order to avoid basing too
much of the semester grade upon the final exami-
nation, additional tests, quizzes, term papers, re-
ports and the like should be used to determine a
students comprehension of a course. The order of
procedure in these matters is left to the discretion
of departments or professors and should be an-
nounced to a class at the beginning of a course.
All final examinations must be held on the exami-
nation days of the Official Final Examination
Schedule. No final examination shall be given at
a time other than that scheduled in the Official
•The following semester course loads are considered full-time in their
respective areas: Academic Probation Plan. 7 s.h.; Physical Education
Requirement. 9 s.h.; Tuition and Fee Assessment. 9 s.h.; Housing. 12 s h ■
Plan of Minimum Requirements For Graduation. 12 s.h.; Foreign Students'
12 s.h.; and Teacher Tuition Remission. 15 s.h. Athletes need 24 s h a
year.
Examination Schedule without written permission
of the department chairman.
2. To expedite arrangements for commence-
ment, final grades of undergraduate candidates
for degrees are based on evaluations availab'e at
the time grades are required to be submitted.
3. A file of all final examination questions must
be kept by the chairman of each department.
4. The chairman of each department is respons-
ible for the adequate administration of examina-
tions in courses under his jurisdiction. The deans
should present for consideration the matter of
examinations in staff conferences from time to
time and investigate examination procedures in
their respective colleges.
5. Every examination shall be designed to re-
quire for its completion not more than the regu-
larly scheduled period.
6. A typewritten, mimeographed or printed set
of questions shall be placed in the hands of every
examinee in every test or examination requiring
at least one period, unless the dean of the college
has authorized some other procedure.
7. Each instructor must safeguard his examina-
tion questions and all trial sheets, drafts and sten-
cils.
8. Each instructor should avoid the use of ex-
amination questions which have been included
in recently given examinations and should pre-
pare examinations that will make dishonesty diffi-
cult.
9. Only clerical help approved by the depart-
ment chairman shall be employed in the prepara-
tion or reproduction of tests or examination ques-
tions.
10. Proctors must be in the examination room
at least ten minutes before the hour of a final
examination. Provisions should be made for proper
ventilation, lighting and a seating plan. At least
one of the proctors present must be sufficiently
cognizant of the subject matter of the examina-
tion to deal authoritatively with inquires arising
from the examination.
11. Books, papers, etc., belonging to the stu-
dent, must be left in a place designated by the in-
structor before the student takes his seat, except
in such cases where books or work sheets are
permitted.
12. Students should be seated at least every
other seat apart, or its equivalent, i.e., about three
feet. Where this arrangement is not possible some
means must be provided to protect the integrity
of the examination.
13. "Blue books" only must be used in periodic
or final examinations, unless special forms are
furnished by the department concerned.
14. If mathematical tables are required in an
examination, they shall be furnished by the in-
structor. If textbooks are used, this rules does not
apply.
Genpral Information / 25
15. Proctors must exercise all diligence to pre-
vent dishonesty and to enforce proper examina-
tion decorum, including abstention from smoking.
16. Where an instructor must proctor more
than 40 students, he should consult the chairman
of his department concerning proctorial assist-
ance. An instructor should consult his department
chairman if in his opinion a smaller number of
students for an examination requires the help of
another instructor.
17. No student who leaves an examination
room will be permitted to return, except in un-
usual circumstances, in which case permission
to do so must be granted by the proctor prior to
the student's absention.
18. All conversation will cease prior to the pass-
ing out of examination papers, and silence will be
maintained in the room during the entire examina-
tion period.
19. Examination papers will be placed face
down on the writing desks until the examination
is officially begun by the proctor.
20. Examination papers will be kept flat on the
writing desk at all times.
IRREGULARITIES IN EXAMINATIONS
1. In cases involving charges of academic ir-
regularities or dishonesty in an examination, class
work or course requirements by an undergraduate
student, the instructor in the course shall report
to his instructional department chairman any in-
formation received and the facts within his knowl-
edge. If the chairman of the instructional depart-
ment determines that there is any sound reason
for believing that academic dishonesty may be in-
volved, he shall refer the matter to the dean of
the college or school. The dean will then confer
with the dean of the student's college or school
and will check the Judiciary Office records to de-
termine if the student has any record of prior of-
fenses involving academic dishonesty. The dean
will then consult with the student involved, and if
the alleged academic dishonesty is admitted by
the student and is his first offense of this nature,
the dean may authorize the department chairman
to dispose of the charges, limiting the maximum
penalty to disciplinary probation and a grade of
F in the course, provided the penalty is accepted
by the student in writing. In such case the depart-
ment chairman will make a written report of the
matter, including the action taken, to the dean of
the student's college or school and to the Judici-
ary Office.
If the case is not disposed of in the above man-
ner, the dean of the instructional department will
appoint an ad hoc Committee on Academic Dis-
honesty consisting of one member from the faculty
of the college or school administered by the dean
as chairman, one undergraduate student, and one
member from the faculty of the student's college
or school appointed by the dean of that college or
school. If the student's dean and the dean admin-
istering the instructional department are the same,
a second member of the faculty of the college or
school concerned is appointed.
The dean of the instructional department will
refer the specific report of alleged academic dis-
honesty to this ad hoc committee and the com-
mittee will hear the case. The hearing procedures
before this committee will in general conform to
those required for student judicial boards. The
committee may impose the normal disciplinary
actions and/or impose a grade of F in the course.
The chairman of the committee will report its
actions to the dean of the student's college or
school and to the Judiciary Office. The dean of
the instructional department will advise the stu-
dent in writing of the disciplinary action of the
committee, and also advise him of his right to file
an appeal to the Adjunct Committee on Student
Discipline.
The student may file his appeal in accordance
with the normal procedures to the Adjunct Com-
mittee with the dean of the instructional depart-
ment and the latter will forward it to the chair-
man of the Adjunct Committee. The chairman of
the Adjunct Committee will notify the student in
writing of the time, date, and place of the hearing.
2. In cases involving charges of academic ir-
regularities or dishonesty in an examination, class
work or course requirements by a graduate stu-
dent, the above procedure will be followed except
that:
a. The chairman of the instructional depart-
ment will refer the matter to the Dean for
Graduate Studies and Research.
b. The ad hoc Committee on Academic Dis-
honesty will be appointed by the Dean for
Graduate Studies and Research and will con-
sist of two members of the Graduate School
faculty, one serving as chairman and one
graduate student.
MARKING SYSTEM
1. The following symbols are used for marks:
A, B, C, and D — Passing; F — Failure; I — Incom-
plete. At the Graduate level, the grade of D is
failure.
In computing scholastic averages, numerical
values are assigned marks as follows: A — 4; B — 3;
C— 2; D— 1; F— 0.
A mark of X will be used on records of off-
campus adult students in those cases where such
a student has ceased to attend a class without an
official withdrawal. A mark of X indicates no rec-
ord, no prejudice, is terminal, and may not be
later changed as in the case of the incomplete
mark of I.
2. Mark A denotes superior achievement; B,
good; C, fair; and D, passing. However, a mark of
D does not represent satisfactory progress toward
a degree.
3. A student with a mark of F has failed in the
26 / General Information
course and must repeat the entire course in order
to receive credit for it. In case of failure in a re-
quired course a student must enroll again in that
subject the first time it is offered, unless excused
by the dean.
4. An instructor may change a grade already
submitted to the Registrations Office only on certi-
fication, approved by his department chairman
and dean, that he made an actual mistake in com-
puting or recording the grade.
5. In case a failure is incurred in an elective
subject, the student may be permitted to make a
substitution provided the chairman of the depart-
ment in which the student is majoring and the stu-
dent's dean approve. A record of this approval
must be filed in the Registrations Office.
6. The mark of I (incomplete) is exceptional.
It is to be given only to a student whose work in
a course has been qualitatively satisfactory, when,
because of illness, or other circumstances beyond
his control, he has been unable to complete the
requirement. In no case will the mark I be re-
corded for a student who has not completed the
major portion of the work of the course. In cases
where this mark is given, the student may not re-
register for the course until the I is removed by
completing work assigned by the instructor. Work
must be completed by the end of the next semes-
ter in which the subject is again offered and the
student is in attendance at the University, or the
mark becomes F. When a student receives a termi-
nal grade, he may repeat the course as provided
for any course where repeats are authorized. Ex-
ceptions to the time period cited above may be
granted by the student's dean on the written re-
quest of the student if circumstances warrant
further delay. An I cannot be removed through the
technique of earning credit by examination.
7. It is the student's responsibility to request
appropriate action for the removal of the I.
8. It is the responsibility of the instructor and
department chairman concerned to return the ap-
propriate supplementary grade report promptly
upon the completion of the work.
9. It is the responsibility of the student's dean
to inform the Registrations Office and instructor of
the delay granted in accordance with Section 6
above.
10. For information about repeating courses,
see "Minimum Requirements for Retention and
Graduation."
PASS-FAIL OPTION
1. Eligible undergraduates may register for a
maximum of 18 semester hours of credit under the
pass-fail option between the time they have earned
30 academic hours at the University of Maryland
and graduation. No more than one such course
may be taken during any semester or summer
session.
2. In order to be eligible for the pass-fail option
in registration an undergraduate student must
have completed 30 or more semester hours of
credit at the University of Maryland. Transfer
students must have a total of 30 semester hours
on their records, of which at least 15 semester
hours were taken at the University of Maryland.
Part-time students matriculated for a degree are
eligible; special students are not. A student must
have a cumulative grade-point average of 2.00
to be eligible for the pass-fail option. Students
who are registered in O.I.R. may not elect the
pass-fail option.
3. No course which is used to fulfill require-
ments for a major, a minor, a field of concentra-
tion, specific courses designated as degree re-
quirements, or the general education program may
be selected under the pass-fail option; such selec-
tion is limited to free-elective courses.
4. A student's pass-fail option for a course must
be designated at the time of registration. Courses
not specifically excluded from the pass-fail op-
tion may be selected by eligible students who have
the required standing and prerequisites for the
course. Registration for pass-fail option must have
the approval of the student's academic advisor
and dean. This status may not be changed after
the end of late registration (end of first week of
class in regular semester). If the demand for a
course exceeds its capacity, letter-graded stu-
dents will be given preference over pass-fail stu-
dents in enrollment.
5. Students registering in a course under the
pass-fail option are required to complete all regu-
lar course requirements. Their work will be eval-
uated by the normal procedures for letter grades.
The professor will submit the normal grade. The
grades of A to D will be automatically converted
to P. The grade of F will remain as given. If the
course is passed, credit toward graduation is
earned; however, the course is not included in
the grade average. If the course is failed, no cred-
it is awarded but the failing grade is included in
computation of averages.
CREDIT FOR EXAMINATION FOR
UNDERGRADUATE STUDIES
1. The applicant must be a registered student
at the University of Maryland. Part-time students
must be enrolled in course work carrying at least
three semester hours of credit.
2. The total amount of credit that can be estab-
lished by examination cannot exceed 30 semester
credits, nor may it be part of the final 15 semester
credits of the student's program. "Credit by exam-
ination" cannot be given for a course in which
the student has a grade of "I" outstanding.
3. A grade of D or higher must be obtained in
order to establish credit by examination. Letter
grades, including F's earned on examinations to
establish credit will be entered on the student's
General Information / 27
transcript and used in computing his cumulative
grade point average. Such credits shall be fol-
lowed by the phrase "By Exam" or "By CLEP
Exam," whichever is applicable. A student may
elect to take an examination for credit on a "Pass-
Fail" basis under the normal "Pass-Fail" regula-
tions.
4. Approval to take an examination in any course
will depend on the student's having received ap-
proval of his Academic Adviser, the Chairman of
the Department offering the course and the Dean
of the College in which the student is enrolled.
5. The instructor must certify on the report of
the examination submitted to the Registrations
Office that copies of the examination questions or
identifying information in the case of standardized
examinations, and the student's answers have
been filed with Chairman of the Department offer-
ing the course.
JUNIOR STANDING
1. A student is permitted to register for upper
division courses when granted Junior Standing by
his college. This permission shall be based upon
earning a minimum of 56 academic hours toward
his degree, completing such course requirements
as the college may direct, and possessing the
minimum required grade point average to remain
in the University.
2. Exceptional students having completed forty-
eight (48) semester hours of academic credits and
having the approval of the department involved
will be permitted to enroll for sufficient upper di-
vision courses to complete a normal program. That
is, such students must carry lower division courses
to total fifty-six (56) semester hours of academic
credits and the remainder may be in courses
numbered in the 300-499 range.
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
1. A baccalaureate degree will not be awarded
to a student who has had less than one year of
resident work in this University. The last thirty se-
mester credits of any curriculum eading to a bac-
calaureate degree must be taken in residence at
the University of Maryland.
In the case of veterans and students engaged
in a program of adult education, a portion of the
final 30 semester hours may be completed at other
institutions upon the approval of the Vice-Chancel-
lor for Academic Affairs, the dean of the college,
and the chairman of the department.
Candidates for degrees in combined programs
must complete at least 30 semester credits at Col-
lege Park.
The minimum residence required for a bacca-
laureate degree is 30 semester hours; nothing
stated below modifies in any way this basic- re-
quirement. Included in these 30 semester hours
will be a minimum of 15 semester hours in ad-
vanced courses, including at least 12 semester
hours required in the major field (in curricula re-
quiring such concentration). All candidates for de-
grees should plan to take their senior year in resi-
dence since the advanced work of the major study
normally occurs in the last year of the undergrad-
uate course. At least 24 of the last 30 credits must
be done in residence; i.e., a student who at the
time of his graduation will have completed 30 se-
mester hours in residence may be permitted to do
not more than 6 semester hours of his final 30
credits of record in another institution or to in-
clude not more than 6 semester hours of credit
earned by advance standing examination, pro-
vided he secures permission in advance from his
dean. The student must be enrolled in the college
from which he plans to graduate when registering
for the last 15 credits of his program. These re-
quirements apply also to the third year of prepro-
fessional combined degree programs. Record of
this permission must be filed in the Registrations
Office prior to the student's final semester in resi-
dence.
While many University curricula require more
semester hours than 120 (exclusive of the basic
General Military Course AFROTC, Health 105, and
the required program in physical education), no
baccalaureate curriculum requires less than 120
semester hours with the same exclusions as have
been cited.
A student who wishes to earn a second bac-
calaureate degree in the University is required to
complete the additional studies regularly pre-
scribed for that degree, involving at least one
year's additional residence and the earning of at
least 30 additional credits.
2. A general C (2.0) average is required for
graduation in all colleges.
3. An average mark of C (2.0) is required for
graduation. The C average is computed on the
basis of the academic courses required by each
student's curriculum. The average of transfer stu-
dents and of those seeking combined degrees is
computed only on the courses taken in residence
in the University and in satisfaction of the non-
professional curricular requirements of the college
granting the degree. An over-all average is also
computed to include all academic courses taken in
the University as a basis for the award of honors
and for such other uses as may be deemed appro-
priate.
4. Applications for diplomas must be filed with
the Registrations Office during the registration
period, or not later than the end of the third week
of classes of the regular semester or at the end
of the second week of the summer session, at the
end of which the candidate expects to receive
his degree. An application filed after the third week
of classes of a regular semester or Friday of the
second week of a Summer Session will be retained
until the next semester (session) when degrees
will be awarded. He must at this time be registered
28 / General Information
in the college from which the degree is sought or,
if in the University College, have the approval of
the dean of the college concerned. Responsibility
for knowing and meeting all degree requirements
for graduation in any curriculum rests with the
student. Not later than the close of his junior
year, the student should check with the proper
authorities to ascertain his standing in this respect.
For this purpose the student should be sure to
preserve the copy of the semester grade report
issued by the Registrations office at the close of
each semester.
5. Candidates for degrees must attend a con-
vocation at which degrees are conferred and di-
plomas are awarded.
ATTENDANCE
1. The University expects each student to take
full responsibility for his academic work and aca-
demic progress. The student, to progress satis-
factorily, must meet the quantitative and qualita-
tive requirements of each course for which he is
registered. Students are expected to attend class-
es regularly, for consistent attendance offers the
most effective opportunity open to all students to
gain a developing command of the concepts and
materials of their course of study. However, at-
tendance in class, in and of itself, is not a criterion
for the evaluation of the student's degree of suc-
cess or failure. Furthermore, absences (whether
excused or unexcused) do not alter what is ex-
pected of the student qualitatively and quantita-
tively. Except as provided below, absences will
not be used in the computation of grades, and the
recording of student absences will not be required
of the faculty.
2. In certain courses in-class participation is
an integral part of the work of the course. A few
examples would be courses in public speaking and
group discussion, courses emphasizing conversa-
tion in foreign languages, certain courses in physi-
cal education, and certain laboratory sessions.
Each department shall determine which of its
courses fall in this category. It shall be the re-
sponsibility of the instructor in such courses to in-
form each class at the beginning of the semester
that in-class participation is an integral part of the
work of the course and that his absences will be
taken into account in the evaluation of his work
in the course.
3. Laboratory meetings require special prepa-
ration of equipment and materials by the staff. A
student who is not present for a laboratory exer-
cise has missed that part of the course and can-
not expect that he will be given an opportunity to
make up this work later in the term.
4. Special provision for freshmen: the fresh-
man year is a transitional year. Absences of fresh-
men in the basic freshman courses will be report-
ed to the student's dean when the student has ac-
cumulated more than three unexcused absences.
5. Excuses for absences (in basic freshman
courses and in courses where in-class participa-
tion is a significant part of the work of the course)
will be handled by the instructor in the course in
accordance with the general policy of his depart-
ment and college.
6. Examination and tests: it is the responsi-
bility of the student to keep himself informed con-
cerning the dates of announced quizzes, tests
and examinations. An instructor is not under obli-
gation to give a student a make-up examination
unless the student can present evidence that his
absence was caused by illness or by participating
in University activities at the request of University
authorities. A make-up examination, when per-
mitted, is given at the convenience of the instruc-
tor, but must not interfere with the student's regu-
larly scheduled classes.
SCHOLARSHIP HONORS
Honors for excellence in scholarship are award-
ed to not more than one-fifth of the graduation
class in each college. (The computation does not
include grades for courses taken during the last
semester of registration before graduation.) "High
Honors" are awarded to the upper half of the
group; "Honors" to the lower half. To be eligible
for this recognition, a total of at least two years of
residence (60 semester hours) is required. No stu-
dent with an average less than B (3.0) will be con-
sidered.
DEFICIENCY REPORTS
1. Reports of unsatisfactory work (less than C)
will be made only for freshmen in the basic
freshman courses. It will be the obligation of all
students to assume full responsibility for their aca-
demic progress without depending upon receiving
official warning of unsatisfactory work.
2. Reports of unsatisfactory work for freshmen
in the basic freshman courses will be submitted
to the student's dean at the end of the seventh
week of the semester.
DISMISSAL OF DELINQUENT STUDENTS
The University reserves the right to request
at any time the withdrawal of a student who can-
not or does not maintain the required standard
of scholarship, or whose continuance in the Uni-
versity would be detrimental to his or her health,
or to the health of others, or whose conduct is not
satisfactory to the authorities of the University.
Specific scholastic requirements are set forth in
the Minimum Requirements for Retention and
Graduation.
WITHDRAWALS FROM THE UNIVERSITY
1. If a student desires or is compelled to with-
draw from the University for any cause at any
time during the academic year, he should secure
an application for withdrawal from his dean's of-
fice, obtain the proper signatures as indicated on
General Information / 29
the form, and file it in the Registrations Office. If
a student withdraws from the University after the
first eight weeks of the semester, the instructor in
each course indicates on the class card whether
the student was passing or failing at the time of
withdrawal. The report is made part of the stu-
dent's permanent record.
2. In the case of a minor, withdrawal will be
permitted only with the written consent of the
student's parent or guardian.
3. A student who fails to withdraw in the re-
quired manner will not be entitled to an honorable
dismissal, will forfeit his right to any refund to
which he might otherwise be entitled, and will re-
ceive marks of failure in all courses being carried.
4. The effective date for withdrawals, as far as
refunds and grades are concerned, is the date
the blank is filed in the Registrations Office.
5. Further information on withdrawal from the
University may be found in "Minimum Require-
ments for Retention and Graduation."
READMISSION AND REINSTATEMENT
1. A student whose continuous attendance at
the University has been interrupted, but who was
in good academic standing, or on academic pro-
bation, at the end of the last regular semester
for which he was registered, must apply to the
Director of Admission for readmission. He will be
readmitted to the college in which he was last
registered.
2. A student who withdraws from the Univer-
sity must apply to the Director of Admissions for
reinstatement.
3. A freshman who is dismissed for scholastic
reasons from the University at the end of his first
semester and who desires to seek reinstatement
is referred to Section A of "Minimum Require-
ments for Retention and Graduation."
4. A student who has been dropped for scho-
lastic reasons may appeal in writing to the Secre-
tary of the Admissions Petition Board, Office of
Admissions, for reinstatement. The committee is
empowered to grant relief for just cause.
5. No student on academic probation shall be
allowed to register for more than sixteen (16)
semester hours (including the basic General Mili-
tary Course AFROTC and required courses in P. E.
and health). The student on academic probation
should normally carry at least twelve (12) aca-
demic semester hours in order that he may ab-
solve his academic probation in one semester.
6. A student who has been dropped from the
University for scholastic reasons, and whose peti-
tion for reinstatement is denied, may again peti-
tion after a lapse of at least one semester.
7. Applicable courses taken at another institu-
tion by a student in the first semester after his
academic dismissal from the University shall not
be considered for transfer credit until the student
has returned to the University and removed his
academic probation.
MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS
FOR RETENTION AND GRADUATION
The provisions in this plan apply to undergrad-
uates at College Park, including the day-time, on-
campus students of University College.
SECTION A: Minimum requirements
A.1 At the end of each grading period — defined
as each regular semester — the Registrations Of-
fice computes each student's cumulative grade
point average (the number of earned quality
points divided by the number of attempted semes-
ter hours hereinafter designated and referred to
as "attempted hours" or "hours attempted").
Based on this cumulative grade point average the
Registrations Office imposes the academic actions
prescribed in the following table:
Cumulative
Grade Point
Average
resulting
Total
Hours
Academic
Academic
Attempted
Dismissal
Probation
1-5
—
—
6-20
Below 0.35
Below 1.35
21-35
" 1.35
" 1.65
36-50
" 1.65
" 1.80
51-65
" 1.80
" 1.90
66-80
" 1.90
" 2.00
81 and over
" 1.95
" 2.00
A. 2 Regardless of his cumulative grade point
average, however, no student shall be dismissed
at the end of any grading period during which he
was registered for and completed at least twelve
(12) semester hours (excluding PHED 001-099)
with an average of 2.00 or better.
A. 3 A minimum cumulative grade point aver-
age of 2.00 is an essential part of the several re-
quirements for a bachelor's degree as outlined in
college divisions of this catalog. Any student
whose cumulative grade point average falls with-
in the range which results in Academic Probation
in accordance with the table of section A.1 is in-
formed that he is not making satisfactory progress
toward his degree and must assume responsibility
for any future dismissal which may occur.
A. 4 Any student whose cumulative grade point
average falls within the range which results in
Academic Dismissal in accordance with the table
of section A.1 loses his eligibility to reregister at
the University.
A. 5 Any student who is not eligible to reregis-
ter following Academic Dismissal should consult
the Secretary of the Admissions Petition Board
concerning procedure for reinstatement. This
Board is empowered to grant relief for just cause.
A. 6 A student who enters the University with
acceptable transfer credits is subject to these
scholastic standards at the level of attempted
hours determined by adding the number of hours
of transfer credits assigned to him by the Office
of Admissions and the dean of the college in
which he is enrolled to the number of hours at-
tempted at Maryland. His cumulative average is
30 / General Information
based solely on the number of hours attempted
at Maryland and the grades received for these at-
tempted courses.
A. 7 When a course is repeated, all attempts are
included in the computation of the cumulative
grade point average through inclusion in both the
total quality points earned and the total hours at-
tempted. If a student repeats a course for which
he has already earned a passing grade, the subse-
quent attempt shall not increase his total hours
earned toward a degree.
A. 8 Exceptions are allowed for courses taken
during a freshman's first semester and subse-
quently repeated. In such cases, the original first
semester grades of these repeated courses and
their corresponding credit hours will not be in-
cluded in the computation of the student's cumu-
lative grade point average or in his total of at-
tempted hours, provided these repetitions of first
semester courses occur before the student has
earned 56 semester hours. For the purpose of this
section a first semester freshman shall be a stu-
dent registered for the first time in college level
educational courses and thus experiencing his
first contact with academic education beyond the
senior high school level. However, a student whose
first college experience is through part-time reg-
istration or through the summer session will be
considered as a first semester freshman until he
has registered in and completed a minimum of
nine semester hours in college level work. All col-
lege registrations will be counted whether or not
they are applicable to the student's program.
A. 9 A student beginning or within his last
thirty (30) credit hours necessary for graduation,
who has been retained in college under section
A. 2, but who would be unable to graduate because
of an insufficient cumulative grade point average
due to an earlier single semester of failing grades,
may be granted waiver of those failing grades.
Provided such student satisfies all other college
and University requirements for the degree, the
above grades of failure and their corresponding
attempted credit hours may be disregarded in the
computation of his final cumulative grade point
average. To accomplish this the approval of the
student's academic dean, together with the writ-
ten recommendation of the chairman of the de-
partment in which the student is majoring, must be
transmitted to the Registrations Office with the
necessary adjustments which are to be made in
recomputing the student's cumulative average.
A. 10 Physical activity courses required of all
students, noncredit courses, and orientation
courses are not considered in computing cumula-
tive grade point averages. All other courses are
considered for computation except those courses
specifically designated not applicable by the dean
of the college in which the student is enrolled.
A. 11 In the computation of the cumulative
grade point average a grade of I is not to be in-
cluded as hours attempted. When the grade of I
is removed for a passing grade or the mark be-
comes F in conformance with academic regula-
tions, an appropriate corrective entry will be made
in the cumulative grade point average by the Reg-
istrations Office.
A. 12 Any student who withdraws from all
courses receiving no grades or grades of W, WX,
WP, or WF is not eligible for re-registration at the
University except by application for reinstatement
through the Office of Admissions. Withdrawal
grades are not included in the computation of
grade point averages or in the determination of
the level of total hours attempted.
SECTION B: Regulations lor transfer ot students Irom one
college to another and change ot curriculum within a college.
B.1 A student with a 2.00 average or better in
those courses applicable to his proposed new
curriculum may transfer from one college in the
University to another but only at such times as are
specifically designated for this purpose. On a spe-
cial form, he must first obtain a signed release
and his complete academic record from the dean
of the releasing college before submitting them
to the dean of the college to which he wishes to
transfer. When the dean of the receiving college
accepts the student by signing the transfer form,
the student must then deposit this form with the
Registrations Office to complete the transfer.
B.2 In all transfer cases the dean of the re-
ceiving college shall indicate what courses in the
student's previous academic program are not ap-
plicable in the new program and he shall notify
the Registrations Office of the adjustments which
are to be made in computing the student's cumu-
lative average.
B.3 The Office of Intermediate Registration
(OIR) serves those students who wish to change
colleges but have less than 2.00 averages in
those courses applicable to their new college cur-
ricula. Any such student who is entitled to re-reg-
ister in the University will be accepted by OIR
after securing his release from his former college
dean. The Director of Intermediate Registration
will be responsible for notifying the Registrations
Office what courses in the student's previous aca-
demic program have been declared not applicable
by the prospective receiving dean.
B.4 The cumulative average required of a reg-
istrant in OIR shall be that given in the table of
section A.1 for the attempted hours applicable to
the new curriculum to which the student antici-
pates transferring. If at the end of a student's
first grading period in OIR his cumulative average
entitles him to remain in the University, he shall
be permitted to transfer to his new college. How-
ever, upon the recommendation of both the Direc-
tor of Intermediate Registration and the dean of
the new college, the student who is eligible to
remain in the University may be permitted to reg-
General Information / 31
ister for an additional semester or summer ses-
sion in OIR.
B.5 When a student changes from one depart-
ment to another within a college he must secure,
in the appropriate space on the permit-to-register
card, the signature of the dean before filing the
card with the Registrations Office. An individual
college may use additional forms for internal con-
trol if it so desires. Where the change within a
college is from a program to an unrelated pro-
gram, the dean of the college may exercise the
option of adjusting the student's record. The dean
is responsible for providing the Registrations Of-
fice with a written statement of the adjustments to
be made in computing the student's cumulative
average.
SECTION C: Regulations concerning dropping of courses.
C.1 A student may drop a course without an F
grade during the first three weeks of classes with
the approval of the student's advisor and dean. A
student may drop a course without an F grade
after the first three weeks of clases only upon
written approval of the dean of the student's col-
lege. Such authorization shall be granted by the
dean only under extraordinary circumstances; un-
satisfactory scholarship in itself will not be con-
sidered an extraordinary circumstance. The writ-
ten authorization must state the reason and shall
be filed with the Registrations Office. In order to
drop a course, or courses, for medical reasons
and without the grade of F, the student must pre-
sent to the dean of his college, through the Uni-
versity's infirmary, acceptable proof that such rea-
sons have caused his continuous absence from all
classes for which he is registered for a period of
two weeks or more (exclusive of holidays). Any re-
quest to drop a course for medical reasons must
be presented to the student's dean within one
week of the student's return to class attendance.
The selection of courses to be dropped shall be
at the discretion of the student's dean.
In the case of accidental injury incurred after
the start of the term, and which incapacitates the
student relative to his performance in a particular
course, the dean of the student's college shall use
his discretion in recommending the dropping of
the course without the grade of F. Where acci-
dental injury does not necessitate the absence of
the student from all classes for a period of two
weeks or more, the request to drop a particular
course must be made within one week of the in-
jury, or within one week of the return to classes
following the injury. A first semester freshman
and a transfer student enrolling for the first time
in the University may drop a course without an
F grade during the first eight weeks of classes
with the approval of the student's advisor and
dean. For purposes of this section a first semester
freshman shall be a student who has registered
in and completed not more than nine semester
hours of college level work.
Courses may not be changed from credit to
audit after the third week of clases.
C.2 A student withdrawing from the University
during the first eight weeks of classes shall be
given a grade of WX in his courses. A student
withdrawing after this time shall receive a grade
WP in each course in which his work has been
passing and a grade of WF in any course in which
his work has not been passing. A student with-
drawing after the last day of instruction shall be
given a grade of F in any course in which he has
not been doing passing work.
SECTION D: General regulations concerning academic pro-
bation, academic dismissal and reinstatement.
D.1 When a student is placed on academic pro-
bation or released from academic probation, the
action shall be entered on the face of the stu-
dent's official record.
D.2 A student who is reinstated after academic
dismissal shall be admitted on academic proba-
tion. The same conditions of probation may be
imposed on any student who seeks admission by
transfer from another university or college and
whose record at the previous school warrants this
action. (Admissions of such a student is permitted
only in unusual cases and after a review by the
Petition Board.)
D.3 Any appeal from the regulations governing
academic probation or academic dismissal shall
be directed to the Petition Board which shall be
empowered to grant relief in unusual cases, if
the circumstances warrant such action.
SECTION E: Students enrolled prior to June 1965.
Termination
Students enrolled in the University prior to June
1965 and who have remained in continuous at-
tendance must abide by the provisions of Aca-
demic Probation Plan. (See earlier issues of Univer-
sity General and Academic Regulations.) Students
initially enrolled in the University prior to June
1965 who do not fulfill the above conditions of con-
tinuous attendance but who have remained in con-
tinuous attendance following their most recent re-
admission or reinstatement will also abide by the
provisions of the Academic Probation Plan, pro-
vided the most recent readmission or reinstate-
ment was prior to June 1970. Students enrolled
prior to June 1965 whose continuous attendance
is interrupted for any reason and who are read-
mitted or reinstated for a session or semester be-
ginning with June 1970 will be readmitted or rein-
stated under the provisions of Minimum Require-
ments for Retention and Graduation.
STUDENT SERVICES
AND ACTIVITIES
VICE CHANCELLOR FOR STUDENT AFFAIRS
The student's main purpose in entering the Uni-
versity is to acquire an education. A great part of
32 / General Information
this he will get in the classrooms and the library,
from professors, books, and from one another. It
is also hoped that he will recognize and take ad-
vantage of the out-of-class cultural, social and
recreational offerings of the University.
Though the University is large, and as such
may seem confusing at times, there are a great
many people here — fellow students, faculty, ad-
ministration and staff — who are personally inter-
ested in the students welfare and happiness, and
will be pleased to be of help if he will let them
know his concerns.
The Vice Chancellor for Student Affairs is re-
sponsible for a variety of administrative areas,
such as: Department of Resident Life, Health
Center, Religious Programs, Counseling Center,
Cultural Study Center, Judiciary Office, Student
Activities. Placement and Credentials Services, In-
ternational Education Services and Foreign Stu-
dent Affairs. Greek Affairs, Food Service, Student
Aid, Office of Intermediate Registration, Intensive
Educational Development Program, Commission
on Student Life, and Student Union.
Following is a brief description of the offices
and departments in the Division of Student Af-
fairs. For further information, please refer to the
Student Handbook, or be in touch with the office
or department directly.
DEPARTMENT OF RESIDENT LIFE
This office administers, supervises and coordi-
nates all aspects of the University residence facili-
ties, including their educational, social, and rec-
reational programming. The residence accom-
modations are divided into semi-autonomous resi-
dential communities, each headed by a full-time
professional Director with a staff of full and part-
time professional and para-professional personnel.
Each community enjoys considerable freedom
to develop in a way which reflects the personali-
ties, interests and needs of the residents.
Office location: 3rd floor, North Administration
Building. Telephone: 454-4276 and 454-4277.
HEALTH CENTER
The Health Center is primarily charged with
aiding the student in maintaining his physical well-
being in order that he may pursue his studies as
effectively as possible. This includes the review of
all pre-entrance physical examination reports to
aia the student in his participation in the required
physical education classes or in other areas where
special problems might arise. Students are invited
to visit the Health Center before or during regis-
tration time to review these reports with a staff
member.
Office location: Health Center.
Telephone: 454-3444.
RELIGIOUS PROGRAMS
A broad range of religious traditions is repre-
sented by the several chaplains and religious ad-
visors at the University. Individually and coopera-
tively, they offer many services including coun-
seling, worship, study opportunities here and
abroad, personal growth groups, and opportuni-
ties for service and involvement.
Office location: University Memorial Chapel.
Telephone: 454-2925.
Counseling Center
The aim of the Counseling Center is to enable
you to be optimally productive, to better under-
stand yourself, your assets and liabilities and to
be able to resolve your problems and deal with
important decisions. The services of the center
are available to all students.
Office location: Shoemaker Hall.
Telephone: 454-2931.
Cultural Study Center
The Cultural Study Center was established for
the purpose of studying minority and other stu-
dent cultural subgroups at the University of Mary-
land. Research covers the socio-economic back-
ground and psychological development of the par-
ticular students, as well as their experiences on
campus, which include admissions, attrition, aca-
demics, adjustments, and problems of student life.
Initially, the center is developing data that bear
on the interface between black and white cultures,
on and off campus, and that point to changes that
can be made at the University.
Office location: Shoemaker Hall.
Telephone: 454-4698.
Judiciary Office
The University Judiciary Office effects discipline
of the undergraduate students. Under the frame-
work of a judiciary program which emphasizes
personal growth and development, the aims of
judicial actions are largely educative and pre-
ventive. Judiciary Office staff members review all
reports of alleged misconduct, contact those in-
dividuals involved and in most instances schedule
the case for hearing.
Office location: 2nd floor, North Administra-
tion Building. Telephone: 454-2927.
Student Activities
The Student Activities Department is concerned
with facilitating learning and personal growth in
the widest sense for all students. To this end, its
professional staff has made a team commitment
to designing a broad spectrum of experiences
relevant to the current lives, goals, and needs of
students.
Office location: Student Union.
Telephone: 454-2827.
General Information / 33
Placement and Credentials Services
Food Service
All students — underclassmen as well as seniors,
graduate students and alumni — are encouraged
to explore their abilities and interests as they con-
currently explore employers' needs and economic
and occupational trends through the services and
facilities offered by the Placement and Credentials
Services.
All seniors graduating in the College of Edu-
cation (except Education for Industry majors) are
required to file credentials with the Placement
Office.
Office location: Cumberland Hall, ground
floor. Telephone: 454-2813.
International Education Services and
Foreign Student Affairs
The Office of International Education Services
provides a wide variety of services designed to
assist foreign students to make the necessary
adjustment to American university and community
life and to help them derive the maximum benefit
from their experience in the United States. Serv-
ices include advising on admission to the Uni-
versity, issuance of immigration documents, spe-
cial orientation programs, emergency loans, as-
sistance with securing housing, information about
educational, cultural, and social opportunities,
and personal advising. Some of these services
are available also for visiting foreign faculty. For
American students, the Office provides informa-
tion about opportunities for travel and study
abroad.
Information, forms and assistance in making
necessary arrangements for complying with im-
migration regulations are available at the Office of
International Education Services and Foreign Stu-
dent Affairs. Information regarding the filing of
income tax returns may also be secured from the
same office.
Foreign students are subject to the same regu-
lations that govern the academic life and personal
conduct of American students enrolled in the Uni-
versity.
Office location: 2nd floor, North Administra-
tion Building. Telephone: 454-2936.
Greek Affairs Office
This office is in charge of the 45 sororities and
fraternities on this campus. The Advisor for Greek
Affairs advises the Interfraternity and Panhellenic
Councils and the Greek honoraries. The Greek
Advisor coordinates all the programs and activi-
ties including rush, pledge training, judicial mat-
ters, alumni relations and other related areas.
Office location: 2nd floor, North Administra-
tion Building. Telephone: 454-2936.
The purpose of the University Food Service is to
provide nutritionally balanced and tastefully pre-
pared meals, served in an atmosphere that is
esthetically pleasant and relaxing.
Office location: Main Dining Hall.
Telephone: 454-2901.
Office of Student Aid
Office of Intermediate Registration
Intensive Educational Development Program
Owing to their close tie with academic pro-
grams, the Offices of Student Aid, Intermediate
Registration, and Intensive Educational Develop-
ment Program are included in earlier sections of
this publication. These offices are a part of the
Division of Student Affairs, and each is located on
the second floor of the North Administration Build-
ing.
Commission on Student Life
The primary responsibility of the Commission
on Student Life, appointed in the fall of 1971, is to
conduct an in-depth study of the University and
the Division of Student Affairs, and make recom-
mendations for the reorganization of the Division.
The secondary responsibility, which will be an out-
growth of the first, will be that of acting as a mon-
itoring group continually assessing the degree to
which the offerings of the various departments
and offices comprising the Division are serving
the needs of the students and at the same time are
supportive to the overall objectives of the Uni-
versity. Based on their findings at any given time,
they may offer recommendations for change or
modification of organization, offerings, or pro-
cedures.
The Union
The purpose of the Union is to provide a variety
of programs and facilities that relate to the diverse
needs and aspirations of the University's com-
munity. Some of the Union's services include: —
Check Cashing
Bowling and Billiards (x2804)
Display Showcases
Duplicating Service (x2807)
Conference and Meeting Rooms
Information Desk (x2801)
Movie Program
Piano Practice Rooms
Ride Board
Telephone Room
Television Room
Ticket Office (x2803)
Smoke Shop
Lost and Found (x2802)
Notary Public (2807)
Telephone: 454-2801 for additional information.
34 / General Information
ATHLETICS
The University of Maryland Athletic Department
fields varsity teams in football, soccer, and cross
country in the fall; basketball, fencing, swimming,
wrestling, and indoor track during the winter; and
baseball, golf, tennis, lacrosse, and outdoor track
in the spring. Freshman schedules also prevail in
football and basketball. Maryland is a member of
the Atlantic Coast Conference, which also in-
cludes Clemson, Duke, North Carolina, North Car-
olina State, Virginia, and Wake Forest. The Uni-
versity has won the Carmichael Cup, symbolic of
top overall athletic performance in the ACC, in
all except three of the first ten years the trophy
has been in existence.
Women's teams in the following six sports rep-
resent the University of Maryland in intercollegi-
ate competition: field hockey, volleyball, swim-
ming, basketball, tennis, and lacrosse. The sched-
ules include teams from Washington, D.C., Mary-
land, Virginia, and Pennsylvania; the teams also
compete in appropriate local, state and regional
tournaments.
The Men's Intramural Department provides com-
petition in touch football, horseshoes, tennis, and
cross country during the fall; basketball, bowling,
weight lifting, swimming, badminton, table tennis,
volleyball, and wrestling in the winter; and foul
shooting, softball, soccer, golf, and track during
the spring months. All regularly enrolled full-time
male undergraduates are eligible to participate by
submitting entry blanks before posted deadlines.
Blanks may be obtained from the Office of Intra-
mural Director located in Reckord Armory. Inter-
ested students are urged to visit the office and
obtain a copy of the intramural handbook.
GENERAL REGULATIONS
PART I—
(The following regulations and procedures are
subject to change. For the most current revision
see Student Handbook, or consult the Judiciary
Office staff.)
A. GENERAL POLICY
The University's approach to student discipline
is primarily an educative and preventive one. It
assumes that discipline is properly the concern of
the entire University community — the student
body, the faculty and the administration.
In order that uniform standards may be main-
tained, all disciplinary action concerning students
or student organizations is subject to review by
the Adjunct Committee on Student Conduct of
the University Senate. The rules and regulations of
any organization or department that wishes to
establish a disciplinary unit must be submitted to
the Adjunct Committee on Student Conduct and
the Vice Chancellor for Student Affairs for approv-
al or modification.
Cases involving infractions of University rules,
other than academic, which apply to all students
are referred immediately to the Judiciary Office
on the College Park campus. (Graduate students
are referred to the Dean of the Graduate School.)
The Judiciary Office or the Dean will investigate
the case and take appropriate action.
In situations involving undergraduates, the Ju-
diciary Office will refer the case to one of the
judicial boards for appropriate action, according
to the jurisdictional area of the various student
boards and the seriousness and nature of the
offense. The Judiciary Office may handle admin-
istratively those students in need of special re-
medial attention and those cases where an ad-
ministrative hearing is requested by the student.
Students charged with violating University regu-
lations are guaranteed administrative due process
in the handling of the charges, the conduct of the
hearings, the imposition of sanctions, and the
right of appeal.
B. SUSPENSION OF A STUDENT FROM CLASS
Discipline in the classroom is the responsibility
of the faculty member in charge of the class. Mis-
behavior of a type that interferes with the educa-
tional efficiency of a class will be considered suffi-
cient cause for suspending a student from the
class. If a student is suspended from class for
disciplinary reasons, he should report immediately
to the department chairman. The department chair-
man will investigate the incident and will report it
to the academic dean and to the Judiciary Office,
in order to determine whether or not past disci-
plinary action has been taken against the student.
The department head will then write a letter to the
student indicating the disposition of the case. The
student will be required to present this letter to
his instructor before he can be readmitted to
class. A copy of this letter will be sent to the
Judiciary Office.
Disruption of a class by a student not enrolled
in that class can be referred to the Judiciary Office.
Disruption by a non-student can be referred to the
campus police.
C. SUSPENSION OF A STUDENT FROM
ACTIVITIES OR UNIVERSITY FACILITIES
The individual or group of individuals in charge
of any department, division, organization, build-
ing, facility or any other unit of the University (e.g.,
Dining Hall, Student Union, etc.) shall be responsi-
ble for student discipline within such units. The
person responsible for each unit may suspend the
student or student organization from the unit. The
suspended student or representative of the student
organization will be referred immediately to the
Student Affairs Judiciary Office. The Judiciary Of-
fice will investigate the incident and notify the stu-
General Information / 35
dent of the disposition of the case. The individual
responsible for the suspension will be notified be-
fore the student or his organization can be read-
mitted. A file of such actions shall be kept in the
Judiciary Office.
D. IDENTIFICATION CARDS
Official University of Maryland student identifi-
cation cards and transaction plates are issued to
all registered undergraduate and graduate stu-
dents. The identfication card and the transaction
plate are for use only by the student to whom is-
sued and may not be transferred or loaned to an-
other individual for any reason. Loss of either the
I.D. card or the transaction plate, or both, should
be reported at once to the Office of the Vice Chan-
cellor for Student Affairs. A replacement fee of
$3.00 for each item is required prior to the crea-
tion of authorized duplicates.
E. IMPORTANT UNIVERSITY REGULATIONS
WHICH APPLY TO ALL STUDENTS
The following behavior may result in referral to
the Judiciary Office for appropriate action. Typi-
cally, disciplinary sanctions will be imposed not
only for individual misconduct which demonstrates
a disregard for institutional behavioral standards,
but also for conduct which indicates disregard
for the rights and welfare of others as members
of an academic community. Such conduct may
ultimately call into question the student's mem-
bership in the University community, either be-
cause he has violated elementary standards of
behavior necessary for the maintenance of an edu-
cational milieu or because his continued presence
at the University adversely affects the ability of
others to pursue their educational goals.
1. VIOLATION OF FIRE REGULATIONS— This
includes failure to comply with evacuation
procedures, tampering with fire-protection ap-
paratus, use or possesion of fireworks or fire-
arms, or use of open-flame devices or com-
bustible materials which endangers the safety
or well-being of the University community;
or unauthorized use of electrical equipment.
2. BEHAVIOR WHICH JEOPARDIZES THE SAFE-
TY OR WELL-BEING OF OTHER MEMBERS
OF THE UNIVERSITY COMMUNITY OR PER-
SONS COMING ONTO UNIVERSITY PROP-
ERTY— This includes physical harrassment
of, or interference with firemen, policemen or
other persons engaged in the performance of
their official duties; physical abuse or threat-
ening physical abuse of any person on Uni-
versity property; forcible detention of any
person on University property.
3. UNAUTHORIZED POSSESSION, USE, OR DIS-
TRIBUTION OF ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES ON
OR IN UNIVERSITY PROPERTY— University
policy, consistent with State and County laws,
restricts on-campus use of alcoholic bever-
ages in specified areas.
4. POSSESSION, USE, SALE OR DISTRIBUTION
ON OR IN UNIVERSITY PROPERTY OF IL-
LEGAL DRUGS OR OF DRUGS WHICH THE
REQUIRED PRESCRIPTION HAS NOT BEEN
OBTAINED — This includes possession, use,
distribution, sale, manufacture or processing
of illegal or unprescribed narcotics, drugs,
and/or hallucinogenic substances.
5. DESTRUCTION, THEFT, ATTEMPTED THEFT,
OR IMPAIRMENT OF PERSONAL OR UNI-
VERSITY PROPERTY— Disciplinary action
may include a requirement of restitution.
6. UNAUTHORIZED POSSESSION OR USE OF
UNIVERSITY KEYS— Keys to rooms or build-
ings on the University campus may be ob-
tained only through official channels.
7. UNAUTHORIZED ENTRY INTO OR PRESENCE
IN A UNIVERSITY BUILDING OR FACILITY—
Except for properly scheduled use, class-
room, administration and recreation buildings
are closed to general student use on holidays,
Saturday afternoon, Sundays and after 12 mid-
night during the week. Students may use a
building or facility for a specified purpose
upon written permission from a member of
the faculty with approval of the academic or
administrative officer normally having control
over such building or facility, which permis-
sion may be revoked or withdrawn.
8. FALSIFICATION, FORGERY. OR MODIFICA-
TION OF ANY OFFICIAL UNIVERSITY REC-
ORD— Identification card, absence excuses,
parking stickers, transcripts, examinations,
grade cards, admission applications, etc.
9. PLAGIARISM, CHEATING AND OTHER ACA-
DEMIC IRREGULARITIES — A student who
violates accepted academic procedure may
be referred to the Dean of his College or to
an Ad Hoc Commitee on Academic Dishon-
esty. (See Irregularities in Examinations for
specifics)
10. FAILURE TO MEET FINANCIAL OBLIGA-
TIONS TO THE UNIVERSITY— This includes
refusal to pay delinquent accounts and use of
worthless checks or money orders in pay-
ment to the University for tuition, board, fees,
library fines, traffic penalties, etc.
11. OBSTRUCTION OF, DISRUPTION OF, OR IN-
TERFERENCE WITH ANY UNIVERSITY AC-
TIVITY OF AN ACADEMIC NATURE; AC-
TIONS ON THE PART OF STUDENTS WHICH
SUBSTANTIALLY OBSTRUCT. DISRUPT. OR
INTERFERE WITH NON-ACADEMIC ACTIVI-
TIES ON UNIVERSITY PREMISES BY MEM-
36 / General Information
BERS OR AUTHORIZED NON-MEMBERS OF
THE UNIVERSITY COMMUNITY.
12. VIOLATION OF UNIVERSITY HOUSING REG-
ULATIONS—
13. VIOLATION OF UNIVERSITY CAMPUS TRAF-
FIC RULES AND REGULATIONS-
PART II—
ENFORCEMENT PROCEDURES
It is a general expectation that individuals and
groups will abide by the behavioral guidelines es-
tablished by this policy statement. Compliance
with these minimal standards for responsible con-
duct is a necessary condition for maintaining a
campus atmosphere in which dissent and demon-
strations are viewed as important aspects of the
University's educational program.
Reports of violations by undergraduate students
will be referred to the Judiciary Office of the Vice
Chancellor for Student Affairs and reports of vio-
lations by graduate students will be referred to
the Dean for Graduate Studies and Research. Ac-
tions taken by these offices will follow procedures
set forth in this chapter.
When violations continue beyond the enforce-
ment capabilities of the University staff, such out-
side assistance as is necessary may be requested.
These requests will be made in accordance with
policy and procedures established by the Univer-
sity.
Disciplinary Actions
1. DISCIPLINARY REPRIMAND
A disciplinary reprimand is written notification
from a University official to a student containing
a warning that repeated infractions of regulations
may result in more severe disciplinary action. A
record of the letter will be filed in the Student Af-
fairs Judiciary Office. The student's parents may
be notified.
2. CONDUCT PROBATION
This action involves a period of time, not to ex-
ceed one year, in which a student is required to
show a positive change in behavior. In addition,
conditions and restrictions may be imposed, in-
cluding revocation of specific privileges and rec-
ommendations for counseling interviews with the
Judiciary Office. The student's parents may be
notified. A violation of conduct probation may be
the basis for severe disciplinary action.
3. DISMISSAL FROM UNIVERSITY HOUSING
In the case of a serious violation of house rules,
residence hall probation, or housing regulations,
a student may be dismissed from University hous-
ing for a specified period of time. Such dismissal
results in a percentage room and board refund,
according to the regular University refund policy.
4. DISCIPLINARY PROBATION
This action involves a period of time, not to ex-
ceed one year, during which a student who has
been involved in a disciplinary situation (or re-
peated violations) is given an opportunity to prove
that he can become a responsible and effective
member of the University community.
In deciding upon the action of disciplinary pro-
bation, a judicial board may subject the activi-
ties of the student to any one, or more, of the fol-
lowing conditions:
1. A student on disciplinary probation may not
represent the University in any extracurricular
activities such as intercollegiate athletics, de-
bate teams, University Theatre, or band; how-
ever, he may participate in informal activities of
a recreational nature sponsored by the Univer-
sity.
2. A student on disciplinary probation may not
run for or hold office in any organization that is
recognized by the Adjunct Committee on Stu-
dent Activities.
3. The student's activities may be restricted in
other ways which pertain to the type of offense.
4. The student may be required to make resti-
tution or repairs.
When a student has been placed on disci-
plinary probation, the Office will officially notify
the student of the decision and will indicate
that any violation of his probationary status may
result in supension or expulsion. The Judiciary
Office will inform appropriate University au-
thorities of the disciplinary action and may noti-
fy the student's parents.
If a student is found guilty by a judicial board
of any infraction of University regulations dur-
ing his probationary period, the board may rec-
ommend that he be suspended or expelled from
the University.
At the end of the probation period, the stu-
dent's case will be reviewed by the Judiciary
Office. If all conditions of the disciplinary action
have been met satisfactorily, the student will be
considered in good standing, behaviorally.
5. SUSPENSION FROM THE UNIVERSITY
A student's suspension from the University shall
be for an indefinite period of time. However, the
Judicial Board recommending this action must
specify the date at which he subsequently may
apply to the Judiciary Office for readmission, and
in no case will this date be later than one year
after the effective date of the suspension. The
academic record of the student will not in any
case affect this application for readmission after
suspension for disciplinary reasons. All recom-
mendations for suspension must be approved by
the Vice Chancellor for Student Affairs. Parents
are notified in all cases.
During the period of suspension, the student
may not participate in any University-sponsored
activity or in the activities of any recognized Uni-
versity organization. In addition, he will be denied
all other rights and privileges which are accorded
to students in good standing.
General Information / 37
a. Suspended Suspension by Vice Chancellor
for Student Affairs.
Suspension is withheld pending careful eval-
uation of a student's behavior during a proba-
tionary period not to exceed one year. If the
student is involved in any further offense, this
suspension of disciplinary action may be sum-
marily revoked by the Vice Chancellor and the
original decision of suspension from the Uni-
versity enforced.
b. Deferred Suspension by Vice Chancellor for
Student Affairs.
This is a suspension which becomes effective
after a specific future date. It is normally used
near the end of a semester to avoid financial
penalty that would be entailed by an immediate
suspension. Probationary status will exist dur-
ing this period identical to suspended suspen-
sion.
6. EXPULSION FROM THE UNIVERSITY
This is the most serious penalty and results in a
complete separation of the relations between the
University and the student. Parents are informed
and permanent notification appears on the stu-
dent's official transcript. Expulsion must be ap-
proved by the president of the University.
APPEALS
Any disciplinary decision may be appealed to
the next higher disciplinary unit. The highest board
of appeal is the Adjunct Committee on Student
Conduct of the University Senate. An appeal
must be made through the Judiciary Office or
through the Dean who is responsible for the ad-
ministration of the decision being appealed. It will
be forwarded to the appropriate judicial board for
review. The appeal must be in writing, must in-
dicate the basis for the appeal, and must be made
within ten days of the date the student was notified
of the decision which he is appealing. In hearing
an appeal, the next higher disciplinary unit may
affirm or reduce the original decision or may re-
turn the decision to the lower board for reconsid-
eration.
STUDENT DISCIPLINARY RECORDS
All disciplinary actions by the judicial boards
are reported to the Judiciary Office of the Vice
Chancellor for Student Affairs where they will be
recorded. All records of disciplinary action, ex-
cept those resulting from expulsion, will remain
confidential, will be segregated from the student's
academic record, and will not be available to un-
authorized persons on campus, or to any person
off campus, without the express consent of the
student involved, except under legal compulsion
or in cases where the safety of persons or prop-
erty is involved.
Except in cases where the student has de-
manded a public hearing, disciplinary action is
confidential; and no member of a judicial board
may disclose any information concerning the hear-
ing, the student's prior disciplinary record, the cur-
rent disciplinary action taken, or any information
as to the voting. Any public release of information
concerning disciplinary action will be issued only
by the Judiciary Office. According to a policy es-
tablished by the Adjunct Committee on Student
Conduct, names of students involved in disci-
plinary action may not be printed in campus pub-
lications and may not be made public. Any judicial
board may recommend that no publicity of any na-
ture be released by the Judiciary Office on a case
if circumstances so warrant.
PART III— DISCIPLINARY RULES AND
PROCEDURES
(Adopted by the Board of Regents March 19, 1971)
A. GENERAL
1. The following rules and procedures are here-
by declared to be in addition to and supplementary
of any and all rules and regulations which are not
or hereafter may be applicable to any campus un-
der the jurisdiction of the Board of Regents of the
University (the Regents). The jurisdiction con-
ferred in the plans for the Undergraduate Judicial
System and the Graduate Judicial System adopted
in 1969, as from time to time amended, is hereby
preserved, provided, however, that when the pro-
cedures specified in this Part III shall have been
initiated, in accordance with the terms hereof, this
Part III shall control, and all such jurisdiction shall
be transferred to and shall be governed by the pro-
cedural and substantive context of this Part III.
Any prior action of the Board which might be con-
strued to be inconsistent with the delegation of
power hereby made is rescinded to the extent of
such inconsistency.
B. PROCEDURE
1. This Part III shall apply to all cases where, in
the judgment of the president or his delegate, the
chancellor, a student has violated any one or more
of the rules established by Section C hereof, and
where the president or his delegate, the chancel-
lor, has followed the requirements of this Section
B. If a determination has been made as provided
in this Paragraph 1, and notice has been served
in accordance with Paragraph 3 hereof, then, and
in such event, the provisions of this Part III shall
control the case to the exclusion of any other gen-
eral and academic regulations applicable to any
campus of the University.
2. If the president, or the chancellor, has con-
cluded, upon prima facie evidence, that a student
has violated one or more of the rules established
by Section C hereof, then the president or the
chancellor may serve such student with notice
that he may be subject to disciplinary action in-
cluding suspension or expulsion and that a hearing
will be held to determine the matter, such notice
to be in the form and containing the information
38 / General Information
required by Paragraph 3 hereof. The chancellor,
or, in his absence, his designee, may temporarily
suspend a student for an interim period pending a
disciplinary hearing, such temporary suspension
to become immediately effective without prior
notice, whenever in his judgment there is evidence
of severe misconduct indicating that the continued
presence of the student on the University campus
poses a threat to University property, to members
of the University community, to himself, or to the
stability and continuance of normal University
functions. A student suspended on an interim basis
shall be given the opportunity to promptly appear
personally before the chancellor or in his absence
his designee and to have a hearing on the follow-
ing issues only:
(a) the reliability of the information on the stu-
dent's misconduct, including the matter of his
identity;
(b) whether the misconduct and surrounding
circumstances reasonably indicate that the re-
moval of the student from the University cam-
pus is required to safeguard himself, members
of the University community, University prop-
erty, or the continuance of normal University
functions.
This Part III shall become applicable only upon
the condition that the president, or his delegate,
the chancellor, has invoked the procedures con-
tained in this Part III within ten (10) days after the
receipt by the president, or his delegate, the chan-
cellor, of the prima facie evidence required by this
paragraph. Unless or until the student has been
served with notice in accordance with this Part III,
the discipline of any student shall be controlled by
the plans for the Undergraduate Judicial System
and Graduate Judicial System adopted in 1969,
as from time to time amended, or by any other sys-
tem which has been established in accordance
with legally approved standards that may have
been or may be adopted for any campus of the
University.
3. The procedures and substance of this Part III
shall be initiated only upon written notice being
served on the student personally or sent to the
student involved at his address appearing on the
records of the University, by certified mail, advis-
ing him of the following (personal service or the
receipt by the University of a return receipt of mail-
ing being hereby defined as "service with no-
tice."):
(a) a specific description of the misconduct
with which he is charged and a list of those
rules in Section C hereof which he has alleged-
ly violated by such misconduct, together with a
copy of any written complaint relating to the
case;
(b) that he shall be provided a hearing as pro-
vided in this Part III not less than four (4) nor
more than fourteen (14) calendar days after the
effective date of service of notice, such hearing
to be held even if he chooses not to appear, and
such notice shall specify a date, time and place
for the hearing;
(c) that the hearing will be open to the public
and press unless he requests that it be closed
and its proceedings and decisions considered
confidential;
(d) that he shall be permitted to inspect at
the office of the chancellor or in some other
designated office on campus in advance of the
hearing any affidavits, exhibits, or written evi-
dence which the University intends to submit
at the hearing;
(e) that he may be accompanied and repre-
sented at the hearing by an advisor of his
choice, who may be an attorney;
(f) that he shall be permitted to hear the evi-
dence presented against him and that he shall
be permitted to question at the hearing any wit-
ness who gives evidence against him;
(g) that he shall have the opportunity to pre-
sent his version at the hearing by way of affidav-
its, exhibits, and witnesses;
(h) that he has been temporarily suspended
from the University, if that be the case; and
(i) if relevant, notice of the possible denial of
financial aid pursuant to Section 504 of the High-
er Education Amendments of 1968 (P.L. 90-575).
4. A. All Part III cases shall be heard, in the first
instance, by a University Judicial Board (the
Board).
B. An accused student or the person presenting
the case for the University may request of the
chancellor the disqualification of any member of
the Board selected to serve thereon for the hear-
ing by submitting a letter to the chancellor show-
ing that such member is related or has had a busi-
ness or close personal association with the ac-
cused student, with the complainant, or with any
person who has been substantially and adversely
affected by the student's alleged conduct. The
chancellor may conduct such investigation of the
ground for disqualification as he sees fit. The previ-
ous participation as a Board member in a hearing
involving the accused student shall not be grounds
for disqualification. The decision of the chancellor
as to whether or not there are sufficient grounds
for disqualification is final. If an accused student
chooses to invoke the rights conferred by this sub-
paragraph, his hearing before the Board shall be
postponed for such period of time (not to exceed
seven |7] calendar days) which will enable the
chancellor to determine whether the disqualifica-
tion of any member of the Board is warranted.
C. The Board shall be appointed for each of the
campuses of the University by the president or by
his delegate, the chancellor. The Board shall be
composed of either five (5) or seven (7) members,
at the discretion of the appointing authority. One
of the members of the Board shall be a member
of the administration of the University. The remain-
ing members of the Board shall be equally divided
between students and members of the University
General Information / 39
faculty. Both undergraduates and graduate stu-
dents shall be represented on the Board at all
times. The student members of the Board shall be
chosen (if undergraduates) by lot from the mem-
bers of all existing judicial boards and (if graduate
students) by lot from a panel to be maintained by
the student members of the Graduate Student As-
sociation. The faculty members of the Board shall
be chosen by lot from a panel of not less than
thirty (30) to be maintained by the senate of the
appropriate campus, and in the absence of such
list, by the chancellor. The members of the Board
shall select the chairman. More than one Board
may be established from time to time at the dis-
cretion of the appointing authority. A majority vote
of the Board shall be sufficient to decide any case
that may come before it.
5. The following rules shall apply to any hearing
conducted by the Board:
(a) A student shall file with the Board his ad-
dress to which notice of its decision may be
mailed, and the mailing of such decision to such
address shall be conclusively presumed to comply
with the notification required by the first sentence
of Paragraph 10 hereof. All hearings shall be open
to the public, but the Board may restrict the num-
ber of observers to that which the hearing room
may comfortably accommodate. A student appear-
ing before the Board may request that the hearing
shall be closed to the public, and this request shall
be honored by the Board. Sequestration of wit-
nesses may be ordered. The Board may exclude
from the hearing any person, other than the stu-
dent charged, whose conduct disrupts, disturbs
or delays the proceedings. Should the student
charged engage in conduct that impedes the prog-
ress of the hearing, or makes a fair hearing im-
possible, the Board may pass an order suspend-
ing such student from the University, and such
suspension shall thereafter continue until after the
hearing, or any adjournment thereof, shall have
been concluded and the appeal therefrom, if any,
shall have been heard and decided. In addition,
the Board may adjourn the proceeding, and in
such a case the suspension of such student
(whether made by the chancellor in accordance
with Paragraph 2 hereof or by the Board in ac-
cordance with this subparagraph 5(a) ) shall con-
tinue until after the conclusion of the adjourned
hearing and the time for appeal therefrom has ex-
pired.
(b) a pending criminal or civil trial involving the
accused student will not be considered grounds
for postponement of the disciplinary hearing, un-
less the date of the judicial trial conflicts with the
date of the University hearing.
(c) A student may be represented at a hearing
before the Board by an advisor, who may be an
attorney. The Board may be assisted in the con-
duct of the hearing by a legal advisor (either the
director of the Judiciary Office or some other qual-
ified individual).
(d) The student or his advisor shall have the op-
portunity to question all witnesses, to present wit-
nesses in his own behalf, to present any other evi-
dence, and to make an opening and closing state-
ment.
(e) The person who shall bring the charges un-
der these rules shall be the chancellor or the act-
ing chancellor. Evidence against a student shall be
presented by a person designated by the chan-
cellor. The person presenting the case for the Uni-
versity, the University's attorney, and the Board
shall have the opportunity to question all wit-
nesses and to present witnesses and evidence re-
lating to the charge specified in the notice.
(f) Formal rules of evidence shall not be appli-
cable to disciplinary hearings, and any evidence
or testimony which the Board believes to be rele-
vant to a fair determination of the charges speci-
fied in the notice may be admitted. Hearsay evi-
dence or documents not verified may be admitted
for the purpose of explaining or corroborating
other evidence but shall not be sufficient to sup-
port a determination of the truth of the charges
unless such hearsay or documentary evidence
would be admissible in judicial proceedings.
(g) A student charged under this Part III shall
be presumed innocent, and the burden of proof
shall be the responsibility of the University. A stu-
dent charged under this Part III shall not be re-
quired to testify before the Board, and his failure
or refusal to so testify shall not be construed as an
admission against interest.
(h) A full and complete record shall be made of
the proceedings before the Board. A recording or
other suitable device shall be used. A copy of this
record shall be supplied to the student. A student
may arrange to have a court stenographer present
at his own expense.
(i) Rulings on evidence and all other matters re-
lating to the hearing shall be made by the Board,
and such ruling shall be binding upon all parties.
(j) If a student fails to appear for a hearing af-
ter having been duly served with notice thereof as
required by Paragraph 3 hereof, the hearing shall
be adjourned, and in such case the suspension of
such student (if the student has been suspended)
shall continue until after the conclusion of the ad-
journed hearing and the appeal therefrom, if any,
shall have been heard and decided. If the Board
determines, upon clear and convincing evidence,
that the accused student has willfully failed to ap-
pear for the hearing, the Board may order the im-
mediate suspension of such student from the Uni-
versity.
(k) If a student leaves the hearing before its
conclusion without the permission of the Board,
the hearing shall be adjourned, and in such case
the suspension of such student (if the student has
been suspended) shall continue until after the
conclusion of the adjourned hearing and the ap-
peal therefrom, if any, shall have been heard and
decided. Withdrawal by a student from the hear-
40 / General Information
ing shall be grounds for his temporary suspension
from the University by the Board.
(I) Students charged with misconduct arising
from a single incident or occurrence may have
their hearings joined either at the request of the
students involved or at the request of the chan-
cellor. Requests for joint hearings shall be de-
cided by the Board. The Board may sever a stu-
dent's case from others involved in a joint hearing
at any stage in the proceedings, and without af-
fecting the progress of other cases involved,
where it appears necessary to insure a fair hear-
ing for all.
6. If a hearing has been adjourned for cause, it
shall be rescheduled within ten (10) calendar
days from its originally scheduled date. No notice
of such adjourned hearing must be given to the
student involved, but a reasonable effort to so
notify him shall be made. At any adjourned hear-
ing, the rules established in paragraph 4 hereof
shall control.
7. The Board shall make its findings based upon
substantial evidence produced before it. Such
findings shall be contained in a written report
which shall be submitted to the chancellor of the
campus, within five (5) days of the close of the
hearing. The report shall contain:
(a) A finding that the student did or did not com-
mit the acts charged;
(b) If the finding is that the student did commit
the acts charged, a further finding that the acts
committed did or did not constitute a violation of
the rules established in Section C of this Part III;
(c) If the finding is that the student did commit
the act charged, and if the student is the recipient
of funds under a program enumerated in Section
504(c) of the Higher Education Amendments of
1968 (Public Law 90-575), a further finding as to
whether the act was of a serious nature and con-
tributed to a substantial disruption of the admin-
istration of the University so as to warrant discon-
tinuance for a period of two years, any further
payment to, or for the direct benefit of the student
under any of the programs specified in the afore-
said Section 504(c) of the Higher Education
Amendments of 1968; and
(d) A penalty, if any, to be imposed.
8. If the Board finds that a penalty should be im-
posed as provided by paragraph 7(d) hereof, it
may invoke the following sanctions:
(a) disciplinary reprimand, or
(b) conduction probation, or
(c) dismissal from University housing, or
(d) disciplinary probation, or
(e) suspension from the University, or
(f) expulsion from the University.
If the Board imposes the sanctions provided by
sub-paragraphs (a) to (d) of this paragraph, then
the prior suspension of the accused student, if any,
shall be lifted, and the continued discipline of the
student shall be as provided in the order of the
Board. If the Board finds the accused student in-
nocent of the offense with which he was charged,
his temporary suspension, if any, shall be lifted. In
all cases where a temporary suspension has been
lifted, the student shall be given an opportunity to
complete interrupted academic work. In invoking
the power to sanction a student as provided here-
by, the Board may consider any prior disciplinary
action taken against the student involved.
9. In the event that the Board shall fail to sub-
mit a report to the chancellor of its findings and
recommendations within seven (7) calendar days
after the close of the hearing, then the chancellor
shall promptly give notice to the accused student
and appoint another University Judicial Board as
required by these rules, and thereafter a new hear-
ing shall be held by such successor Board, all in
accordance with the rules contained in this Part
III.
10. Within ten (10) calendar days after notice of
the Board's decision the student may appeal that
decision. If no such appeal is taken, the order of
the Board shall be final and conclusive. Such ap-
peal shall be noted by filing a written request
therefor with the chancellor which shall state the
grounds upon which the appeal is taken and shall
also state the address of the appellant, which ad-
dress shall be used by the appellate agency for
the service of notice as required by Paragraph 11
hereof. If the student shall have been suspended,
any such appeal shall continue that suspension,
notwithstanding the sanctions, if any, imposed by
the Board as provided by Paragraph 8 hereof. The
student charged shall have the option to appeal
either to:
(a) the chancellor of the campus, or
(b) the president of the University, or
(c) an arbitrator as provided for by Paragraph
12 hereof.
11. All appeals, as provided by Paragraph 10
hereof, shall be taken upon the record made be-
fore the Board. No testimony or other evidence
shall be introduced before the appellate officer.
However, the parties may submit written briefs
stating their contentions concerning the case and
may be represented before the appellate officer
by a representative or legal counsel who may pre-
sent oral arguments on their behalf. The appeal
shall be heard within fourteen (14) days after it
has been noted in accordance with Paragraph 10
hereof. The student-appellant shall be sent a no-
tice of the time and place for the hearing of the
appeal; the requirement of notification contained
in this paragraph shall be satisfied by the mailing
thereof to the student-appellant at his address
shown on his notice of appeal as required by
Paragraph 10 hereof. The appellate officer may af-
firm, modify, revise or reverse the decision of the
Board, or he may remand the case to the Board
for further proceedings not inconsistent with its
findings, but it may not increase the sanctions im-
posed by the Board. The decision of the appellate
General Information / 41
officer shall be made in writing; it shall be made
within ten (10) days after he has heard the case;
his decision shall be final and binding upon the
parties; the decision shall be communicated in
writing to the accused student by the appellate
officer and to the parents or legal guardians of the
student if he is under the age of twenty-one (21)
years.
12. The accused student may appeal the de-
cision of the Board to an impartial arbitrator ap-
pointed directly by the National Center for Dis-
pute Settlement of the American Arbitration As-
sociation (NCDS). Such appointment may be chal-
lenged by either party for good cause. The NCDS
shall decide the question of good cause. In addi-
tion to the requirements of Paragraph 10 hereof,
the student shall initiate the arbitration by mailing
or delivering in person two copies of a notice of
a desire to arbitrate to the National Center for
Dispute Settlement, 1815 H Street, NW, Washing-
ton, D.C. 20006, which notice shall constitute a
contract on behalf of the student that he shall be
bound thereafter by the decision of the National
Center for Dispute Settlement. The arbitration shall
be conducted in accordance with the Community
Dispute Settlement Rules of the National Center
for Dispute Settlement to the extent such rules are
not inconsistent with the provisions of these rules.
Where any such inconsistency may exist, these
rules shall be controlling. Questions of such incon-
sistency shall be decided by the arbitrator. The
costs of the arbitration proceeding shall be borne
equally by the student and the University. A stu-
dent who is unable to pay his share of these costs
may petition the University to bear the whole cost
of the arbitration, provided that the petition plus
supporting documents is submitted to the chan-
cellor for his decision prior to the filing of a notice
of a desire to arbitrate.
C. DISCIPLINARY RULES
1. The disciplinary rules contained in this sec-
tion C are the rules which may invoke the proce-
dures stated in section B hereof.
(a) Violation of fire regulations, failure to com-
ply with evacuation procedures, tampering with
fire-protection apparatus, use of fireworks, or use
of open-flame devices or combustible materials
which endangers the safety or well-being of the
University community; or unauthorized use of elec-
trical equipment.
(b) Unauthorized entry into or presence in a
University building or facility. Except for properly
scheduled use, classroom, administration and rec-
reation buildings are closed to general student
use on holidays, Saturday afternnon, Sundays and
after 12 midnight during the week. Students may
use a building or facility for a specified purpose
upon written permission from a member of the fac-
ulty with approval of the academic or administra-
tive officer normally having control over such
building or facility, which permission may be re-
voked or withdrawn.
(c) Obstruction of, disruption of, or interference
with any University activity of an academic nature;
actions on the part of students which substantially
obstruct, disrupt or interfere with non-academic
activities on University premises by members or
authorized non-members of the University com-
munity.
(d) Destruction, theft, attempted theft, or impair-
ment of University property.
(e) Behavior which jeopardizes the safety or
well-being of other members of the University
community, or persons coming onto University
property; physical harrassment of, or interference
with firemen, policemen or other persons engaged
in the performance of their official duties; physical
abuse or threatening physical abuse of any person
on University property; forcible detention of any
person on University property.
(f) Possession, use, sale or distribution on or
in University property of illegal drugs or of drugs
for which the required prescription has not been
obtained.
(g) The possession or use of bombs or explosive
devices of any character; the threat, either made
orally or in writing, that any bomb or explosive de-
vice has been or may be implanted in or upon any
property or building of the University.
PART IV— SELECTED POLICY
STATEMENTS
POLICY ON AMPLIFYING EQUIPMENT
(As adopted by University Senate, June 2, 1970)
1. Public address systems, loudspeakers and
other forms of sound amplifying equipment
may be used in any of the following outdoor
areas of the campus:
a. Physical education and intramural field be-
tween University Boulevard and parking
area 1.
b. North Mall between Campus Drive and
Washington-Baltimore Boulevard.
c. South Mall between Regents Drive and
Washington-Baltimore Boulevard.
d. Athletic practice fields east of Byrd Stad-
ium.
2. The use of public address systems, loudspeak-
ers and other forms of sound amplifying equip-
ment must be restricted in the Central Mall
area between 8 a.m. and 6 p.m. on class days
in order to minimize the likelihood of disturb-
ing classes and other academic activities.
However, such equipment may be used in the
Central Mall during these hours if the pro-
cedures outlined below are followed. All equip-
ment used in Central Mall must be secured
through the Office of the Director of the Physi-
cal Plant or through the S.G.A. office.
a. Public address systems, loudspeakers and
other forms of sound amplifying equipment
(except in "b" below), must be secured
42 / General Information
from the Office of the Director of Physical
Plant, South Administration Building, by re-
questing such equipment in writing at least
twelve (12) hours in advance. Any Univer-
sity student or organization which fulfills
the following requirements will be permitted
to use the amplifying equipment.
(1) An individual must be currently en-
rolled as a student, part-time or full-
time, at the University or currently em-
ployed by the University.
(2) Any organization or activity must have
been recognized by the SGA Legisla-
ture and must at the time of the request
have official recognition as a University
organization or activity.
b. Bullhorns will be available upon surrender
of the I.D. card in the SGA office and in the
Office of the Director of the Physical Plant.
Bullhorns secured in this manner may be
used on the Central Mall without prior per-
mission. Any individual may use only one
bullhorn at a time.
3. Public address systems, loudspeakers and
other forms of sound amplifying equipment may
be used in outdoor areas of the campus other
than those listed above (sections 1 and 2) by
securing approval in writing at least 5 days in
advance from the Facilities Use Committee by
application to the Office of the Director of the
Physical Plant. Approval will be granted for
use of amplifying equipment in these areas
only if there is a high probability that the
planned activity will not disrupt or disturb other
University activities or if the area has not been
previously reserved. Permission will be granted
to use amplifying equipment in the vicinity of
residence halls only upon specific written re-
quest of the student government of the resi-
dence halls affected.
4. Individual students or organizational repre-
sentatives using amplifying equipment must
accept responsibility for any complaints of dis-
turbances or disruption received from persons
in University academic and/or residence build-
ings.
POLICY ON DEMONSTRATIONS
(As adopted by University Senate, June 2, 1970)
I. GENERAL STATEMENT
a. The University of Maryland cherishes the
right of individual students or student
groups to dissent and to demonstrate, pro-
vided such demonstrations do not disrupt
normal campus activities, or infringe upon
the rights of others.
b. On the other hand, the University will not
condone behavior which violates the free-
dom of speech, choice, assembly, or move-
ment of other individuals or groups. In
short, responsible dissent carries with it a
sensitivity for the civil rights of others,
c. Accordingly, the University will take what-
ever steps it deems necessary to (1) pro-
tect the right of any individual or group to
demonstrate and publicly proclaim any
view, however unpopular; (2) protect the
freedom of speech, assembly and move-
ment of any individual or group which is
the object of demonstrations.
To achieve the foregoing objectives the follow-
ing guidelines have been developed for operation
at College Park:
II. GUIDELINES FOR GENERAL DEMONSTRA-
TIONS
a. Unscheduled demonstrations, "teach-ins,"
rallies, or equivalent activities may be held
by recognized university organizations and
activities, full or part-time students, and
current employees of the University in the
areas defined below provided that the ac-
tivity does not interfere with any function
for which that space has been reserved in
advance.
1. The Central Mall
2. Physical education and intramural field
between University Boulevard and park-
ing area 1.
3. Athletic practice fields east of Byrd
Stadium
4. North Mall between Campus Drive and
Washington-Baltimore Boulevard.
5. South Mall between Regents Drive and
Washington-Baltimore Boulevard.
All activities in these areas must be con-
ducted so as to avoid interference with the
regularly scheduled functions of the library
and/or classrooms adjacent to the area
and in compliance with the provisions con-
tained in llg, 1-8.
Failure to reserve space will not invali-
date the privilege of conducting the ap-
propriate activity. However, in the event of
two or more groups desiring to use a given
space, an approved space reservation will
take precedence over an unscheduled ac-
tivity. If two or more groups desire a space
when no reservation has been made, the
first come, first served principle will apply.
b. Recognized University organizations and
activities, full or part-time students, and
current employees of the University who
wish to schedule a demonstration, "teach-
in," rally, or equivalent activity, may re-
quest the space through the facilities res-
ervation procedure up to 24 hours in ad-
vance. Demonstrations will be permitted in
the locations outlined in Ha. above unless
the space has previously been reserved or
General Information / 43
is in use for academic activities or intercol-
legiate athletic team practices. Demonstra-
tions may be held at other locations on the
campus subject to approval by the Vice
Chancellor for Student Affairs in consulta-
tion with the Student Life Committee. Stu-
dents who participate in demonstrations
which have not been approved may be con-
sidered in violation of University policy.
(Except as provided in Ma. above.)
c. Demonstrations, rallies or "teach-ins" may
be conducted in or adjacent to any residen-
tial building with the specific written con-
currence of the student government of the
unit or area concerned. Any such rallies,
demonstrations or "teach-ins" which may
be authorized by the appropriate student
government must conform to the general
procedures contained in llg. 1-8.
d. Demonstrations in the form of parades on
streets may be conducted with the specific
approval of route and time secured 48 hours
in advance from the University Public Safe-
ty and Security Office.
e. Although groups may sponsor or organize
demonstrations, rallies, "teach-ins," or pic-
keting activities, the fact of groups spon-
sorship or organization in no way relieves
individuals of the responsibility for their
own conduct, and each individual partici-
pating in such activities is accountable for
compliance with the provisions of this pol-
icy.
f. Persons not members of the University stu-
dent body, faculty or staff may participate
in demonstrations, rallies, picketing, teach-
ins or equivalent activities only upon invita-
tion by a bonafide student, faculty or staff
member. All non-students are obligated to
the terms of this policy during participation
in such activities. Since persons not stu-
dents, faculty or staff members are not sub-
ject to University discipline procedures,
failure to comply with terms of this policy
may result in action under terms of appro-
priate Maryland law.
g. In addition to the above provisions, the fol-
lowing guidelines will apply to all demon-
strations.
1. Reasonable access to and exit from any
office or building must be maintained.
The right of way on public streets and
sidewalks will be maintained.
2. Demonstrators will not attempt to force
the cancellation or interruption of any
event sponsored by a University office
or by a faculty or student group or by
any group authorized to use University
facilities.
3. Classes or other educational activities
in classroom buildings and the library
will not be disrupted.
4. The use of public address systems, loud-
speakers, etc., in the vicinity of aca-
demic and residence buildings will fol-
low procedures set forth above.
5. Demonstrations may be carried on in-
side of University buildings only as pro-
vided in Sections lie and 4 or with ap-
proval of the Facilities Use Committee
as outlined in the University General
and Academic Regulations.
6. Where an invited speaker is the object
of protest, students and faculty may
demonstrate OUTSIDE the building
where the lecture will take place. Dem-
onstrators who wish to enter the build-
ing must do so as members of the audi-
ence and must give the speaker a re-
spectful hearing. Signs, placards or
other paraphernalia associated with a
demonstration will not be carried into
the building.
7. University property must be protected at
all times.
8. The safety and well being of members
of the University community collectively
and individually must be protected at
all times.
h. Complaints received from users of the Li-
brary or classrooms adjacent to the defined
areas (Ma.) will be grounds for disciplinary
action against individuals and/or groups
sponsoring or participating in rallies,
"teach-ins" or demonstrations in these
areas.
III. GUIDELINES FOR DEMONSTRATIONS IN
CONNECTION WITH PLACEMENT PROGRAMS
a. Anyone wishing to question or protest the
on-campus presence of any recruiting or-
ganization should contact the Director of
Placement or his representative in ad-
vance.
b. Should any member of the University Com-
munity wish to discuss or protest the in-
ternal policies of any recruiting organiza-
tion, the Director of Placement must be con-
tacted for assistance in communicating di-
rectly with the appropriate representatives
of said organization.
c. Demonstration guidelines outlined in Sec-
tion llg. 1-8 are applicable.
d. Demonstrations in conjunction with place-
ment programs conducted in the Place-
ment Service's Cumberland Hall facility or
other facility shall be considered not to in-
fringe upon the rights of others and the
normal functioning of placement programs
provided that demonstrations are con-
ducted outside of the facility and do not
interfere with free and open access to
Placement and Credentials Services facili-
44 / General Information
ties by those students, faculty, staff, and
visitors who wish to conduct business with-
in the framework of established placement
programs.
IV. SPECIAL GUIDELINE PERTAINING TO THE
STUDENT UNION
a. No demonstrations, rallies, "teach-ins" or
equivalent activities may be held in the
lobbies or corridors of the Student Union.
b. Demonstrations may be held in assigned
rooms of the Student Union by recognized
student organizations following procedures
for reserving space which have been out-
lined by the Student Union Board.
V. GUIDELINES FOR PICKETING
a. Legal Rights and Limitations.
Orderly picketing is a legally established
form of expression which recognizes the in-
dividual's right of free expression subject
only to such reasonable limitations as are
imposed by State legislation and University
regulations. These limitations are intended
to protect the rights of the picketer, the
student body and the public with particular
concern for safety, preservation of normal
academic life and order, and the protec-
tion of persons and property.
b. Conduct of Picketers.
1. Picketers are subject to those regula-
tions listed above in Section II, g, 1-8.
2. Picketers will not disrupt any University
activity by making excessive noise in
the vicinity of any University building.
3. The University Health Service is off-
limits to picketers because special si-
lence and other welfare and safety fac-
tors are involved.
VI. ENFORCEMENT PROCEDURES
It is a general expectation that individuals and
groups will abide by the behavioral guidelines
established by this policy statement. Compliance
with these minimal standards for responsible con-
duct is a necessary condition for maintaining a
campus atmosphere in which dissent and demon-
strations are viewed as important aspects of the
University's educational program.
Reports of violations by undergraduate students
will be referred to the Judiciary Office of the Vice
Chancellor for Student Affairs and reports of vio-
lations by graduate students will be referred to
the Dean of the Graduate School. Actions taken
by these offices will follow procedures set forth
in this publication.
When violations continue beyond the enforce-
ment capabilities of the University staff, such out-
side assistance as is necessary may be requested.
These requests will be made in accordance with
policy and procedures established by the Uni-
versity.
ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGE POLICY
AND PROCEDURES
POLICY
Regulations forbid unauthorized possession, use
or distribution of alcoholic beverages on or in
University property. University policy is consistent
with State and County laws and restricts ON-
CAMPUS use of alcoholic beverages in specified
areas.
Interpretation
1. AGE — Students under 21 years of age may not
possess, consume or distribute alcoholic bev-
erages.
2. LICENSING — Temporary licenses are avail-
able through the Board of License Commis-
sioners for Prince George's County, Maryland,
consistent with existing County and State law.
3. RESTRICTED AREAS— Alcoholic beverages
may not be possessed, consumed or distrib-
uted in any academic facility, except where
specific, written approval has been obtained
for the event from the individual or department
responsible for the operation of that facility.
This restriction applies to all dining halls, cafe-
terias, classroom and office buildings, libraries,
laboratories, administrative buildings, and ath-
letic facilities.
When planning an event where alcoholic bever-
ages will be brought in by the individual consum-
ers, or will be given away, or where donations will
be invited, the following procedures should be fol-
lowed:
1. Receive written approval for the use of your
facility — in the residence areas check for
any local restrictions established by unit
governments.
2. Secure and complete the Registration 01 A
Student Social Event form in the Student
Activities Office. (Rm. 142, Student Union).
3. Secure and complete the Alcoholic Beverage
Registration form which names the person
responsible for the event.
PART V— MOTOR VEHICLES
Parking facilities at the University are extreme-
ly limited and are primarily intended for use by
commuting students. Most parking areas are lo-
cated on the periphery of the campus and are
usually five or six blocks away from residence
halls and classroom buildings.
Freshman and sophomore resident students are
not permitted to register motor vehicles on cam-
pus; however, they may obtain on-campus week-
end parking privileges. Any freshman or sopho-
more (i.e., a student who has earned fewer than
56 academic credits) who needs a motor vehicle
for work, or for any other purpose, should consider
making off-campus living arrangements.
Motor scooters, motorcycles, motor-bikes, or
General Information / 45
bicycles are not permitted inside any residence
hall. They must be parked in those outside areas
specifically marked for them.
CAMPUS TRAFFIC
RULES AND REGULATIONS
These regulations apply to all who drive motor
vehicles on any part of the campus at College
Park.
1. PURPOSE OF TRAFFIC REGULATIONS
a. To facilitate the work of the University by
providing parking space for those who need
it most.
b. To provide parking space for University
visitors and guests.
c. To protect pedestrian traffic.
d. To assure access at all times for ambulance
and fire-fighting apparatus.
e. To control vehicular traffic on the Campus.
2. REGISTRATION OF VEHICLES:
a. All motor vehicles, including motorcycles
and scooters, operated on campus by a
person associated with the University, must
be registered with the University Motor
Vehicle Registration Office regardless of
ownership, except as noted in Regulation
2c. All student vehicles must be registered
in the name of the student who is the legal
operator of the vehicle.
b. Student vehicles must be registered for the
current academic year during the appli-
cable registration period. A registration
charge will be made for each vehicle. This
Fee Cannot Be Refunded.
1. Fall Semester beginning in Sep-
tember—for first vehicle $10.00
Each additional vehicle 2.00
2. Spring Semester beginning in
February, for first vehicle 5.00
Each additional vehicle 1.00
3. Summer Semester 2.00
Each additional vehicle 100
All Registrations will expire on the next fol-
lowing August 31. Proof of ownership or
legal control will be required for multiple
registrations. Students applying for regis-
tration of additional vehicles must present
the State vehicle license number and the
University of Maryland registration number
of their initially registered vehicle for the
current academic year. No charge will be
made for replacement of registration stick-
er required due to damaged bumper of a
registered vehicle or because of a replace-
ment for a registered vehicle. Remnants of
stickers to be replaced MUST be turned in
at the Motor Vehicle Registration Desk.
c. Resident students who have completed less
than 56 semester credits shall be prohibited
from operating a motor vehicle on the Col-
lege Park campus, and from registering a
vehicle under provisions of these regula-
tions, except for special weekend privileges
as provided in regulation 2d. This prohibi-
tion applies to any freshman or sophomore
student residing within one (1) mile radius
of the Library, providing said residence is
other than that shown as student's legal
residence at time of registration.
d. Resident students who have earned less
than 56 semester credits are permitted to
operate a motor vehicle on the College Park
campus during the hours from 5:00 P.M.
Friday to 12 midnight Sunday only. Vehi-
cles operated on the campus under provi-
sions of this regulation must be registered
in accordance with regulations 2a and 2b.
Special "weekend" registration stickers will
be issued. Vehicles displaying weekend
stickers will be considered not registered
if observed on the campus at any time other
than the specified weekend period.
e. Parking permits for faculty and staff are is-
sued initially at the time of employment.
Subsequent renewals will be scheduled at
times designated by the Police Department.
f. Only one set of parking permits for each
vehicle is authorized.
g. Vehicles are not considered officialy reg-
istered until permits are affixed on front
and rear bumpers.
h. Temporary parking permits for visiting
groups and for special reasons and condi-
tions are available. Requests should be
made to the Motor Vehicle Administration
Section — Telephone Ext. 4242.
i. Parking permits must not be transferred to
any vehicle other than the one for which
they were originally issued.
j. Parking permits must not be defaced or
altered in any manner.
3. TRAFFIC REGULATIONS:
a. All motor vehicles are subject to University
traffic regulations while on the University
campus. The University assumes no respon-
sibility for loss or damage to private prop-
erty.
b. All traffic and parking signs must be
obeyed.
c. It is impossible to mark with signs all areas
of University property where parking is pro-
hibited. Parking or driving is definitely pro-
hibited on grass plots, tree plots, construc-
tion areas, or any place which will mar the
landscaping of the campus, create a safety
hazard or interfere with the use of Univer-
sity facilities.
46 / General Information
d. All regulations must be observed during
registration and examination periods, ex-
cept as may be otherwise indicated by offi-
cial signs. During final examination periods
and the Summer School session, registered
vehicles may park in any numbered park-
ing area except Areas 5, 6, and 9.
e. Operation of any motor vehicles in such a
manner as to create excessive noise or
smoke, or operation of any vehicle which
is in an unsafe condition, will result in re-
vocation of parking permit and issuance of
a Maryland State Summons for violation of
Article 66 '/2 Annotated Code of Maryland.
f. Pedestrians shall have the right-of-way at
all times.
g. The maximum speed on campus roads is 20
miles per hour. During changes of classes
and in areas of pedestrian traffic cars must
be driven more slowly.
h. Vehicles, including motorcycles and motor
scooters, must be parked in assigned areas
only. Certain parking areas are restricted to
faculty and academic staff at all times. This
restriction is indicated on the official sign
at the entrance to the area. In all other park-
ing areas, unrestricted parking for any ve-
hicle registered on the campus is per-
mitted from 5:00 p.m. to 12:00 midnight,
Monday thru Thursday; and from 5:00 p.m.
Friday to 12:00 midnight Sunday.
i. Any motor vehicle parked in violation of
University traffic regulations or abandoned
on campus is subject to removal and im-
pounding at the expense of the owner or
operator. (See Regulation 4c.)
j. Specific spaces in parking areas shall not
be reserved or marked for any department
or individual.
k. If an unregistered vehicle is used as an
emergency substitute for a registered vehi-
cle, it must be parked in the regularly as-
signed area and an immediate report made
to the Motor Vehicle Administration Sec-
tion—Ext. 4242.
I. In parking areas which have marked spaces
and lanes, a vehicle must be parked in one
space only, leaving clear access to adjac-
ent spaces, and without blocking driving
lanes or creating a hazard for other drivers.
m. Parking is not permitted at crosswalks.
n. Parking or standing is prohibited on all
campus roads at all times.
o. In cases where individuals are permitted to
register more than one vehicle for parking
on the campus, only one of these vehicles
may be parked in the assigned area at any
time.
p. Metered parking spaces must be used in
accordance with requirements as stated on
official signs.
q. Curbed recesses are reserved for VISITORS
and GUESTS between the hours of 8:00
a.m. and 5:00 p.m., Monday through Friday.
r. The fact that a vehicle is parked in violation
of any regulation and does not receive a
violation notice does not mean that the
regulation is no longer in effect.
4. TRAFFIC INFORMATION:
a. The Office of the University Police is lo-
cated in the Service Building and may be
reached on University campus telephone
Ext. 3555.
b. The Cashier's Office and the Motor Vehicle
Administration Section are in the Service
Building, Campus telephone Ext. 4242.
c. The term abandonment, as it relates to auto-
mobiles parked on property owned or
leased by the University of Maryland, shall
mean any one or more of the following
conditions:
(1) Any vehicle which has not been moved
for thirty (30) days and whose owner or
other claimant the University is unable
to locate.
(2) Any vehicle which has not been moved
for thirty (30) days and whose identified
owner or other claimant refuses to move
it.
(3) Any vehicle on which current license
plates are not displayed and which has
not been moved for ten (10) days.
(4) Any vehicle which has not been moved
in seven (7) days due to an inoperative
condition caused by the removal of nec-
essary parts or a wrecked condition.
5. PENALTIES
a. Any person connected with the University
who operates an unregistered vehicle on
the campus, or who registers such a vehi-
cle in any way contrary to the provisions of
these regulations, will be subject to pay-
ment of a fifteen ($15.00) dollar penalty in
addition to the penalty for any other regula-
tion violation connected therewith.
b. Violations of any campus traffic regulation
other than improper registration or over-
time meter parking, will result in penalty as
listed below:
(a) Penalty for parking a registered
vehicle in a parking area other
than properly assigned area. . . $5.00
(b) Parking a registered vehicle on a
roadway, in a posted fire lane or
posted no parking area $5.00
(c) Parking any vehicle, including
cycles, on walks, grass area,
plazas, and any other places not
designated as areas for parking
General Information / 47
or driving without special permit
signed by head of Grounds Di-
vision $5.00
Violator will be additionally liable
for amount of any specific dam-
age caused by such action.
c. Overtime parking in any metered space will
result in penalty of one ($1.00) dollar for
each maximum time period on meter.
d. Violations are payable within ten (10) cal-
endar days from date of issue at the office
of Vehicle Registration in the General Serv-
ices Building and an additional penalty of
$2.00 will be imposed for failure to settle
violations on time.
e. Visitors and guests notices issued to Uni-
versity visitors must be signed and returned
either in person or by mail to the Vehicle
Registration Cashier, University of Mary-
land, College Park, Md. 20742, or to the
University Official visited. Violation notices
must be returned 10 days after date of is-
sue. The violation may be voided at the dis-
cretion of the Vehicle Registration Office,
and if not voidable will be returned for pay-
ment.
f. Violations involving an unregistered vehi-
cle owned by a member of the immediate
family of a student may be charged to the
student's account unless settled by the in-
dividual receiving the ticket, in accordance
with stated privileges granted to visitors
and guests.
g. Motor Vehicle privileges will be revoked by
action of the Vehicle Registration Office in
accordance with the following conditions:
(1) When a student has accumulated at
least three (3) violations on the record,
he (she) will lose motor vehicle privi-
leges for a period of four (4) weeks.
(2) When a student has accumulated an
additional two (2) violations on the rec-
ord for a total of five (5), he (she) will
lose motor vehicle privileges for a peri-
od of sixteen (16) weeks.
(3) In each case the student will be re-
quired to remove the registration stick-
ers and turn in remnants of the stick-
ers to the Motor Vehicle Registration
Section.
(4) When the prescribed period of time for
loss of motor vehicle privileges has
passed, the student will be required to
pay the regular fee for re-registration.
(5) All conditions described in Items 1, 2, 3,
and 4 apply to all vehicles registered
by any student.
h. Persistent violators of traffic regulations
will be referred to the Judiciary Office for
appropriate action.
6. APPEALS
An Appeals Board composed of a minimum of
three students who are members of the Student
Traffic Board meets regularly to consider appeals
from students charged with violations. Students
wishing to appeal a violation will first register his
intent to appeal to the Vehicle Registration Office
in the Service Building, thence to the Judiciary
Office, Room 218, North Administration Building
where the date and time for the appeal will be
furnished the appellate. Traffic tickets must be ap-
pealed within (10) calendar days from the date of
issuance. Overtime parking meter violations are
not subject to appeal.
7. PARKING AREAS FOR STUDENTS:
Area 1 — West of Activities Building between
Stadium Drive and Campus Drive
Area 2 — North of Denton Hill Dorm Complex
Area 3 — Southwest Corner of Campus
Area 4 — North of Heavy Research Laboratory
Area 7— East of U.S. No. 1, at North Gate
Area 10— East of U.S. No. 1, North of Fraternity
Row
Area 11 — East of Asphalt Institute Building
8. PARKING AREAS FOR FACULTY, STAFF AND
ASSIGNED RESIDENT STUDENTS ONLY:
Area 5 — Adjacent to Family Housing Units
Area 6 — North of Dining Hall No. 5 and East
of Elkton Dorm
Area 9 — Vicinity of Cambridge Hall Dorm Com-
plex
Area 12— South of Allegany Hall
Area 14 — Loop Roads Front and Rear of
Houses on Fraternity Row
Area 15 — Rear 7402 Princeton Avenue
Area 17 — Special Parking for use of Center
for Adult Education
Area A — West End of BPA Building
Area AA — West of Fine Arts and Education
Classroom Building
Area B — Adjacent to Computer Science Center
Area BB — East end of practice field
Area C — Adjacent to Turner Laboratory (Dairy)
Area CC — Barn area
Area D — Rear of Journalism Building
Area DD — East of Space Sciences Building
Area E — Adjacent to Engineering Buildings
Area EE — North of Engineering Laboratory
Building
Area F — Adjacent to Fire Service Extension
Building
Area FF — East of Animal Science Building
Area G — Between Silvester Hall and Skinner
Building
Area GG — North of Adult Education Center
Building
48 / General Information
Area H — Adjacent to Symons Hall and Holzap-
fel Hall
Area HH — Adjacent to H. J. Patterson Hall
Area I — Rear of Molecular Physics Building
Area J — West of Annapolis Hall
Area K — Adjacent to General Service Building
Area KK — Southeast corner of Stadium and
Regents Drive
Area L — Administration-Armory Loop
Area M — Adjacent to Infirmary
Area N — Rear of J. M. Patterson Hall
Area O — Rear of Chemical Engineering Build-
ing
Area 00 — Zoology-Psychology Bldg.
Area P — Southwest of Wind Tunnel Building
Area PP — Between Math and Chemistry Build-
ings
Area Q— Rear of Jull Hall
Area R — Circle in front of Administration
Building at Byrd Stadium and adjacent to
Preinkert Field House
Area RR — East of Asphalt Institute
Area S — Special, Food Service
Area T — North of Engineering Laboratory
Building
Area TT — Service Area West of Physics Build-
ing
Area U — Rear of McKeldin Library
Area UU— North end 3 Lot
Area V — Open area between Building DD and
Building EE
Area W — Between Skinner Building and Talia-
ferro Hall
Area X — Rear of Chemistry Building
Area XX — West — New Chemistry Wing
Area Y — West of Chapel
Area YY— West of Cumberland Hall
Area Z — Adjacent to East Entrance to Parking
Area No. 1
Area Z* — Rear of Cole Field House
General Information / 49
II
COLLEGE SECTION
REORGANIZATION
This Chapter was compiled before the Cam-
pus Reorganization was made final. Much of
the material, however, is still accurate and
should be helpful to you.
Information is being prepared to show ex-
actly how Reorganization will benefit you as
a student.
Please take a look at the organization chart
in the front of this book. Thank you!
— The Editors
AGRICULTURE
THE COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE offers educa-
tional programs with a broad cultural and scientific
base. Students are prepared for careers in agricul-
tural related sciences, technology and business.
The application of advanced knowledge to the
solution of some of man's most critical problems
concerning adequate amounts and quality of food,
and the quality of environment in which he lives,
are important missions of the College.
This original College of the University of Mary-
land at College Park was chartered in 1856. The
College of Agriculture has a continuous record of
leadership in education since that date. It became
the beneficiary of the Land-Grant Act of 1862.
Since that time, there has been a merger with the
University of Maryland in Baltimore and continuous
growth with additions of other colleges and depart-
ments at College Park.
The College of Agriculture continues to grow
and develop as part of the greater University, pro-
viding education and research activities enabling
man to use his environment and natural resources
to best advantage while conserving basic re-
sources for future generations.
ADVANTAGES OF LOCATION AND FACILITIES
Educational opportunities in the College of Agri-
culture are enhanced by the nearby location of
several research units of the federal government.
Of particular interest is the Agricultural Research
Center at Beltsville and the U. S. Department of
Agriculture Headquarters in Washington, D. C. The
National Agricultural Library is an important re-
source for information at the Beltsville location.
Related research laboratories of the National
Institutes of Health, military hospitals, NASA, and
the National Bureau of Standards are in the vi-
cinity. Interaction of our faculty and students with
personnel from these agencies is encouraged.
Teaching and research activities are conducted
with the cooperation of scientists and professional
people in government positions.
Instruction in the basic sciences, and in social,
economic and engineering principles is carried
out in well-designed classrooms and laboratories
on the campus. The application of basic principles
to practical situations is demonstrated for the stu-
dent in numerous ways. New buildings have been
provided for both the plant and animal sciences in
recent years.
Modern greenhouses are available for breeding
and propagation of a wide variety of plant work on
the control of weeds and improved cultural prac-
tices.
Herds of dairy and beef cattle, swine and flocks
of poultry and sheep are kept on the campus for
teaching and research purposes.
Several operating farms, located in central
Maryland, Southern Maryland and on the Eastern
Shore, support the educational programs in Agri-
Colleges and Schools / 51
culture by providing locations where important
crops, animals and poultry can De grown and
maintained under practical and research condi-
tions. These farms add an important dimension
to the courses offered in Agriculture. Data from
these operations and from cooperating producers
and processors of agricultural products are util-
ized by students interested in economics, teach-
ing, engineering, and conservation, as they relate
to Agriculture, as well as by those concerned with
biology or managment of agricultural crops and
animals.
JUNIOR STANDING
To earn Junior standing a student must com-
plete 56 credit hours of academic work and attain
the required grade point average.
REQUIREMENTS FOR GRADUATION
Each student must complete at least 120 credit
hours in academic subjects with a minimum grade
point average of 2.0 (C). University requirements
in health and physical education must be satisfied,
in addition.
GENERAL INFORMATION
The College of Agriculture offers programs lead-
ing to a wide variety of rewarding careers. These
curricula prepare the student for useful, informed
citizenship, with a basic understanding of science
in general, and with a concentration on the sci-
ence and business of agriculture in particular.
All four-year programs lead to the Bachelor of
Science degree.
Today's agriculture is a highly complex and ex-
tremely efficient industry which includes supplies
and services used in agricultural production, the
production process itself, and the marketing, pro-
cessing and distribution of products to meet the
consumers' needs and wants.
Instruction in the College of Agriculture includes
the fundamental sciences and emphasizes the
precise course information that its graduates must
employ in the industrialized agriculture of today,
and helps develop the foundation for their role in
the future. Course programs in specialized areas
may be tailored to fit the particular needs of the
individual student.
Previous training in agriculture is not a prereq-
uisite for matriculation. Careers for men and
women with rural, suburban or urban backgrounds
are available in agriculture and its allied industries.
Graduates of the College of Agriculture have a
broad base for careers and continued learning
after college in business, production, teaching,
research, extension, and many other professional
fields.
REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION
The requirements for admission to the College
of Agriculture are the same as those of the Uni-
versity.
For students entering the College of Agriculture
it is recommended that their high school prepara-
tory courses should include English, 4 units;
mathematics, 3 units; biological and physical sci-
ences, 3 units; and history or social sciences, 2
units. Four units of mathematics should be elected
for students entering agricultural engineering or
agricultural chemistry.
HONORS PROGRAM
The Honors Program is approved for majors in
agricultural economics and botany. The objective
of the Honors Program is to recognize superior
scholarship and to provide opportunity for the ex-
cellent student to broaden his perspective and to
increase the depth of his studies.
The programs in Honors are administered by
Departmental Honors Committees and supervised
by the College Committee on Honors. Students in
the College of Agriculture, who are in the top 20
percent of their class at the end of their first year
may be considered for admission into the Honors
Program. Of this group up to 50 percent may be
admitted.
Sophomores or first semester Juniors will be
considered upon application from those students
in the upper 20 percent of their class. While ap-
plication may be made until the student enters his
sixth semester, early entrance into the program is
recommended. Students admitted to the program
enjoy certain academic privileges.
On the basis of the student's performance dur-
ing his participation in the Honors Program, the
department may recommend the candidate for the
appropriate degree with (departmental) honors, or
for the appropriate degree with (departmental)
high honors. Successful completion of the honors
program will be recognized by a citation in the
Commencement Program and by an appropriate
entry on the student's record and diploma.
FACULTY ADVISEMENT
Each student in the College of Agriculture is as-
signed to a faculty advisor. Advisors normally work
with a limited number of students and are able to
give individual guidance. The faculty will assist
students in obtaining employment providing prac-
tical or technical experience for those in need of
such experience.
FRESHMAN YEAR
The program of the freshman year is similar
for all curricula of the College of Agriculture. Dur-
ing the first year the student obtains a broad foun-
dation in subjects basic to agriculture and the re-
52 / Colleges and Schools
lated sciences. Transfer from one curriculum to
another, or from the College of Agriculture to an-
other college of the University may be made by
the end of the freshman year usually with little or
no loss of credit.
Students entering the freshman year with a
definite choice of curriculum are assigned to de-
partmental advisors for counsel and planning of
all academic programs. Students entering the
freshman year, who have not selected a definite
curriculum, are assigned to a general advisor who
assists with the choice of freshman electives and,
during the course of the year, acquaints students
with opportunities in the curricula in the College
of Agriculture and in other divisions of the Univer-
sity. If by the close of the freshman year a student
makes no definite choice of a specialized curricu-
lum, he continues under the guidance of his ad-
visor in the General Agriculture curriculum.
SCHOLARSHIPS
A number of scholarships are available for agri-
cultural students. These include awards granted
by the Agricultural Development Fund, Bayshore
Foods, Inc., Capitol Milk Producers Cooperative,
Inc., Dairy Technology Society of Maryland and
the District of Columbia, Delaware-Maryland Plant
Food Association, Inc., Dr. Ernest N. Cory Trust
Fund, Danforth Foundation, Frederick County Hol-
stein Association, General Foods Fund, Hyatts-
ville Horticultural Society, The Leander F. Stuart
Memorial Fund, Lindback Foundation, Inter-State
Milk Producers, Joseph M. Vial Memorial Scholar-
ship Program in Agriculture, Maryland Coopera-
tive Milk Producers, Inc., Maryland Turfgrass As-
sociation, Maryland State Golf Association, Mary-
land and Virginia Milk Producers, Inc., Maryland
Veterinarians, Dr. Ray A. Murray Scholarship
Fund, Nicholas Brice Worthington, NOPCO, Pe-
ninsula Horticultural Society, Ralston Purina Com-
pany, The Schluderberg Foundation, Southern
States Cooperative, Inc., and The Staley and
Eugene Hahn Memorial Scholarship Fund.
These scholarships are awarded by the Faculty
Committee in accordance with the terms of the re-
spective grants. For more detailed information
about these awards, see section on financial aid.
STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS
Students find opportunity for varied expression
and growth in the several voluntary organizations
sponsored by the College of Agriculture. These or-
ganizations are: Agricultural Economics Club,
Block and Bridle, Dairy Science Club, Collegiate
4-H Club, Future Farmers of America, Agronomy
Club, and the Veterinary Science Club.
Alpha Zeta is a national agricultural honor fra-
ternity. Members are chosen from students in the
College of Agriculture who have attained the scho-
lastic requirements and displayed leadership in
agriculture.
The Agricultural Student Council is made up of
representatives from the various student organiza-
tions in the College of Agriculture. Its purpose is to
coordinate activities of these organizations and to
promote work which is beneficial to the College.
REQUIRED COURSES
All students in the College of Agriculture are
required to complete a series of courses to sat-
isfy the University General Education require-
ments, college requirements and departmental re-
quirements. The courses needed to complete a
program of study are selected by the student with
the approval of his advisor.
Semester
University Requirements Credit Hours
ENGL 101 or 171 — Composition or Honors Composition. 3
Literature g
Social Science e
History 6
Mathematics 3
Fine Arts or Philosophy 3
HLTH 105 — Science and Theory of Health (2)
Physicial Education (2)
COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE REQUIREMENTS
Courses selected from the basic life sciences, physical
sciences and mathematics 16
SPCH 107— Public Speaking .... 2
AGRI 101 — Introduction to Agriculture 1
Department Requirements 74
TYPICAL FRESHMAN YEAR IN AGRICULTURE
Semester
I II
ENGL 101 or 171 — Composition or Honors
Composition 3
Social Science 3 3
AGRI 101 — Introduction to Agriculture 1
BOTN 100— General Botany 4
ZOOL 101— General Zoology 4
ANSC 101 — Principles of Animal Science 3
AGRO 100— Crop Laboratory 2
Mathematics 3
Health (2)
Arts or Philosophy 3
Physical Education (1) (1)
TWO-YEAR PROGRAM— INSTITUTE OF
APPLIED AGRICULTURE
The programs of study offered by the Institute
of Applied Agriculture will assist men and women
interested in preparing for specific jobs in the
broad fields of applied science and business in
agriculture. Curricula currently offered are en-
titled: business farming, turfgrass and golf course
management; ornamental horticulture and nursery
management. Courses taken in these programs
are not transferable for degree credits at the Uni-
versity of Maryland. However, students satisfac-
torily completing two years of study will be award-
ed an appropriate certificate. For additional in-
formation write: Director, Institute of Applied Agri-
culture, University of Maryland, College Park, Md.
20742.
Colleges and Schools / 53
COOPERATIVE EXTENSION SERVICE
Robert E. Wagner, Director
Cooperative Extension work, established by
State and federal laws in 1914, extends practi-
cal information beyond the classrooms of the Uni-
versity of Maryland to young people and adults —
both rural and urban — throughout the State of
Maryland. Major program areas include agricul-
ture and environment, family living, youth develop-
ment, and community development.
The educational endeavors of the Cooperative
Extension Service are financed jointly by federal,
State and county governments. In each county
and in Baltimore City there is a competent staff of
extension agents assigned to conduct educational
work in program areas consistent with the needs
of the people of the county and as funds permit.
The county staff is supported by a staff of special-
ists located at the University, and, through their
mutual efforts, they assist local people in seeking
solutions to their problems.
The Cooperative Extension Service works in
close harmony and association with many groups
and organizations. In addition to work on farms
and with agri-businesses, extension programs are
aimed at many rural non-farm and urban family
consumers. Thousands of boys and girls gain lead-
ership knowledge and experience and are pro-
vided practical educational instruction in 4-H
clubs and other youth groups.
To accomplish its mission, the Cooperative Ex-
tension Service works closely with other agricul-
tural divisions of the University and units of the
University outside of agriculture, as well as State
and federal agencies and private groups. It ar-
ranges and conducts thousands of short courses,
workshops and conferences in various fields of in-
terest held both on the College Park campus and
at other locations throughout the state. A wide va-
riety of publications and radio and television are
used extensively to reach the people of Maryland.
THE AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION
Irvin C. Haut, Director
The Agricultural Experiment Station serves
Maryland agriculture in much the same manner as
research laboratories serve large corporations.
The problems which face a biological and busi-
ness undertaking such as agriculture are as num-
erous and perplexing as the problems of any busi-
ness.
The station is a joint Federal and State under-
taking. Passage of the Hatch Act of 1887, which
made available a grant-in-aid to each state for the
purpose of establishing an agricultural experiment
station, gave a great impetus to the development
of research work in agriculture. This work was
further encouraged by the passage of the Adams
Act in 1906, the Purnell Act in 1925, the Bankhead-
Jones Act in 1935, and the Flannagan-Hope Act
of 1946.
The work of the Maryland Agricultural Experi-
ment Station, which is supported by these Acts
and by State appropriations, centers at College
Park. On the University campus are laboratories
for studying insects and diseases, soil fertility, bo-
tanical problems, and the economics of our agri-
cultural industry and its interrelationship with our
total economy. This is also the location of the fa-
cilities for the experimental herds programs.
About eight miles from the campus at College
Park, near Beltsville, the Plant Research Farm of
340 acres is devoted to work connected with
soil fertility, plant breeding and general crop pro-
duction problems. An experimental farm near Up-
per Marlboro is devoted to the problems of tobac-
co growing and curing. A farm near Salisbury is
devoted to solution of the problems of producers
of broilers and of vegetable crops in the southern
Eastern Shore area. Experimental farms near
Ellicott City are devoted to livestock problems
and to dairy cattle nutrition and forage research.
Also facilities for tests of various crop and soil
responses are distributed throughout the State.
These different locations provide the opportunity
to conduct experiments under conditions existing
where the results will be put into practice.
STATE BOARD OF AGRICULTURE PROGRAMS
George S. Langford, Acting Director
The State law provides that the Board of Re-
gents of the University of Maryland shall consti-
tute the Maryland State Board of Agriculture.
While these programs are part of the University,
they are designed primarily to carry out the func-
tions of the State Board of Agriculture. Numerous
services are performed which result in the im-
provement and maintenance of high standards in
production, processing and distribution of farm
products. In addition, many control or regulatory
activities are authorized by State law and are car-
ried out by the following departments of the State
Board of Agriculture:
Dairy Inspection
Duties of the dairy inspection force deal with
the calibration of glassware used in testing milk
and cream; examination of all weighers, samplers,
and testers and the issuance of licenses to those
satisfactorily passing the examination; and inspec-
tion of the pertinent activities of weighers, sam-
plers, testers, and dairy plants.
Department of Markets
Activities of the Department of Markets serve to
insure a fair and equitable treatment of the farmer
in all dealings which he may have concerning the
marketing of his products. In the performance of
these responsibilities, the department conducts
market surveys, compiles and disseminates mar-
keting information and market data, operates a
market news service, provides an agricultural in-
spection and grading service, maintains a con-
sumer information service, and enforces the agri-
54 / Colleges and Schools
cultural marketing laws of the state. The control
work of the department is carried out under the
authority of various State laws relating to the mar-
keting of farm products.
Field offices are located in Baltimore, Salisbury,
Hancock, and Pocomoke.
State Horticultural Department
Work in this field is designed to control insects
and plant diseases and to protect the public in the
purchase of products of nurserymen and florists.
A considerable part of staff time is occupied by
inspection of orchards, crops, nurseries, green-
houses, and floral establishments. Cooperation
with the federal government in the inspection and
certification of materials that come under quar-
antine regulations is another major function of the
department. The department enforces the provi-
sions of the Apiary Law, including inspection of
apiaries. It also regulates the use of pesticides un-
der provisions of a new law enacted in 1969. This
department also conducts the mosquito control
program.
State Department of Drainage
The State Department of Drainage was estab-
lished in 1937. Its duties are to encourage and as-
sist with the drainage of agricultural lands in the
state, to correlate the activities of the local drain-
age organizations in Maryland, and to cooperate
with State and federal agencies in the interest of
a permanent program of improved drainage.
State Chemist
The protection of consumers and manufacturers
of agricuftural products against fraudulent prac-
tices makes certain specialized laws necessary.
These are classified as correct labeling laws, and
are enforced by the State Chemist. Included in
this legislation are the feed, fertilizer, agricultural
liming materials, and pesticide laws.
Soli Conservation Committee
In 1937 the Maryland Legislation created the
State Soil Conservation Committee in Maryland.
The 24 districts organized under the law include
all the land in the State.
The State Committee is charged with the re-
sponsibility of coordinating the efforts of the dis-
tricts and encouraging the application of soil and
water conservation practices.
Seed Inspection Service, Seed and Sod Certification, Turf-
grass Law
The Seed Inspection Service administers the
State seed law, inspects seeds sold throughout the
State, collects seed samples for laboratory exami-
nation, reports the results of the examinations to
the parties concerned, publishes summaries of
these reports which show the relative reliability of
the label information supplied by wholesale seeds-
men; cleans and treats tobacco seed intended for
planting in the state, makes analysis, tests, and
examinations of seed samples submitted to the
laboratory, and advises seed users regarding the
economic and intelligent use of seeds. The Seed
Inspection Service also conducts the Seed and
Sod Certification Program and administers the
Turfgrass Law.
Weed Inspection Service
The Weed Inspection Service implements the
1969 Johnson Grass Law. This law provides for (1)
matching funds for joint state-county control and
eradication programs, and (2) prevention of John-
son grass seed development.
Animal Health Department
The Animal Health Department is charged with
the responsibility of preventing the introduction
of diseases of animals and poultry from outside of
the state and with control and eradication of such
diseases within the state.
Facilities for the diagnosis of a wide variety of
diseases are furnished in the main laboratory at
College Park and in the branch laboratories at
Salisbury, Centreville, Frederick, and Oakland.
Meat inspection is carried out under the Mary-
land Wholesome Meat Act of 1968. The act re-
quires ante and post mortem inspection of all ani-
mals and their carcasses if used for human food,
as well as processing and sanitation inspection.
The Maryland Poultry Productions Inspection
Act of 1970 provides for similar inspection and
sanitation of poultry products.
Office of Weights and Measures
The Office of Weights and Measures enforces
the Weights and Measures Law as revised in 1951.
All commercial weighing and measuring devices
used in the State are tested annually. Other re-
quirements relating to quantity in commercial
transactions are also enforced.
Office of Field Inspection
This organization carries out the field inspec-
tion work for the State Chemist and the Seed In-
spection Service. Area inspectors visit retail and
wholesale distributors of feed, seed, lime, ferti-
lizer, and pesticides to ensure compliance with
applicable laws. Samples are forwarded to the
appropriate department for testing. The office is
also responsible for enforcing the Maryland Egg
Law.
ARCHITECTURE
THE SCHOOL OF ARCHITECTURE offers a five-
year undergraduate professional program lead-
ing to the degree, Bachelor of Architecture. Fu-
ture plans include development of other environ-
mental design programs at the graduate and un-
dergraduate level.
The school is following established procedures
of the National Architectural Accreditation Board,
and it is anticipated that it will be accredited in
Colleges and Schools / 55
accordance with policies of the NAAB, insuring
that present and future students will be eligible
for registration in all 50 states upon meeting ex-
perience requirements and passing the standard
examination. The school is an associate member
of the Association of Collegiate Schools of Arch-
itecture, and is assigned to that organization's
Northeastern Region.
The curriculum presents the basic requisite
skills and the opportunity to develop the knowl-
edge to begin professional work. The school's
goal is to prepare students for professional service
in helping ameliorate the nation's environmental
problems.
for educated and trained professionals, and the
relevancy and excitement which characterize the
profession today. Perhaps at no time in history has
architecture posed as great a challenge, nor of-
fered so great a promise of personal fulfillment to
its successful practitioners. There are many op-
portunities for employment and careers in archi-
tectural practice. Additional education and experi-
ence also qualify a graduate for a career in city
or regional planning.
Moreover, the general nature of an architectural
education is such that some graduates elect and
achieve successful careers in related fields in civ-
il service, commerce or industry.
OPPORTUNITIES IN ARCHITECTURE
A rapidly expanding population, together with
rapidly developing industrial civilization, has taxed
the resources of cities throughout the world. Large
segments of these urban populations are over-
crowded, underserviced and deprived of many of
the amenities which city life historically symbol-
izes. Many cities find themselves on the edge of
economic, political and social disaster. Whole
ethnic, racial and economic groups live in a con-
tinuing situation of environmental frustration. This
urban crisis, which has come to fruition over the
last generation, promises to dominate our domes-
tic life in the United States for at least the genera-
tion to come.
The very complexity of these problems, pre-
cluding easy attribution of causes and obviating
simple solutions, has generated great changes in
the environmental design professions and in the
other social disciplines. Where they once stood
apart, they are now committed to a common pur-
pose. Each of them has had to broaden its vision
of service and concern, and has come to recog-
nize the worth and value of the techniques and in-
sights of the others.
In architecture, these exchanges have influ-
enced the procedures, scope and services and
goals of the profession. Recent years have seen
the introduction of the ideas of urban sociology
and the behavioral sciences into the area of pro-
fessional concern, of the inclusion into profession-
al procedures of linear programming, computer
technology, operations research, mathematical
and gaming simulation, and the use of analogue
models. The scope of architectural services, once
confined to the design of and supervision of con-
struction of buildings, has been broadened to in-
clude programming, developmental planning, op-
erations research, project feasibility studies and
other new professional activities. Finally, the role
of the architect is expanding from a narrow con-
cern with building design to a broad concern for
developmental change, and his goal has devel-
oped from a preoccupation with beauty to a com-
mitment to contributing to the enhancement of
the quality of life.
These observations indicate both the great need
THE CURRICULUM
The program permits students to enter the
School of Architecture either directly from high
school or after one year of general college work
without extending the time required for comple-
tion of degree requirements.
Students in the first year may take an introduc-
tory course in the history of architecture as well
as general courses. In the second year, the stu-
dent begins his professional education in the basic
environmental design studio course as well as
continuing his general education. The basic en-
vironmental design studio explores specific archi-
tectural problems as well as the general problems
inherent in making objects and making spaces.
In the third year, coordinated courses in design
and building systems introduce the student to
the ecological, physiographic, physiological, soc-
ial, and physical generators of archtecture design;
and the student is given an introduction into build-
ing technology. In the fourth year, this process is
continued, but the emphasis is on urban design
factors: the environmental context, the historical
and situation context, urban systems, and theo-
retical, aesthetic and sociological considerations.
In the fifth year of design, the student is offered
an opportunity to choose a comprehensive topi-
cal problem from several offered each year, in-
cluding special studies in technical areas as well
as building design and case studies in urban
planning.
All of the design studio courses emphasize en-
vironmental design problem solving experiences
to advance the student's skill in the field, as well
as lectures, reading assignments, field trips, etc.
In addition to the design and technical courses,
the student is required to take four semesters of
architectural history, of which two are selected
from a number of options, several liberal and
physical sciences, and a number of electives and
professional electives. The latter may be chosen
from among those offered by the school's faculty
as well as from among selected courses offered
by other departments. A list of professional elec-
tives is presented elsewhere in this section.
The general education requirements of the Uni-
56 / Colleges and Schools
versity apply generally to the architecture pro-
gram, but architectural students are specifically
required to complete math through MATH 220 and
221. Most students find it necessary to begin col-
lege math with MATH 115, followed by MATH 220
and 221. In addition, architecture students are re-
quired to complete Physics 121, Biology 101 and
Computer Science 103.
LOCATION
The School is housed in a contemporary air-
conditioned building on the campus about 10
miles from Washington, D.C., and about 50 min-
utes' drive from downtown Baltimore. This loca-
tion, in the center of a large urban agglomeration
and astride the eastern corridor, offers many op-
portunities for the School's program and the stu-
dent's growth.
The School of Architecture building provides
studio space, a library, exhibit space, a shop, a
photo lab, classrooms and lecture hall facilities.
LIBRARY
The Architectural School Library at present
comprises some 9,000 volumes. It is expected that
the library will number 12,000 to 15,000 volumes
by 1973. This will make it one of the major archi-
tectural school libraries in the nation. The library
subscribes to about 100 foreign and domestic peri-
odicals providing resources in urban sociology,
building technology and urban planning as well as
in architecture.
The visual aids library presently comprises
about 45,000 35-mm. color slides in architecture,
landscape architecture and urban planning.
ADMISSION
Because there is a fixed limit to the number of
candidates who can be admitted each year, it is
important that the following instructions be care-
fully followed:
1. Students applying from high school: write
the Director of Admissions, University of
Maryland, College Park, Md. 20742 for ap-
plication instructions;
2. Students who have completed work at other
universities: write the Director of Admis-
sions, University of Maryland, College Park,
Md. 20742 for application instructions;
3. Students transferring from other colleges of
the University of Maryland: please pick up
an application record form at the School of
Architecture, and return it to the assistant
dean of the School, together with a record
of all work taken at the University of Mary-
land.
Deadlines: all application procedures should be
completed and materials in hand at the University
by March 1. Applications received after this date,
but before the University deadline dates for new
students and for transfer students, will be consid-
ered only on a space-available basis.
FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE
For promising young men and women who might
not otherwise be able to attend the University's
School of Architecture, a number of grants and
scholarships are available, some earmarked spe-
cifically for architectural students. New students
must apply before March 15. Students already en-
rolled may apply before May 1. All requests for in-
formation concerning these awards should be di-
rected to: Director, Student Aid, University of
Maryland, College Park, Md. 20742.
ARTS AND SCIENCES
THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES offers
its students a liberal education. It seeks to develop
graduates who can deal intelligently with the pro-
lems which confront them and whose general edu-
cation will be a continuing source not only of ma-
terial well-being but of genuine personal satisfac-
tion. It also offers each student the opportunity to
concentrate in the field of his choice; this element
of depth serves both as an integral part of his
education and as a foundation for further profes-
sional training or pursuits.
This college is an outgrowth of the Division of
Language and Literature and the Division of Ap-
plied Science and the later School of Liberal Arts
of Maryland State College. In 1921 the School of
Liberal Arts and the School of Chemistry were
combined and other physical and biological sci-
ences were brought into the newly formed College
of Arts and Sciences. In later reorganizations
some departments have been added and some
transferred to the administrative control of other
colleges.*
ADMISSION
The requirements for admission to the College
of Arts and Sciences are, in general, the same as
those for admission to the other colleges and
schools of the University. Application must be
made to the Director of Admissions, University of
Maryland, College Park, Maryland.
The student who intends to pursue a program of
study in the College of Arts and Sciences should
include the following subjects in his high school
program: English, four units; college preparatory
mathematics (algebra, plane geometry), three or
four units; foreign language, two or more units;
•The Departments of Botany. Economics. Geography, and Government and
Politics, although administratively in the College ot Business and Public
Administration, or the College of Agriculture, offer courses for Arts and
Sciences students. Majors may be elected in these departments as in
those of the departments administered by the College of Arts and
Sciences.
Colleges and Schools / 57
biology, chemistry, or physics, two units; history
and social sciences, one or more units.
The student who wishes to major in chemistry,
mathematics, physics, botany, microbiology, zo-
ology, or who wishes to follow a pre-medical or
pre-dental program, should include four units of
college preparatory mathematics (algebra, plane
geometry, trigonometry, and more advanced
mathematics, if available). He should also include
chemistry and physics.
DEGREES
Students of this college who satisfactorily com-
plete curricula with majors in departments of the
humanities, fine arts or social sciences are award-
ed the degree of Bachelor of Arts. Those who sat-
isfactorily complete curricula with majors in the
Department of Mathematics or the biological and
physical sciences are awarded the degree of
Bachelor of Science. Those who complete satis-
factorily a special professional program in the De-
partment of Music are awarded the degree of
Bachelor of Music.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES
The baccalaureate degree from the College of
Arts and Sciences may be conferred upon a stu-
dent who has satisfied the following requirements:
1. General Education requirements.
2. College of Arts and Sciences requirements.
3. Major department requirements.
4. Completion of a minimum of 120 academic
credits (not including required physical edu-
cation and HLTH 105) with at least a C aver-
age.
COLLEGE REQUIREMENTS
The college requires a certain degree of expos-
ure to, and hopefully proficiency in, the knowl-
edge of a language and culture of some country
other than Anglo-American. This may be met in
several ways:
1. a) A student who has successfully completed
at least through "level 3" of one foreign
language at the high school level, or
b) A student who has successfully com-
pleted at least two years ("level 2") of
two different foreign languages at the
high school level need not take addition-
al foreign languages at the college level
to satisfy the requirements of the college.
2. A student who does not meet the require-
ments under paragraph 1, must show pro-
ficiency tiirough the intermediate level of
college language. This may be done as fol-
lows:
a) Take the placement examination in the
language in which he has background —
two years in high school — and begin at
the college level indicated by the test and
continue through the intermediate level;
or
b) Pass the proficiency test for intermediate
level given by the respective language
departments.
Referring to paragraph 1, the following should be
noted:
a) Certain departments still require language at
the college level to fulfill major requirements.
Also, certain honor societies still require
language at the college level among the re-
quirements for selection to membership; in
many graduate programs, proficiency in for-
eign languages is still required while the re-
quirement for professional schools varies,
and it becomes the responsibility of the stu-
dent to meet the requirements of the school
of his choice.
b) In interpreting this paragraph, the college
accepts the information that appears on his
high school transcript at the time the stu-
dent registers for his first semester in the
University.
At the present time, the languages which may
be offered to meet this requirement are Chinese,
French, German, Greek, Hebrew, Italian, Japan-
ese, Latin, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish, and
Swahili.
Foreign students may satisfy this requirement by
offering twelve hours ot English in addition to the
regular English requirement. A foreign student
may not meet the foreign language requirement by
taking freshman or sophomore courses in his na-
tive language.
Normally a student shall not be permitted to re-
peat a foreign language course below Course 200
for credit if he has successfully completed a high-
er numbered course than the one he wishes to re-
peat. Credit (including elective credit) will be given
for the first semester of a language only if credit
has been earned in additional courses in the same
language.
2. SPEECH. If a student has had one full unit of
public speaking in high school covering an entire
academic year, he is not required to take a speech
course at the college level, though he may elect
to do so.
Those students who need to take speech at the
college level to complete the one-semester re-
quirement may choose one course from the follow-
ing: SPCH 100, 107, 125, or 220. In certain situa-
tions other courses may be substituted: i.e., pre-
law students may take SPCH 230. and foreign stu-
dents should take SPHR 202, Fundamentals of
American Speech.
3. MAJOR AND SUPPORTING COURSE RE-
QUIREMENTS. Specific descriptions of the de-
partmental, inter-departmental, or pre-professional
majors are found, in alphabetical order, along
58 / Colleges and Schools
with the course offerings in the following section
of this catalog. The general college regulations
controlling majors (and supporting courses) are
as follows.
Each student chooses a field of concentration
(major). He may make this choice as early as he
wishes; however, once he has earned 56 hours of
acceptable credit he must choose a major before
his next registration.
In programs leading to the baccalaureate de-
gree, the student must also have a secondary
field of concentration (supporting courses). The
courses constituting the major and the supporting
courses must conform to the requirements of the
department in which the work is done.
The student must have an average of not less
than C in the introductory courses in the field in
which he intends to major.
A major shall consist, in addition to the under-
class departmental requirements, of 24-40 hours,
of which at least twelve must be in courses num-
bered 300 or 400 and at least twelve of which must
be taken in the University of Maryland.
Each major program includes a group of "sup-
porting courses," formerly called minors, that are
designed to contribute to a better understanding
of the major. The nature and number of these
courses are under the control of the major depart-
ment. Except in certain specialized curricula ap-
proved by the dean, not more than one-half of the
supporting courses may be taken outside of the
College of Arts and Sciences.
The average grade of the work taken for the
major must be at least C; some departments will
count toward satisfaction of the major requirement
no course completed with a grade of less than
C. The average grade of the work taken in the
major and supporting courses combined must be
at least C. A general average of C in courses
taken at the University of Maryland is required for
graduation.
Courses taken to fulfill the requirements in Gen-
eral Education may not be used toward major or
supporting courses requirements.
JUNIOR REQUIREMENTS
To attain junior standing, a student must ac-
quire a minimum of 56 academic* semester hours
and be eligible to re-register in the University.
NORMAL LOAD
A minimum of 120 semester hours credit, exclu-
sive of required courses in physical activities and
health, is required for graduation. The normal load
for students in this college is 15 semester hours
credit per semester, exclusive of the required work
in physical activities and health.
Not including Health 105 and required PHED.
A student must have the approval of his advisor
and dean to take more than the normal program
prescribed in his curriculum.
ADVISORS
Each freshman in this college will be assigned
to a faculty advisor who will help the student, dur-
ing his first year, to select his courses and to de-
termine what his field of major concentration
should be.
The student at the sophomore level and above
will be advised by a faculty member in his major
department. Students following the three-year pro-
grams in dentistry, law, and medicine will be ad-
vised by special advisors for these programs.
ELECTIVES IN OTHER SCHOOLS AND
COLLEGES
A limited number of courses taken in other col-
leges and schools of the university may be counted
for elective or supporting credit toward a degree
in the College of Arts and Sciences. The number of
credits which may be accepted from the various
colleges and schools is as follows: College of Edu-
cation— 24; all other colleges or independent de-
partments— 20. The combined credits from other
colleges and schools shall not exceed 20 (or 24 if
courses in education are included). Courses taken
in professional schools are not accepted towards
a degree in this College.
CERTIFICATION OF HIGH SCHOOL TEACHERS
If courses are properly chosen in the field of ed-
ucation, a prospective high school teacher can
prepare for high school positions, with a major and
supporting courses in certain of the departments
of this college. A student who wishes to work for
a teacher's certificate must consult the College of
Education in the second semester of his sopho-
more year and apply for admission to the "Teach-
er Education" program.
HONORS
The aim of the College Honors Programs is to
recognize and encourage superior scholarship. To
this end, Honors work offers the gifted student
challenging opportunities to work in small groups
with carefully chosen instructors and to move at a
speed appropriate to his capacities in an atmo-
sphere conducive both to independent study and
to growth in intellectual maturity. The college con-
ducts both General and Departmental Honors Pro-
grams spanning the four undergraduate years.
The General Honors Program is discussed in the
Department Section under "Honors Program."
For information concerning the Departmental
Honors Programs, consult the various department-
al entries in this catalog. It may, however, be re-
marked that the Departmental Honors Programs
are administered by a Honors Committee within
Colleges and Schools / 59
each department. Admission to a Departmental
Honors Program ordinarily occurs at the beginning
of the first or second semester of the student's
junior year. As a rule, only students with a cumu-
lative grade point average of at least 3.0 are ad-
mitted. A comprehensive examination over the
field of his major program is given to a candidate
near the end of his senior year. On the basis of the
student's performance on the Honors Comprehen-
sive Examination and in meeting such other re-
quirements as may be set by the Departmental
Honors Committee, the faculty may vote to recom-
mend the candidate for the appropriate degree
with (departmental) HONORS, or for the appropri-
ate degree with (departmental) HIGH HONORS.
Successful candidacy will be symbolized by ap-
propriate announcement in the commencement
program and by citation on the student's academic
record and diploma.
Students in the General and Departmental Hon-
ors Programs enjoy some academic privileges sim-
ilar to those of graduate students.
PHI BETA KAPPA
Phi Beta Kappa is the oldest and most widely
respected honorary fraternity in the United States.
Invitation to membership is based not only on
outstanding scholastic achievement, but also on
breadth of liberal arts studies completed while en-
rolled at the University of Maryland. Gamma of
Maryland chapter has liaison faculty members in
the various departments in the College of Arts and
Sciences with whom students may discuss mem-
bership selection. It should be kept in mind that re-
quirements for national honorary societies, such
as completion of language courses, often differ
from the local college or university requirements.
COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND
PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION
THE COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND PUBLIC
ADMINISTRATION is ideally located to serve stu-
dents interested in economics, geography, infor-
mation systems management, journalism, and po-
litical science. Downtown Washington is only 25
minutes away in one direction, while the Baltimore
business district is less than an hour in the other.
There is frequent transportation service from Col-
lege Park to each city. Qualified students may ob-
tain a first-hand view of the far-flung economic and
political activities of the national government and
may utilize the libraries and other facilities avail-
able in Washington.
The college's six instructional departments of-
fer a broad range of curricula in professional fields
and in social science disciplines. The separate
programs of study frequently draw upon courses
in complementary fields within the college. The
six departments and the major departmental offer-
ings are:
I. Department of Business Administration
1. The General Curriculum in Business Ad-
ministration
2. Accounting
3. Finance
4. Marketing
5. Personnel and Industrial Relations
6. Production Management
7. Management Science — Statistics
8. Transportation
9. Combined Business Administration and
Law
II. Department of Economics
III. Department of Geography
IV. Department of Government and Politics
1. General Curriculum in Government and
Politics
2. International Affairs
3. Public Administration
V. Department of Information Systems Man-
agement
VI. Department of Journalism
In addition to these six departments, the Col-
lege includes the Bureau of Business and Eco-
nomic Research and the Bureau of Government
Research.
ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
Requirements for admission to the college are
those of the University.
To assure a likelihood of success in the college,
it is recommended that the student have four units
of English, three or more units of college prepara-
tory mathematics — including a minimum of two
units of algebra and one unit of geometry, one or
more units of history and social science, two or
more units of natural science, and two or more
units of foreign language. Students expecting to
enroll in the College of Business and Public Ad-
ministration should pursue the precollege program
in high school.
STATEMENT OF POLICY ON THE TRANSFER OF
CREDIT FROM OTHER INSTITUTIONS
The College of Business and Public Administra-
tion subscribes to the policy that a student's un-
dergraduate program, below his junior year,*
should include no advanced, professional-level
courses. This policy is based on the conviction
that the value derived from these advanced
courses is materially enhanced when based upon
a sound foundation in the liberal arts
In adhering to the above policy, it is the practice
of the College of Business and Public Administra-
tion to accept in transfer from another accredited
institution no more than 12 semester hours of work
in Business Administration courses when they
'The torm "below Ihe junior year" is defined as that period ot collegiate
enrollment wherein a student has accumulated sixty or (ewer, semester
hours ol transferable academic credit.
60 / Colleges and Schools
have been taken as part of a curricular program
below the junior year. Similar limitations may be
placed upon the transfer of credit in other profes-
sional areas.
The 12 semester hours of Business Administra-
tion acceptable in transfer are specifically identi-
fied as three (3) semester hours in an introductory
business course, three (3) semesters hours in busi-
ness statistics, and six (6) semester hours of ele-
mentary accounting. In addition, a single course in
data processing may be considered for transfer,
but only for elective credit. Thus, it is anticipated
that the student transferring from another institu-
tion will have devoted the major share of his aca-
demic effort, below the junior year, to the comple-
tion of basic requirements in the liberal arts.
DEGREES
The University confers the following degrees on
students completing programs of study in depart-
ments of the College: Bachelor of Science, Master
of Arts, Master of Business Administration, Doctor
of Business Administration, and Doctor of Philoso-
phy. Each candidate for a degree must file in the
Registrations Office on a date announced for each
semester a formal application for a degree. Candi-
dates for degrees must attend a convocation at
which degrees are conferred and diplomas are
awarded.
JUNIOR STANDING
A student is permitted to register for upper di-
vision courses when granted Junior Standing by
his college. The permission will be based upon
earning a minimum of 56 academic hours toward
his degree, completing such course requirements
as the college may direct, and possessing the
minimum required grade point average to remain
in the University.
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
A minimum of 120 semester hours of credit
with an average of C in addition to the specified
courses in physical activities and health are re-
quired for graduation. A minimum of 57 hours of
the required 120 hours must be in upper division
courses, with the exception that the student may,
with the consent of the dean, offer certain lower
division courses in mathematics, natural science
and foreign language in partial fulfillment of the
requirement. Usually the departments within the
College will require that the student have, in addi-
tion to an overall C average, an average of C or
better in those courses comprising the student's
departmental area of study. The time normally re-
quired to complete the requirements for the bache-
lor's degree is eight semesters.
SENIOR RESIDENCE REQUIREMENT
All candidates for degrees should plan to take
their senior year in residence since the advanced
work of the major study normally occurs in the last
year of the undergraduate course. At least 24 of
the last 30 credits must be done in residence, i.e.,
a student who at the time of his graduation will
have completed 30 semester hours in residence
may be permitted to do no more than 6 semester
hours of his final 30 credits of record in another
institution or to include not more than 6 semester
hours of credit earned by advance standing exami-
nation, provided he secures permission in advance
from his dean. The student must be enrolled in the
college from which he plans to graduate when
registering for the last 15 credits of his program.
These requirements apply also to the third year
of preprofessional combined degree programs.
HONORS
THE DEANS LIST OF DISTINGUISHED STUDENTS
Any student who has passed at least 12 hours
of academic work in the preceding semester, with-
out failure of any course, and with an average
grade on all courses of at least 3.5 will be placed
on the Dean's List of Distinguished Students.
BETA GAMMA SIGMA
The Alpha of Maryland Chapter of Beta Gamma
Sigma was chartered in 1940. The purpose of this
honorary society is to encourage and reward
scholarship and accomplishment among students
of commerce and business administration; to pro-
mote the advancement of education in the art and
science of business; and to foster integrity in the
conduct of business operations. Chapters of Beta
Gamma Sigma are chartered only in schools hold-
ing membership in the American Association of
Collegiate Schools of Business. Third and fourth
year students in business administration are elig-
ible; if in his third year, a student must rank in the
highest four percent of his class, and if his fourth
year, he must rank in the highest ten percent in
order to be considered for selection.
THE DELTA SIGMA PI SCHOLARSHIP KEY
This is awarded annually to the student who has
maintained the highest scholastic standing during
the entire course of study in business administra-
tion or economics. Delta Sigma Pi was founded at
New York University on November 7, 1907. The
Gamma Sigma of Maryland chapter was chart-
ered at the University in 1950. Delta Sigma Pi is a
professional fraternity organized to foster the study
of business in universities; to encourage scholar-
ship, social activity, and the association of stu-
dents for their mutual advancement by research
and practice; to promote closer affiliation between
the commercial world and students of commerce;
and to further a higher standard of commercial
ethics and culture, as well as the civic and com-
merical welfare of the community. Members are
selected from the College of Business and Public
Administration on the basis of leadership, scholas-
Colleges and Schools / 61
tic standing and promise of future business suc-
cess.
KAPPA TAU ALPHA
The Maryland chapter of Kappa Tau Alpha was
chartered in 1961. Founded in 1910, this national
honorary society has 39 chapters at universities
offering graduate or undergraduate preparation
for careers in professional journalism. It is dedi-
cated to recognition and promotion of scholar-
ship in journalism. Among its activities is an an-
nual award for an outstanding piece of published
research in journalism and mass communications.
BUREAU OF BUSINESS AND
ECONOMIC RESEARCH
The functions of the Bureau of Business and
Economic Research are research, education and
public service.
The research activities of the bureau are pri-
marily focused on basic research in the field of re-
gional and urban studies. Although the Bureau's
long-run research program is carried out largely
by its own staff, faculty members from other de-
partments also participate. The bureau also under-
takes cooperative research contracts under the
sponsorship of federal and state governmental
agencies, research foundations and other groups.
The educational functions of the bureau are
achieved through active participation by advanced
graduate and undergraduate students in the bu-
reau's research program. This direct involvement
of students in the research process under faculty
supervision assists students in their degree pro-
grams and provides research skills that equip
students for responsible posts in business, gov-
ernment and higher education.
The bureau observes its service responsibilities
to government, business, and private groups pri-
marily through the publication and distribution of
its research findings. In addition, the bureau staff
welcomes the opportunity to be of service to gov-
ernmental, business and private groups by con-
sulting with them on problems in business and
economics, particularly those related to regional
development.
BUREAU OF GOVERNMENTAL
RESEARCH
Activities of the Bureau of Governmental Re-
search relate primarily to the problems of state
and local government in Maryland. The bureau en-
gages in research and publishes findings with ref-
erence to local, state and national governments
and their interrelationships. It undertakes surveys
and offers its assistance and service to units of
government in Maryland and serves as a clearing
house of information for them. The bureau fur-
nishes opportunities for qualified students inter-
ested in research and career development in state
and local administration.
Urban affairs have become a central focus with
the establishment of an Urban Research Group,
which draws on a variety of interdisciplinary fac-
ulty interests within the University.
The Maryland Technical Advisory Service, a di-
vision of the bureau, provides consulting services
to county and municipal governments of the State.
Technical consultation and assistance are pro-
vided on specific problems in such areas as prep-
aration of charters and codes or ordinances, fiscal
management, personnel management, utility and
other service operations, planning and zoning, and
related local or intergovernmental activities. The
staff analyzes and shares with governmental offi-
cials information concerning professional develop-
ments and opportunities for new or improved pro-
grams and facilities.
EDUCATION
THE COLLEGE OF EDUCATION meets the needs
of the following classes of students: (1) persons
preparing to teach in colleges, secondary schools,
elementary schools, kindergarten and nursery
schools; (2) persons preparing to teach classes in
special education or to be school librarians; (3)
present or prospective teachers who wish to sup-
plement their preparation; (4) students preparing
for educational work in the trades and industries;
(5) graduate students preparing for teaching, su-
pervisory, advanced specialist or administrative
positions; (6) certain students whose major inter-
ests are in other fields, but who desire courses in
education.
Because of the location of the University in the
suburbs of the Nation's Capital, unusual facilities
for the study of education are available to its stu-
dents and faculty. The Library of Congress, the
library of the United States Office of Education,
and special libraries of other government agen-
cies are accessible, as well as the information
services of the National Education Association,
American Council on Education, United States Of-
fice of Education, and other organizations, public
and private. The school systems of the District of
Columbia, Baltimore and the counties of Maryland
offer generous cooperation.
The teacher education programs preparing
early childhood, elementary school and secondary
schools teachers at the bachelor's degree and
master's degree levels, and the programs prepar-
ing school service personnel (elementary and sec-
ondary school principals, general school admin-
istrators, supervisors, curriculum coordinators,
guidance counselors, student personnel adminis-
trators, and vocational rehabilitation counselors)
at the master's, advanced graduate specialist and
doctoral degree levels are all fully accredited by
the National Council for Accreditation of Teacher
Education.
62 / Colleges and Schools
ORGANIZATION
The College is organized into seven depart-
ments, an institute and other non-departmental
areas. These offer a wide range of curricula in
teacher education or education specialties.
FACILITIES
The College is housed in two buildings. All de-
partments and special areas with the exception of
industrial education have their offices and instruc-
tional facilities in the College of Education Build-
ing. This building was planned with the special
needs of teacher education in mind. The industrial
education department is housed in the J. Milton
Patterson Building. The facilities of this building
are devoted exclusively to the work of that de-
partment.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION
In selecting students emphasis will be placed
upon high marks and other indications of probable
success in college rather than upon a fixed pat-
tern of subject matter. Of the 16 required units,
four units of English and one unit of social sci-
ences, natural sciences and mathematics are re-
quired. Additional units in mathematics, natural
sciences and social sciences are desirable for a
program that permits the greatest amount of flexi-
bility in meeting the requirements of various Col-
lege of Education curricula. A foreign language is
desirable for certain programs. Fine arts, trade and
vocational subjects are acceptable as electives.
Every prospective applicant should be certain that
his preparation in mathematics is adequate for any
program that he might wish to enter.
Candidates for admission whose high school or
college records are consistently low are strongly
advised not to seek admission to the College of
Education.
GUIDANCE IN REGISTRATION
At the time of matriculation each student is
tentatively assigned to a member of the faculty
who acts as the student's advisor. The choice of
subject areas within which the student will pre-
pare to teach will be made under faculty guidance
during the freshman year. The student will confer
regularly with the faculty member in the College of
Education responsible for his teaching major.
While it may be possible to make satisfactory ad-
justments as late as the junior year for students
from other colleges who have not already entered
upon the sequence of professional courses, it is
highly desirable that the student begin his cur-
riculum work in the freshman year. Students who
intend to teach (except agriculture and physical
education) should register in the College ol Edu-
cation, in order that they may have the continuous
counsel and guidance of the faculty directly re-
sponsible for teacher education at the University
of Maryland.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS OF THE COLLEGE
Minimum requirements for graduation are 124
semester hours including the four semester hours
in required physical education and health. Specific
program requirements for more than the minimum
must be fulfilled. In cases where the physical edu-
cation and/or health requirements are waived aca-
demic electives should be taken to insure the
minimum of 124 hours.
In addition to the University General Education
Program and the specific requirements for each
curriculum, the college requires a minimum of 20
hours of education courses and three (3) hours of
speech.
Marks in all required upper division courses in
education and in subjects in major and minor
fields must be C or higher, except in the case of
student teaching where a grade of P is required.
A general average of C or higher must be main-
tained. (See Admission to Teacher Education.)
Exceptions to curricular requirements and rules
of the College of Education must be recommended
by the student's advisor and approved by the
dean.
Students who are not enrolled in the College of
Education but who are preparing to teach and
wish to register in professional education courses
required for certification must meet all curricular
and scholastic requirements of the College of Edu-
cation.
ADMISSION TO TEACHER EDUCATION
All students, full or part-time, who are in a
teacher education curriculum, must apply to the
Admission to Teacher Education Committee for
admission to teacher education at the beginning
of the semester immediately after earning 42
hours, excluding required physical education.
Transfer students with 42 or more hours of ac-
ceptable transfer credit must apply at time of
transfer. Transfer students must complete a min-
imum of 12 hours at Maryland before they can be
admitted to Teacher Education. Post-graduate
certification students must apply at the beginning
of their program. Application forms may be ob-
tained from the College of Education office, ad-
visors or departmental offices.
In considering applications, the following cri-
teria have been established by the committee:
1. No student will be allowed to enroll in EDUC
300 and methods classes until he has received
full approval, except those transfer students
who transfer with 56 hours of acceptable credit.
2. Full approval is always granted with the under-
standing that the student must have a success-
ful field experience in EDUC 300 and that any
case may be reconsidered by the committee if
subsequent academic performance falls.
3. Secondary education applicants must show evi-
dence of ability to achieve on an above average
level in courses directly related to their major
field.
Colleges and Schools / 63
4. Applicants must be of good moral and ethical
character. This will be determined as fairly as
possible from such evidence as advisors' rec-
ommendations and records of serious campus
delinquencies.
5. Applicants must be physically and emotionally
capable of functioning as teachers. This will
mean freedom from serious chronic illness,
emotional instability and communicable dis-
ease, as determined in cooperation with the
Health Service and the Counseling Center.
6. Applicants must be free of serious speech
handicaps.
The purpose of the screening procedure asso-
ciated with admission to teacher education is to
insure that graduates of the teacher education pro-
gram will be well prepared for teaching and can
be recommended for certification with confidence.
MAJORS AND MINORS
In the Early Childhood-Elementary curriculum,
no major or minor is required, but students must
complete at least 80 hours of academic work
which includes an area of concentration of at least
18 hours.
In secondary education, majors only are re-
quired (except in speech education), although
minors may be developed in most programs if stu-
dents desire them. Specific programs should be
consulted for information concerning minors.
STUDENT TEACHING
In order to be admitted to a course in student
teaching, a student must have been admitted to
the Teacher Education Program (see above) and
have a grade point average of 2.30, based on Uni-
versity of Maryland courses only, a physician's
certificate indicating that the applicant is free of
communicable diseases and the consent of the in-
structor in the appropriate area. Application must
be made with the Coordinator of Laboratory Ex-
periences by the middle of the semester which
precedes the one in which student teaching will be
done. Any applicant for student teaching must
have been enrolled previously at the University of
Maryland for at least one semester.
CERTIFICATION OF TEACHERS
The State Department of Education certifies
to teach in the approved public schools of the
state only graduates of approved colleges who
have satisfactorily fulfilled subject-matter and pro-
fessional requirements. The curricula of the Col-
lege of Education fulfill State Department require-
ments for certification.
DEGREES
The degrees conferred upon students who have
met the conditions prescribed for a degree in the
College of Education are Bachelor of Arts and
Bachelor of Science. Majors in English, languages,
library science, social sciences and speech re-
ceive the B.A. degree. Mathematics and art majors
may receive either degree. All others receive the
B.S. degree.
COURSE OFFERINGS
NON DEPARTMENTAL AREAS
Nondepartmental areas offer curricula which
prepare students for certification and offer service
for graduate majors. Included are school librarian-
ship; history, philosophy and sociology of educa-
tion and comparative education (social founda-
tions of education); and some aspects of adult
education.
SPECIAL SERVICES
The college provides several kinds of special
services for faculty, students, schools, and teach-
ers in the field:
BUREAU OF EDUCATIONAL RESEARCH
AND FIELD SERVICES
The Bureau of Educational Research and Field
Services has been established to (1) encourage
and stimulate basic research bearing on different
aspects of the educative process; (2) provide as-
sistance in designing, implementing and evalua-
itng research projects initiated by local school
systems; (3) coordinate school systems' requests
for consultants with the rich and varied profes-
sional competencies that are available on the Uni-
versity faculty.
CURRICULUM LABORATORY
The Curriculum Laboratory provides students,
faculty and teachers in the field with materials
and assistance in the area of curriculum. An up-
to-date collection of curriculum materials is main-
tained. This includes texts, courses of study, study
guides, curriculum studies and bibliographies.
The laboratory is equipped to assist students and
student teachers with preparation of teaching
plans.
EDUCATIONAL TECHNOLOGY CENTER
The center is designed as a service facility for
faculty and students that provides teaching aids
of all kinds, audio-visual equipment and service,
instruction in all aspects of instructional materials,
aids, and new media. This 12-room complex con-
tains model, flexible-in-size classrooms for opti-
mal use of instructional media, an independent
learning laboratory with 40 student stations, pro-
duction and distribution rooms for a closed-cir-
cuit television and video tape system, laboratories
for graphic and photographic production, and
space for faculty research and development in the
use of instructional media. Supporting the pro-
fessional faculty in the operation of the center
are such media specialists as a graphic artist and
a television technician.
64 / Colleges and Schools
While the Educational Technology Center will
function as a demonstration facility for on and off-
campus groups requiring model media facilities.
it is also designed to serve an instructional pro-
gram offering graduate degrees in educational
technology.
OFFICE OF LABORATORY EXPERIENCES
The Office of Laboratory Experiences is de-
signed to arrange off-campus placement in labora-
tory experiences for students preparing to teach.
In this capacity, it serves as a liaison between the
University and the public schools. Applications for
field placements, EDUC 300 students and student
teachers are processed through this office. This
office is also responsible for the Teacher Educa-
tion Centers.
MUSIC EDUCATORS NATIONAL CONFERENCE
HISTORICAL CENTER
The University of Maryland and the Music Edu-
cators National Conference established the MENC
Histroical Center in 1965 for the purpose of build-
ing and maintaining a research collection which
would reflect the development and current prac-
tices in music education. Located in McKeldin
Library, the center includes study space and is
prepared to assist scholars in the field. Materials
in the following categories are collected: archival
documents of the MENC; instructional materials;
professional publications; curricular, administra-
tive, and philosophical materials; manuscripts,
personal letters and other historical materials.
UNIVERSITY NURSERY-KINDERGARTEN LABORATORY
SCHOOL
Housed in the College of Education, the Nurs-
ery-Kindergarten Laboratory School services the
total University in the following ways: (1) acts as
a center in which individual professors or students
may conduct research; (2) serves as a unit for
undergraduate students to have selected experi-
ences with young children, such as student teach-
ing, child study, and other forms of participation
in a program for young children; (3) provides a
setting in which educators from within and without
the University can come for sources of ideas rela-
tive to the education of young children.
READING CENTER
The Reading Center provides clinical diagnostic
and corrective services to a limited number of
children. These services are a part of the pro-
gram in correction and remedial reading offered
to teachers on the graduate level.
SCIENCE TEACHING CENTER
The Science Teaching Center has been de-
signed to serve as a representive facility of its
type to fulfill its functions of undergraduate and
graduate science teacher education, science
supervisor training, basic research in science edu-
cation, aid to inservice teachers and supervisors,
and consultative services, on all levels, kinder-
garten through community college. Its reference
library features relevant periodicals, science and
mathematics textbooks, new curriculum materials,
and works on science subjects and their opera-
tional aspects. Its fully equipped research labora-
tory, in addition to its teaching laboratories for
science methods courses, provides project space
for both faculty and students.
Since 1962 the Science Teaching Center has
served as the headquarters for the activities of
the Science Teaching Materials Review Commit-
tee of the National Science Teachers Association.
The Information Clearinghouse on Science and
Mathematics Curricular Developments, started
here that year also, is now the International Clear-
inghouse for A.A.A.S., N.S.F. and UNESCO. With-
in the center, then, is gathered the "software" and
"hardware" of science education in what is con-
sidered to be one of the most comprehensive col-
lections of such materials in the world.
STUDENT AND PROFESSIONAL ORGANIZATIONS
The college sponsors a chapter of the Student
National Education Association, which is open to
undergraduate students on the College Park cam-
pus. A student chapter of the Council for Excep-
tional Children is open to undergraduate and
graduate students interested in working with ex-
ceptional children. A student chapter of the Music
Educators National Conference (MENC) is spon-
sored by the Department of Music, and the Indus-
trial Education Department has a chapter of the
American Society of Tool and Manufacturing Engi-
neers and a chapter of the American Industrial
Arts Association.
In several departments there are informal or-
ganizations of students. All policy-recommending
committees of the college include student repre-
sentation.
UNIVERSITY CREDENTIALS SERVICE
All seniors graduating in the College of Edu-
cation (except Education for Industry majors) are
required to file credentials with the Placement
Office in Cumberland Hall basement. Credentials
consist of the permanent record of a student's
academic preparation and recommendations from
academic and professional sources. An initial reg-
istration fee enables the Placement Office to send
a student's credentials to interested educational
employers, as indicated by the student.
Students who are completing teacher certifica-
tion requirements, who are completing advanced
degrees and are interested in a teaching, adminis-
trative or research position in education, or who
are completing advanced degrees in library
science may also file credentials.
Other services include vacancy listing in sec-
ondary schools and institutions of higher learn-
ing, notifications of interest-related position, on-
campus interviews with state and out-of-state
school systems, and descriptive information on
school systems throughout the country.
Colleges and Schools / 65
This service is also available to alumni. For
further information contact Mrs. Anna Tackett,
Assistant Director of Placement, the placement
office, Cumberland Hall basement; or phone 454-
2813.
OFF-CAMPUS COURSES
Through the University College, a number of
courses in education are offered in Baltimore, in
other centers in Maryland and overseas. These
courses are chosen to meet the needs of groups
of students in various centers. In these centers,
on a part-time basis, a student may complete a
part of the work required for an undergraduate or
a graduate degree. Announcements of such
courses may be obtained by addressing requests
to the Dean, University College, College Park,
Maryland.
ENGINEERING
THE COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING offers four-
year programs leading either to the degree of
Bachelor of Science with curriculum designation
in aerospace engineering, agricultural engineer-
ing, chemical engineering, civil engineering, elec-
trical engineering, mechanical engineering, or fire
protection, or to the degree of Bachelor of Sci-
ence in Engineering with an Engineering option or
an Applied Science option. In addition, each of the
foregoing degree programs may be pursued
through the five-year Maryland Plan for Coopera-
tive Engineering Education. The engineering pro-
grams integrate these elements: (1) basic sci-
ences, including mathematics, physics, chemis-
try; (2) engineering sciences including mechanics
of solids and fluids, engineering materials, thermo-
dynamics, electricity, and magnetism; (3) profes-
sional studies in major fields of engineering spe-
cialization; (4) liberal arts and social studies in
the General Education Program; and (5) certain
other required subjects including health and physi-
cal activities.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Increasingly, the boundary between engineers
and applied scientists or applied mathematicians
becomes less distinct. The various branches of
engineering similarly interact with each other, as
technical problems become more sophisticated,
and required a combined attack from several dis-
ciplines. The engineer occupies an intermediate
position between science and the public, because,
in addition to understanding the scientific princi-
ples of a situation, he is concerned with the timing,
economics and values that define the useful appli-
cation of those principles.
Each program lays a broad base for continued
learning after college in professional practice, in
business or industry, in public service, or in gradu-
ate study and research.
COLLEGE REGULATIONS
1. The responsibility for proper registration and
for satisfying stated prerequisites for any
course must rest with the student — as does
the responsibility for proper achievement in
courses in which he is enrolled. Each student
should be familiar with the provisions of this
catalog, including the Academic Regulations,
contained in Section I, General Information,
and other pertinent regulations.
2. A student who is enrolled for more than eight
semester-hours of work must register for physi-
cal education each semester until he has fully
satisfied the University's requirement. He
should schedule the required two credits of
health during his first 30 credits of registration
at the University.
3. Required courses in mathematics, physics and
chemistry have highest priority; and every
engineering student must register for mathe-
matics and chemistry — or mathematics and
physics — until he has fully satisfied require-
ments of the College of Engineering in these
subjects. Courses in mathematics, chemistry
and physics may not be dropped.
4. A student is advised to schedule a reduced
load if his record of scholarship during the
previous semester was unsatisfactory (a) be-
cause he failed courses, or (b) because his
average during the previous semester was less
than 2.0 ("C"). A student who is on probation
may not schedule more than 16 semester hours
of work in any semester, including credit for
physical education. However, he may not defer
the top-priority subjects noted in Paragraphs 2
and 3 above without written approval of the
dean.
5. A student in the College of Engineering has at-
tained junior standing when he has completed
a minimum of 56 academic hours toward his
degree, including at least 15 credits of mathe-
matics, 8 credits of chemistry, and 10 credits
of physics, and possesses the minimum re-
quired grade point average to remain in the
University.
6. As indicated in Academic Regulations (Sec-
tion I), a student who has not attained junior
standing may not register for upper division
courses.
7. To be eligible for a bachelor's degree in the
College of Engineering, a student must have an
average of at least C — 2.0 — (a) in all sub-
jects applicable to his degree, and (b) in all
junior-senior courses in his major department.
Responsibility for knowing and meeting all de-
gree requirements for graduation in any cur-
riculum rests with the student.
8. A student in the College of Engineering may
audit a course only with the understanding that
the course may not be taken for credit subse-
quent to his registration as audit. He must also
66 / Colleges and Schools
have the consent of the department offering
the course. Forms requesting permission to
audit courses are available in the Engineering
Student Affairs Office, J 183.
STRUCTURE OF ENGINEERING CURRICULA
Courses in the normal curriculum or program
and prescribed credit hours leading to the degree
Bachelor of Science (with curriculum designation)
are outlined in the sections pertaining to each de-
partment in the College of Engineering. No stu-
dent may modify the prescribed number of hours
without special permission from the dean of his
college. The courses in each curriculum may be
classified in the following categories:
1. Certain courses required of all undergraduate
students in the University. Students who are
not specifically exempted are required to reg-
ister in and successfully complete two pre-
scribed courses in physical education for a
total of two semester hours of credit. A health
course (2 credits) is also required of all under-
graduate men and women.
2. Courses in the General Education Program.
These include: English (nine credits), fine arts
or philosophy (three credits), history (six cred-
its), and social science (six credits). A listing
of specific courses which meet the require-
ments of the General Education Program are
listed elsewhere in this catalog.
3. Courses in the physical sciences — mathemat-
ics, chemistry, physics.
4. Collateral engineering courses — engineering
sciences, and other courses approved for one
curriculum but offered by another department.
5. Courses in the major department.
A student should obtain written approval for any
substitution of courses from the department chair-
man and the dean of his college.
The courses in each engineering curriculum, as
classified above, form a sequential and develop-
ment pattern in subject matter. In this respect,
curricula in engineering may differ from curricula
in other colleges. Some regulations which are gen-
erally applicable to all students (see the Academic
Regulations) may need clarification for purposes of
orderly administration among engineering stu-
dents. Moreover, the College of Engineering estab-
lishes policies which supplement the University
regulations.
BASIC FORMAT OF THE FRESHMAN-
SOPHOMORE YEARS IN ENGINEERING
The freshman and sophomore years in engi-
neering are designed to lay a strong foundation in
mathematics, physical sciences and the engineer-
ing sciences upon which the student will later de-
velop his professional program during the upper
division (junior and senior) years. The College
course requirements for the freshman year are the
same for all students, regardless of their intended
professional career, and about 75% of the sopho-
more year course requirements are common, thus
affording the student a maximum flexibility in
choosing his specific area of engineering speciali-
zation. Although the engineering students selects
his major field at the start of his sophomore year,
this intramural program commonality affords the
student the maximum flexibility of choice or inter-
departmental transfer up to the end of his sopho-
more year.
GENERAL COLLEGE REQUIREMENTS FOR THE
FRESHMAN AND SOPHOMORE YEARS
A. Health and Physical Education Credit Hrs
Health (HLTH 105) (2)
Physical Education (two, one semester
courses are required, these carry no academic
credit) (2)
B. General Education 12
C. Mathematics 16
Four courses in mathematics are required to
be selected from MATH 140, 141, 240. 241.
and 246. If MATH 246 is the last course in the
sequence, only 15 credit hours (total) in Math
will result and one (1) credit hour is added
to the Engineering Sciences or Math and
Physical Sciences Electives.
D. Physical Sciences 19
A minimum of 19 credit hours in Physics and
Chemistry must be completed, with not less
than seven (7) in either field.
E. Engineering Sciences 9
Nine (9) credit hours must be completed in the
Engineering Sciences, to be selected from
ENES 101, or ENES 110, ENES 220 and ENES
221. Each is a three (3) credit hour course.
F. Engineering Sciences, Mathematics, Physical
Sciences or Major Field Engineering 8
Eight (8) credit hours to complete the fresh-
man-sophomore year requirements may be in
any of the fields indicated, but no more than
six (6) credit hours may have a major field
designation.
Total Minimum Academic Credits in Freshman-
Sophomore 66
(Plus 2 semesters of Physical Education)
BASIC AND ALTERNATE CURRICULA FOR FRESHMEN
IN ENGINEERING
All freshmen in the College of Engineering are
required to complete the following basic curricu-
lum for freshmen regardless of whether the stu-
dent plans to proceed through one of the major
field designated baccalaureate degree programs
or follow any of the multidisciplinary, non-desig-
nated degree curricula that are sponsored by the
College.
BASIC FRESHMAN CURRICULUM IN ENGINEERING
Semester
Course No. and Title I II
HLTH 105— Science and Theory of Health (2)
CHEM 103, 104 — General Chemistry** .. 4 4
PHYS 161— General Physics I . . 3
MATH 140, 141— Analysis I. II 4 4
ENES 101— Intro, Engr. Science 3
ENES 110 — Mechanics .. 3
General Education Courses 3 3
Physical Activities (1) (1)
Total Credits 17 18
Colleges and Schools / 67
Students who are not prepared to schedule
MATH 140 are advised to schedule MATH 115
(3 cr.) and ENGL 101 (3 cr.) in the Summer Ses-
sion before the fall (first) Semester. MATH 115
does not count toward fulfilling the requirements
of an engineering degree it is a prepara-
tory course. Otherwise, students will schedule
their freshman year as showing in the following:
ALTERNATE FRESHMAN CURRICULUM IN ENGINEERING
Semester
Course No. and Title I II Summer
HLTH 105 — Science and Theory of Health (2)
CHEM 103. 104 — General Chemistry- * ..4 4
PHYS 161 — General Physics I 3
MATH 115— Intro, to Analysis* •" 3
MATH 140. 141— Analysis I. II 4 4
ENES 101— Intro. Engr. Science 3
ENES 1 10— Mechanics 3
General Education Courses 3 6
Physical Activities (1) (1)
Total Credits 16 18 7
THE SOPHOMORE YEAR IN ENGINEERING
With the beginning of his sophomore year the
student selects his sponsoring academic depart-
ment (Aerospace, Agricultural, Chemical, Civil,
Electrical, Fire Protection, or Mechanical Engi-
neering), and this department assumes the respon-
sibility for the student's academic guidance, coun-
seling and program planning from that point until
the completion of the degree requirements of that
department as well as the College.
SOPHOMORE CURRICULUM IN ENGINEERING
Semester
I II
General Education 3 3
Math 240 — Linear Algebra 4
Math 241 or 246 — Analysis III or Differential
Equations 3 or 4'
Phys 262, 263 — General Physics 4 4
ENES 220 — Mechanics of Materials 3*
ENES 221 — Dynamics 3*
Major field or related courses 2 or 4 2 or 5*
Total Credits 16 or 18 15 or 19
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE
DEGREE IN ENGINEERING
The "B.S. -Engineering" program is designed to
serve three primary functions: (1) to prepare those
students who wish to use the breadth and depth
of the engineering education as a preparatory
vehicle for entry into post-baccalaureate study in
such fields as medicine, law, or business admin-
istration; (2) to continue their engineering training
in the graduate area of some of the newer inter-
disciplinary fields of engineering such as environ-
mental engineering, bio-medical engineering, sys-
tems engineering, and many others; and finally
islmq m each engi-
'For specific requirements, see the curriculu
neering department.
•• Qualilied students may elect to take CHEM 105 and 106 (3 cr hrs
each) instead ot CHEM 103 and 10".
•■• MATH 115 is an additional course tor those students who do not
quality to begin with MATH 140.
(3) those students who do not plan the normal
professional practice of a designated engineering
field upon graduation but wish to use a broader
engineering training to serve in auxiliary and sup-
porting aspects of engineering related industries.
The program is designed to give the maximum
flexibility for tailoring a program to the specific
future career plans of the student. To accomplish
these objectives, the program has two optional
paths: an engineering option and an applied sci-
ence option.
The "Engineering" option should be particular-
ly attractive to those students contemplating grad-
uate study or professional employ in the interdis-
ciplinary engineering fields such as environmental
engineering, bio-engineering, bio-medical engi-
neering, and systems and control engineering, or
for preparatory entry into graduate work in ma-
terials engineering or nuclear engineering, which
are currently offered only at the graduate level at
Maryland. For example, a student contemplating
graduate work in environmental engineering might
combine chemical and civil engineering for his
program; a student interested in systems and con-
trol engineering graduate work might combine
electrical engineering with aerospace, chemical,
or mechanical engineering.
The "Applied Science" option should be par-
ticularly attractive to those students who do not
plan on professional engineering careers, but wish
to use the intellectual and developmental abili-
ties of an engineering education as a means of
furthering career objectives. Graduates of the Ap-
plied Science Option may aspire to graduate work
or an ultimate career in a field of science, law.
medicine, business, or a variety of other attractive
opportunities which build upon a combination of
engineering and a field of science. Entrance re-
quirements for Law and Medical Schools can be
met readily under the format of this program. In
the applied science program, any field in the Uni-
versity in which the student may earn a B.S. de-
gree is an acceptable secondary science field,
thus affording the student a maximum flexibility
of choice for his personal career planning.
TABLE I shows the minimum requirements for
B.S. -Engineering degree with either an Engineer-
ing option or an Applied Science option. The 66
semester credit hours required for the completion
of the Junior and Senior years is superimposed
upon the Freshman and Sophomore curriculum of
those chosen primary field of engineering the stu-
dent, thus, does not make a decision whether to
take the designated or the undesignated degree
in an engineering field until the beginning of his
junior year. In fact, he can probably delay the de-
cision until the Spring term of his junior year with
little or no sacrifice, thus affording the student
ample time for decision. Either program may be
taken on the regular 4-year format or under the
Maryland Plan for Cooperative Engineering Edu-
cation.
68 / Colleges and Schools
JUNIOR-SENIOR REQUIREMENTS
FOR THE DEGREE OF B.S.— ENGINEERING
Engineeri
ng
Applied
Option
Science Option
12sh.
12sh.
3sh.
3sh.
6 sh.-
6sh.
24 sh. (Engr
.)
18 sh. (Engr.)
12 sh. (Engr
■ )
12 sh. (Science)
9 sh. (Tech
nical)
12or 13 sh.
2 or 3sh.
Requirements
General Education
Mathematics, Physical
Sciences, required ■'
Engineering Sciences '
Primary Field '
Secondary Field
Approved Electives :l "
Sr. Research Project ■"■
Engineering Fields of Concentration available
under the B.S. -Engineering program (either as
primary or secondary fields within the engineering
option or as the primary field within the applied
science option) are as follows:
Aerospace Engineering
Agricultural Engineering
Chemical Engineering
Civil Engineering
Electrical Engineering
Engineering Materials
Fire Protection
Mechanical Engineering
Nuclear Engineering
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR THE
B.S. -ENGINEERING DEGREE
All undergraduate students in engineering will
select their major field sponsoring department
(i.e. Aerospace, Agriculture, Chemical, Civil, Elec-
trical, Fire Protection, or Mechanical Engineering)
at the beginning of their second year regardless
of whether they plan to proceed to a designated
or an undesignated degree. A student wishing to
elect the undesignated degree program may do
so at any time following the completion of his
sophomore year, or a minimum of 50 earned
credits towards any engineering degree, and at
least one semester prior to the time he expects
to receive the baccalaureate degree. As soon as
the student elects to seek an undesignated bac-
calaureate degree in engineering, his curriculum
planning, guidance and counseling will be the re-
sponsibility of the "Undesignated Degree Pro-
gram Advisor" in his primary field department.
At least one semester before the expected de-
gree is to be granted, the student must file an
(1) Engineer sciences for the purpose of this degree, are those courses
In the Engineering College prefixed by ENES or, are in an engineer-
ing field not his primary field of engineering concentration.
(2) Students following the "Engineering-' option may use up to six (6)
sh. of course work number 200 and below in his primary or his sec-
ondary field of engineering concentration as an engineering science.
(3| A minimum of 50' ; of the course work in the mathematics, physical
sciences, engineering sciences or elective areas must be at the 300
course level (number) and above.
(4) All of the courses used to fulfill the fields of concentration require-
ments (36 sh. in the engineering option and 30 in the applied science
option) must be at the 300 course level (number) and above.
(5) For the applied science option each student is required— unless
specifically excused, and if excused, 15 sh. of approved electives will
be required — to satisfactorily complete a senior level project or
research assignment relating his engineering and science fields of
concentration.
(6) In the Engineering option, the 9 sh. of electives must be technical
(math, physical sciences, or engineering sciences). In the Applied
Science option, the approved electives should be selected to
strengthen the students program, consistent with his career ob-
jectives.
"Application for Admission to Candidacy for the
Degree of Bachelor of Science in Engineering"
with the Dean's Office of the College of Engi-
neering. The candidacy form must be approved
by the chairman of the primary field department,
the primary engineering and the secondary field
advisors and the college faculty committee on
"Undesignated Degree Programs." This commit-
tee has the responsibility for implementing all
approved policies pertaining to this program and
reviewing and acting on the candidacy forms filed
by the student.
Specific University and College academic regu-
lations apply to this undesignated degree program
in the same manner as they apply to the conven-
tional designated degree programs. For example,
the academic regulations of the University apply
as stated in the College Park Catalog of the Uni-
versity of Maryland, and the College requirement
of 2.00 factor in his major field during the junior
and senior years apply. For the purpose of imple-
mentation of such academic rules, the credits in
the primary engineering field and the credits in
the secondary field are considered to count as
"the Major" for such academic purposes.
ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING
Environmental engineering is the application of
basic engineering and science to the problems of
our environment to ensure optimum environmental
quality. In recent years, man has suffered a con-
tinually degrading environment. A truly profes-
sional engineer involved in the study of environ-
mental engineering must see the total picture and
relate it to his particular mission whether this be
air pollution, water quality control, environmental
health or solid and liquid waste disposal. The total
picture includes urban systems design, socio-eco-
nomic factors, regional planning, transportation,
recreation, water resource development, and land
and resource conservation.
A student who selects the B.S. -Engineering de-
gree program can specialize in environmental
engineering by proper selection of primary and
secondary fields from the wide selection of
courses related to environmental engineering giv-
en by the various departments in the college. For
complete information the student should consult
the bulletin Environmental Engineering available
at departmental offices and the Dean's Office.
ENGINEERING-MEDICINE
Engineering has become an integral part of the
medical profession. Heart pumps, synthetic kid-
neys, heart-lung machines, and artificial organs
are a few of the advancements in medical tech-
nology developed by teams of engineers and phy-
sicians. Diagnostic procedures have been greatly
enhanced by the use of computers and electronic
testing machines. The physician who has an engi-
neering background is in a better position to corn-
Colleges and Schools / 69
municate and work with engineers on medical
technological development.
The Bachelor of Science in Engineering degree
provides an excellent opportunity for a student to
meet the entrance requirements for medical school
while earning an engineering degree. For more
information the student may simply address a
postcard to Engineering-Medicine Information,
College of Engineering, University of Maryland,
College Park, Md. 20742, or he may inquire at
the Students Affairs Office, Room J-183.
The above examples of environmental engineer-
ing and engineering-medicine are only two appli-
cations of the Bachelor of Science in Engineering
degree program. Many other examples could be
listed. Students interested in a flexible curriculum
in engineering should give consideration to this
program.
COGNATE ACTIVITIES
Departments in the College of Engineering
which contribute significantly to activities in edu-
cation, research and professional service include
the Institute of Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathe-
matics, the Department of Wind Tunnel Operations
and the Fire Service Extension Department. These
departments work closely with academic depart-
ments of the University in areas of common inter-
est. The scope of work in each department area is
outlined briefly in paragraphs which follows.
Fellowship grants and contracts for fundamental
research contribute to the overall professional-
scientific activity of the staff of the College. The
staff of the College of Engineering available for re-
search studies will be glad to discuss proposed
problems of importance to industry and of public
interest where means can be found for the co-
operative researches; such studies may be under-
taken with the approval of the administration of
the University.
INSTITUTE FOR FLUID DYNAMICS AND
APPLIED MATHEMATICS
The Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied
Mathematics is a center for applied interdisciplin-
ary research in areas requiring combined efforts
in physical and mathematical sciences, environ-
mental sciences and engineering. It hosts a faculty
of eminent stature to promote a variety of pro-
grams, many involving members of other depart-
ments on campus and from other institutions. Its
purpose is to provide graduate training for stu-
dents interested in having an opportunity to per-
form research in a multidisciplinary environment.
The Institute faculty conducts theoretical and
experimental research in meteorology, atomic
physics, molecular physics, plasma physics, at-
mospheric physics, fluid dynamics, statistical me-
chanics, theoretical biophysics and geophysics,
and in all areas of applied mathematics. Applied
mathematicians in the Institute are currently study-
ing topics in numerical analysis, control theory,
nonlinear processes, elasticity, asympototic expan-
sions and approximation theory, and in applica-
tion of mathematics to life sciences and environ-
mental sciences. Individual research efforts are
coordinated wherever possible to constitute broad
programs in the atmospheric, environmental,
space, and life sciences. Research topics are de-
termined entirely by the interests of students and
faculty. Interdepartmental programs are strongly
encouraged.
Students interested in pursuing advanced study
within the Institute may be admitted to the Univer-
sity as graduate students in any department of
engineering, or in mathematics, physics, or chem-
istry. Those interested in meteorology may be ad-
mitted directly to the graduate program in meteor-
ology which exists within the Institute.
WIND TUNNEL OPERATIONS
The Wind Tunnel Operations Department con-
ducts a program of experimental research and de-
velopment in cooperation with the aircraft indus-
try, agencies of government and other industries
with problems concerning aerodynamics. Testing
programs cover a variety of subjects including all
types of aircraft, ships, parachutes, radar anten-
nas, trucks, automobiles, structures, and exterior
equipment subject to high winds.
The Department has a 7.75x1 1-foot wind tunnel
that can be operated at speeds from 0 to 240 mph.
This facility has powered model drive equipment,
and auxiliary vacuum and high pressure air sup-
plies for boundary layer control studies. Support-
ing shops include complete woodworking, ma-
chine shop, photographic, and instrumentation fa-
cilities.
The full-time staff of the department includes
engineering, computing, shop, and technical op-
erations personnel. This staff cooperates with
other faculty and students in the College of Engi-
neering on problems of mutual interest.
FIRE SERVICE EXTENSION DEPARTMENT
The Fire Service Extension Department provides
in-service training for volunteer, municipal and in-
dustrial fire fighters, officers, rescue and ambul-
ance personnel and serves in an advisory capacity
in matters of fire prevention, fire protection, fire
safety regulations, and emergency care. Classes
are conducted throughout Maryland by local in-
structors who work under the guidance of senior
instructors of the department. Basic training is
given in the fundamentals of firemanship. An ad-
vanced course covers the technical field of fire
prevention, control and extinguishment. Special-
ized courses are offered for fire officers in tactics,
strategy of fire suppression and in fire department
administration. A training course of 42 clock hours
70 / Colleges and Schools
for heavy duty rescue operations is also available.
An increasingly important program is that of es-
tablishing and improving fire prevention and fire
protection in Maryland industry, institutions and
mercantile establishments.
Emergency care courses incorporating the lat-
est techniques in the treatment to the sick and in-
jured are now offerings made available through the
department. Short courses in specialized subject
areas, such as instructor training, hydraulics, fire
pumps, aerial apparatus, and industrial fire protec-
tion are conducted at the University at different
times throughout the year.
Additional information may be obtained from
the Director, Fire Service Extension Department,
University of Maryland, College Park, Md. 20742.
HOME ECONOMICS
THE COLLEGE OF HOME ECONOMICS serves
Maryland and surrounding areas with its program
for the education of young men and women inter-
ested in the social, economic, scientific, and aes-
thetic aspects of family living and the community.
The educational offerings of the college are
planned to help students function effectively and
creatively as individuals, as family members and
as responsible citizens; to prepare them for posi-
tions for which home economics is a major or
minor preparation; and to promote an appreciation
for and utilization of the findings of research.
The over-all function of home economics is to
intergrate the contributions of the physical and
biological sciences, the social sciences, psychol-
ogy, philosophy, and art in the treatment of all
phases of individual and family life, to the end that
they are used by families and individuals in all
parts of society and by the agencies serving them.
The College of Home Economics is organized
into the Departments of Family and Community
Development; Food, Nutrition and Institution Ad-
ministration; Housing and Applied Design; and
Textiles and Consumer Economics.
SPECIAL FACILITIES AND ACTIVITIES
PHYSICAL FACILITIES
The College of Home Economics building fol-
lows the campus tradition in style, and a construc-
tion program has been initiated to provide ex-
panded facilities. A management center is main-
tained on the campus for resident experiences in
management activities of family life.
Located between two large cities, the college
provides unusual opportunities for both faculty
and students. In addition to the University's gen-
eral and specialized libraries, Baltimore and
Washington furnish added library facilities. The
art galleries and museums, the government bu-
reaus and city institutions stimulate study and
provide enriching experiences for home econom-
ics students.
STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS
COLLEGIATE HOME ECONOMICS ORGANIZATION
The University of Maryland Collegiate Home
Economics Organization is the student affiliate of
the American Home Economics Association and
the Maryland Home Economics Association. Wel-
coming any Home Economics major into its mem-
bership, the organization meets once a month, and
links the professional world to the college student
through different programs.
The Collegiate Home Economics Organization
is the student's opportunity to join a professional
group prior to graduation and to participate on
a student level in the national association.
Each speaker or demonstration provides the
Collegiate Home Economics Organization mem-
ber with ideas and suggestions for their own pro-
fessional preparation by introducing the member
to the many facets of Home Economics.
Christmas workshops, increasing community in-
volvement and consumer awareness, and the
spring banquet and installation of officers have
highlighted previous years.
Collegiate Home Economics Organization gives
both students and faculty a chance to work to-
gether and meet on an informal basis and to open
up better channels of communication among them-
selves as well as the outside professional world
of home economics.
OMICRON NU
A national honor society whose objectives are
to recognize superior scholarship, to promote
leadership and to stimulate an appreciation for
graduate study and research in the field of home
economics and related areas. Graduate students,
seniors and second semester juniors are eligible
for election to membership.
A.I. D.— Student Chapter
The University of Maryland Student Chapter of
the American Institute of Interior Designers is
sponsored by the professional chapter of A.I.D.,
Washington, D.C. Interior Design majors from the
sophomore class upwards may become members.
Contacts and exchanges with professionals and
fellow students at meetings sponsored by both
groups orient the students to the job market and
keep them informed of new directions in the pro-
fession. The A.I.D. professional chapter sponsors
"A Day with a Designer" and assists in locating
summer jobs for upperclass interior design maj-
ors.
N.S.I. D.— Student Chapter
The student chapter of the National Society of
Interior Designers promotes interchange of ideas
Colleges and Schools / 71
between students and professionals through joint-
ly sponsored meetings. Student members are kept
advised by the national office of N.S.I.D. as to de-
velopments within the organization and a national
job referral service is provided for design gradu-
ates.
STUDENT SENATE
This elected, advisory group of students pro-
motes the interests of the College of Home Eco-
nomics. Student representatives to the College
Assembly, College Council and Standing Com-
mittees of the College Assembly are named from
this group.
FINANCIAL AID
A LOAN FUND, composed of contributions by
the District of Columbia Home Economics Asso-
ciation, Maryland Chapter of Omicron Nu, and
personal gifts, is available through the University
Office of Student Aid.
ADMISSION
All students desiring to enroll in the College of
Home Economics must apply to the director of ad-
missions of the University of Maryland at College
Park.
DEGREES
The degree of Bachelor of Science is conferred
for the satisfactory completion, with an average
of C or better, of a prescribed curriculum of 120
academic semester hour credits. This is exclusive
of health and physical activities for women and
men. No grade below C is acceptable in the de-
partmental courses which are required for a de-
partmental major.
STUDENT LOAD
The student load in the College of Home Eco-
nomics varies from 15-19 credits. A student wish-
ing to carry more than 19 credits must have a "B"
grade average and permission of the dean.
A minimum of 120 academic credits is re-
quired for graduation. However, for certification
in some professional organizations additional
credits are required. Consult your advisor.
CURRICULA
A student may elect one of the following cur-
ricula, or a combination of curricula: food, nutri-
tion, dietetics, or institution administration (food
service): family, community, or management and
consumer studies; home economics education;
housing, advertising design, interior design, de-
sign, or crafts; textile science, textile marketing,
textiles and apparel or consumer economics. A
student who wishes to teach home economics
may register in home economics education in the
College of Home Economics under the Depart-
ment of Family and Community Development or in
the College of Education.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Specific inquiries concerning undergraduate or
graduate programs in the College of Home Eco-
nomics may be directed to the chairmen of the
various departments or the Dean, College of Home
Economics, University of Maryland, College Park,
Maryland 20742.
REQUIRED COURSES
The curricula leading to a major in the College
of Home Economics are organized into four broad
professional categories: (1) technical areas, (2)
educational, community and family life areas, (3)
consumer service areas, and (4) design areas.
These represent the broad professional fields into
which graduates are eligible to enter and pursue
their chosen work. The positions vary in nature,
scope and title, but require similar general studies
background and fundamentals for specialization.
Individual programs of study are developed co-
operatively with faculty advisors to provide a bal-
anced and sequential arrangement of studies in
preparation for the chosen field. University, col-
lege, and departmental requirements are identi-
fied for curricula in each of the departments.
All students in the College of Home Economics
are required to complete a series or sequence of
courses to satisfy University, college and de-
partmental requirements. The remaining courses
needed to complete a program of study are elect-
ed by the student with the approval of his advisor.
The final responsibility of meeting all the re-
quirements for a specific major rests with each
individual student.
UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENTS
(General Education — Academic)
Semester
Credit Hours
ENGL COMP 101 or ENGL HONORS COMP 171 3
ENGL 201. 202, 211, 212. 221. 222. 241. 242; 243 or
292 6
Fine Arts or Philosophy (choice of one) 3
DANC 200. 482 or 483. 484
ARTH 100. 260. 261. 284. 320. 321. 330. 331: 340: 341
MUSC 130
DART 110, 170
PHIL 100. 170, 140. 233, 236, 250, 330, 457: 444
History (any combination ot History courses for which
the student is eligible except State History) ...... 6
Mathematics (any credit bearing course)
SAT score determines qualification 3-4
Natural Science (choice of two courses)
If the science requirements are not specified in de-
partmental majors, one course must be a physical
science and the other a biological science. One of
them must be a laboratory (four hour) course.
Social Science (choice of two courses) 6
SOCY 100. ANTH 101. ECON 205 or 201. GVPT 170.
GVPT 100 or 300. PSYC 100. GEOG 100. GNED 260.
RATV 124
Total 34-35
(Non-Academic)
For men and women:
HLTH 105 (2)
Physical Education — two semesters (2)
Total (4)
72 / Colleges and Schools
COLLEGE OF HOME ECONOMICS
REQUIREMENTS
(For every student)
APDS 101 — Fundamentals of Design 3
TEXT 105 — Textiles in Contemporary Living 3
FOOD 110 — Food and Nutrition ot Individuals and
Families or NUTR 100— Elements of Nutrition 3
FMCD 250 — Decision Making in Family Living 3
Root Discipline Requirements Outside the College
SOCY 100 — Sociology of American Life > 3
PSYC 100— Introduction to Psychology ' 3
ECON 205 — Fundamentals of Economics ■ 3
SPCH 107 or 100— Public Speaking 2-3
Typical Freshman Year (15 to 18 hours each semester)
Semester
Hours
ENGL 101. 201— Composition and Literature 6
Mathematics 0-3
FMCD 105 — Introduction to Family Living - 3
APDS 101 — Fundamentals of Design 3
SPCH 107 or 100— Public Speaking 2-3
SOCY 100 — Sociology of American Life 3
FOOD 110 — Food and Nutrition of Individuals and
Families 3
TEXT 105 — Textiles and Clothing in Contemporary
Living 3
Physical or Biological Science 3-6
HLTH 105 (2)
Physical Education (2)
Electives 4
PHYSICAL EDUCATION.
RECREATION AND HEALTH
THE COLLEGE OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION,
RECREATION AND HEALTH provides preparation
leading to the Bachelor of Science degree in the
following professional areas: physical education,
health education and recreation. The college also
offers curricula in safety education and elemen-
tary physical education. The college provides a
research laboratory for faculty members and grad-
uate students who are interested in investigating
the effects of exercise and various physical edu-
cation activities upon the body, as well as deter-
mining methods and techniques of teaching vari-
ous sports.
A one year required program of physical educa-
tion and a one semester required health educa-
tion program are provided by this college for all
freshmen men and women of the University. The
college provides an extensive intramural sports
program for both men and women.
In addition to its various on-campus offerings,
this college regularly conducts courses in physi-
cal education, health education and recreation in
various parts of the State of Maryland and con-
ducts workshops wherever requested by proper
officials.
-Required for home economics education and family and con
velopment majors.
FACILITIES
Five separate buildings are used for the Intra-
mural Sports Program for men, the WRA Program
for women, the Professional Physical Education
Program, the Health Education Program, and the
Recreation Program. There is also ample outdoor
space. Some of the facilities are shared with the
Intercollegiate Athletic Program.
INDOOR ACTIVITIES
STUDENT ACTIVITIES BUILDING. This build-
ing houses the offices of the Department of Inter-
collegiate Athletics and the College of Physical
Education, Recreation and Health. It contains six
activity teaching stations: the main arena, the
swimming pool, the small gym, the weight train-
ing room, the wrestling room, and the judo room.
In addition, there are ten classrooms, a research
laboratory, a safety and driver education center,
and a conference room.
The main arena of this building has a seating
capacity of 12,004 and 19,796 sq. ft. of floor space.
This arena provides facilities for class work in
basketball, volleyball, badminton, fencing and
mass games and relays.
The swimming pool is divided into two areas by
a permanent bulkhead. The shallow end is 42 x 24
feet and the large area is 42 x 75 feet with a depth
ranging from 4 to 13 feet.
The small gymnasium is used for gymnastics,
including tumbling, trampolining and all types of
apparatus work. The total floor space is 9,462 sq.
ft.
The weight training classroom is equipped with
sufficient weights for 11 stations of three men
each.
There is a wrestling room containing 8,056 sq.
ft.
PREINKERT FIELD HOUSE. Preinkert Field House
contains the offices for faculty in physical educa-
tion and health education. There is a regulation
size swimming pool, 75 x 35 feet, equipped with
two one-meter diving boards. In the gymnasium,
90 x 50 feet, classes are held in badminton, vol-
leyball, basketball, stunts and tumbling, appara-
tus and tennis. There are two large backboards
used for indoor tennis practice. The adjacent
classroom is used for professional classes. The
dance studio, used for dance and fundamental of
movement classes, is 40 x 60 feet.
In addition to the above areas, there are locker
and shower rooms used by those enrolled in phys-
ical education and those participating in recrea-
tional activities and a small lounge for major stu-
dents.
ARMORY. The Armory is used primarily for the in-
tramural program. It houses the offices of the
director of intramurals and an athletic equipment
room from which students may secure equipment
for recreational purposes. The 28,800 sq ft. of
floor space has four full length basketball courts,
Colleges and Schools / 73
with badminton and volleyball courts superim-
posed on them. This facility is also used as an in-
door track, with an indoor vaulting, high and
broad jump pits, a one-tenth mile track, and a 70
yard straight-away.
COLISEUM. The Coliseum is used as a supple-
mentary facility for the intramural and required
program of physical education for men and wom-
en. Included in the facilities are an equipment
issue room, adequate shower and locker rooms
for both men and women, a classroom, an adapted
physical education laboratory, and office space
for several of the men's and women's physical
education staff.
The 6,555 square feet of floor space is used pri-
marily for required co-educational classes in
square and social dance and for intramural bas-
ketball. In addition to the one large basketball
court, however, there are five badminton and two
volleyball courts available for co-ed class instruc-
tion.
NEW FACILITY
The first phase of a projected three-phase,
multi-million dollar facility is currently under con-
struction on the North campus near the Cam-
bridge dorm complex. This initial building will
have two regulation basketball courts, ten bad-
minton courts, three volleyball courts, eight hand-
ball courts, men and women locker rooms, and
the first portion of the research laboratory. It will
include some 40,000 square feet and will cost ap-
proximately 1.5 million dollars. Near this building
will be eight lighted tennis courts.
HEALTH EDUCATION CLASSROOM
BUILDING (AA)
This building is utilized primarily by the re-
quired and health major programs. Six classrooms
are available for the health programs, and most
of the offices for the health faculty are located in
this building.
OUTDOOR ACTIVITIES
THE STADIUM. The stadium, with a seating ca-
pacity of 33,536 has a one-quarter mile cinder
track with a 220-yard straightaway. Pits are avail-
ble for pole vaulting and high and broad jumping.
Immediately east of the stadium are facilities for
the shot put, discus and javelin throw. The Col-
lege of Physical Education, Recreation and Health
uses these facilities for required classes in track
and field. Also east of the stadium are 13.1 acres
devoted to three practice football fields, the base-
ball stadium, and a practice baseball, lacrosse,
and soccer field. The College uses these facilities
for major skill classes in football, soccer, and
baseball. West of the stadium are 11.3 acres de-
voted entirely to physical education out-door play
fields. There are four combination soccer-touch
football play fields, with complete goal posts, and
four softball fields with wire backstops.
Surrounding the Armory are four touch football
fields and eight softball fields, encompassing 18.4
acres. These fields, and the four in the Fraternity
Row are used for intramurals.
Immediately west of the Cole Activities Build-
ing are 14 all-weather tennis courts. A modern
18-hole golf course was opened in 1957. This
204-acre course includes two lakes, and an addi-
tional 5.8-acre golf driving range for instructional
purposes. The golf driving range, equipped with
lights, and the golf course greatly adds to our
present recreational facilities. An outdoor playing
field 300 feet by 600 feet is also provided for touch
football, soccer, speedball and softball.
The outdoor facilities adjacent to the Preinkert
Field House include four hard-surfaced tennis
courts, and a combination hockey and lacrosse
field.
RESEARCH LABORATORY
One of the important aspects of advanced study
at the University of Maryland is research. To en-
courage research, the College of Physical Educa-
tion, Recreation and Health makes available to the
student a spacious, well-equipped research lab-
oratory. Students and faculty alike are encouraged
to make use of the laboratory and its facilities for
the purpose of conducting their special research
projects.
GENERAL INFORMATION
ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS
All students desiring to enroll in the College of
Physical Education, Recreation and Health must
apply to the director of admissions of the Univer-
sity of Maryland at College Park.
Sixteen units of high school credits are re-
quired for admittance to this college. Required
high school subjects are: four units of English,
one unit of social science and one unit of natural
science. Desirable high school subjects include:
algebra, plane geometry and additional natural
and physical sciences, such as chemistry and
physics.
Satisfactory health and physical vigor are es-
sential for persons pursuing a career in the areas
of this college.
GUIDANCE
At the time of matriculation and first registra-
tion, each student is assigned to a member of
the faculty of the college who acts as the stu-
dent's academic advisor. This faculty member will
be in physical education, recreation or health edu-
cation, depending on the student's choice of cur-
riculum. The student should confer regularly with
his advisor prior to each registration.
74 / Colleges and Schools
NORMAL LOAD
The normal university load for students is 12-19
credit hours per semester. The requirements in
physical education and health for men and women
are fulfilled by professional courses in the col-
lege. No student may register for more than 19
hours unless he has a "B" average for the pre-
ceding semester and approval of the dean of the
college.
ELECTIVES
Electives should be planned carefully, and well
in advance, preferably during the orientation
course the first semester, or with the student's
academic advisor during the second semester. It
is important to begin certain sequences as soon
as possible to prevent later conflict. Electives may
be selected from any department of the University
in accordance with a student's professional
needs. Those selected must meet with the approv-
al of the advisor and the dean of the college.
TRANSFER STUDENTS
Only students in good standing as to scholar-
ship and conduct are eligible to transfer into this
college from another college or university. Only
courses applicable to his curriculum and passed
with a grade of C or better will be transferred.
Students wishing to transfer to this college from
another college of this University are subject to
the general University regulations on this subject.
FRESHMAN AND SOPHOMORE PROGRAM
The work of the first two years in this college
is designed to accomplish the following purposes:
(1) provide a general basic or core education and
prepare for later specialization by giving a foun-
dation in certain basic sciences; (2) develop
competency in those basic techniques necessary
for successful participation in the professional
courses of the last two years.
While much of the academic course work will
be alike, the technique courses will vary consider-
ably in the different curriculums. The technique
courses must be satisfactorily completed, or com-
petencies demonstrated before the student can be
accepted for the advanced courses in methods
and in student teaching. It is very important that
each requirement be met as it occurs.
STUDENT TEACHING
Opportunity is provided for student teaching ex-
perience in physical education and health edu-
cation. The student devotes eight weeks during
the last semester of his senior year to observa-
tion, participation, and teaching under a quali-
fied supervising teacher in an approved elemen-
tary, junior or senior high school or in a com-
bined program at the elementary and secondary
levels. A University supervisor from the College of
Physical Education, Recreation and Health visits
the student periodically and confers with both the
student teacher and the cooperating teacher, giv-
ing assistance when needed.
To be eligible for student teaching, the student
must (1) have the recommendation of the Uni-
versity supervising teacher, and (2) must have ful-
filled all required courses for the B.S. degree ex-
cept those in the Block Student Teaching Semes-
ter except for those exceptions approved by each
department. The student must obtain a grade of
C or better in all professional courses in his cur-
riculum and he must register for all courses in the
"Block'' concurrently. Those desiring to teach at
the elementary level must have successfully com-
pleted PHED 420 and must split their teaching ex-
perience into 4 hours of EDSE 374 and 4 hours of
EDEL 336. Those desiring an elementary minor in
physical education must also complete PHED 155
157 and 495.
FIELD WORK
Recreation major students are expected to
carry out a number of field experiences during
their University career; volunteer or part-time rec-
reation employment during the school year, sum-
mer employment in camps or at playgrounds, etc.
These experiences culminate in a senior semes-
ter of field work for which a student receives
credit and during which the student works as a
staff member (for 20 hours per week) in the field
of recreation in which he or she hopes to be em-
ployed, such as public recreation, recreation for
the exceptional, agencies (Y's, Scouts, etc.), mili-
tary recreation, etc.
DEGREES
The degree of Bachelor of Science is conferred
upon students who have met the conditions of
their curricula as herein prescribed by the Col-
lege of Physical Education, Recreation and Health.
Each candidate for a degree must file a formal
application with the Registrations Office during
the registration period, or not later than the end
of the third week of clases of the regular semes-
ter, or at the end of the second week of the sum-
mer session, prior to the date of graduation.
CERTIFICATION
The Maryland State Department of Education
certifies for teaching only when an applicant has
a tentative appointment to teach in a Maryland
county school. No certificate may be secured by
application of the student on graduation. Course
content requirements for certification are indi-
cated with each curriculum. Certification is spe-
cifically limited to graduates who "rank academ-
ically in the upper four-fifths of the class and
who make a grade of C or better in student
teaching." In order to insure the meeting of these
requirements, students will not be approved for
Colleges and Schools / 75
student teaching except as indicated above. A
student intending to qualify as a teacher in Balti-
more, Washington or other specific situations
should secure a statement of certification require-
ments before starting work in the junior year and
discuss them with his academic advisor.
STUDENT ORGANIZATIONS
MAJORS' CLUB: All students enrolled in the col-
lege are eligible for membership in this organiza-
tion. It conducts various professional meetings,
brings in speakers and promotes various corec-
reational activities. It has sponsored trips to dis-
trict and national conventions of the American
Association for Health, Physical Education and
Recreation, and is chartered as a student major
club of that organization.
AQUALINERS: This synchronized swimming club
is open to all men and women registered in the
University. Through weekly meetings the group
concentrates on additional stroke perfection, in-
dividual and group stunts, diving, and experimen-
tation with various types of accompaniment and
choreographic techniques. An original water show
is presented each spring and several demonstra-
tions are given each year. Tryouts are held twice
a year — once at the beginning of the fall semes-
ter, and again after the water show during the
spring semester.
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND RECREATION AND
PARKS SOCIETY: In the fall of 1959 the University
of Maryland Recreation and Parks Society was
formed by the undergraduate and graduate major
and minor students of the college. The society,
an affiliate of the state and national recreation or-
ganizations, provides opportunities for university
and community service, for rich practical experi-
ence, and for social experiences for those stu-
dents having a mutual professional recreation in-
terest.
GYMKANA TROUPES: The Gymkana Troupe in-
cludes men and women students from all colleges
who wish to express themselves through the med-
ium of gymnastics. These individuals coordinate
their talents in order to produce an exhibitional
performance that has been seen in many places in-
cluding Bermuda, Iceland, the Azores, Idaho, Mon-
tana, and the eastern seaboard of the United
States. The organization has three principal ob-
jectives: (1) to provide healthful, co-recreational
activities that provide fun for the students during
their leisure hours; (2) to promote gymnastics in
this locality; and (3) to entertain our students and
people in other communities.
This organization is co-sponsored by the Physi-
cal Education Department and the Student Gov-
ernment Association, and it welcomes any stu-
dent, regardless of the amount of experience, to
join.
INTRAMURALS FOR MEN: The Intramural Depart-
ment offers an extensive opportunity for all men
to participate in a recreational program of either
individual or team sports. A variety of activities
are available to fill the student's leisure time and
develop skills which may be carried over into later
life. Also, many desirable attributes, such as fair
play, leadership, teamwork, and sportsmanship,
are encouraged and developed by the student
participating in the program.
Leagues and tournaments are conducted in the
following sports: touch football, horseshoe pitch-
ing, tennis, cross country, track and field, basket-
ball, table tennis, badminton, boxing, wrestling,
bowling, volleyball, swimming, foul shooting, and
softball.
Management and officiating in intramural sports
are conducted by students majoring in physical
education under the supervision of the director of
intramurals and under policies and regulations
established by the Intramural Council.
WEIGHT LIFTING CLUB: The University of Mary-
land Weight Lifting Club is open to all students
and faculty for exercise with the weights through-
out the week during all hours that Cole Student
Activities Building is open.
The University of Maryland Olympic Barbell
Club is a more highly organized group of the ori-
ginal club. It is recognized by the Student Gov-
ernment Association. Bi-monthly meetings are
held which assist in leadership, offer clinics and
demonstrations, etc.; participate in competition,
and earn awards of recognition.
WOMEN'S RECREATION ASSOCIATION: All wom-
en students of the University are members of the
Women's Recreation Association, an affiliate of
the Athletic and Recreational Federation of Col-
lege Women. Under the leadership of its elected
student officers and representatives and appointed
sports managers, the WRA sponsors a full pro-
gram of intramural, extramural and interest group
activities. These activities seek to develop new
interests and skills for leisure-time enjoyment,
provide opportunities for continuing both old and
new interests, and provide a democratic atmo-
sphere for educational leadership experiences.
Included are free and tournament play in arch-
ery, badminton, basketball, bowling, fencing, field
hockey, golf, softball, swimming, table tennis, and
volleyball; social events; and co-recreational ac-
tivities in bowling, badminton, and volleyball. In-
tramural tournaments are organized through the
dormitory, sorority, and "day dodger'' groups of
the University. Sports Days and Play Days with
other colleges' and universities enable the more
skilled students to participate with others of simi-
lar abilities. Opportunities are also provided for
officiating experience and for the earning of offi-
cial WNORC ratings in basketball, field hockey,
swimming, and volleyball.
76 / Colleges and Schools
Various special groups and clubs interested in
recreation exist on campus outside the Women's
Recreation Association program and offer rich op-
portunities for the development of their recrea-
tional interest. Some of these are the Terrapin
Trail Club, Chess Club, Gymkana Troupe, Sailing
Club, Ski Club, and musical and dramatic groups.
PHI ALPHA EPSILON: Honorary Society of the
College of Physical Education, Recreation and
Health.
The purpose of this organization is to recognize
academic achievement and to promote profes-
sional growth by sponsoring activities in the fields
of physical education, recreation, health and re-
lated areas.
Students shall qualify for membership at such
time as they shall have attained junior standing
in physical education, health or recreation, and
have a minimum overall average of 2.7 and a
minimum professional average of 3.1. Graduate
students are invited to join after 10 hours of work
with a 3.3 average. The organization is open to
both men and women.
SIGMA TAU EPSILON: This society, founded in
1940, selects those girls who have attained an
overall 2.5 average and demonstrated outstand-
ing leadership, service and sportsmanship like
qualities in the organization and activities of the
Women's Recreation Association and its affiliated
groups.
ETA SIGMA GAMMA: Epsilon chapter was estab-
lished at the University of Maryland in May of
1969. This professional honorary organization for
health educators was established to promote
scholarship and community service for health
majors at both the graduate and undergraduate
levels. Students may apply after two consecutive
semesters with a 2.75 cumulative average.
REQUIREMENTS IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION
In the "General and Academic Regulations"
the basic requirements in physical education for
men and women are stated under the section en-
titled "Physical Education" as follows:
"All undergraduate men and women students
who are registered for more than eight semester
hours of credit are required to enroll in and suc-
cessfully complete two prescribed courses in
physical education. The successful completion of
these courses is required for graduation. These
courses must be taken by all eligible students
during the first two semesters of attendance at the
University, whether or not they intend to pursue
a degree. Men and women who have reached
their thirtieth birthday are exempt from these
courses. The thirtieth birthday must precede the
Saturday of registration week. Students who are
physically disqualified from taking these courses
must enroll in adaptive courses for which credit
will be given."
A student who has 56 transferred academic
credits will not be required to register for physical
education. Students with one calendar year of
full-time active military service may receive credit
for these courses by applying to the director of
the Men's Physical Education Program.
Students majoring or minoring in physical edu-
cation, recreation or health education may meet
these requirements by enrolling in special profes-
sional courses.
The program of physical education offers the
college student an opportunity to acquire skills,
knowledge and appreciation in a variety of physi-
cal and sports activities. Adequate participation
now and in the future will contribute to more ef-
ficient physiological functioning, effective move-
ment, improved human relations, and worthwhile
use of leisure time. Students are urged to develop
new skills as well as to select those in which they
would like to have further experience.
The complete course offering for any one se-
mester is listed in the "Schedule of Classes" for
each semester. Special attention should be given
to the time, place, and section of the activities.
When selecting course for credit, consideration
should be given to the following points:
Male Students: All male students are required to
take the basic program, PHED 001, Basic Physical
Education, the first semester in which they are en-
rolled in the University.
Each male student enrolled in required physical
education will be furnished a red and black re-
versible T-shirt, black trunks, socks, supporter,
and towel. Gymnasium shoes, and for some
classes, sweat clothes must be furnished by the
student.
At the end of each semester or upon withdraw-
al from the University each student must return
his clothing to the equipment custodian or he
will be billed for all items of clothing which are
missing.
Women Students: All women students will select
the activity in which they would like to participate.
UNIFORM: Each woman student will be furnished
an appropriate uniform. Footwear will be furnished
by the student.
The Basic Program Courses are designated as:
PHED 001 — Basic Physical Education— Men
PHED 002— Basic Physical Education— Women
PHED 003-039 — Physical Education Activities —
Men
PHED 040-078— Physical Education Activities-
Women
PHED 079— Adapted Physical Education— Coed
PHED 080-097— Physical Education Activities-
Coed
PHED 098— Athletic Physical Education Activi-
ties
(The PHED Basic Courses listed above may be
taken for credit beyond requirement or for audit)
Colleges and Schools / 77
REQUIRED HEALTH EDUCATION FOR
MEN AND WOMEN
All students are required to complete one se-
mester of Science and Theory of Health (HLTH
105) for graduation. Transfer students who do not
have credit for a similar course must complete it
before graduation. The department provides spe-
cial sections each semester for upperclassmen.
This semester course is designed to meet the
functional health needs and interests of college
men and women. The basic units of instruction
have evolved from present day scientific knowl-
edge. It is hoped that through this health course
the students will be better able to develop sound
attitudes, behavior and knowledge that will facili-
tate a more effective type of living. Audio-visual
aids, reading, reports, guest speakers, and lec-
tures help to enrich the class. The University en-
vironment, the personal and group adjustments
which the students must make are considered to
form the core of this course.
Men and women who have reached their thir-
tieth birthday at matriculation are exempt from
HLTH 105. Military services does NOT exempt the
student from the HLTH 105 requirement. The De-
partment offers a proficiency examination which
allows the student to establish credit for HLTH
105 by examination.
MINORS IN OTHER AREAS
It is relatively easy for any student majoring in
one curriculum of this college to complete the re-
quirements for a minor in a cognate area of the
college, as indicated after each major curriculum.
Those who plan to teach in the public schools
might wish to also qualify in another area. This is
more difficult with the limited number of elective
credits and must be planned carefully in advance.
If it seems advisable, the dean may waive certain
required courses to allow development of a
needed minor, or the student may be able to carry
a heavier load than normal if his grade average
permits.
Students majoring in physical education or
health education should begin preparing for a
teaching minor in a subject matter area during
the sophomore year, if possible. Many opportuni-
ties exist in junior and senior high schools for a
combination teacher of physical education and/
or coach and a teacher of science, mathematics,
history, etc.
ENGLISH MINOR
A minor in English requires 23 semester hours.
It includes 9 semester hours of composition and
literature, 3 semester hours of advanced Ameri-
can literature, and 11 hours of electives. Electives
must be chosen with the approval of the advisor
and with the recommendations of the English De-
partment.
MATHEMATICS MINOR
Two options should be noted for those desiring
to take a concentration in Math. If a person
scored in Category 1 of the Math Placement Test,
he should follow option 1 — if he scored in Cate-
gory 2, he should follow option 2.
Option 1
MATH 115 3hrs.
MATH 140 4
MATH 141 4
MATH 240 4
MATH 240 3)
Option 2
MATH 110 3
MATH 111 3
MATH 220 3
MATH 221 3
MATH 240 3)
MATH 400 3) either one MATH 400 3) either one
MATH 470 4)
MATH 470 4)
18-19
15-16
PSYCHOLOGY MINOR
For a minor in Psychology at least 21 semester
hours are required. The student should select the
biological or the sociological approach to this
minor.
A. Biological: PSYC 100, Introduction to Psychol-
ogy (3); PSYC 206, Developmental Psychology
(3); PSYC 200, Statistical Methods in Psychol-
ogy (3); PSYC 410, Experimental Psychology
— Sensory Processes (4); PSYC 400, Experi-
mental Psychology; Sensory Processes I (4);
PSYC 441, Psychology of Human Learning (3);
PSYC 402, Physiological Psychology (3).
B. Sociological: PSYC 100, Introduction to Psy-
chology (3); PSYC 235, Personality and Ad-
justment (3); PSYC 221, Social Psychology (3);
PSYC 206, Developmental Psychology (3);
PSYC 200, Statistical Methods in Psychology
(3); PSYC 420, Experimental Psychology —
Social Behavior (4); PSYC 441, Psychology of
Human Learning (3).
SOCIAL SCIENCE MINOR
For a minor in this group, 24 semester hours
are required as follows: History, 18 semester
hours (including one year each of American and
European history), economics, sociology, govern-
ment, consumer education or geography, 6 se-
mester hours.
SCIENCE MINORS
A. General Science: 30 semester hours are re-
quired for a minor in general science includ
ing the following courses: CHEM 103, 104,
General Chemistry (4,4); ZOOL 101, General
Zoology (4); BOTN 100, General Botany (4);
PHYS 111, 112, Elements of Physics (3, 3) or
PHYS 121, 122, Fundamentals of Physics (4, 4).
The remaining 6 or 8 semester hours will be
chosen subject to the approval of the student's
major advisor and of the science department
in which his interest lies. ZOOL 201 and 202
(4, 4) are approved courses.
78 / Colleges and Schools
B. Biological Minor: 20 semester hours are re-
quired for a biological minor and will include
the following courses: ZOOL 101, General
Zoology (4); ZOOL 201, and 202, Human Anat-
omy and Human Physiology (4, 4); CHEM 101,
General Chemistry (4); BOTN 100, General
Botany (4).
C. Minors of 20 semester hours are also offered
in chemistry and physics. A minor in chem-
istry must be supported by a one-year course
in physics. Other courses will be chosen sub-
ject to the approval of the student's major ad-
visor and the science department in which the
student's interest lies.
SOCIOLOGY MINOR
For a minor in Sociology at least 18 semester
hours are required as follows: SOCY 100, Intro-
duction to Sociology; SOCY 200, Principles of
Sociology (3); three semester hours chosen from
SOCY 473, Rural-Urban Relations (3); SOCY 473,
The City (3); SOCY 330, Community Organization
(3); or ANTH 401, Cultural Anthropology (3); three
semester hours chosen from a social psychology
group — SOCY 430, Sociology of Personality (3);
SOCY 433, Social Control (3); SOCY 447, Small
Group Analysis (3); and three semester hours
from an applied sociology group — SOCY 460,
Sociology of Occupations and Careers (3); SOCY
462, Industrial Sociology (3); SOCY 464, Military
Sociology (3); SOCY 410, Population (3); SOCY
310, Introduction to Social Service (3); SOCY 457,
Sociology of Law (3); SOCY 450, Juvenile Delin-
quency (3): SOCY 400, Sociological Theory (3).
SPEECH MINOR
A minor of 22 semester hours is offered in
speech. The minimum requirements for this minor
are 12 semester hours in addition to the 10 se-
mester hours of departmental requirements in
SPCH 100, 110, 200. The 12 semester hours above
the departmental requirements must include 6
semester hours of courses numbered 300 or high-
er. All programs for minors must be approved by
the departmental advisor.
PROFESSIONAL SCHOOLS
DENTAL HYGIENE
The primary responsibility of the dental hygiene
profession is to promote optimal oral health
through the provision of preventive and educa-
tional services complementary to those within the
purview of the dental profession.
In clinical office practice the dental hygienist's
services are provided under the supervision of a
dentist and are defined and governed by state
dental practice acts. Although minor differences
exist between state laws, in general those services
which constitute permissible dental hygiene prac-
tice include: obtaining the patient's medical and
dental history; conducting a preliminary clinical
oral examination of the teeth and surrounding tis-
sues for diagnosis by the dentist; performing diag-
nostic procedures (x-rays, impressions for study
casts, saliva tests, oral cytologic smears, etc.) for
use by the dentist; providing a complete oral pro-
phylaxis (removal of all hard and soft deposits and
stains and polishing of natural and restored sur-
faces of the teeth); applying topical medicaments
and preventive agents; and assisting with office
duties as assigned by the dentist. The dental hy-
gienist also assumes a major role in patient edu-
cation and counseling and supervision of oral hy-
giene practices.
Although the majority of dental hygienists are
employed in dental offices, there are numerous
opportunities and a growing need for those with
baccalaureate and graduate degrees in dental hy-
giene education, community or public health, priv-
ate ana public institutions, commissioned service
in the Armed Forces, research, and other special
areas of practice. The dental hygienist's activi-
ties in these areas are dependent in varying de-
grees upon dental knowledge and skills in provid-
ing clinical services. However, additional study
beyond the basic dental hygiene curriculum is es-
sential preparation for advanced professional ca-
reer opportunities.
PROGRAM DESCRIPTION
Dental hygiene offers only a four-year bacca-
laureate degree program. The curriculum includes
two years of preprofessional courses, a third year
of intensive dental and dental hygiene study with
clinical application and a fourth year of advanced
clinical practice and upper division electives in a
recommended area of study, which will constitute
a minor related to a specialized area of dental
hygiene practice. The first two years of the pre-
professional curriculum include general educa-
tion requirements of the University of Maryland,
dental hygiene education accreditation require-
ments and elective lower division courses in one
of the recommended minor areas of study. Com-
pletion of the preprofessional curriculum at the
University of Maryland or another campus will be
required for eligiblity to apply for enrollment in
dental hygiene as a junior.
ADMISSIONS AND APPLICATIONS
PROCEDURES
HIGH SCHOOL STUDENTS
High school students who wish to enroll in the
predental hygiene curriculum, should request ap-
plications directly from the Admissions Offices of
the University of Maryland, College Park, Mary-
land 20742.
Young women or men who wish to prepare for
a baccalaureate degree program in dental hy-
Colleges and Schools / 79
giene should pursue an academic program in high
school including the following recommended sub-
jects: biology, chemistry, math, and physics.
PREDENTAL HYGIENE STUDENTS
Predental hygiene students who have com-
pleted three semesters of the preprofessional cur-
riculum should request an application at the end
of the third semester from the Department of
Dental Hygiene, University of Maryland School of
Dentistry, Baltimore, Maryland 21201. Applica-
tions for the Baltimore campus should be received
no later than June 1 prior to the fall semester for
which the student wishes to enroll.
Only those students who have successfully com-
pleted the two year preprofessional curriculum at
the University of Maryland or another college or
university will be eligible for admission to the De-
partment. Because enrollment must be limited to
24 students, registration in the preprofessional
curriculum does not assure the student of accept-
ance in the dental hygiene program. All applicants
will be required to submit Dental Hygiene Apti-
tude Test scores (DHAT information is available
from the Department of Dental Hygiene) and to
appear for a personal interview at the discretion
of the Dental Hygiene Committee on Admissions.
A minimum of C average in the preprofessional
curriculum will be required, and preference will
be given to those students who have maintained
high scholastic records.
REGISTERED DENTAL HYGIENISTS
Registered dental hygienists who have com-
pleted a two year accredited dental hygiene pro-
gram at another college or university, should ap-
ply to enroll in the preprofessional curriculum at
one of the three University of Maryland campuses.
Upon completion of general education, basic and
social science, and elective requirements at the
University of Maryland, dental hygiene credits will
be evaluated for transferability by the Department
of Dental Hygiene and the Baltimore Campus Di-
rector of Admissions. Registered dental hygien-
ists should write directly to the Department of
Dental Hygiene for additional information.
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY
The University of Maryland Medical Technology
program is four years in length, leading to a
Bachelor of Science degree. The first three years
are devoted to basic studies at the College Park
campus. The last year is spent in clinical studies
at University Hospital on the Baltimore City cam-
pus of the University of Maryland.
This program is administered by the School of
Medicine. The curriculum in medical technology
complies with the requirements and recommenda-
tions of the Board of Schools of the American
Society of Clinical Pathologists (and the Ameri-
can Medical Association Council on Medical Edu-
cation). Graduates of the program will be eligible
to take the examination for registration given by
the Board of Registry of the American Society of
Clinical Pathologists.
Applicants must have a High School Degree
and should have at least three years of college
preparatory mathematics and three years of sci-
ence, which involves chemistry and physics.
THE SCHOOL OF NURSING
The program in professional nursing, leading
to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Nursing,
is available to women and men students without
regard to race, color, or creed. The School of
Nursing is approved by the Maryland State Board
of Examiners of Nurses and accredited by the
National League for Nursing.
Admission and Progression
Students interested in nursing should enroll in
the college preparatory program in high school.
Subjects specifically recommended are biology,
chemistry, physics and three units of mathematics.
See listing of prenursing courses in Departmental
Section.
Admission to the upper division program in the
School of Nursing on the Baltimore campus is
limited to the number of students that can be ac-
commodated and selection must be made from ap-
plicants who are judged to have the most potential
for completing the professional program. Aca-
demic performance in preprofessional courses is
an important factor. It is important that students
who enroll in the freshman and sophomore years
in preparing for Nursing recognize that although
every effort is made to continue to expand the en-
rollment of the professional program on the Balti-
more campus, there is no way in which the stu-
dent can be guaranteed admission to the profes-
sional program.
Further Information
Information about the lower division program
may be obtained from room 209. Turner Lab-
oratory, on the College Park campus. Upper di-
vision program information may be obtained from
the School of Nursing, 655 West Lombard Street.
Baltimore, Md. 21201.
THE SCHOOL OF PHARMACY
The purposes of THE SCHOOL OF PHARMACY
are to train students for the efficient, ethical prac-
tice of all branches of pharmacy: to instruct stu-
dents in general scientific and cultural subjects
so they can read critically, express themselves
clearly and think logically as members of a pro-
fession and citizens of a democracy: and to guide
students into productive scholarship and research
for the increase of knowledge and techniques in
the healing arts of pharmacy.
The School of Pharmacy is accredited by the
American Council on Pharmaceutical Education.
The School holds membership in the American
Association of Colleges of Pharmacy.
80 / Colleges and Schools
CORRESPONDENCE
All correspondence prior to entrance in the pre-
professional Program of the Five-Year Curriculum
at College Park should be addressed to the Direc-
tor of Admissions, University of Maryland, College
Park, Maryland, 20740.
All correspondence relative to entrance in the
Professional Program of the Five-Year Curriculum
should be addressed to the School of Pharmacy,
University of Maryland, 636 W. Lombard Street,
Baltimore, Maryland 21201.
On the College Park campus the Pharmacy stu-
dent advisor's office is in the Turner Laboratory,
Room 203. telephone number, 454-2540.
FIVE YEAR PROGRAM
A minimum of five academic years of satisfac-
tory college work is required for the completion of
the present pharmacy curriculum of the University
of Maryland. This five-year curriculum meets the
minimum requirements established by the Ameri-
can Association of Colleges of Pharmacy and the
American Council on Pharmaceutical Education.
At the University of Maryland the five-year pro-
gram consists of two years of a preprofessional
and a three-year pharmacy program. The pre-
professional program is not available in Baltimore,
but may be obtained at the College Park, Balti-
more County (UMBC), or Eastern Shore (UMES)
Campuses of the University of Maryland or at any
other accredited university or junior or senior col-
lege where appropriate courses are offered.
Interested secondary school students are in-
vited to write to the Dean of the School of Pharm-
acy in Baltimore for a catalog concerning the
School and for literature about the opportunities
in the pharmacy profession.
RECOMMENDED HIGH SCHOOL PREPARATION
The completion of an academic program con-
taining the following courses is required for en-
rollment in the School of Pharmacy:
Recommended Required
Subjects Units Units
English 4 4
College Preparatory Mathematics —
including algebra (1). plane geometry
(1) and additional units in advanced
algebra, solid geometry, trigonometry.
or advanced mathematics 4 2
Physical Sciences (Chemistry and Physics) 2 1
History and Social Sciences 2 1
Biological Sciences 1 0
Foreign Language — German or French 2 0
Unspecified academic subjects 1 8
students with diversified backgrounds in order
to make the educational experience more mean-
ingful for each student.
1. From College Park Campus
Students who have completed the prescribed
preprofessional program at College Park with a
scholastic average of not less than C (2.0), and
who are in good standing will be considered for
advancement to the pharmacy program in Balti-
more, subject to the decision of the Admissions
Committee of the School of Pharmacy.
In the semester preceding enrollment in the
Baltimore division of the School of Pharmacy
each student will be required to file an application
with the Baltimore Office of Admissions and Reg-
istrations.
PHYSICAL THERAPY
Physical Therapy is a health profession con-
cerned with the prevention, evaluation and treat-
ment of disease processes and injuries amenable
to the effects of certain physical agents (heat,
cold, ultrasound, light, electricity, water, massage),
exercise and functional training. Evaluation and
therapy is performed with due consideration for
the emotional, social and economic factors related
to the individual's health maintenance or recovery.
Its purposes are effected through individual treat-
ment, group instruction, or by consultation and
instruction of others concerned with patient care.
Physical Therapy is administered only when the
patient is referred by a physician.
DEGREE AND REQUIREMENTS
The University of Maryland offers a four-year
curriculum to men and women students leading to
a Bachelor of Science degree after the comple-
tion of 139 semester hour credits (63 liberal arts
and sciences, 72 professional, and four health and
physical activities). The freshman and sophomore
students are registered on the College Park, Bal-
timore County or Eastern Shore campuses and
the junior and senior students on the Baltimore
City campus. Qualified students from other ac-
credited universities or colleges who have suc-
cessfully completed appropriate courses may be
admitted directly to the professional program at
Baltimore beginning in the fall semester only.
The educational program is accredited by the
Council on Medical Education of the American
Medical Association in collaboration with the
American Physical Therapy Association.
ADMISSION TO THE PROFESSIONAL PROGRAM AT
BALTIMORE
Only the three year professional program is
offered in Baltimore.
Students of all races, colors and creeds are
equally admissible. It is the objective of the Uni-
sity of Maryland Baltimore City campus to enroll
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
For detailed information refer to the bulletin
issued by the Department of Physical Therapy.
This can be obtained from Room 203, Turner Lab-
oratory or by writing to the Department of Physi-
cal Therapy, School of Medicine, 520R West
Lombard Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21201.
Colleges and Schools / 81
Ill
DEPARTMENTS, PROGRAMS
AND CURRICULA
REORGANIZATION
This Chapter was compiled before the Cam-
pus Reorganization was made final. Much of
the material, however, is still accurate and
should be helpful to you.
Information is being prepared to show ex-
actly how Reorganization will benefit you as
a student.
Please take a look at the organization chart
in the front of this book. Thank you!
— The Editors
DEPARTMENT OF
ADMINISTRATION, SUPERVISION
AND CURRICULUM
Faculty: J. Paul Anderson, Vernon E. Anderson,
Carl Beckman, Roger V. Bennett, Louise M.
Berman, Robert F. Carbone, James Dudley,
Robert A. Gibson, Albert L. Goldberg, Harvey
Goldman, Ross Hempstead, Roger R. Kelsey,
L. Morris McClure, Eugene P. McLoone, Clar-
ence A. Newell, Donald G. Perrin, James A. van
Zwoll, Desmond P. Wedberg, Gladys A. Wiggin.
The programs in this department are all at the
graduate level and include preparation of school
superintendents, principals, supervisors, curricu-
lum directors, and administrative specialists in the
areas of finance and business administration, per-
sonnel administration, public relations, and edu-
cational facilities. In addition, there are programs
for the preparation of professors and research
workers in all of the above areas. Preparation pro-
grams leading to administrative positions in junior
colleges and other institutions of higher learning
are available through a joint major in administra-
tion-higher education.
DEPARTMENT OF
AEROSPACE ENGINEERING
Professors: Corning, Pai,* Rivello, and Sherwood.
Associate Professors: Melnik.
Assistant Professors: Barlow, Donaldson, Filotas,
Jones, Plotkin, Schaeffer, Shankar, and Weiss-
harr.
Instructor: Greenwood.
Lecturers: Anderson, Billig, Brandt, Fleig, and Wil-
son.
An aerospace engineer applies a knowledge of
physical sciences and mathematics to the prob-
lems of flight through the atmosphere and space.
His special areas of study are the behavior of
fluids and structures, separately or in combination.
Aerospace engineers are concerned with (1) aero-
dynamics, (2) structural mechanics, (3) propulsion,
(4) vehicle dynamics, and (5) the integrated design
of flight vehicles. Some aerospace engineers are
also involved in the application of advanced aero-
space technology to medical, environmental, and
surface transportation problems.
The undergraduate curriculum includes basic
courses in all areas of aerospace engineering;
Course Code Prefix— EDAD
•Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics.
Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 83
aerodynamics, structures, structural dynamics,
propulsion, flight mechanics, and design. Aero-
dynamics involves the application of the laws of
fluid flows to determine the lift, drag and other
aerodynamic characteristics of the vehicle. At
supersonic speeds the aerodynamicist must in-
clude the effects of shock waves, while at reentry
speeds the influence of chemical reactions in the
atmospheric gas must be considered. The topic of
structures is mainly concerned with the ability of
the vehicle to withstand the forces created by
motion through the vehicle environment. The ef-
fects of structural flexibility must be considered
and, for flight at high speeds, the aerodynamic
heating of the structure can substantially influence
vehicle behavior. Structural weight is always of
great concern. Propulsion includes studies of re-
ciprocating engine-propeller combinations, gas
turbines and rockets with primary emphasis on the
determination of the thrust and the fuel consump-
tion rate. An appreciation for the properties of
materials at elevated temperatures is essential for
both propulsion and structural considerations.
Flight mechanics deals with the ability of a vehicle
to be flown along desired flight paths. The man-
euverability of an aircraft and the handling quali-
ties of a lunar module are both of concern in flight
mechanics. Design encompasses all of the facets
of aerospace engineering; the aerodynamic, struc-
tural and propulsion systems must be integrated
to yield a vehicle with suitable flight characteris-
tics and with a capability to perform specific tasks.
The aerospace engineer may be involved in re-
search and development associated with space
exploration and earth exploration from space,
general aviation, commercial air transportation,
or many other related activities. His expertise
allows him to make substantial contributions to
the advancement of mankind.
AEROSPACE ENGINEERING CURRICULUM
BASIC FRESHMAN YEAR
Course No. and Title
HLTH 105 — Science and Theory of Health
CHEM 103. 104 — General Chemistry"
PHYS 161 — General Physics
MATH 140, 141— Analysis I, II
ENES 101 — Intro Engr. Science
ENES 110 — Mechanics
General Education Courses
Physical Activities
(2)
4
3
(1)
4
3
4
3
3
(1)
Total Credits 17 18
Students who are not prepared to schedule
MATH 140 are advised to schedule MATH 115
(3 cr.) and ENGL 101 (3 cr.) in the Summer Ses-
sion before the fall (first) Semester. MATH 115
does not count toward fulfilling the requirements
of an engineering degree it is a prepara-
tion course. Otherwise, students will schedule
their freshman year as showing in the following:
ALTERNATE FRESHMAN YEAR
Course I
HLTH 105— Science and Theory of Health (2)
CHEM 103, 104— General Chemistry" . 4
PHYS 161— General Physics I
MATH 115— Intro, to Analysis-" 3
MATH 140, 141— Analysis I, II
ENES 101— Intro. Engr. Science 3
ENES 110— Mechanics
General Education Courses 3
Physical Activities (1) (1)
Total Credits 16 18
SOPHOMORE YEAR
General Education Courses
MATH 240 — Linear Algebra
MATH 241— Analysis III
MATH 246— Deferential Equations for Sci-
entists and Engineers
PHYS 262, 263— General Physics
ENES 221— Dynamics
CMSC 110 — Elementary Algorithmic Anal-
ysis
ENAE 281 — Elements of Aerospace Engi-
neering
ENAE 282 — Elements of Air Transporta-
tion
Total
JUNIOR YEAR
General Education Courses
ENAE 371 — Aerodynamics I
ENAE 372 — Aerodynamics II
ENES 220 — Mechanics of Materials . . .
ENAE 351— Flight Structures I
ENAE 440 — Dynamics of Aerospace
Vehicles
ENME 216 — Thermodynamics I
ENEE 300. 302 — Principles of Electrical
Engineering
ENEE 301. 303— Electrical Engr. Lab. ..
I
II
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
3
3
4
18
19
I
II
3
3
4
4
3
4
3
3
3
1
3
1
Total
SENIOR YEAR
General Education Courses
ENAE 411 — Aircraft Design
ENAE 461 — Flight Propulsion
ENAE 352— Flight Structures II
ENAE 455— Aircraft Vibrations
ENAE 475 — Viscous Flow & Aerodynamic
Heating
Technical Electives
Total
16
9
IS
With the approval of the Department of Aerospace Engineer-
ing students must elect 6-7 hours from among the following
courses: ENAE 412. ENAE 457. ENAE 462. ENAE 473.
ENAE 481. and ENAE 488. Students must also select an addi-
tional three hours from the above list of five courses or must
elect three hours of 300 or 400 level engineering or
mathematics.
Course Code Prelix— ENAE
"Oualilied students may elect to take CHEM 105 and 106 (3 cr hrs each)
instead ol CHEM 103 and 104.
•••MATH 115 is an additional course foi those students who do not quality
to begin with MATH 140
84 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information
AFRO-AMERICAN
STUDIES PROGRAM
Associate Professor and Acting Director: Berry.
Instructor and Assistant Director: Nzuwah.
Lecturers: Muganda, Nasibi.
Visiting Associate Professor: Coleman.'
The program is designed for a student who
wants to take a major in an established depart-
ment, as well as follow a concentration outside his
major of 18 hours of upper division course work
with an emphasis on black culture and life. For
completing this program, the student will receive
a Certificate in Afro-American Studies. The work
includes courses in art, African languages, anthro-
pology, economics, English, government, history,
music and sociology.
An undergraduate in good standing may enroll
in the program by consulting with his department-
al advisor and an advisor of the Afro-American
Studies Program. The student following this pro-
gram must meet the general requirements for a
degree in his college.
To receive a Certificate in Afro-American Stud-
ies, the student must enroll and receive a satis-
factory grade in at least three (3) of the required
courses which must include AASP 401, Seminar in
Afro-American Studies. In addition, the student
may also choose a number of approved courses
from a list of recommended electives to meet
the minimum requirements of 18 credit hours.
A student planning to enter the program should
consult with the director of Afro-American Studies
regarding prerequisites, approved electives and in-
troductory courses.
AGRICULTURE-
GENERAL CURRICULUM
The General Agriculture curriculum provides for
the development of a broad understanding in agri-
culture.
The flexibility of this curriculum permits selec-
tion of electives that will meet individual vocational
plans in agriculture and agriculturally related busi-
ness and industry.
The science requirement will be satisfied by completing
the following courses:
BOTN 100 — General Botany 4
CHEM 103,104— College Chemistry I, II 4,4
ZOOL 101 — General Zoology 4
Semester
General Agriculture Requirements Credit Hours
AGEN 100 — Introduction to Agricultural Engineering .... 4
AGEN 200 — Introduction to Farm Mechanics 2
AGRO 100 — Crop Production Laboratory 2
AGRO 202 — General Soils 4
AGRO 407 — Cereal Crop Production 2
AGRO 406 — Forage Crop Production 2
AGRO 451 — Cropping Systems 2
ANSC 101 — Principles of Animal Science 3
ANSC 203— Feeds and Feeding 3
ANSC 242— Dairy Production 3
ANSC 262 — Commercial Poultry Management 3
AREC 250 — Elements of Agricultural Economics 3
AREC 251 — Marketing of Agricultural Products 3
BOTN 221— Diseases of Plants 4
ENTM 252 — Insect Pests of Agricultural Crops 3
HORT 111 — Tree Fruit Production 3
or
HORT 222— Vegetable Products 3
RLED 464— Rural Life in a Modern Society 3
Elect either of the following pairs of courses:
BOTN 414 — General Plant Genetics and
MICB 200— General Microbiology 2,4
or
BSAD 220, 221 — Principles of Accounting 3.3
Electives 19
AGRICULTURAL CHEMISTRY CURRICULUM
This curriculum insures adequate instruction in
the fundamentals of both the physical and biologi-
cal sciences. It may be adjusted through the se-
lection of electives to fit the student for work in
agricultural experiment stations, soil bureaus, geo-
logical surveys, food laboratories, fertilizer indus-
tries, and those handling food products.
The science requirement will be satisfied by completing
16 credit hours from the following courses:
Semester
Credit Hours
BOTN 100 — General Botany 4
MICB 200— General Microbiology 4
ZOOL 101 — General Zoology 4
and
CHEM 103. 104— College Chemistry I. II 4.4
REQUIRED OF ALL STUDENTS:
CHEM 203— College Chemistry IV 3
CHEM 204— College Chemistry IV Laboratory 2
CHEM 201— College Chemistry III 3
CHEM 202— College Chemistry III Laboratory 2
CHEM 421 — Advanced Quantitative Analysis or 3
CHEM 321 — Intermediate Quantitative Analysis 4
AGRO 202 — General Soils 4
GEOL 100 — Geology 3
MATH 141— Analysis II 4
Modern Languages 12
PHYS 161— General Physics 3
PHYS 262— General Physics 4
PHYS 203 — General Physics 4
Electives in Biology 6
Electives in Agricultural Chemistry 6
DEPARTMENT OF
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING
Professor and Department Chairman: Green.
Professors: Harris and Winn.
Associate Professors: Cowan, Felton and Merrick.
Assistant Professors: Hummel, Merkel and Re-
buck.
Instructors: Brodie, Seibel and Stewart.
Research Associate: Wheaton.
Visiting Research Associate: Willson.
Agricultural engineering utilizes both the physi-
cal and biological sciences to help meet the needs
of our increasing world population for food, natur-
al fiber and improvement or maintenance of the
environment. Scientific and engineering princi-
ples are applied to the conservation and utiliza-
Course Code Prefix — AASP
'Joint Appointment with English Dept.
Course Code Prefix— AGRI
Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 85
tion of soil and water resources for food produc-
tion and recreation; to the utilization of energy to
improve labor efficiency and to reduce laborious
and menial tasks; to the design of structures and
equipment for housing or handling of plants and
animals to optimize growth potential; to the design
of residences to improve the standard of living for
the rural population; to the development of meth-
ods and equipment to maintain or increase the
quality of food and natural fiber; to the flow of sup-
plies and equipment to the agricultural and aqua-
cultural production units; and to the flow of prod-
ucts from the production units and the processing
plants to the consumer. The agricultural engineer
places emhasis on maintaining a high quality en-
vironment as he works toward developing efficient
and economical engineering solutions.
The undergraduate curriculum provides oppor-
tunity to prepare for many interesting and chal-
lenging careers in design, management, research,
education, sales, consulting, or international serv-
ice. The program of study includes a broad base
of mathematical, physical and engineering sci-
ences combined with basic biological sciences.
Twenty hours of electives give flexibility so that a
student may plan a program according to his major
interest.
The science requirement will be satisfied by completing
the following:
Semester
Credit Hours
CHEM 103,104— College Chemistry I, II 4,4
PHYS 161,262,263— General Physics 3,4,4
DEPARTMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
AGEN 324 — Engineering Dynamics of Biological
Materials 3
AGEN 424— Functional and Environmental Design of
Agricultural Structures 3
AGEN 343 — Functional Design of Machinery and
Equipment 3
AGEN 421 — Power Systems 3
AGEN 422— Soil and Water Engineering 3
ENCE 350,351— Structural Analysis 3,3
ENES 101 — Intro Engineering Science 3
ENES 110 — Mechanics 3
ENES 220 — Mechanics of Materials 3
ENES 221— Dynamics 3
ENES 230 — Materials Science
or
ENCE 300 — Fund, of Engineering Materials 3
ENME 216 — Thermodynamics 3
ENME 340 or ENCE 330— Fluid Mechanics 3
ENEE 300 — Prin. of Electrical Engineering 3
MATH 140.141— Analysis I, II 4.4
MATH 240— Linear Algebra 4
MATH 246 — Differential Equations
or
ENCE 381 — Applied Math in Engineering
or
ENME 380 — Applied Math in Engineering 3
ZOOL 101— General Zoology
or
BOTN 100 — General Botany 4
Electives" 20
* Fourteen credits, related to Held ol concentration, must be selected
from a departmental^ approved list Eight credits must be 300 level
and above.
Course Code Pretix— AGEN
DEPARTMENT OF
AGRICULTURAL AND
EXTENSION EDUCATION
Professor and Acting Department Chairman:
Poffenberger.
Professor: Ryden.
Associate Professors: Longest and Nelson.
This Department offers instruction in education
and other applied behavioral sciences needed by
persons preparing to teach agriculture, to enter
extension work and to undertake other activity of
an educational nature.
Two undergraduate curriculum options are avail-
able. The agricultural education curriculum is de-
signed primarily for persons who wish to prepare
for teaching agriculture in the secondary schools.
The agricultural extension education curriculum is
designed for those preparing to enter the Coop-
erative Extension Service. Either option may lead
to a variety of other career opportunities in agri-
cultural business and industry, public service,
communications, research, and college teaching.
Students preparing to become teachers of agri-
culture— including horticulture, agribusiness or
other agricultural related subjects — should have
had appropriate experience with the kind of agri-
culture they plan to teach or should arrange to se-
cure that experience during summers while in col-
lege.
Students in the agricultural education curricu-
lum are expected to participate in the Collegiate
Chapter of the Future Farmers of America in order
to gain needed training to serve as advisors of
high school chapters of the FFA upon graduation.
The science requirement will be satisfied by completing
16 credit hours from the following courses:
Semester
Credit Hours
BOTN 100— General Botany J
CHEM 103,104 — College Chemistry I, II 4.4
MATH 105— Fundamentals of Math *
DEPARTMENTAL REQUIREMENTS. BOTH OPTIONS
ANSC 101 — Principles of Animal Science 3
ANSC 203 — Feeds and Feeding 3
AGRO 102 — Crop Production, or
AGRO 406 — Forage Crop Production 2
AGRO 202— General Soils 4
AGEN 100 — Introduction to Agricultural Engineering 4
AREC 407 — Financial Analysis of the Farm Business, or
AREC 406— Farm Management 3
RLED 464 — Rural Life in Modern Society 3
RLED 303 — Teaching Materials and Demonstrations 2
ENTM 252— Insect Pests of Agricultural Crops 4
BOTN 221 — Diseases of Plants 4
HORT 231 — Greenhouse Management, or
HORT 222 — Vegetable Production, or
HORT 271 — Plant Propagation 3
AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION OPTION
RLED 313— Student Teaching 5
RLED 315— Student Teaching 1-4
RLED 302 — Introduction to Agricultural Education 2
RLED 311 — Teaching Secondary Vocational Agriculture 3
RLED 305 — Teaching Young and Adult Farmer Groups . . 1
EDUC 300 — Human Development and Learning 6
EDUC 301 — Foundations of Education 3
86 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information
AGEN 200 — Introduction to Farm Mechanics 2
AGEN 305 — Farm Mechanics 2
Approved Electives 15
AGRICULTURAL EXTENSION OPTION
RLED 422 — Extension Education 2
RLED 423 — Extension Communications 2
RLED 323 — 4-H Organization and Procedure 2
RLED 325 — Directed Experience in Extension Education . 1-5
PSYC 100 — Introduction of Psychology 3
PSYC 221— Social Psychology 3
EDHD 160 — Educational Psychology 3
AREC 452 — Economics of Resource Development 3
Approved Electives 21
Course Code Prefix— RLED
DEPARTMENT OF
AGRICULTURAL AND
RESOURCE ECONOMICS
Professor and Department Chairman: Curtis.
Professors: Beal, Bishop, Foster, Ishee, Moore,
Murray, Poffenberger, Smith, Stevens, Tuthill,
Walker and Wysong.
Associate Professors: Bender, Cain, Hardie, Less-
ley and Via.
Assistant Professors: Beiter, Hoecker, Holmes,
Lawrence and Marasco.
Visiting Professors: Evans and Waugh.
Visiting Associate Professor: Bell.
Visiting Assistant Professors: Nash and Noetzel.
The curriculum in Agricultural and Resource
Economics combines training in the business, eco-
nomics and international aspects of agricultural
production and marketing with the biological and
physical sciences basic to agriculture. Programs
are available for students in agricultural econom-
ics, agricultural business, international agricul-
ture, and resource economics. Students desiring
to enter agricultural marketing or business affili-
ated with agriculture may elect the agricultural
business option; and those interested in foreign
service may elect the international agriculture op-
tion. Students primarily interested in the broad
aspects of production and management as it is re-
lated to the operation of a farm business may elect
the agricultural economics option. Those inter-
ested in training in the broad area of resource
management and evaluation may elect the re-
source economics option.
In these programs, students are trained for em-
ployment in agricultural business firms; for posi-
tions in sales or management; for local, state, or
federal agencies; for extension work; for high
school and college teaching; for research, and for
farm operation or management.
Courses for the freshman and sophomore years
are essentially the same for all students. In the jun-
ior year the student selects the option of his
choice. Courses in this department are designed
to provide training in the application of economic
principles to the production, processing, distribu-
tion, and merchandising of agricultural products
and the effective management of our natural and
human resources, as well as the inter-relationship
of business and industry associated with agricul-
tural products. The curriculum includes courses in
general agricultural economics, marketing, farm
management, prices, resource economics, agri-
cultural policy, and international agricultural eco-
nomics.
The science requirement will be satisfied by completing
16 credit hours from the following courses:
Semester
Credit Hours
BOTN 100 — General Botany 4
CHEM 103,104— College Chemistry I. II 4,4
MATH 220,221— Elementary Calculus 3,3
MICB 200— General Microbiology 4
PHYS 111— Elements of Physics 3
ZOOL 101— General Zoology 4
REQUIRED OF ALL STUDENTS
AREC 404— Prices of Agricultural Products 3
BSAD 220— Principles of Accounting .3
BSAD 230— Business Statistics I 3
or
AGRI 301 — Introduction to Agricultural Biometrics .... 3
ECON 201— Principles of Economics I 3
ECON 203— Principles of Economics II 3
ECON 401 — National Income Analysis 3
ECON 403— Intermediate Price Theory 3
MATH 110 — Introduction to Mathematics 3
MATH 111 — Introduction to Mathematics 3
MATH 220 — Elementary Calculus 3
A minimum of nine hours of technical agriculture must
be selected in consu'tation with the student's advisor.
The student's total program must contain a minimum of
15 credit hours of courses in Agricultural and Resource
Economics.
AGRIBUSINESS OPTION
Each student must take the following courses:
AREC 406 — Farm Management 3
AREC 416 — Marketing Management of Agribusiness
Enterprises 3
AREC 427 — Agricultural Commodity Markets: An
Economic Analysis 3
AREC 432 — Agricultural Policy and Programs 3
AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS OPTION
Each student must take 12 hours as follows:
AREC 406 — Farm Management 3
ECON 425 — Mathematical Economics 3
or
ENGL 291 — Expository Writing 3
MATH 221 — Elementatry Calculus 3
Statistics 3
INTERNATIONAL AGRICULTURE OPTION
Each student must take the following:
AREC 444 — World Agricultural Production and Trade ... 3
AREC 445 — Foreign Agricultural Economies 3
ECON 415 — Introduction to Economic Development of
Underdeveloped Areas 3
ECON 440 — International Economics 3
RESOURCE ECONOMICS OPTION
Each student must take the following:
AREC 240 — Environment and Human Ecology 3
AREC 452 — Economics of Resource Development 3
ECON 450 — Introduction to Public Finance 3
Course Code Prefix— AREC
Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 87
DEPARTMENT OF
AGRONOMY
Professor and Department Chairman: J. Miller.
Professors: Axley, Clark, Decker, Hoyert and
Strickling.
Associate Professors: Aycock, Fanning, Foss, F.
Miller and Schillinger.
Assistant Professors: Bezdicek, Burt, Hall, Mulchi,
Necomer and Shannon.
The Department of Agronomy offers instruction
in crop science and soil science. A turf and urban
agronomy option is offered under crop science
and a conservation of soil, water and environment
option is offered under soil science. These options
appeal to students who are interested in urban
problems or environmental science. The agron-
omy curricula are flexible and allow the student
either to concentrate on basic science courses
that are needed for graduate work or to select
courses that prepare him for employment at the
bachelor's degree level as specialists with park
and planning commissions, road commissions, ex-
tension service, soil conservation service, and
other governmental agencies. Many graduates with
the bachelor's degree are also employed by pri-
vate corporations such as golf courses and seed,
fertilizer, chemical, and farm equipment com-
panies.
Students completing graduate programs are
prepared for college teaching and research, or re-
search and management positions with industry
and governmental agencies.
Additional information on opportunities in agron-
omy may be obtained by writing to the Department
of Agronomy.
The science requirement will be satisfied by completing:
Semester
Credit Hours
CHEM 103,104— College Chemistry I, II 4,4
and selecting eight semester credits hours from the following
courses:
BOTN 100— General Botany 4
MICB 200 — General Microbiology 4
ZOOL 101 — General Zoology 4
or
other courses selected from CHEM. MATH or PHYS.
DEPARTMENTAL REQUIREMENTS (CROP SCIENCE)
Semester
Credit Hours
AGRO 100— Crops Laboratory 2
AGRO 202— General Soils 4
AGRO — Advanced Crops Courses 6
AGRO — Advanced Soils Courses 6
AGRO 398 — Senior Seminar 1
BOTN 21 2— Plant Taxonomy 3
BOTN 221 — Diseases of Plants 4
BOTN 441— Plant Physiology 4
Electives 15
Major electives approved by crops advisor 28
TURF AND URBAN AGRONOMY OPTION
A student following this option in the crop science cur-
riculum must include the following courses among his major
electives:
Semester
Credit Hours
AGRO 405 — Turf Management 3
AGRO 415— Soil Survey and Land Use 3
HORT 160 — Introduction to the Art of Landscaping 3
HORT 453— Woody Plant Materials 3
RECR 495 — Planning, Design and Maintenance of Park
and Recreational Areas and Facilities 3
DEPARTMENTAL REQUIREMENTS (SOIL SCIENCE)
Semester
Credit Hours
AGRO 100 — Crops Laboratory 2
AGRO — Advanced Crops Courses 4
AGRO 202 — General Soils 4
AGRO 414 — Soil Classification and Geography 4
AGRO 417— Soil Physics 3
AGRO 421— Soil Chemistry 3
AGRO 398— Senior Seminar 1
GEOL 100 — Introductory Physical Geology 3
GEOL 110 — Physical Geology Laboratory 1
Major electives approved by soils advisor 34
Electives 15
CONSERVATION OF SOIL, WATER AND
ENVIRONMENT OPTION
A student following this option in the soil science cur-
riculum must include the following courses among his major
electives:
Semester
Credit Hours
AGRO 412 — Soil and Water Conservation 3
AGRO 423— Soil-Water Pollution 3
AGEN 432 — General Hydrology 3
BOTN 211 — Principles of Conservation 3
AGRO 415 — Soil Survey and Land Use 3
AGRI 489 — Special Topics in Agriculture: Air Pollution
Biology 3
GEOG 445— Climatology 3
AMERICAN STUDIES PROGRAM
Professor and Director: Beall.
Associate Professor: Lounsbury.
Assistant Professor: Mintz.
Advisory Committee: Beall (Chairman, American
Studies), Lutwack (English), Grimsted (History),
Lounsbury (American Studies), Mintz (Ameri-
can Studies), Schwartz (Sociology), Ex Officio:
Aylward (Interim Dean of the College of Arts and
Sciences) and Sparks (Dean of Graduate Stud-
ies and Research).
The University has a comprehensive program in
American Studies. It begins with the general edu-
cation courses on the freshman and sophomore
levels, and includes a major for juniors and sen-
iors. The student who majors in American Studies
has the advantage of being taught by specialists
from various departments. Prerequisites: six hours
of American history or American literature or three
hours of each.
The program is intended to have generous
breadth, but the danger of securing breadth with-
Course Cod© Prefi!
88 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information
out depth is offset by the requirement of an area
of concentration in either English or history. The
undergraduate major requires 42 semester hours
(24 hours on the 300 and 400-level), consisting of
courses in American Studies and in the "core" and
"supporting" departments. The "core" depart-
ments offering a number of courses related to the
study of American civilization are English, History,
Government and Politics and Sociology. Courses
may also be selected from the following "support-
ing" departments or programs: Anthropology,
Architecture, Art, Comparative Literature, Dra-
matic Arts, Economics, Education, Geography,
Journalism, Music, Philosophy, Psychology, Radio
and Television.
A major in American Studies will follow this
curriculum:
1. American Studies 426, 427 (Culture and the
Arts in America) or American Studies 436.
437 (Readings in American Studies) in the
junior year and American Studies 446, 447
(Popular Culture in America) in the senior
year.
2. Twelve hours of either American literature or
history.
3. Nine hours in each of two of the three re-
maining "core" departments.
4. To meet the nine hour requirement in one of
the "core" areas, a student, with the approv-
al of his advisor, may substitute related
courses from one of the following se-
quences:
Afro-American Studies. Related courses in
art, English, government, history and soci-
ology.
Area Studies and Comparative Culture. The
study of one foreign culture. Courses must
be drawn from at least two of the following
fields: art, comparative literature, English,
history, and a foreign language.
Creative and Performing Arts. Production,
studio or technical courses in art, English,
music, radio and television.
Philosophy and Fine Arts. Related courses in
art, music, and philosophy.
Popular Arts and Mass Communications. Re-
lated courses in dramatic arts, journalism,
radio and television.
Personality and Culture. Related courses in
anthropology, education, and psycholoy.
Urban and Environmental Studies. Related
courses in architecture, economics, govern-
ment, and sociology.
Course Code Pretii
ANIMAL SCIENCES
Animal
Professor and Department Chairman: Young.
Professors: Green and Leffel.
Associate Professor: Buric.
Assistant Professors: DeBarthe and McCall.
Dairy
Professor and Chairman: Davis.
Professors: Cairns, Vandersall and Williams.
Assistant Professors: Buchman, Bull and Doug-
lass.
Poultry
Assistant Professor and Department Chairman:
Thomas.
Professor: Shaffner.
Associate Professors: Bigbee and Creek.
Assistant Professors: Heath and Pollard.
Veterinary Science
Chairman of Department: Ladson.
Professors: Hammond and Hatziolos.
Associate Professors: Dutta, Marquardt, Mohanty
and Scheuler.
Assistant Professors: Albert and Ingling.
The curriculum in animal science offers a broad
background in general education, basic sciences,
and agricultural sciences, and the opportunity for
a student to emphasize that phase of animal agri-
culture in which he is specifically interested. Each
student will be assigned to an advisor according to
the program he plans to pursue.
Objectives
The following specific objectives have been
established for the program in animal sciences.
1. To acquaint students with the role of animal
agriculture in our cultural heritage.
2. To prepare students for careers in the field
of animal agriculture. These include posi-
tions of management and technology asso-
ciated with animal, dairy, or poultry produc-
tion enterprises; positions with marketing
and processing organizations; as well as in
other allied fields such as feed, agricultural
chemicals and equipment firms.
3. To prepare students for entrance to veterin-
ary schools.
4. To prepare students for graduate study and
subsequent careers in teaching, research
and extension, both public and private.
5. To provide essential courses for the support
of other academic programs of the Univer-
sity.
Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 89
The science requirement will be satisfied by completing:
Semester
Credit Hours
CHEM 103,104— College Chemistry I, II 4,4
and selecting eight semester credit hours
from the following courses:
BOTN 100 — General Botany 4
MICB 200 — General Microbiology 4
ZOOL 101 — General Zoology 4
DEPARTMENTAL REQUIREMENTS
FDSC 111 — Introduction to Food Science 3
ANSC 101— Principles of Animal Science 3
ANSC 201— Principles of Animal Genetics 3
ANSC 401 — Fundamentals of Nutrition 3
ANSC 403 — Applied Animal Physiology 4
ANSC 411 — Anatomy of Domestic Animals 4
ANSC 412 — Introduction to Diseases of Animals 3
Mathematics or Biometrics or both 6
Plus one course in each of the following disciplines:
Agronomy 2-4
Agricultural Engineering 2-4
Entomology 2-4
Economics 2-4
Physics or Organic Chemistry 2-4
55-65
Electives 28-38
For students interested in a program of study with major
emphasis on beef cattle, sheep and swine, it is suggested
that the elective courses include the following:
Semester
Credit Hours
ANSC 221 — Fundamentals of Animal Production 3
ANSC 222 — Livestock Evaluation 3
ANSC 223— Seminar 1
ANSC 301 — Advanced Livestock Judging 2
ANSC 402 — Applied Animal Nutrition 3
ANSC 422— Meats 3
ANSC 423,424 — Livestock Management 6
ANSC 426 — Principles of Breeding 3
For students interested in a program of study with major
emphasis on dairying, it is suggested that the elective courses
include the following:
ANSC 242— Dairy Production 3
ANSC 244— Dairy Cattle Type Appraisal 1
ANSC 442— Dairy Cattle Breeding 3
ANSC 446 — Physiology of Mammalian Reproduction .... 3
For students interested in a program of study with a
major emphasis on poultry, it is suggested that the elective
courses include the following:
ANSC 261 — Advanced Poultry Judging 1
ANSC 262— Commercial Poultry Management 3
ANSC 452— Avian Physiology 2
ANSC 462 — Physiology of Hatchability 1
ANSC 464— Poultry Hygiene 3
ANSC 466 — Avian Anatomy 3
FDSC 461 — Technology of Market Eggs and Poultry .... 3
Students desiring a combination of training in one of the
animal sciences and emphasis on business may choose se-
lective courses from the following:
BSAD 110 — Business Enterprise 3
BSAD 220 — Principles of Accounting 3
BSAD 230 — Business Statistics 3
BSAD 380— Business Law 3
MATH 1 10— Introduction to Math 3
ECON 205 — Fundamentals of Economics 3
ECON 430 — Money and Banking 3
BSAD 350 — Marketing Principles and Organization 3
AGRI 401 — Agricultural Biometrics 3
Course Code Pretix— ANSC
ANTHROPOLOGY PROGRAM
(DIVISION OF SOCIOLOGY)
Professor and Director: Kerley.
Associate Professors: Anderson, Hoffman and
Williams.
Assistant Professors: Fidelholtz and Rosen.
Lecturers: Clymer, Cosnow, Thurman, and Des-
saint.
The Division of Anthropology offers beginning
and advanced course work in the four principal
subdivisions of the discipline: physical anthro-
pology, linguistics, archaeology and ethnology.
Courses in these subdivisions may be used to ful-
fill the minor or "supporting courses" requirement
in some programs leading to the B.A. degree. They
also may, at the discretion of the Department of
Sociology, be counted toward a major in Sociol-
ogy-
Anthropology Major: The fulfillment of the re-
quirements for a major in anthropology leads to
the B.A. degree. All majors are required to take
30 hours in anthropology, 18 of which must be se-
lected from the following courses: ANTH 101, 102,
401, 441, or 451, 371 or 461, and 397. It should be
noted, however, that if ANTH 101 is used to satisfy
the General Education requirement in Social Sci-
ence, it may not be counted as a part of the 30 re-
quired semester hours for the major. The 18 hours
of required courses insures that the major be-
comes familiar with all areas of anthropology. No
one area therefore, receives special emphasis, for
it is believed that such specialization should occur
during graduate study, preferably at the Ph.D. lev-
el. Thus the student is broadly prepared in the ways
man has evolved culturally and physically. A state-
ment of course requirements and recommended
sequences of courses is available in the depart-
mental office.
No course with a grade of less than C may be
used to satisfy major requirements.
ANTH 101 or its equivalent, or permission of the
instructor, is prerequisite to all other courses in
Anthropology.
Course Code Prefix— ANTH
ARCHITECTURE PROGRAM
Faculty: Adams, Beckhoefer, Chabrowe, Cochran,
Ekstrom, Fogle, Hill, Hutton, Jadin, Kaskey,
Kramer, Lazaris, Lewis. Nix, Payne, Potts,
Schack, Schlesinger. Shaeffer, Skiadaressis,
Thomas, and Wiebenson.
Students in architecture are required to com-
plete a minimum of 169 credits of work for the
Bachelor of Architecture degree. In addition to
prescribed courses in the School of Architecture,
students are required to complete a number of
credits in electives offered elswhere in the Uni-
versity. The requirements for graduation are tabu-
lated below:
90 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information
Credits
Studio Courses 36
Systems and Technology Courses 16
Architectural History Courses 12
Math 9
Computer Science 3
Physics and Biology 7
Theories of Urban Form 3
Professional Management 2
Professional Electives 17 to 38
Electives 1 5 to 36
General Education (see curriculum) 24
P.E (2)
Health (2)
(minimum) 169
Distribution Credits
Minimum architecture courses 69
General Education. Math, Physics. Health and P.E. 47
Professional Electives and Electives 53
169
Five-Year Curriculum in Architecture
First Year
Fall
"(G.E.) (Social Science
Option) 3
(G.E.) MATH 115" ' . .
(G.E.) English 101
(G.E.) (History Option)
ARCH 120 Hist, of Arch.
P.E
Health 105
3
3
3
3
(D
(2)
18
Spring
(G.E.) (Social Science
Option) 3
(G.E.) MATH 220 3
(G.E.) English 201 3
(G.E.) (History Option) . . 3
ARCH 121 Hist, of Arch. . 3
P.E (1)
16
' G.E. refers to courses meeting University general education require-
ments
■ Students may be placed directly in Math 220 or higher by review ot
high school & SAT record.
Second Year
Fall
ARCH 200 Basic Env.
Design 4
(G.E.) Physics 121 4
(G.E.) English 202 3
(G.E.) Math 221 3
Prof. Elective or
Elective" 3
17
Third Year
Fall
ARCH 300 Arch. Studio I 4
ARCH 310 Building
Systems I 4
Architectural History' . . 3
ARCH 350 Theories of
Urban Form 3
Prof. Elective or
Elective** 3
17
Fourth Year
Fall
ARCH 400 Arch. Studio III 4
ARCH 410 Building
Systems III 4
Prof. Elective" 3
Prof. Elective or
Elective** 3
Elective 3
17
Spring
ARCH 201 Basic Env.
Design 4
Biology 101 3
(G.E.) Fine Arts (Survey
recommended) 3
Computer Science 103 . . 3
Prof. Elective or
Elective* " 3
16
Spring
ARCH 301 Arch. Studio II 4
ARCH 311 Building
Systems II 4
Architectural History* . . 3
Prof. Elective or
Elective" 3
Elective 3
17
Spring
ARCH 401 Arch. Studio IV 4
ARCH 411 Building
Systems IV 4
Prof. Elective" 3
Prof. Elective or
Elective" 3
Elective 3
17
Fifth Year
Fall
ARCH 500 Adv. Topical
Prob 6
Prof. Electives" 6
ARCH 570 Prof. Manage-
ment 2
Elective 3
17
Spring
ARCH 501 Adv. Topical
Prob 6
Prof. Electives" * 5
Prof. Elective or
Elective' ' 3
Elective 3
"May be selected from among several History of Architecture courses.
(May be taken in other years by permission).
"Professional Electives — see listing ot Professional Electives.
PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVES
The following courses are presently accepted
by the faculty in architecture as meeting the pro-
fessional elective requirements.
Course No. and Name
Anthropology
Credits Prerequisites
101
221
241
401
441
451
Intro, to Anth: Archaeol.
and Phy 3
Intro, to Anth:
Cult. Anth. and Ling. ... 3
Man and Environment ... 3
Intro, to Archaeology 3
Cultural Anthropology .... 3
Archaeology of Old World . 3
Archaeology of New World 3
Architecture
240 Basic Photography 2
242 Drawing I 2
270 Introduction to the
Built Environment 3
322 Studies in Medieval
Architecture 3
324 Studies in Renaissance
Architecture 3
326 Studies in Modern
Architecture 3
340 Advanced
Photography 2
342 Studies in Visual
Design 3
352 The Architect in the
Community 3
370 Theories and Lit. of
Architecture 3
372 Signs, Symbol and
Messages in Arch 3
374 Computer Aided Envir.
Design 3
376 The Architectural
Program as a form
Generator 3
413 Structural Systems in
Architecture 3
420 History of American
Architecture, 17th
century to 19th
century 3
421 History of American
Architecture, 19th and
20th century 3
Meets G.E.
none
Soph. stdg.
Soph. stdg.
ANTH 101, 102,
221
ANTH 101. 241
ANTH 101, 241
Perm, of Instr.
Perm, of Instr.
120 & 121 or
Perm, of Instr.
120 & 121 or
Perm, of Instr.
(Meets ARCH
Hist. Req.)
120 & 121 or
Perm, of Instr.
(Meets ARCH
Hist. Req.)
120 & 121 or
Perm, of Instr.
(Meets ARCH
Hist. Req.)
ARCH 240
Perm, of Instr.
ARCH 201
Perm, of Instr.
Perm, of Instr.
Perm, of Instr.
Perm, of Instr.
ARCH 201,
CMSC 103
Perm, of Instr.
ARCH 410 or
Perm, of Instr.
ARCH 120 & 121
(Meets ARCH
Hist. Req.)
ARCH 120 & 121
(Meets ARCH
Hist. Req.)
Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 91
Architecture (Continued)
422 Late 18th Century
Parisian Architecture ... 3
427 Independent Studies in the
History of Arch 3
450 Introduction to Urban
Planning 3
472 Economic Determinants of
Architecture 3
478 Directed Studies in
Architecture 1-4
512 Advanced Structural
Analysis in
Architecture 3
514 Environmental Systems in
Architecture 3
Business Administration
362 Labor Relations 3
370
474
Prin. of Transportation
Urban Trans, and
Urb. Dev 3
380, 381 Eusiness Law 3
393 Real Estate Prin 3
490 Urban Land Management 3
Computer Science
210 Languages and Struct.
Computers 3
440 Struct, of Programming
Lang 3
420 Data and Storage
Structures 3
Economics
205
491
450
454
Fund, of Economics 3
Intro, to Reg. and
Urban Econ 3
Intro, to Public Finance . 3
State and Local Public
Finance 3
Economics of American
Industry 3
General Education
260 Intro, to Interdisciplinary
Urban Studies 3
Geography
201 General Geography 3
452 Population Geography .... 3
455 Urban Geography 3
Geology
100 Geology 3
110 Physical Geology Lab. ... 1
Information System Management
401 Electronic Data Processing 3
402 Electronic Data Processing
Applications 3
Psychology
100 Intro, to Psych 3
221 Social Psychology 3
ARCH 120 & 121
(Meets ARCH
Hist. Req.)
Perm, of Instr.
(Meets ARCH
Hist. Req.)
Perm, of Instr.
Perm, of Instr.
Perm, of Instr.
ARCH 411
ARCH 411
Jr. stdg.
ECON 205 and
jr. stdg.
ECON 205 and
jr. stdg.
ECON 205 and
jr. stdg.
CMSC 103
Jr. stdg.. CMSC
210
Jr. stdg.. CMSC
210
Soph. stdg.
Perm, of Instr.
ECON 205
ECON 205
ECON 205
462
Engineering Psychology
none
GEOG 201. Perm.
of Instr.
Jr. stdg.
none
none
Jr. stdg.. CMSC
103
Jr. stdg., IFSM 401
Meets G.E.
PSYC 1
PSYC 1 or Perm,
of Instr.
Sociology
100 Intro, to Sociology 3
120 Urban Sociology 3
210 Social Pathology 3
471 The Rural Community .... 3
473 The City 3
330 Community Organization . . 3
423 Ethnic Minorities 3
424 Sociology of Race Relations 3
445 Sociology of the Arts 3
Statistics and Probability
250 Intro, to Random Variables 4
Art
110 Life Drawing 3
Meets G.E.
SOCY 1
SOCY 1. soph,
stdg.
SOCY 1. jr. stdg
SOCY 1. jr. stdg
SOCY 1. jr. stdg
SOCY 1. jr. stdg
SOCY 1, jr. stdg
Course Code— ARCH
DEPARTMENT OF ART
Professor and Chairman: Levitine.
Professors: A. de Leiris, Jamieson, Lembach,
Lynch and Maril.
Associate Professors: Bunts, Campbell, Denny,
Longley, Rearick and Stites.
Assistant Professors: DiFederico, Dillinger, Forbes,
Freeny, Gelman, Isen, Klank, Mirolli, Niese, Pem-
berton and Withers.
Lecturers: Farquhar, Fern, Griffin, Hommel, Jord-
an, Kahn, Landgren, Simkin and Valtchev.
Instructors: M. de Leiris, Green, King and Reid.
Two majors are offered in art: art history and
studio. The student who majors in art history is
committed to the study and scholarly interpreta-
tion of existing works of art, from the prehistoric
era to our times, while the studio major stresses
the student's direct participation in the creation
of works of art.
In spite of this difference, both majors are rooted
in the concept of art as a humanistic experience,
and share an essential common aim: the develop-
ment of aesthetic sensitivity, understanding and
knowledge. For this reason, students in both maj-
ors are required to progress through a "common
curriculum," which will ensure a broad grounding
in both aspects of art; then each student will move
into a "specialized curriculum" with advanced
courses in his own major.
A curriculum leading to a degree in art educa-
tion is offered.
COMMON CURRICULUM
(Courses required in major unless taken as part
of supporting area as listed below.)
ARTH 100. Introduction to Art. (3)
ARTH 260. History of Art. (3)
ARTH 261. History of Art. (3)
ARTS 100. Design I. (3)
ARTS 110. Drawing I. (3)
SPECIALIZED CURRICULUM
ART HISTORY MAJOR A
5 junior-senior level History of Art courses (one each from
3 of the following areas: Ancient-Medieval. Renaissance-
Baroque. 19th-20th century. non-Western). (15)
92 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information
1 additional Studio Art course. (0)
Supporting Area (trom any Arts and Sciences area except
Art);
4 courses. 2 ol which, taken in one department, must be
at junior-senior level. (12)
ART HISTORY MAJOR B
5 junior-senior level History of Art courses (one each trom
3 of the following areas: Ancent-Medieval, Renaissance-
Baroque, 19th-20th century, non-Western). (15)
3 additional courses in any level History of Art. (9)
Supporting Area in Studio Art
ARTS 100. Design I (from Common Curriculum).
ARTS 110. Drawing I (from Common Curriculum).
2 Studio Art courses at junior-senior level. (6)
Total required credit hours, combined major and
supporting area — 45.
Additional history of art or studio courses may be
applied; total combined art hours may not ex-
ceed 42 in Major A, or 54 in combined major
and supporting area in major B.
STUDIO ART MAJOR A
ARTS 200. Intermediate Design. (3)
ARTS 210. Drawing II. (3)
ARTS 220. Painting I. (3)
ARTS 310. Drawing III. (3)
ARTS 330. Sculpture I. (3)
ARTS 340. Printmaking I. (3)
1 additional junior-senior level studio course. (3)
1 advanced History of Art course. (3)
Supporting Area (from any arts and sciences area except
Art).
4 courses. 2 of which, taken in one department, must be
at junior-senior level. (12)
STUDIO ART MAJOR B
ARTS 200. Intermediate Design. (3)
ARTS 210. Drawing II. (3)
ARTS 220. Painting I. (3)
ARTS 310. Drawing III. (3)
ARTS 330. Sculpture I. (3)
ARTS 340. Printmaking I. (3)
1 additional junior-senior level Studio Art course. (3)
Supporting Area in History ot Art
ARTH 260. History of Art (from Common Curriculum).
ARTH 261. History of Art (from Common Curriculum).
2 History of Art courses at junior-senior level. (6)
Total required credit hours, combined major and
supporting Area — 51 in major A, 42 in major B.
No course with a grade less than C may be used to
satisfy major requirements.
Course Code Prefixes— ARTE, ARTH, ARTS
ASTRONOMY PROGRAM
Professor and Chairman of Physics and Astron-
omy: Laster.
Professor and Director of Astronomy: Westerhout.
Professors: Brandt (P.T.), Erickson, Kerr, Kundu,
Musen (P.T.), Opik (P.T.)
Associate Professors: Bell, Matthews, Rose, Smith,
Wentzel, Zipoy, Zuckerman.
Assistant Professors: A'Hearn, Harrington, Simon-
son.
The Department of Physics and Astronomy offers
a major in Astronomy. The Astronomy Program of-
fice is located in the Space Sciences Building. As-
tronomy students are given a strong undergradu-
ate preparation in astronomy, physics and mathe-
matics, as well as encouragement to take a wide
range of other liberal arts courses. The Astronomy
Program is designed to be quite flexible, in order
to take advantage of students' special talents or
interests after the basic requirements for a sound
astronomy education have been met. Students pre-
paring for graduate studies will have an opportun-
ity to choose from among many advanced courses
available in astronomy, mathematics and physics.
The program is designed to prepare students for
graduate work as well as for positions in govern-
mental and industrial laboratories and observa-
tories.
Students intending to major in astronomy who
have had a high school course in physics, and who
have adequate preparation in mathematics to qual-
ify for admission to MATH 140 will ordinarily take
the introductory physics courses PHYS 181, 182,
283 and 284, during their freshman and sophomore
years. Those students who do not decide to major
in astronomy or physics until after their freshman
or sophomore year or enter as transfer students
will often have taken other introductory courses in
physics (i.e. PHYS 161, 262, 263). Students will find
recommended course programs in the pamphlet
entitled Department Requirements for a B.S. de-
gree in Astronomy which is available from the As-
tronomy Program Office. This pamphlet outlines
many different approaches for an astronomy ma-
jor.
ASTR 180 (Descriptive and Analytical Astron-
omy) is the introductory astronomy course re-
quired of astronomy majors. It may be taken in the
freshman or sophomore year. It is followed by an-
other required course, ASTR 210 (Practical Astron-
omy). Some students may not decide to major in
astronomy until they have already taken ASTR 100
and 105 (Introduction to Astronomy and Modern
Astronomy). Such students should, as a rule, still
fulfill the ASTR 180 requirement; only students
with a grade of B or better in ASTR 100 and 105
will be encouraged to major in astronomy.
Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 93
REQUIRED COURSES FOR ASTRONOMY MAJOR
(a) Introductory Physics Courses. PHYS 181, 182--
Introductory Physics, Mechanics, Fluids, Heat
and Sound (4,4) followed by PHYS 283— In-
troductory Physics, Electricity and Magnetism
(4) and PHYS 284— Introductory Physics, Op-
tics and Modern Physics (4) (Total 16 cred-
its); or PHYS 161, 262, 263— General Physics
(3,4,4) and PHYS 404 — Intermediate Theoreti-
cal Mechanics (3) and PHYS 405— Intermedi-
ate Theoretical Electricity and Magnetism (3).
(b) Physics Laboratory. At least four credits of lab-
oratory courses: ordinarily PHYS 285, 286, but
365, 485 may be added.
(c) Modern Physics, PHYS 421, 422 (3, 3) or
Mathematical Physics, PHYS 410, 411 (4, 4).
(d) Supporting Courses. MATH 140, 141, 240—
Analysis (4, 4, 4)
These must be followed by at least one addi-
tional 3 or 4 credit mathematics course ap-
proved by the astronomy advisor. Recom-
mended courses are MATH 241— Calculus
(4), MATH 246 — Differential Equations for Sci-
entists and Engineers (3), MATH 462, 463—
Analysis for Scientists and Engineers (3, 3),
MATH 413 — Introduction to Complex Vari-
ables (4), MATH 410 — Advanced Calculus
(4), or MATH 460— Numerical Methods (3).
(Minimum 15 credits).
(e) Introductory Astronomy Courses. Normally
ASTR 180 and 210.
(f) Advanced Astronomy Courses. Two Astron-
omy courses at the 400 level. (Minimum 6
credits).
Students may major in Astronomy only if a grade
of C is attained in each semester of the intro-
ductory physics and astronomy courses. Any stu-
dent who wishes to be recommended for gradu-
ate work in astronomy must maintain a B average
and should also consider including some or all
of the following courses in his program in addition
to those required of all astronomy majors:
(a) Astronomy. One or more additional courses
at the 400-level.
(b) Physics. Both PHYS 410, 41 1 (4, 4)— Mathe-
matical Physics and PHYS 421, 422 (3, 3)
— Modern Physics; and one or more of
those listed below.
(c) Supporting courses. One or two additional
mathematics or computer science courses,
selected in consultation with the advisor.
Further physics courses that astronomy majors
should consider, both those terminating at the
B.S. and those planning graduate studies, are the
following:
PHYS 365. ADVANCED EXPERIMENTS.
PHYS 412. KINETIC THEORY OF GASES.
PHYS 413. ADVANCED THEORETICAL PHYSICS.
PHYS 414. THERMODYNAMICS AND STATISTICAL ME-
CHANICS.
PHYS 423. ELEMENTARY QUANTUM PHYSICS.
PHYS 451. INTRODUCTION TO ELEMENTARY PARTICLES.
PHYS 463. INTRODUCTION TO PLASMA PHYSICS.
PHYS 471. INTRODUCTION TO ATMOSPHERIC AND
SPACE PHYSICS.
HONORS IN ASTRONOMY
The Honors Program offers to students of ex-
ceptional ability and interest in astronomy an edu-
cational program with a number of special op-
portunities for learning. Honors sections are of-
fered in several courses, and there are many op-
portunities for part-time research participation
which may develop into full-time summer projects.
An honors seminar is offered for advanced stu-
dents; credit may be given for independent work
or study; and certain graduate courses are open
for credit toward the bachelor's degree.
Students for the Honors Program are accepted
by the Department's Honors Committee on the
basis of recommendations from their advisors and
other faculty members. Most honors candidates
submit a written report on their research project,
which, together with an oral comprehensive exam-
ination in the senior year, concludes the program
which may lead to graduation "with Honors (or
High Honors) in Astronomy."
Course Code Preli:
BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES PROGRAM
The program has been prepared for the student
who is interested in biology but whose interest has
not yet centered in any one of the biological sci-
ences. It is suitable for the pre-dental or pre-medi-
cal student who plans to earn the B.S. degree be-
fore entering professional school. The program in-
cludes work in botany, entomology, microbiology.
and zoology, and introduces the student to the
general principles and methods of each of these
biological sciences. The student may then empha-
size one of these areas in completing his program.
By proper selection of courses during the jun-
ior and senior years, a student may concentrate
his work sufficiently in one area of biology to be
able to continue graduate work in that field. How-
ever, a student who is planning to do graduate
work should major in one specific field of biology.
The student following this program must meet
the general requirements for a degree. He should
select French or German to meet the foreign lan-
guage requirements.
Required introductory courses in the biological
sciences: BOTN 100, ENTM 200. MICB 200. ZOOL
101. These courses must be passed with an aver-
age grade of at least C. The pre-professional stu-
dent should take ZOOL 102 as well.
Required supporting courses in mathematics
and physical sciences: MATH 110. 111: CHEM 103.
94 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information
104; PHYS 121, 122. The student working in most
areas of biology will also need the second year of
Chemistry (CHEM 201-204; or 211-214). Additional
work in chemistry may also be required by the
student's advisor, in accordance with the needs of
the student's field of emphasis. The pre-profes-
sional student must include CHEM 201-204 or 211-
214 in his program.
Advanced courses in the biological sciences:
The student must complete at least 30 semester
hours of advanced work selected from the fields
of botany, entomology, microbiology, and zoology.
Of these credits at least 18 must be at the 300 and
400-level and be taken in at least two of the four
departments. The following courses in psychology
may be counted as part of the required 30 semes-
ter hours, but may not be used to satisfy the re-
quirement of 18 semester hours at the advanced
level: PSYC 402, 403, 410, 462, 479.
A junior or senior following this curriculum will
be advised by the department in which he plans to
do the most work.
DEPARTMENT OF
BOTANY
Professor and Department Chairman: Krauss.
Professors: Brown, Corbett, Galloway, Gauch,
Kantzes, Krusberg, D. T. Morgan, Sisler, Stern
and Weaver.
Research Professor: Sorokin.
Associate Professors: Bean, Karlander, Klarman,
Lockard, O. D. Morgan, Patterson and Rappleye.
Assistant Professors: Barnett, Curtis, Harrison,
Motta, Reveal and Smith.
Research Assistant: Orris.
Instructors: Grigg, Higgins and Owens.
The Department offers work in the major fields
of physiology, pathology, ecology, taxonomy,
anatomy-morphology, and genetics.
The required courses for the freshman and
sophomore years are the same for all students. In
the junior and senior years, the student elects
botany courses to suit his particular interest.
Courses are required in other subjects to contrib-
ute toward a broad cultural education, and to sup-
port the courses selected in the chosen field of
botany.
The curriculum provides a complete survey of
the field of botany, and lays a good foundation for
graduate work in botany in preparation for teach-
ing and for research in experiment stations or
private research laboratories.
Students who wish to meet the requirements for
certificates in secondary education may elect bas-
ic courses in education. An additional semester
will usually be necessary to take certain courses
in education, including the required practice
teaching. As long as the demand continues, a ser-
ies of advanced courses will be offered in rotation
in the summer session especially for teachers
working toward the degree of Master of Education
in science teaching.
The Department of Botany has instituted an
Honors Program which a student may enter if he
desires and if he meets the requirements of the
program.
The science requirement will be satisfied by completing
the following courses:
BOTN 100 — General Botany 4
CHEM 103,104— College Chemistry I, II 4,4
ZOOL 101— General Zoology 4
DEPARTMENT OF BOTANY REQUIREMENTS
Semester
Credit Hours
BOTN 202 — General Botany 4
BOTN 212— Plant Taxonomy 3
BOTN 221— Diseases of Plants 4
BOTN 441— Plant Physiology .4
BOTN 462— Plant Ecology 2
BOTN 464 — Plant Ecology Laboratory 1
BOTN 41 1— Plant Anatomy or 3
BOTN 416 — Principles of Plant Anatomy 4
BOTN 414 — General Plant Genetics 3
BOTN 398— Seminar 2
Modern Language, preferably German 6-12
MATH 110, 111 — Introduction to Mathematics or
MATH 140, 141 6
MICB 200— General Microbiology 4
PHYS 121,122— Fundamentals of Physics . . 8
Botany electives or related courses 10
Electives 12
Course Code Prefix— BOTN
DEPARTMENT OF
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Professor and Department Chairman: Taff.
Professors: Anderson, Carroll, Dawson, Fisher,
Hermanson, Lamone, Miner and Wright.
Associate Professors: Ashmen, Bender, Daiker,
Edelson, Fromovitz, Gannon, Greer, Haslem,
Hille, Hynes, Levine, Locke, Nash, Olson, Paine
and Spivey.
Assistant Professors: Bedingfield, Corwin, Falth-
zik, Himes, Holmberg, Hoshi, Jolson, Kuehl,
Leete, Loeb, Lynagh, Hargrove, McNitt, Nickels,
Poist, Thieblot, Widhelm and Zabriskie.
Lecturers: Anderson, Keaton, Neuman, Solomon
and Treichel.
Instructors: Baker, Broden, Buckingham, Bulmash,
Coyner, Dalton, Dempsey, Doilney, Dyer, Edel-
man, Elliott, English, Kmetz, Levine, Lubell.
Matthews, Mattingly, McConnell, O'Neill, Rice,
Romig, Roy, Shanklin, Shimp, Simpson, Webb
and Wolff.
Business organizations are set up primarily for
the purpose of producing and distributing goods
and services. Modern business administration re-
quires a knowledge and understanding of organi-
zational structures, operations and environments.
The curricula of the Department of Business Ad-
ministration emphasize the principles and prob-
Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 95
lems involved in the development of organizations
and in the formulation and implementation of their
policies.
STUDY PROGRAMS IN THE DEPARTMENT
The programs of study in the Department of
Business Administration are so arranged as to fa-
cilitate concentrations according to the major
functions of business management. This plan is
not, however, based on the view that these major
divisions are independent units, but rather that
each is closely related to and dependent on the
others. Every student in business administration
is required to complete satisfactorily a minimum
number of required basic subjects in the arts, sci-
ences and humanities as prerequisites to work in
the major management fields.
A business administration honors program is
open to business administration majors entering
their junior year. Students must have an academic
average of at least 3.0 to be eligible for admittance
to this program.
FRESHMAN AND SOPHOMORE REQUIREMENTS
Hours
ENGL 101, 201, 202 (or 171, 201, 202) 9
MATH 110, 111 (or 140 and 141) and 220 9(11)
SPCH 100 3
History 6
BSAD 110 3
BSAD 220 and 221 6
ECON 201 and 203 6
BSAD 230 3
Two science courses (one biological and one physical,
and at least one of which must be a lab science) selected
from the following:
Physical — Astronomy 3
Geology 3
Physics 3
Chemistry 4
Biological — Botany 4
Zoology 4
Entomology 4
Biology 4
A social science course (ECON 201 may be used for 3
hours of the 6 hour social science requirement) selected
from the following:
GVPT 170 or 100 3
PSYC 100 3
SOCY 100 3
ANTH 101 3
A fine arts requirement of 3 hours of which the following
are representative:
PHIL 100, 170, 140. 236 3
ARTH 100, 260. 261 3
MUSC 130 3
DART 110 3
Electives (chosen with approval of advisor) 2-5
HLTH 105 (men and women) 1 sem. (2 cr.)
P.E. (men and women) 2 semesters
A TYPICAL PROGRAM FOR FIRST TWO YEARS
Freshman Year
ENGL 101 (or 171) 3 ENGL 201 3
BSAD 110 or SPCH 100. 3 SPCH 100 or BSAD 1 10. . 3
MATH 110 (or 140) 3 MATH 111 (or 141) 3
HLTH 105 (2) HIST 3
Fine Arts, Social Science, Fine Arts, Social Science,
or Science 3-4 or Science 3-4
P-E (1) P.E (1)
15-16
Sophomore Year
ENGL 202 3
BSAD 220 3
ECON 201 3
MATH 220 3
Fine Arts, Social Science,
or Science 3-4
15-16
16-17
ECON 203 3
BSAD 221 3
BSAD 230 3
History 3
Fine Arts. Social Science,
or Science 3-4
15-16
Students who wish to elect a foreign language must take nine semester
hours of the language or six hours at the intermediate level or higher. In
order to obtain credit. Such students may use the froo electives avail-
able to them for this purpose.
JUNIOR AND SENIOR REQUIREMENTS
BSAD 340 — Business Finance 3
BSAD 350 — Marketing Principles and Organization 3
BSAD 364 — Management and Organization Theory 3
BSAD 380 — Business Law 3
BSAD 495— Business Policies 3
Total 15
In addition to the above, two 300 or 400 level
courses must be taken in economics, at least one
of which must be: ECON 401, National Income
Analysis; ECON 403, Intermediate Price Theory;
ECON 430, Money and Banking; or ECON 440, In-
ternational Economics.
At least 45 hours of the 120 semester hours of
academic work required for graduation must be
in business administration subjects. In addition to
the requirement of an overall average of C in aca-
demic subjects, an average of C in business ad-
ministration subjects is required for graduation.
Electives in the curricula of the department may,
with the consent of the advisor, be taken in any de-
partment of the University if the student has the
necessary prerequisites.
GENERAL CURRICULUM IN BUSINESS
ADMINISTRATION
The General Curriculum in Business Adminis-
tration is designed for those who desire a broad
program in management. The curriculum contains
a relatively large number of elective courses. Se-
lection is subject to approval by an advisor and
must contribute to a program of courses closely
balanced between (1) a functional field, (2) the
various basic areas of management and (3) non-
business fields.
Students selecting this curriculum will take the
basic courses required for all students in the De-
partment of Business Administration. In addition,
students will take:
96 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information
(1) The following required courses:
Semester
Hours
BSAD 351 — Marketing Management or BSAD 450
Marketing Research Methods 3
BSAD 360 — Personnel Management I or BSAD 362
Labor Relations 3
BSAD 370 — Principles of Transportation or BSAD 371 —
Traffic and Physical Distribution Management 3
BSAD 301 — Electronic Data Processing or BSAD 332
Operations Research I or BSAD 385
Production Management 3
BSAD 482 — Business and Government 3
15
(2) three semester hours from the following:
BSAD 311 — Intermediate Accounting
BSAD 330 — Business Statistics II
BSAD 440 — Financial Management
BSAD 481— Public Utilities
3
Total 18
Thus, the upper division requirements are:
Junior-senior requirements for all departmental
students 15
Junior-senior curriculum concentration 18
Electives in 300 or 400 level economics courses at
least one of which must be ECON 401, 403, 430.
or 440 6
Upper division electives to complete 120 s.h.
required for graduation 21
Total junior-senior year requirements 60
BSAD 321— Cost Accounting 3
BSAD 323 — Income Tax Accounting 3
and 9 semester hours from the following;
BSAD 420, 421 — Undergraduate Accounting Seminar
BSAD 320 — Accounting Systems
BSAD 422 — Auditing Theory and Practice
BSAD 424 — Advanced Accounting
BSAD 425— CPA Problems
BSAD 427 — Advanced Auditing Theory and Practice
BSAD 426— Advanced Cost Accounting
Thus, the upper division requirements for accounting
majors are:
Junior-senior requirements for all departmental students 15
Junior-senior accounting requirements (minimum) 21
BSAD 301 — Electronic Data Processing 3
Electives in 300 or 400 level economics courses at least
one of which must be ECON 401, 403. 430, or 440 .... 6
Electives (to complete 120 semester hours required for
graduation) 15
Total junior-senior year requirements 60
For graduates of the University of Maryland, the
educational requirement of the Maryland State
Board of Public Accountancy for taking the C.P.A.
examination without practical experience totals
thirty semester hours of accounting courses plus
six semester hours of business law. Students wish-
ing to satisfy the Board's requirements must in-
clude BSAD 422 in their undergraduate program.
Students not wishing to satisfy the Board's re-
quirements to sit for the C.P.A. examination with-
out experience are eligible to take the examina-
ArrniiMTiMr tion after obtaining two years of practical experi-
AOCUUNiiNO. ence satisfactory t0 the Board.
Accounting, in a limited sense, is the analysis, A student planning to take the C.P.A. examina-
classification and recording of financial events and tion in a state other than Maryland should deter-
the reporting of the results of such events for an mine the course requirements, if any, for such
organization. In a broader sense, accounting con- state and arrange his program accordingly,
sists of all financial devices for planning, con-
trolling and appraising performance of an organi- FINANCE
zation. In this broader sense, accounting includes
among its many facets financial planning, budget- Tne finance curriculum is designed to familiar-
ing, accounting systems, financial management ize the student with the institutions, theory and
controls, financial analysis of performance, finan- practice involved in the allocation of financial re-
cial reporting, internal and external auditing, and sources within the private sector, especially the
taxation of business. f'rm- " 's a'so designed to incorporate foundation
-ru i -j study in such related disciplines as economics and
The accounting curriculum provides an educa- tu , ., ,' H
tional foundation for careers in accounting and a tne duantltatlve areas-
foundation for future advancement in other man- The fmance curriculum provides an educational
agement areas whether in private business organi- foundation for careers involving financial analysis
zations, government agencies, or public account- and management, investment analysis and port-
ing firms. Students who select this curriculum will folio management, investment banking, banking
complete the freshman and sophomore require- and international finance; it also provides a foun-
ments for all students in the Department of Busi- dation for graduate study in business administra-
ness Administration. tion, quantitative areas, economics, and law.
_ , . Course requirements for the junior-senior cur-
Course requirements for the jumor and senior ricu|um concentra,ion in finance are:
years are:
(1) The junior-senior requirements for all students <1) Ihce 'ol'°^inc9, re,quirednc?ur|,es;
v ' ' _ , ; 0 . , . . . .. BSAD 301 Electronic Data Processing 3
in the Department of Business Administration, EC0N 430 Money and Banking y 3.
(2) the following courses: BSAD 332 Operations Research I 3
BSAD 343 Investments 3
Semester
LI P us
Hours y
BSAD 301 — Electronic Data Processing 3 (2) one of the following courses:
BSAD 310, 311 — Intermediate Accounting 6 BSAD 311 Intermediate Accounting
Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 97
Semester
Hours
BSAD 440 Financial Management
BSAD 443 Security Analysis and Valuation
BSAD 445 Commercial Bank Management
BSAD 481 Public Utilities 3
and
(3) one of the following courses:
BSAD — 302 Electronic Data Processing Applications
or a more advanced IFSM course
MATH — Three semester hours of mathematics beyond
the departmental requirements
BSAD 330— Business Statistics II or a more
advanced BSAD statistics course
BSAD 434 — Operations Research II or a more
advanced BSAD Management Science Course . . 3
Total 18
The upper division requirements are summarized as follows:
Junior-senior requirements for all departmental students 15
Junior-senior curriculum concentration 18
One course in economics selected from
ECON 401, 403, 431, 450, 402. and 440 3*
Electives to complete the 120 semester hours
required for graduation 24
Total junior-senior year requirements 60
INSURANCE AND REAL ESTATE
Students interested in insurance or real estate
may concentrate either in general business or fi-
nance and plan with their advisors a group of elec-
tives to meet their specialized needs. Courses of-
fered in insurance and real estate include risk
management, principles of risk and insurance, real
estate principles, and urban land management.
MARKETING
Marketing involves the functions performed in
getting goods and services from producers to
users. Career opportunities exist in manufacturing,
wholesaling and retailing and include sales admin-
istration, marketing research, advertising and mer-
chandising.
Students preparing for work in marketing re-
search are advised to elect additional courses in
Management Science — Statistics.
In addition to the courses taken by all students
in the Department of Business Administration, the
marketing program consists of:
(1) The following required courses:
BSAD 332 — Operations Research I 3
BSAD 351 — Marketing Management 3
BSAD 352— Advertising 3
BSAD 450— Marketing Research Methods 3
Total required 12
and
(2) six semester hours from the following:
BSAD 301 — Electronic Data Processing
BSAD 330 — Business Statistics II
* Note thai the economics requirements for the finance ma|or are more
restrictive than staled under JUNIOR AND SENIOR CORE REQUIRE-
MENTS.
BSAD 453— Industrial Marketing
BSAD 353 — Retail Management
BSAD 451— Consumer Analysis
BSAD 454 — International Marketing
BSAD 452 — Promotion Management
BSAD 371 — Traffic and Physical Distribution
Management 6
Total 18
Thus, the upper division requirements are:
Junior-senior requirements for all departmental students 15
Junior-senior curriculum concentration 18
Electives in 300 or 400 level economics courses at
least one of which must be ECON 401. 403,
430, or 440 6
Electives to complete 120 semester hours required
for graduation 21
Total, junior-senior year requirements 60
PERSONNEL AND LABOR RELATIONS
Personnel administration has to do with the di-
rection of human effort. It is concerned with se-
curing, maintaining and utilizing an effective work-
ing force. People professionally trained in person-
nel administration find career opportunities in
business, in government, in educational institu-
tions, and in charitable and other organizations.
(1) The required courses are:
BSAD 360 — Personnel Management 3
BSAD 460 — Personnel Management: Analysis &
Problems 3
BSAD 464 — Organizational Behavior 3
BSAD 362— Labor Relations 3
BSAD 462 — Labor Legislation 3
Total required 15
and
(2) three hours from the following:
BSAD 467 — Undergraduate Seminar in Personnel
Management
BSAD 385 — Production Management
PSYC 432 — Personnel and Industrial Psychology
PSYC 351 — Tests and Measurements
PSYC 352 — Psychology of Individual Differences
SOCY 462 — Industrial Sociology
SOCY 447 — Small Group Analysis
GVPT 411— Public Personnel Administration
JOUR 330 — Public Relations 3
Total 18
Thus, the upper division requirements are:
Junior-senior requirements for all departmental students 15
Junior-senior curriculum concentration 18
Electives in 300 or 400 level economics courses at
least one of which must be ECON 401. 403.
430. or 440 6
Electives to complete 120 semester hours required for
graduation 21
Total, junior-senior year requirements 60
PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT
This curriculum is designed to acquaint the stu-
dent with the problems of organization and con-
trol in the field of production management. Theory
and practice with reference to organization, poli-
98 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information
cies, methods, processes and techniques are sur-
veyed, analyzed and evaluated.
The courses in addition to those required of all
students in the Department of Business Adminis-
tration are:
Semester
Hours
(1) The following required courses:
BSAD 321 — Cost Accounting 3
BSAD 360 — Personnel Management 3
BSAD 385 — Production Management 3
BSAD 485 — Advanced Production Management .... 3
Total required 12
and
(2) six hours from the following:
BSAD 431 — Statistical Quality Control
BSAD 353— Industrial Marketing
BSAD 362 — Labor Relations
BSAD 332 — Operations Research I
BSAD 371 — Traffic and Physical Distribution
Management 6
Total 18
Thus, the upper division requirements are:
Junior-senior requirements for all departmental students 15
Junior-senior curriculum concentration 18
Electives in 300 or 400 level economics courses at
least one of which must be ECON 401, 403.
430, or 440 6
Electives to complete 120 semester hours required for
graduation 21
Total junior-senior year requirements
60
MANAGEMENT SCIENCE— STATISTICS
In the management — statistics curriculum, the
student will have the option of concentrating pri-
marily in statistics or primarily in management
science. The two options are described below.
THE STATISTICS OPTION
Statistics consists of a body of methods for
utilizing probability theory in decision-making
processes. Important statistical activities ancillary
to the decision-making process are the systema-
tization of quantitative data and the measurement
of variability. Some specialized areas within the
field of statistics are: sample surveys, forecasting,
quality control, design of experiments, Bayesian
decision processes, actuarial statistics, and data
processing. Statistical methods — for example,
sample survey techniques — are widely used in ac-
counting, marketing, industrial management, and
government applications.
An aptitude for applied mathematics and a de-
sire to understand and apply scientific methods
to significant problems are important prerequi-
sites for the would-be statistician.
Students planning to major in statistics should
take two semesters of calculus.
Students selecting this curriculum will take, in
addition to the courses required for all students in
the Department of Business Administration:
(1) The following required courses:
Semester
Hours
BSAD 301 — Electronic Data Processing 3
BSAD 330 — Business Statistics II 3
BSAD 430 — Sample Surveys in Business and Economics 3
BSAD 432— Statistical Analysis and Forecasting 3
and
(2) six semester hours from the following:
BSAD 302 — Electronic Data Processing Applications
BSAD 450 — Marketing Research Methods
BSAD 431 — Statistical Quality Control
BSAD 332 — Operations Research I
BSAD 434 — Operations Research II
BSAD 435 — Linear Programming in Business
STAT 250 — Introduction to Random Variables *
STAT 400— Probability and Statistics I* 6
Totals 18
THE MANAGEMENT SCIENCE OPTION
Management Science — Operations Research
can be defined as the application of scientific
methodology by interdisciplinary teams to prob-
lems involving the control of organized man-
machine systems so as to provide solutions which
best serve the purposes of the organization as a
whole.
Practitioners in this field are employed by large
organizations (military, governmental, private in-
dustrial, private consulting) to analyze operations
in the light of organizational goals and recommend
changes requisite to goal fulfillment.
Students planning to major in this field should
complete at least two semesters of calculus prior
to junior standing. The current MATH 220-221 is
the minimum preparation, although MATH 140-141
is preferred. Students considering graduate work
in this field should complete MATH 140-141-240-
241 as early in their careers as possible. Note
MATH 240-241 may be counted as upper division
elective credit. MATH 400 is also highly recom-
mended.
Students electing this curriculum will take, in
addition to the courses required for all students in
the Department of Business Administration:
(1) The following required courses:
BSAD 330 — Business Statistics II 3
BSAD 332 — Operations Research I 3
BSAD 434 — Operations Research II 3
BSAD 435 — Linear Programming in Business 3
Total 12
and
(2) Six semester hours from the following:
BSAD 430 — Sample Surveys in Business and
Economics
BSAD 432— Statistical Analysis and Forecasting
• Students ma|oring in statistics may not take Stat. 250 and Stat. 400 in
fulfillment of their special requirements. Only one of these courses can
be counted toward the necessary 18 credit hours.
Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 99
BSAD 431— Statistical Quality Control
STAT 400— Probability & Statistics I
BSAD 301 — Electronic Data Processing
BSAD 302 — Electronic Data Processing
Applications
BSAD 401 — Introduction to Systems Analysis
IFSM 410 — Information Processing Problems of
Administrative, Economic, and Political
Systems
BSAD 385 — Production Management
BSAD 485 — Advanced Production Management 6
Total 18
Thus, the upper division requirements are for both options:
Junior-senior requirements for all departmental students 15
Junior-senior curriculum concentration 18
Electives in 300 or 400 level economics courses at least
one of which must be ECON 401, 403, 430, or 440 . . 6
Electives to complete 120 s.h. required for graduation . 21
Total junior-senior requirement 60
TRANSPORTATION
Transportation involves the movement of per-
sons and goods in the satisfaction of human
needs. The curriculum in transportation includes
an analysis of the services and management prob-
lems, such as pricing, financing, and organization,
of the five modes of transport- — air, motor, pipe-
lines, railroads, and water — and covers the scope
and regulation of transportation in our economy.
The effective management of transportation in-
volves a study of the components of physical dis-
tribution and the interaction of procurement, the
level and control of inventories, warehousing, ma-
terial handling, transportation, and data process-
ing.
The curriculum in transportation is designed to
prepare students to assume responsible positions
with carriers, governmental agencies, and traffic
and physical distribution management in industry.
Course requirements are, in addition to the
junior-senior requirements for all students in the
Department of Business Administration:
(1) The following required courses:
BSAD 332— Operations Research I 3
BSAD 370 — Principles of Transportation 3
BSAD 371 — Traffic and Physical Distribution
Management 3
BSAD 470 — Motor Transportation 3
BSAD 473 — Advanced Transportation Problems .... 3
Total 15
and
(2) Three semester hours to be selected from the following:
BSAD 471— Water Transportation
BSAD 472 — Commercial Air Transportation
BSAD 474 — Urban Transport and Urban
Development
BSAD 481— Public Utilities
BSAD 392 — Introduction to International Business
Management 3
Total required 18
Thus, the upper division requirements are:
Junior-senior requirements for all departmental students 15
Junior-senior curriculum concentration 18
Electives in 300 or 400 level economics courses at least
one of which must be ECON 401. 403. 430 or 440
Electives to complete 120 s.h. required for graduation .
Total junior-senior year requirements .
COMBINED BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
AND LAW PROGRAM
The Department of Business Administration of-
fers a combined Business Administration-Law Cur-
riculum in which the student completes three
years in the General Curriculum in Business Ad-
ministration in the department and a fourth year
of work in the Law School of the University of
Maryland. Admission to the Law School is con-
tingent upon meeting the applicable standards of
that school. Individual students are responsible
to secure from the Law School its current admis-
sion requirements. The student must complete all
the courses required of students in the depart-
ment, the courses normally required for the gen-
eral curriculum in Business Administration through
the junior year, and enough credits to equal a
minimum of 90 semester hours. No business law
course can be included in the 90 hours. The last
year of college work before entering the Law
School must be completed in residence at College
Park. At least 30 hours of work must be in courses
numbered 300 or above.
The Bachelor of Science degree is conferred
upon students who complete the first year in the
Law School with an average grade of C or better.
DEPARTMENT OF
CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
Professors: Arsenault**, Beckmann, Duffey, Go-
mezplata, Johnson*, Marchello, Schroeder, Sil-
verman*, Smith, and Skolnick**
Associate Professors: Bolsaitis", Cadman, Mun-
no*, Regan, Roush***, and Spain**
Assistant Professors: Almenas*, Blair', Gentry,
Kugelman, Sheaks*, and Spivak**
Part-Time Professors: Goldman*, and Hoffman
Lecturers: Belcher* and Dedrick
Chemical engineering involves the application
of sound engineering and economic principles —
and basis sciences of mathematics, physics and
chemistry — to process industries concerned with
the chemical transformation of matter. The chemi-
cal engineer is primarily concerned with research
and process development leading to new chemi-
cal process ventures or a better understanding
of existing ones; with the efficient operation of
the complete chemical plants or its component
units; with the technical services engineering re-
• Member of Nuclear Engineermq Faculty group
"• Member of Engineering Materials Faculty group.
•••Joint Appointment with Physics.
•*•• Joint Appointment with Textiles.
100 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information
quired for improving and understanding chemical
plant operation and the products produced; with
the chemical sales and economic distribution of
the chemical plant product; and with the general
management and executive direction of chemical
process industry plants and industrial complexes.
Because of this wide range of ultimate applica-
tion, the chemical engineer finds interesting and
diverse career opportunities in such varied fields
as chemical (inorganic and organic), food proc-
essing and manufacture, metallurgical, nuclear
and energy conversion, petroleum (refining, pro-
duction, or petrochemical), and pharmaceutical
industries. Additional opportunities are presented
by the research and development activities of
many public and private research institutes and
allied agencies.
The Chemical Engineering Department offers
a curriculum to prepare the undergraduate for a
challenging career in any of the aforementioned
fields of interest — a curriculum that will prepare
him for continued graduate study or immediate
industrial employment following the baccalaureate
degree.
The program is developed around three areas:
chemical, materials and nuclear engineering. In
addition, the development of programs in applied
polymer science, and biological and environ-
mental health engineering has been initiated.
These new programs are interdisciplinary with
other departments of the University.
BASIC FRESHMAN YEAR
Semester
Course No. and Title I II
HLTH 105 — Science and Theory of Health (2)
CHEM 103, 104— General Chemistry** .. 4 4
PHYS 161— General Physics .. 3
MATH 140. 141— Analysis I. II 4 4
ENES 101 — Intro Engr. Science 3
ENES 1 10 — Mechanics 3
General Education Courses 3 3
Physical Activities (1) (1)
Total Credits 17 18
Students who are not prepared to schedule
MATH 140 are advised to schedule MATH 115
(3 cr.) and ENGL 101 (3 cr.) in the Summer Ses-
sion before the fall (first) Semester. MATH 115
does not count toward fulfilling the requirements
of an engineering degree it is a prepara-
tory course. Otherwise, students will schedule
their freshman year as showing in the following:
ALTERNATE FRESHMAN YEAR
Semester
Course No. and Title I II Summer
HLTH 105— Science and Theory of Health (2)
CHEM 103, 104— General Chemistry** ... 4 4
PHYS 161— General Physics I 3
MATH 115 — Intro, to Analysis **' 3
MATH 140, 141— Analysis I, II 4 4
ENES 101 — Intro. Engr. Science 3
•Qualified studenis may elect to take CHEM 105 and 106 (3 cr. hrs. each)
instead of CHEM 103 and 104.
•MATH 115 is an additional course for those students who do net qualify
to begin with MATH 140.
ENES 110— Mechanics 3
General Education Courses 3 6
Physical Activities (1) (1)
Total Credits 16 18 7
Semester
SOPHOMORE YEAR | ||
General Education Course 3
MATH 240 — Linear Algebra 4
MATH 246— Deferential Equations . 3
PHYS 262. 263— General Physics 4 4
ENES 220— Mechanics of Materials 3
CHEM 201. 203— College Chemistry III. IV 3 3
CHEM 204 — College Chemistry Laboratory
IV 2
ENCH 215 — Chemical Engineering Anal-
ysis I 3
ENCH 250 — Chemical Engineering Anal-
ysis II 2
Total 17 17
Semester
JUNIOR YEAR | ||
General Education Courses 3 3
ENCH 440 — Chemical Engr. Kinetics .... 3
ENCH 442 — Chemical Engineering Systems
Analysis and Dynamics 2
ENCH 443 — Dynamics and Control Lab. . . 1
CHEM 481, 482— Physical Chemistry 3 3
CHEM 431— Physical Chemistry Lab 3
Technical Elective . . 2
ENCH 295— Chemical Process Thermo . . 3
ENCH 425, 427— Transfer and Transport
Processes I, II 4 3
Total 16 17
SENIOR YEAR
General Education Courses 6 3
ENEE Electives 3
ENCH 333— Seminar . . 1
ENCH 437 — Chemical Engneering Lab. . . 3
ENCH 445 — Process Engr. and Design ... 3
ENCH 447 — Chem. Engineering Econ . . 2
Technical Electives 4 7
Total 16 16
Course Code Prefix— ENCH
DEPARTMENT OF CHEMISTRY
Professor and Chairman: Vanderslice.
Professor and Associate Chairman: Jaquith.
Professors: Castellan, Gardner, Grim, Henery-
Logan, Holmlund, Keeney, Lippincott, Ponnam-
peruma, Pratt, Purdy, Reeve, Rollinson, Stewart,
Stuntz, Svirbely, Veitch, White (Emeritus).
Visiting Professors: Breger, Reiman, Rose.
Research Professor: Bailey.
Associate Professors: Bellama, Boyd, DeVoe,
Gordon, Huheey, Jarvis, Kasler. Lakshmanan
Mazzocchi, Miller, Pickard, Staley, Viola, Wal-
ters.
Assistant Professors: Ammon, Campagnoni, Davis,
Hanson, Helz, Jackson, Khanna, Martin, Moore,
Murphy, O'Haver, Olin, Sampugna, Sommer,
Zoller.
Instructors: Ingangi, Stuntz.
Lecturer: Heikkinen.
Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 101
The science of chemistry is so broad that com-
pletion of a well-planned course of undergraduate
study is necessary before specialization. The cur-
riculum outlined below describes such a course of
study. The sequence of courses given should be
followed as closely as possible. All of the chemis-
try courses listed are required. The electives must
include 4 lecture credits selected from two differ-
ent courses (one must be in chemistry) from among
CHEM 422, CHEM 441, CHEM 485, or an advanced
course in mathematics or physics that has MATH
140 as a prerequisite. The electives must include
CHEM 442 or CHEM 486 or CHEM 499; CHEM 499
can be elected only by students in the chemistry
honors program, and must be taken in the second
semester of the senior year. Further information
concerning the honors program in chemistry may
be obtained from the Chemistry Department Hon-
ors Committee.
SECOND YEAR
FIRST YEAR
First Semester
Chemistry 103 or 105. ... 4
Mathematics 140 4
English 101 or 171 3
General Education 3
Health 105 (2)
Physical Education (1)
17
Second Semester
Chemistry 104 or 106. ... 4
Mathematics 141 4
English 201 3
Physics 161 3
Speech 107 2
Physical Education (1)
17
SECOND YEAR
Chemistry 201 or 211 ... . 3
Chemistry 202 or 212. ... 2
Physics 262 4
English 202 3
General Education 3
15
Chemistry 203 or 213. ... 3
Chemistry 204 or 214. ... 2
Physics 263 4
General Education 3
Electives 3
15
THIRD YEAR
Chemistry 481 3
Chemistry 483 1
German or Russian 3
General Education 3
Electives 5
15
Chemistry 482 3
Chemistry 484 1
Chemistry 443 2
German or Russian 3
General Education 3
Electives 3
15
FOURTH YEAR
Chemistry 421 3
German or Russian 3
General Education 3
Electives 6
15
Chemistry 401 3
German or Russian 3
Electives 9
15
Students who begin the mathematics sequence
with MATH 115 must postpone PHYS 161, 262, and
263 one semester each. The following curriculum
contains this shift and reflects other changes
caused by the modification.
FIRST YEAR
First Semester
Chemistry 103 or 105. ... 4
Mathematics 115 3
English 101 or 171 3
General Education 3
Health 105 (2)
Physical Education (1)
16
Second Semester
Chemistry 104 or 106. ... 4
Mathematics 140 4
English 201 3
General Education 3
Speech 107 2
Physical Education (1)
17
Chemistry 201 or 211 . ... 3
Chemistry 202 or 212. . . . 2
Mathematics 141 4
Physics 161 3
English 202 3
15
Chemistry 203 or 213. ... 3
Chemistry 204 or 214. . . . 2
Physics 262 4
General Education 3
Electives 4
16
THIRD YEAR
Chemistry 481 3
Chemistry 483 1
Physics 263 4
German or Russian 3
General Education 3
14
Chemistry 482 3
Chemistry 484 1
Chemistry 443 2
General Education 3
German or Russian 3
Electives 4
16
FOURTH YEAR
Chemistry 421 3 Chemistry 401 3
German or Russian 3 German or Russian 3
Electives 9 Electives 9
15 15
The Department of Chemistry also offers a pro-
gram leading to a B.S. with a major in Bio-
chemistry.
FIRST YEAR
First Semester Second Semester
Chemistry 103 or 105... 4 Chemistry 104 or 106... 4
Mathematics 115 3 Mathematics 140 4
English 101 or 171 3 English 201 3
General Education 3 General Education 3
Health 105 (2) Speech 107 2
Physical Education (1) Physical Education (1)
16
SECOND YEAR
17
Chemistry 201 or 211 ... . 3
Chemistry 202 or 212. ... 2
Mathematics 141 4
Physics 161 3
English 202 3
15
Chemistry 203 or 213 3
Chemistry 204 or 214. ... 2
Physics 262 4
General Education 3
Electives 4
16
THIRD YEAR
Chemistry 481 3
Chemistry 483 1
Physics 263 4
Foreign Language 3
Electives 3
14
Chemistry 482 3
Chemistry 484 1
Foreign Language 3
General Education 3
Electives 6
16
FOURTH YEAR
Chemistry 461 3
Chemistry 463 2
Foreign Language 3
Electives 7
15
Chemistry 462 3
Chemistry 464 2
Foreign Language 3
General Education 3
Electives 4
15
The student must also take at least 9 semester hours in
approved biological science courses with at least one course
at the 300-400 level.
AGRICULTURAL CHEMISTRY
This curriculum insures adequate instruction in
the fundamentals of both the physical and biologi-
cal sciences. It may be adjusted through the se-
lection of electives to fit the student for work in
102 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information
agricultural experiment stations, soil bureaus, geo-
logical surveys, food laboratories, fertilizer indus-
tries, and those handling food products.
The science requirement will be satisfied by completing
16 credit hours from the following courses:
Semester
Credit Hours
BOTN 100 — General Botany 4
MICB 200 — General Microbiology 4
ZOOL 101 — General Zoology 4
and
CHEM 103.104— College Chemistry I. II 4.4
REQUIRED OF ALL STUDENTS:
CHEM 203— College Chemistry IV 3
CHEM 204 — College Chemistry IV Laboratory 2
CHEM 201— College Chemistry III 3
CHEM 202 — College Chemistry III Laboratory 2
CHEM 421 — Advanced Quantitative Analysis or 3
CHEM 321 — Intermediate Quantitative Analysis 4
AGRO 202— General Soils 4
GEOL 100— Geology 3
MATH 141— Analysis II 4
Modern Languages 12
PHYS 161— General Physics 3
PHYS 262— General Physics 4
PHYS 263 — General Physics 4
Electives in Biology 6
Electives in Agricultural Chemistry 6
Course Code Prefix— CHEM
INSTITUTE FOR CHILD STUDY
Stanley Bennett, Angelo
John Chapin, Marie Dav-
John Eliot, Charles Flat-
Jacob Goering, Harry
Agnes Hatfield, Robert
t, John Kurtz, David G.
Garry McDaniels, Made-
Millhollan, H. Gerthon
Saul Rogolsky, Bonnie
Faculty: Edward Ansello,
Bolea, B. Lucile Bowie,
idson, Laura Dittmann,
ter, Albert Gardner,
Green, Robert Hardy,
Huebner, E. Joan Hun
Kyle. Richard Matteson,
laine Mershon, Frank
Morgan, Hugh Perkins,
Tyler.
The Institute for Child Study carries on the
following activities: (1) It undertakes basic re-
search in human development; (2) It synthesizes
research findings from many sciences that study
human beings; (3) It plans, organizes and provides
consultant service programs of direct child study
by in-service teachers in individual schools or in
municipal, county or state systems; (4) It offers
course programs and field training to qualified
graduate students, preparing them to render ex-
pert consultant service to schools and for college
teaching of human development.
Undergraduate courses and workshops are de-
signed for prospective teachers, in-service teach-
ers and other persons interested in human de-
velopment. Certain prerequisities are set up with-
in the course sequences, but these prerequisites
are modified by the student's previous experience
in direct study of children.
CHINESE PROGRAM
Assistant Professor and Director: Chin.
Instructors: Chen, Friedman and Loh.
The program offers intensive study for the first
year for which students earn twelve (12) credits
in a year (six each semester). The approach is
audio-lingual and communication-oriented.
A minor in the Chinese language consists of
eighteen (18) credit hours. Six of these hours must
be in Chinese Linguistics (421, 422).
Course Code Prefi)
Course Code Prefix— CHIN
DEPARTMENT OF
CIVIL ENGINEERING
Professors: Looney, Lepper, Otts, Ragan.
Associate Professors: Birkner, Carter, Cookson,
Cournyn, Garber, Heins, Israel, Piper, Sternberg
and Wedding.
Assistant Porefssors: Colville, Haefner, Hall, Har-
ris, McCuen, Reilly, and Witzcak.
CIVIL ENGINEERING CURRICULUM
Civil engineering is concerned with the plan-
ning, design, construction and operation of large
facilities associated with man's environment.
Civil engineers specialize in such areas as en-
vironmental engineering, transportation systems,
structures, water resource development, water
supply and pollution control, urban and regional
planning, construction management, and air pol-
lution control. Many civil engineers enter private
practice as a consulting engineer or start their
own business in the construction industry. Others
pursue careers with local, state, and federal agen-
cies or with large corporations.
The undergraduate program is founded on the
basic sciences and emphasizes the development
of a high degree of technical competence. The
program orients the student toward computer aid-
ed design techniques and prepares him to incor-
porate new concepts that will develop during his
professional career. Further, the program stresses
the balance between technical efficiency and the
needs of society. The graduate is prepared to en-
ter one of the areas mentioned above, or he can
move into new areas specialization such as ocean-
ographic engineering or the development of fa-
cilities for extra-terrestrial environments.
At no time has man been more concerned with
the quality of his environment. Man is concerned
with broad environmental problems such as pollu-
tion and the operation of his transportation sys-
tems. Man is also concerned with problems such
as a need for new approaches in the design and
construction of buildings. The civil engineering
profession faces the greatest challenge in its his-
tory as it assumes a central role in the solution
of the physical problems fading the urban-region-
al complex.
Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 103
BASIC FRESHMAN YEAR
Semester
Course No. and Title I II
HLTH 105— Science and Theory of Health (2)
CHEM 103, 104— General Chemistry" .. 4 4
PHYS 161— General Physics 3
MATH 140, 141— Analysis I, II 4 4
ENES 101— Intro Engr. Science 3
ENES 1 10— Mechanics 3
General Education Courses 3 3
Physical Activities (1) (1)
Total Credits 17 18
Students who are not prepared to schedule
MATH 140 are advised to schedule MATH 115
(3 cr.) and ENGL 101 (3 cr.) in the Summer Ses-
sion before the Fall (first) Semester. MATH 115
does not count toward fulfilling the requirements
of an engineering degree it is a prepara-
tory course. Otherwise, students will schedule
their freshman year as showing in the following:
ALTERNATE FRESHMAN YEAR
Semester
Course No. and Title I II Summer
HLTH 105— Science and Theory of Health (2)
CHEM 103, 104— General Chemistry" ..4 4
PHYS 161— General Physics I 3
MATH 115 — Intro to Analysis •" 3
MATH 140, 141— Analysis I, II 4 4
ENES 101 — Intro. Engr. Science 3
ENES 110 — Mechanics 3
General Education Courses 3 6
Physical Activities (1) (1)
Total Credits 16 18 7
••Qualified students may elect to take CHEM 105 and 106 (3 cr. hrs. each)
instead ol CHEM 103 and 104.
•••MATH 115 is an additional course for those students who do not qualify
to begin with MATH 140.
SOPHOMORE YEAR I II
General Education Courses 3 3
MATH 240 — Linear Algebra 4
MATH 241— Analysis III 4
PHYS 262, 263— General Physics 4 4
ENES 220 — Mechanics of Materials 3
ENES 221 — Dynamics 3
ENCE 221 — Introduction to Environmetnal
Engineering 3
ENCE 280 — Engineering Survey
Measurements 3
Total 17 17
Semester
JUNIOR YEAR I II
General Education Course . . 3
ECON 205 — Fundamentals of Economics 3
ENCE 360 — Numerical Analysis and
Computer Programming 3
ENCE 381— Applied Math, in Engr 3
ENME 215— Principles of Mech. Engr 3
ENCE 350 — Fundamentals of Structural
Analysis 3
ENCE 351 — Basic Structural Design 3
ENCE 330 — Basic Fluid Mechanics 3
ENCE 300 — Fundamentals of Engineering
Materials 3
ENCE 340 — Basic Soil Mechanics . 3
ENCE 370 — Fundamentals of Transportation
Engineering 3
Technical Elective (See Note B) * 3
Total 18 18
SENIOR YEAR
General Education Courses 3 3
ENCE 460 — Computer Analysis 3
ENCE 420, 421 — Basic Civil Engineering
Planning 2 1
Technical Electives (See Note B) 6" 6*
Extra-Departmental Electives (See Note A) 3 3
ENEE 300— Fundamentals of Elec. Engr 3
Total 17 16
* These numbers represent five three-semester-credit courses. Additional
semseter credits will be Involved to the extent that courses carrying
more than three credits are selected.
NOTES CONCERNJNG ELECTIVES:
The student shall, with the assistance of his
advisor, select a coherent program of electives
in accordance with the following:
A. Six (6) elective credits (two courses) must be
taken outside the Department of Civil Engi-
neering. Three credits must be in a field re-
lated to economics management or business
law. The other three are at the choice of the
student.
Five technical elective courses (15-18 credits)
must be taken as specified below:
(1) A two-course sequence must be taken from one of the
following:
412
432
435
400
B
(a) ENCE 410, 411,
(b) ENCE 430, 431,
(c) ENCE 433, 434,
(d) ENCE 440, 441,
(e) ENCE 450, 451
(f) ENCE 461, 462
(g) ENCE 470, 471,
472
(2) Three courses may be selected from any 400 level elec-
tives offered by the Department. With departmental ap-
proval, one of the three may be a suitable technical
elective outside the Department.
DEPARTMENT OF
CLASSICAL LANGUAGES AND
LITERATURES
Professor and Chairman: Avery.
Associate Professor: Hubbe.
Lecturer: Iversen.
Instructor: Clapper.
Major in Latin: LATN 101, 102, 203 and 204 or
their equivalent must have been completed before
a student may begin work on a major. A major
consists of a minimum of twenty-four hours be-
ginning with LATN 305, twelve hours of which
must be taken in 400-level courses. In addition, a
student majoring in Latin will be required to take
as supporting courses LATN 170, HIFN 456. and
HIFN 410. He is urged to pursue a strong support-
ing program in Greek. The following courses are
recommended as electives: HIST 251 and 252,
ARTH 402 and 403, and PHIL 310. No course in
the Latin language with a grade less than C may
be used to satisfy major requirements.
Normally no placement tests are given in the
104 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information
classical languages. The following schedule will
apply in general in determining the course level at
which students will register for Latin.
Students offering 0 or 1 unit of Latin will register
for LATN 101.
Students offering 2 units of Latin will register for
LATN 203.
Students offering 3 units of Latin will register for
LATN 204.
Students offering 4 units of Latin will register for
LATN 305.
However, those presenting 2, 3 or 4 units of pre-
paratory work may register initially for the next
higher course by demonstrating proficiency
through a placement test. Students whose stage
of achievement is not represented here are urg-
ently invited to confer with the chairman of the
department. Students who wish to continue the
study of Greek should likewise confer with the
chairman of the department. No credit will be given
for less than two semesters of elementary Latin
or Greek except as provided in the course de-
scriptions of LATN and GREK 101.
Course Code Prefixes— LATN. GREK
COMPARATIVE
LITERATURE PROGRAM
Advisory Committee on Comparative Literature
Freedman (Chairman), G. Jones, R. T. Swigger,
W. MacBain, C. Hering, and G. Nemes.
Professors: Goodwyn, Jones.
Associate Professors: Perloff, Salamanca, D.
Smith.
Assistant Professors: Swigger, Berry, Gilbert,
Greenwood, Salchenberger, Tinsley, Walt.
Undergraduates may emphasize comparative lit-
erature as they work toward a degree in one of
the departments of literature. Each student will be
formally advised by the faculty of his "home" de-
partment. In general, every student will be re-
quired to take CMLT 401 and CMLT 402, and, dur-
ing his last year, CMLT 496. The various literature
departments concerned will have additional spe-
cific requirements.
Students emphasizing comparative literature are
expected to develop a high degree of competence
in at least one foreign language.
Course work may not be limited to the nine-
teenth and twentieth centuries.
LATN 170 is highly recommended.
COMPUTER SCIENCE PROGRAM
Professor and Director: Atchison.
Professors: Chu,1 Edmundson,-' Glasser,1 Heilprin,'
Kanal, Minker.
Research Professors: Ortega, Rheinboldt, ■"■ Rosen-
feld.
Associate Professor: Austing.
Assistant Professors: Agrawala, Basili, Deutsch,
Feldman, Hagerty, Hamlet, McClellan, Noonan,
Park, Vandergraft.
Visiting Assistant Professor: Baecker.
Instructor and Associate Director: Menard.
Instructors: Doyle, Milgram, Nagel, Vanderbrug.
Lecturer: Lay.
The educational program in computer science
is administered by the Computer Science Center
which is an academic unit of the University not af-
filiated with any particular school or college. The
Computer Science Center provides computing
service for all academic activities of the University
and conducts an active research program in the
computer and computer-related sciences.
No bachelor's degree program in computer sci-
ence is offered at this University. The basic under-
graduate courses are designed to offer students in
all fields an introduction to the academic discipline
concerned with the use of computers. The ad-
vanced undergraduate courses offer suitable prep-
aration for graduate study in computer science or
supporting work for students majoring in other
areas. The Computer Science Center offers the
Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy de-
grees in computer science. An undergraduate
student interested in these programs or in specific
computer science courses should consult his ad-
visor as early in his preparation as possible.
1 Joint appointment with Electrical Engineering.
- Joint appointment with Mathematics.
ith Physics and Astronomy.
ith Library and Information Services.
th the Institute lor Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathe-
1 Joint appointment
1 Joint appointment
■ Joint appointment
matics.
Course Code Prefix— CMSC
Course Code Prefix— CMLT
CONSERVATION AND RESOURCE
DEVELOPMENT PROGRAMS
The development and use of natural resources
(including water, soil, minerals, fresh water and
marine organisms, wildlife, air and human re-
sources), are essential to the full growth of an
economy.
The curriculum in Conservation and Resource
Development is designed to instill concepts of the
efficient development and judicious management
of natural resources. The study of the problems as-
sociated with use of natural resources will ac-
quaint students with their role in economic devel-
opment while maintaining concern for the quality
of the environment.
Students will prepare for professional and ad-
ministrative positions in land and water conserva-
tion projects, for careers in operational, adminis-
trative, educational, and research work in land use,
Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 105
fish and wildlife management, natural resource
management, recreational area development, and
management, or for graduate study in any of the
several areas within the biological sciences.
Students will pursue a broad education pro-
gram and then elect subjects concentrated in a
specific area of interest. A student will be assigned
an advisor according to his area of interest.
Students will be encouraged to obtain summer
positions which will give them technical laboratory
or field experience in their chosen interest area.
The science requirement will be satisifed by completing
the following courses:
Semester
Credit Hours
CHEM 103.104— College Chemistry I. II 4.4
BOTN 100— General Botany 4
ZOOL 101— General Zoology 4
CONSERVATION AND RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT
AGRI 301 — Introductory Agricultural Biometrics
or
AGRI 401 — Agricultural Biometrics 3
AGEN 100 — Introductory Agricultural Engineering 3
AGRO 202— General Soils 4
BOTN 211 — Principles of Conservation 3
ENTM 200 — Introductory Entomology 3
GEOG 201— General Geography
or
GEOL 100— Geology 3
MATH 110,111 — Introduction to Mathematics
(or MATH 115.140) 3,3
MICB 200— General Microbiology 4
ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS— One of the following options
must be fulfilled:
PLANT RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
AGRO 100 — Crop Production Laboratory 2
BOTN 202 — General Botany 4
BOTN 212— Plant Taxonomy 3
BOTN 221 — Diseases of Plants 4
BOTN 462— Plant Ecology 2
BOTN 464 — Plant Ecology Laboratory 1
HORT 171— Elements of Forestry 3
Botany, Agronomy or related electives 6
Electives 22
FISH AND WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT
ANSC 416— Wildlife Management 3
BOTN 202— General Botany 4
ZOOL 102— Animal Phyla 4
ZOOL 470— Animal Ecology 3
PHYS 121,122 — Fundamentals of Physics 4,4
or
MATH 220,221 — Elementary Calculus 4,4
or 1 semester of each 4,4
Zoology or equivalent electives 7
Electives 18
RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
AREC 240 — Environment and Human Ecology 3
AREC 452 — Economics of Resource Development 3
AREC 250. ECON 205 — Elements of Agricultural
Economics and Fundamentals of Economics
or
ECON 201,203 — Principles of Economics I. II 3,3
GEOG 203 — Introductory Economic Geography 3
ECOLOGY (BOTN or ZOOL) 3
Electives — in a specialized field 9
(Economics, Government and Politics, Community
Development, Landscape Planning. Geography
as approved by advisor.)
Electives 20
WATER RESOURCE MANAGEMENT
AGEN 432 — General Hydrology 3
AGEN 435 — Aquacultural Engineering 3
AGRO 413 — Soil and Water Conservation 3
AGRO 417— Soil Physics 3
AGRO 423— Soil-Water Pollution 3
GEOG 445— Climatology 3
GEOG 462 — Water Resources and Water
Resource Planning 3
Ecology (BOTN or ZOOL) 3
Electives 23
PEST MANAGEMENT
AGRO 100— Crop Production Laboratory 2
AGRO 423— Soil-Water Pollution 3
AGRO 453— Weed Control 3
BOTN 202— General Botany 4
BOTN 221— Diseases of Plants 4
ENTM 452— Insecticides 2
ENTM 451 — Economic Entomology 4
ZOOL 102— Animal Phyla 4
Electives 21
CO-OPERATIVE ENGINEERING EDUCATION
PROGRAM
Director: Blair
The Maryland Plan for Co-operative Engineering
Education at the University of Maryland, offered
by the College of Engineering, presents a five-
year program leading to a Bachelor of Science de-
gree. The academic requirements for students fol-
lowing the Co-op Plan of Education are identical
to the academic requirements for those students
following the regular four-year program. In addition
to the normal academic requirements, the Co-op
student has scheduled periods of professional in-
ternship which must be satisfactorily completed to
qualify for the baccalaureate degree under the
Co-op Plan.
The Co-op Plan begins after the student has
completed the freshman and sophomore require-
ments of his major field. This Co-op Plan involves
only the last half of the student's baccalaureate
program, the junior and senior years. The alter-
nating plan of study and professional internship
lengthens this normal two-year period to three cal-
endar years. Delaying entry into the Co-op Plan un-
til the junior year offers considerable educational
advantages to the student. The student retains the
normal freshman-sophomore program years to af-
ford time for the selection of his major field of
engineering ... or even whether he wishes to con-
tinue in engineering . . . without committing him-
self to either the regular four-year or the Co-op
Plan of education. A more mature and meaningful
series of professional internship assignments are
possible, to benefit both the student and his pro-
fessional partner. Also, the plan is readily adapt-
able to the needs of the student transferring to the
University from the engineering transfer programs
of the community colleges.
Students are selected for the Co-op Plan from
applications filed with the Co-operative Education
Office of the College of Engineering. While the
student applies during his sophomore year, he
106 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information
must have completed the sophomore year require-
ments before formal entry into the program. A stu-
dent must have a minimum 2.0 grade point aver-
age at the University of Maryland in order to qual-
ify for the program.
The Maryland Plan for Co-operative Engineer-
ing Education is shown in the tabulation below.
Briefly, in Plans I and II, the Co-op student spends
three semesters and two summers in resident
study and three semesters and one summer in pro-
fessional internship (70 weeks) to complete his
baccalaureate degree requirements; all students
complete the program with student-residence at
the University. In these two plans students begin
interning during the spring and fall semesters re-
spectively. In Plan III the Co-op student begins in-
terning in the summer and spends three semesters
and one summer in resident study and two se-
mesters and two summers in professional intern-
ship (60 weeks). The study-residence periods are
the normal semester or eight-week summer ses-
sions at the University; the internship periods are
of twenty-weeks duration during the fall and spring
semesters and ten weeks during the summer. It
should be emphasized that these plans are guides,
and some variation is permissible.
Note: The student must have completed all
freshman and sophomore requirements of his
major field before entry into the Co-op Plan.
Plan 1
Plan II
Plan III
SUMMER
Intern (1)
FALL
SPRING
SUMMER
Study
Intern (1,2)
Study
Intern (1,2)
Study
Intern (3)
Study
Intern (2.3)
Study
FALL
SPRING
SUMMER
Intern (3.4)
Study
Intern (5)
Study
Intern (4.5)
Study
Intern (4,5)
Study
Intern (6)
FALL
SPRING
SUMMER
Study
Intern ($.7)
Study
Intern (6.7)
Study
Study
Study
Students make their own arrangements for
board and lodging while on their periods of in-
ternship. Frequently the participating industrial
company or governmental agency will assist the
student in locating good, inexpensive lodging. The
internship wages are paid directly to the student
by his employer.
During the semesters or summer sessions in
which the student attends school, he pays the reg-
ular tuition and fees assessed by the University.
A S30.00 fee is charged for each 10-week period
of professional internship. There is one 10-week
period when a student interns during the summer
and three double periods (20 weeks each) when
he interns during the fall or spring semesters. The
professional intern fee is payable at the beginning
of each intern period and is not refundable.
Course Code Prefix— ENCO
DEPARTMENT OF
COUNSELING AND
PERSONNEL SERVICES
Faculty: Thomas Allan, Janice M. Birk, Richard H.
Byrne, Nancy Carlson, Margaret A. Collins, Rob-
ert Freeman, Kenneth R. Greenberg, William
Griffith, Larney Gump, John L. Haugen, Kenneth
B. Hoyt, Eric Kafka, George W. Kreiger, Richard
Lawrence, Thomas Magoon, Phyllis R. Magrab,
George L. Marx, Arnold Medvene, J. Winston
Martin, Shirley Perry, Donald K. Pumroy, Philip
Ray, David J. Rhoads, Otto Spielbichler, Herbert
J. Stern. Sylvia Tetrault, Franklin Westbrook.
Programs of preparation are offered by the De-
partment of Counseling and Personnel Services at
the master's degree, advanced graduate special-
ist, and doctoral degree levels for counselors in
elementary and secondary schools, rehabilitation
agencies, community agencies, college and uni-
versity counseling centers. It also offers programs
of preparation for other personnel services: col-
lege student personnel administration, visiting
teacher and psychological services in schools.
Course Code Prefix— EDCP
INSTITUTE OF CRIMINAL JUSTICE
AND CRIMINOLOGY
Professor and Director: Lejins.
Lecturer: Ingraham.
Assistant Professor: Johnson.
ADVISORY COUNCIL: The Advisory Council is
made up of representatives of the areas of educa-
tion, law, psychiatry, psychology, public adminis-
tration, social work, sociology, and University Col-
lege: Professor Richard P. Claude, Department of
Government and Politics; Dean Stanley J. Drazek,
University College; Professor Robert G. Fisher,
School of Law; Dr. Jonas Rappeport, Psychiatric
Institute; Professor Joan Hunt, Institute of Child
Study; Dean Daniel Thursz, School of Social Work;
Professor Robert S. Waldrop, Department of Psy-
chology.
ADVISORY BOARD: The Advisory Board is made
up of representatives of the state agencies in the
field of law enforcement and corrections, repre-
sentatives of appropriate private agencies and or-
ganizations as well as representatives of national
agencies and organizations.
The purpose of the Institute is to provide an or-
ganizational and administrative basis for the inter-
ests and activities of the University, its faculty and
students in the areas usually designated as law en-
forcement, criminology and corrections. The insti-
tute is to promote study ana teaching concerning
the problems of crime and delinquency by offer-
ing and coordinating academic programs in the
area of law enforcement, criminology and correc-
tions; managing research in these areas; and con-
ducting demonstration projects.
Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 107
The Institute comprises as its component parts:
1. The Criminology Program, which is a Divis-
ion of the Department of Sociology.
2. The Law Enforcement Curriculum.
3. The program leading to a Bachelor of Arts in
General Studies with specializations in law
enforcement and corrections offered by the
University College.
4. Other appropriate divisions to be developed
for the areas of research and demonstration
projects.
The major in law enforcement comprises 30
hours of course work in law enforcement and
criminology, the latter being offered as courses in
the Division of Criminology of the Department of
Sociology, divided as follows: 18, but not more
than 24, hours in law enforcement; 6, but not more
than 12, hours in criminology; Sociology 201 or
Psychology 200; supporting courses, 18 hours in
government and politics, psychology, or sociology
(see recommended list in department office). Stu-
dent may use an additional 6 hours to bring the
major up to 36 hours. No grade lower than C
may be used toward the major.
Course Code Prefix— LENF
DEPARTMENT OF DANCE
Professor and Chairman: Madden.
Associate Professor: Rosen.
Assistant Professors: Warren, Weaver and Witt.
Visiting Lecturers: Aikens and Nicks.
Instructors: Brunner, Freivogel, McCann, Reynolds,
Sheppard, Sinclair and Steinke.
The offerings in the Department of Dance are
intended to serve the needs of students who wish
to make dance their major effort and also to pro-
vide opportunity for those students who would like
to explore the role of dance as an art form.
Courses serve to develop knowledge of different
cultures and arts by studying the place of dance
in diverse societies, and in relation to other art
forms. Guest artists are scheduled throughout the
year, and from time to time a resident artist is
teaching.
For those students who choose to major in
dance, the department provides courses of train-
ing which prepare them for performance, choreog-
raphy, and continuation of studies of dance and
related arts at the graduate level. It is also pos-
sible for the student to choose dance history,
criticism or dance archives as a career. The cur-
riculum includes music for dance and rhythmic in-
vention as well as related theatre subjects.
The Bachelor of Arts degree is awarded to those
whose interest is basically in the cultural, perform-
ing and composing aspects of the dance and
teaching on the college level. The Bachelor of Sci-
ence degree is offered with a major in teaching.
It should be noted that the dance major pro-
grams are demanding ones of faculty and students
alike, implying the giving of time, energy and dedi-
cation to the program. Students prepared to meet
this challenge are warmly welcomed.
Courses in dance theory, literature and tech-
nique (modern, ballet, and ethnic) are open to all
students who have completed the specified pre-
requisites, acquired the equivalent experience or
secured the permission of the chairman of the de-
partment. Apprentice Groups I and II, and the Per-
forming Company are open to qualified students.
THE BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE
The Department requirement includes a core
program of 14 hours in dance techniques and 24
in theory and literature. Dance majors are required
to take 12 hours in related disciplines, and to be
in a technique course each semester.
No course with a grade of less than C may be
applied toward the fulfillment of the course re-
quirements for a major in dance.
Students are placed in technique classes ac-
cording to their level of achievement and progress.
Course Code Prefix— DANC
DEPARTMENT OF
EARLY CHILDHOOD-ELEMENTARY
EDUCATION
Early Childhood Education: Kathleen G. Amer-
shek, Marilyn Church, Regina Goff, Sarah Lou
Leeper, Carol Seefeldt, Thomas D. Yawkey.
Elementary Education: Evelyn Anderson, Robert
B. Ashlock, Thomas A. Butler, Bruce W. Brig-
ham, Maureen Dietz, Robert V. Duffey, Jeffery B.
Dunbar, George Eley, Walter N. Gantt, Mary
Anne Hall, Wayne L. Herman, Lloyd B. Hutch-
ings, Susannah M. McCuaig, Richard W. O'Don-
nel, Leo W. O'Neill, Jesse A. Roderick, Elisa-
beth Schumacher, Dorothy D. Sullivan Jacque-
lyn Vawter, V. Phillips Weaver, Tommie West,
David L. Williams, John W. Wilson, Robert M.
Wilson.
The Department of Early Childhood-Elementary
Education offers two undergraduate curricula lead-
ing to the Bachelor of Science degree:
1. Early Childhood Education — for the prepara-
tion of teachers in nursery school, kinder-
garten and primary grades (grades one, two
and three).
2. Elementary Education — for the preparation
of teachers of grades one through six.
Students who wish to become certificated teach-
ers for nursery school and/or kindergarten must
follow the early childhood education curriculum
(1. above). Students who seek certification for
teaching the intermediate grades must follow the
elementary education curriculum (2. above). Stu-
dents who plan to teach in the primary grades can
achieve certification in either 1. or 2.
108 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information
After June commencement 1972, all students
graduating in early childhood education or ele-
mentary education will fulfill the requirements of
the appropriate present curriculum or its counter-
part as of June 1966, depending upon the date of
admission to the Department of Early Childhood-
Elementary Education.
AREA OF ACADEMIC CONCENTRATION
Students in early childhood-elementary educa-
tion are required to develop within their degree
programs an area of academic concentration con-
sisting of a minimum of 18 semester hours, at least
12 semester hours beyond required work in the
area. Approved areas are: anthropology, astron-
omy, botany, chemistry, economics, English, fine
arts (art, dance, drama, and music), foreign lan-
guage, geography, geology, history, mathematics,
natural sciences (astronomy, botany, chemistry,
geology, meteorology, physics, zoology), philoso-
phy, physics, psychology, recreation, social sci-
ence (economics, government and politics, psy-
chology, sociology), sociology, zoology.
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
One hundred twenty (120) academic credits
plus the four semester hours in required health
and physical education are necessary for gradu-
ation. At least 80 of the academic credits must be
in fields other than education.
EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCATION
(Nursery-Kindergarten-Primary)
The Early Childhood Education curriculum has
as its primary goal the preparation of nursery
school, kindergarten and primary teachers.
Observation and student teaching are done in
the University Nursery-Kindergarten School on the
campus and in approved schools in nearby com-
munities.
Graduates receive a Bachelor of Science degree
and meet the requirements for certification for
teaching kindergarten, nursery school and pri-
mary grades in Maryland. Students should have
had extensive experience in working with children
prior to the junior year.
Freshman Year
ENGL 101— Composition or ENGL 171 —
Honors Composition or alternate ....
English Literature
SPHR 202— Fundamentals of General
American Speech or
SPCH 100— Public Speaking or
SPCH 110— Voice and Diction
HLTH 105 — Science and Theory of
Health
Physical Education
MUSC 155— Fundamentals
ARTE 100 — Fundamentals of Art Edu-
cation or
APDS 101 — Fundamentals of Design . .
Semester
I II
(2)
(1)
3
(1)
BOTN 100— General Botany or BIOL 101 or
ENTM 100— Insects or
MICB 200 — General Microbiology or
ZOOL 101— General Zoology .
ASTR 100 — Introduction to Astronomy or
CHEM 103 — General Chemistry or
GEOL 100— Geology or
PHYS 111— Elements of Physics. Me-
chanics. Heat and Sound
HIST 221— History of the U.S. to 1865 or
HIST 222 — History of the U.S. since
1865 or
HIST 223— Social and Cultural History
of Early America or
HIST 224— Social and Cultural History
of Modern America or
HIST 225— The U.S. in World Affairs .
Approved elective
3or4-
3or4-
15or16 16or17
"Two of the three science requirements must be laboratory courses.
Sophomore Year
English Literature
MATH 210 — Elements of Mathematics..
MATH 211 — Elements of Geometry ....
GEOG 100 — Introduction to Geography
ANTH 101 or ECON 201 or ECON 205 or
GNED 260 or GVPT 170 or GVPT 100 or
GVPT 300 or PSYC 100 or SOCY 100
BOTN 100 or ENTM 100 or MICB 200 or
ZOOL 101 or ASTR 100 or GEOL 100 or
PHYS 111 or BIOL 101
HIST 231 — Latin American History or
HIST 241 — Western Civilization or
HIST 242— Western Civilization or
HIST 251 — The Humanities or
HIST 252 — The Humanities or
HIST 253 — History of England and Great
Britain or
HIST 254 — History of England and Great
Britain or
HIST 261 — Far Eastern Civilization or
HIST 262 — Far Eastern Civilization or
HIST 271 — Islamic Civilization or
HIST 272 — Islamic Civilization
Approved elective
3or4"
•Two of the three science requirements must be laboratory courses.
Junior Year
Fine Arts or Philosophy
EDUC 300 — Human Development and
Learning
EDEL 303 — Activities and Materials in
Early Childhood Education
MUED 450— Music in Early Childhood
Education
EDEL 301 — Science in the Elementary
School
EDEL 306 — Social Studies in the Ele-
mentary School
EDEL 310— The Child and the Curricu-
lum
EDEL 313 — Mathematics in the Element-
ary School
EDEL 325 — The Teaching of Reading. .
Approved electives
Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 109
Senior Year
EDUC 301 — Foundations of Education. .
EDEL 330— Student Teaching, Nursery
School (4)
EDEL 331— Student Teaching, Kinder-
garten (4)
EDEL 332— Student Teaching, Primary
(8)
Approved electives
ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
This curriculum is designed for regular under-
graduate students who wish to qualify for teaching
positions in elementary schools. Students who
complete the curriculum will receive the Bachelor
of Science degree, and they will meet the Mary-
land State Department of Education requirements
for the Standard Professional Certificate in Ele-
mentary Education. The curriculum also meets
certification requirements in many other states,
Baltimore and the District of Columbia.
Semester
Freshman Year I H
ENGL 101 or ENGL 171— Honors Comp-
osition or alternate 3
English Literature 3
SPHR 202— Fundamentals of General
American Speech or
SPCH 100— Public Speaking or
SPCH 110— Voice and Diction 3
HLTH 105 — Science and Theory of
Health (2)
Physical Education (1) fn
MUSC 155 — Fundamentals 3
ARTE 100 — Fundamentals of Art
Education or
APDS 101 — Fundamentals of Design 3
BOTN 100— General Botany or BIOL 101 or
ENTM 100 — Insects or
MICB 200 — General Microbiology or
ZOOL 101 — General Zoology 3 or 4
ASTR 100 — Introduction to Astronomy or
CHEM 103 — General Chemistry or
GEOL 100— Geology or
PHYS 111— Elements of Physics;
Mechanics, Heat and Sound 3 or 4*
HIST 221— History of the U.S. to 1865 or
HIST 222— History of the U.S. since
1865 or
HIST 223— Social and Cultural History
of Early America or
HIST 224— Social and Cultural History
of Modern America or
HIST 225— The U.S. in World Affairs 3
Approved elective 3
15or16 16or17
•Two of the three science requirements must be laboratory courses
Sophomore Year
English Literature 3
MATH 210 — Elements of Mathematics.. 4
MATH 211— Elements of Geometry . . 4
GEOG 100 — Introduction to Geography . . 3
ECON 201 or ECON 205 or ANTH 101 or
GNED 260 or GVPT 170 or GVPT 100 or
GVPT 300 or PSYC 100 or SOCY 100 3 3
BOTN 100 or ENTM 100 or MICB 200 or
ZOOL 101 or ASTR 101 or GEOL 100 or
PHYS 111 or BIOL 101 3or4*
HIST 231— Latin American History or
HIST 232 — Latin American History or
HIST 241 — Western Civilization or
HIST 242 — Western Civilization or
HIST 251— The Humanities or
HIST 252 — The Humanities or
HIST 253 — History of England and Great
Britain or
HIST 254— History of England and
Great Britain or
HIST 261 — Far Eastern Civilization or
HIST 262— Far Eastern Civilization or
HIST 271 — Islamic Civilization or
HIST 272 — Islamic Civilization 3
Approved Electives 3 3
16or17 16
'Two ot the three science requirements must be laboratory courses.
Junior Year
Fine Arts or Philosophy 3
EDUC 300 — Human Development and
Learning 6 or 6
EDEL 302 — Science in the Elementary
School 2
EDEL 305 — Language Arts in the
Elementary School 2
EDEL 307— Social Studies in the
Elementary School 2
EDEL 314— Mathematics in the
Elementary School 2
EDEL 326— The Teaching of Reading. 2
Approved electives 2 or 8 3 or 9
15 15
Senior Year
EDEL 333— Student Teaching in the
Elementary School 16
EDUC 301 — Foundations of Education. 3
EDEL 312— Art in the Elementary
School or
MUED 352 — Music for the Elementary
Classroom Teacher or
PHED 420— Physical Education for
Elementary School . . 2 or 3
Approved electives 0 9
16 14 or 15
PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH EDUCA-
TION CURRICULUM— ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
Students majoring in elementary education may
pursue an area of specialization in elementary
school physical education and health education.
MUSIC EDUCATION CURRICULUM-
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
Students majoring in elementary education may
pursue an area of specialization in elementary
school music education with vocal or instrumental
emphasis, and thereby qualify for the Bachelor
of Science certificate in special subjects.
In order to fulfill requirements in this area, the
following courses should be taken in addition to
those required in the elementary education cur-
riculum. Students are also required to pass the
Musicianship Examination given by the Music Edu-
cation Division before the students enroll for stu-
dent teaching. (Students should consult their ad-
visor in music education for details.)
110 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information
A. General Music, 18 semester hours. Music
theory, MUSC 150, 151, 250 (3,3,4); music
literature and history, MUSC 131, 331 (3,3);
conducting, MUSC 490 (2).
B. Applied Music, 14 semester hours divided
between private and class instruction. Stu-
dents must complete MUSC 209 on their ma-
jor instrument. Students in the instrumental
option elect six semester hours of class in-
struction from MUSC 113-122; 213.
C. Professional Courses, eight semester hours.
Methods, MUED 462 for vocal emphasis, or
MUED 410 (2) for instrumental emphasis;
six semester hours of student teaching, (in-
cluded in the 16 hours of student teaching
required of Early Childhood-Elementary Edu-
cation majors.)
FOREIGN LANGUAGE CURRICULUM— EARLY
CHILDHOOD-ELEMENTARY SCHOOL (FLES)
Foreign Language Curriculum — Early Child-
hood-Elementary majors, foreign language majors,
and secondary education foreign language majors
are eligible for admission. Students interested in
FLES should contact the Foreign Language Edu-
cation advisor in the Department of Secondary
Education for further information concerning the
requirements for certification in FLES.
Course Code Prolix — EDEL
DEPARTMENT OF ECONOMICS
Professor and Department Chairman: Dillard.
Professors: Almon, Bergmann, Bishop, Cumber-
land, Gruchy, McGuire, O'Connell, Olson,
Schultze, Ulmer, and Wonnacott.
Associate Professors: Aaron, Adams, Bennett,
Clague, Dodge, Dorsey, Harris, Knight, Mc-
Loone, Meyer, Straszheim, and Weinstein.
Assistant Professors: Atkinson, Betancourt, Boor-
man, Christensen, Day, Fitzmaurice, Greer, Har-
rison, Layher, McGrath, MacRae, Madan, Meer,
Quails, Schiller, Singer, Tilton, and Whitman.
Instructors: Betts, Bickel, El-lssa, Hadler, Lowey-
Ball, Neri, Russek, and Schwer.
Lecturers: Amuzegar, Bailey, Bolino, Dardis, El-
Alfi, Fullenbaum, Hinrichs, King, Lady, Measday,
Mills, Moore, Pierce, Schink, Snow, Strayhorn,
and Tobin.
The program of studies in economics is de-
signed to meet the needs of students who wish
to concentrate either on a major or minor scale
in this division of the social sciences. Students
who expect to enroll in the professional schools
and those who are planning to enter the fields of
business, public administration, foreign service,
or social service administration will find courses
in economics of considerable value to them in
their later work. A student of economics should
choose courses to meet the requirements for his
major objective. If he expects to pursue graduate
study, he should consult Graduate School An-
nouncements for the general requirements for ad-
vanced degrees.
REQUIREMENTS FOR THE ECONOMICS MAJOR
In addition to the University requirements in
General Education, the student majoring in eco-
nomics is required to complete a minimum of 36
semester hours in economics with an average
grade of not less than C. Required courses are
ECON 110, 201, 203, 401, and 403, and BSAD 230
(Statistics). Economics 421 may be taken in lieu
of BSAD 230 by those with a strong background
and interest in mathematics. A student will nor-
mally have earned nine credits in the lower divi-
sion courses in economics prior to beginning ad-
vanced work in the junior year. These lower
division courses must be completed with an aver-
age grade of not less than C.
Economics majors are expected to take ECON
401 prior to taking ECON 430 or 440 and ECON
403 prior to taking ECON 450, 454, 460 or 470.
ECON 401 and 403 will provide the theoretical
foundation for "sections recommended for the
economics major." Special sections for economics
majors may be offered in ECON 430 and 440.
Other courses in economics to meet the re-
quirements of the major are to be selected with
the aid of a faculty adviser. Business administra-
tion courses which may count as economics credit
are BSAD 230, 330, 430, 431, 432, and 481.
All economics majors must take six semester
hours of mathematics.
Economics majors may elect to take a foreign
language or, in lieu of foreign language, may take
BSAD 110 and GEOG 203, depending on their col-
lege.
An economics honors program is open to eco-
nomics majors entering their junior year. Students
must have an academic average of at least 3.0
to be eligible for admittance to this program.
SUGGESTED STUDY PROGRAM FOR
ECONOMICS MAJOR
Freshman Year Hours
ENGL 101 — Composition and American Literature ... 3
MATH 110. 111, or 140, 141 6-8
ECON 1 10 — Economic Developments 3
Social Science Electives 6
Fine Arts or Philosophy Elective 3
Foreign Language or BSAD 110 and Elective 6
HLTH 105 — Science and Theory of Health
(men and women) (2)
Physical Activities (men and women) (2)
Free Elective 3
Total 34-36
Sophomore Year Hours
ENGL 201, 202— Composition and World Literature ... 6
ECON 201, 203 — Principles of Economics 6
Foreign Language or GEOG 203 and elective 6
Natural Science (one biological and one physical) .... 7-8
History 6
Total 31-32
Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 111
Junior and Senior Years Hours
ECON 401 — National Income Analysis 3
ECON 403 — Intermediate Price Theory 3
BSAD 230 — Business Statistics I 3
Electives in Economics and other subjects 51
Total 60
Course Code Prefix— ECON
DEPARTMENT OF
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
Professors: DeClaris, Chu, Hochuli, Ligomenides,
Lin, Newcomb, Popov, Reiser, Rutelli (Emeritus),
Shekel, Taylor, Wagner and Weiss.
Associate Professors: Abrams, Basham, Emad,
Harger, Kim, Pugsley, Rao, Simons, Torres and
Tretter.
Assistant Professors: Chang, Ephremides, Fried-
man, Gallman, Lee, LeVine, Lieberman, O'Grady,
Opacic, Pinkston, Rhee, Robinson, Rumbaugh,
Zajac and Zaki.
Lecturers: Colburn, Morakis and Schulman.
Instructors: Glock and Littlepage.
Electrical engineering education is a good prep-
aration for any of several careers — in research,
development, design, production, sales, technical
management, or teaching — within the broad area
of the useful application of electrical and electron-
ic phenomena. An increasing number of electrical
engineering graduates have in recent years spe-
cialized in such fields as electronic computers,
cybernetics and system engineering, automatic
control, telemetry and space navigation, communi-
cations, radar, solid state device technology and
biomedical engineering and bioelectronics. A
smaller number of graduates with particular inter-
ests and abilities have been attracted to such pio-
neering areas as biomedical electronics, electro-
mechanical transducer design, design of particle
accelerators, and other machines and instrumen-
tation for use in research in physics, microminia-
turization of electronic component assemblies, or
antenna design. The traditional fields of electric
power generation and transmission, radio, and
television continue to offer satisfying careers to
the electrical engineering graduate.
Increasingly, the boundary between electrical
engineers and applied physicists or applied math-
ematicians becomes less distinct, particularly at
the research level. The various branches of engi-
neering similarly interact with each other, as tech-
nical problems become more sophisticated, and
require a combined attack from several disci-
plines. The engineer occupies an intermediate
position between science and the public, because,
in addition to understanding the scientific princi-
ples of a situation, he is concerned with the tim-
ing, economics, and values that define the useful
application of those principles.
In many cases, engineers have as a major duty
the supervision of other engineers and of techni-
cians. Hence, electrical engineering involves not
only scientific knowledge, but also the ability and
judgment to work effectively and communicate
easily with many other people. Clearly, the desir-
able attributes for success vary from one career
choice to another within electrical engineering.
The specialist in creative research and advanced
development needs graduate work to the M.S. or
Ph.D. degree. An engineering sales representa-
tive, however, would in most cases begin to ac-
quire the needed detailed awareness of current
practice by taking a job immediately after the B.S.
degree.
In this context of electrical engineering as a
broad and diverse field, the goal of the Depart-
ment is to provide an educational program and
environment of challenge, so that the graduate
will be well prepared to enter any of the areas of
electrical engineering for which he is suited. To
this end, the B.S. program makes provision for
several technical electives, and the M.S. and Ph.D.
graduate programs foster specialization through
intensive research.
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING CURRICULUM
BASIC FRESHMAN YEAR
Semester
Course No. and Title I II
HLTH 105— Science and Theory of Health (2)
CHEM 103, 104— General Chemistry" .. 4 4
PHYS 161— Genreal Physics I . . 3
MATH 140, 141— Analysis I, II 4 4
ENES 101 — Intro Engr. Science 3
ENES 110 — Mechanics 3
General Education Courses 3 3
Physical Activities (1) (1)
Total Credits 17 18
Students who are not prepared to schedule
MATH 140 are advised to schedule MATH 115
(3 cr.) and ENGL 101 (3 cr.) in the Summer Ses-
sion before the fall (first) Semester. MATH 115
does not count toward fulfilling the requirements
of an engineering degree it is a prepara-
tory course. Otherwise, students will schedule
their freshman year as showing in the following:
ALTERNATE FRESHMAN YEAR
Semester
Course No. and Title I II Summer
HLTH 105— Science and Theory of Health (2)
CHEM 103. 104— General Chemistry" 4 4
PHYS 161— General Physics I 3
MATH 115 — Intro to Analysis •" 3
MATH 140. 141— Analysis I. II 4 4
ENES 101 — Intro. Engr. Science . . . 3
ENES 110— Mechanics 3
General Education Courses 3 6
Physical Activities (1) (1)
Total Credits 16 18 7
"Ouahfied students may elect to take CHEM 105 and 106 (3 cr. hrj each)
instead ol CHEM 103 and 104.
""MATH 115 is an additional course for those students who do not quality
to begin w.th MATH 140.
112 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information
SOPHOMORE YEAR
General Education Courses
MATH 240 — Linear Algebra
MATH 241— Analysis III
PHYS 262. 263— General Physics
ENES 240 — Algorithmic Analysis and
Computer Programming
ENES 243 — Digital Computer Laboratory .
ENES 221— Dynamics
ENEE 206 — Circuit Analysis I
ENEE 207 — Circuits Laboratory I
Total
JUNIOR YEAR
MATH 246 — Differential Equations
ENME 320 — Thermodynamics
PHYS 420 — Modern Physics for Engrs. .
ENEE 380 — Electromagnetic Theory
ENEE 381 — Electromagnetic Wave pro-
pagation
ENEE 306— Circuit Analysis II
ENEE 307— Circuits Laboratory II
ENEE 310 — Electronic Circuits I
ENEE 311 — Electronics Laboratory I
Technical Electives*
General Education Courses
Total
SENIOR YEAR
ENEE 320 — Engineering Probability
ENEE 320 — Engineering Probability
ENEE 382 — Electromagnetic properties
of materials
ENEE 312— Electronic Circuits II
ENEE 313— Electronics Laboratory II . . .
ENME 420 — Energy Conversion
Technical Electives *
General Education Courses
Total
4
1
17
16
Semeste
r
I
II
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
3
3
3
17
17
2
3
3
4
3
3
12
3
3
• 01 the 18 technical elective credits, at least 6 credits must be in elec-
trical engineering and at least 3 credits must be either from other fields
of engineering, mathematics, physics, or other suitable scientific disci-
plines All technical elective courses must be of 300 level or higher.
However, one course of less than 300 level may be taken if that course
is a prerequisite to 300 level course or higher that the student wishes to
pursue. In all cases the student's technical elective program must be ap-
proved by an electrical engineering advisor and. in addition, by the
Office of Undergraduate Studies of the Electrical Engineering Department
if a less than 300 level course is to be credited toward graduation.
Technical electives available in Electrical Engi-
neering are described in the course listings. Any
course numbered 400 to 499 inclusive that is not
specficially excluded in its description may be
used as part of a technical elective program. Ap-
proval by the student's faculty advisor of an in
depth technical elective program is required.
Throughout the year students are urged to con-
tact the Electrical Engineering Undergraduate
Studies Office for advice or any other matters re-
lated to their studies.
For students planning to continue in graduate
work, technical electives should be selected to
provide the best possible preparation for the prob-
able areas of graduate specialization.
Course Code Prefix— ENEE
ENGINEERING
MATERIALS PROGRAM
Professors: Armstrong", Arsenault, Asimow*, Mar-
cmkowski*, and Skolnick**.
Associate Professors: Bolsaitis* * , and Spam"'.
Engineering materials involves the relation be-
tween structure and properties of materials. The
principles of physics, chemistry and mathematics
are applied to metals, ceramics, polymers and
composite materials used in manufacturing and
research. In addition to the traditional area of
metallurgy, engineering materials includes the
fields of solid state physics and polymer and ma-
terials science and their application to modern
industrial problems. Because of the extensive use
of materials, the engineer finds a wide variety of
interesting career opportunities in many com-
panies and laboratories.
Programs of study in engineering materials at
the undergraduate and graduate level are offered
through the Chemical and Mechanical Engineer-
ing Departments. Students may use Engineering
Materials as a field of concentration in the Bache-
lor of Science in Engineering Program.
Course Code Prefix— ENMA
'Member of Mechancial Engineering Department.
"Member of Chemical Engineering Department.
ENGINEERING
SCIENCES PROGRAM
Engineering science courses represent a com-
mon core of basic material offered to students of
several different departments. All freshman and
sophomore students of Engineering are required
to take ENES 101, ENES 110, ENES 220 and ENES
221. Other ENES courses 230, 240, and 243 are
specified by the different departments or taken by
the student as technical electives. The responsi-
bility for teaching the Engineering Science courses
is divided among the Civil, Mechanical, Chemical
and Electrical Engineering Departments.
Course Code Prefix — ENES
DEPARTMENT OF
ENGLISH LANGUAGE
AND LITERATURE
Professor and Chairman: Freedman.
Associate Professor and Associate Chairman:
Howard.
Professors: Bode, Cooley (Emeritus), Fleming,
Harman (Emerita), Hovey, Isaacs, Lutwack, Mc-
Manaway, Manning, Misn, Murphy, Myers, Pani-
chas, Russell, Whittemore, Zeeveld (Emeritus).
Associate Professors: Andrews (Emerita), Barnes.
Barry, Birdsall, Brown, Bryer, Coleman,1 Cooper,
Fry, Gravely, Herman, Houppert, Jellema, Ken-
ny, Kinnaird, Lawson, Miller, Peterson, Perloff,
Portz, Salamanca, D. Smith, G. Smith, Thorberg,
Vitzthum, Ward, Weber (Emeritus), Wilson.
Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 113
Assistant Professors: Beauchamp, Cate, Coulter,
Dunn, Greenwood, D. Hamilton, G. Hamilton,
Holton, James,-' Kenney, Kimble, Kleine, Kolker,
Levinson,; Martin, Moore, Quigley,- Rowe,
Rutherford, Steinberg, Swigger, Tinsley, Tyson,
VanEgmond, Walt, Weigant.
Visiting Lecturers: Glazer, Jabbour.
Instructors: Demaree, Ference, Gold, Potash.
Schmeissner, N. Smith, Stevenson, Townsend,
Trousdale.
1 Joint appointment with Afro-American Studies Program.
■ Joint appointment with College ot Education.
J Joint appointment with Dean's office.
The English major requires 30 credits, suitably
distributed as indicated in departmental announce-
ments, beyond the General Education require-
ments. A student may pursue a major with empha-
sis in English, American or Comparative Litera-
ture; in folklore, creative writing, or in linguistics;
or in preparation for secondary school teaching.
Students interested in secondary teaching should
make it known to the department as early in their
college career as possible.
No course with a grade less than C may be
used to satisfy major requirements.
In selecting minor or elective subjects, students
majoring in English, particularly those who plan to
do graduate work, should give special considera-
tion to courses in French, German, Latin, philos-
ophy, and history.
HONORS
The Department of English offers an honors program, pri-
marily for majors but open to others with the approval of the
Departmental Honors Committee. Interested students should
ask for detailed information from an English department ad-
visor no later than the beginning of their junior year.
Course Code Prefix— ENGL
DEPARTMENT OF
ENTOMOLOGY
Professor and Department Chairman: Bay.
Professors: Bickley, Jones, Harrison, Messersmith
and Steinhauer.
Associate Professor: Davidson and Menzer.
Assistant Professors: Caron and Reichelderfer.
Lecturers: Heimpel and Spangler.
This curriculum prepares students for work in
various types of entomological positions. Profes-
sional entomologists are engaged in fundamental
and applied research, regulatory and control serv-
ices with state and federal agencies, commercial
pest control, sales and development programs
with chemical companies, and other commercial
organizations, consulting work, extension work,
and teaching.
Most of the first two years of this curriculum is
devoted to obtaining the essential background. In
the junior and senior year there is opportunity for
some specializing. Students contemplating gradu-
ate work are strongly advised to elect courses in
physics, modern language and biometrics.
The science requirement will be satisfied by completing
the following courses:
Semester
Credit Hours
CHEM 103,104— College Chemistry I. II 4,4
ZOOL 101 — General Zoology 4
BOTN 100 — General Botany 4
DEPARTMENT OF ENTOMOLOGY REQUIREMENTS
ENTM 200 — Introductory Entomology 3
ENTM 472 — Medical and Veterinary Entomology 4
ENTM 421 — Insect Taxonomy and Biology 4
ENTM 432 — Insect Morphology 4
ENTM 451 — Economic Entomology 4
ENTM 442 — Insect Physiology 4
ENTM 399 — Special Problems 2
ENTM 498— Seminar 2
BOTN 212— Plant Taxonomy 3
BOTN 221 — Diseases of Plants 4
CHEM 201,202— College Chemistry III and College
Chemistry Laboratory III 3,2
MATH 110,111 — Introduction to Mathematics 6
MICB 200 — General Microbiology 4
ZOOL 102— The Animal Phyla or ZOOL 450
Invertebrate Zoology 4
ZOOL 246— Genetics 4
Electives 19
Course Code Prefix— ENTM
DEPARTMENT OF
FAMILY AND COMMUNITY
DEVELOPMENT
Associate Professor and Chairman: Gaylin.
Associate Professors: Lemmon, Olson and Wilson.
Assistant Professors: Brabble, Churaman and
Orvedal.
Instructors: Garrison, MacMahon and Miller.
Lecturer: Mannino.
In the fall of 1968 the areas of (1) General Home
Economics, (2) Extension, (3) Family Life and Man-
agement, and (4) Home Economics Education in
this college were integrated as one department,
the Department of Family and Community De-
velopment. Commitments to students who entered
the General or Extension programs prior to or at
registration in the spring of 1969 will be fulfilled,
but future students will enroll in one of the newly
devised areas of concentration within the Depart-
ment of Family and Community Development:
Family Studies, Community Studies, Management
and Consumer Studies, or Home Economics Edu-
cation. Students who formerly would have en-
rolled in the Extension curriculum will enroll in
the Community Studies emphasis.
In recognition of the complexities of existence
in post-industrial American society the Depart-
ment of Family and Community Development was
created in the College of Home Economics and
has served nearly 500 undergraduate student
majors since its inception. Its role is to provide
the applied human science generalist with a firm
foundation of knowledge of family and community
114 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information
dynamics leading to service, teaching and re-
search vocations. It also serves the University
community by offering general courses germaine
to problems of living in a complex society, and
stresses the concept of the family as the working
interface between man, his society and the world.
Home Economics has traditionally addressed it-
self to the problems of man and his immediate
environment. In so doing it draws upon the more
basic sciences. The Department of Family and
Community Development is conceived as an in-
tegrator and applier of aspects of the natural and
social sciences relevant to problems of living. Par-
ticular emphasis is placed upon fellow depart-
ments within the college.
There are four specific though related foci with-
in the program leading to specialized areas of
endeavor within the applied human sciences.
I. Family Studies: This course of study stresses
a working knowledge of the growth of in-
dividuals throughout the life span with par-
ticular emphasis on intergenerational
aspects of family living. It examines the
pluralistic family forms and life styles with-
in our post technological complex society
and the development of the individual with-
in the family within the community.
II. Community Studies: This program empha-
sizes the processes of social change and
the individual as agent within that process.
It is grounded upon the knowledge of com-
munity structure and the workings and inter-
actions of the various subsystems. Its sum-
mary goals are the identification and utili-
zation of community resources for the en-
hancement of a better life for the individuals
within the social system.
III. Management and Consumer Studies: This
program focuses upon the use of resources
of the home and its impact upon the com-
munity. It examines the integration of in-
dividual, familial, and societal values of post
industrial society for the purposes of goal
implementation within that society. It is the
area of study most directly concerned with
quality of life and the preparing of the in-
dividual for effective consumer decisions
through the understanding of the interrela-
tionship of consumers, business, and gov-
ernment.
IV. Home Economics Education: Although often
narrowly perceived as delimited to the role
of educator within a secondary school set-
ting, Home Economics Education has a
larger purview and responsibility, i.e., that
of introducing and implementing through
education at all levels, the theories, skills
and philosophy of the attainment of a bet-
ter life for all men, women and children.
Thus it is the major interpreter of the rami-
fication and potential impact of Home Eco-
nomics— the applied human sciences.
These areas of concentration will prepare stu-
dents for roles as family life educators, extension
specialists, consumer consultants, mental health
team members, and teachers of home economics
at the secondary level.
FAMILY STUDIES CURRICULUM
Supportive courses will be selected from either
Home Economics or Sociology-Psychology.
Typical Semester
Freshman Year Hours
ENGL 101, 201 — Composition and Literature 6
PSYC 100 3
FMCD 105 — Introduction to Family Living 3
APDS 101 — Fundamentals of Design or
APDS 104— Art History 3
SOCY 100— Sociology of American Life 3
FOOD 110 — Food and Nutrition of Individuals and
Families or NUTR 100 3
TEXT 105 — Textiles in Contemporary Living 3
Biological Science 3-4
Health and Physical Education Requirements (4)
Total 31-32
Typical Semester
Sophomore Year Hours
ENGL 202— Composition and World Literature .... 3
Physical Science 3-4
SPCH 107 or 100— Public Speaking 2-3
ECON 205 — Fundamentals of Economics 3
Fine Arts or Philosophy 3
MATH Requirement 3
FMCD 250 — Decision Making in Family Living 3
FMCD 260 — Family Relations 3
Supportive Courses 6
FMCD 270 or Elective 2-3
Total 31-34
Junior Year
Semester
Hours
FMCD 431 — Family Crisis and Disintegration 3
FMCD 330 — Family Patterns 3
EDHD 413, 306 or 411— Human Development 6
History Requirement 6
FMCD 332— The Child in the Family 3
Supportive Courses 6
Electives 6
Total 33
Semester
Hours
Senior Year
FMCD 487 — Legal Aspects of Family Problems .... 3
FMCD 485 — Introduction to Family Counseling 3
FMCD 345 or 346 — Practicm of Living
Experience with Families 3-6
Supportive Courses 6
Electives 15
Total 30-33
COMMUNITY STUDIES CURRICULUM
Supportive courses will be chosen from the fol-
lowing areas:
Home economics courses.
Sociology and/or psychology or family life
courses in the Department of Family and Com-
munity Development beyond the core require-
ments.
Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 115
Government and/or economics, or management
and consumer problems courses in the Depart-
ment of Family and Community Development be-
yond the core requirements.
Semester
Typical Freshman Year Hours
ENGL 101, 201 — Composition and Literature 6
Math Requirement 3
SOCY 100 — Introduction to Sociology 3
FOOD 110 — Food & Nutr. of Individuals & Families OR
NUTR 100 3
FMCD 105 — Introduction to Family Living 3
Biological Science 3-4
APDS 101— Fund, of Design OR APDS 004— Art History 3
TEXT 105 — Tex. in Contemporary Living 3
PSYC 100 — Introduction to Psychology 3
Physical Education and Health Requirement (4)
Total 34-35
Semester
Typical Sophomore Year Hours
ENGL 202— Literature 3
Fine Arts or Philosophy 3
CHEM 103 (or other Science) 3-4
ECON 205 — Fund, of Economics 3
FMCD 250 — Decision Making in Family Living 3
SPCH 107 or 100 — Public Speaking 2-3
FOOD 200 — Scientific Principles of Food or Elective. . . 3
FMCD 270 — Professional Seminar or Elective 2-3
History 3
Supportive Courses 3
Total 28-31
Semester
Typical Junior Year Hour.
FMCD 330— Family Pattern OR
SOCY 443 3
FMCD 341 — Personal and Family Finance 3
SOCY 230 — Dynamics of Social Interaction 3
FOOD 260 — Meal Management OR
FOOD 300 — Economics of Food Consumption 3
Supportive Courses 12
Electives fi
Total 30
Semester
Typical Senior Year Hours
FMCD 345 — Practicum with Families OR
FMCD 344 — Residence Experience OR
FMCD 346 — Living Experiences with Families 3
FMCD 370— Communication Skills 3
SOCY 330 — Community Organization 3
History Requirement 3
Supportive Courses 9
Electives 9
Total 30
MANAGEMENT AND CONSUMER
STUDIES CURRICULUM
Supportive courses will be selected in blocks
from economics, business administration, public
relations, sociology, psychology, family life, or
consumer economics.
Semester
Typical Freshman Year Hours
ENGL 101— Composition 3
Math Requirement 3
TEXT 105 — Textiles in Contemporary Living 3
SOCY 100— Introduction to Sociology 3
PSYC 100 — Introduction to Psychology 3
CHEM 103, OR Physical Science Requirement 3-4
FOOD 110 — Food & Nutr. of Individuals and Families
OR NUTR 100 3
SPCH 107 or 100— Public Speaking 2-3
APDS 101 — Fundamentals of Design OR
APDS 104— Art History 3
Health and Physical Education Requirements (4)
Total 30-32
Semester
Typical Sophomore Year Hours
FMCD 270 — Professional Seminar or Elective 2-3
ECON 201 and ECON 203— Principles of Econ 6
Biological Science 3-4
PSYC 221— Social Psychology 3
TXAP 221— Apparel I OR TXAP 441 OR
TEXT 150— Intro, to Textile Materials 3
ENGL 201 and 202— Literature 6
FMCD 250 — Decision Making in Family Living 3
Fine Arts or Philosophy 3
FOOD 200 or Elective 3
Total 32-34
Semester
Typical Junior Year Hours
FMCD 330 — Family Patterns 3
FMCD 280 — Household Equipment and Space Utilization
OR HSAD 241 — Family Housing 3-4
FMCD 341 — Personal and Family Finance 3
Statistics 3
History 6
SOCY 230 — Dynamics of Social Interaction 3
FOOD 260 — Meal Management OR
FOOD 300 — Food Economics 3
Supportive 6
Total 30-31
Semester
Typical Senior Year Hours
FMCD 332— The Child in the Family 3
FMCD 443 — Consumer Problems 3
FMCD 344 — Resident Experience OR
FMCD 345 — Practicum 3
Electives 15-20
Supportive Courses 3
Total 27-32
HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION CURRICULUM
The focus of the curriculum is designed to pre-
pare teachers to concentrate on contemporary
family functions. This is implemented through the
required courses listed below.
Fifteen hours of the total curriculum include an
area of concentration which must be unified in
content and which will be chosen by the student.*
•Area ol Concentration: 15 semester hours
A) Including maximum ot two home economics courses, with the remain-
der of the 15 hours in supporting behavioral, physical and biological
sciences, philosophy, special education, or human development
B) Ol the 15 hours nine must be upper division
Typical Freshman Year
ENGL 101 or 171 — Composition &
Literature
SOCY 100 — Introduction to Sociology
Semester
I II
116 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information
FMCD 105 — Introduction to Family Living 3
FOOD 110— Food and Nutr. of Indiv. & Fam. OR
NUTR 100— Elements o( Nutrition 3
MATH requirement 3-4
PHED (1)
PSYC 100 — Introduction to Psychology ....
APDS 101 — Fundamentals of Design
Literature
HLTH 105 — Science and Theory of Health . .
TEXT 105 — Textiles in Contemp. Living
EDSE 151 — Seminar: Home Ec Education . .
Total 16-17
Typical Sophomore Year
Literature 3
HIST 3
CHEM 103 — General Chemistry 4
HSAD 240 — Design and Furnishings in the
Home OR HSAD 241 — Family Housing ... 3
SPCH 100— Public Speaking 3
TXAP 221 — Principles and Methods of Clothing
Design
HIST
CHEM 104— General Chemistry
FOOD 200 — Scientific Principles of Food .
Fine Arts or Philosophy Requirement
FMCD 250 — Decision Making in Family Living
EDSE 210 Soph. Seminar: Home Ec
Education
Total
Typical Junior Year
EDUC 300S — Human Development and
Learning
FOOD 260 — Meal Management
FMCD 341 — Personal and Family Finance or
alternative
Area of concentration"
FMCD 332— The Child in the Family OR
EDHD 411 — Growth and Development in
Early Childhood
ECON 205 — Fundamentals of Economics . . .
EDSE 425 — Curriculum Development in Home
Economics
ZOOL 101 or MICB 200
EDSE 423A — Field Experience: Child Devp.
Area of concentration*
Total
(1)
3
3
3
(2)
3
Semester
Typical Senior Year I
EDSE 340 — Curriculum, Instruction and
Observation 3
EDSE 330 — Principles and Methods of
Secondary Education 3
EDSE 361— Teaching Secondary Vocational
Home Economics 8
FMCD 344 — Resident Experience in Home
Management OR FMCD 345— D. H. M.
Practicum 3
FMCD 260 — Family Relations OR
SOCY 433 — The Family and Society
EDUC 301 — Foundations of Education
Area of concentration"
Total 17
Course Code Prefixes— FMCD, HOEC
FIRE PROTECTION
ENGINEERING PROGRAM
Professor: Bryan.
Assistant Professor: Hickey.
Lecturer: Custer.
Fire protection is concerned with the scientific
and technical problems of preventing loss of life
and property from fire, explosion and related
hazards, and of evaluating and eliminating haz-
ardous conditions.
The fundamental principles of fire protection
are relatively well-defined and the application of
these principles to a modern industrialized society
has become a specialized activity. Control of the
hazards in manufacturing processes calls for an
understanding not only of measures for fire protec-
tion but of the processes themselves. Often the
most effective solution to the problem of safe-
guarding a hazardous operation lies in the modi-
fication of the process rather than in the installa-
tion of special extinguishing equipment. The ex-
pert in fire protection must be prepared to decide
in any given case what is the best and most eco-
nomical solution of the fire prevention problem.
His recommendations are often based not only
on sound principles of fire protection but on a
thorough understanding of the special problems
of the individual property.
Modern fire protection utilizes a wide variety of
mechanical and electrical equipment which the
student must understand in principle before he can
apply them to special problems. The fire protec-
tion curriculum emphasizes the scientific, techni-
cal and humanitarian aspects of fire protection and
the development of the individual student.
The problems and challenges which confront
the specialist in fire protection include the reduc-
tion and control of fire hazards due to processes
subject to fire or explosion in respect to design,
installation and handling, involving both physical
and human factors; the use of buildings and trans-
portation facilities to restrict the spread of fire and
to facilitate the escape of occupants in case of
fire; the design, installation and maintenance of
fire detection and extinguishing devices and sys-
tems; and the organization and education of per-
sons for fire prevention and fire protection.
BASIC FRESHMAN YEAR
Semester
Course No. and Title I II
HLTH 105 — Science and Theory of Health (2)
CHEM 103. 104— General Chemistry*" .. 4 4
PHYS 161 — General Physics 3
MATH 140. 141— Analysis I, II 4 4
ENES 101 — Intro Engr. Science 3
ENES 110 — Mechanics 3
General Education Courses 3 3
Physical Activities (1) (1)
Total Credits 17 18
Students who are not prepared to schedule
MATH 140 are advised to schedule MATH 115
Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 117
(3 cr.) and ENGL 101 (3 cr.) in the Summer Ses-
sion before the fall (first) Semester. MATH 115
does not count toward fulfilling the requirements
of an engineering degree it is a prepara-
tory course. Otherwise, students will schedule
their freshman year as showing in the following:
ALTERNATE FRESHMAN YEAR
Semester
Course No. and Title I M Summer
HLTH 105— Science and Theory of Health (2)
CHEM 103. 104— General Chemistry** .4 4
PHYS 161— General Physics I 3
MATH 115— Intro to Analysis •** 3
MATH 140, 141— Analysis I. II 4 4
ENES 101 — Intro. Engr. Science 3
ENES 110 — Mechanics 3
General Education Courses 3 6
Physical Activities (1) (1)
Total Credits 16 18 7
ENFP 416 — Problem Synthesis and
Design
Technical Electives
Total
•• Qualified students may elect to take CHEM 105 and 106 (3 cr. hrs.
each! instead of CHEM 103 and 104.
*•• MATH 115 is an additional course for those students who do not
qualify to begin with MATH 140.
SOPHOMORE YEAR I II
General Education Requirement 3 3
MATH 240— Linear Algebra 4
MATH 246— Differential Equations 3
PHYS 262. 263— General Physics 4 4
ENES 220 — Mechanics of Materials 3
ENES 221 — Dynamics 3
ENFP 251 — Fire Protection Engineering . . 1
ENFP 280 — Urban Fire Problem Analysis. . 3
ENFP 290 — Ignition and Combustion
Phenomenon 2
Total 17 16
JUNIOR YEAR I II
General Education Requirements 3 3
CMSC 110 — Elementary Algorithmic Analysis or
ENCE 360 — Engineering Analysis & Computer
Programming 3
ENME 320 — Thermodynamics or
ENCE 295 — Chemical Process
Thermodynamics 3
ENES 230 — Materials Science or
ENCE 200 — Fundamentals of Engineering
Materials 3
ENCE 330— Fluid Mechanics 3
ENFP 310 — Fire Protection Systems Design 3
ENFP 312— Fire Protection Fluids I 3
ENFP 320 — Pyrometrics of Materials 3
ENFP 321 — Functional and Structural
Evaluation 3
Approved Electives 2 2
Total 17 17
SENIOR YEAR
General Education Requirements 3 3
ENEE 300 — Principles of Electrical
Engineering 3
ENCE 350 — Fundamentals of Structural Analysis or
ENME 411 — Introduction to Industrial
Engineering 3
ENME 410 — Operations Research I or
BSAD 332 — Operations Research I . . . . 3
ENNU 350 — Introduction to Nuclear
Technology 3
ENFP 415— Fire Protection Fluids II 3
ENFP 411 — Systems Approach to Fire
Protection Design 3
ENFP 414— Life Safety Analysis 3
Course Code Prefix— ENFP
DEPARTMENT OF
FOOD, NUTRITION AND
INSTITUTION ADMINISTRATION
Professor and Chairman: Prather.
Associate Professors: Ahrens and Butler.
Visiting Associate Professor: Hopkins.
Assistant Professors: Eheart and Zallen.
Visiting Assistant Professors: Berdanier, Manches-
ter and Sanford.
Instructors: Knighton, Niffenegger, Graham and
Norton.
Lecturer: Boehne.
Visiting Instructor: Sager.
The area of food, nutrition and institution ad-
ministration is broad and offers many diverse pro-
fessional opportunities. Courses introduce the stu-
dent to the principles of selection, preparation
and utilization of food for human health and the
welfare of society. Emphasis is placed on the sci-
entific, cultural and professional aspects of this
broad area of food and nutrition. The department
offers four areas of emphasis: experimental foods,
nutrition, dietetics, and institution administration.
Each program provides for competencies in sev-
eral areas of work: however, each option is de-
signed specifically for certain professional ca-
reers.
All areas of emphasis have in common several
courses within the department and the University;
the curricula are identical in the freshman and
sophomore years.
Experimental foods is designed to develop com-
petency in the scientific principles of food and
their reactions. Physical and biological sciences
in relation to foods are emphasized. The program
is planned for students who are interested in
product development, quality control and techni-
cal research in foods. The nutrition program is de-
signed to develop competency in the area of nu-
trition for students who wish to emphasize physi-
cal and biological sciences. Dietetics develops
an understanding and competency in food, nutri-
tion and management as related to problems of
dietary departments. The curriculum includes
courses necessary to meet the academic require-
ments for American Dietetic Association intern-
ship and membership. Institution administration
emphasis is related to the administration of quant-
ity food service in university and college resi-
dence halls and student unions, school lunch pro-
grams in elementary and secondary schools, res-
taurants, coffee shops, and industrial cafeterias.
The curriculum meets academic requirements for
118 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information
approved college, industry or business internship
and membership in the American Dietetic Asso-
ciation.
FRESHMAN AND SOPHOMORE CURRICULUM
Semester
Freshman Year I II
ENGL 101— Composition 3 3
Literature Requirement 3
MATH 110 or 115 3
APDS 101 or 104 — Fundamentals or History
of Design 3
SPCH 107— Public Speaking 2
FOOD 110 — Food and Nutrition of Individuals
and Families 3
TEXT 105 — Textiles and Clothing in
Contemporary Living 3
CHEM 103. 104— College Chemistry I. II 4 4
HLTH 105 — Science and Theory of Health (2)
Physical Education (1) (1)
FOOD 105 — Professional Orientation 1
Total 17 16
Semester
Sophomore Year I II
Literature Requirement 3
CHEM 201, 202— College Chemistry III 5
ECON 205 — Fundamentals of Economics 3
FOOD 240, 250 — Science of Food Preparation 3 3
PSYC 100 — Introduction of Psychology 3
ZOOL 101 — General Zoology 4
MICB 200 — General Microbiology 4
FMCD 250 — Decision Making in Family Living . . 3
Total 15 16
EXPERIMENTAL FOODS EMPHASIS
Semester
Junior Year I II
HIST — History Requirement 3 3
SOCY 100 — Introduction to Sociology 3
Fine Arts or Philosophy requirement 3
NUTR 300 — Science of Nutrition 3
FOOD 440. 450 — Advanced and Experimental
Food Science 3 3
CHEM 461, 462— Biochemistry 3 3
FDSC 412 — Principles of Food Processing 3
Total 15 15
Senior Year
PHYS 111— Elements of Physics 3
FDSC 432— Analytical Quality Control 3
FDSC 422 — Food Product Research and
Development 3
Electives1 12 9
Total 15 15
;iNine hours of the 21 electives must be selected from the following list:
AGRI 401 — Agricultural Biometrics (3) or FDSC 431 —
Statistical Quality Control (3)
CHEM 219 — Elements of Quantitative Analysis (3)
NUTR 450 — Advanced Nutrition (3)
FOOD 490 — Special Problems in Foods (3)
FOOD 260 — Meal Management (3)
FOOD 300 — Economics of Food Consumption (3)
MICB 290 — Applied Microbiology (4)
IADM 420 — Quantity Food Purchasing (3)
IADM 430 — Quantity Food Production (3)
FMCD 370 — Communication Skills and Techniques
in Home Economics (3)
AGEN 313 — Mechanics of Food Processing (4)
NUTRITION EMPHASIS
Semester
Junior Year I II
History Requirement 3 3
SOCY 100— Introduction to Sociology ...... 3
Fine Arts or Philosophy requirement 3
FOOD 260— Meal Management 3
CHEM 461, 462— Biochemistry 3 3
ZOOL 201. 202— Human Anatomy and
Physiology 4 4
NUTR 300— Science of Nutrition 3
Total 16 16
Senior Year
NUTR 450, 460 — Advanced and Therapeutic
Nutrition 3 3
NUTR 490 — Special Problems in Nutrition 3
Electives ' 11 8
Total 14 14
•Nine hours of the 19 electives must be selected from the following list
AGRI 401 — Agricultural Biometrics (3)
EDHD 460— Educational Psychology (3)
CHEM 219 — Elements of Quantitative Analysis (4)
CHEM 463— Biochemistry Lab. (2)
CHEM 464— Biochemistry Lab. (2)
NUTR 415— Maternal, Infant and Child Nutrition (2)
NUTR 425— International Nutrition (2)
NUTR 435— History of Nutrition (2)
FOOD 300 — Economics of Food Consumption (3)
FMCD 370 — Communication Skills and Techniques
in Home Economics (3)
INSTITUTION ADMINISTRATION EMPHASIS
Semester
Junior Year I II
History Requirement 3
SOCY 100 — Introduction to Sociology 3
NUTR 300— Science of Nutrition 3
IADM 300 — Food Service Organization and
Management 3
IADM 430 — Quantity Food Production 3
ZOOL 201, 202— Anatomy and Physiology"' ..4 4
BSAD 220 — Accounting 3
BSAD 221 — Accounting 3
Electives 3
Total 16 16
"Students not planning to meet academic requirements for ADA may sub-
stitute approved additional courses in business administration or the
social sciences.
Senior Year
IADM 420 — Quantity Food Purchasing 3
IADM 440— Food Service Personnel
Administration 2
IADM 450 — Food Service Equipment and
Planning 2
BSAD 380 or ECON 470 — Business Law or
Labor Economics 3
IADM 490 or 350 — Special Problems or Practicum
in Institution Administration 3
History Requirement 3
Fine Arts or Philosophy requirement 3
Electives 3 6
Total 14 14
DIETETIC EMPHASIS
Semester
Junior Year I II
NUTR 300 — Science of Nutrition 3
CHEM 461, 462— Biochemistry 3 3
ZOOL 201, 202 — Anatomy and Physiology .... 4 4
FOOD 260— Meal Management 3
Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 119
FDSC 432— Analytical Quality Control 3
FDSC Commodity Course* 6
PHYS 121 — Fundamentals of Physics 4
Electives 29
• FDSC 442, 451, 461. 471 or 482.
Course Code Prellx— FDSC
History Requirement 3 3
IADM 300 — Food Service Organization and
Management 3
IADM 430— Quantity Food Production 3
Total 16 16
NUTR 450, 460— Advanced and Therapeutic DEPARTMENT OF
Nutrition 3 3 FRENCH AND ITALIAN
IADM 420-Quantity Food Purchasing 3 [tSStI JS » J. « ,!2, ait, .nr-
IADM 440-Food Service Personnel LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Administration 2
iadm 450— Food Service Equipment and Professor and Chairman: MacBain.
Planning 2 Professors: Bingham, Guyon, Quynn (Emeritus),
EDHD 460 — Educational Psychology 3 . . Rosenfield
FJ^A?nn°\P^T* ?qtemTnv' ' 3 3 Visiting Professor: Mounin.
SOCY 100 — Introduction to Sociology J , y _ . _ ,M „ _ .
Eiectives 3 3 Associate Professors: Demaitre, Hall, Tarica.
Assistant Professors: Bridgers, Fink, Gilbert, Hicks,
Total 14 14 Lebreton-Savigny, McArthur, Salchenberger.
course code Preiixes-FooD, nutr iadm Lecturers: Lloyd-Jones, Meijer.
Instructors: Abbate, Barrabini, Bondurant, Brod-
w-r\r\r\ cricwrc DDnrDAM skv' Dub°is> Guieu, Lapov, Mazet, Nespoulous-
FOOD SCIENUL HHUVaHAM Neuville, Quilici, Ragazzi, Tubbs, Vaccarelli.
Professor and Chairman: Stark (Horticulture). The department offers a major in French, which
Professors: Young (Animal Science), Davis, Ar- consists of 39 credits of French courses beyond
buckle, King and Mattick (Dairy Science); Kram- the |eve| Qf the foreign |anguage requirement. The
er, Scott, Twigg and Wiley (Horticulture); French major must complete eight of the follow-
Associate Professors: Buric (Animal Science); Big- jng courses: FREN 201, 211, 221, 301, 302, 311,
bee (Poultry Science). 312, 321, 322, and any five French courses num-
Assistant Professors: Westhoff (Dairy Science); bered above 330 (Students intending to apply for
Heath and Thomas (Poultry Science). admission to graduate programs in French in this
Food Science applies the fundamentals of the department must take no less than four literature
physical and biological sciences to the problems courses at the 400-level.) An average grade of
of procurement preservation, processing, pack- C is the minimum acceptable in the major field.
aging and marketing foods in a manner that Students intending to apply for teacher certifica-
would satisfy man's needs both nutritionally and tion should consult the departmental Director of
aesthetically Undergraduate Advising, Dr. Beatrice C. Fink, as
Opportunities for careers in food science exist early as possible in order to plan their programs
in areas of meats, milk and milk products, fruits accordingly.
and vegetables, poultry and eggs, sea food, baby HONORS
foods, confections, pet foods, cereals, flavors and Jhe department offers an nonors program in
colors, etc. Specific positions in industry^ univer- French fQr students of superJor abmty. Honors
sities, and government, include product develop- wQrk norma||y begins jn tne first semester of the
ment. production, engineering, research quality f bu{ g qua|jfied student may enter as
control, technical service, technical sales, and early as the sophomore year or as late as the sec-
teaching. ond semester of the junior year. Honors students
The science requirement will be satisfied by completing are required to take at least two courses from
the following courses: those numbered 491 H, 492H, and 493H together
Semester witn 4941-1, Honors Independent Study, and 495H.
Credit Hours Honors Thesis Research. Honors students must
botn 100-Generai Botany or zool 101-Generai ^ {gke g fjng| comprehensive examination based on
CHEMO°l0O39,i04-Coiiege Chemistry i.ii . .' . '. . '. '. 4.4 the honors reading list. Admission of students to
micb 200— General Microbiology 4 the honors program, their continuance in the pro-
gram and the final award of honors are the pre-
curriculum requirements rogative of the Departmental Honors Committee.
AGEN 313— Mechanics of Food Processing 4
ANSC 401 — Fundamentals of Nutrition 3 course Code Prefixes— fren. ital
CHEM 201.202 — College Chemistry III and College
FDSCCriTSroLdSn°7o Food Science \ \ GENERAL HONORS PROGRAM
FDSC 398— Seminar 1 Director- Portz
FDSC 412,413— Principles of Food Processing I. II 3.3 uirobiw. run*.
fdsc 421— Food Chemistry 3 Tne Genera| Honors Program is administered by
fdIc SHSE?^ I!: • the Director 0. the Honors Programs and by the
120 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information
Honors Committee which also acts as an advisory
and regulatory body. Admission to the General
Honors Program shall ordinarily be at the begin-
ning of the first or second semester of the stu-
dent's freshman year. Students are selected on
the basis of SAT scores, grades, rank in grad-
uating class, recommendations from high school
teachers and counselors, and other factors deal-
ing with academic and non-academic achievement
in high school. Students transferring from other
institutions are accepted into general honors upon
presentation of a distinguished record.
General honors students are assigned to honors
sections of General Education courses, and are
given the opportunity of participating in special
general honors seminars. Successful General Hon-
ors students are graduated with a citation in gen-
eral honors and notation of this accomplishment
is made upon their transcripts. For further infor-
mation and admission to general honors, see the
Director of Honors, Francis Scott Key Hall.
Course Code Prefix— HONR
DEPARTMENT OF GEOGRAPHY
Professor and Department Chairman: Harper.
Professors: Ahnert, Deshler, Fonaroff, Hu.
Associate Professors: Brodsky, Chaves, Thomp-
son, Wiedel.
Assistant Professors: Cirrincione, Dando, Groves,
Lewis, Mitchell.
Lecturers: Muller, Rosenthal, Roswell, Yoshioka.
Geography studies the spatial patterns and in-
teractions of natural, cultural and socio-economic
phenomena on earth's surface. The field thus
embraces aspects of both the physical and the
social sciences, which are applied in the analysis
of patterns of distribution of individual phenomena,
to the study of complex interrelations of pheno-
mena found in a given region, and to the synthesis
of geographic regions. A geographer should,
therefore, acquire background knowledge in cer-
tain aspects of the physical as well as the social
sciences.
Field work and map analysis have been the
basic tools of research for the geographer. In re-
cent years these have been augmented by the use
of techniques of air photo interpretation and pres-
ently by the development of methods of interpre-
ting data obtained from the remote sensing de-
vices of space satellites. Modern geography also
is making increasing application of quantitative
methods, including the use of statistics and sys-
tems analysis, so that mathematical training is
becoming increasingly important for a successful
career in geography.
Today geographers are employed in a wide
range of positions. Geographers in the federal
government work in the Departments of State, In-
terior, Defense, Agriculture, Housing and Urban Af-
fairs, and Health, Education, and Welfare. They are
on the staffs of the legislative research branch, the
Library of Congress and the National Archives. At
the state and local government level there is an
increasing demand for geographers in planning
positions. And in recent years more and more
geographers have found employment in private
industry working on problems of industrial and
commercial location and market analysis. Teach-
ing at all levels from elementary school through
graduate work continues to employ more geogra-
phers each year. Some have found geography to
be an excellent background for careers in the
military, journalism and general business; others
have simply found the broad perspective of geog-
raphy an excellent base for a general education.
Most professional positions in geography require
graduate training.
REQUIREMENT FOR AN UNDERGRADUATE
MAJOR
Within any of the general major programs it is
possible for the student to adjust his program to
fit his particular individual interests. The major
totals 33 semester hours.
The required courses of the geography core are:
Hours
1. Geography Core (GEOG 201. 202, 203, 300) 12
2. Field Study (Selected from GEOG 380. 381 382 383
384) ' 3
3. A regional course 3
4. Elective systematic and technique courses . . .15
Total 33
The Geography Core — The following four courses
form the minimum essential base upon which ad-
vanced work in geography can be built:
GEOG 201 — Introduction to Physical Geography 3
GEOG 202 — Introduction to Cultural Geography 3
GEOG 203 — Introduction to Economic Geography 3
GEOG 300 — Introduction to Research & Writing . . . 3
The three lower division courses are to be com-
pleted prior to GEOG 300 and all other upper di-
vision courses. GEOG 201, 202, and 203 may be
taken in any order and a student may register for
more than one in any semester. GEOG 300 is spe-
cifically designed as a preparation to upper di-
vision work and should be taken the first semester
of the junior year. Upon consultation with a de-
partment advisor, a reasonable load of other up-
per division work in geography may be taken con-
currently with GEOG 300.
The Field Study Requirement — The field study re-
quirement may be completed in either of two ways,
depending on which is available in the schedule:
(1) by taking Geography 380 — Local Field Course.
3 hrs. or (2) by taking three out of four of the fol-
lowing one-hour field study courses each stress-
ing a different aspect of geographic field work:
GEOG 381— Field Study: Physical; GEOG 382—
Field Study: Rural; GEOG 382— Field Study: Ur-
ban; GEOG 384 — Field Study: Methods. Normal-
ly two of the different one-hour courses will be
offered each semester, and the student should ar-
Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 121
range to take them as is convenient during the
junior and senior years.
Introduction to Geography — Geography 100: Intro-
duction to Geography is a general education
course for persons who have had no previous con-
tact with the discipline in high school or for per-
sons planning to take only one course in geogra-
phy. It provides a general overview of the field
rather than of a single specialized subdivision.
Credit for this course is not applied to the major.
AREAS OF SPECIALIZATION
Although the major program is flexible and can
be designed to fit any individual student's own
interest, several specializations attract numbers of
students. They are:
Urban Geography and Regional Development —
Provides preparation for careers in planning and
teaching. Majors electing this specialty take de-
partmental courses in urban geography, industrial
location, transportation, and economic geography
among others and supporting courses in urban
sociology, urban economics, and urban transpor-
tation outside the department.
Physical Geography — For students with special
interest in the natural environment and in its in-
teraction with the works of man. This specializa-
tion consists of departmental courses in geomor-
phology, climatology, and resources, and of sup-
porting courses in geology, soils, meteorology, hy-
dorology, and botany.
Cartography — Prepares students for careers in
map design, compilation and reproduction. The
department offers various courses in thematic
mapping, cartographic history and theory, map
evaluation, and map and photo interpretation. For
additional training students are advised to take
supporting courses in art and civil engineering.
Cultural Geography — Of interest to students par-
ticularly concerned with the geographic aspects
of population, politics, and other social and cul-
tural phenomena, and with historical geography.
In addition to departmental course offerings this
specialization depends on work in sociology, an-
thropology, government and politics, history, and
economics.
For further information on any of these areas of
interest the student should contact a department-
al advisor.
All math programs should be approved by a
departmental advisor.
SUGGESTED STUDY PROGRAM FOR
GEOGRAPHY (Without Foreign Language)
Freshman Year Hours
GEOG 100 — Introduction to Geography 3
GEOG 201 — Introduction to Physical Geography 3
BOTN 100 — General Botany 4
GEOL 100— Geology 3
HISTORY — Towards general education requirement . . 3
ENGLISH— Composition 3
PHILOSOPHY OR FINE ARTS— Towards general
education requirement 3
MATH 110 or 115 — Towards general education
requirement 3
HLTH 105— Health Education (2)
Physical Activities — (Men and Women) (2)
Electives 3
32
Sophomore Year Hours
GEOG 202— Introduction to Cultural Geography 3
GEOG 203 — Introduction to Economic Geography .... 3
HISTORY — Towards general education requirement . . 3
ENGLISH 201. 202— World Literature 6
Two Social Sciences — Towards general education
requirements 6
Electives — -(depending on area of specialization) .... 9
30
Junior Year Hours
GEOG 300— Introduction to Research and Writing
in Geography 3
GEOG (A Regional Course) 3
GEOG (Systematic and Techniques courses) 6
Supporting courses and electives 18-21
Alternative to foreign language
(BSAD 230 or MATH 240) 3-4
33-37
Senior Year Hours
GEOG (Systematic Techniques courses, including 3
hours of field techniques) 12 (minimum)
Supporting courses and electives 18
30
SUGGESTED STUDY PROGRAM FOR
GEOGRAPHY (With Foreign Language)
Freshman Year Hours
GEOG 100 — Introduction to Geography (if needed,
see description of course) 3
GEOG 201 — Introduction to Physical Geography 3
BOTN 100 — General Botany 4
GEOL 100— Geology 3
HISTORY — Towards general education requirements . . 3
ENGLISH 101— Composition 3
MATH I05 or 110 — Fundamentals of Mathematics or
Introduction to Mathematics 3-4
HLTH 105— Health Education (2)
Physical Activities (Men and Women) (2)
Foreign Language 6
33-32
Sophomore Year Hours
GEOG 202 — Introduction to Cultural Geography 3
GEOG 203 — Introduction to Economic Geography 3
HISTORY — Towards general education requirement . 3
ENGLISH 201. 202— World Literature 6
PHILOSOPHY OR FINE ARTS— Towards general
education requirements 3
Two Social Sciences — (Towards general education
requirements 6
Foreign Language 3
SPCH 100— Public Speaking 3
30
Junior Year Hours
GEOG 300 — Introduction to Research and Writing
in Geography 3
GEOG (A Regional Course) 3
GEOG (Systematic and Techniques Courses) 6
Supporting courses and electives 21
33
122 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information
(In this group care must be taken to complete the
Arts and Sciences requirement of 12 hours in
natural science and mathematics)
Senior Year Hours
GEOG (Systematic and Techniques courses, including
hours of field techniques) 12 (minimum)
Supporting courses and electives 18
30
GEOGRAPHY MINOR AND SECONDARY
EDUCATION GEOGRAPHY SPECIALIZATION
College of Education Majors
Secondary Education Majors with a concentra-
tion in geography are required to take 27 hours in
the content field. Geography 201, 202, and 203 and
either 490 or 300 are required courses. The re-
maining 15 hours of the program consist of 3
hours of regional geography and 12 hours of up-
per-division systematic courses. For majors in
Elementary Education and others needing a geog-
raphy course for teaching certification Geogra-
phy 100 is the required course.
Geography minors should take at least Geog.
201, 202 and 203 in the Geography core and 300
is recommended. As with the major these courses
should be taken before any others.
Course Code Prelix— GEOG
GEOLOGY PROGRAM
Associate Professors: Segovia, Siegrist and Stifel.
Assistant Professors: Maccini and Weidner.
The geology curriculum is designed to prepare
a student either for a career in geology with a
Bachelor of Science degree or for advanced stud-
ies in geology.
The science requirement will be satisfied by completing:
Semester
Credit Hours
CHEM 103.104— College Chemistry I. II 4,4
and selecting eight semester credit hours
from the following courses:
PHYS 121,122— Fundamentals of Physics 4,4
MATH 140.141 — Analysis I, II 4,4
CHEM 203.204— College Chemistry IV, IV Lab 3,2
DEPARTMENT REQUIREMENTS (GEOLOGY)
GEOL 100 — Introduction to Physical Geology 3
GEOL 102 — Historical and Stratigraphic Geology 3
GEOL 110 — Physical Geology Laboratory 1
GEOL 112 — Historical Geology Laboratory 1
GEOL 399 — Research Problems in Geology 1
GEOL 422 — Mineralogy 3
GEOL 431 — Invertebrate Paleontology 3
GEOL 441— Structural Geology 3
GEOL (Proposed) — Summer Field Camp 5
AGRO 202— General Soils 4
Foreign Language — (French, German, Russian) 0-12
Major electives approved by advisor 14
Electives 21
Any departmental requirement may. with the consent of
the Geology advisor, be replaced with any of the above
courses in PHYS. MATH, or CHEM not already being utilized
to satisfy the science requirement.
Course Code Prelix— GEOL
DEPARTMENT OF
GERMANIC AND SLAVIC
LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES
Professor and Chairman: Hering.
Professors: Best, Dobert, Hinderer, Jones.
Assistant Professors: Berry, Dulbe, Elder, Fleck,
Hitchcock, Irwin, Knoche, Kostovski.
Instructors: Apitz, Dvorak, Horowitz, Huebschman,
Klapouchy, Lindes, Logan, Ransick, Schmeiss-
ner, Thielke.
GENERAL
Two types of undergraduate majors are offered
in both German and Russian: one for the general
student or the future teacher, and the other for
those interested in a rounded study of a foreign
area tor the purpose of understanding another na-
tion through its literature, history, sociology, and
other aspects. Both of these majors confer the
B.A. degree. The department also offers M.A. and
Ph.D. degrees in German language and literature.
An undergraduate major in either category con-
sists of a total of 33 hours with a C average, be-
yond the basic Arts and Sciences language re-
quirement.
In selecting minor or elective subjects, students
majoring in German or Russian, particularly those
who plan to do graduate work, should give special
consideration to courses in French, Spanish, Lat-
in, philosophy, history, and English.
LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE MAJOR:
GERMAN
German 221, which may be taken concurrently
with German 321 or 322, is required unless waived
by the head of the department. Specific minimum
requirements in the program are: three courses in
advanced language (one from each set: 301-302,
311-312, 401-402); two semesters of the survey of
literature courses (321-322); six literature courses
on the 400-level, two of which may be taken in
comparative literature. Taking honors courses as
substitute for the 400-level literature courses re-
quires special permission from the head of the de-
partment and in no case may more than two hon-
ors courses be selected for this purpose.
RUSSIAN
The specific minimum requirements are: one
from each set: 201-202, 301-302, 311-312, 401-402;
two semesters of the survey of literature courses
(321-322), plus 15 hours of literature courses on
the 400-level.
FOREIGN AREA MAJOR:
GERMAN
Specific requirements in this major are: three
courses in advanced language (one from each set:
301-302, 311-312, 401-402); a 2-semester survey
Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 123
(321-322); two courses in civilization (421-422);
four courses in German literature on the 400-level,
two of which may be replaced by Comparative Lit-
erature 401 and 402. Supporting courses should be
selected in consultation with the student's advisor.
RUSSIAN
Specific requirements in this major are: three
courses in advanced language (one from each set:
201-202, 301-302, 311-312); Russian 321 and 322;
Russian 401 and 402; plus 12 hours of literature
courses on the 400-level, two of which may be re-
placed by Comparative Literature 401 and 402.
Supporting courses should be selected in consul-
tation with the student's advisor.
HONORS
A student majoring in German who, at the time
of application, has a general academic average of
at least 3.0 and 3.5 or above in his major field, is
eligible for admission to the Honors program of
the department. Application should be directed
to the chairman of the Honors Committee. Honors
work normally begins in the first semester of the
junior year but a qualified student may enter as
early as the sophomore years or as late as the sec-
ond semester of the junior year.
Honors students are required to take two of the
Honors reading courses 398H and the independent
study course, 397H.
Besides completing an independent study proj-
ect, all graduating seniors who are candidates for
Honors must take an oral examination. Admission
of students to the Honors Program, their continu-
ance in the program, and the final award of Hon-
ors are the prerogative of the Departmental Hon-
ors Committee.
LOWER DIVISION COURSES
There are two tracks of elementary and inter-
mediate courses in German. Track I consists of
three semesters of four credits each (GERM 101,
102, 104) and Track II of four semesters of three
credits each (GERM 111, 112, 114, 115). The lang-
uage requirement is satisfied by passing either
104 or 115 or equivalent. Students with only one
year of high school language may take courses
101 or 111 and 112 in that language for credit.
Students who have had two or more years of
German or Russian in high school and wish to
continue with that language must take the place-
ment exam.
Students who, as a result of the placement
exam, place in 103 or 113 must complete 104 or
115. They may not take courses 101-102 or 111-112
for ciedit unless there has been a four-year lapse
of time between their high school language course
and their first college course in that language.
Those who place above 104 or 115 have fulfilled
the language requirement.
Transfer students with college credit have the
option of continuing at the level for which they are
theoretically prepared, of taking a placement ex-
amination, or of electing courses 103 or 113 for
credit. If a transfer student takes 103 or 113 for
credit, he may retain transfer credit only for the
equivalent of course 101 or 111. A transfer student
placing lower than his training warrants may ig-
nore the placement but DOES SO AT HIS OWN
RISK.
If a student has received a D in a course and
completes the next higher course, he cannot go
back to repeat the original D.
A student whose native language is taught at
the university may not meet the college require-
ment by taking courses 101 through 312. There is
a special option by which foreign students may
offer a combination of FOLA 001 and 002 (English
for Foreign Students) and 12 hours of English
courses to satisfy both the English and foreign
language requirements.
ELEMENTARY HONORS
Courses 102H and 112H in German are limited
to specially approved candidates who have passed
courses 101 or 111 with high grades and are rec-
ommended by their instructors. This will allow
them to complete their requirement by completing
either 102H or 115.
Course Code Prefixes— GERM. RUSS
DEPARTMENT OF
GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS
Professor and Department Chairman: Don C.
Piper.
Professors: Anderson, Burdette, Dillon, Harrison,
Hathorn, Hsueh, Jacobs, McNelly, Murphy,
Plischke.
Associate Professors: Adams (visiting), Claude,
Conway, Devine, Koury, Ranald, Reeves, Stone.
Terchek, Wolfe.
Assistant Professors: Bechtold, Butterworth. Chap-
les, Glass, Glendening, Heisler, Ingles, Kapun-
gu, Lanning, Levine, Lyons (visiting), McCarrick,
McGregor, Melnick, Oliver. Spencer, Strouse.
Werlin, Wilkenfeld.
Lecturers: Barber, Flyr, King.
Instructor: deTarnowsky.
The Department of Government and Politics of-
fers programs designed to prepare students for
government service, politics, foreign assignments,
teaching, a variety of graduate programs, and for
intelligent and purposeful citizenship.
At the junior/senior level students may pursue
the general government curriculum or they may
prusue a more specialized curriculum either in
international affairs or in public administration.
REQUIREMENTS FOR THE GOVERNMENT AND
POLITICS MAJOR
Government and Politics majors must take a
minimum of 36 semester hours in government
124 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information
courses and may not count more than 42 hours in
government toward graduation. No course in which
the grade is less than C may be counted as part
of the major.
The government and politics fields are as fol-
lows: (1) American government and politics; (2)
comparative government; (3) international affairs;
(4) political theory: (5) public administration; (6)
public law; and (7) public policy and political be-
havior.
All government majors are required to take
GVPT 100, 170, 220, and 441 or 442 (Political
Theory). They must take one course from three
separate government fields as designated by the
department; and in addition: (a) general majors
must take at least 15 GVPT semester hours at the
300-400 level; (b) majors taking the international
affairs curriculum must complete at least 15 se-
mester hours at the 300-400 level in international
affairs and comparative government courses, in-
cluding GVPT 300; (c) majors taking the public
administration curriculum must complete at least
15 semester hours at the 300-400 level in public
administration, including GVPT 410. All students
majoring in government with specialization in in-
ternational affairs must take a minimum of 12 se-
mester hours in one foreign language above the
first year elementary course. (The first year ele-
mentary requirement may be waived by high
school credit or placement tests.)
All students majoring in government must fulfill
the requirements of a minor, which involves the
completion of 15 semester hours from approved
departments other than GVPT. At least six of the
15 hours must be taken at the 300-400 level from a
single department. Students majoring in govern-
ment with specialization in international affairs
may choose to take all minor courses either in
geographical area studies or on a departmental
basis; geographical area minors may be chosen,
with the consent of the departmental advisor, from
the following: Africa, East Asia, Europe, Latin
America, the Middle East, and the Soviet Union.
General majors and majors specializing in public
administration may not minor in geographical area
studies.
Students who major in government may apply
for admission to the GVPT Honors Program dur-
ing the second semester of their sophomore year.
Additional information concerning the Honors Pro-
gram may be obtained at the departmental offices.
FRESHMAN AND SOPHOMORE REQUIREMENTS Hours
ECON 201. 203 6
ENGL 101. 201. 202 9
Fine Arts or Philosophy 3
GVPT 100, 170. 220 9
History 6
MATH 110. 111 6
Science (One physical science and one biological science) 7
Social Science (to fulfill Gen. Educ. Program requirement) 3
SPCH 100 3
Electives 9
61
JUNIOR AND SENIOR REQUIREMENTS FOR THE
G. and P. GENERAL CURRICULUM Hours
GVPT 441 or 442 (Political Theory) 3
One course from each of three GVPT fields as
designated by the Department ... 9
Additional 300-400 level GVPT courses 15
(May not all be taken in International
Affairs Comparative Government or all in
Public Administration)
Requirements for minor 15
Statistics 3
Electives 15
60
JUNIOR AND SENIOR REQUIREMENTS FOR THE
G. and P. INTERNATIONAL AFFAIRS CURRICULUM Hours
GVPT 441 or 442 (Political Theory) . 3
One course from each of three GVPT fields
as designated by the department 9
Additional 300-400 level international affairs and com-
parative government courses including GVPT 300 . .15
Requirements for minor
(Departmental or Geographical Area Studies) 15
Statistics 3
Electives ... 15
60
JUNIOR AND SENIOR REQUIREMENTS FOR THE G. & P.
PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION CURRICULUM
GVPT 441 or 442 (Political Theory) 3
One course from each of three GVPT fields
as designated by the department 9
Additional 300-400 level public administration courses
including GVPT 410 15
Requirements for minor 15
Statistics 3
Electives 15
60
Course Code Prefix— GVPT
DEPARTMENT OF
HEALTH EDUCATION
Professors: Burt, Johnson.
Associate Professors: Jones, Kenel, Leviton, Tifft.
Assistant Professors: Miller, Clearwater.
Instructors: Beno. Cindrich, Harich, Needle, No-
wack, Raymond, Sands, Waters.
This curriculum is designed to prepare the stu-
dent to give leadership in the development of the
school health program including (1) health serv-
ices, (2) healthful environment and (3) health in-
struction. Graduates of the departmental program
have placement opportunities as health educators
in the public schools and community colleges as
well as in the public and voluntary health agen-
cies, i.e. local health departments, local affiliates
of the American Cancer Society, American Heart
Association, etc. The minor is planned to be par-
ticularly suitable for students who major in physi-
cal education, home economics and education at
either the elementary or secondary level.
HEALTH CURRICULUM
Freshman Year
ENGL 101. 201 — Composition and American
Literature
SOCY 100 — Introduction to Sociology
Semester
I II
Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 125
ZOOL 101— General Zoology
SPCH 107 — Public Speaking 2
PHED — Orientation: Developmental and
Combative (Men) or
PHED — Orientation Activities
Swimming (Women) (1)
CHEM 103, 104— General Chemistry 4
ANTH 101 or 102 — Introduction to
Anthropology 3
HLTH 140 — Personal and Community Health . . .
Electives
Total
Sophomore Year
ENGL 202— World Literature
HIST — (General Education Requirements)
ZOOL 201, 202 — Human Anatomy and
Physiology
HLTH 150— First Aid and Safety
HLTH 270— Safety Education
PHIL— (General Education Requirement) .
MATH — (Gen. Ed. Requirement other than
MATH 001)
NUTR 100
Electives
16
Total 16
Junior Year
EDMS 410 — Educational Measurement or
HLTH 480 — Measurement in Physical
Education and Health
MICB 200 — General Microbiology 4
MICB 420 — Epidemiology and Public Health
HLTH 310 — Introduction to School Health
Education 2
HLTH 420 — Methods and Materials in
Health Education
EDUC 300 — Human Development and Learning 6
EDUC 301 — Foundations of Education
PSYC 100 — Introduction to Psychology 3
PSYC 235 — Personality and Adjustment
Electives 3
Total 18
Senior Year
HLTH 340 — Curriculum Instruction and
Observation
HLTH 450— Health Problems of Children
and Youth 3
HLTH 390— Org. and Adm. of School
Healt'i Programs 3
EDSE 330 — Principles and Methods of
Secondary Ed
EDSE 374 — Student Teaching in
Secondary Schools
Electives 9
Total
15
(1)
4
DEGREE REQUIREMENTS IN
HEALTH EDUCATION
Requirements for the Bachelor of Science de-
gree in health education are as follows:
Sem.
Cr.
Foundation science courses (ZOOL 101. 201.
202: MICB 200. 420: CHEM 103. 104) 26
General Education Requirements (ENGL 101.
201. 202: PHIL. ANTH. SOCY I; HIST
(6 hours): MATH (Any above MATH 001) 27
Other specified requirements (SPCH 107: PSYCH
100, 235; NUTR 100) 11
Professional Health Education courses (HLTH 140.
150, 270, 310, 420, 340, 450, EDMS 410. 480, 390) 24
Education requirements (EDUC 300. 301; EDSE 330, 374) 20
Physical Education requirements 2
Electives 20
Total 130
MINOR IN HEALTH EDUCATION— 24 hour minor
Twelve semester hours in health education
(HLTH 140, 150, 310, 420, 450)
Twelve semester hours in related areas:
Six semester hours of biological science.
Six semester hours of psychology or human de-
velopment.
MINOR IN SAFETY EDUCATION
Students wishing to obtain a minor in safety ed-
ucation and become certified to teach safety and
driver education in junior and senior high schools
should take the following courses: HLTH 150 (1),
HLTH 260 (2), HLTH 270 (3), HLTH 280 (3), HLTH
305 (3), HLTH 345 (3), ENPF 280 (3), and ENPF
290 (3). In addition, six hours of psychology (other
than the general education requirements) are re-
quired.
Course Code Prellx— HLTH
HEBREW PROGRAM
Visiting Professor: Iwry.
Assistant Professor: Greenberg (Director).
Instructor: Klein.
A minor in Hebrew language and literature con-
sists of 18 semester hours in courses numbered
200 or above. Six of these hours must be in courses
on the 400-level.
Students who have never studied Hebrew, or
who have little knowledge beyond reading and
writing, may register for Elementary Hebrew with-
out taking a placement exam. Students who have
studied Hebrew in a Hebrew high school or day
school, in Israel or at another university are re-
quired to take the placement exam. On questions
of placement above the Hebrew 115 level, students
should consult Professor Samuel Iwry.
Course Code Prefix— HEBR
— — DEPARTMENT OF HISTORY
Professor and Chairman: Rundell.
Professors: Bauer (Emeritus). Brush, Callcott,
Carter, Cole, Foust, Gordon. Haber, Harlan,
Jashemski, Kent, Merrill, Prange, Schuessler,
Smith, Sparks.
Associate Professors: Belz, Berry, Breslow, Cock-
burn, Folsom, Giffin, Gilbert, Greenberg, Grim-
sted, Mayo, Stowasser, Warren, Yaney.
Assistant Professors: Bradbury, Brann, Farrell,
Flack, Harris, Hoffman, Kaufman, Matossian,
McCusker, Nicklason, Olson, Perinbam, Robert-
son, Shoufani, Van Ness, Williams, Wright.
Lecturers: Holum, Ridgway, Vasquez.
126 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information
The Department of History seeks to broaden the group instead of attending lectures. They read
student's cultural background through the study widely and do extensive written work on their own.
of history and to provide preparation for those in- Pre-honors sections are open to any student and
terested in secondary school teaching, journalism, are recommended for students in General Honors,
research and archival work, government and for- subject only to the instructor's approval. Students
eign service and graduate study. who intend to apply for admission to the History
Honors Program should take as many of them as
A faculty advisor will assist each major in plan- possible during their freshman and sophomore
ning a curriculum to meet his personal interests. years
Students should meet regularly with their advisors
to discuss the progress of their studies. Course Code Pre,i)(es_HisT. hifn, hius
Major Requirements
A. Candidates for a B.A. in History are required DEPARTMENT OF
to complete 39 hours in History courses. HORTICULTURE
B. The undergraduate major must attain a grade Professor and Chairman: Stark.
of C or higher in each of the courses submitted Professors: Haut, Kramer, Link, Reynolds Scott
to fulfill the 39-hour requirement. Shanks, Thompson and Wiley.
C. These 39 hours include the six hours of Uni- Associate Professors: Angell and Soergel.
versity general education requirements. Assistant Professors: Baker, Bouwkamp and Weg-
kamp.
D. The only mandatory course is History 389, Lecturers: Borthwick, Hendee and Howell.
Proseminar in Historical Writing (3 hours). Visiting Lecturer: Koch.
E. A minimum of twelve of the 39 hours must be The Department of Horticulture offers instruc-
aken at he 300 or 400 levels, in keeping with ,Jon m pomo|og (fruits) 0,ericulture (vegetables),
the regulations of the College of Arts and floriculture (flowers), ornamental horticulture, and
Sciences. processing of horicultural crops. These courses
Supporting Courses prepare students to enter commercial production
History majors are required to take nine hours and Jhe horticultural industries such as fruit and
at the 300 or 400 levels outside of the History De- vegetable processing, seed production and retail
*_ * *u iu i t ,l i-. florists and nurseries. Students are ikewise pre-
payment, with the approval of the Department. . . . .. ... . . . . . ." ,
pared to enter the allied industries as horticul-
General Education Requirements in History tu/ists with fertilizer companies, equipment man-
_. ... , ... , ufacturers and others. Students who wish to enter
™e c°ursf "' h numbers ,UP t0 300 <excHePt specialized fields of research and teaching may
HIST 256 and 257) are particularly recommended me advanced work in the department.
to students seeking to meet the General Educa-
tion requirements. These courses are especially Tne Horticultural Education option is designed
designed for the student who wishes to enrich his ,or persons who wish to prepare for teaching
knowledge and understanding of a particular so- horticulture in the secondary schools. It provides
ciety or culture in a comparatively broad chron- basic training in horticulture and includes the
ological framework, even though he might have no necessary courses for teacher certification,
professional interest in history. They may be taken The Department of Horticulture is a cooperating
during the sophomore, junior or senior years. Stu- department in the Food Science curriculum,
dents with a good background in history may sub-
stitute 400-level courses where there are no stated th ,™e science re«uirement wi" be sa,isfied °v completing
tne following courses:
prerequisites.
Semester
Honors in History Credit Hours
Students who major or minor in history may ap- che^ I03.i04-Coiiege Chemistry i. n 4,4
, , .■• i *u i.j- * ii r> BOTN 100— General Botany 4
ply for admission to the History Honors Program and four semester creydits se|ected from the following;
during the second semester of their sophomore micb 200— General Microbiology 4
year. Those who are admitted to the program sub- zool 101 — General Zoology 4
Stitute discussion courses and a thesis for some GE0L 100,110— Geology and Physical Geology
of their required lecture courses, and take an oral r-uc»f on'fo^o ,- Yi ^' "■"." ','„' "J 3'1
. ^ . . . . , . CHEM 201.202 — College Chemistry III and
comprehensive examination prior to graduation. College Chemistry Laboratory III 3,2
Successful candidates are awarded either honors
or high honors in history. pomology and olericulture
The History Department offers pre-honors work option requirements:
in American history (HIST 256, 257) and pre-honors AGR0 202— General Soils 4
sections in western civilization (HIST 241H, 242H). *°™ S^pTa^^o'cgf. ■■■'■ 2
Students in these sections meet in a discussion ENTM 252— Insect Pests of Agricultural Crops 4
Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 127
HORT 111, 112 — Tree Fruit Production 3,2
HORT 222 — Vegetable Production 3
HORT 212 — Berry Production 3
HORT 274— Genetics of Cultivated Plants 3
HORT 271— Plant Propagation 3
HORT 411 — Technology of Fruits 3
HORT 422 — Technology of Vegetables 3
HORT 474 — Physiology of Maturation and
Storage of Horticultural Crops 2
HORT 398— Seminar 1
A minimum of three additional Horticultural credits 3
Electives 29
FLORICULTURE AND ORNAMENTAL HORTICULTURE
OPTION REQUIREMENTS:
Semester
Credit Hours
AGRO 202— General Soils 4
BOTN 212 — Plant Taxonomy 3
BOTN 221— Diseases of Plants 4
BOTN 441— Plant Physiology 4
HORT 231 — Greenhouse Management 3
HORT 132 — Garden Management 3
HORT 261 — Man in the Landscape 3
HORT 262 — Principles of Landscape Analysis 3
HORT 271 — Plant Propagation 3
HORT 274— Genetics of Cultivated Plants 3
HORT 451 — Technology of Ornamentals 3
HORT 453,454— Woody Plant Materials 3,3
HORT 432 — Fundamentals of Greenhouse Crop Production
or
HORT 456 — Production and Maintenance of Woody
Plans 3
HORT 398— Seminar 1
Select 2 credits from the following
HORT 241,242 — Greenhouse Crop Production
Laboratory 1,1
HORT 142 — Garden Management Laboratory 1
Electives 28
HORTICULTURE EDUCATION
OPTION REQUIREMENTS:
Semester
Credit Hours
AGRO 202— General Soils 4
BOTN 212 — Plant Taxonomy 3
BOTN 221 — Diseases of Plants 4
BOTN 441 — Plant Physiology 4
EDUC 301 — Foundations of Education 3
HORT 132 — Garden Management 3
HORT 142 — Garden Management Laboratory 1
HORT 231 — Greenhouse Management 3
HORT 241 — Greenhouse Management Laboratory 1
HORT 261 — Man in the Landscape 3
HORT 262 — Principles of Landscape Analysis 3
HORT 271 — Plant Propagation 3
HORT 451 — Technology of Ornamentals 3
HORT 398 — Seminar 1
RLED 311 — Teaching Secondary Agriculture 3
RLED 303 — Teaching Materials and Demonstrations .... 2
RLED 313— Student Teaching 5
RLED 315— Student Teaching 1-4
RLED 302 — Introduction to Agricultural Education 2
RLED 305 — Teaching Young and Adult Farmer Groups ... 1
Elect one of the following courses: 3-6
EDHD 460— Educational Psychology (3)
EDUC 300 — Human Development and Learning (6)
A minimum of 12 additional Agriculture credits 12
Approved Electives 6-12
Total 124
Course Code Prefix— HORT
DEPARTMENT OF
HOUSING AND APPLIED DESIGN
Professor and Chairman: Shearer.
Assistant Professor: Nelson, Ritzmann, Roper.
Instructors: Erdahl, Hillerman, Holvey, McDonnell,
Nisonger, Odland, Williams and Zimmerman.
Lecturers: Davis, McWhinnie, and Ribalta.
The fundamental purpose of programs of con-
centration in this area is to provide a broad, gen-
eral education in addition to individually and pro-
fessionally oriented instruction in design. De-
pendent upon elected allied areas of study, pro-
fessional opportunities include: design of inter-
iors, fashions, advertising, home furnishings; illu-
stration of fashions and interiors; sales promotion
or retailing of wearing apparel, homes and home
furnishings; fashion or home furnishings journal-
ism; housing consultant, urban development pro-
grams.
ADVERTISING DESIGN CURRICULUM
Semester
Typical Freshman Year I II
ENGL 101 or 171— Composition 3
ENGL 201, 211 or 221 3
Math Requirement 3
Science Requirement 3
SPCH 107 or 100— Public Speaking 2-3
ARTS 110— Drawing I 3
HLTH 105 — Science and Theory of Health . . (2)
Physical Education (1) (1)
EDIN 101A — Mechanical Drawing 2
FOOD 110 — Food and Nutrition of Individuals
and Families or NUTR 100 — Elements of
Nutrition 3
APDS 101 — Fundamentals of Design 3
APDS 102— Design II 3
Total 17-18 15
Typical Sophomore Year
ENGL 202, 212. or 222 3
PSYC 100 — Introduction to Psychology .... 3
ECON 205 — Fundamentals of Economics 3
Science Requirement 4
FMCD 250 — Decision Making in Family Living . . 3
TEXT 105 — Textiles in Contemporary Living 3
APDS 210 — Presentation Techniques 3
APDS 211 — Action Drawing — Fashion
Sketching 3
APDS 230— Silk Screen Printing 3
APDS 237— Photography 2
APDS 103 — Design III — Three-Dimensional
Design 3
Total 17 16
Semester
Typical Junior Year I II
History Requirement 3 3
SOCY 100 — Sociology of American Life .... 3
APTH 450— Twentieth Century Art 3
EDIN 134— Graphic Arts I 3
APDS 320 — Fashion llustration 3
APDS 330 — Typography and Lettering 3
APDS 331— Advertising Layout 3
APDS 332— Display Design 3
Supporting Elective 3
Total 15 15
128 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information
Typical Senior Year
Fine Arts Requirement— PHIL 330 3
APDS 430, 431 — Advanced Problems in
Advertising Design 3
APDS 337— Adanced Photography
APDS 380 — Professional Seminar
Supporting Electives 3
Free Electives 6
Total 15
COSTUME CURRICULUM
Semester
Typical Freshman Year I
ENGL 101 or 171— Composition
Fine Arts Requirement — ARTH 261 3
SOCY 100 — Sociology of American Life ... 3
ARTS 1 10 — Drawing I
HLTH 105— Science and Theory of Health . . (2)
Physical Education (1)
Science Requirement
TEXT 105 — Textiles in Contemporary Living 3
APDS 101 — Fundamentals of Design 3
APDS 102— Design II
APDS 210 — Presentation Techniques
Total 15
Typical Sophomore Year
ENGL 201. 211 or 212, 202, 212 or 222 3
Math Requirement 3
Science Requirement
SPCH 107 or 100— Public Speaking
FOOD 110 — Food and Nutrition of Individuals
and Families or NUTR 100 — Elements of
Nutrition 3
FMCD 250 — Decision Making in Family
Living
APDS 103— Design III — Three-Dimensional
Design 3
APDS 211 — Action Drawing — Fashion
Sketching 3
APDS 220 — Introduction to Fashion Design
Total 15
Typical Junior Year I
PSYC 100 — Introduction to Psychology ... 3
History Requirement 3
ECON 205 — Fundamentals of Economics
APDS 237— Photography 2
APDS 320 — Fashion Illustration 3
APDS 321 — Fashion Design and Illustration
APDS 330— Typography and Lettering
Supporting Electives 3
Free Elective 3
Total 17
Typical Senior Year
APDS 322 — Advanced Costume 4
APDS 331 — Advertising Layout
APDS 332— Display Design 3
APDS 380 — Professional Seminar
Supporting Electives 3
Free Electives 6
Total 16
(1)
3
4
2-3
CRAFTS CURRICULUM
Typical Freshman Year
ENGL 101 or 171 — Composition
ENGL 201, 211 or 221
History Requirement
Semester
I II
3
3
3
SOCY 100 — Sociology of American Life 3
HLTH 105— Science and Theory of Health . . (2)
Physical Education (1) (1)
FOOD 110 — Food and Nutrition of Individuals
and Families or NUTR 100 — Elements
of Nutrition 3
TEXT 105 — Textiles in Contemporary Living 3
APDS 101 — Fundamentals of Design 3
APDS 102— Design II 3
CRAF 101 — Craft Fundamentals and
Materials 3
Total 15 16
Typical Sophomore Year
ENGL 202, 212 or 222 3
Math Requirement 3
Science Requirement 4
PSYC 100 — Introduction to Psychology 3
SPCH 107 or 100— Public Speaking 2-3
EDIN 102— Woodworking I 3
APDS 103 — Design III — Three-Dimensional
Design 3
APDS 210 — Presentation Techniques 3
APDS 211 — Action Drawing — Figure
Sketching 3
CRAF 241 — Decorative Textiles 3
Total 15 15-16
Semester
Typical Junior Year I II
PHIL 330— Philosophy of Art 3
Science Requirement 3
ECON 205 — Fundamentals of Economics 3
FMCD 250 — Decision Making in Family Living . . 3
APDS 230 — Silk Screen Printing 3
APDS 237— Photography 2
CRAF 220 — Ceramics — Material and
Processes 3
CRAF 320 — Advanced Ceramics I 3
CRAF 230— Metalry I 3
CRAF 240— Weaving 3
Free Elective 3
Total 15 17
Typical Senior Year
History Requirement 3
APDS 380 — Professional Seminar 2
CRAF 420 — Advanced Ceramics II 3
CRAF 330— Advanced Metalry I 3
CRAF 428 or 438 or 448 — Individual Prob-
lems in Crafts 3 3
Supporting Electives 3 6
Free Electives 4-5
Total 15 15-16
HOUSING CURRICULUM
Typical Freshman Year I
SOCY 100 — Sociology of American Life ... 3
SPCH 100 or 107— Public Speaking 2-3
FOOD 110 — Food and Nutrition of Individuals
and Families 3
TEXT 105 — Textiles in Contemporary Living 3
APDS 101 — Fundamentals of Design 3
Physical Education (1)
ENGL 101 or 171 — Composition
PSYC 100 — Introduction to Psychology . . .
HLTH 105 — Science and Theory of Health . .
TXAP 221 — Apparel I or exemption
APDS 102— Design II
APDS 210— Presentation Techniques
(D
3
3
(2)
3
3
3
Total 15-16
Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 129
Semester
Typical Sophomore Year
ENGL 201, 211 or 221: 202, 212 or 222
Science Requirement
PSYC 221 — Social Psychology
FMCD 250 — Decision Making in Family Living
TEXT 105 — Consumer Textiles
APDS 103 — Design III — Three-Dimensional
Design
HSAD 240 — Design and Furnishings in the
Home
HSAD 241 — Family Housing
HSAD 246— Materials of Interior Design . . .
Total
Typical Junior Year
Math Requirement
Science Requirement
History Requirement
SOCY 230 — Dynamics of Social Interaction
Fine Arts Requirement — ARTH 341
Elective
FMCD 260 — Family Relations or alternative
HSAD 342 — Space Development
HSAD 343— Interior Design I
Supporting Elective
Total
Typical Senior Year
History Requirement
ECON 205 — Fundamentals of Economics . . .
FMCD 330 — Family Patterns or alternative .
FMCD 332— The Child in the Family
Supporting Electives
Free Electives
15
Total
INTERIOR DESIGN CURRICULUM
Typical Freshman Year
ENGL 101 or 171— Composition
ENGL 201, 211 or 221
SOCY 100 — Sociology of American Life .
History Requirement
Math Requirement
HLTH 105— Science and Theory of Health
Semester
(?)
Physical Education (1)
EDIN 101A — Mechanical Drawing 2
TEXT 105 — Textiles in Contemporary Living
FOOD 110 — Food and Nutrition of Individuals
and Families OR
NUTR 100 — Elements of Nutrition 3
APDS 101— Fundamentals of Design 3
APDS 102— Design II
(D
3
Total
17
Typical Sophomore Year
ENGL 202, 212 or 222 3
PSYC 100— Introduction to Psychology .... 3
Science Requirement
ECON 205 — Fundamentals of Economics
SPCH 100 or 107— Public Speaking 2-3
FMCD 250 — Decision Making in Family Living 3
TEXT 150 — Consumer Textiles
APDS 103— Design III— Three-Dimensional
Design 3
APDS 237— Photography
HSAD 246— Materials of Interior Design . . .
APDS 210— Presentation Techniques 3
Total 17-18
Typical Junior Year
History Requirement
PHIL 330— Philosophy of Art
TEXT 463— History of Textiles
HSAD 340 — Period Homes and Their
Furnishings
HSAD 342 — Space Development
HSAD 343— Interior Design I
Supporting Electives
ARTH 261
Total •*.
Typical Senior Year
Science Requirement 3
HSAD 341 — Contemporary Developments in
Architecture, Interiors, Furnishings
HSAD 344— Interior Design II 3
HSAD 345 — Professional Aspects of Interior ■
Design
HSAD 440— Interior Design III
HSAD 441— Interior Design IV
Supporting Electives 3
Free Electives 5-6
Total 15-14
Course Code Prelixes— APDS. CRAF. HSAD
DEPARTMENT OF
INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION
Faculty: Lowell D. Anderson, Charles J. Beatty,
Clifton Campbell, Robert C. Cooksey, Edmund
D. Crosby, J. Barry DuVall, Robert J. Gelina,
Karl E. Gettle, Paul E. Harrison, Joseph F. Luet-
kemeyer, Gordon E. Martin, Walter Mietus,
Charles S. Richman, Mark M. Schlesinger, Ken-
neth F. Stough, William F. Tierney, Peter J.
Vorac, Edward H. White, Garth B. Yeager.
The Department of Industrial Education offers
programs leading to teacher certification in indus-
trial arts and vocational-industrial education. It
also offers a program in education for industry
which prepares individuals for supervisory and in-
dustrial management positions, and an industrial
technology program for persons with advanced
technical preparation who wish to teach in techni-
cal institutes or junior colleges.
Three curricula are administered by the In-
dustrial Education Department: (1) Vocational-In-
dustrial Education, (2) Industrial Arts Education
and (3) Education for Industry. The overall offer-
ing includes both undergraduate and graduate
programs leading to the degrees of: Bachelor of
Science, Master of Education, Master of Arts, Doc-
tor of Education, and Doctor of Philosophy.
The vocational-industrial curriculum may lead
either to certification as a vocational-industrial
teacher with no degree involved or to a Bachelor
of Science degree, including certification. The Uni-
versity of Maryland is designated as the institution
which shall offer the "Trade and Industrial" cer-
tification courses and hence the courses which
are offered are those required for certification in
Maryland. The vocational-industrial curriculum re-
quires trade competence as specified by the Mary-
130 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information
land State Plan for Vocational Education. A person
who aspires to be certified should review the State
plan and may well contact Maryland State Depart-
ment of Education officials. If the person has in
mind teaching in a designated city or county, he
may discuss his plans with the vocational-indus-
trial official of that city or county inasmuch as
there are variations in employments and training
procedures.
The Industrial Arts Education curriculum pre-
pares persons to teach industrial arts at the sec-
ondary school level. It is a four-year program lead-
ing to a Bachelor of Science degree. While trade
or industrial experience contributes significantly to
the background of the industrial arts teacher, pre-
vious work experience is not a condition of en-
trance into this curriculum. Students who are en-
rolled in the curriculum are encouraged to ob-
tain work in industry during the summer months.
Industrial arts as a secondary school subject area
is a part of the general education program char-
acterized by extensive laboratory experiences.
Semester
Freshman Year I II
ENGL 101 — Composition or alternate 3
English Literature or World Literature 3
SOCY 100 — Introduction to Sociology or
PSYC 100 — Introduction to Psychology 3
Physical Education (1) (1)
SPCH 100— Public Speaking 3
EDIN 101 — Mechanical Drawing I 2
EDIN 102— Woodworking I 3
EDIN 11 2— Shop Calculation 3
ART — Art elective or
PHIL — Philosophy elective 3
HLTH 105 — Science and Theory of Health (2)
EDIN 121 — Mechnical Drawing II 2
EDIN 122— Woodworking II 3
Total 15 17
Sophomore Year
English Literature or World Literature 3
HIST 221— History of U.S. to 1865, or
HIST 222— History of U.S. since 1865 3
HIST — History elective 3
PHYS 111 and PHYS 112— Elements of Physics:
Mechanics, Heat and Sound 3 3
EDIN 127 — Electricity — Electronics I 3
EDIN 133 — Automotives I 3
EDIN 241 — Architectural Drawing 2
MATH 110 — Introduction to Mathematics 3
EDIN 247 — Electricity — Electronics II 3
EDIN 223— Arc and Gas Welding 1
EDIN 210— Foundry 1
Total 17 14
Junior Year
CHEM 103, 104— General Chemistry 4 4
EDUC 300 — Human Development and Learning .... 6
ECON 205 — Fundamentals of Economics 3
EDIN 262 — Machine Shop Practice I 3
EDIN 226— General Metal Work 3
EDIN 311 — Laboratory Practicum in Industrial
Arts 3
EDIN 134— Graphic Arts I 3
Elective (Laboratory) 4
Elective (Unspecified) 3
Total 17 19
Senior Year
EDIN 340 — Curriculum, Instruction and
Observation 3
EDIN 347 — Student Teaching in Secondary
Schools 8
EDSE 330— Principles and Methods of
Secondary Education 3
EDIN 464 — Laboratory Organization and
Management 3
EDIN 466 — Educational Foundation of
Industrial Arts 3
EDUC 301 — Foundations of Education 3
EDUC— Electives 6
Electives (Unspecified) 2
Total 14 17
VOCATIONAL-INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION
The vocational-industrial curriculum is a four-
year program of studies leading to a Bachelor of
Science degree in education. It is intended to de-
velop the necessary competencies for the effective
performance of the tasks of a vocational teacher.
In addition to establishing the adequacy of the stu-
dent's skills in a particular trade and the develop-
ment of instructional efficiency, the curriculum
aims at the professional and cultural development
of the individual. Courses are included which
would enrich the person's scientific, economic,
psychological and sociological understandings.
The vocational-certification courses for the State
of Maryland are a part of the curriculum require-
ments.
Persons pursuing this curriculum must present
documentary evidence of having an apprentice-
ship or comparable learning period and journey-
man experience. This evidence of background and
training is necessary in order that the trade exami-
nation phase of the curriculum may be accomp-
lished.
Persons having completed the necessary certi-
fication courses prior to working on the degree
program may use such courses toward meeting
graduation requirements. However, after certifica-
tion course requirements have been met, persons
continuing studies toward a degree must taKe
courses in line with the curriculum plan and Uni-
versity regulations. For example, junior level
courses cannct be taken until the student has
reached full junior standing.
Semester
Freshman Year I II
ENGL 101 — Composition or alternate 3
English Literature 3
SOCY 100 — Introduction to Sociology 3
SPCH 100 — Public Speaking 3
ECON 205 — Fundamentals of Economics 3
EDIN 112— Shop Calculation 3
MATH 110 — Introduction to Mathematics or
MATH 105 — Fundamentals of Mathematics 3
Physical Education (1) (1)
HLTH 105— Science and Theory of Health (2)
Total 13 12
Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 131
Sophomore Year
ENGL 201— World Literature or
Engish Literature 3
ART — Art elective or
PHIL — Philosophy elective 3
HIST 221— History of the U.S. to 1865, or
HIST 222 — History of the U.S. since 1865 3
HIST — History elective 3
Physical Sciences 3 3
PSYC 100 — Introduction to Psychology 3
CHEM 103— General Chemistry or ZOOL 101 —
General Zoology 4
Total 12 13
Trade Examination 20
Junior Year
EDIN 450 — Training Aids Development 3
EDIN 465 — Modern Industry 3
EDUC 300 — Human Development and Learning .... 6
EDIN 462 — Occupational Analysis and Course
Construction 3
CHEM 104 or BOTN 101 4
EDIN 471 — History and Principles of
Vocational Education 3
EDIN 457 — Tests and Measurements 3
Approved electives 3
Total 16 12
Senior Year
EDIN 340 — Curriculum, Instruction and
Observation 3
EDSE 330 — Principles and Methods of Sec. Ed 3
EDIN 347 — Student Teaching in Secondary
Schools* 8
EDCP 410 — Introduction to Counseling and
Personnel Services 3
Electives 6
EDUC 301 — Social Foundations of Education 3
EDIN 464 — Laboratory Organization and
Management 3
Ed. electives 3
Total 17 15
'Student Teaching Requirement in Vocational Education.
Persons currently teaching in the secondary
schools with three or more years of satisfactory
experience at that level are not required to take
EDIN 347 — Student Teaching in Secondary
Schools. Evidence of satisfactory teaching experi-
ence shall be presented in the form of written
statements from the principal area supervisor and
department head in the school where such teach-
ing is done. Instead of the eight credits required
for student teaching, the individual meeting the
above qualifications will have eight additional se-
mester hours of elective credits.
ELECTIVE CREDITS
Courses in history and philosophy of education,
sociology, speech, psychology, economics, busi-
ness administration and other areas may be taken
with the permission of the student's advisor.
Elective courses in the technical area (shop and
drawing) will be limited to courses and subjects
not covered in the trade training experience.
Courses dealing with advanced technology and re-
cent improvements in field practices will be ac-
ceptable.
VOCATIONAL-INDUSTRIAL CERTIFICATION
A person to become certified as a trade in-
dustrial and service occupations teacher in the
State of Maryland must successfully complete 18
credit hours of instruction.
The following courses must be included in the
18 credit hours of instruction:
EDIN 350 — Methods of Teaching
EDIN 464— Laboratory Organization and Management
EDIN 457 — Tests and Measurements
EDIN 462 — Occupational Analysis and Course Construction
The remainder of the credit hours shall be met
through the election of the following courses:
EDIN 450 — Training Aids Development
EDIN 461 — Principles of Vocational Guidance
EDIN 465 — Modern Industry
EDIN 467 — Problems in Occupational Education
EDIN 471 — History and Principles of Vocational Education
EDCP 410 — Introduction to Counseling and Personnel
Services
EDCP 411 — Mental Hygiene in the Classroom
Educational Psychology or its equivalent
A person in Vocational-Industrial Education may
use his certification courses toward a Bachelor of
Science degree. In doing so the general require-
ments of the University and his college must be
met. A maximum of 20 semester hours of credit
may be earned through examination in the trade
in which the student has competence. Prior to
taking the examination, the student shall provide
documentary evidence of his apprenticeship or
learning period and journeyman experience. For
further information about credit by examination
refer to the academic regulations.
EDUCATION FOR INDUSTRY
The Education for Industry curriculum is a four-
year program leading to a Bachelor of Science de-
gree. The purpose of the program is to prepare
persons for jobs within industry and, as such, it
embraces four major areas of competence: (a)
technical competence, (b) human relations and
leadership competence, (c) communications com-
petence, and (d) social and civic competence.
Freshmen Year
ENGL 101 — Composition or alternate ...
English Literature
SOCY 100 or ANTH 100— Introduction to
Sociology or Introduction to
Anthropology
EDIN 101 — Mechanical Drawing I
EDIN 112 — Shop Calculation
EDIN 121 — Mechanical Drawing II
EDIN 122— Woodworking II
EDIN 223— Arc and Gas Welding
EDIN 262 — Machine Shop Practice I . . . .
EDIN 210— Foundry
Physical Education
MATH 110— Introduction to Mathematics
Total
Semester
I II
3
3
132 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information
Sophomore Year
ART— Art Elective 3
English Literature 3
EDIN 124— Sheet Metal Work 2
BSAD 110 — Elements of Business
Enterprise 3
SPCH 107— Public Speaking 2
PHYS 111. 112— Elements of Physics:
Mechanics. Heat and Sound or Ele-
ments of Physics: Magnetism, Electricity,
and Optics or PHYS 121, 122— Funda-
mentals of Physics 3 or 4 3 or 4
MATH 1 11— Introduction to Mathematics. . 3
HLTH 105— Science and Theory of Health (2)
HIST 242— Western Civilization . . 3
ECON 205 — Fundamentals of Economics . . 3
EDIN 184 — Organized and Supervised
Work Experience 3
Total 17 or 18 16 or 17
Junior Year
History Elective 3
PSYC 100 — Introductcion to Psychology 3
PSYC 235 — Personality and Adjustment.. 3
CHEM 103. 104— General Chemistry 4 4
ECON 470 — Labor Economics 3
EDIN 324 — Organized and Supervised
Work Experience 3
EDIN 443-444 — Industrial Safety Educa-
tion I and II 2 2
BSAD 360 — Personnel Management I . . . . 3
SOCY 462 — Industrial Sociology 3
Electives 3
Total 18 18
Senior Year
BSAD 460 — Personnel Management II or
BSAD 230 — Business I 3
BSAD 362 — Labor Relations 3
BSAD 385 — Production Management .... . . 3
EDIN 465— Modern Industry 3
EDIN 425 — Industrial Training in Industry I or
EDIN 475 — Recent Technological Devel-
opments in Products and Processes ... . . 3
PSYC 365 — Industrial Psychology 3
Electives 5 7
Total 14 16
Course Code Prefix— EDIN
INFORMATION SYSTEMS
MANAGEMENT PROGRAM
Professor: Patrick.
Associate Profesor: Courtright.
Assistant Professor: Testa.
Instructors: Akman, Chappell, Deutsch.
Lecturers: Fishman, Golding.
The program of studies in information systems
management is designed to meet the needs of
those wishing to concentrate on the application of
the digital computer to the analysis, design and
administration of complex information systems.
Students who expect to enter business administra-
tion, public administration or organizations in
other fields will find that this program offers a rel-
evant preparation.
The student entering this program will place em-
phasis on the study of digital computer applica-
tions and relevant mathematical methods. With the
aid of a faculty advisor, he will select a minimum
of 15 hours of course work in a secondary field
such as business administration, computer sci-
ence, economics, mathematics, psychology, public
administration, or the sciences.
INFORMATION SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT
CURRICULUM
Semester
Freshman Year I II
ENGL 101 — Composition 3
ENGL 201 (or 211 or 212 or 221 or 222)— Literature 3
MATH 140. 141— Analysis I. II 4 4
SPCH 100— Public Speaking 3
Fine Arts and Philosophy Elective 3
Science (one biological and one physical) 3-4 3-4
HLTH 105— Science and Theory of Health (2)
Physical Education (1) (1)
History 3
17-18 16-17
Sophomore Year
BSAD 220, 221 — Principles of Accounting 3 3
ECON 201. 203 — Principles of Economics 3 3
ENGL 202 (or 211 or 212 or 221 or 222) — Literature 3
PSYC 100 — Introduction to Psychology 3
•MATH 240— Linear Algebra 4
CMSC 103 or 110 — Introductory Algorithmic Methods
or Elementary Algorithmic Analysis 3
History 3
BSAD 230 — Business Statistics I 3
16 15
Junior Year
IFSM 401 — Electronic Data Processing 3
IFSM 402— Electronic Data Processing Applications 3
IFSM 332 — Operations Research I 3
BSAD 434 — Operations Research II 3
BSAD 330 — Business Statistics II 3
ECON 401, 403, 430, or 440 (any two) 3 3
Secondary Field 3 3
Elective ^
15 15
Senior Year
IFSM 410 — Information Processing Problems of
Models of Administrative. Economic, and Political
Systems 3
IFSM 436 — Introduction to Systems Analysis 3
IFSM 420 — Information Processing and Computa-
tional Problems in Operations Analysis 3
BSAD 432 — Statistical Analysis and Forecasting . 3
Secondary Field 6 3
Electives 3 6
15 15
• May be used lor upper division credit.
Course Code Prefix— IFSM
JAPANESE LANGUAGE OFFERING
Instructor: Sasaki.
Two semesters of Japanese are now offered
under the administration of the Committee on
East Asian Studies. The courses are open to all
students interested in Japanese and East Asian
studies.
Course Code— JAPN
Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 133
DEPARTMENT OF JOURNALISM
Professor and Department Chairman: Hiebert.
Professors: Bryan, Crowell, Martin, Newsom.
Associate Professor: Brown.
Assistant Professors: Flippen, Grunig, Lee, Me-
dura, Petrick.
Lecturer: Geraci.
The Department of Journalism at the University
of Maryland stands at the doorstep of the nation's
capital and the world's news center. It is an ideal
location for the study of journalism, public rela-
tions, and mass communications because many
of the world's important journalists, great news
events, and significant communications activities
are near at hand.
The department is within easy reach of four of
the nation's top 20 newspapers: the Baltimore Sun,
the Washington Post, the Washington Evening
Star, and the production offices of the Wall Street
Journal. The department also has easy access to
the Washington press corps — the large bureaus
of the Associated Press, United Press Internation-
al, New York Times, and many other American and
foreign newspapers; also major networks and
broadcasting news bureaus such as NBC, CBS,
and ABC; also news, business, and special in-
terest magazines, and representatives of the book
publishing industry.
The department is close to the sources of news,
including the White House, executive departments
and agencies, Supreme Court, and Congress. It is
near many major non-governmental representative
bodies such as associations, scientific and profes-
sional organizations, foreign representatives, and
international agencies.
The department has six primary objectives: 1)
to insure a liberal education for journalists and
mass communicators; 2) to provide professional
development, including training in skills and tech-
niques necessary for effective communication; 3)
to increase public understanding of journalism and
mass communication; 4) to advance knowledge
through research and publication; 5) to raise the
quality of journalism through critical examination
and study; and 6) to provide continuing relation-
ship with professional journalists and their socie-
ties.
The department's curriculum in news editorial
journalism is accredited by The American Council
on Education for Journalism. The department is
a member of The American Asociation of Schools
and Departments of Journalism, The Association
for Education in Journalism, and The American
Society of Journalism School Administrators.
Student journalism organization chapters in-
clude Sigma Delta Chi. Theta Sigma Phi, Pi Delta
Epsilon, Kappa Tau Alpha, Kappa Alpha Mu, and
a charter chapter of the Public Relations Student
Society of America.
The department offers specialized work in news
reporting and editing, public relations, advertis-
ing, news broadcasting, news photography, and
communication theory and research.
The Department maintains close liaison with
student publications and communications, includ-
ing the student daily newspaper, yearbook, fea-
ture magazine, course guide, literary magazine,
campus radio station, and campus television work-
shop.
The Department also provides summer intern-
ships in professional work and part-time on-the-
job training opportunities.
Advanced students in news reporting may work
in Washington as correspondents for participating
newspapers in the Maryland-Delaware-D.C. Press
Association. Students in this advanced program
cover the White House, Congress, government
agencies and departments for publication.
Students may declare their intention to major
in journalism at the beginning of any semester,
but normally this is done before their junior year.
Students select and work with one faculty mem-
ber as their advisor during the course of their
study at the University.
Typing ability and English proficiency are re-
quired of all students. Majors must maintain a C
average in courses taken in the Department. Stu-
dents must receive at least a C in Journalism 200
and 201 before they will be allowed to major in
Journalism.
REQUIREMENTS FOR THE JOURNALISM MAJOR
Listed below are lower-division and upper-
division requirements for majors in the Depart-
ment of Journalism. In qualifying for the degree,
the student must complete 120 semester hours, 57
hours of which must be upper-division credit.
Course substitutions may be made by the fac-
ulty advisor to take account of previous profes-
sional experience and to develop programs to in-
clude special study. Within the broad outlines of
the upper-division courses themselves, students
are encouraged to develop individual interest by
careful choice of elective courses.
Lower-Division Curriculum
Semester
Freshman Year I II
ENGL 101 (or 171) and 201 3 3
Science (one course of which must be lab) 4 3
Foreign Language 3 3
PSYC 100 and SOCY 100 3 3
SPCH 100 3
MATH 110 3
HLTH 105" (2)
Physical Activities' (1) (1)
Total 17 18
•The required HLTH 105 and PHED credits are not applied to the minimum
of 120 needed tor graduation.
Semester
Sophomore Year I II
JOUR 200 and JOUR 201 3 3
ENGL 202 3
Foreign Language 3 3
History 3 3
GVPT 1 70 and ECON 205 3 3
134 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information
Fine Arts (elected from PHIL 100, 140, 170, 236;
ARTH 100, 260, 261, 284, 320, 321, 330, 331,
340. 341; DART 110; MUSC 130)
Total
Upper-Division Curriculum
Journalism Requirements
24 credit hours in upper division journalism
courses, including Journalism 310, News Editing.
At least six credit hours should be taken in one
of the following areas for depth in a special field
of journalism:
JOUR 320 and 321 — News Reporting.
JOUR 330 and 331— Public Relations.
JOUR 340 and 341— Advertising.
JOUR 350 and 351 — News Photography.
JOUR 360 and 361 — News Broadcasting.
All journalism majors should elect at least six
credit hours from the following courses for breadth
in mass communication:
JOUR 400 — Law of Mass Communication.
JOUR 410 — History of Mass Comunication.
JOUR 420 — Government and Mass Communication.
JOUR 430 — Comparative Mass Communication Systems.
JOUR 440 — Public Opinion and Mass Communication.
Non-Journalism Requirements
12-18 credit hours in upper-division courses in
one subject outside of the Journalism Depart-
ment.
12-18 credit hours of upper-division, non-jour-
nalism electives, to be spread or concentrated
according to individual needs.
Minimum upper-division credits for
graduation 57
Total Lower and Upper-Division 120*
Course Code Prefix— JOUR
LIBRARY SCIENCE
EDUCATION CURRICULUM
Faculty: Evelyn J. Anderson, Margaret E. Chis-
holm, Evelyn H. Daniel, M. Lucia James.
All students anticipating work in library science
education should consult with advisors in this area
at the beginning of the freshman year. Students
enrolled in this curriculum will pursue a Bachelor
or Arts degree with an area of concentration of 36
hours in one of the following: humanities, social
sciences, science, or foreign languages. Students
may concentrate in a subject area subsumed under
one of these four fields, or they may choose a
broad spectrum of courses in one of the four
areas under the guidance of their advisors. The
minor of 18 hours will be library science educa-
tion.
All students who pursue a degree in library
science education are required to complete two
years (12 semester hours) of the same foreign
language on the college level, or the equivalent.
Students who have studied French, German or
Spanish for two or more years in high school are
required to take the Foreign Language Placement
Examination before they continue their study of
the language concerned. Students who are placed
by the examination in French, German or Spanish
114 (the third college semester) are required to
take six additional hours of that language. Stu-
dents who are placed in French, German or Span-
ish 115 (the fourth college semester) are required
to take three additional hours of that language.
Students who are placed in French or Spanish
or German 221 (the fifth college semester) are not
required to take any further courses in that lan-
guage. Students who have studied languages other
than French, German or Spanish, or who have
lived for two or more years in a foreign country
where a language other than English prevails,
shall be placed by the chairman of the respective
language section, if feasible, or by the Chairman
of the Department of Foreign Languages. Native
speakers of a foreign language shall satisfy the
foreign language requirement by taking 12 hours
of English.
Students in library science education will com-
plete eight semester hours in Directed Library Ex-
perience as their student teaching requirement.
It will involve a half day in school, five days per
week, for 16 weeks. This period will be divided
into two sections, with eight weeks spent in an
elementary school and eight weeks in a secondary
school. A concurrent weekly seminar will also be
a part of this experience. Students completing this
curriculum will be eligible for certification as ele-
mentary or secondary school librarians.
Semester
Freshman Year I II
ENGL 101 — Composition or alternate 3
English Literature 3
Social Science (Economics, Geography. Government
and Politics, Sociology, Psychology,
or Anthropology) 3 3
Physical Education (1) (1)
Art Music, or Philosophy 3
MATH 105 — Fundamentals of Mathematics 4
Science 3
Science (with laboratory) 4
Foreign Language, or elective if Advanced
Placement 3 3
Total 16 18
Sophomore Year
SPCH 100 — Public Speaking 3
English Literature 3
History requirements 3 3
Foreign Language, or elective if Advanced
Placement 3 3
HLTH 105— Science and Theory of Health (2)
Area of concentration 6 9
Total 18 17
Junior Year
EDUC 300 — Human Development and Learning. ... 6
EDUC 370 — Introduction to Librarianship 3
EDUC 371 — Basic Reference and Information
Sources 3
Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 135
EDUC 372 — Cataloging and Classification of
Library Materials 3
EDUC 373 — Library Materials for Children
Area of concentration 3 6
Electives 3 6
Total 18 18
Senior Year
EDUC 301 — Foundations of Education 3
EDUC 374— Library Materials for Youth 3
EDUC 375 — School Library Administration and
Service 3
EDEL 334 — Directed Library Experience in Elemen-
tary Schools with Seminar and EDSE 371, Di-
rected Library Experience in Secondary Schools
with Seminar (4 each) 8
Area of concentration 6 6
Electives 6
Total 18 17
Course Code Prefix— EDUC
LINGUISTICS PROGRAM
Associate Professor and Director: Dingwall.
Assistant Professor: Fidelholtz.
The program in linguistics is designed to pro-
vide students with a comprehensive and consistent
view of the accomplishments, methodology and
problems of modern linguistic science which has
as its aim the explication of the facts of specific
natural languages as well as of natural language in
general. While any educated man will benefit from
an understanding of the structure and develop-
ment of language, those who expect to become
scholars and teachers of anthropology, English,
foreign languages, philosophy, psychology, or
speech will find a background in linguistics invalu-
able. Although there is not an undergraduate ma-
jor in linguistics at this time, courses in linguistics
may be used to fulfill the supporting course re-
quirements in some programs leading to the B.A.
or B.S. degree.
Course Code Prefix— LING
DEPARTMENT OF MATHEMATICS
Professor and Chairman: Goldhaber.
Professors: Adams, Antman, Auslander, Brace,
Chu. Cohen, Correl, Douglis, Edmundson,* Ehr-
lich, Goldberg, Good, Gray, L. Greenberg, Hor-
vath, Huet, Hummel, Jackson, Karp, Kleppner.
Kubota. Kuroda, Lehner, Maltese, Mikulski, Or-
tega.'** Pearl, Reinhart, Rheinboldt,* Stell-
macher, Syski. Vesentini, Zedek.
Visiting Professors: Remmert.
Associate Professors: Benedetto, Berg, Bernstein,
Cook, Dancis, Daniel, Ellis, Goldstein, Green.
Gulick, Henkelman,** Kirwan, Lay, Lipsman,
Lopez-Escobar, Markley, Neri, Osborn, Owings,
Sather, Schafer, Schneider, Strauss, Warner,
Wolfe.
Visiting Associate Professors: Fabes, Pazy.
Assistant Professors: Alexander, Anderson, Coop-
er, Currier, Davidson,** Fay, Fey,** R. Green-
berg, Haris, Helzer, Hemperly, Johnson, Mucci,
Niebur, Powell, Rastogi, Schmidt, Shepherd,
Smith, Sweet, Unsain, Yang.
Instructors: Brown, Chernick, Kastner, Kilbourn,
Lepson, McClay, Meyers, Sorensen, Steely, Wag-
ner.
Faculty Research Assistants: Hill, Locksley.
The program in mathematics leading to the de-
gree of Bachelor of Science in Mathematics offers
students training in mathematics in preparation for
graduate work, teaching and positions in govern-
ment or industry.
A student intending to major in mathematics
should complete the introductory sequence MATH
140, 141, 240, 241 or the corresponding honors
sequence MATH 150, 151, 250, 251 and should
have an average grade of at least B in these
courses.
A mathematics major is required to complete
with at least a grade of C MATH 403, 410, 411,
and one of MATH 240, 400, 405. A total of eight
upper division courses (24 credits) in mathematics
or statistics with a grade of at least C is required.
The requirements are detailed in a department-
al brochure which is available through the under-
graduate office. Appropriate courses taken at
other universities or through University College
may be used to fulfill these requirements, but at
least four of the eight required upper division
mathematics courses must be taken in the Depart-
ment.
In addition to the above, a mathematics major
must include at least 22 credit hours of supporting
course work; ten specified credit hours of science
and twelve specified credit hours of other support-
ing course work (which need not be in science)
are required. These requirements can be met in
various ways; for details, the departmental bro-
chure for majors should be consulted.
Since most of the non-English mathematical lit-
erature is written in French, German or Russian,
students intending to continue studying mathe-
matics in graduate school should obtain a reading
knowledge of at least one of these languages.
' Joint Appointment: Computer Science Center
"Joint Appointment: Department of Secondary Education
•••Joint Appointment: Computer Science Center and IFDAM
HONORS IN MATHEMATICS
The Mathematics Honors Program is designed
for students showing exceptional ability and inter-
est in mathematics. Its aim is to give a student the
best possible mathematical education. Participants
are selected by the Departmental Honors Commit-
tee during the first semester of their junior year.
To graduate with honors in mathematics they must
take four credits of MATH 398 and pass a final
written and oral comprehensive examination. The
rest of the program is flexible. Independent work
136 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information
is encouraged and can be done in place of formal
course work. A student need not major in mathe-
matics to participate in the honors program.
The department also offers a special depart-
mental honors calculus sequence (MATH 150, 151,
250, 251) for promising freshmen with a strong
mathematical background (usually including cal-
culus). Enrollment in the sequence is normally by
invitation but any interested student may apply to
the Departmental Honors Committee for admis-
sion.
Participants in the General Honors Program
may enroll in special honors sections of the regu-
lar calculus sequence (MATH 140H, 141 H, 240H,
241H). They may enroll in the honors calculus se-
quence if invited by the Departmental Honors
Committee. However, the departmental honors
calculus sequence and the General Honors Pro-
gram are distinct, and enrollment in one does not
imply acceptance in the other.
Neither honors calculus sequence is prerequi-
site for participating in the Mathematics Honors
Program, and students in these sequences need
not be mathematics majors.
PI MU EPSILON
The local chapter of Pi Mu Epsilon, national hon-
orary mathematics fraternity, meets frequently to
discuss mathematical or educational topics of in-
terest to undergraduates. The programs are open
to the public.
PLACEMENT IN MATHEMATICS COURSES
The department has a large offering to accom-
modate a great variety of backgrounds, interests
and abilities. The department permits a student to
take any course for which he has the appropriate
background regardless of formal course work. For
example, a student with a high school calculus
course may be permitted to begin in the middle of
the calculus sequence even if he does not have ad-
vanced standing. Students are urged to consult
with advisors from the Mathematics Department to
assist with proper placements.
Course Code Prefixes— MATH. STAT
DEPARTMENT OF
MEASUREMENT AND STATISTICS
Faculty: C. Mitchell Dayton, John F. Giblette,
Charles E. Johnson, George B. Macready, James
Raths, Bruce G. Rogers, William D. Schafer,
William Sedlacek, Clayton L. Stunkard.
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates
Programs available in the Department of Meas-
urement and Statistics lead to the master of arts
degree (thesis or non-thesis option) and to the
doctor of philosophy degree. In addition to the
general master's degree, three specialist programs
are available: evaluation specialist, statistical an-
alysis specialist, and measurement specialist. Po-
tential job placements include: evaluators of vari-
ous projects in curriculum offices in state or coun-
ty school systems; federal projects; government
statistical positions, private research organiza-
tions; testing specialists in government, state and
local school systems, and private test construc-
tion organizations. The doctoral program is in-
tended to produce persons qualified to: teach at
the college level in the field of educational meas-
urement and research methodology; conduct re-
search studies in the field of education; advise in
the conduct of research studies; and administer
programs in the above areas.
Persons interested in majoring in the Depart-
ment must display above average aptitude and
interest in quantitative methods as applied in the
behavioral sciences.
Course Code Prefix— EDMS
DEPARTMENT OF
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING
Professors: Dally, Allen, Armstrong, Asimow, Berg-
er, Cunniff, Hsu, Jackson, Marcinkowski, Sayre,
Shreeve, Talaat, Weske (Emeritus).
Associate Professors: Anand, Hayleck, Wocken-
fuss, Fourney, Marks, Morse, Sallet, Walston,
Yang.
Assistant Professors: Buckley, Elkins, Forsnes, Hill,
Holloway, Owens, Tsui.
Instructors: Becker, Puckett, Alic, Hagner, Root,
Whitbeck.
Lecturers: Dawson, Seigel, Welanetz.
Visiting Professor: Irwin.
The primary function of the mechanical engi-
neer is to create devices, machines, structures or
processes which are used to advance the welfare
of mankind. Design, analysis and testing are the
essential steps in these developments. Of particu-
lar importance are the aspects of engineering
science and art relating to the generation and
transmission of mechanical power, the establish-
ment of both experimental and theoretical models
of mechanical systems, the static and dynamic be-
havior of fluids and the optimization of materials
in design. Emphasis is also given to the proper
co-ordination and management of facilities and
personnel to achieve a successful product or
service.
The responsibility of the Mechanical Engineer-
ing profession is extremely broad. The following
divisions of the American Society of Mechanical
Engineers indicate many of the technical areas in
which the mechanical engineer may work: air pol-
lution, applied mechanics, automatic controls,
aviation and space, biomechanical and human
factors, design engineering, diesel and gas engine
power, energetics, fluid engineerings, fuels, gas
turbine, heat transfer, management, materials
handling, metals engineering, nuclear engineer-
ing, petroleum, power, pressure vessels and pip-
Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 137
ing, process industries, railroad, rubber and plas-
tics, safety, solar energy, textiles and underwater
technology.
There are many career opportunities in all of
these fields. In particular, the areas of design,
systems analysis, management, consulting, re-
search, maintenance, production, teaching and
sales offer challenging and rewarding futures.
Because of the wide variety of professional op-
portunities available to the mechanical engineer,
the curriculum is designed to provide the stu-
dent with a thorough training in basic fundament-
als including physics, chemistry, mathematics,
mechanics, thermodynamics, materials, heat trans-
fer, electronics, power and design. The curricu-
lum leads to a Bachelor of Science degree in Me-
chanical Engineering which is usually sufficient
for early career opportunities in industry or the
government. Advanced graduate programs are
available for continued study leading to Master
of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees.
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING CURRICULUM
BASIC FRESHMAN YEAR
Course
HLTH 105 — Science and Theory of Health
CHEM 103. 104— General Chemistry** ..
PHYS 161— General Physics
MATH 140. 141— Analysis I, II
ENES 101 — Intro Engr. Science
ENES 110— Mechanics
General Education Courses
Physical Activities
Semeste
r
I
II
(2)
4
A
3
4
4
3
3
3
3
(D
(D
Total Credits
Students who are not prepared to schedule
MATH 140 are advised to schedule MATH 115
(3 cr.) and ENGL 101 (3 cr.) in the Summer Ses-
sion before the fall (first) Semester. MATH 115
does not count toward fulfilling the requirements
of an engineering degree it is a prepara-
tory course. Otherwise, students will schedule
their freshman years as showing in the following:
ALTERNATE FRESHMAN YEAR
Course I
HLTH 105— Science and Theory of Health (2)
CHEM 103, 104— General Chemistry** .. 4
PHYS 161— General Physics
MATH 115 — Intro to Analysis *** . 3
MATH 140. 141— Analysis I. II
ENES 101 — Intro. Engr. Science 3
ENES 110— Mechanics
General Education Courses 3
Physical Activities (1)
Semester
II Summer
3
G
(D
Total Credits 16 1f
"Qualified sludenls may elecl to take CHEM 105 and 106 (3 cr hrs each)
instead ot CHEM 103 and 104
•••MATH 115 is an additional course lor those students who do not quality
to begin with MATH 140
SOPHOMORE YEAR
General Education Courses
MATH 241— Analysis III
MATH 246— Differential Equations
Semester
I II
3 3
PHYS 262,263— General Physics
ENES 220 — Mechanics of Materials
ENES 221 — Dynamics
ENME 200 — Introduction to Mechanical
Engineering
ENME 216 — Thermodynamics I
Total
JUNIOR YEAR
General Education Courses
ENEE 300— Principles of Electrical
Engineering
ENEE 301— Electrical Engr. Lab
ENME 300 — Materials Engineering ....
ENME 301— Materials Engr. Lab
ENME 321 — Transfer Processes
ENME 342 — Fluid Mechanics I
ENME 343— Fluid Mechanics Lab. . .
ENME 360 — Dynamics of Machinery .
ENME 381 — Measurements Laboratory
ENME 382 — Engr. Anal, and Computer
Programming
Technical Elective
Total
SENIOR YEAR
General Education Courses
ENME 400 — Machine Design
ENME 401 — Mechanical Engineering
Analysis and Design
ENME 421 — Energy Conversion I
ENME 480 — Engineering Experimentation
Technical Elective
Total
"Except with the special permission ot the Department Chairman, the stu-
dent will be required to take 9 of the elective credits in the Engineering
College, 6 of which must be In the Mechanical Engineering Department.
Technical Electives
ENME 341 — Gas Dynamics 3
ENME 380 — Applied Mathematics in Eng 3
ENME 402 — Selected Topics in Engr. Design 3
ENME 403 — Automatic Controls 3
ENME 410 — Operations Research I 3
ENME 411 — Introduction to Industrial
Engineering 3
ENME 422 — Energy Conversion II 3
ENME 423 — Environmental Engineering 3
ENME 424 — Advanced Thermodynamics 3
ENME 442— Fluid Mechanics II 3
ENME 450 — Mechanical Engineering Analysis
for the Oceanic Environment 3
ENME 451 — Mechanical Engineering Systems
for Underwater Operations 3
ENME 460 — Elasticity and Plasticity I ..... ., 3
ENME 461— Dynamics II 3
ENME 462 — Introduction to Engineering
Acoustics 3
ENME 463— Mechanical Engineering Analysis 3
ENME 481 — Engineering Experimentation 3
ENME 488— Special Problems 3
ENME 489 — Special Topics in Mechanical
Engineering 3
In the Mechanical Engineering Department
there are several divisions of specialization which
include: design and system analysis, energy con-
version, solid and fluid mechanics and materials.
The undergraduate student may select technical
electives from one or more of these areas of spe-
cilization. Students planning to continue on in the
graduate program should preferably choose elec-
138 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information
tives to provide the best background for their
major area. The subject material of interest to
each field of specialization is:
I Design and Systems Analysis
a. Mechanical engineering design
b. Controls systems analysis
c. Engineering management and
operations research
II Energy
a. Thermodynamics
b. Heat transfer
c. Energy conversion
d. Propulsion
III Fluid mechanics
a. Compressible and incompressible flow
b. Viscous flow
c. Hydrodynamics
d. Marine and ocean engineering
IV Solid Mechanics
a. Continuum mechanics
b. Dynamics, vibrations and acoustics
c. Elasticity, plasticity and viscoelasticity
d. Plates, shells and structures
e. Experimental mechanics
V Materials
See listing under Engineering Materials
section.
Opportunities are also available for students to
take advanced work in engineering management,
operations research, marine and ocean engineer-
ing, bio-mechanical engineering, environmental
engineering, acoustics, bio-mechanics and experi-
mental stress analysis.
pure sciences may be applied to understand the
behavior of our environment.
Course Code Pretix— ENME
METEOROLOGY PROGRAM
Professor and Chairman of Program: Landsberg.
Professor: Fallen
Visiting Professor: Fritz.
Associate Professor: Israel.*
Assistant Professors: Gage, Rodenhuis, Thomp-
son, Vernekar.
Visiting Lecturers: Bonner, Gerrity.
Faculty Research Assistant: Kaylor.
"Joint appointment with civil engineering.
The Program in Meteorology, part of the Insti-
tute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics,
offers a number of courses of interest to under-
graduate students.
These courses provide an excellent undergradu-
ate background for those students who wish to do
graduate work in the fields of atmospheric and
oceanic science, meteorology, air pollution, and
other environmental sciences. The interdisciplinary
nature of studies in meteorology and oceanogra-
phy assures that all science oriented students will
gain a broadened view of physical science as a
whole, as well as the manner in which the more
Course Code Prefix— METO
DEPARTMENT OF MICROBIOLOGY
Associate Professor and Chairman: Young.
Professors: Doetsch, Faber (Emeritus), Hansen,
Hetrick, Laffer, Pelczar.
Associate Professors: Cook, Roberson.
Assistant Professors: MacQuillan, Vaituzis, Voll,
Weiner.
Lecturers: Janicki, Stadtman.
The Department of Microbiology has as its pri-
mary aim providing the student with thorough and
rigorous training in microbiology. This entails
knowledge of the basic concepts of bacterial cy-
tology, physiology, taxonomy, metabolism, and ge-
netics, as well as an understanding of the bi-
ology of infectious disease, immunology, general
virology, and various applications of microbiologi-
cal principles to public health and industrial pro-
cesses. In addition, the department pursues a
broad and vigorous program of basic research,
and encourages original thought and investigation
in the above-mentioned areas.
The department also provides desirable courses
for students majoring in allied departments who
wish to obtain vital, supplementary information.
Every effort has been made to present the subject
matter of microbiology as a basic core of material
that is pertinent to all biological sciences.
The curriculum outlined below, which leads to a
bachelor's degree, includes the basic courses in
microbiology and allied fields.
A student planning a major in microbiology
should consult his advisor during the first year.
The supporting courses should be chosen only
from the biological or physical sciences.
No course with a grade less than C may be
used to satisfy major requirements.
The department has an Honors Program, and in-
formation concerning this program may be ob-
tained from the department.
Twenty-four semester hours of microbiology
courses are required. This includes MICB 200 —
General Microbiology (4), and MICB 440 — Patho-
genic Microbiology (4). At least sixteen additional
semester hours must be taken from: MICB 290 —
Applied Microbiology (4), MICB 300 — Microbiologi-
cal Literature (1), MICB 399 — Microbiological
Problems (3), MICB 400— Systematic Bacteriology
(2), MICB 410— History of Microbiology (1), MICB
420— Epidemiology and Public Health (2), MICB
450 — Immunology (4), MICB 460 — General Vir-
ology (4), MICB 470 — Microbial Physiology (4),
and MICB 490 — Microbial Fermentations (4). Also
required as supporting courses are: CHEM 103,
104— College Chemistry I, II (4, 4), CHEM 201, 202
— College Chemistry III and College Chemistry
Laboratory III (3, 2), CHEM 203, 204— College
Chemistry IV and College Chemistry Laboratory
Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 139
IV (3, 2), CHEM 461, ^62— Biochemistry (3, 3),
MATH 110, 111— Introduction to Mathematics (3,3)
or equivalent, PHYS 121, 122— Fundamentals of
Physics (4, 4), ZOOL 101— General Zoology (4),
and four additional semester hours of biological
sciences. [MATH 220, 221 — Introductory Calculus
is recommended but not required.]
Course Code Prefix— MICB
INSTITUTE FOR
MOLECULAR PHYSICS
Associate Professor and Director: Munn.
Professors: Benesch and Benedict.
Research Professor: Zwanzig.*
Associate Professors: Krisher, DeRocco, Sengers,
Ginter.
Visiting Associate Professor: Tilford (P.T.).
Assistant Professors: Alexander and Maltz.
Research Associates: Chang, Covey and Greer.
ilth Fluid Dyna
and Applied Mathematics
The Institute for Molecular Physics serves as an
ideal place to bring together physicists and chem-
ists to work on problems of mutual interest to the
advantage of both. The graduate degree program
in chemical physics is administered jointly by the
Institute and the Chemistry and Physics Depart-
ments.
The current research activities include theoreti-
cal and experimental studies in the broad fields of
intermolecular forces (equation of state of liquids
and gases, critical phenomena, transport phenom-
ena in gases and plasmas, molecular collisions and
scattering processes, biological systems), molecu-
lar structure (spectroscopy from the microwave to
the vacuum ultraviolet, upper atmospheric and
auroral phenomena, planetary atmospheres, po-
tential energy curves, molecular quantum me-
chanics), and chemical and physical kinetics.
Since the faculty of the Institute feels strongly
that students should fulfill the undergraduate re-
quirements in one of the traditional departments
to insure a broad background in a fundamental
subject, no undergraduate degree is offered. Mem-
bers of the Institute teach both undergraduate and
graduate courses in the Department of Chemistry
and the Department of Physics and Astronomy and
supervise thesis research of graduate students in
these departments. The Institute also participates
in a graduate degree program in chemical physics
which is jointly administered by the Institute, the
Department of Chemistry, and the Department of
Physics and Astronomy.
DEPARTMENT OF MUSIC
Professor and Chairman: Troth.
Professors: Berman, Bernstein, deVermond, Gor-
don, Grentzer, Heim, Helm, Johinson, Moss,
Taylor, Traver, Ulrich.
Associate Professors: Blum, Garvey, Head, Hud-
son, McClelland, Meyer, Montgomery, Nossa-
man, Pennington, Shelley, Springmann.
Assistant Professors: Fanos, Gallagher, Gould,
Haley, Olson, Payerle, Schumacher, Seidler,
Serwer, Skidmore, True, Wakefield, Wilson,
Winden.
Instructors: Barnett, Beatty, Davis, Etheridge,
Heath, Mueller, Steinke, Wachhaus.
The functions of the department are (1) to help
the general student develop sound critical judg-
ment and discriminating taste in the art of music;
(2) to provide professional musical training based
on a foundation in the liberal arts; (3) to prepare
the student for graduate work in the field; and (4)
to prepare him to teach music in the public
schools. To this end, two degrees are offered: the
Bachelor of Music, with a major in theory and
composition, history and literature, or music per-
formance; and the Bachelor of Arts, with a major
in music. The Bachelor of Science degree, with
a major in music education, is offered in the De-
partments of Early Childhood-Elementary Educa-
tion and Secondary Education; course offerings
and degree programs are described in the sec-
tions relating to these departments. These degree
programs, however, are totally administered with-
in the Music Department.
Courses in music theory, literature and music
performance are open to all students who have
completed the specified prerequisites or their
equivalents if teacher time and facilities permit.
The University Bands. Chamber Chorus, Choir,
Madrigal Singers, Men's Glee Club, Orchestra, and
Women's Chorus, as well as the smaller ensem-
bles, are likewise open to qualified students.
THE BACHELOR OF MUSIC DEGREE
The curriculum leading to the degree of Bache-
lor of Music is designed for students who wish to
prepare for music teaching on the college level.
A list of specific courses is available in the depart-
mental office. A grade of C or above is required
in each major course. The course requirements in
the three major areas may be summarized as fol-
lows:
Major in
Theory and History and Applied
Composition Literature Music
sem. hrs. sem. hrs. sem. hrs
Academic Courses:
Specified'
43
43
43
Unspecified
8
8
9
Theory and Literature:
Lower Division
27
23
23
Upper Division
16
22
13
Applied Music:
26
24
32
'In addition; eight semester hours in ensemble courses.
THE BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE
The curriculum leading to the Bachelor of Arts
degree with a major in music is designed for stu-
dents whose interests are cultural rather than pro-
140 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information
fessional. The departmental requirements include
nineteen semester hours in music theory, eighteen
semester hours in music history and literature, ten
semester hours in applied music, in addition to
one semester hour of ensemble credit for each
semester in residence. A list of specific courses is
available in the departmental office. A grade of
C or above is required in each major course.
Course Code Pielixes— MUSC, MUED
NUCLEAR
ENGINEERING PROGRAM
Professors: Duffey, Johnson, and Silverman.
Associate Professors: Munno, and Roush.*
Assistant Professors: Almenas, Blair, and Sheaks.
Part-Time Professor: Goldman.
Lecturer: Belcher.
Nuclear engineering deals with the practical use
of nuclear energy from nuclear fission, fusion and
radioisotope sources. The major use of nuclear
energy is in electric power generation. Other uses
are in the areas of chemical processing, medicine,
instrumentation, and isotope tracer analysis. The
nuclear engineer is primarily concerned with the
design and operation of energy conversion devices
ranging from very large reactors to miniature nu-
clear batteries, and with the use of nuclear reac-
tions in many environmental, biological and chemi-
cal processes. Because of the wide range of uses
for nuclear systems, the nuclear engineer finds in-
teresting and diverse career opportunities in a
variety of companies and laboratories.
Programs of study in nuclear engineering at the
undergraduate and graduate level are offered
through the Chemical Engineering Department.
Students may use nuclear engineering as a field of
concentration in the Bachelor of Science in Engi-
neering program.
Course Code Prefix
'Joint appointment
-ENNU
(ith Physics.
DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY
Professor and Chairman: Schlaretzki
Professors: Pasch, Perkins.
Associate Professors: Brown, Celarier, Svenonius.
Assistant Professors: Cartwright, Johnson, Kress,
Lesher, Martin, Odell, Varnedoe.
Lecturer: Curtis.
The Department of Philosophy presents visiting
speakers from this country and abroad in its col-
loqium series, scheduled throughout the academic
year. In addition, members of the department and
advanced graduate students lecture on topics of
current significance in the Graduate Workshop and
in the undergraduate Philosophy Club.
The undergraduate course offerings of the De-
partment of Philosophy are, as a group, intended
both to satisfy the needs of persons wishing to
make philosophy their major field and to provide
ample opportunity for other students to explore
the subject. In general, the study of philosophy
can contribute to the education of the university
student by giving him experience in critical and
imaginative reflection on fundamental concepts
and principles, by acquainting him with some of
the philosophical beliefs which have influenced
and are influencing his own culture, and by fa-
miliarizing him with some classic philosophical
writings through careful reading and discussion of
them. Courses designed with these objectives pri-
marily in mind are PHIL 100 (Introduction to Phi-
losophy), PHIL 170 (Elementary Logic and Seman-
tics), PHIL 140 (Ethics), PHIL 236 (Philosophy of
Religion), and the historical courses 305. 310, 320.
325, and 326.
For students interested particularly in philo-
sophical problems arising within their own special
disciplines, a number of appropriate courses are
available: PHIL 233 (Philosophy in Literature),
PHIL 250 (Philosophy of Science), PHIL 343 (The
Conflict of Ideals in Western Civilization), PHIL
360 (Philosophy of Language), PHIL 330 (Philos-
ophy of Art), PHIL 457 (Philosophy of History),
PHIL 444 (Political and Social Philosophy), PHIL
450 (Topics in the Philosophy of Science), and
PHIL 474 (Induction and Probability).
The departmental requirements for a major in
philosophy are as follows: (1) a total of at least
30 hours in philosophy, not including PHIL 100;
(2) PHIL 140, 271, 310, 320, 326, and at least two
courses numbered 399 and above; (3) a grade of
C or better in each course counted toward the
fulfillment of the major requirement.
For students of exceptional ability and interest
in philosophy, the department offers an honors
program, information regarding this special cur-
riculum may be obtained from the departmental
advisors.
Course Code Prefix— PHIL
DEPARTMENT OF
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Professors: Clarke, Eyler, Fraley, Humphrey, Hus-
man, Stull.
Associate Professors: Church, Cronin, Ingram,
Kelley, Kramer, Love, Steel.
Assistant Professors: Arrighi, Campbell, Freund-
schuh, Fringer, Hult, Jackson, Johnson, Kesler,
Krouse, McKnight, Santa Maria, Tyler, Vander-
Velden, Wrenn.
Instructors: Drum, Gallagher, Kinnear, Long, Mc-
Hugh, Murray, Quesada, Reid, Royer, Sarrah,
Schueller, Sigler, Terauds.
This curriculum prepares students (1) for teach-
ing physical education in the secondary school (2)
for coaching and (3) for leadership in youth and
adult groups which offer a program of physical
activity. The first two years of this curriculum are
considered to be an orientation period in which
the student has an opportunity to gain an ade-
Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 141
quate background in general education as well as
in those scientific areas closely related to this
field of specialization. In addition, emphasis is
placed upon the development of skills in a wide
range of motor activities. Further, students are
encouraged to select related areas, especially in
the fields of biology, social science, psychology,
health education, and recreation as fields of sec-
ondary interest. These materially increase the vo-
cational opportunities which are available to a
graduate in physical education.
EQUIPMENT: Students may be required to pro-
vide individual equipment for certain courses.
UNIFORMS: Suitable uniforms, as prescribed by
the College, are required for the activity classes
and for student teaching. These uniforms should
be worn only during professional activities.
Men — During the freshman and sophomore years,
men will wear red and black T-shirts, black trunks,
white socks, gym shoes, supporter, and sweat suit.
Women — Appropriate uniforms, ankle socks, and
tennis shoes, and leotard and skirt, and warm-up
suit.
For Student Teaching — an appropriate teaching
costume will be selected under the guidance of
the supervisor of student teaching before the be-
ginning of the junior year.
PHYSICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM FOR MEN
Semester
Freshman Year I II
ENGL 101 — Composition 3
Social Science Elective 3
MATH (any above Math 001) 3
ZOOL 101 — General Zoology 4
SPCH 107 — Public Speaking 2
HLTH 140 — Personal and Community Health . . 3
PHED 130 — Introduction to Physical
Education and Health 2
PHED 150 — Rhythmic Activities 2
PHED 161M, 163M— Skills Laboratory 2 2
PHED 274M— Aquatics 2
Electives 3 3
Total 17 17
Sophomore Year
ENGL 201, 202— World Literature 3 3
ZOOL 201, 202 — Human Anatomy and
Physiology 4 4
Social Science Elective 3
PHED 261M, 263M— Laboratory Skills 2 2
HIST 221 or 222— U.S. History 3
Science Group Requirement
(Physics or Chemistry) 4
HLTH 150— First Aid and Safety 1
Electives 5 1
Total 18 17
Junior Year
HIST 3
Fine Arts elective 3
PHED 400— Kinesiology 4
PHED 305M, 307M— Skills Laboratory 2 2
PHED 493 — History and Philosophy of
Sport and Physical Education 3
PHED 420 — Physical Education for the
Elementary School 3
Theory of Coaching elective
(PHED 323, 325 or 326) 2
PHED 480 — Measurement in Physical
Education and Health 3
EDUC 300— Human Development and
Learning 6
Electives 2
Total 16 17
Semester
Senior Year I II
EDUC 301 — Foundations of Education ... 3
PHED 333 — Adapted Physical Education . . 2
EDSE 330— Principles and Methods of
Secondary Education 3
EDSE 374— Student Teaching in
Secondary Schools 8
PHED 460 — Theory of Exercise 3
PHED 381 — Advanced Training and
Conditioning 3
PHED 490 — Organizations and Administra-
tion of Physical Education 3
PHED 314— Methods, Curriculum and
Observation for Secondary Schools 3
Electives 6
Total 17 17
PHYSICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM FOR WOMEN
Semester
Freshman Year I II
ENGL 101, 201 — Composition and Literature 3 3
Social Science Elective 3
ZOOL 101— General Zoology 4
SPCH 107— Public Speaking 2
MATH 105 or 110 (any above MATH 001) .... 3
PHED 130 — Introduction to Physical
Education and Health 2
PHED 140W — Fundamentals of Movement .. 2
PHED 150— Rhythmic Activities 2
DANC 100 — Dance Techniques 2
PHED 162W, 164W— Skills Laboratory 2 2
HLTH 140 — Personal and Community Health . . 3
Electives 1
Total 17 17
Semester
Sophomore Year I II
ENGL 202— World Literature 3
ZOOL 201, 202 — Human Anatomy and
Physiology 4 4
Social Science Elective 3
HIST 221 or 222— U.S. History 3
Science Group Requirement (Physics
or Chemistry 4
HLTH 150— First Aid and Safety 1
PHED 262W, 264W— Skills Laboratory 2 2
PHED 274W— Aquatics 2
PHED 282W — Organization and Admini-
stration of Intramurals 1
Electives 4 2
Total 18 17
Junior Year
Fine Arts Elective 3
History 3
PHED 400— Kinesiology 4
PHED 305W. 307W— Laboratory Skills 2 2
EDUC 300 — Human Development and
Learning 6
PHED 493— History and Philosophy of
Sports and Physical Education 3
PHED 420 — Physical Education for the
Elementary Schools 3
PHED 324W— Theory of Coaching 2
142 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information
PHED 480 — Measurement in Physical
Education and Health 3
Electives 1 1
Total 16 17
Senior Year
EDUC 301 — Foundations of Education 3
EDUC 330 — Principles and Methods of
Secondary Education 3
EDSE 374 — Student Teaching in Secondary
Schools 8
PHED 333 — Adapted Physical Education ... 2
PHED 460 — Theory of Exercise 3
PHED 490 — Organization and Administration
of Physical Education 3
PHED 314 — Methods in Physical Education
in Secondary Schools 3
Electives 9
Total 17 17
REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREE IN
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Requirements for the Bachelor of Science de-
gree in physical education in the College of Physi-
cal Education, Recreation and Health are as fol-
lows:
Sem.
Men Cr.
Professional Physical Education Courses
PHED 130, 150. 161M, 163M, 261M, 263M, 274M, 400,
305M, 307M, 314, 420, (323 or 325 or 326), 333, 460,
480, 381 . 490, 493 48
Foundation Science courses as presented
ZOOL 101, 201, 202; PHYS 111 or CHEM 102 16
Education courses as prescribed 20
General Education Requirements
ENGL 101, 201, 202; Fine Arts; HIST, MATH 105 or 110;
Soc. Sc; Science, as shown above 27
Specially prescribed requirements (SPCH 107) 2
Health courses as prescribed (HLTH 140, 150) 4
Electives 19
Total 136
Sem.
Women Cr.
Professional Physical Education Courses
PHED 130, 140W, 150, 162W, 164W, 262W, 264W,
274W, 282W, 400. 305W, 307W, 314, 420, 324W. 460,
480, 490. 493, DANC 100 49
Foundation Science courses as prescribed
ZOOL 101, 201: PHYS 111 or CHEM 102 16
Education courses as prescribed 20
General Education Requirements
ENGL 101. 201, 202; Fine Arts 3 hrs.; MATH 105 or
110; Soc. Sc. 6 hours; Science, as shown above .... 27
Specially prescribed requirements (SPCH 107) 27
Health courses as prescribed (HLTH 140, 150) 4
Electives 18
Total 136
MINOR IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION
20 semester hours in physical education and 4
semester hours in cognate areas.
REQUIRED COURSES
Men— PHED 130; 161M, 163M, 261M, 263M
(2-6); 314; 323, 325 or 326.
Women— PHED 130; 162W, 164W, 262W, 264W
(2-6); 314; 324W.
ELECTIVE COURSES
Men and Women— PHED 265W, 276W, 400,
333, 460, 480, 381, 485, 487, 490, 493.
If planning to teach, the cognate courses for
men should be HLTH 140 and HLTH 150; for
women, HLTH 150 and HLTH 420.
Note: To be certified to teach in Maryland, 30
semester hours are required in physical educa-
tion in addition to the following or equivalent,
ZOOL 101, 201, 202 and chemistry or physics.
There are two plans for a minor in elementary
school physical education. Plan A is for students
in the Department of Physical Education, and Plan
B is for students outside the Department of Physi-
cal Education.
I. Plan A. (for students in this department)
10 semester hours in elementary school
physical education courses and 10 hours
in cognate areas.
Required Courses
PHED 155, 157, 420, 495.
Elective Courses
10 hours in any of the following cognate
areas: human development, elementary
education, biological science, health edu-
cation. (Not more than 6 hours shall be
taken in any one cognate area.)
Student Teaching
Students will be required to do four weeks
of their eigtht weeks student teaching at
the elementary school level in physical edu-
cation.
II. Plan B. (for studentst outside this depart
ment)
13 semester hours in elementary school
physical education courses and 10 hours
in cognate areas.
Required Courses
PHED 155, 157, 330, 420, 495.
Elective Courses
10 hours in any of the following cognate
areas: human development, elementary
education, biological science, health edu-
cation. (Not more than 6 hours shall be
taken in any one cognate area.)
HONORS PROGRAM
THE HONORS PROGRAM IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION
The aim of the Honors Program is to encourage
superior students by providing an enriched pro-
gram of studies which will fulfill their advanced
interests and needs. Qualified students are given
the opportunity to undertake intensive and often
independent studies wherein initiative, responsi-
bility and intellectual discipline are fostered. To
qualify for admission to the program:
1. A freshman must have a "B" average in
academic (college prep) curriculum of an
accredited high school.
Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 143
2. A sophomore must have an accumulative
GPA of 3.00 in all college courses of official
registration.
3. All applicants must have three formal rec-
ommendations concerning their potential,
character, and other related matters.
4. All applicants must be accepted by the Fac-
ulty Honors Committee.
In completing the program, all honors students
must:
1. Participate in an honors seminar where
thesis and other relevant research topics
are studied.
2. Pass a comprehensive oral examination cov-
ering subject matter background.
3. Successfully prepare and defend the honors
thesis.
On the basis of the student's performance in
the above program, the college may vote to rec-
ommend graduation without honors, with honors,
or with high honors.
Course Code Prefix— PHED
PHYSICAL SCIENCES PROGRAM
PURPOSE
This program is suggested for many types of
students: those whose interests cover a wide
range of the physical sciences; those whose in-
terests have not yet centered on any one science
in particular; students interested in a career in an
interdisciplinary area within the physical sciences,
which include chemistry, physics, mathematics
and computer science, astronomy, geology, and
meteorology; pre-professional students (e.g., pre-
law, pre-medical, pre-dental, etc.) who seek a
broader undergraduate program than is possible
in one of the traditional physical sciences; or stu-
dents whose interests in business, urban problems,
technical writing, advertising, or sales require a
broader technical background than provided by a
major in any one of the physical sciences. This
program can also be very useful for those plan-
ning science-oriented or technical work in the
urban field. Some of the Urban Studies courses
should be taken as electives. Students contem-
plating using this program as a basis for prepa-
ration for secondary school science teaching are
advised to consult the Science Teaching Center
staff for information concerning additional require-
ments for teacher certification.
The program requires a basic set of courses in
physics, chemistry, and mathematics, which then
permits the student to take a variety of courses in
these and related disciplines, such as astronomy,
geology, meteorology, and computer science. Em-
phasis is placed on a broad program as contrasted
with a specialized one.
Students are advised by members of the Physi-
cal Science Committee. This committee is com-
posed of faculty members from each of the rep-
resented disciplines and some student represen-
tatives. Assignment of advisor depends on the in-
terest of the student, e.g., one interested princi-
pally in chemistry will be advised by the chemistry
member of the committee. Students whose inter-
ests are too general to classify in this manner will
normally be advised by the chairman of the com-
mittee.
The present composition of the Physical Sci-
ence Committee is:
E. Smith — Astronomy, Chairman
A. Boyd — Dean's Office
R. Jaquith — Chemistry
W. Hornyak — Physics
D. Schneider — Mathematics
J. Vandergraft — Computer Science
A student representative also serves on this
committee.
THE CURRICULUM
All students are required to take a set of basic
courses that includes MATH 140, 141, and one
other MATH course for which MATH 141 is a pre-
requisite (11 or 12 credits); CHEM 103 and 104,
or 105 or 106 (8 credits); PHYS 161, 262, 263, (11
credits); or 181, 182, 283, 284, (16 credits); or 221,
222 (10 credits); or PHYS 121, 122 followed by
PHYS 262, or 271 (total 12 or 11 credits).
Beyond these basic courses the students must
complete an additional 24 credits of which 12 must
be at the 300-400 level, chosen from the following
disciplines: chemistry, physics, mathematics, as-
tronomy, geology, meteorology, and computer sci-
ence. Students presenting the physics sequence
through 284 as part of their basic curriculum may
include four credits of PHYS 284 among these 24
credits. These 24 credits must be so distributed so
that he has at least 6 credits in each of any three
of the above listed disciplines. The University re-
quirement of an average grade of at least C in
the courses counting toward the major applies by
including both the basic plus the broader set of
courses.
Students who wish to depart from the stipulated
curriculum may present their proposed program
for approval by the Physical Science Committee
acting as a whole.
Certain courses offered in these fields are not
suitable for physical sciences majors and cannot
count as part of the requirements of the program
(e.g. ASTR 100, CMSC 100, PHYS 400. 401, CHEM
102, GEOL 431, 432, 460, 489), or courses corre-
sponding to a lower level than the basic courses
specified above (e.g. MATH 115).
144 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information
DEPARTMENT OF
PHYSICS AND ASTRONOMY
Professor and Chairman: Laster.
Assistant Professor and Assistant Chairman:
Greene.
Professors: Banerjee, Brill, Day, Erickson, Ferrell,
Glasser,1 Glover, Greenberg, Griem, Holmgren,
Hornyak, Kerr, Koch, Krall, Kundu, Levinson,
MacDonald, Marion, Misner, Myers, Oneda,
Prange, Pugh, Reiser,1 Snow, Sucher, Trivel-
piece, Wall, Weber, Westerhout, Yodh.
Professors, Part-Time: Brandt, Friedman, Hayward,
McDonald, Musen, Opik, Rado, Slawsky.
Visiting Professors: Escobar, Fowler, Lawson.
Associate Professors: Alley, Anderson, Bardasis,
Beall, Bell, Bhagat, Currie, Davidson, DeSilva,
Dorfman,' Dragt, Earl ,Falk, Fivel, Glick, Griffin,
Kacser, Kehoe, H. G. Kim,:i Y. S. Kim, Kunze,
Matthews, Minkiewicz, Pati, Roos, Rose, Roush,-'
E. Smith, Steinberg, Stephenson, Wentzel, Woo,
Zipoy, B. S. Zorn, G. T. Zorn, Zuckerman.
Associate Professors, Part-Time: Bennett, Dixon,
Johnson, Young.
Assistant Professors: A'Hearn, Berg, C. Y. Chang,
R. F. Chang, Connors, Drew, Ellsworth, Gloeck-
ler, Glosser, Goldberg, Harrington, Korenman,
Layman,"' Martin, O'Gallagher, Pechacek, Poult-
ney, Redish, Richard, Risk, Simonson.
Assistant Professor, Part-time: Larson.*
The Physics program includes a broad range
of undergraduate courses designed to satisfy the
needs of almost every student, from the ad-
vanced physics major to the person taking a
single introductory physics course. In addition,
there are various opportunities for personally di-
rected studies between student and professor, and
many undergraduate "research" opportunities
also are available.
SERVICE COURSES— GENERAL EDUCATION
REQUIREMENTS
The department offers several courses which
are intended for students other than physics ma-
jors. Although other courses will also serve, PHYS
101 and PHYS 111, 112 are designed to fulfill the
University-wide General Education requirement for
non-laboratory physical science, and PHYS 117
satisfies the requirement for a physical science
with laboratory. PHYS 121, 122 satisfy the require-
ments for professional schools, such as medical
and dental, and PHYS 161, 262, 263 satisfy the
introductory physics requirement for most engi-
neering programs. In addition, PHYS 420 is a one
semester modern physics course for advanced
students in science or engineering. Either the
course-sequence 161, 262, 263, or the full se-
quence 181, 182, 283, 284 is suitable for mathe-
matics students and those who major in other
physical sciences.
THE PHYSICS MAJOR
The way most physics majors will begin their
work is with a two-year basic sequence of physics
courses, PHYS 181, 182, 283, 284, accompanied
by the laboratory courses PHYS 285, 286 in the
second year. Transfer students who come with a
different set of introductory courses either will
be put into an appropriate course in this se-
quence or will take bridging courses, such as
PHYS 404, 405, and then go on to advanced
courses; usually they will not repeat work previ-
ously done by taking the entire basic sequence.
The minimum requirement for a physics major
is 38 semester hours of work in physics, includ-
ing four laboratory courses and PHYS 410, 411,
421 and 422, and 19 semester hours of mathe-
matics courses. After taking the basic sequence,
the student will have some flexibility in his pro-
gram, and he will be able to take specialty courses,
such as those in nuclear physics or solid-state
physics, which are of particular interest to him.
HONORS IN PHYSICS
The Honors Program offers to students of good
ability and strong interest in physics a greater
flexibility in their academic programs, and a stim-
ulating atmosphere through contacts with other
good students and with individual faculty mem-
bers. There are opportunities for part-time re-
search participation which may develop into full-
time summer projects. An honors seminar is of-
fered for advanced students; credit may be given
for independent work or study, and certain grad-
uate courses are open for credit toward the
bachelor's degree.
Students are accepted by the department's
Honors Committee on the basis of recommenda-
tions from their advisors and other faculty mem-
bers, usually in the second semester of their junior
year. A final written and oral comprehensive exam-
ination in the senior year is optional, but those who
pass the examination will graduate "with honors in
physics."
Course Code Prefb
1 Also Member of the Institute tor Fluid Dynamics.
: Joint appointment with Chemical Engineering.
3 Joint appointment with Electrical Engineering.
4 Joint appointment with Computer Science.
2 Joint appointment with College of Education.
PRE-PROFESSIONAL CURRICULA
There are a number of programs developed to
prepare the pre-professional student. These cur-
ricula, some rather general and others quite spe-
cific, are designed to give the student the best
background to succeed in his advanced training,
to fill undergraduate requirements of professional
schools, and to fit in with the requirements es-
Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 145
tablished by the organizations associated with the
respective professions.
Pre-professional programs require that the stu-
dent maintain a grade point average higher than
the minimum for graduation. The student may
fulfill requirements by majoring in almost any dis-
cipline in some programs, provided the specific
requirements of the pre-professional program are
met. The successful completion of the pre-profes-
sional program does not guarantee admission to
professional school. Each school has its own ad-
missions requirements and criteria, generally
based upon the grade point average in the un-
dergraduate courses, the scores in aptitude tests
(Medical College Admission Test, Law Admission
Test, Dental Aptitude Test, etc.), a personal inter-
view, and letters sent by the Evaluation Commit-
tee of the college. For the specific admissions
requirements, the student is urged to study the
catalog of the professional school of his choice.
Although completion of the bachelor's degree
is a normal prerequisite for admission for dental,
law, and medical schools, three professional
schools of the University of Maryland in Baltimore
— Dentistry, Law, and Medicine — have arrange-
ments whereby a student who meets requirements
detailed below may be accepted for professional
school after three years (90 academic hours). For
the students to be eligible for the "combined de-
gree," the final thirty hours prior to entry into the
Schools of Dentistry, Law, and Medicine must be
taken in residence. After the successful comple-
tion of thirty hours of work in professional school,
the student may be eligible for a bachelor's de-
gree.
PRE-DENTAL HYGIENE
The first two years of the pre-professional cur-
riculum are as follows:
1st
Freshman Year Sem.
* ' English 101 — Composition 3
* * Chemistry 103, 104 — General 4
* Philosophy 100, 140 or 170 3
* Math 110 3
* • Psychology 100 — General 3
Zoology 101 — General (prerequisite for
Anatomy and Physiology
' English — Literature
* * Sociology 100 — Introduction
Elective
* P.E (1)
Totals 17
Sophomore Year
" History 3
' English Literature 3
" Zoology 201, 202 — Anatomy and Physiology 4
•' Nutrition 200 — For health science majors . 3
' ' Microbiology 200
Electives in selected minors (lower
division) 3
* Health 5— Health Education (2)
2nd
Sem.
4
3
3
3
(1)
Although courses may be interchanged during
the first two years, it is recommended that chem-
istry precede microbiology and nutrition to en-
able its application to these two subjects. It
should be noted that Zoology 101 is a prerequisite
for Zoology 201, 202 (Human Anatomy and Physi-
ology) at the University of Maryland. Among the
philosophy courses offered at the University, the
following, listed in order of preference, are con-
sidered to be the most appropriate for the educa-
tion of the dental hygienists: Philosophy 140 —
Ethics, Philosophy 170 — Elementary Logic and Se-
mantics or Philosophy 100 — Introduction.
To prepare for upper division courses in the stu-
dent's minor during the senior year, the 12 hours
of lower division electives should be taken in one
of the following areas of study: basic sciences,
social sciences or health education. Lower di-
vision courses in one of these minors will be ac-
cepted as prerequisites for upper division courses
in education, should this minor be elected during
the senior year. The Department of Dental Hygiene
faculty will counsel students in the selection of
courses for one of the recommended minors.
PRE-DENTISTRY
The pre-dental program is based upon require-
ments established by the Council of Dental Edu-
cation of the American Dental Association, and
the College Park requirements for a degree fol-
lowing either the regular four-year program or the
combined "Arts-Dentistry" program. The program
is designed to prepare the student for the Dental
Aptitude Test, normally taken in the spring of the
junior year.
The minimum requirements for entry into den-
tal school for either the three-year program (94
academic hours) or the four-year program (120
academic hours) are:
General Education requirements 34 hours
College requirements
Foreign Language 0-12
Speech 2
plus
Major
Supporting courses (or "minor"). . .
Dental Association requirements
Chemistry — organic
General
Zoology 8
14 hours
variable
variable
Mathematics.
Physics ....
8 38-40 hours
18
'General Education Requirement
•Dental Hygiene Prerequisite
Electives — to complete the 94 or 120 hours required.
Required Health and Physical Education.
Four-Year Program. A student applies to dental
school in his senior year, on the basis of com-
pleting the usual degree requirements for the
B.A. or B.S. degree by majoring in the field of his
choice and including in his course work the
courses specifically prescribed by dental schools.
Three-Year Arts-Dentistry Program. Students
whose performance during the first two years in
residence at College Park is exceptional may be
146 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information
encouraged to seek admission to the University of
Maryland Dental School at the end of their third
year (94 academic hours). No undergraduate ma-
jor is required for this program: the work of the
first year of dental school is considered as the
major; but students will select a minor (support-
ing courses) from one of the following combina-
tions: zoology, six hours on the 300-400 level;
microbiology, eight hours on the 300-400 level;
CHEM 219 or 321 plus three hours on the 300-400
level in any science; CHEM 461, 462, 463, and
464; or nine hours on the 300-400 level in any
one department of the arts, humanities, or social
sciences.
Students accepted in the combined Arts-Den-
tistry program may receive the B.S. degree (Arts-
Dentistry) after satisfactory completion of the first
year at the University of Maryland Dental School
upon recommendation by the Dean of the Dental
School and approval by the College Park Cam-
pus, the degree to be awarded in August follow-
ing the first year of dental school; 94 hours must
be completed before the professional training is
commenced.
Schedule. The pre-dental student, regardless of
degree sought, includes in his first-year schedule
CHEM 103, 104 or 105, 106, ZOOL 101, 102, MATH
110, 111 or (115), 140, ENGL 101, and the required
health and physical education. The second year
includes CHEM 201-204 or 211-214, the third year
PHYS 121, 122. The schedules are completed with
general education requirements, college require-
ments, major department requirements and elec-
tives. It is urged that the second year also include
ZOOL 290 (a requirement of the University of
Maryland Dental School) and 246. A course in sta-
tistics (such as PSYC 200 or SOCY 201) is re-
quired by the University of Maryland Dental
School.
PRE-FORESTRY
The program which a student follows depends
to some extent upon the forestry college he plans
to enter. All pre-forestry students are sent to the
Department of Botany of the University for coun-
sel and advice in these matters.
For residents of Maryland who have completed
two years of pre-forestry, have satisfied require-
ments comparable to those at the University of
Maryland and have been accepted in the School
of Forestry at North Carolina State University, the
University of Maryland will make payment toward
the non-resident fees for a period of two years in
accordance with the funds in the State budget for
this purpose.
The Pre-Forestry Curriculum Includes:
Semester
Credit Hours
ENGL 101.201,202 or equivalent 9
BOTN 100 4
ZOOL 101 4
MATH 110.111.220,221 12
CHEM 103,104 8
PHYS 121,122 8
SPCH 107 2
BOTN 212 3
HORT 171 3
AGRI 101 ... 1
Social Science 6
Economics 3
HLTH 105 (2)
Students planning for three years in the pre-
forestry curriculum should include BOTN 221,
ENTM 200, AGRO 102, AGEN 100, AGRO 202, and
BOTN 211.
PRE-LAW
Although some law schools will consider only
applicants with a B.A. or B.S. degree, others will
accept applicants who have successfully com-
pleted a three-year program of academic work.
Most law schools do not prescribe specific courses
which a student must present for admission, but
do require that the student follow one of the stand-
ard programs offered by the undergraduate col-
lege. Many law schools require that the applicant
take the Law Admissions Test in the academic
year preceding his entry into professional school.
Four-Year Program. The student who plans to
complete the requirements for the B.A. or B.S.
degree before entering law school should select
a major field of concentration. The pre-law stu-
dent ordinarily follows a Bachelor of Arts program
with a major in American studies, English, Ameri-
can and English history, economics, political sci-
ence (government and politics), psychology, soci-
ology, or speech; a few pre-law students follow
a bachelor of science program.
Three-Year Arts-Law Program. The student who
plans to enter law school at the end of his third
year should follow the general B.A. program dur-
ing his first two years. During his junior year, he
will complete the requirements for a supporting
course program (18 semester hours in one depart-
ment, 6 hours being at the 300-400 level). His pro-
gram during the first three years should include
all of the basic courses required for a degree (in-
cluding the 18-hour supporting course program)
and all College and University requirements. The
academic courses must total 90 hours, and must
be passed with a minimum average of 2.0.
Students with exceptional records who are ac-
cepted to the School of Law of the University of
Maryland under the Arts-Law program may re-
ceive a B.A. degree (Arts-Law) after satisfactory
completion of the first year of law school, upon
recommendation by the Dean of the University of
Maryland Law School and approval by the College
Park Campus. The degree is awarded in August
following the first year of law school (or after 30
credit hours are completed).
Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 147
PRE-MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY
Students must complete 90 semester-hours or
more in academic subjects before being admitted
to the senior year. (The two semester hours in
HLTH 105 and in physical education do not count
toward this 90 semester hour total). The following
courses are intended as a guide for the student in
planning a curriculum which will meet both the
University of Maryland requirements for gradua-
tion and the special requirements for the Registry
Examination administered by the ASCP board of
Schools.
MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY REQUIREMENTS
(Pre-clinical Years)
CHEMISTRY (16-credit minimum)
Credits
CHEM 103. 104— College Chemistry I. II 4, 4
CHEM 201. 202— College Chemistry III and
Laboratory 3, 2
CHEM 203, 204— College Chemistry IV and
Laboratory 3, 2
CHEM 461, 463 — Chemical Background for
Biochemistry and Laboratory 3, 2
CHEM 462, 464 — Biochemistry and
Laboratory 3, 2
BIOLOGICAL SCIENCE (16-credit minimum)
ZOOL 101 — General Zoology 4
ZOOL 201, 202 — Human Anatomy and
Physiology 4, 4
MICB 200— General Microbiology 4
MATHEMATICS (6-credit minimum)
MATH 110, 111— Introduction to Math 3,3
OR
MATH 115. 140 — Introductory Analysis and
Analysis I 3, 4
GENERAL EDUCATION COURSES (See University Require-
ments)
OTHER RECOMMENDATIONS
SPCH 100 or 107 — Public Speaking
PSYC 100— Psychology
PHYS 121. 122 or 117— General Physics
ZOOL 246— Genetics
ZOOL 495 — Animal Histology
ZOOL 475 — General Parasitology
ZOOL 441— Cell Biology
RECOMMENDED COURSE SEQUENCE FOR FIRST THREE
YEARS
Freshman Year
First Semester
Chemistry 103 4
Zoology 101 4
Math 110 3
(or Math 115)
English 101 3
PHED (1)
15
Second Semester
Chemistry 104 4
Math 111 3
(or Math 140 .. . 4)
Speech 100 (or 107) 3
Health 105 (2)
English 201 3
PHED (1)
16
Second Semester
Chemistry 203 3
Chemistry 204 2
Microbiology 200 4
History 3
fPhysics 122 (or elective) 4
16
Second Semester
■(/Chemistry 462 3
■(■Chemistry 464 2
Zoology 202 4
Socy 100 (or other
Soc. Science) 3
Elective 3
15
Sophomore Year
First Semester
Chemistry 201 3
Chemistry 202 2
English 202 3
History 3
Psyc 100 3
tPhysics 117 (or 121) ... 4
18
Junior Year
First Semester
tChemistry 461 3
■(/Chemistry 463 2
Microbiology 440 4
Zoology 201 4
Phil 100 (or course in
Fine Arts) 3
16
f Not required but highly recommended.
PRE-MEDICINE
The pre-medical program is based upon the
requirements established by the Association of
American Medical Colleges and the requirements
for a degree from the College Park Campus, either
with the four-year degree program or with the
combined Arts-Medicine program. The curriculum
is designed to prepare the student for the Medical
College Admission Test, which is normally taken
in the spring of the junior year.
The minimum requirements for entry into medi-
cal school for either the three-year program (90
academic hours) or the four-year program (120
academic hours) are:
General Education requirements 34 hours
College requirements
Foreign Language 0-12
Speech 2 14 hours
plus
Major variable
Supporting courses (or "minor") variable
Medical School requirements
Chemistry — general, inorganic ... 18 hours
organic
quantitative* *
Zoology 16
(In addition to ZOOL 101
and 102, two of genetics,
embryology, comparative
anatomy)
Mathematics 4-6
Physics 8 50-52 hours
Electives — to complete the 90 or 120 hours required.
Required Health and Physical Education.
" Recommended but not required by the University of Maryland Medical
School; required by some other medical schools.
Four-Year Program. No specific major is re-
quired for favorable consideration by a medical
school admissions committee. By intelligent plan-
ning starting in the sophomore year, the student
can meet the above requirements as well as re-
quirements of most majors. The student is urged
148 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information
to work closely with his pre-medical advisor for
this planning. A student who enters the pre-
medical program late in his college career may
find an additional year of study necessary (either
as a special student or as a regular undergradu-
ate).
Three-Year Arts-Medicine Program. After com-
pletion of his first year of pre-medical study, an
exceptional student may be encouraged to seek
admission to the University of Maryland School of
Medicine at the end of his third year (90 hours).
During his next two years he will need to complete
all requirements listed above, with the exception
of the major and the regular supporting course
program. Four additional hours on the 300-400
level in appropriate science courses will satisfy
the supporting course requirement.
Students accepted in the combined Arts-Medi-
cine program may receive the B.S. degree (Arts-
Medicine) after satisfactory completion of the first
year at the University of Maryland School of Medi-
cine (30 hours), upon recommendation by the Dean
of the School of Medicine and approval by the
College Park Campus. The degree is awarded in
August following the first year of medical school.
Schedule. The pre-medical student normally in-
cludes in his first year schedule CHEM 103, 104
or 105, 106, ZOOL 101, 102, MATH 110, 111 or
(115), 140, ENGL 101 and the required health
and physical education. The second year should
include CHEM 201-204 or 211-214 and ZOOL 290,
246, the third year PHYS 121, 122. CHEM 219 or
321 would also be taken in the third year in the
case of a three-year applicant. The schedules are
completed with general education requirements,
college requirements, major department require-
ments and electives.
PRE-NURSING
It is required that all students, including regis-
tered nurses, enrolled in or transferring to the pro-
gram in nursing use the following guidelines for
the freshman and sophomore years:
Semester
Hours
English Composition 3
Chemistry (including content in
organic chemistry) 6-8
Human Anatomy and Physiology 6-8
Microbiology 3-4
'Social Sciences 12
" "Humanities 15
Nutrition (recommended) 3
Electives 7-12
Minimum requirements for Junior status 59-60
* Courses must include at least one in sociology and one in psychology
"* Courses must be selected from at least three departments.
The specific courses taken by basic students
on the College Park campus are:
Semester
Hours
Nursing 007 0
Physical Education (2)
Chemistry 103. 104 4, 4
English 101 3
Zoology 101 4
"Humanities (Literature, history, philosophy,
fine arts, math, language) 15
Psychology 100 3
Sociology 100 3
Other social sciences (sociology, psychology.
government and politics, economics.
geography) 6
Zoology 201 , 202 4.4
Microbiology 200 4
Nutrition 200 3
Elective 3
62
Course Code Prefix— NURS
* Courses must be selected from at least three ot the areas listed
PRE-PHARMACY
The preprofessional curriculum is designed to
provide the student with those courses that sat-
isfy the needs for a more liberal education as well
as the scientific prerequisite courses for entrance
into the professional program.
First Year Credits
Chemistry 103. 104 8
Mathematics 110. 111 (Introduction) or
Mathematics 115, 140 (Introductory and
Elementary Analysis) 6-7
Zoology 101 (or Biology) 4
English 101 (Composition) 3
Elective (Social Sciences) 3
Elective (non-specific) 3
Physical Education as required (2)
29-30
Second Year
Chemistry 201, 202. 203. 204 "10
Physics 121, 122 (Fundamentals) 8
History 6
English 201, 202 (Literature) 6
Economics 205 3
Elec'ive (Fine Arts or Philosophy) 3
36
* Minimum requirement for organic chemistry is 8 credits
PRE-PHYSICAL THERAPY
The first two years of the pre-professional cur-
riculum are as follows:
1st 2nd
Freshman Year Sem. Sem.
ENGL 101 — Composition 3
PHIL 100 — Introduction to Philosophy 3
(or course in Fine Arts)
SPCH 100 — Public Speaking 3
CHEM 103. 104 — General Chemistry 4 4
MATH 110. 111— Introduction to Mathematics .3 3
SOCY 100 — Introduction to Sociology 3
Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 149
PSYC 100 — Introduction to Psychology 3
"BTPT 110, 111 — Physical Therapy Orientation . 1 1
Academic Hours 14 17
PHED— Physical Activities (1) (1)
HLTH 105— Science and Theory of Health (2)
Total Hours 17 18
Sophomore Year
ENGL 201, 202— World Literature 3 3
PHYS 121, 122 — Fundamentals of Physics ...4 4
ZOOL 101 — General Zoology 4
ZOOL 102— The Animal Phyla 4
PSYC— Choice of 2 psychology courses 3 3
HIST — Choice of 2 history courses other
than state 3 3
Total Hours 17 17
* Deleted lor students admitted at Junior level. Substitute hours required
Students transferring from a regionally accredited college for adminission
to the junior year must have completed 65 academic semester hour
credits of courses comparable to those listed above with 2 S.H.C. of
substitution for BTPT 110. 111 and a year of physical education and
health (4 S.H.C).
For detailed information refer to the bulletin is-
sued by the Department of Physical Therapy. This
can be obtained from Room 203, Turner Labora-
tory or by writing to the Department of Physical
Therapy, School of Medicine, 520R West Lombard
Street, Baltimore, Maryland 21201.
Course Code Prefix— BTPT
PRE-THEOLOGICAL
The College of Agriculture cooperates with the
officers of any theological seminary who desire
to urge prospective students to pursue courses in
agriculture as a preparation for the rural ministry.
Such pre-theological students may enroll for a
semester or more or for the usual four-year train-
ing of the College. In either case they should en-
roll as members of the general curriculum in the
College of Agriculture. Students desiring to pursue
a pre-theological program in the College of Agri-
culture of the University of Maryland should con-
sult with the president or admissions officer of the
theological seminary which they expect to attend.
PRE-VETERINARY
MEDICINE PROGRAM
This program is designed for students desiring
to prepare for the professional course in veterinary
medicine.
A combined degree is available to students in
the pre-veterinary curriculum. A student who has
completed 90 academic semester credits at the
University of Maryland and who has completed 30
additional academic semester credits at any ac-
credited veterinary college is eligible to make ap-
plication for the Bachelor of Science degree from
the University of Maryland.
Students wishing to apply for the combined de-
gree must have completed all University and col-
lege requirements and must also have completed
additional credits in animal science.
The University of Maryland has an agreement
with the University of Georgia, Ohio State Univer-
sity and Tuskegee Institute. Up to eleven spaces
per year are reserved for Maryland residents in
the College of Veterinary Medicine, University of
Georgia; six spaces in the College of Veterinary
Medicine, Ohio State University; and two spaces
in the College of Veterinary Medicine at the Tuske-
gee Institute. The spaces are to be filled on a com-
petitive basis from among qualified applicants.
Candidates, to be eligible for consideration
must:
a. Complete the curriculum shown below with
grades not less than C in any subject and
a minimum grade point average of 2.5;
b. Take the veterinary medical aptitude test;
and
c. Be a resident of Maryland. (See definition of
Residence and Non-Residence).
All requirements for admission must be com-
pleted prior to matriculation in the College of Vet-
erinary Medicine. After applications have been re-
ceived, academic records will be summarized and
an evaluation of the applicant will be completed.
The complete file will be forwarded to the College
of Veterinary Medicine, University of Georgia. The
College of Veterinary Medicine will invite selected
applicants to the University of Georgia for inter-
views. Similar information on applicants will be
made available to the College of Veterinary Medi-
cine, Ohio State University and the College of Vet-
erinary Medicine, Tuskegee Institute.
The Colleges of Veterinary Medicine, University
of Georgia, Ohio State University and Tuskegee
Institute have the final authority on all matters re-
lated to admission. Applicants will be advised by
the respective colleges after final evaluations have
been made.
Minimum requirements for admission to the Colleges of
Veterinary Medicine, University of Georgia and Ohio State
University are:
English 6
Biology 8
Physics 8
Chemistry 13
Humanities and Social Sciences 15
Mathematics 6
Electives (zoology, physics, chemistry,
genetics or animal science) 6
Pre-veterinary curriculum Combined Degree Requirements:
Biological Sciences 12
Botany (4)
Zoology (8)
English and Speech 12
Physical Sciences 30
Chemistry (13)
Mathematics (6)
Physics (8)
Animal Science 15
Genetics 3
Nutrition 3
Social Science 6
History 6
Electives 6
Physical Education (2)
Health (2)
Course Code Prefix— ANSC
150 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information
OTHER PRE-PROFESSIONAL
AREAS
Academic preparation for several other profes-
sions such as optometry and osteopathy is avail-
able. For the requirements of these professional
schools, please consult their respective catalogs.
DEPARTMENT OF PSYCHOLOGY
Professor and Chairman: Bartlett.
Professors: Anderson, Crites, Gollub, Hodos, Hor-
ton, Levinson, Magoon,** Martin, Mclntire, J.
Mills, Miner,** Pumroy,** Taylor, Tyler, Wal-
drop.
Associate Professors: Fretz, Goldstein, Locke,*
McKenzie,** D. Mills,** Schneider, Scholnick,
Smith, Steinman, Sternheim, Teitelbaum, Ward.
Assistant Professors: Bleckman, Carroll, Claiborn,
Coursey, Dachler, Dies, Evans, Freeman,** Gel-
so,** Holmgren, Johnson, Karl,** Larkin, Oster-
house, Pavey,** Specter, Sternheim.
Instructor: Horton.
Psychology can be classified as a biological
science (Bachelor of Science degree) and a social
science (Bachelor of Arts degree) and offers aca-
demic programs related to both of these fields.
The undergraduate curriculum in psychology pro-
vides an organized study of the behavior of man
and other organisms in terms of the biological
conditions and social factors which influence such
behavior. In addition, the undergraduate program
is arranged to provide opportunities for learning
that will equip qualified students to pursue further
study of psychology and related fields in graduate
and professional schools.
Students who are interested in the biological
aspects of behavior tend to choose a program
leading to the Bachelor of Science degree, while
those interested primarily in the social factors of
behavior tend to choose the Bachelor of Arts de-
gree. The choice of program is made in consulta-
tion with, and requires the approval of, an aca-
demic advisor.
Departmental requirements are the same for the
Bachelor of Science and the Bachelor of Arts de-
grees. A minimum of 25 hours of psychology
course-work is required; courses taken must in-
clude PSYC 100, 200, one of 400, 410, or 420, and
an additional 12 hours of 400-level courses (not in-
cluding 478 and 479). In addition to the above
courses in psychology, all majors are required
to take: (1) MATH 111 or 140; (2) one course,
to be approved by an academic advisor in psy-
chology, above the introductory level in one of
the following fields; chemistry, computer science,
mathematics, microbiology, physics, or zoology.
These two courses may be used as part of the
General Education or college requirements in
' Joint appointment with Business and Public Administration.
' Affiliate appointments
mathematics, and science or for the supporting
course requirements described below, but not
for both. Majors in psychology are urged to take
their mathematics and science courses in their
first two years.
The supporting courses to supplement the work
in the major for the Bachelor of Science degree
must include 18 hours in mathematics and sci-
ence, beyond those courses required by the col-
lege. A minimum of two courses must be labora-
tory courses, and at least three courses (or 9
hours) must be chosen at the advanced level (be-
yond the introductory sequence). The particular
laboratory and advanced courses must be ap-
proved by an academic advisor in the Department
of Psychology.
The supporting courses for the Bachelor of Arts
degree must include 18 hours which are chosen in
related fields to supplement work in the major. Of
these 18 hours, six must be chosen at the 300 and
400 level. This set of courses must be approved
by an academic advisor in psychology.
All courses taken in PSYC must be counted to-
ward the major; a grade of "C" or better must be
earned in PSYC 100, 200 and all 400 level courses
or the course must be repeated until a "C" or bet-
ter is earned. The departmental grade point aver-
age will be a cumulative computation of all grades
earned in PSYC and must be 2.0 or above.
Students desiring to enter graduate study in
certain areas of psychology are advised to take an
additional laboratory course and or participate in
individual research projects. Such students should
consult an advisor for information about prereq-
uisites for graduate study in psychology.
HONORS
The Department of Psychology also offers a spe-
cial program for the superior student which em-
phasizes independent study and research. Stu-
dents may be eligible to enter the Honors Program
who have a 3.3 grade average in all courses or the
equivalent, who are in their junior year, and who
demonstrate interest and maturity indicative of
success in the program. Students in their sopho-
more year should consult their advisor or the
Departmental Honors Committee for further in-
formation.
It should be noted that there are three course
content areas that have two courses, one in the
300 sequence and one in the 400 sequence. These
include personality (335 and 435), child psychol-
ogy (333 and 433), and industrial psychology (361
and 461). The courses in the 300 sequence pro-
vide general surveys of the field and are intended
for non-majors who do not plan further in-depth
study. The courses in the 400 sequence provide
more comprehensive study with particular em-
phasis on research and methodology. The 400
series are intended primarily for psychology maj-
Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 151
ors. It should be further noted that a student may
not received credit for both:
PSYC 333 and PSYC 433
PSYC 335 and PSYC 435
or
PSYC 361 and PSYC 461
Course Code Prefix— PSYC
DEPARTMENT OF RECREATION
Professor and Chairman: Harvey.
Associate Professors: Churchill, Strobell.
Assistant Professor: Leedy.
Instructors: Fain, Laudenslayer.
Visiting Instructors: Bushart, Hutchison, Steven-
son, Hawkins, Jarrell, Sperling.
The increased amount of leisure time existent
in our society because of the rapid development
of modern civilization, and the imperative need for
guidance in the wise use of that leisure time, has
made society cognizant of the need for trained
recreation leaders.
This curriculum, therefore, is designed to meet
the needs of students who wish to qualify for the
many positions in the field of recreation, and the
needs of those students who desire a background
in skills which will enable them to render distinct
contributions to community life. The College draws
upon various other departments and colleges with-
in the University for courses to balance and en-
rich its offerings for its recreation curriculum.
Those majoring in recreation have opportunity
for observation and practical experience in local,
county, state, and federal public recreation pro-
grams, in social and group work agency pro-
grams, and in the various programs of the Armed
Forces, American Red Cross, local hospitals, etc.
Major students are encouraged to select an 'op-
tion' area of interest around which to center their
elective courses (for instance: public recreation,
recreation for the ill and handicapped, and out-
door recreation.)
A very active student University of Maryland
Recreation and Parks Society, an affiliate of the
comparable state and national organizations, ex-
ercises degrees of leadership in selecting the an-
nual "outstanding senior" and "outstanding alum-
nus" awards, in the granting of the various city,
county and state society recreation scholarships,
in the programming of the annual 'Governor's
Conference on Recreation,' etc. It also provides
opportunities for university and community serv-
ice, for rich practical experience, and for social
experiences for those students having a mutual
professional recreation interest.
REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREE IN RECREATION
Requirements for the Bachelor of Science de-
gree in recreation are as follows:
College recreation courses (RECR 130. 150 or 450.
220. 221, 420, 349, 460, 495, 490) 25-26
Prescribed courses in related areas (PHED 150; 161-
164. 261-265 or 305-307; 314 (218); APDS 101; CRFT
102 or EDIN 106; MUSC 155; SOCY 100. 330; SPCH
100, 220; DART 311 or 440; PSYC 100; EDHD
306) 39
Additional prescribed courses in one recreation op-
tion area (public recreation, recreation for the ill
and handicapped or outdoor recreation) 12
Prescribed health courses (HLTH 140, 150) 4
Additional General Education requirements (ENGL 9
cr.; HIST 6 cr.; Fine Arts 3 cr.; Science 7 or 8 cr.:
MATH 3 cr.) 28-29
Electives (to encourage proficiency in one skill area
or provide for a minor) 22
Total 130
MINOR IN RECREATION (24 hrs)
18 semester hours in recreation and 6 semester hours
in cognate areas, including in the 18 hours the following:
10 hours in RECR 130, 150. 221, 420. 450. 325, 460. 495
or 490; RECR 220; SOCY 330 or substitute
6 hours of work in areas of the recreational skills — nature,
arts and crafts, speech and dramatics — but nof in the
area of the student's major.
2 hours of work in the areas of swimming, sports and
dance skills.
or
Other courses approved by the advisor and the various
departments involved, depending upon the student's in-
terest and background.
plus
Elective courses (6 hours) selected with the approval
of the advisor.
Course Code Prefix— RECR
RUSSIAN AREA PROGRAM
Director: Yaney
This program is for the student who wants to
concentrate his studies in the humanities and the
social sciences on the Russian area. It includes
work in language and literature, history, govern-
ment and politics, economics, and geography. The
student may emphasize any one of these disci-
plines in completing his courses. The program
prepares the student for graduate work in the
Russian area, but by proper selection of courses
a student may concentrate his work sufficiently
in one discipline to be able to take up graduate
work in this particular field.
The student following this program must meet
the general requirements for a degree. He should
select Russian to meet the foreign language re-
quirement.
Required introductory courses are: RUSS 101,
102, and 104 (unless the student is exempted
from this requirement), HIST 241 and 242. GEOG
201 or 203, ECON 205 or 201. 203. These courses
must be passed with at least a grade of "C" in
order for the student to continue in the program.
Advanced courses in the Russian area: the stu-
dent must complete at least 30 hours of advanced
work in the Russian area including 12 hours of
advanced courses in Russian language, 6 hours in
Russian history, 6 hours in Russian government.
152 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information
3 hours in Soviet economics, and 3 hours in Soviet
geography.
The student must complete an additional 18
hours of advanced work in the above disciplines.
Of these 18, at least 12 must all be in one of the
departments and at the 300-400 level. If the stu-
dent wishes to concentrate in Russian language
and literature, he should take at least 15 of these
hours in Russian.
Normally, the student's advisor will be a pro-
fessor in the Russian area of the department in
which he does most of his work.
DEPARTMENT OF
SECONDARY EDUCATION
Art Education: John Lembach, Edward L. Longley,
Jr., Harold McWhinnie.
Business Education: C. R. Anderson, Florence
Hall, Robert Peters, Jane O'Neill.
Dance Education: Dorothy Madden.
English Education: John Carr, Katherine Grimes,
Leonard Woolf.
Foreign Language Education: William DeLorenzo,
Solomon H. Flores, James MacArthur, Augustine
F. Quilici.
Home Economics Education: Christina Brown,
Kinsey Green, Louise Lemmon, Julia Miller.
Mathematics Education: Mildred Cole, Neil David-
son, James Fey, James Henkelman, Henry Wal-
besser.
Music Education: Beula B. Blum, Mary de Ver-
mond, Stavroula Fanos, Charles Gallagher, Rose
Marie Grentzer, Marion Mueller, Shirley J. Shel-
ley, Corwin Taylor, Gustav Wachhaus, Bruce
Wilson.
Physical Education (Men): Jerry Wrenn.
Physical Education (Women): Alice M. Love.
Reading Education: Bruce W. Brigham, Beth
Davey.
Science Education: A. L. Braswell, Marjorie Gard-
ner, Mary Harbeck, John Layman, J. David Lock-
ard, John Maccini.
Social Studies Education: Arthur Adkins, E. G.
Campbell, Joseph Cirrincione, Richard Farrell,
Jean Grambs.
Speech Education: Blanton Croft, Barbara Rosen-
thal, Andrew Wolvin.
The Department of Secondary Education is con-
cerned with the preparation of teachers of junior
and senior high schools in the following areas:
general business, dance, distributive education,
mathematics, reading science, secretarial educa-
tion, social studies, and speech. In the areas of
art and music, teachers are prepared to teach in
the elementary, junior and senior high schools.
Majors in physical education and agriculture are
offered in the College of Physical Education, Rec-
reation and Health and the College of Agriculture
in cooperation with the College of Education. In
reading education, an elective (mandatory for Eng-
lish education students) is offered at the under-
graduate level. Majors in reading are offered only
at the graduate level, requiring a bachelor's de-
gree, certification, and at least two years of suc-
cessful teaching experience as prerequisites.
Students enrolled in the secondary teacher
preparation curriculum will meet the University
general education requirements, plus the follow-
ing:
All students who pursue the Bachelor of Arts
degree in secondary education are required to
complete two years (12 semester hours) of the
same foreign language on the college level, or the
equivalent. If a student has had three years of one
foreign language or two years of each of two for-
eign languages as recorded on his high school
transcript, he is not required to take any foreign
languages in the college, although he may elect
to do so.
If a student has had one year or less of a for-
eign language in high school, he must complete
through Language 115 of a modern foreign lan-
guage or Language 204 of a classical language.
If a student has had two years of a foreign lan-
guage in high school, he must complete through
the intermediate level of the foreign language of
his choice. In the modern languages, French, Ger-
man and Spanish, he should take the placement
test in the language in which he has had work
if he wishes to continue the same language; his
language instruction would start at the level indi-
cated by the test. With the classical languages, he
should start at the level indicated in the catalog.
For students that come under the two immedi-
ately preceding paragraphs, the placement test
serves also as a proficiency test and may be taken
by a student any time (once a semester) to try to
fulfill the language requirement.
Students who have studied languages other than
French, German or Spanish or who have lived for
two or more years in a foreign country where a
language other than English prevails, shall be
placed by the chairman of the respective language
section, if feasible, or by the heads of the foreign
language departments. Native speakers of a for-
eign language shall satisfy the foreign language
requirement by taking 12 hours of English.
All students who elect the secondary education
curriculum will fulfill the preceding general re-
quirements and also prepare to teach one or more
school subjects which will involve meeting specific
requirements in particular subject matter fields.
The Bachelor of Arts degree is offered in the
teaching fields of art, English, dance, foreign lan-
guages, mathematics, social studies, and speech.
The Bachelor of Science degree is offered in art,
business education, home economics, mathema-
tics, music, science, and speech.
The student teaching semester is considered a
full-time commitment. Consequently, interference
Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 153
with this commitment due to employment is not
permitted.
Living arrangements, including transportation,
for the student teaching assignments are consid-
ered the responsibility of the student.
ART EDUCATION
Students in art education enroll in one of two
programs, elementary or secondary art education.
The proposed programs are listed below:
SECONDARY ART EDUCATION CURRICULUM
Semester
Freshman Year I II
ENGL 101 — Composition or alternate 3
ENGL 201— World Literature or Alternate 3
Social Science requirement 3 3
ARTH 100— Introduction to Art 3
ARTS 100— Design I 3
ARTS 1 10— Drawing I 3
HLTH 105 — Science and Theory of Health (2)
Physical Education (1) (1)
Foreign Language 3 3
Total 16 15
Sophomore Year
ENGL 202— World Literature or Alternate 3
SPCH 100— Public Speaking 3
Foreign Language or electives 3 3
Mathematics 3
ARTH 260, 261— Art History 3 3
ARTS 220 — Painting I 3
DART 1 70— Stagecraft 3
CRAF 220 — Ceramics 3
Electives in Art* 3 3
Total 18 18
Junior Year
EDUC 300 — Human Development and Learning .... 6
History requirements 3 3
Science 3 4
APDS 330— Typography and Lettering 3
ARTS 210— Drawing II 3
ARTS 340 — Printmaking I 3
ARTS 330 — Sculpture I 3
Total 15 16
Senior Year
EDUC 301 — Foundations of Education 3
Electives 6
Electives in Art* 6
EDSE 340 — Curriculum, Instruction. Observation —
Art 3
EDUC 440 — Audio-Visual Education or Education
Elective 3
EDSE 330 — Principles and Methods of Secondary
Education 3
EDSE 360 — Student Teaching in the Secondary
School 8
Total 15 17
* Art Electives must be chosen with the approval of the advisor and of
the 12 credit hours required in the secondary program at least three
must be in crafts
ELEMENTARY ART EDUCATION CURRICULUM
Semester
Freshman Year I II
ENGL 101 — Composition or Alternate 3 3
Social Science requirement 3 3
ARTH 100 — Introduction to Art 3
ARTS 100— Design I or ARTE 100—
Fundamentals of Art 3
ARTS 1 10 — Drawing I 3
HLTH 105— Science and Theory of Health (2)
Physical Education (1) (1)
Foreign Language or electives 3 3
Total
16 15
Sophomore Year
ENGL 202— World Literature or alternate 3
Science requirement 3 4
Mathematics 3
ARTH 260, 261— Art History 3 3
ARTS 220 — Painting I 3
SPCH 100— Public Speaking 3
CRAF 220 — Ceramics 3
Foreign Languages or electives 3 3
Total 18
Junior Year
EDUC 300 — Human Development and Learning . . 6
History requirements 3
Foreign Language or electives 3
ARTS 330 — Sculpture I
DART 1 70— Stagecraft 3
Electives in Art
16
Total 15 15
Senior Year
CRAF 202— Creative Crafts 3
EDUC 301 — Foundations of Education 3
EDEL 412 — Art in the Elementary School 2
Electives in Art" * 6
Electives 3
EDEL 340 — Curriculum, Instruction,
Observation Art 3
EDUC 440— Audio-Visual Ed. or Ed. Elective 3
EDEL 311 — The Child and the Curriculum 3
EDEL 332 — Student Teaching in the Elementary
School 8
Total
17 17
*• Art Electives must be chosen with the approval of the advisor, and of
the 12 credit hours required in the elementary program at least three
must be in crafts.
BUSINESS EDUCATION
Three curricula are offered for the preparation
of teachers of business subjects. The General
Business Education curriculum qualifies for teach-
ing all business subjects except shorthand. Pro-
viding thorough training in general business, in-
cluding economics, this curriculum leads to teach-
ing positions on both junior and senior high school
levels.
The Secretarial Education curriculum is adapted
to the needs of those who wish to become teach-
ers of shorthand as well as other business sub-
jects.
The Distributive Education curriculum prepares
students for vocational teaching requirements in
cooperative marketing and merchandising pro-
grams.
GENERAL BUSINESS EDUCATION
Freshman Year
ENGL 101. 201 — Composition, and World
Literature or alternates 3 3
Fine Arts and Philosophy requirement .... 3
SPCH 100— Public Speaking 3
154 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information
BSAD 110— Elements of Business
Enterprise 3
GEOG 203— Introduction to Economic
Geography
MATH 110, 111 — Introduction to
Mathematics 3
ECON 100 — Economic Developments .... 3
EDSE 100, 101 — Principles of Typewriting
and Intermediate Typewriting 2
Physical Education (1)
HLTH 105 — Science and Theory of Health
Total 18
Sophomore Year
English Literature 3
History requirements 3
ECON 201, 203 — Principles of Economics 3
EDSE 200 — Office Typewriting Problems. . 2
Social Science requirement
EDSE 201 — Survey of Office Machines ...
BSAD 220. 221 — Principles of Accounting 3
Science requirements 4 or 3
Total 17 or 18
Junior Year
EDUC 300 — Human Development and
Learning 6
IFSM 401 — Electronic Data Processing
BSAD 350 — Marketing Principles and
Organization 3
BSAD 380 — Business Law
Elect 300 or 400 level course in Economics
Electives" 6
Total 15
2
(D
(2)
3
3
3
2
3
3 or 4
15
" A minimum of 55 semester hours of courses in economics, business
administration and business education courses are required-
Senior Year
EDUC 301 — Foundations of Education .. 3
IFSM 402 — Electronic Data Processing
Applications 3
EDSE 341 — Curriculum, Instruction, and
Observation — Business Subjects 3
EDSE 330 — Principles and Methods of
Secondary Education 3
EDSE 300 — Techniques of Teaching Office
Skills . . 3
EDSE 361 — Student Teaching in the
Secondary Schools . . 8
EDSE 415 — Financial and Economic
Education 3
EDSE 416 — Financial and Economic
Education . . 3
Total 15 14
SECRETARIAL EDUCATION
Freshman Year
ENGL 101. 201 — Composition and World
Literature or alternates
Fine Arts or Philosophy requirement ....
MATH 110 — Introduction to Mathematics. .
SPCH 100 — Public Speaking
EDSE 100 — Principles of Typewriting
(If exempt. BSAD 110)
EDSE 101 — Intermediate Typewriting ....
EDSE 102, 103 — Principles of
Shorthand I, II
Social Science requirement
Physical Education
HLTH 105 — Science and Theory of Health
Total
3
3
3
(D
(D
(2)
Sophomore Year
ENGL 202— World Literature or alternate .
History requirement 3
Science requirement 3 or 4
ECON 201, 203 — Principles of Economics 3
EDSE 200 — Office Typewriting Problems.
EDSE 201 — Survey of Office Machines . .
EDSE 204 — Advanced Shorthand and
Transcription 3
EDSE 205 — Problems in Transcription ...
Total 14 or 15
Junior Year
EDUC 300 — Human Development and
Learning 6
BSAD 220. 221 — Principles of Accounting 3
EDSE 304 — Administrative Secretarial
Procedures
BSAD 380 — Business Law
Electives" 6
Total 15
Senior Year
EDUC 301 — Foundations of Education . . 3
EDSE 305 — Secretarial Office Practice . . 3
IFSM 401 — Electronic Data Processing... 3
EDSE 300 — Techniques of Teaching
Office Skills
EDSE 341— Curriculum, Instruction and
Observation — Business Subjects 3
EDSE 330 — Principles and Methods of
Secondary Education 3
EDSE 361 — Student Teaching in Secondary
Schools
Electives — 300 or 400 Level 3
Total 18
DISTRIBUTIVE EDUCATION
Freshman Year
ENGL 101, 201 — Composition and American
Literature or alternate 3
ARTH 100— Fine Arts 3
MATH 105 — Fundamentals of Mathematics 3
Science requirement 3
BSAD 110 — Elements of Business
Enterprise 3
SPCH 100 — Public Speaking
Social Science requirement
Health 105
PE (1)
16
Sophomore Year
History requirement 3
ECON 201, 203 — Principles of Economics. 3
BSAD 220, 221 — Principles of Accounting 3
ENGL 202 — World Literature or alternate . 3
Electives" 3
Total 15
Junior Year
BSAD 350 — Marketing Principles and
Organization 3
BSAD 351 — Marketing Management
BSAD 360 — Personnel Management I . . . . 3
BSAD 460 — Personnel Management II . . .
"DUC 300 — Human Development and
Learning 6
EDSE 423 — Field Experiences: Distribution
EDSE 415 — Financial & Economic
Education
Electives* 6
Total 18
3
3
4 or 3
3
3
3
(2)
(D
16
3
3
3
6
15
Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 155
Senior Year
EDUC 301— Foundations of Education ... 3
BSAD 380 — Business Law 3
'Electives 9
EDSE 343 — Curriculum, Instruction, and
Observation: Distributive Education ....
EDSE 330 — Principles of Secondary
Education
EDSE 363 — Student Teaching
EDSE 420 — Organization & Coordination
of DE 3
Total 15
• A minimum ot 55 semester hours ol courses in economics,
administration and business education are required.
DANCE EDUCATION
The Dance Education curriculum prepares stu-
dents for teaching in the public schools, for fur-
ther graduate study, and for possible teaching in
college.
Senior Year
EDUC 301 — Foundations of Education . . .
DANC — 484 — Theory and Philosophy of
Dance
DANC 492 — Percussion and Music Sources
for Dance
Electives
EDSE 342 — Curriculum, Instruction and
Observation
EDSE 330 — Principles and Methods of
Secondary Education
EDSE 362 — Student Teaching in Secondary
Schools
ENGLISH EDUCATION
A major in English requires 45 semester hours
as follows: ENGL 101; 201; 211 or 212; 481; 403 or
404 or 405; or 221 or 222; 482; 493; three hours
each in a type, and period; 9 hours electives. Re-
lated Fields: SPCH 100 and 240.
Freshman Year
ENGL 101 — Composition or alternate ....
ENGL 201 — World Literature or alternate .
ZOOL 101 — General Zoology
Social Science Elective
DANC 102 — Rhythmic Invention for Dance
DANC 100, 104 — Dance Techniques
DANC 200 — Introduction to Dance
MATH 110 — Introduction to Mathematics .
HLTH 105 — Science and Theory of Health
History
DART 120 Acting
Physical Education
Sophomore Year
ENGL 202 — World Literature or alternate .
MUSC 150 — Theory of Music or
MUSC 155 — Fundamentals for the
Classroom Teacher
ART (Studio or History)
ZOOL 201 — Human Anatomy and
Physiology
DANC 248 — Dance Techniques
DANC 348— Dance Techniques
DANC 208 — Elementary Dance Composition
Social Science Elective
MUSC 130 — Survey of Music Literature . .
ZOOL 202 — Human Anatomy and
Physiology
Elective
PHED 150 — Rhythmic Activities
Junior Year
History
DANC 470 — Creative Dance for Children .
DANC 400 — Advanced Choreographic
Forms
Electives
PHED 400 — Kinesiology
EDUC 300 — Human Developmental
Learning
DANC 389 — Dance Techniques
DANC 499 — Adv. Dance Techniques
DANC 305 — Development of Dance
Progression
Elective
(2)
3
(D
3
(D
Freshman Year
ENGL 101 — Composition 3
Social Science requirement 3 3
SPCH 100— Public Speaking .. 3
Foreign Language 3 3
Mathematics requirement 3 or 4
Science requirement . . 3 or 4
Physical Education (1) (1)
Elective . . 3
HLTH 105— Science and Theory of Health (2)
Total 15 or 16 16 or 17
Sophomore Year
ENGL 201; 202 or 211, 212 or 221, 222 .. . 3 3
SPCH 240— Oral Interpretation 3
History 3 3
Foreign Language 3 3
Science requirement 3 or 4
Fine Arts or Philosophy 3
Elective 3
Total 15 or 16 15
Junior Year
EDUC 300 — Human Development and
Learning 6
ENGL 403 or 404 or 405 3
American Literature and English Literature 3 3
ENGL 481 — Introduction to English
Grammar 3
ENGL 493 — Advanced Expository Writing. 3
English (period) 3
English (type) 3
ENGL 482— History of the English
Language 3
Free electives 3
Total 15 18
Senior Year
EDSE 344 — Curriculum, Instruction, and
Observation 3
EDSE 330 — Principles and Methods of
Secondary Education 3
EDSE 453 — The Teaching of Reading in the
Secondary Schools 3
EDSE 364 — Student Teaching in Secondary
Schools 8
156 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information
ENGL period (major figure)
EDUC 301 — Foundations of Education . . .
English electives
Total
FOREIGN LANGUAGE EDUCATION
The Foreign Language Education curriculum is
designed for prospective foreign language teach-
ers in elementary and secondary schools.
Elementary Education majors are required to
have a minimum of 24 semester hours in the for-
eign language plus EDEL 323, Foreign Language
Methods in the Elementary School. Foreign lan-
guage majors and Secondary Education foreign
language majors are also eligible for admission
into the FLES program. Interested students should
contact the Foreign Language Education advisor
in the Department of Secondary Education for
further information concerning the requirements
of FLES teachers.
CLASSICAL LANGUAGE— LATIN
A minor for teaching Latin requires 24 pre-
scribed semester hours based upon two years of
high school Latin. These students should take
LATN 203, 204, 305, 351, 352, 361, 401, 402. Stu-
dents who have had four years of high school Latin
should begin with LATN 305 and should select two
additional courses from among LATN 403, 404,
405.
Prospective Latin teachers are urged to elect
courses which relate to their teaching area: e.g.,
LATN 170; HIST 271; HIFN 456, 410, 411, 412;
ARTH 260; CMLT 401; and ENGL 482.
MODERN FOREIGN LANGUAGES
All prospective foreign language teachers must
take a minimum of 42 semester hours in the for-
eign languages including the following courses
which are required for certification: one year of
conversation, one year of advanced grammar and
composition, one year survey of literature, one
year of advanced literature (300 or 400 level) and
one year of advanced civilization courses (300 or
400 level) or previously approved equivalents.
Prospective MFL teachers are urged to elect
courses related to their teaching area and which
will provide an integrated yet broad cultural back-
ground: e.g., LATN 170 and basic Latin courses;
HIST 231, 232, and HIFN 455 (for Spanish majors);
HIST 241, 242, 251, 252; HIFN 424, 425, 432 (for
Russian majors); HIFN 444, 433 (for French ma-
jors); ARTH 260, 261; ECON 415, 418 (for Spanish
majors); ECON 482 (for Russian majors); GVPT
452 (for Spanish majors); CMLT 401, 402.
It is recommended that students who plan to
teach a foreign language contact the appropriate
Foreign Language Education advisor early in their
college career so that they can plan an integrated
program of specialized, professional and liberal
education.
SECONDARY FOREIGN LANGUAGE EDUCATION
Semester
Freshman Year I ||
ENGL 101 — Composition or alternate .... 3
ENGL 201— World Literature or alternate 3
Social Science requirement 3 3
Science or Mathematics requirements , . 3 or 4 3 or 4
SPCH 100— Public Speaking 3
HLTH 105 — Science and Theory of Health . . (2)
Physical Education (1) (1)
Intermediate Foreign Language (or
appropriate level as certified by placement
test) 3 3
Total 16 or 17 15 or 16
Sophomore Year
ENGL 202— World Literature or alternate . 3
History requirements 3 3
Science or Mathematics requirements ... 3 or 4 3 or 4
Fine Arts or Philosophy requirements .... 3
Foreign Languages — Conversation, Composition.
or Literature 3 3
Electives (not in Foreign Languages) .... 3 3
Total 15 or 16 15 or 16
Junior Year
EDUC 300 — Human Development and
Learning 6
Foreign Language— Composition and Style 3 3
Foreign Language — Literature 3 3
Foreign Language — Advanced
Conversation 3 3
Electives . . 6
Total 15 15
Senior Year
EDUC 301 — Foundations of Education ... .. 3
EDSE 345 — Curriculum, Instruction and
Observation 3
EDSE 330 — Principles and Methods of
Secondary Education 3
EDSE 365 — Student Teaching in the
Secondary Schools 8
Elective from EDUC 440 — Audio-Visual
Education, EDMS 410 — Educational
Measurement, EDEL 425 — The Teaching
of Reading, EDSE 499T — Teaching English
as a Second Language, EDSE 499 X-Bi-
Lingual Education 2 or 3
Foreign Language — Advanced Literature
(400 level) 6
Foreign Language 331, 332 —
Civilization* . . 3
Elective in Foreign Language or related area
(e.g. Foreign Language, 300 or 400 level.
History of France, Introduction Linguistics
is recommended) . . 3 or 6
Total 16 or 17 15 or 18
* Courses in related disciplines may be substituted with pen
Adviser in College ot Education.
HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION
The Home Economics Education curriculum is
designed for students who are preparing to teach
home economics in the secondary schools. It in-
cludes study of each area of home economics and
the supporting disciplines.
Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 157
Fifteen hours of the total curriculum include an
area of concentration which must be unified in
content and which will be chosen by the student.*
EDUC 301 — Foundations of Education
Area of Concentration*
Semester
Freshman Year I
ENGL 101, 171 — Composition or alternate 3
SOCY 100 — Introduction to Sociology .... 3
FMCD 105 — Introduction to Family Living. 3
FOOD 110 — Food and Nutr. of Indiv.
and Fam. or NUTR 100 — Elements of
Nutrition 3
MATH requirement 3 or 4
PHED (D
EDSE 151 — Freshman Seminar in Home Ec.
Education
PSYC 100 — Introduction to Psychology. . .
APDS 101 — Fundamentals of Design ....
ENGL — Literature
HLTH 105 — Science and Theory of Health
TEXT 105 — Textiles and Clothing
in Contemp. Living
Total 17 or 18
Sophomore Year
ENGL — Literature
History
CHEM 103— College Chemistry I
HSAD 240 — Design and Furnishings in the
Home or HSAD 241 — Family Housing . .
SPCH 100 — Public Speaking
EDSE 210 — Sophomore Seminar in Home
Economics Education
TXAP 221— Apparel I
History
CHEM 104— College Chemistry II
FOOD 200 — Scientific Principles of Food.
Fine Arts or Philosophy requirement
FMCD 250 — Decision Making in Family
Living
Total
Junior Year
EDUC 300 — Human Development and
Learning
FOOD 260 — Meal Management
FMCD 341 — Personal and Family Finance
or alternative
Area of concentration
EDSE 423A Fid Exp (Child Dev Lab)
FMCD 332 — The Child in the Family or
EDHD 411— Child Growth and
Development
ECON 205 — Fundamentals of Economics .
EDSE 425 — Problems in Teaching Home
Economics
ZOOL 101 or MICB 200
Area of concentration
Total
Senior Year
EDSE 347 — Curriculum, Instruction &
Observation' *
EDSE 330 — Principles & Methods of
Secondary Education' *
EDSE 370 — Student Teaching in Secondary
Schools: Home Economics"
FMCD 344 — Resident Experience in Home
Management or FMCD 345D— H.M.
Practicum
FMCD 260— Family Relations or SOCY 443
The Family and Society
(D
3
3
3
(2)
Total 14-17 15-18
Area ol Concentration: 15 semester hours.
A) Including maximum ol two home economics courses, with the re-
mainder of the 15 hours in supporting behavioral, physical and biologi-
cal sciences, philosophy, special education, or human development.
B) Ol the 15 hours, nine must be upper division.
Student teaching block.
MATHEMATICS EDUCATION
A major in mathematics requires the completion
of MATH 241 or its equivalent and a minimum of
15 semester hours of mathematics courses at the
400 level. These 400 level courses must include
MATH 403, 450 and one of the geometry courses,
430 or 437. The remainder of the courses in mathe-
matics are to be selected with the approval of the
advisor. The major must be supported by one of
the following science sequences: CHEM 103 and
104; PHYS 181 and 182 or 221 and 222 or 161 and
262; BOTN 100 and three hours in BOTN courses
for which BOTN 100 is a prerequisite; two courses
chosen from ZOOL 101, 102, 290, 246, 201 or
equivalent; ASTR 110 and 180 and three more
hours of astronomy (not including ASTR 100 or
105); MICB 200 plus three hours of microbiology
courses.
Freshman Year
SPCH 100— Public Speaking
ENGL 101 — Composition or alternate ....
Fine Arts and Philosophy requirement ....
Social Science requirement
MATH 115, 140 — Introductory Analysis and
Analysis I
HLTH 105— Science and Theory of Health
Physical Education
— Physical Activities
Electives
Total
3
(2)
3
(1)
3
Sophomore Year
ENGL 201, 202— World Literature or
alternate
History requirement
Science requirement
MATH 141, 240— Analysis I and
Linear Algebra
Electives
Total
Junior Year
MATH 241— Analysis IV
MATH 403 — Introduction to Abstract
Algebra
Math, electives, including Geometry
requirement
EDUC 300 — Human Development and
Learning
Electives
Total
Senior Year
EDSE 330 — Principles and Methods of
Secondary Education
EDSE 350 — Curriculum. Instruction, and
Observation — Mathematics
158 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information
EDSE 372 — Student Teaching in Secondary
8
3
MATH 450 — Fundamental Concepts ot
3
3
EDUC 301 — Foundations ol Education . . .
3
6
Total
17
15
MUSIC EDUCATION
The curriculum in music leads to a Bachelor of
Science degree in education with a major in music
education. It is planned to meet the growing de-
mand for specialists, supervisors and resource
teachers in music in the schools. The program pro-
vides training in the teaching of vocal and instru-
mental music and leads to certification to teach
music at both elementary and secondary school
levels in Maryland and many other states. There
are two options. The vocal option is for students
whose principal instrument is voice or piano; the
instrumental option is for students whose principal
instrument is an orchestral instrument.
All students are carefully observed at various
stages of their programs by members of the Music
Education faculty. This is intended to insure the
maximum development and growth of each stu-
dent's professional and personal competencies.
Each student is assigned to an advisor who guides
him through the various stages of advancement in
the program of music and music education.
INSTRUMENTAL OPTION
Semester
Freshman Year I II
MUSC 108. 109 — Applied Music (principal
instr.) 2 2
MUSC 131 — Introduction to Music 3
MUSC 150, 151— Theory ot Music 3 3
MUSC 101, 103— Class Piano 2 2
ENGL 101 — Composition or alternate .... .. 3
SPCH 110— Voice and Diction 3
Social Science requirements 3 3
MATH 105 — Fundamentals of Mathematics
or MATH 110 — Introduction to
Mathematics . . 4 or 3
Total 16 17or16
MUSC 129G— Orchestra or MUSC 129—
Band (1) (1)
HLTH 105— Science and Theory of Health (2)
Physical Education (1) (1)
Sophomore Year
MUSC 208. 209 — Applied Music (principal
instr.) 2 2
MUSC 250, 251 — Advanced Theory of Music 4 4
MUSC 113, 114, 116. 117— Class Study of
Instruments (3-4 courses) 2 or 4 2 or 4
ENGL 201, 202— World Literature or
alternates 3 3
Biological Science requirement 4
Physical Science requirement . . 3
Total 15 or 17 14 or 16
MUSC 229G— Orchestra or MUSC 229I —
Band (1) (1)
MUSC 129— Chamber Music Ensemble
elective) (1) (1)
Junior Year
MUSC 408, 409 — Applied Music (principal
instr.) 2 2
MUSC 330. 331— History of Music 3 3
MUSC 490, 491— Conducting 2 2
MUSC 120, 213— Class Study of Instruments
(2 or 3 courses) 2 4 or 2
MUED 410 — Methods of Class Instrumental
Instruction 2
MUED 470 — Music in Secondary Schools 2
EDUC 300 — Human Development and
Learning 6
Elective 3
Total 17 16 or 14
MUSC 329G— Orchestra or MUSC 329I —
Band (1) (1)
MUSC 329— Chamber Music Ensemble
(elective) (1) (1)
Senior Year
MUSC 418 — Applied Music (principal
instr.) 2
MUSC 100— Class Voice 2
MUSC 486— Orchestration 2 or 3
MUED 420 — Band and Orchestra Techniques
and Administration 2
EDSE 373, EDEL 335— Student Teaching . 8
EDUC 301— Foundations of Education ... 3
EDSE 330— Principles and Methods of
Secondary Education 3
History requirement 3 3
Total 15 or 16 13
MUSC 329G— Orchestra or MUSC 329I —
Band (1) (1)
Muse 329 — Chamber Music Ensemble
(elective) (1) (1)
VOCAL OPTION
Freshman Year
MUSC 108. 109— Applied Music (principal
instr.)
MUSC 131 — Introduction to Music
MUSC 150, 151— Theory of Music
MUSC 100— Class Voice MUSC 099B.
Applied Music (voice) — MUSC 102, 103 —
Class Piano
ENGL 101 — Composition or alternate ....
SPCH 110— Voice and Diction
Social Science requirement
MATH 105 — Fundamentals of Mathematics or
MATH 110 — Introduction to Mathematics
Total
MUSC 129A— Men's Glee Club, MUSC 129B—
Women's Chorus, MUSC 129 — Chamber
Ensemble, or MUSC 129C — University
Choir
HLTH 105 — Science and Theory of Health
Physical Education
Sophomore Year
MUSC 208. 209 — Applied Music (principal
instr.)
MUSC 200, 201 — Advanced Class Voice . .
MUSC 202. 203 — Advanced Class Piano . .
4 or 3
16 17or16
(1)
(D
(2)
(D
(D
2
2
2
2
2
2
Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 159
MUSC 250, 251 — Advanced Theory of
Music 4
ENGL 201, 202— World Literature or
alternates 3
Biological Science requirement 4
Physical Science requirement
Total 17
MUSC 229A— Men's Glee Club, MUSC 229B—
Women's Chorus, MUSC 229 — Chamber
Music Ensemble, or MUSC 229C— University
Choir (1)
Junior Year
MUSC 408. 409 — Applied Music (principal
instr.) 2
MUSC 110— Class Study of String
Instruments, 111 — Class Study of Wind
Instruments 2
MUSC 330, 331— History of Music 3
MUSC 490. 491— Conducting 2
MUED 462 — Music for the Elementary
School Specialist 2
MUED 470 — Music in Secondary Schools
EDUC 300 — Human Development and
Learning
Elective 3
Total 14
MUSC 329A— Men's Glee Club, MUSC 329B—
Women's Chorus, MUSC 329 — Chamber Music
Ensemble, or MUSC 329C — University
Choir (1)
Senior Year
MUSC 410 — Applied Music (principal
instr.) 2
MUED 480 — The Vocal Music Teacher and
School Organization 2
MUED 472 — Methods and Materials in Vocal
Music for Secondary Schools
EDSE 330— Principles and Methods of
Secondary Education 3
EDUC 301 — Foundations of Education .
EDSE 372, EDEL 335— Student Teaching . 4
History requirement 3
Total 14
MUSC 329A— Men's Glee Club, MUSC 329B—
Women's Chorus, MUSC 329— Chamber Music
Ensemble, or MUSC 329C — University
Choir (1)
PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND HEALTH
EDUCATION
This curriculum is designed to prepare students
for teaching physical education in elementary and
secondary schools. To obtain full particulars on
course requirements, the student should refer to
the sections on the Department of Physical Edu-
cation and the Department of Health Education.
SCIENCE EDUCATION
A science major consists of 52 semester hours
study in the academic sciences.
The following courses are required for all Sci-
ence Education majors: BOTN 100; CHEM 103;
CHEM 104; PHYS 121, 122 or 221, 222 or ZOOL
(1)
101 ; and a year of mathematics. Additional courses
are selected from the academic sciences, with the
approval of the student's advisor, so as to provide
a minimum of 36 hours in a particular science
teaching area, e.g., biology, chemistry, physics,
and earth sciences, as noted below.
Preparation for biology teaching will include
BOTN 202; ZOOL 102; MICB 200; genetics (ZOOL
246 or BOTN 414); Human Anatomy and Physi-
ology (ZOOL 201 and/or 202); a field course in
both Botany and Zoology (BOTN 212, 462-464, or
417; ZOOL 470, 480 or ENTM 200); CHEM 201,
202.
Preparation for chemistry teaching will include
CHEM 103, 104, 201, 202, 203, 204, 481, 482, 498
and upper division courses such as CHEM 321,
401, 403, 421, 440, 461. Math preparation should
include MATH 115, 140, 141. MATH 240 and 241
or 246 are also recommended.
Preparation for physics teaching will include
math through at least MATH 240, with 241 and 246
also recommended. Physics courses will include
introductory physics with calculus (PHYS 221,
222), lab courses (PHYS 285, 286), Intermediate
Theoretical Physics 404, 405, and Modern Physics
(PHYS 420). In addition, a physics teacher should
take course work in Astronomy (110, 180). Partici-
pation in PSSC or Harvard Project Physics courses
(when offered) would be desirable.
Preparation for earth science teaching will in-
clude one year of biology (BOTN 100 and ZOOL
101), one year of chemistry (CHEM 103 and 104),
one year of physics (PHYS 221, 222 preferred),
MATH 115 and 140, and at least 30 hours of earth
sciences with 18 hours concentration in one of
the earth science fields and six hours minimum in
each of two other earth science areas: GEOL 100,
102, 110, 421, 422, 431, 441, 460, 489, 499; ASTR
100 and 105, 110, 180, 410, 498; GEOG 440, 445,
446, 441, 370, 372, 462.
Freshman Year
ENGL 101— Composition
BOTN 100 — General Botany
CHEM 103, 104— General Chemistry .
MATH 115— Introductory Analysis, MATH
140— Analysis. MATH 110, 111
Physical Education
ZOOL 101— General Zoology
HLTH 105— Science and Theory of Health
Total
Semester
I I
3
4
4
4
111
4
(2)
Sophomore Year
English Literature
History requirement
PHYS 121, 122 — Fundamentals of Physics, or
PHYS 221, 222— General Physics:
Mechanics, Heat and Sound, or PHYS
161, 262. 263
Science
Arts or Philosophy requirement
SPCH 100— Public Speaking
4 or 5
3 or 4
4 or 5
3 or 4
3
Total
16 or 18 16 or 18
160 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information
Junior Year
EDUC 300 — Human Development and
Learning
Science and Mathematics
General Education requirements
Total
Senior Year
EDSE 352 — Curriculum, Instruction, and
Observation
EDSE 330 — Principles and Methods ot
Secondary Education
EDSE 375 — Student Teaching in the
Secondary Schools
EDUC 301— Foundations of Education .
Science and Mathematics
Total
SOCIAL STUDIES EDUCATION
OPTION I (HISTORY CONCENTRATION)
Requires 54 semester hours of which at least 27
must be in history, including HIST 221, 222, 241,
242 and 12 hours of 300 or 400-level history
courses including HIST 389; 30 hours of related
social sciences as outlined below:
At least one course in each of the following
areas: geography, sociology, (or ANTH 101) gov-
ernment and politics, and two courses in econom-
ics. Fifteen semester hours of social science elec-
tees are required of which nine hours must be in
the 300 or 400 level. These courses may be se-
lected from any one or combination of relevent
fields. The selection of the courses or fields are
at the discretion of the adviser as a defensible
area of study.
OPTION II (GEOGRAPHY CONCENTRATION)
Requires 27 semester hours in geography and
30 semester hours in history and social science.
The geography requirements are GEOG 201, 202,
203, 490, 6 hours of upper-division systematic
geography, and 3 hours of regional geography.
The history and social science requirements are:
SOCY 100 (or ANTH 101), ECON 110 and 205,
GVPT 110, HIST 221, 222, plus two 300 or 400 level
history electives. Either option must include one
course concerning ethnic or cultural minorities.
Semester
Freshman Year I II
ENGL 101 — Composition . . 3
SPCH 100 — Public Speaking 3
Foreign Languages 3 3
Mathematics requirement 3 or 4
Science requirement . . 3 or 4
HIST 221, 222— History ot The United States
to 1865, History of The United States
since 1865 3 3
Fine Arts or Philosophy requirement .... .. 3
HLTH 105— Science and Theory of Health (2)
Physical Education (1) (1)
Total 15 or 16 16 or 17
Sophomore Year
English Literature 3
HIST 241. 242— Western Civilization . 3
GEOG 100 — Introduction to Geography . 3
GVPT 170 — American Government
Science requirement 3 or 4
Foreign Languages 3
SOCY 100— Introduction to Sociology (or
ANTH 101) 3
ECON 110 — Economic Developments ....
Total 18 or 19
Junior Year
ECON 205 — Fundamentals of Economics
History electives
EDUC 300 — Human Development and
Learning
History elective (300 or 400 level)
Social Science electives
Total
Senior Year
EDUC 301 — Foundations of Education . . .
HIST 389 — Proseminar in Historical Writing
Social Science electives
Electives
EDSE 353 — Curriculum, Instruction and
Observation
EDSE 330— Principles and Methods of
Secondary Education
Elective from EDMS 410: EDUC 440;
EDSE 453, 499
EDSE 376 — Student Teaching in Secondary
Schools
Total
SPEECH EDUCATION
A major in speech requires 37 semester hours.
It is the policy to build a program of study in an-
ticipation of the needs of prospective teachers in
the communication field of speech and drama.
The following speech courses are required: SPCH
100, 200, 110, 220, 350, 325, DART 120, and SPHR
302, plus 15 hours of electives in speech and
drama. A teaching minor in English is also recom-
mended. Students desiring a Bachelor of Arts de-
gree also must meet departmental foreign lan-
guage requirements.
Semester
I II
3
3
3
Freshman Year
SPCH 100 — Public Speaking
English Composition
Social Science requirements
RATV 124
Science requirement
English Literature
SPCH 110 — Voice and Diction
History requirement
Physical Education
HLTH 105— Science and Theory of Health.
DART 110 — Introduction to the Theatre ..
Total
Sophomore Year
English Literature
SPCH 200— Advanced Public Speaking . .
SPCH 220 — Group Discussion
Science requirement
d)
(2)
3
3
3
3
3
(D
19
Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 161
DART 120— Acting
SPCH 350 — Fundamentals of Speech
Communication
MATH 105 — Fundamentals of Mathematics
History requirement
Minor requirement
General elective
Total
Junior Year
DART 311 — Play Production
EDUC 300 — Human Development and
Learning
SPHR 302 — Handicapped School Children
Speech electives
Minor requirements
SPCH 325 — Parliamentary Law
General electives
Total
Senior Year
DART 330 — Play Directing
EDSE 354 — Curriculum, Instruction, and
Observation
EDSE 330 — Principles and Methods of
Secondary Education
Elective from EDMS 410, EDUC 440,
EDSE 453
EDSE 377 — Student Teaching in Secondary
Schools
SPCH 230— Debate
Minor requirements
EDUC 301 — Foundations of Education ....
General elective
Total
Course Code Prefix— EDSE
DEPARTMENT OF
SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY
Professor and Chairman: Ellis.
Assistant Professor and Vice Chairman: Federico.
Professor and Director of the Division of Crim-
inology: Lejins.
Professor and Director of the Division of Anthro-
pology: Kerley.
Professors: Dager, Janes.
Associate Professors: Anderson, Braungart,
Coates, Cussler, Henkel, Hirzel, Hoffman, Mc-
Intyre, Williams.
Assistant Professors: Bateman, Debro, Fidelholtz,
Franz, Harper, Hornung, Hunt, Kruegel, Leng-
ermann, Maida, Mortimer, Rosen, Schwartz, Si-
mons, Thomas, Wellford.
Lecturers: Clymer, Cosnow, Thurman.
SOCIOLOGY
The major in sociology offers: (1) a liberal edu-
cation especially directed toward understanding
the complexities of modern society and its social
problems; (2) a broad preparation for various
types of professions, occupations and services
dealing with people; (3) a more specific prepara-
tion in the areas in which the department offers
specialization such as criminology and correc-
tions, community studies, etc.; (4) preparation of
qualified students for graduate training in soci-
ology. A comprehensive set of courses in anthro-
pology is provided by that division and a major
is offered. Statements on course requirements and
recommended courses in these areas are avail-
able in the departmental office.
A minimum of 30 hours in sociology is required
of majors. Required courses include SOCY 100,
SOCY 200, SOCY 201, SOCY 400, SOCY 402. Stu-
dents interested in the honors program should
check their eligibility with the Department's Hon-
ors Committee.
Course Code Prefix — SOCY
DEPARTMENT OF
SPANISH AND PORTUGUESE
LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES
Professor and Chairman: Hesse.
Professors: Goodwyn, Gramberg, Marra-Lopez,
Mendeloff, Nemes, Parsons (Emeritus), Rand
(Emerita).
Associate Professor: Rovner.
Assistant Professors: DeLorenzo, Natella, Norton,
Sosnowski.
Lecturer: Rentz.
Instructors: Borroto, Diz, Feustle, Raggio, Sendra,
Villavicencio, Wooldridge.
MAJORS
Two types of undergraduate majors are offered
in Spanish: one for the general student or the
future teacher, and the other for those interested
in a rounded study of a foreign area for the pur-
pose of understanding another nation through
its literature, history, sociology, economics, and
other aspects. Both of these majors confer the
B.A. degree.
An undergraduate major in either language and
literature or area studies requires a total of 39
hours with a C average, above the basic foreign
language requirement.
LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE MAJOR
Courses: SPAN 201, 221, 301-302; 311 or 312,
321-322 or 323-324; 401 or 402 plus five courses
on the 400 level in literature (one of which may
be elected outside of the field of literature) for a
total of 39 hours.
Twelve hours of supporting courses, two of
which must be on the 300 and 400 level in a sin-
gle department other than the major and educa-
tion. Suggested areas: government and politics,
art, history, philosophy and comparative literature.
etc., for a combined total of 51 hours.
FOREIGN AREA MAJOR
The area study major in Spanish endeavors to
provide the student with the knowledge of the
162 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information
various aspects of Spain and Spanish America.
Specific requirements in this major are SPAN 201,
301-302, 311-312, 321-322 or 323-324, 424-425 or
446-447, and four semester courses in Spanish
literature numbered 408-498, for a total of 39
hours.
Twelve hours of supporting courses, six of
which must be on the 300-400 level in a single
department other than the major and education.
Suggested areas: economics, government and
politics, geography, history, philosophy, etc., for
a combined total of 51 hours.
HONORS IN SPANISH
A student whose major is Spanish and who, at
the time of application, has a general academic
average of 3.0 and 3.5 in his major field may apply
to the Chairman of the Honors Committee for ad-
mission to the Honors Program of the department.
Honors work normally begins in the first semester
of the junior year, but a qualified student may
enter as early as the sophomore year or as late
as the second semester of the junior year. Honors
students are required to take two courses from
those numbered 491, 492, 493 and the seminar
numbered 496, as well as to meet other require-
ments for a major in Spanish. There will be a final
comprehensive examination covering the honors
reading list, which must be taken by all gradu-
ating seniors who are candidates for honors. Ad-
mission of students to the Honors Program, their
continuance in the program, and the final award
of honors are the prerogative of the Departmental
Honors Committee.
ELEMENTARY HONORS
Course 102H in Spanish is limited to specially
approved candidates who have passed course 101
with high grades, and will allow them to enter
104H or 201.
LOWER DIVISION COURSES
The elementary and intermediate courses in
Spanish consist of three semesters of four credits
each (101, 102, 104). The language requirement
is satisfied by passing 104 or equivalent.
Spanish 101 may be taken for credit by those
students who have had two or more years of Span-
ish in high school, provided there has been a
lapse of at least four years between the date of
their last high school course in Spanish and the
date of their first Spanish course at the University.
Transfer students with college credit have the
option of continuing at the next level of study, or
of taking a placement examination, or of electing
courses 103 or 104. If a transfer student takes
course 103 for credit, he retains transfer credit
only for the equivalent of course 101. A transfer
student placing lower than his training should war-
rant may ignore the placement but DOES SO AT
HIS OWN RISK. If he takes 104 for credit, he re-
tains transfer credit for the equivalent of courses
101 and 102.
A student whose native language is Spanish
or Portuguese may not use either language to sat-
isfy the Arts and Sciences language requirement.
If a student has received a D in a course, ad-
vanced and completed the next higher course, he
cannot go back and repeat the original D.
No credit will be given for a single semester ol
first year Spanish or Portuguese.
Courses Code Prefix— SPAN, PORT
DEPARTMENT OF
SPECIAL EDUCATION
Faculty: Samuel C. Ashcroft, Jean R. Hebeler,
Mildred Holt, Linda Jacobs, William Porter, Mar-
garet Rogers, Kathleen Saettler, Eric Seidman,
Betty H. Simms.
The Special Education Department offers an un-
dergraduate program which prepares students for
a teaching position in either an elementary or sec-
ondary level special education program. Students
who complete the undergraduate program receive
the Bachelor of Science degree and meet Mary-
land State Department of Education requirements
for the standard professional certificate in special
education.
Students at the undergraduate level pursue a
sequential program in the broad area of learning
differences, concentrating either in the area of the
mentally retarded, learning disabilities (perceptu-
ally impaired) or the gifted. Field experiences are
required of all students in the department prior to
their student teaching experiences. An area of aca-
demic content consisting of 15 credit hours be-
yond the General Education Requirement in an
are is included in each student's program. This
supporting academic content may be developed
in and among the areas of psychology, sociology,
anthropology, and speech and hearing.
A minimum of 129 semester hours plus the four
required hours in health and physical education
are necessary for graduation.
Each undergraduate student is assigned a fac-
ulty advisor. The student consults with his advisor
regarding specific details of his program, alterna-
tives, etc. The following represents a "typical"
program.
Semester
Freshman Year I II
ENGL 101 — Composition or alternate .... 3
English Literature . . 3
PSYCH 100 — Introduction to Psychology . 3
SOCY 100 — Introduction to Sociology ... 3
GEOG 100 — Introduction to Geography .. .. 3
ARTE 100 — Fundamentals of Art Education 3
MUSC 155 — Fundamentals for the Classroom
Teacher 3
Biological Sciences 3 or 4
Physical Education (1) (1)
HEALTH (2)
FINE ARTS (Art. Dance. Music, Philosophy) . . 3
15or16 16
Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 163
Sophomore Year
English Literature 3
U. S. History 3
History . . 3
Physical Science 3 or 4
SCIENCE (Physical or Biological) .. 3 or 4
MATH 210 — Elements of Mathematics ... 4
MATH 211 — Elements of Geometry 4
SPHR 202 — Fundamentals of General
American Speech or SPCH 100 — Public
Speaking, or SPCH 110 — Voice and
Diction . . 3
Academic Content or elective 3 3
EDSP 288 — Special Problems in
Special Education 1
17or18 16or17
Junior Year
HISTORY . . 3
EDUC 300 — Human Development and
Learning 6
EDEL 302 — Science in the Elementary
School 2
EDEL 326— The Teaching of Reading .... 2
EDEL 405— Language Arts in the Elementary
School 2
EDEL 407 — Social Studies in the Elementary
School . . 2
EDEL 414 — Mathematics in the Elementary
School 2
EDSP 470 — Introduction to Special
Education 3
EDSP 471, 481, 491 — Characteristics of
Exceptional Children . . 3
471 — Mentally Retarded or
481— Gifted or
491 — Learning Disabilities (Perceptually
Impaired)
EDSP 472, 482 492— Education of
Exceptional Children
472 — Mentally Retarded or
482— Gifted or
492 — Learning Disabilities (Perceptually
Impaired 3
Electives, Suporting Acadamic Content... 3
16 15
Senior Year
EDUC 301 — Foundations of Education ... 3
PHED 420 — Physical Education in the Elementary
Schools (3) or MUED 352— Music for the
Elementary Classroom Teacher (2) or EDEL
412 — Art in the Elementary School (2) 2 or 3
EDSP 473, 483 — Curriculum for Exceptional
Children
473 — Mentally Retarded or
483— Gifted or
493 — Learning Disabilities (Perceptually
Impaired) 3
EDEL 333— Student Teaching in the
Elementary School 8
EDSP 349 — Student Teaching of Exceptional
Children 8
Electives. Supporting Academic Content 9
17to18 16
DEPARTMENT OF
SPEECH AND DRAMATIC ART
Professor and Chairman: Aylward.
Professors: Newby, Pugliese, Strausbaugh.
Associate Professor and Associate Chairman:
Linkow.
Associate Professors: Baker, Farquhar, Kirkley,
O'Leary, Meersman, Niemeyer.
Research Professor: Causey.
Research Associate Professor: Spuehler.
Assistant Professors: Bankson, Canetta, Cicci,*
Doudna, Hamlet, Kumin, Provensen, Rebach,
Starcher, Urban,* Vaughan, G. S. Weiss, Wolvin,
Zelenka.
Visiting Assistant Professor: Worthington.
Assistant Research Professors: Nabelek, Elkins.
Instructors: Blum, Boss, Buenger, Caudill, Ciar-
anello, Corea, Cohen, DuMonceau, Elliott, Geof-
frey, Hard, Harris, Jones, Lea, McCleary, May-
nard, Mosbo, Pearson, Roberts, Rosenthal, Se-
rota, Slattum.
Lecturers: Abrams, Jamieson, F. Weiss.
Research Associates: Revoile, Wintercorn.
Course Code Prefix— EDSP
* Joint appointment with School ot Medicine
The departmental curricula lead to the Bachelor
of Arts degree and permit the student to develop
a program with emphasis in one of the four areas
of the department: (1) Speech communication
(rhetoric, public address, communication theory,
oral interpretation, organizational communica-
tion, and interpersonal communication, (2) Dra-
matic art (educational theater, acting, directing,
producing, theater history, and technical theater),
(3) Radio-television-film (broadcasting, program-
ming, directing, broadcast law and regulation, in-
ternational broadcasting, film production, and con-
temporary cinema), (4) Speech and hearing sci-
ence (phonetics, speech and hearing therapy,
speech pathology, and audiology). In cooperation
with the Department of Secondary Education, the
department provides an opportunity for teacher
certification in the speech and drama education
program.
The curriculum is designed to provide: (1) a
liberal education through special study of the
arts and sciences of human communication, (2)
preparation for numerous opportunities in busi-
ness, government, media and related industries,
and education.
Since communication is a dynamic field, the
course offerings are under constant review and
development, and the interested student should
obtain specific information about a possible pro-
gram from a departmental advisor.
The major requirements are: 30 hours of course
work in any of the divisions exclusive of those
courses taken to satisfy General Education or
college requirements. Of the 30 hours, at least 15
must be upper division, in the 300 or 400 series.
164 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information
No course with a grade less than C may be used
to satisfy major requirements.
Each of the possible concentrations in the de-
partment requires certain courses in order to
provide a firm foundation for the work in that
area. Specific information about these course re-
quirements and course options for the supporting
(minor) program should be obtained from an ad-
visor in the particular area.
The department offers numerous specialized
opportunities for those interested through co-cur-
ricular activities in theater, film, television, read-
ers' theatre, debate and forensics. For the su-
perior student an Honors Program is available,
and interested students should consult their ad-
visor for further information no later than the be-
ginning of their junior year.
Course Code Prefixes— SPCH. SPHR. DART. RATV
DEPARTMENT OF
TEXTILES AND
CONSUMER ECONOMICS
Professor and Chairman: Smith.
Professor: Dardis.
Associate Professor: Buck.
Assistant Professors: Heagney, Spivak and Wilbur.
Visiting Professor: Thain.
Instructors: Mihelcic and Pledger.
Lecturer: Hacklander.
Students may select one of four majors. Each
offers diverse professional opportunities. Through
supportive courses students add to their major
studies a concentration of work in an allied area
such as art, business, economics, family services,
journalism, sciences, or speech and dramatic art.
In the textile science major emphasis is placed
on the scientific and technological aspects of the
field. Graduates will be qualified for employment
in many facets of the textile industry including re-
search and testing laboratories, consumer techni-
cal service and marketing programs, and in buy-
ing and product evaluation.
In the textiles and apparel major emphasis is
placed on the cultural, economic and professional
aspects of the field. Students are prepared for ca-
reers in fashion merchandising and promotion, in-
struction and demonstration with business and
educational organizations, fashion designing, con-
sumer services, and technical or managerial po-
sitions with a clothing manufacturer.
Graduates of the textile marketing major will
be qualified for careers in business where they
will function as communicators between the textile
producer and consumer in merchandising and
fashion promotion, in consumer education pro-
grams and in textile production promotion and de-
velopment.
Graduates completing the major in consumer
economics will be able to provide liaison between
the consumer and producers and distributors of
goods and services utilized directly by families
and may work in consumer education programs,
in marketing and consumer relation divisions in
business and industry, or in government agencies
providing consumer services.
A department Honors Program permits out-
standing undergraduates to explore in depth on
an individual basis a program of work which will
strengthen their undergraduate program and their
professional interests. Students selected for the
program must have a "B" average or better to be
considered. Students in the honors program par-
ticipate in a junior honors seminar and present
a senior thesis.
Freshman Year (Common To All Majors)
English 101 and 201 3 3
Math 105. 110 or 115 3-4
Sociology 100 3
Speech 107 or 100 2-3
College Core Course 3
Textiles in Contemporary Living TEXT 105 ... 3
Physical Science (CHEM 103. 104 or 105. 106) 4 4
Health 105 (2)
Physical Education (1) (1)
17-18 15-16
TEXTILES AND APPAREL
Sophomore Year
English 202 3
Economics 201 and 203 3
Psychology 100
College Core Course 3
Apparel I & II TXAP 221 & 222 3
Introduction to Textile Materials TEXT 150 . . 3
Textile Materials: Evaluation and Characteriza-
tion TEXT 250
Elective
15
Junior Year
College Core Course
Apparel Design: Draping TXAP 420 or
Apparel Design: Experimental Processes
TXAP 425
Textile Science: Chemical Structure and
Properties of Fibers TEXT 452 or
Environmental Textiles TEXT 355
History
Fine Arts Requirement
Marketing BSAD 350
Home Economics Electives
Electives
Senior Year
TXAP 441 — Clothing and Human Behavior or
CNEC 437 — Consumer Behavior
TEXT 465 — Economics of the Textile and
Apparel Industries or CNEC 435 —
Economics of Consumption
History
Home Economics Elective
Electives
Semester
Hours
Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 165
TEXTILE MARKETING
Sophomore Year
English 202 3
Economics 201 and 203 3
Psychology 100
College Core Course 3
TXAP 221 and 222 or
Home Economics Electives 3
Introduction to Textile Materials TEXT 150 .. . 3
Textile Materials: Evaluation and Characteriza-
tion TEXT 250
Elective
15
Junior Year
College Core Course
Textile Science: Chemical Structure and
Properties of Fibers TEXT 452 or
Environmental Textiles TEXT 355
Fine Arts Requirement
History
Marketing BSAD 350
Journalism 341, 330, 371, 331 (or alternative)
RATV 315 (or alternative)
Electives
Senior Year
Clothing and Human Behavior TXAP 441 or
Consumer Behavior CNEC 437
Economics of the Textile and Apparel
Industries TEXT 465
Statistics BSAD 230
BSAD 352, 450 or 452
Electives
TEXTILE SCIENCE
Sophomore Year
English 202 3
College Core Course
Psychology 100
Introduction to Textiles TEXT 150 . .3
Textile Materials: Evaluation and Characteriza-
tion TEXT 250
Chemistry 201, 202, 203, 204 or 211. 212.
213, 214 5
Math 140. 141 or 110, 111 3-4
14-15
Junior Year
Fine Arts Requirement
Physics 121, 122 or 161, 262
Textile Science: Chemical Structure and
Properties of Fibers TEXT 452
College Core Course
Sociology 100
Statistics
Economics 201 and 203
Electives
Semester
Hours
3
3
3
20-21
32-33
Semester
Hours
3
3
5
3-4
Senior Year
Textile Science: Finishes TEXT 454 or
Textile Science: Chemistry and Physics of Fibers
and Polymers TEXT 456
Economics of the Textile and Apparel
Industries TEXT 465 or
Economics of Consumption CNEC 435
History
Electives
CONSUMER ECONOMICS
Sophomore Year
English 202 3
Economics 201 and 203 3
Psychology 100
College Core Course 3
Family Housing HSAD 241
College Core Course 3
Math 111 or 140 or Statistics BSAD 230 3-4
Consumer Product Information
Elective (Math 141 for students completing
this math sequence)
15-16
Junior Year
Economics of Consumption CNEC 435
Fine Arts Requirement
Consumer Product Information
Statistics BSAD 230 or 330
Economics 401 and 403
Electives
Senior Year
Consumer Behavior CNEC 437
The Consumer and the Law CNEC 431
History
Marketing BSAD 350
Electives
Semester
Hours
3?
Course Code Prefixes— TEXT. TXAP, CNEC
DEPARTMENT OF ZOOLOGY
Professor and Chairman: Corliss.
Professors: Anastos, Brown, Grollman, Haley, Ja-
chowski, Otto, Schleidt.
Research Professors: Cronin,* Flyger,* Glinos,*
Koo,* Sadun,* Sprague.*
Associate Professors: Barnett, Brinkley, Clark,
Contrera, Highton, Under, Morse, Potter, Ramm,
Small.
Research Associate Professors: Eisenberg,* Mi-
hursky,* Price.*
Assistant Professors: Gill, Goode, Imberski, Pierce.
Rees, Strathmann, Vermeij.
Research Assistant Professor: Flemer.*
Lecturer: Mcintosh.
Instructors: Kaufman, Moore, Piper, Smith, Stew-
art.
'Adiuncl members ol the faculty.
The Department of Zoology offers a program
leading to a B.S. with a major in zoology. A core
of required courses and restricted electives in
zoology, as well as supporting courses in other
fields, provides an introduction to. and an ap-
preciation of, the broad field of zoology. Through
selection of additional elective courses to com-
plete the required 30 credit hours in zoology, the
student may explore in greater depth some phase
of zoology which is of particular interest to him.
All majors are required to complete a mini-
166 / Department, Curriculum and Program Information
mum of 30 hours in zoology with an average grade
of C. Required courses include ZOOL 101, 102,
246, and one course from each of the following
groups: Group I, ZOOL 411, 413, 421, 422, 426;
Group II, ZOOL 430, 475, 481, 482, 483; Group III,
ZOOL 440, 446, 456, 460, 470, 480. Additional
courses to complete the required 30 hours in
zoology may be selected from any of the under-
graduate courses in zoology except ZOOL 201,
202, Human Anatomy and Physiology (4, 4) and
ZOOL 207S, Development of the Human Body (2),
which are not accepted for credit toward the
major.
Supporting courses must include: CHEM 103,
104, College Chemistry I and II (4, 4); CHEM 201,
202, College Chemistry III and Laboratory (3, 2);
mathematics through one year of calculus (com-
pletion of MATH 220, 221, Elementary Calculus
(3, 3) or MATH 140, 141, Analysis I, II (4, 4); PHYS
121, 122, Fundamentals of Physics (4, 4); and one
of the following courses: AGRI 401, Agricultural
Biometrics (3): CHEM 219, Elements of Quantita-
tive Analysis (4); MATH 240, Linear Algebra (4);
PSYC 200, Statistical Methods in Psychology (3);
SOCY 201, Introductory Statistics for Sociology
(3); STAT 400, Applied Probability and Statistics I
(3); or STAT 464, Introduction to Biostatistics (3).
It is strongly recommended that the supporting
courses in chemistry and mathematics be com-
pleted as early in the curriculum as possible. Stu-
dents desiring to enter graduate study in certain
areas of zoology are advised to take biochemistry,
physical chemistry, statistics or advanced mathe-
matics as a part of their undergraduate training.
HONORS
The Department of Zoology also offers a special
program for the exceptionally talen*»d and prom-
ising student. The Honors Program emphasizes
the scholarly approach to independent study rather
than adherence to a rigidly prescribed curricu-
lum. Information regarding this program may be
obtained from the departmental office or from
the chairman of the zoology Honors Program.
Course Code Prelix— ZOOL
Department, Curriculum and Program Information / 167
IV
COURSES
Courses numbered from 000 to 099 are non-
credit courses and include such subjects as re-
quired physical education and review of high
school math. The figure given in parentheses after
the title is for the purpose of billing.
Courses numbered from 100 to 199 are pri-
marily freshmen courses and are open to under-
graduate students who meet the stated prerequi-
site and curricular requirements.
Courses numbered from 200-299 are primarily
sophomore courses and are open to undergradu-
ate students who meet the stated prerequisite and
curricular requirements.
Courses numbered from 300-399 are junior and
senior courses not acceptable for credit toward
graduate degrees. Under some conditions, second
semester sophomores may register for 300 level
courses with the dean's approval.
Courses numbered from 400-499 are junior and
senior courses acceptable for credit toward some
graduate degrees.
Courses numbered from 500-599 are profes-
sional school courses and post-baccalaureate
courses.
Courses numbered from 600-899 are restricted
to graduate students.
Course numbers ending with an 8 or 9 indicate
the course may be repeated for credit.
For your assistance in using this publication,
the old course number will be written in paren-
theses immediately following the new number.
AFRO-AMERICAN STUDIES
AASP 101 (110). ELEMENTARY SWAHILI. (3)
An introductory course in the Swahili language. Study
of linguistic structure and development of audio-lingual
ability. Three recitations and one laboratory hour per
week. (Muganda)
AASP 102 (111). INTERMEDIATE SWAHILI. (3)
Three recitations and one laboratory hour per week.
Further study of linguistic structure and development
of audio-lingual and writing ability, and introduction to
the reading of literary texts. (Muganda)
AASP 112 (New). ADVANCED SWAHILI. (3)
For students who wish to develop fluency and confi-
dence in the speaking, reading and writing of Swahili
language. Discussions in Swahili. (Muganda)
AASP 400 (100). DIRECTED READINGS IN AFRO-AMERI-
CAN STUDIES. (3)
SEMINAR IN AFRO-AMERICAN STUDIES.
(Berry)
SPECIAL TOPICS IN BLACK DEVELOP-
MENT: As Announced. (3)
Issues in Black Development is a multi-disciplinary and
inter-disciplinary educational experisnce concerned with
questions relevant to the development of black people
everywhere. Development implies political, economic,
social, and cultural change, among other things. Con-
sequently, a number of topics may be examined and
studied.
AASP 429 (New). SPECIAL TOPICS IN BLACK CULTURE:
As Announced. (3)
An interdisciplinary approach to the role of black artists
around the world. Emphasis is placed upon contributions
of the black man in Africa, the Carribbean and the Unitad
States to the literary arts, the musical arts, the perform-
ing arts, and the visual arts. Course content will be
AASP 401 (101).
(3)
AASP 428 (New).
Course Offerings / 169
established in terms of those ideas and concepts which
reflect the cultural climate of the area in which they were
produced. Attention to individual compositions and works
of art through lectures, concepts, field trips, and audio-
visual devices.
AGRICULTURAL & EXTENSION EDUCATION
(See p. 254)
AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING
AGEN 100 (001). BASIC AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING
TECHNOLOGY. (3)
An introduction to the application of engineering con-
cepts. Topics include quantitation and measurements;
mechanical, thermal, fluid, and electrical principles and
their relationship to biological systems and materials
of agricultural and aquacultural products. (For non-engi-
neering majors.) (Hummel and Merkel)
AGEN 200 (056). INTRODUCTION TO FARM MECHANICS.
(2)
One lecture and one laboratory period a week. A study
of the hand tools and power equipment and their safe
use as it applies to mechanized farms. Principles and
practice in arc and gas welding, cold metal and sheet
metal work are provided. Also, tool fitting, woodworking,
plumbing, blueprint reading and use of concrete. (Seibel)
AGEN 305 (104). FARM MECHANICS. (2)
First semester. Two laboratory periods a week. Available
only to seniors in agricultural education. This course
consists of laboratory exercises in practical farm shop
and farm equipment maintenance, repair, and construc-
tion projects, and a study of the principles of shop
organization and administration. (Seibel)
AGEN 313 (113). MECHANICS OF FOOD PROCESSING. (4)
First semester. Three lectures and one laboratory. Pre-
requisite: PHYS 111 or 121. Applications in the process-
ing and preservation of foods of power transmission,
hydraulics, electricity, thermodynamics, refrigeration, in-
struments and controls, materials handling and time and
motion analysis, to the processing and preservation of
foods. (Cowan)
AGEN 324 (121). ENGINEERING DYNAMICS OF
BIOLOGICAL MATERIALS. (3)
Second semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite:
ENME 340. Investigates the physical parameters (impact,
temperature, humidity, light, etc.) governing the response
of biological materials. Analysis of unit operations and
their effect on the physical and quality characteristics
of agricultural products. (Cowan)
AGEN 343 (143). FUNCTIONAL DESIGN OF MACHINERY
AND EQUIPMENT. (3)
First semester. Two lectures and one two hour laboratory
per week. Prerequisite: ENES 221. Theory and methods
of agricultural machine design. Application of machine
design principles and physical properties of soils and
agricultural products in design of machines to perform
specific tasks. (Hummel)
FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES
AGEN 401 (123). AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTION
EQUIPMENT. (3)
First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory per
week. Prerequisite: AGEN 100. Principles of operation
and functions of power and machinery units as related
to tillage: metering devices: cutting, conveying and
separating units: and control mechanisms. Principles
of internal combustion engines and power unit com-
ponents. (Hummel)
AGEN 402 (124). AGRICULTURAL MATERIALS
HANDLING AND ENVIRONMENTAL CONTROL. (3)
Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory per
week. Prerequisite: AGEN 100. Characteristics of con-
struction materials and details of agricultural structures.
Fundamentals of electricity, electrical circuits, and elec-
trical controls. Materials handling and environmental re-
quirements of farm products and animals.
AGEN 421 (144). POWER SYSTEMS. (3)
First semester. Two lectures and one two hour labora-
tory per week. Prerequisites: ENME 216, ENEE 300 and
ENME 340. Analysis of energy conversion devices In-
cluding internal combustion engines, electrical and hy-
draulic motors Fundamentals of power transmission and
coordination of power sources with methods of power
transmission. (Harris)
AGEN 422 (145), SOIL AND WATER ENGINEERING. (3)
Second semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequi-
site: ENME 340. Applications of engineering and soil
sciences in erosion control, drainage, irrigation and
watershed management. Principles of agricultural hy-
drology and design of water control and conveyance
systems. (Rebuck)
AGEN 424 (142). FUNCTIONAL AND ENVIRONMENTAL
DESIGN OF AGRICULTURAL STRUCTURES. (3)
Second semester. Two lectures and one two hour labora-
tory per week. Prerequisite: AGEN 324 or ENME 340. An
analytical approach to the design and planning of func-
tional and environmental requirements of plants and
animals in semi or completely enclosed structures.
(Merkel)
AGEN 432 (165). GENERAL HYDROLOGY. (3)
Second semester. Three lectures per week. Qualitative
aspects of basic hydrologic principles pertaining to the
properties, distribution and circulation of water as re-
lated to public interest in water resources. (Rebuck)
AGEN 433 (175). ENGINEERING HYDROLOGY. (3)
First semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequisites;
MATH 246, ENCE 330 or ENME 340. Properties, distri-
bution and circulation of water from the sea and in the
atmosphere emphasizing movement overland, in chan-
nels and through the soil profile. Qualitative and quanti-
tative factors are considered. (Rebuck)
AGEN 435 (185). AQUACULTURAL ENGINEERING. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite: Consent of department A
study of the engineering aspects of development, utiliza-
tion and conservation of aquatic systems. Emphasis will
be on harvesting and processing aquatic animals or
plants as related to other facets of water resources man-
agement. (Wheaton)
AGEN 489 (189). SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN AGRICULTURAL
ENGINEERING. (1-3)
Prerequisite: Approval of department Student will select
an engineering problem and prepare a technical report.
The problem may include design, experimentation, and
or data analysis.
AGEN 499 (198). SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN FARM
MECHANICS. (1-3)
Prerequisite: Approval of department. Not acceptable for
majors in agricultural engineering. Problems assigned
in proportion to credit.
AGRICULTURE
AGRI 101. (001). INTRODUCTION TO AGRICULTURE (1)
First semester. Required of all beginning freshmen and
sophomores in agriculture. Other students must get the
consent of the instructor. A series of lectures, introduc-
ing the student to the broad field of agriculture.
(Poffenberger)
AGRI 301, (080). INTRODUCTION TO AGRICULTURAL
BIOMETRICS (3)
First semester Two lectures and one laboratory period
per week. Prerequisite: University math requirement.
Descriptive statistics, sampling, confidence interval esti-
mation, introduction to hypothesis testing, simple re-
gression and correlation Course emphasis shall be in
application of simple statistical techniques and on inter-
pretation of the statistical results. (Douglass)
AGRI 401. (101) AGRICULTURAL BIOMETRICS. (3)
First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period
per week. Prerequisite: MATH 115 or equivalent. Proba-
170 / Course Offerings
bility. measures of central tendency and dispersion, fre-
quency distributions, tests of statistical hypotheses, re-
gression analyses, multiway analysis with emphasis on
the use of statistical methods in agricultural research.
(Douglass)
AGRI 489. (197). SPECIAL TOPICS IN AGRICULTURE. (1-3)
Credit according to time scheduled and organization of
the course. A lecture series organized to study in depth
a selected phase of agriculture not normally associated
with one of the existing programs.
AGRONOMY
CROPS
AGRO 100 (002). CROP PRODUCTION LABORATORY. (2)
Two laboratory periods a week. Demonstration and ap-
plication of practices in the identification, distribution
and management of field crops. (Clark)
AGRO 102 (001). CROP PRODUCTION. (2)
Second semester. Prerequisite: AGRO 100 or concurrent
enrollment therein. Culture, use. improvement, adapta-
tion, distribution, and history of field crops. (Clark)
AGRO 103 (003). WORLD CROPS AND FOOD SUPPLY. (3)
Second semester. An introduction to the relationship
of crops with civilization. The past, present, and future
interactions between the biology of crop plants and
world affairs and population will be studied. The future
impact of crops on world affairs will be emphasized.
(Clark)
FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES
AGRO 403 (103). CROP BREEDING. (3)
First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1972-73) Pre-
requisite: BOTN 414 or ZOOL 246. Principles and meth-
ods of breeding annual self and cross-pollinated plant
and perennial forage species. (Schillinger)
AGRO 404 (104). TOBACCO PRODUCTION. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite: BOTN 100. A study of
the history, adaptation, distribution, culture, and im-
provement of various types of tobacco, with special
emphasis on problems in Maryland tobacco production.
Physical and chemical factors associated with yield and
quality of tobacco will be stressed. (Hoyert)
AGRO 405 (109). TURF MANAGEMENT. (3)
First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1973-74) Two
lectures and one laboratory period per week. Prerequi-
site: BOTN 100. A study of principles and practices of
managing turf for lawns, golf courses, athletic fields,
playgrounds, airfields and highways for commercial sod
production. (Hall)
AGRO 406 (108). FORAGE CROP PRODUCTION. (2)
Second semester. Prerequisite: BOTN 100. AGRO 100
or concurrent enrollment therein. Study of the produc-
tion and management of grasses and legumes for quality
hay, silage, and pasture, (Decker)
AGRO 407 (107). CEREAL CROP PRODUCTION. (2)
First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1972-73) Pre-
requisite: BOTN 100, AGRO 100 or concurrent enroll-
ment therein. Study of the principles and practices of
corn, wheat, oats, barley, rye, and soybean production.
(Shannon)
AGRO 451 (151). CROPPING SYSTEMS. (2)
First semester. Prerequisite: AGRO 102 or equivalent.
The coordination of information from various courses in
the development of balanced cropping systems, appro-
priate to different objectives in various areas of the
state and nation. (Clark)
AGRO 452 (152). SEED PRODUCTION AND DISTRIBUTION.
(2)
Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1972-73) One
lecture and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite:
AGRO 102 or equivalent. A study of seed production,
processing, and distribution; federal and state seed con-
trol programs; seed laboratory analysis; release of new
varieties; and maintenance of foundation seed stocks.
(Newcomer)
AGRO 453 (154), WEED CONTROL. (3)
First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1973-74) Two
lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite:
AGRO 102 or equivalent. A study of the use of cultural
practices and chemical herbicides in the control of
weeds. (Burt)
SOILS
AGRO 105 (005). SOIL AND THE ENVIRONMENT. (3)
First semester. A study of soils as an irreplaceable nat-
ural resource, importance of soils in the ecosystem, and
analysis of land resource areas in the U. S. Discussion
of soils as a pollutant and the pollution of soils by vari-
ous agents and the role of soil as a medium for storage,
decontamination or inactivation of pollutants. (Foss)
AGRO 202 (010). GENERAL SOILS. (4)
Second semester. Three lectures and one laboratory
period a week. Prerequisite: CHEM 103 or permission of
instructor. A study of the fundamentals of soils including
their origin, development, relation to natural sciences,
effect on civilization, physical properties, and chemical
properties. (Foss)
FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES
AGRO 411 (111). SOIL FERTILITY PRINCIPLES. (3)
First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1972-73) Pre-
requisite: AGRO 202. A study of the chemical, physical,
and biological characteristics of soils that are important
in growing crops. Soil deficiencies of physical, chemical,
or biological nature and their correction by the use of
lime, fertilizers, and rotations are discussed and illus-
trated. (Strickling)
AGRO 412 (112). COMMERCIAL FERTILIZERS. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisites: AGRO 202 or permis-
sion of instructor. A study of the manufacturing of com-
mercial fertilizers and their use in soils for efficient crop
production. (Axley)
AGRO 413 (113). SOIL AND WATER CONSERVATION. (3)
First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1972-73) Two
lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite:
AGRO 202 or permission of instructor. A study of the
importance and causes of soil erosion, methods of soil
erosion control, and the effect of conservation practices
on soil-moisture supply. Special emphasis is placed on
farm planning for soil and water conservation. The labor-
atory period will be largely devoted to field trips. (Foss)
AGRO 414 (114). SOIL CLASSIFICATION AND
GEOGRAPHY. (3)
Second semester. Three lectures and one laboratory
period a week. Prerequisite: AGRO 202 or permission of
instructor. A study of the genesis, morphology, classifi-
cation and geographic distribution of soils. The broad
principles governing soil formation are explained. Atten-
tion is given to the influence of geographic factors on the
development and use of the soils in the United States
and other parts of the world. The laboratory periods will
be largely devoted to the field trips and to a study of
soil maps of various countries. (Fanning)
AGRO 415 (115). SOIL SURVEY AND LAND USE. (3)
First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1973-74) Two
lectures and one laboratory period a week. An introduc-
tion to soil survey interpretation as a tool in land use
both in agricultural and urban situations. The implica-
tions of soil problems as delineated by soil surveys on
land use will be considered. (F. Miller)
AGRO 417 (117). SOIL PHYSICS. (3)
First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1973-74) Two
lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite:
AGRO 202 and a course in physics, or permission of in-
structor. A study of physical properties of soils with
special emphasis on relationship to soil productivity.
(Strickling)
Course Offerings / 171
AGRO 421 (116). SOIL CHEMISTRY. (3)
First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1972-73) One
lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite:
AGRO 202 or permission of instructor. A study of the
chemical composition of soils; cation and anion ex-
change; acid, alkaline and saline soil conditions; and soil
fixation of plant nutrients. Chemical methods of soil
analysis will be studied with emphasis on their relation
to fertilizer requirements. (Axley)
AGRO 422 (118). SOIL BIOCHEMISTRY. (3)
Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1972-73) Two
lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisited:
AGRO 202. CHEM 104 or consent of instructor. A study
of biochemical processes involved in the formation and
decomposition of organic soil constitutents. Significance
of soil-biochemical processes involved in plant nutrition
will be considered. (Bezdicek)
AGRO 423 (119). SOIL-WATER POLLUTION. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite: Background in biology
and CHEM 104. Reaction and fate of pesticides, agricul-
tural fertilizers, industrial and animal wastes in soil and
water will be discussed. Their relation to the environ-
ment will be emphasized. (Bezdicek)
CROPS AND SOILS
FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES
AGRO 398 (199). SENIOR SEMINAR. (1)
First semester. Reports by seniors on current scientific
and practical publications pertaining to agronomy.
(J. Miller)
AGRO 499 (198). SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN AGRONOMY.
(1-3 var. cr.)
Prerequisites: AGRO 202, 406, 407 or permission of
instructor. A detailed study, including a written report
of an important problem in agronomy.
AMERICAN STUDIES
AMST 426, 427 (127, 128). CULTURE AND THE ARTS IN
AMERICA. (3, 3)
Prerequisite: Junior standing. A study of American Insti-
tutions, the intellectual and esthetic climate from the
Colonial period to the present. (Lounsbury)
AMST 436. 437 (137, 138). READINGS IN AMERICAN
STUDIES. (3. 3)
An historical survey of American values as presented in
various key writings. (Mintz)
AMST 446 (New). POPULAR CULTURE IN AMERICA. (3)
First semester. A survey of the historical development
of the popular arts and modes of popular entertainment
in America. (Mintz)
AMST 447 (New). POPULAR CULTURE IN AMERICA. (3)
Second semester. Application of the student's knowledge
of popular culture in America to original, specific
research in contemporary sources. (Mintz)
ANIMAL SCIENCES
ANSC 101 (001). PRINCIPLES OF ANIMAL SCIENCE (3)
First semester. Two lectures and one, two-hour labora-
tory period per week. A comprehensive course, includ-
ing the development of animal science, its contributions
to the economy, characteristics of animal products, fac-
tors of efficient and economical production and distri-
bution. (Young)
ANSC 201 (New) BASIC PRINCIPLES OF ANIMAL
GENETICS. (3)
First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period
per week. The basic principles and laws of Mendelian
genetics as applied to economically important domestic
animals. Included will be gene action and interaction,
linkage and crossing over, recombination, cytological
maps, chromosomal aberrations, mutations, structure of
the genetic material and regulation of genetic informa-
tion. (Pollard)
ANSC 203 (010). FEEDS AND FEEDING. (3)
First semester. Credit not allowed for ANSC major. Two
lectures and one laboratory period per week. Prerequi-
sites: CHEM 103, 104. Elements of nutrition, source,
characteristics and adaptability of the various teedstuffs
to the several classes of livestock. A study of the com-
position of feeds, the nutrient requirements of farm
animals and the formulation of economic diets and
rations for livestock. (Leffel)
ANSC 211 (411,116). ANATOMY OF DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
(4)
First semester. Three lectures and one laboratory period
per week. Prerequisite: ZOOL 101. A systematic gross
and microscopic comparative study of the anatomy of
the major domestic animals. Special emphasis is placed
on those systems important in animal production.
ANSC 212 (403.141). APPLIED ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY. (4)
Second semester. Three lectures and one three hour
laboratory period per week. Prerequisite: ANSC 211 or
equivalent. The physiology of domesticated animals with
emphasis on functions related to production, and the
physiological adaption to environmental influences.
ANSC 221 (020). FUNDAMENTALS OF ANIMAL PRODUC-
TION. (3)
First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period
per week. This course deals with the adaptation of beef
cattle, sheep, swine and horses to significant and spe-
cific uses. Breeding, feeding, management practices
and criteria for evaluating usefulness are emphasized.
(DeBarthe)
ANSC 222 (022) LIVESTOCK EVALUATION. (3)
Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory per-
iod per week. Prerequisite: ANSC 221 or permission of
instructor. A study of type and breed characteristics of
beef cattle, sheep and swine and the market classes of
livestock which best meet present day demands. One
field trip of about two days duration is made during
which students participate in the Annual Eastern Inter-
collegiate Livestock Clinic. (Buric)
ANSC 223 (021). SEMINAR. (1)
First semester. One lecture per week. Reviews, reports
and discussions of pertinent subjects in animal science.
ANSC 242 (040). DAIRY PRODUCTION. (3)
Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory per-
iod per week. Prerequisite: ANSC 101. A comprehensive
course in dairy breeds, selection of dairy cattle, dairy
cattle nutrients, feeding and management. (Buchman)
ANSC 244 (041). DAIRY CATTLE TYPE APPRAISAL (1)
Second semester. Freshmen, by permission of instructor
Two laboratory periods. Analysis of dairy cattle type with
emphasis on the comparative judging of dairy cattle
(Cairns)
ANSC 252 (New). INTRODUCTION TO THE DISEASES OF
WILDLIFE. (2)
Second semester Two lectures per week. Prerequisite:
ZOOL 101. The principal diseases of North American
Wildlife will be briefly considered. For each disease,
specific attention will be given to the following signs
evidenced by the affected animal or bird, causative
agent, means of transmission and eflects of the disease
on the population of the species involved Also included
where appropriate is a consideration of the threat that
each disease may pose to man or his domestic animals.
ANSC 261 (061) ADVANCED POULTRY JUDGING (1)
First semester. Prerequisite: ANSC 101 One lecture or
laboratory period per week. The theory and practice of
judging and culling by physical means is emphasized,
including correlation studies of characteristics associ-
ated with productivity Contestants for regional collegiate
judging competitions will be selected from this class.
(Bigbee)
172 / Course Offerings
ANSC 262 (062). COMMERCIAL POULTRY MANAGEMENT.
(3)
Second semester. Prerequisite: ANSC 101. A symposium
ol finance, investment, plant layout, specialization, pur-
chase ol supplies and management problems in baby
chick, egg, broiler and turkey production; foremanship.
advertising, selling, by-products, production and finan-
cial records. Field trips required. (I i<i!>. .
FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES
ANSC 301 (120) ADVANCED LIVESTOCK JUDGING. (2)
First semester. Two laboratory periods per week. Prere-
quisites: ANSC 222 and permission of instructor. An ad-
vanced course in the selection and judging of meat
animals, meat animal carcasses, and carcass grading.
The most adept students enrolled in this course are
chosen to represent the University of Maryland in Inter-
collegiate judging contests. (Buric)
ANSC 398 (199). SEMINAR. (1)
Prerequisite: Permission of staff. Presentation and dis-
cussion of current literature and research work in animal
science.
ANSC 399 (198). SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN ANIMAL
SCIENCE. (1-2) (4 cr. max.)
Prerequisite: Approval of staff. Work assigned in pro-
portion to amount of credit. A course designed for ad-
vanced undergraduates in which specific problems re-
lating to animal science will be assigned.
ANSC 401 (109). FUNDAMENTALS OF NUTRITION. (3)
First semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite:
CHEM 104; ANSC 212 recommended. A study of the
fundamental role of all nutrients in the body, including
their digestion, absorption, and metabolism. Dietary re-
quirements and nutritional deficiency syndromes of
laboratory and farm animals and man will be considered.
(Thomas)
ANSC 402 (110). APPLIED ANIMAL NUTRITION. (3)
First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period
per week. Prerequisites: MATH 110, ANSC 401 or per-
mission of instructor. A critical study of those factors
which influence the nutritional requirements of rumi-
nants, swine and poultry. Practical feeding methods and
procedures used in formulation of economically efficient
rations will be presented. (Vandersall)
ANSC 406 (New). ANIMAL ADAPTATIONS TO THE
ENVIRONMENT. (3)
Second semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequi-
sites: Anatomy and physiology. The specific anatomical
and physiological modifications employed by animals
adapated to certain stressful environments will be con-
sidered. Particular emphasis will be placed on the
problems of temperature regulation and water balance.
Specific areas for consideration will include: animals
in cold (including hibernation), animals in dry heat,
diving animals and animals in high altitudes. (Albert)
ANSC 407 (143S). ADVANCED DAIRY PRODUCTION. (1)
Summer session only. An advanced course primarily de-
signed for teachers of vocational agriculture and county
agents. It includes a study of the newer discoveries in
dairy cattle nutrition, breeding and management.
ANSC 412 (117). INTRODUCTION TO DISEASES OF
ANIMALS. (3)
Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory per-
iod per week. This course gives basic instruction in the
nature of disease: including causation, immunity, meth-
ods of diagnosis, economic importance, public health
aspects and prevention and control of the common dis-
eases of sheep, cattle, swine, horses and poultry. Pre-
requisite: MICB 200 and ZOOL 101.
ANSC 413 (119). LABORATORY ANIMAL MANAGEMENT.
(3)
A comprehensive course in care and management of
laboratory animals. Emphasis will be placed on phy-
siology, anatomy and special uses for the different
species. Disease prevention and requlations for main-
taining animal colonies will be covered. Field trips
will be required. (Marquardt)
ANSC 416 (118). WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT. (3)
Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory. An
introduction to the interrelationships of game birds and
mammals with their environment, population dynamics
and the principles of wildlife management. (Flyger)
ANSC 422 (121) MEATS. (3)
Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory per-
iod per week. Prerequisite: ANSC 221. Registration lim-
ited to 14 students. A course designed to give the basic
facts about meat as a food and the factors influencing
acceptability, marketing, and quality of fresh meats, It
includes comparisons of characteristics of live animals
with their carcasses, grading and evaluating carcasses
as well as wholesale cuts, and the distribution and mer-
chandising of the nation's meat supply. Laboratory per-
iods are conducted in packing houses, meat distribution
centers, and retail outlets. (Buric)
ANSC 423 (122). LIVESTOCK MANAGEMENT. (3)
First semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods
per week. Prerequisite: ANSC 401. Application of various
phases of animal science to the management and pro-
duction of beef cattle, sheep and swine.
ANSC 424 (123). LIVESTOCK MANAGEMENT. (3)
Second semester. One lecture and two laboratory per-
iods per week. Prerequisite: ANSC 423. Applications of
various phases of animal science to the management
and production of beef cattle, sheep and swine. (Leffel)
ANSC 426 (130). PRINCIPLES OF BREEDING. (3)
Second semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequi-
sites: ANSC 201; ANSC 222 and ANSC 423 or 424 re-
commended. Graduate credit (1-3 hours) allowed with
permission of instructor. The practical aspects of
animal breeding, heredity, variation, selection, develop-
ment, systems of breeding and pedigree study are
considered. (Green)
ANSC 442 (142). DAIRY CATTLE BREEDING. (3)
Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory per-
iod per week. Prerequisites: ANSC 242, ZOOL 246 or
BOTN 414. A specialized course in breeding dairy cat-
tle. Emphasis is placed on methods of evaluation and
selection, systems of breeding and breeding programs.
(Douglass)
ANSC 444 (146). ANALYSIS OF DAIRY PRODUCTION
SYSTEMS. (3)
Prerequisites: AREC 406 and ANSC 203 or 402, or per-
mission of instructor. The business aspects of dairy
farming including an evaluation of the costs and returns
associated with each segment. The economic impact of
pertinent management decisions is studied. Recent de-
velopments in animal nutrition, physiology and genetics,
agricultural economics, agricultural engineering, and
agronomic practices are discussed as they apply to man-
agement of a dairy herd. (Buchman)
ANSC 446 (140). PHYSIOLOGY OF MAMMALIAN
REPRODUCTION. (3)
Second semester. Two lectures and one three-hour lab-
oratory period per week. Prerequisite: ANSC 212 or ZOOL
421 or 422. Anatomy and physiology of the reproductive
process and artificial insemination of cattle (Williams)
ANSC 452 (162). AVIAN PHYSIOLOGY. (2)
Second semester. One three-hour laboratory period per
week. Prerequisites: ZOOL 421 or 422 and ANSC 411.
The basic physiology of the bird is discussed, excluding
the reproductive system. Special emphasis is given to
physiological differences between birds and other verte-
brates. (Pollard)
ANSC 462 (165). PHYSIOLOGY OF HATCHABILITY. (1)
Second semester. One three-hour laboratory period per
week. Prerequisite: ZOOL 421 or 422. The physiology of
embryonic development as related to principles of hatch-
ability and problems of incubation encountered in the
hatchery industry are discussed. (Shaffner)
Course Offerings / 173
ANSC 464 (170). POULTRY HYGIENE. (3)
Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory per-
iod per week. Prerequisites: MICB 200 and ANSC 101.
Virus, bacterial and protozoon diseases, parasitic dis-
eases, prevention, control and eradication.
ANSC 466 (171). AVIAN ANATOMY. (3)
First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory per
week. Prerequisite: ZOOL 102. Gross and microscopic
structure, dissection and demonstration.
ANSC 467 (163S). POULTRY BREEDING AND FEEDING. (1)
Summer session only. This course is designed primarily
for teachers of vocational agriculture and extension serv-
ice workers. The first half will be devoted to problems
concerning breeding and the development of breeding
stock. The second half will be devoted to nutrition.
ANSC 477 (164S). POULTRY PRODUCTS AND
MARKETING. (1)
Summer session only. This course is designed primarily
for teachers of vocational agriculture and county agents.
It deals with the factors affecting the quality of poultry
products and with hatchery management problems, egg
and poultry grading, preservation problems and market
outlets for Maryland poultry. (Heath)
ANSC 480 (189). SPECIAL TOPICS IN FISH AND
WILDLIFE MANAGEMENT. (3)
First semester. Three lectures. Analysis of various state
and federal programs related to fish and wildlife manage-
ment. This would include: fish stocking programs, Mary-
land deer management program, warm water fish man-
agement, acid drainage problems, water quality, water
fowl management, wild turkey management and regula-
tions relative to the administration of these programs.
ANSC 487 (131). SPECIAL TOPICS IN ANIMAL SCIENCE.
(1)
Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Summer session
only. This course is designed primarily for teachers of
vocational agriculture and Extension Service personnel.
One primary topic to be selected mutually by the in-
structor and students will be presented each session.
ANTHROPOLOGY
ANTH 101 (001). INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY:
ARCHAEOLOGY AND PHYSICAL ANTHROPOLOGY. (3)
May be taken for credit in the General Education Pro-
gram. General patterns of the development of human
culture; the biological and morphological aspects of man
viewed in his cultural setting.
ANTH 102 (002). INTRODUCTION TO ANTHROPOLOGY:
CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY AND LINGUISTICS. (3)
Social and cultural principles as exemplified in ethno-
graphic descriptions. The study of language within the
context of anthropology.
ANTH 221 (021). MAN AND ENVIRONMENT. (3)
A geographical introduction to ethnology, emphasizing
the relations between cultural forms and natural environ-
ment. (Anderson, Thurman)
ANTH 241 (041). INTRODUCTION TO ARCHAEOLOGY. (3)
A survey of the basic aims and methods of archaeological
field work and interpretation, with emphasis on the
reconstruction of prehistoric ways of life.
(Clymer, Thurman)
ANTH 261 (061). INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICAL ANTHRO-
POLOGY. (3)
The biological evolution of man, including the process
of race formation, as revealed by the study of the fossil
record and observation of modern forms. (Kerley. Rosen)
ANTH 271 (071) LANGUAGE AND CULTURE. (3)
A non-technical introduction to linguistics, with special
consideration of the relations between language and
other aspects of culture. (Listed also as LING 101).
(Fidelholtz)
ANTH 371 (171). INTRODUCTION TO LINGUISTICS. (3)
Introduction to the basic concepts of modern descriptive
linguistics. Phonology, morphology, syntax. Examinations
of the methods of comparative linguistics, internal recon-
struction, dialect geography. Listed also as ENGL 280
and LING 100. (Fidelholtz)
ANTH 389 (191). RESEARCH PROBLEMS. (1-6)
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Introductory train-
ing in anthropological research methods. The student
will prepare a paper embodying the results of an ap-
propriate combination of research techniques applied
to a selected problem in any field of anthropology.
ANTH 397 (198). ANTHROPOLOGICAL THEORY. (3)
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. A survey of the
historical development and current emphasis in the theo-
retical approaches of all fields of anthropology, providing
an integrated frame of reference for the discipline as a
whole. (Cosnow, Thurman, Williams)
ANTH 401 (101). CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY: PRINCI-
PLES AND PROCESSES. (3)
Prerequisite: ANTH 101, 102, or 221. An examination of
the nature of human culture and its processes, both
historical and functional. The approach will be topical
and theoretical rather than descriptive.
ANTH 402 (102). CULTURAL ANTHROPOLOGY: WORLD
ETHNOGRAPHY. (3)
Prerequisite: ANTH 101, 102, or 221. A descriptive survey
of the culture areas of the world through an examina-
tion of the ways of selected representative societies.
ANTH 412 (112). PEOPLES AND CULTURES OF OCEANIA.
(3)
A survey of the cultures of Polynesia. Micronesia,
Melanesia and Australia. Theoretical and cultural-his-
torical problems will be emphasized. (Anderson)
ANTH 414 (114). ETHNOLOGY OF AFRICA. (3)
Prerequisites: ANTH 101 and 102. The native peoples
and cultures of Africa and their historical relationships,
with emphasis on that portion of the continent south of
the Sahara. (Cosnow)
ANTH 417 (118). PEOPLES AND CULTURES OF THE FAR
EAST. (3)
A survey of the major sociopolitical systems of China,
Korea and Japan. Major anthropological questions will
be dealt with in presenting this material.
ANTH 423 (123). ETHNOLOGY OF THE SOUTHWEST. (3)
Prerequisites: ANTH 101 and 102. Culture history, eco-
nomic and social institutions, religion, and mythology of
the Indians of the southwest United States.
(Anderson, Williams)
ANTH 424 (124). ETHNOLOGY OF NORTH AMERICA. (3)
Prerequisites: ANTH 101 and 102. The native people and
cultures of North America north of Mexico and their his-
torical relationships, including the effects of contact
with European-derived populations.
(Anderson, Hoffman, Thurman)
ANTH 426 (126). ETHNOLOGY OF MIDDLE AMERICA. (3)
Prerequisites: ANTH 101 and 102. Cultural background
and modern social, economic and religious life of Indian
and mestizo groups in Mexico and Central America:
processes of acculturation and currents in cultural de-
velopment. (Williams)
ANTH 431 (131). SOCIAL ORGANIZATION OF PRIMITIVE
PEOPLES. (3)
Prerequisites: ANTH 101 and 102. A comparative survey
of the structures of non-literate and folk societies, cov-
ering both general principles and special regional de-
velopments. (Cosnow)
ANTH 434 (134). RELIGION OF PRIMITIVE PEOPLES. (3)
Prerequisites: ANTH 101 and 102. A survey of the re-
ligious systems of primitive and folk societies, with
emphasis on the relation of religion to other aspects
of culture. (Anderson)
174 / Course Offerings
ANTH 436 (136) PRIMITIVE TECHNOLOGY AND ECONOMY.
(3)
A survey of technology, food economy and general eco-
nomic processes in non-industrial societies.
(Anderson, Hoffman, Thurman, Williams)
ANTH 437 (138). POLITICS AND GOVERNMENT IN PRIMI-
TIVE SOCIETY (3)
A combined survey of politics in human societies and of
important anthropological theories concerning this as-
pect of society. (Cosnow, Williams)
ANTH 441 (141). ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE OLD WORLD. (3)
Prerequisite: ANTH 101 or 241. A survey of the archae-
ological materials of Europe, Asia and Africa, with em-
phasis on chronological and regional interrelationships.
(Thurman)
ANTH 451 (151). ARCHAEOLOGY OF THE NEW WORLD. (3)
Prerequisite: ANTH 101 or 241. A survey of the archae-
ological materials of North and South America with em-
phasis on chronological and regional interrelationships.
(Clymer, Thurman)
ANTH 461 (161) ADVANCED PHYSICAL ANTHROPOLOGY.
(3)
Prerequisite: ANTH 101 or 261. A technical introduction
to the hereditary, morphological, physiological, and be-
havioral characteristics of man and his primate ancestors
and relatives, with emphasis on evolutionary processes.
(Kerley, Rosen)
ANTH 498 (192). FIELD METHODS IN ETHNOLOGY. (1-6)
Field training in the collection and recording of ethno-
logical data. (Summer only) (Cosnow, Williams)
ANTH 499 (194) FIELD METHODS IN ARCHAEOLOGY (1-6)
Field training in the techniques of archaeological survey
and excavation. (Summer only). (Clymer, Thurman)
APPWED DESIGN
APDS 101 (001). FUNDAMENTALS OF DESIGN. (3)
Knowledge of basic art elements and principles gained
through design problems which employ a variety of me-
dia.
APDS 102 (002). DESIGN II. (3)
Prerequisite: APDS 101. Continued exploration of design
as a means of visual expression with added emphasis on
color and lighting.
APDS 103 (003). DESIGN III: THREE-DIMENSIONAL
DESIGN. (3)
Three studio periods. Prerequisites: APDS 101, 102,
Creativa efforts directed to discriminating use of form,
vo'ume. depth, and movement.
APDS 104 (004). SURVEY OF ART HISTORY. (3)
A rapid survey of Western culture expressed through and
influenced by the visual arts: monumental and resident-
ial architecture: furniture, textiles and costume; painting
and sculpture.
APDS 210 (010). PRESENTATION TECHNIQUES. (3)
Three studio periods. Prerequisites: APDS 101, 102
or equivalent. Comparative approach to basic presenta-
tion techniques used in the several areas of commercial
design.
APDS 211 (011). ACTION DRAWING-FASHION SKETCHING.
(3)
Three studio periods. Prerequisites: APDS 101 and
consent of instructor. Study of the balance and pro-
portion of the human figure. Sketch techniques applied
to action poses and fashion drawing in soft and litho-
graph pencils, pastels, water color, ink. Drawing from
model.
APDS 212 (012). DESIGN WORSHOP FOR TRANSFERS. (5)
Prerequisite: APDS 101 or equivalent. Provides oppor-
tunity for transfer students to remove deficiences in
lower-level design courses. Study of color, lighting and
presentation techniques. May be taken no later than
one semester after transfer into department.
APDS 220 (020). INTRODUCTION TO FASHION DESIGN. (3)
Three studio periods. Prerequisite: APDS 101 or
equivalent. Basic fashion figure drawing. Original designs
rendered in transparent and opaque water color, soft
pencil, pastels, and ink.
APDS 230 (030). SILK SCREEN PRINTING. (3)
Three studio periods. Prerequisites: APDS 101, 102,
or equivalent. Use of silk screen processes in execution
of original designs for commercial production.
APDS 237 (038). PHOTOGRAPHY. (2)
One lecture, three hours laboratory. Prerequisites: APDS
101, 102, or equivalent. Study of fundamental camera
techniques. Exploration of the expressive possibilities in
relation to the field of design and visual communication.
FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES
APDS 320 (120). FASHION ILLUSTRATION. (3)
Three studio periods. Prerequisites: APDS 101, 102,
103, 210, 211. Fabric and clothing structure as they
relate to illustration. Opportunity to explore rendering
styles and techniques appropriate to reproduction
methods currently used in advertising. Guidance in
development of individuality in presentations.
APDS 321 (121). FASHION DESIGN AND ILLUSTRATION.
(3)
Three studio periods. Prerequisite: APDS 320. Design
and illustration of fashions appropriate to the custom
market and to mass production.
APDS 322 (122). ADVANCED COSTUME. (4)
Prerequisite: APDS 320, 321. Advanced problems in
fashion illustration or design. Problems chosen with
consent of instructor.
APDS 330 (130). TYPOGRAPHY AND LETTERING. (3)
Three studio periods. Prerequisites: APDS 101, 102.
Experience in hand lettering techniques as a means of
understanding lettering styles in design composition.
Recognition of type faces used in advertisement, book
and magazine layout. Effect of printing processes on
design choices.
APDS 331 (132). ADVERTISING LAYOUT. (3)
Three studio periods. Prerequisites: APDS 330, EDIN
101A. Design of advertising layouts from initial idea to
finished layout. Typography and illustration as they
relate to reproduction processes used in direct ad-
vertising.
APDS 332 (136). DISPLAY DESIGN. (3)
Three studio periods. Prerequisites: EDIN 101A, APDS
330 or equivalent. Application of design principles to
creative display appropriate to exhibits, design shows,
merchandising, Display construction.
APDS 337 (138). ADVANCED PHOTOGRAPHY. (2)
Two laboratory periods. Prerequisite: APDS 237. Com-
position, techniques and lighting applicable to illustra-
tion, documentation, advertising design, and display.
APDS 380 (180). PROFESSIONAL SEMINAR. (2)
Two lecture-discussion periods. Prerequisite: Junior
standing and consent of instructor. Exploration of pro-
fessional and career opportunities, ethics, practices,
professional organizations. Portfolio evaluation.
APDS 430, 431 (134, 135). ADVANCED PROBLEMS IN
ADVERTISING DESIGN. (3, 3)
Three studio periods. Prerequisite: APDS 331. Ad-
vanced problems in design and layout planned for de-
veloping competency in one or more areas of advertising
design.
APDS 437 (139). ADVANCED PHOTOGRAPHY. (3)
Three laboratory periods. Continuation of APDS 337.
APDS 499 (190). INDIVIDUAL PROBLEMS IN APPLIED
DESIGN. (3-4)
(499A — Advertising; 499B — Costume)
Open only to advanced students who. with guidance, can
work independently.
Course Offerings / 175
ARCHITECTURE
ARCH 120 (014). HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE. (3)
Survey of architectural history. Lecture, 3 hours per
week.
ARCH 121 (015). HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE. (3)
Prerequisite: ARCH 120. Survey of architectural history,
continuation. Lecture, 3 hours per week.
ARCH 200 (020). BASIC ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN. (4)
Introduction to the processes of visual and architectural
design, including the study of visual design fundamen-
tals. Field problems involving the student in the study of
actual developmental problems. Lecture, studio, 9 hours
per week.
ARCH 201 (021). BASIC ENVIRONMENTAL DESIGN. (4)
Prerequisite: Architecture 200. Introduction to the pro-
cesses of visual and architectural design, including the
study of visual design fundamentals. Field problems in-
volving the student in the study of actual developmental
problems. Lecture, studio, 9 hours per week.
ARCH 240 (080). BASIC PHOTOGRAPHY. (2)
Providss a student with the basic concepts of clarity and
organization on a two-dimensional surface and stresses
photography as a tool for visual communication Lecture
1 hour per week — 3 hours lab a week.
ARCH 242 (New). DRAWING I. (2)
Introduces the students to basic techniques of sketching
and use of various media in Architectural Design.
ARCH 300 (130). ARCHITECTURE STUDIO I. (4)
Prerequisites: ARCH 200, 201. Develops a basic under-
standing of the elements of environmental control, basic
structural systems, building processes, materials, and
the ability to manipulate them. Lecture, studio, 9 hours
per week. Corequisite- — Architecture 310.
ARCH 301 (131). ARCHITECTURE STUDIO II. (4)
Prerequisite: Architecture 300. Develops a basic under-
standing of the forms generated by different structural
systems, environmental controls and methods of con-
struction. Lecture, studio, 9 hours per week. Corequisite
—ARCH 311.
ARCH 310 (132). BUILDING SYSTEMS I. (4)
Prerequisites: MATH 221, Physics 122 and ARCH 201. In-
troduction to architectural science and technology treat-
ing principles of structures, environmental mechanical
controls, and construction. Corequisite: Architecture 300.
Lecture, studio, 6 hours per week.
ARCH 311 (133). BUILDING SYSTEMS II. (4)
Prerequisite: Architecture 300 and 310. Develops working
knowledge of the design principles and parameters of
three areas of architectural science and technology:
structures, environmental-mechanical controls, and con-
struction. Lecture, studio, 6 hours per week. Corequisite.
Architecture 301.
ARCH 322 (135). STUDIES IN MEDIEVAL ARCHITECTURE.
(3)
Limited to architecture students or by permission of the
instructor. Architectural innovations from the Carolingian
through the Gothic periods. Lecture, 3 hours per week.
ARCH 324 (144). STUDIES IN RENAISSANCE
ARCHITECTURE. (3)
Limited to architecture students or by permission of the
instructor. Study of Renaissance architectural principles
and their development in the Baroque period. Lecture. 3
hours per week.
ARCH 326 (145). STUDIES IN MODERN ARCHITECTURE.
(3)
Limited to architecture students or by permission of the
instructor. Study of architectural problems from 1750 to
the present. Lecture. 3 hours per week.
ARCH 340 (081). ADVANCED PHOTOGRAPHY. (2)
Prerequisite: Architecture 240. Allows the student to in-
vestigate independently areas of photographic communi-
cation not covered in the basic course. Lecture. 1 hour
per week; 3 hours lab.
ARCH 342 (146) STUDIES IN VISUAL DESIGN. (3)
Studio work at an intermediate level in visual design
divorced from architectural problem solving. Prerequi-
site: Arch 201. Lecture, studio work, 3 hours per week.
ARCH 350 (136). THEORY OF URBAN FORM (3)
Urban spatial forms of the past and present: theories of
design of complexes of buildings, urban space and com-
munities. Lecture, 3 hours per week.
ARCH 352 (148). THE ARCHITECT IN THE COMMUNITY.
(3)
Limited to architecture students, or, by permission of in-
structor. The architect's role in the social and political
dynamics of urban environmental design decision-making
processes, including study of determination and expres-
sion of user needs, community aspirations, formal and in-
formal program and design review processes. Seminar.
1 hour per week, field observation, approximately 3
hours per week.
ARCH 370 (180). THEORIES AND LITERATURE OF
ARCHITECTURE. (3)
Limited to architecture students or by permission of the
instructor. Provides an understanding of some historical
and present theories of architectural design readings
and seminar discussions. Lecture. 3 hours per week.
ARCH 372 (182). SIGNS, SYMBOLS AND MESSAGES IN
ARCHITECTURE. (3)
Limited to Architecture students or by permission of the
instructor. Class limited to 15-20 students. Signs and
symbols in buildings and cities, messages conveyed and
purposes for conveying these messages. Readings, pho-
tographic reports and minor problem-solving assign-
ments. Lecture, 3 hours per week.
ARCH 374 (137). COMPUTER AIDED ENVIRONMENTAL
DESIGN. (3)
Applications of computer-aided design in architecture,
using existing problem-solving routines and computer
graphic techniques. Prerequisite: Arch. 201. CMSC 103.
Lecture. 3 hours per week.
ARCH 376 (New). THE ARCHITECTURAL PROGRAM AS A
FORM GENERATOR. (3)
The study of architectural programming as derived from
functional needs of man in his environment. Analysis.
synthesis and evaluation of categories of needs, with
concentration on human response to forms generated
by programs with emphasis on nonqualifiable human
needs. Architecture majors or by permission of instruc-
tor. Lecture, seminar. 3 hours per week.
ARCH 400 (140). ARCHITECTURE STUDIO III. (4)
Continuation of design studio, with emphasis on com-
prehensive building design and introduction to urban
design factors. Prerequisites: Architecture 301 and Arch-
itecture 311. Corequisite. Architecture 410. except by
permission of the Dean. Lecture, studio. 9 hours per
week.
ARCH 401 (141). ARCHITECTURE STUDIO IV. (4)
Continuation of design studio with emphasis on urban
design factors. Prerequisites: Architecture 400 and Arch-
itecture 410. Corequisite. Architecture 411. except by
permission of the Dean Lecture, studio. 9 hours per
week.
ARCH 410 (142) BUILDING SYSTEMS III. (4)
Applications of principles in architectural structures, en-
vironmental controls and construction Prerequisites:
Architecture 301 and Architecture 311. Corequisite. Arch-
itecture 400 Lecture, studio. 6 hours per week
ARCH 411 (143) BUILDING SYSTEMS IV. (4)
Applications of principles and further analysis of systems
and hardware in architectural structures, environmental
controls and construction. Prerequisites: Architecture
400 and Architecture 410. Corequisite. Architecture 401.
Lecture, studio. 6 hours per week.
176 / Course Offerings
ARCH 413 (153). STRUCTURAL SYSTEMS IN
ARCHITECTURE. (3)
Theory and application ol selected complex structural
systems as they relate to architectural decisions. Pre-
requisite: Arch. 410 or by permission of the instructor.
Seminar, 3 hours per week.
ARCH 420 (154). HISTORY OF AMERICAN ARCHITEC-
TURE, 17TH CENTURY TO 19TH CENTURY. (3)
History of American Architecture from the 17th to the
19th Century. Prerequisite: ARCH 120 and 121. Lecture,
3 hours per week.
ARCH 421 (155) HISTORY OF AMERICAN ARCHITEC-
TURE, 19TH AND 20TH CENTURY. (3)
Prerequisite: ARCH 120. 121, and 420. History of Ameri-
can Architecture in the 19th and 20th Centuries. Lecture,
3 hours per week.
ARCH 422 (156). LATE 18TH CENTURY PARISIAN
ARCHITECTURE. (3)
The theoretical background, formulation, and develop-
ment of late Eighteenth Century architecture in Paris,
and its relationship to contemporaneous British and con-
tinental developments in architecture and peripheral
fields. A reading knowledge of French will be required.
Co'loquium. independent research. By permission of the
instructor.
ARCH 426 (New). READINGS IN CONTEMPORARY ARCHI-
TECTURE. (3)
Prerequisite: ARCH 326. Readings and analysis of re-
cent architectural criticism. Repeatable to a maximum of
six semester hours.
ARCH 427 (164). INDEPENDENT STUDIES IN THE
HISTORY OF ARCHITECTURE. (3)
Permission of the instructor. Independent research In
architectural history. Lecture, 3 hours per week.
ARCH 450 (New). INTRODUCTION TO URBAN PLANNING.
(3)
Introduction to city planning theory, methodology and
techniques dealing with normative, urban structural,
economic, social aspects of the city; urban planning
as a process. Architecture majors or by permission of
instructor. Lecture, seminar, 3 hours per week.
ARCH 472 (185). ECONOMIC DETERMINANTS OF
ARCHITECTURE. (3)
Introduction of economic aspects of present day archi-
tecture: government policy, land evaluation, and project
financing; construction materials and labor costs; cost
analysis and control systems. Architecture majors, ex-
cept by permission of instructor. Lecture, seminar, 3
hours per week.
ARCH 478 (165). DIRECTED STUDIES IN ARCHITECTURE
(1-4)
Directed study under individual faculty guidance with
enrollment limited to advanced undergraduate students.
Project proposals must receive a recommendation from
the School Curriculum Committee and approval of the
Dean of the School prior to registration. Public oral pre-
sentation to the faculty of a final report or project will be
required at final submission for credit.
ARCH 500 (New). ADVANCED TOPICAL PROBLEMS IN
ARCHITECTURE. (6)
Offers several studio options in advanced topical prob-
lems from among which the student selects one. Studios
are structured under generic titles, and include lec-
tures, field trips, and assigned readings as well as
directed independent work. Offered fall term only. Lec-
ture, studio 12 hours per week. Architecture majors
only.
ARCH 501 (New). ADVANCED TOPICAL PROBLEMS IN
ARCHITECTURE. (6)
Offers several studio options in advanced topical prob-
lems from among which the student selects one. Studios
are structured under generic titles, and include lec-
tures, field trips, and assigned readings as well as
directed independent work. Offered spring term only.
Lecture, studio 12 hours per week. Architecture majors
only.
ARCH 512 (New). ADVANCED STRUCTURAL ANALYSIS IN
ARCHITECTURE. (3)
Qualitative and quantitative analysis and design of se-
lected complex structural systems and methods. Pre-
requisite: Architecture 411. Seminars, laboratory, field
trips, 3 hours per week.
ARCH 514 (New). ENVIRONMENTAL SYSTEMS IN ARCH-
ITECTURE. (3)
Qualitative analysis of selected environmental systems as
design determinants. Prerequisite: Architecture 411. Lec-
ture, laboratory, 3 hours per week.
ARCH 570 (New). INTRODUCTION TO PROFESSIONAL
MANAGEMENT. (2)
Introduction to architectural professional practice man-
agement, including social, organizational, project man-
agement, legal and cost control aspects of the perform-
ance of complex, comprehensive environmental design
services. Lecture. 2 hours per week.
AGRICULTURAL AND RESOURCE ECONOMICS
AREC 240 (040). ENVIRONMENT AND HUMAN ECOLOGY
(3)
Pollution and human crowding in the modern environ-
ment. Causes and ecological costs of these problems.
Public policy approaches to the solution of problems
in environment and human ecology. (Foster)
AREC 250 (050). ELEMENTS OF AGRICULTURAL
ECONOMICS. (3)
First semester. An introduction to economic principles
of production, marketing, agricultural prices and in-
comes, farm labor, credit, agricultural policies, and
government programs. (Ishee)
AREC 251 (051). MARKETING OF AGRICULTURAL
PRODUCTS. (3)
Second semester. The development of marketing, its
scope, channels, and agencies of distribution, functions,
costs, methods used and services rendered. (Beiter)
FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES ,
AREC 300, 301 (100, 101). AGRICULTURAL ESTIMATING
METHODOLOGY. (3, 3)
The history, organization and administration of. and
services provided by the Statistical Reporting Service
of the U.S. Department of Agriculture and the survey
sampling methods used by that agency for computing the
department's official statistics on crops, livestock and
livestock products, production, agricultural prices and
farm employment. Emphasis is on statistical procedures
used for preparing approximately 350 reports issued an-
nually by the Crop Reporting Board of the U.S. Statisti-
cal Reporting Service. (Designed especially for foreign
students in FAO and AID-Program of Technical Coopera-
tion but very beneficial to any student interested in the
area.)
AREC 398 (199). SEMINAR. (1)
Students will obtain experience in the selection, pre-
paration and presentation of economic topics and prob-
lems which will be subjected to critical analysis.
(Ishee)
AREC 399 (198). SPECIAL PROBLEMS. (1-2) (2 cr. max.)
Concentrated reading and study in some phase or
problem in agricultural and resource economics.
AREC 404 (106). PRICES OF AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTS.
(3)
Second semester. An introduction to agricultural price
behavior. Emphasis is placed on the use of price infor-
mation in the decision-making process, the relation of
supply and demand in determining agricultural prices,
and the relation of prices to grade, time, location, and
stages of processing in the marketing system. The
Course Offerings / 177
course includes elementary methods of price analysis,
the concept of parity and the role of price support pro-
grams in agricultural decisions. (Marasco)
AREC 406 (108). FARM MANAGEMENT. (3)
Second semester. The organization and operation of the
farm business to obtain an income consistent with family
resources and objectives. Principles of production eco-
nomics and other related fields are applier) to the indi-
vidual farm business. Laboratory period will be largely
devoted to field trips and other practical exercises.
(Lessley)
AREC 407 (107). FINANCIAL ANALYSIS OF THE FARM
BUSINESS. (3)
First semester. Application of economic principles to
develop criteria for a sound farm business, including
credit source and use, preparing and filing income tax
returns, methods of appraising farm properties, the sum-
mary and analysis of farm records, leading to effective
control and profitable operation of the farm business.
(Wysong)
AREC 414 (103). INTRODUCTION TO AGRICULTURAL
BUSINESS MANAGEMENT. (3)
First semester, alternate years. The different forms of
businesses are investigated. Management functions, busi-
ness indicators, measures of performance, and opera-
tional analysis are examined. Case studies are used to
show applications of management techniques. (Lessley)
AREC 416 (118). MARKETING MANAGEMENT OF AGRI-
BUSINESS ENTERPRISES. (3)
Second semester, (alternate years). Prerequisite; AREC
414 or permission of instructor. Principles, functions,
institutions and channels of marketing viewed from the
perspective of a manager of an agricultural business
enterprise. The managerial framework for analyzing the
entire marketing program of a firm is developed and
utilized. (Cain)
AREC 427 (117). AGRICULTURAL COMMODITY MARKETS:
AN ECONOMIC ANALYSIS. (3)
First semester, (alternate years). Problems, institutions
and functions within marketing systems for poultry and
eggs, dairy, grain, horticultural, livestock, tobacco and
forestry products. Practical applications of elementary
economic theory in a framework for analysis of market
problems. (Via)
AREC 432 (112). AGRICULTURAL POLICY AND
PROGRAMS. (3)
First semester. A study of public policies and programs
related to the problems of agriculture. Description anal-
ysis and appraisal of current policies and programs will
be emphasized. (Beal)
AREC 444 (114). WORLD AGRICULTURAL PRODUCTION
AND TRADE. (3)
First semester. World production, consumption, and
trade patterns for agricultural products. International
trade theory applied to agricultural products. National
influences on international agricultural trade. (Foster)
AREC 445 (119). FOREIGN AGRICULTURAL ECONOMIES
(3)
Second semester. Analysis of the agricultural economy
of selected areas of the world. The interrelationships
among institutions and values, such as government and
religion, and the economics of agricultural organization
and production. (Holmes)
AREC 452 (111). ECONOMICS OF RESOURCE
DEVELOPMENT. (3)
First semester. Economic, political, and institutional
factors which influence the use of land resources.
Application of elementary economic principles in under-
standing social conduct concerning the development
and use of natural and man-made resources. (Tuthill)
AREC 484 (109). INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMETRICS IN
AGRICULTURE. (3)
First semester. An introduction to the application of
econometric techniques to agricultural problems with
emphasis on the assumptions and computational tech-
niques necessary to derive statistical estimates, test
hypotheses, and make predictions with the use of single
equation models. Includes linear and non-linear regres-
sion models, internal least squares, discriminant analysis
and factor analysis. (Ishee)
AREC 485 (185). APPLICATIONS OF MATHEMATICAL
PROGRAMMING IN AGRICULTURE. BUSINESS AND
ECONOMIC ANALYSIS. (3)
This course is designed to train students in the applica-
tion of mathematical programming (especially linear
programming) to solve a wide variety of 'problems in
agriculture, business and economics. The primary em-
phasis is on setting up problems and interpreting results.
The computational facilities of the Computer Science
Center are used extensively. (Bender)
AREC 495 (195). HONORS READING COURSE IN
AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS I. (3)
First semester. Selected readings in political and eco-
nomic theory from 1700 to 1850. This course develops a
basic understanding of the development of economic
and political thought as a foundation for understanding
our present society and its cultural heritage. Prerequi-
site, acceptance in the Honors Program of the Depart-
ment of Agricultural Economics. (Bender)
AREC 496 (196). HONORS READING COURSE IN
AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS II. (3)
Second semester. Selected readings in political and
economic theory from 1850 to the present. This course
continues the development of a basic understanding of
economic and political thought begun in AREC 495.
This understanding on the part of the student is further
developed and broadened in this semester by the exami-
nation of modern problems in agricultural economics in
the light of the material read and discussed in AREC 495
and AREC 496. Prerequisite: Successful completion of
AREC 495 and registration in the Honors Program of the
Department of Agricultural Economics. (Via)
AIR SCIENCE
ARSC 100, 101 (011. 012). GENERAL MILITARY COURSE.
(1.1)
ARSC 200, 201 (021, 022). GENERAL MILITARY COURSE.
(1.1)
ARSC 300, 301 (101, 102). PROFESSIONAL OFFICER
COURSE. (3,3)
ARSC 302, 303. (103, 104). PROFESSIONAL OFFICER
COURSE. (3,3)
ART EDUCATION
ARTE 100 (040). FUNDAMENTALS OF ART EDUCATION. (3)
Two hours of laboratory and two hours of lecture per
week. Fundamental principles of the visual arts for
teaching on the elementary level. Elements and prin-
ciples of design and theory of color Studio practice
in different media.
ART HISTORY
ARTH 100 (010). INTRODUCTION TO ART. (3)
Basic tools of understanding visual art. This course
stresses major approaches such as techniques, subject
matter, form, and evaluation. Architecture, sculpture,
painting, and graphic arts will be discussed. Required
of all art majors in the first year.
ARTH 260. 261 (060. 061). HISTORY OF ART. (3. 3)
A survey of western art as expressed through architec-
ture, sculpture and painting. First semester, prehistoric
times to Renaissance: second semester from Renais-
sance to the present.
ARTH 284 (062). INTRODUCTION TO AFRICAN ART. (3)
General concepts preparing the student for a better
understanding of African cultures through an appreci-
ation of their art. (Hommel)
178 / Course Offerings
ARTH 320. 321 (065. 066). MASTERPIECES OF PAINTING
(3. 3)
A study of the contributions of a few major painters,
ranging from Giotto to Picasso. (Levitine)
ARTH 330. 331 (067, 068). MASTERPIECES OF SCULP-
TURE. (3, 3)
A study of the contributions of a few major sculptors,
ranging from Polykleitos to Moore. (Mirolli)
ARTH 340. 341 (070. 071). MASTERPIECES OF ARCHI-
TECTURE. (3. 3)
A study of great architecture from Stonehenge to Dulles
Airport. (Stites)
ARTH 402. 403 (160. 161). CLASSICAL ART. (3, 3)
Architecture, sculpture and painting in the Classical
cultures. First semester will stress Greece; second se-
mester. Rome. (Pemberton)
ARTH 404 (181). BRONZE AGE ART. (3)
Art of the Near East, Egypt and Aegean. (Pemberton)
ARTH 406, 407 (162. 163). ART OF THE EAST. (3, 3)
Architecture, sculpture and painting. First semester will
stress India; second semester, China and Japan.
(Griffin)
ARTH 410 (164). EARLY CHRISTIAN AND BYZANTINE ART.
(3)
Architecture, sculpture, painting, and mosaic of Early
Christian Rome, the Near East and the Byzantine Em-
pire.
ARTH 412, 413 (166, 167). MEDIEVAL ART. (3, 3)
Architecture, sculpture and painting in the Middle Ages.
First semester will stress Romanesque; second semester,
the Gothic period. (Denny)
ARTH 416, 417 (170, 171). NORTHERN EUROPEAN PAINT-
ING IN THE 15TH AND 16TH CENTURIES. (3, 3)
Painting in the Netherlands, France and Germany.
(Farquhar)
ARTH 422, 423 (168, 169). EARLY RENAISSANCE ART IN
ITALY. (3, 3)
Architecture, sculpture and painting from about 1400
to 1475. (Rearick)
ARTH 424. 425 (185, 186). HIGH RENAISSANCE ART IN
ITALY. (3. 3)
Architecture, sculpture and painting from about 1475
to 1525. (Rearick)
ARTH 430, 431 (172, 173). EUROPEAN BAROQUE ART.
(3, 3)
Architecture, sculpture and painting of the major Euro-
pean centers in the 17th century. (DiFederico)
ARTH 434, 435 (174, 175). FRENCH PAINTING. (3, 3)
French painting from the 15th through the 18th century,
from Fouquet to David. (Levitine)
ARTH 440, 441 (176, 177). 19TH CENTURY EUROPEAN ART.
(3. 3)
Architecture, sculpture and painting in Europe from Neo-
Classicism to Impressionism. (de Leiris)
ARTH 445 (180). IMPRESSIONISM AND NEO-IMPRESSION-
ISM. (3)
Prerequisite; ARTH 260. 261 or consent of instructor.
History of Impressionism and Neo-lmpressionism: art-
ists, styles, art theories, criticism, sources and influence
on 20th century. (de Leiris)
ARTH 450. 451 (178, 179). 20TH-CENTURY ART. (3, 3)
Architecture, sculpture and painting from the late 19th
century to our day. (Withers)
ARTH 454 (183). 19TH AND 20TH-CENTURY SCULPTURE.
(3)
Trends in sculpture from Neo-Classicism to the present.
Emphasis will be put on the redefinition of sculpture
during the 20th century. (Mirolli)
ARTH 455 (182). 20TH-CENTURY MASTERS AND MOVE-
MENTS. (3)
Artists and tendencies in 20th-century art. Subject will
change and be announced each time course is offered.
(Withers)
ARTH 460 (184). HISTORY OF THE GRAPHIC ARTS. (3)
Prerequisite: ARTH 100, or ARTH 260 and 261. or con-
sent of instructor. Graphic techniques and styles in
Europe from 1400 to 1800; contributions of major artists.
ARTH 462. 463 (New). AFRICAN ART. (3.3)
First semester, the cultures west of the Niger River
(Nigeria through Mali) from 400 B.C. to the present.
Second semester, the cutures east and south of Nigeria.
The art is studied through its iconography and function
in the culture and the intercultural influences upon the
artists, including a study of the societies, cults and
ceremonies during which the art was used. (Hommel)
ARTH 464 (New). AFRICAN ART RESEARCH. (3)
Prerequisite: ARTH 462, 463 or departmental permission.
Seminar type course given at the Museum of African
Art in Washington. DC. (Hommel)
ARTH 470, 471 (152, 153). LATIN AMERICAN ART. (3, 3)
Art from the pre-Columbian civilization to the modern
period. (Lynch)
ARTH 474, 475 (150, 151). SPANISH ART. (3, 3)
Special emphasis will be given to the artists of the 16th
and 17th centuries such as El Greco and Velasquez.
(Lynch)
ARTH 476, 477 (158, 159). HISTORY OF AMERICAN ART.
(3, 3)
Architecture, sculpture and painting in the United States
from the Colonial period to the present. (Jordan)
ARTH 480 (155). AMERICAN COLONIAL PAINTING. (3)
Development and style of painting in Colonial America:
sources, genres, influential studios, Anglo-American
School of historical painting. (Jordan)
ARTH 482 (157). AMERICAN ART AND ITS RELATIONSHIP
TO EUROPE: 1800-1900. (3)
Prerequisite: ARTH 476 and 477 recommended. The
American artist in Europe; American and German Ro-
manticism; Neo-Classicism in America and Europe;
Dusseldorf School; Munich School: Pre-Raphaelites,
Barbizon School and Impressionism. (Jordan)
ARTH 489 (196). SPECIAL TOPICS IN ART HISTORY: As
announced. (3)
Prerequisite: Consent of Department Chairman or in-
structor.
ARTH 498. 499 (194, 195). DIRECTED STUDIES IN ART
HISTORY. (2 or 3, 2 or 3)
For advanced students, by permission of Department
Chairman. Course may be repeated for credit if content
differs.
ART STUDIO
ARTS 100 (012). DESIGN. (3)
Six hours per week. Principles and elements of design
through manipulation and organization of materials in
two and three dimensions. (Green)
ARTS 110 (016). DRAWING I. (3)
Six hours per week. An introductory course with a
variety of media and related techniques. Problems based
on still life, figure and nature. (Niese)
ARTS 200 (022). INTERMEDIATE DESIGN. (3)
Six hours per week. Prerequisites: ARTS 100. 110. A
continuation of Design I with more individually struc-
tured problems in terms of form, composition and
meaning.
ARTS 210 (026). DRAWING II. (3)
Six hours per week. Prerequisites: ARTS 100, 110. Origi-
nal compositions from the figure and nature, supple-
mented by problems of personal and expressive draw-
ing.
ARTS 220 (017). PAINTING I. (3)
Six hours per week. Prerequisites: ARTS 100. 110. Basic
tools and language of painting. Oil and watercolor.
Course Offerings / 179
ARTS 277 (027). ARCHITECTURAL PRESENTATION (3)
Six hours per week. Prerequisites: ARTS 100. 110. Tech-
niques of wash and watercolor in architectural, interior
and landscape architectural rendering (Stites)
ARTS 310 (126). DRAWING III. (3)
Six hours per week. Prerequisite: ARTS 210. Emphasis
on understanding organic form, as it is related to study
from the human figure and to pictorial composition.
ARTS 320 (117). PAINTING II. (3)
Six hours per week. Prerequisites: ARTS 210. 220. Origi-
nal compositions based upon nature, figure and still
life, supplemented by expressive painting. Choice of
media. Different sections of course may be taken for
credit.
320A. Oil painting and related media.
320B. Watercolor and casein.
320C. Plastic media, such as encaustic and polymer
tempera.
320D. Mural painting. The use of contemporary syn-
thetic media.
ARTS 324 (127). PAINTING III. (3)
Six hours per week. Prerequisite: ARTS 320. Creative
painting for advanced students. Problems require a
knowledge of pictorial structure. Development of per-
sonal direction. Choice of media. (Staff)
ARTS 330 (118). SCULPTURE I. (3)
Six hours per week. Prerequisite: ARTS 210. (For stu-
dents majoring in Art History, by permission of depart-
ment.) Volumes, masses and planes, based on the use
of plastic earths. Simple armature construction and
methods of casting.
ARTS 334 (128A). SCULPTURE II. (3)
Six hours per week. Prerequisite: ARTS 330. Nature as
a point of reference with potentiality of developing ideas
into organic and architectural forms.
ARTS 335 (128B). SCULPTURE III. (3)
Six hours per week. Prerequisite: ARTS 334. Problems
involving plastic earths and other material capable of
being modeled or cast. Choice of individual style en-
couraged. (Freeny)
ARTS 340 (119). PRINTMAKING I. (3)
Six hours per week. Prerequisite: ARTS 210. (For stu-
dents majoring in Art History, by permission of depart-
ment.) Basic printmaking techniques in relief, intaglio,
and planographic media. (Forbes. Isen)
ARTS 344 (129). PRINTMAKING II. (3)
Six hours per week. Prerequisite: ARTS 210. One print
media including extensive study of color processes. In-
dividually structured problems. (Forbes, Isen)
ARTS 410 (136). DRAWING IV. (3)
Six hours per week. Prerequisite: ARTS 310. Advanced
drawing, with emphasis on human figure, its structure
and organic likeness to forms in nature. Compositional
problems deriving from this relationship are also
stressed. (Jamieson)
ARTS 420 (137). PAINTING IV. (3)
Six hours per week Prerequisite: ARTS 324. Creative
painting. Emphasis on personal direction and self-criti-
cism. Group seminars.
ARTS 430 (138). SCULPTURE IV. (3)
Six hours per week. Prerequisite: ARTS 335. Problems
and techniques of newer concepts, utilizing various ma-
terials, such as plastics and metals. Technical aspects
of welding stressed. (Freeny)
ARTS 440 (139A). PRINTMAKING III. (3)
Six hours per week. Prerequisite: ARTS 340 and 344
Contemporary experimental techniques of one print
medium with group discussions. (Forbes, Isen)
ARTS 441 (139B). PRINTMAKING IV. (3)
Six hours per week. Prerequisite: ARTS 440. Continua-
tion of ARTS 440. (Forbes, Isen)
ARTS 498 (192). DIRECTED STUDIES IN STUDIO ART.
(2 or 3)
For advanced students, by permission of department
chairman. Course may be repeated for credit if content
differs.
ASTRONOMY
ASTR 100 (001). INTRODUCTION TO ASTRONOMY. (3)
An elementary course in descriptive astronomy, especial-
ly appropriate for non-science students. Sun. moon,
planets, stars and nebulae, galaxies, evolution. The
course is illustrated with slides and demonstrations.
(Westerhout, Wentzel, Kerr. Smith. Frey)
ASTR 105 (002). INTRODUCTION TO MODERN ASTRON-
OMY. (3)
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: ASTR 100 An
elementary course in modern astronomy elaborating on
some of the topics which could only be mentioned briefly
in ASTR 100. Appropriate for non-science students.
(Kundu. Erickson)
ASTR 110 (005). ASTRONOMY LABORATORY (1)
Two hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: Previous
or concurrent enrollment in ASTR 100 or 180. Exercises
include use of photographs of moon, sun. stars, nebulae
and galaxies, and spectra: experiments demonstrating
scientific concepts used in astronomy: daytime and night-
time observations if weather permits. Appropriate for
non-science majors. (Smith, Matthews, A'Hearn)
ASTR 180 (010). DESCRIPTIVE AND ANALYTICAL ASTRON-
OMY. (3)
Fall semester. Three lectures per week. A general sur-
very course intended for science majors. Prerequisite:
MATH 115 or equivalent; a knowledge of trigonometry
and logarithms will be assumed. This introductory course
will deal with the sun and the solar system, stars and
astrophysics, stellar systems and cosmology. It should
not normally be taken by students who have already had
ASTR 100 and 105 (Harrington. Kundu)
ASTR 210 (025). PRACTICAL ASTRONOMY. (2-3)
Prerequisites: ASTR 180 and MATH 140. ASTR 100 and
105 may be substituted for ASTR 180 if approved by
instructor. One lecture and one two-hour laboratory
per week. 2-3 credits, according to work done This
course is designed primarily for astronomy majors and
will give the student familiarity with techniques used
by astronomers and an understanding of how astronomi-
cal data are obtained. Students registered for 2 credits
will not be required to do all the exercises. Topics will
include coordinate systems, optics, photometry, binary
stars, distance determinations. Hertzsprung-Russell dia-
gram, solar observations, moon, galactic structure and
galaxies. (Smith. Matthews)
ASTR 399 (190). HONORS SEMINAR.
Credit according to work done (Cr. Arr.) Enrollment is
limited to students admitted to the Honors Program in
Astronomy. (Staff)
ASTR 400 (102). INTRODUCTION TO ASTROPHYSICS I. (3)
Three lectures per week. Pre- or corequisite: PHYS 422
or consent of instructor. Spectroscopy, structure of the
atmospheres of the sun and other stars. Observational
data and curves of growth. Chemical composition
(Harrington. Zipoy)
ASTR 401 (103). INTRODUCTION TO ASTROPHYSICS II. (3)
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: ASTR 400 A brief
survey of stellar structure and evolution, and of the
physics of low-density gases, such as the interstellar
medium and the solar atmosphere. Emphasis is placed
on a good understanding of a few theoretical concepts
that have wide astrophysical applications
ASTR 410. 411 (100. 110) OBSERVATIONAL ASTRONOMY.
(3, 3)
Prerequisites: Working knowledge of calculus, physics
through PHYS 284 or 263, and 3 credits of astronomy An
introduction to current methods ol obtaining astronomi-
180 / Course Offerings
cal information including radio, inlrared, optical, ultra-
violet, and x-ray astronomy. The laboratory work will
involve photographic, spectrographic. and photoelectric
observations with the department's optical telescopes:
flux measurements and interferometry with the depart-
ment's radio telescopes; 21 cm line observations.
(A'Hearn, Erickson, Simonson)
ASTR 420 (101). INTRODUCTION TO GALACTIC
RESEARCH. (3)
First semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite:
MATH 240 and at least 12 credits of introductory physics
and astronomy courses. Stellar motions, methods of
galactic research, study of our own and nearby galaxies,
clusters of stars. (Kerr, Matthews)
ASTR 450 (124). CELESTIAL MECHANICS. (3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisite: PHYS 410 or con-
sent of instructor. Celestial mechanics, orbit theory,
equations of motion, (Musen)
ASTR 498 (150). SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN ASTRONOMY.
(Arr.)
Prerequisite: Major in physics or astronomy and-or con-
sent of advisor. Research or special study. Credit accord-
ing to work done.
BIOLOGY
BIOL 101 (001). ORGANIZATION AND INTERRELATION-
SHIPS IN THE BIOLOGICAL WORLD. (3)
First semester. An introductory lecture course for the
nonscience major emphasizing the fundamental organi-
zation, processes and interdependence of living organ-
isms and the biological effects associated with human
influences on the ecosystem.
BOTANY
GENERAL BOTANY
BOTN 100 (001). GENERAL BOTANY. (4)
Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Gen-
eral introduction to botany, touching briefly on all
phases of the subject. Emphasis is on the fundamental
biological principles on the higher plants.
BOTN 100H (001H). GENERAL BOTANY. (4)
Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. A
broad study of plant science with emphasis on current
conceptions of major fields of interest. Designed for gen-
eral honors students, as well as for freshman students
with superior training in biology or chemistry, for upper
class science majors, and for those students seeking
an advanced treatment of BOTN 100 (001).
(Galloway and Departmental Faculty)
BOTN 202 (002). GENERAL BOTANY. (4)
Second semester. Two lectures and two laboratory per-
iods a week. Prerequisite: BOTN 100 or equivalent. A
brief evolutionary study of algae, fungi, liverworts,
mosses, ferns and their relatives, and the seed plants,
emphasizing their structure, reproduction, habitats, and
economic importance. (Reveal)
EOTN 211 (010). PRINCIPLES OF CONSERVATION. (3)
First semester. Three lectures per week. A study of the
principles of economical use of our natural resources
including water, soil, plants, minerals, wildlife and man.
(Harrison)
BOTN 389 (195). TUTORIAL READING IN BOTANY.
(HONORS COURSE) (2 or 3)
Prerequisite: Admission to the Department of Botany
Honors Program. A review of the literature dealing with
a specific research problem in preparation for original
research to be accomplished in Botany 399. Papers will
be assigned and discussed in frequent sessions with
the instructor. (Galloway)
BOTN 398 (199). SEMINAR (1)
Two semester hours maximum credit Prerequisite: per-
mission of instructor. Discussion and readings on
special topics, current literature, or problems and
progress in all phases of botany. Minor experimental
work may be pursued if facilities and the qualifications
of the students permit. For seniors only, majors and
minors in botany or biological science.
BOTN 399 (New). RESEARCH PROBLEMS IN BOTANY.
(1-3)
Prerequisites: Twenty hours of Botany courses and the
permission of the instructor. Research and/or integrated
reading in botany under the direction and close super-
vision of a member of the faculty (May be repeated for
a maximum of 6 credits).
BOTN 401 (116). HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF BO-
TANY. (1)
First semester. Prerequisites: Twenty semester credit
hours in biological sciences including BOTN 100 or
equivalent. Discussion of the development and ideas
and knowledge about plants, leading to a survey of con-
temporary work in botanical science. (Brown)
BOTN 407 (151S). TEACHING METHODS IN BOTANY. (2)
Summer session. Four two-hour laboratory demonstra-
tion period per week, for eight weeks. Prerequisite:
BOTN 100. or equivalent. A study of the biological prin-
ciples of common plants, and demonstrations, projects,
and visual aids suitable for teaching in primary and
secondary schools. (Lockard)
BOTN 415 (136). PLANTS AND MANKIND. (2)
First semester. Prerequisite: BOTN 100 or equivalent.
A survey of the plants which are utilized by man, the
diversity of such utilization, and their historic and eco-
nomic significance. (Rappleye)
BOTN 471 (New). ELEMENTS OF MARINE AND ESTUA-
RINE PLANT BIOLOGY. (2)
Two lectures per week. Prerequisite: BOTN 100 and
CHEM 104. A discussion of plants in marine and estau-
arine ecosystems. (Krauss)
BOTN 475 (New). ALGAL SYSTEMATICS. (3)
One lecture and two laboratory periods per week. Pre-
requisite: BOTN 100. An intensive study of algal struc-
tures, morphology, classification and nomenclature in-
cluding preparation, preservation and identification pro-
cedures. (Van Valkenberg)
BOTN 477 (171). MARINE PLANT BIOLOGY. (4)
Summer session. Prerequisite: BOTN 100 or General
Biology plus organic chemistry or the consent of the
instructor. Five one-hour lectures and three, 3-hour
laboratories each week for six weeks. An introduction to
the taxonomic, physiological and biochemical charac-
teristics of marine plants which are basic to their role
in the ecology of the oceans and estuaries. (Krauss)
PLANT PHYSIOLOGY
BOTN 441 (101). PLANT PHYSIOLOGY. (4)
First semester. Two lectures and one 4-hour laboratory
period a week. Prerequisites: BOTN 001 and General
Chemistry. Organic chemistry strongly recommended. A
survey of the general physiological activities of plants.
(Patterson, Lockard)
BOTN 497 (172). SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN MARINE
RESEARCH. (1-3)
Summer session. Prerequisites: BOTN 100 or general
biology plus organic chemistry or consent of instructor.
Recommended concurrent or previous enrollment in
BOTN 477, Marine Plant Biology. An experimental ap-
proach to problems in marine research dealing primarily
with the phytoplankton, the larger algae, and marine
spermatophytes. Emphasis will be placed on their physi-
ological and biochemical activities.
Course Offerings / 181
PLANT PATHOLOGY
BOTN 221 (020). DISEASES OF PLANTS. (4)
First semester. Two lectures and two laboratory periods
a week. Prerequisite: BOTN 100, or equivalent. An intro-
ductory study of the symptoms and causal agents of
plant diseases and measures for their control. (Klarman)
BOTN 422 (122). RESEARCH METHODS IN PLANT
PATHOLOGY. (2)
Second semester. Two laboratory periods a week. Pre-
requisite: BOTN 221, or equivalent. Advanced training in
the basic research techniques and methods of plant
pathology. (Curtis)
BOTN 424 (127). DIAGNOSIS AND CONTROL OF PLANT
DISEASES. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite: BOTN 221. Three lec-
tures per week. A study of various plant diseases
grouped according to the manner in which the host
plants are affected. Emphasis will be placed on recog-
nition of symptoms of the various types of diseases and
on methods of transmission and control of the pathogens
involved. (Bean)
BOTN 427 (152S). FIELD PLANT PATHOLOGY. (1)
Summer session. Daily lecture for three weeks. Prerequi-
site: BOTN 221, or equivalent. Given in accordance with
demand. A course for county agents and teachers of
vocational agriculture. Discussion and denomination of
the important diseases in Maryland crops. (Kantzes)
TAXONOMY
BOTN 212 (011). PLANT TAXONOMY. (3)
Second semester. One lecture and two laboratory per-
iods a week. Prerequisite: BOTN 001, or equivalent. An
introductory study of plant classification, based on the
collection and identification of local plants. (Brown)
BOTN 405 (161). SYSTEMATIC BOTANY. (3)
Fall semester. (Not offered 1972-73). Two two-hour lab-
oratory periods a week. Prerequisite: BOTN 212 or
equivalent. An advanced study of the principles of sys-
tematic botany. Laboratory practice with difficult plant
families including grasses, sedges, legumes, and com-
posites. Field trips arranged. (Reveal)
BOTN 417 (153S). FIELD BOTANY AND TAXONOMY. (2)
Summer session. Prerequisite: BOTN 100 or General Bi-
ology. Four two-hour laboratory periods a week for eight
weeks. The identification of trees, shrubs, and herbs,
emphasizing the native plants of Maryland. Manuals,
keys, and other techniques will be used. Numerous short
field trips will be taken. Each student will make an in-
dividual collection. (Brown)
BOTN 426 (128). MYCOLOGY. (4)
Second semester. An introductory study of the morphol-
ogy, classification, life histories, and economics of the
fungi. (Motta)
ECOLOGY
BOTN 413 (113). PLANT GEOGRAPHY. (2)
First semester. Prerequisite: BOTN 100. or equivalent. A
study of plant distribution throughout the world and the
factors generally associated with such distribution.
(Brown)
BOTN 462 (102). PLANT ECOLOGY. (2)
First semester. Prerequisite: BOTN 100. Two lectures
per week. The dynamics of populations as affected by
environmental factors with special emphasis on the
structure and composition of natural plant communities,
both terrestial and equatic.
BOTN 463 (New). ECOLOGY OR MARSH AND DUNE
VEGETATION. (2)
Two lectures per week. Prerequisite: BOTN 100. An
examination of the biology of higher plants in dune and
marsh vegetation. (Rappleye)
BOTN 464 (103). PLANT ECOLOGY LABORATORY. (1)
Prerequisite: BOTN 462 or its equivalent or concurrent
enrollment therein. One three-hour laboratory period a
week. The application of field and experimental methods
to the qualitative and quantitative study of vegetation
an environmental factors.
ANATOMY— MORPHOLOGY
BOTN 302 (110). PLANT MICROTECHNIQUE. (3)
Second semester. One lecture a week. Laboratory per-
iods by arrangement. Prerequisite: BOTN 100 or equiva-
lent and permission of instructor. Preparation of tempo-
rary and permanent mounts, including selection of ma-
terial, killing and fixing, embedding, sectioning, and
staining methods; photomicrography, film and paper
processing and preparation of photographic illustrations
for research publication. (Stern)
BOTN 411 (111). PLANT ANATOMY. (3)
One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. The ori-
gin and development of the organs and tissue systems
in the vascular plants (Rappleye)
BOTN 412 (115). STRUCTURE OF ECONOMIC PLANTS. (3)
Second semester. One lecture and two laboratory per-
iods a week. Prerequisite: BOTN 411. A detailed micro-
scopic study of the anatomy of the chief fruit and vege-
table crops. (Rappleye)
BOTN 416 (111). PRINCIPLES OF PLANT ANATOMY. (4)
Second semester. Two lectures and two 2-hour laboratory
sessions per week. Prerequisite: BOTN 100. The origin
and development of cells, tissues, and tissue systems of
vascular plants with special emphasis on seed-bearing
plants. Particular stress is given to the comparative, sys-
tematic, and evolutionary study of the structural com-
ponents of plants. (Stern)
GENETICS
BOTN 414 (117). GENERAL PLANT GENETICS. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite: BOTN 100 or equivalent.
The basic principles of plant genetics are presented;
the mechanics of transmission of the hereditary factors
in relation to the life cycle of seed plants, the genetics
of specialized organs and tissues, spontaneous and in-
duced mutations of basic and economic significance,
gene action, genetic maps, the fundamentals of poly-
ploidy, and genetics in relation to methods of plant
breeding are the topics considered. (Smith)
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
ESAD 110 (10). BUSINESS ENTERPRISE. (3)
A survey course covering the internal and functional or-
ganization of a business enterprise, its organization and
control.
BSAD 220, 221 (20, 21). PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNTING.
(3, 3)
Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. The principles of ac-
counting for business enterprise and the use of account-
ing data in making business decisions.
BSAD 220A. 221A (20A. 21A). PRINCIPLES OF ACCOUNT-
ING. (3. 3)
Same as BSAD 220 & 221 except for non-accounting
majors.
BSAD 230 (130). BUSINESS STATISTICS I. (3)
Prerequisite: 6 hours of Math plus MATH 220. or permis-
sion of instructor. An introductory course discussing
basic statistical concepts and various widely used statis-
tical techniques, namely, ratios and percentages: the
tabular and graphic presentation of statistical data: fre-
quency distributions, measures of central tendency, vari-
ability, skewness and kurtosis: the binomial and normal
probability distributions: tests of hypotheses concerning
means and proportions; the estimation of names and pro-
portions; two-variable linear correlation analysis.
182 / Course Offerings
FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES
BSAD 301 (101) ELECTRONIC DATA PROCESSING. (3)
Students enrolled in the Department of Business Admin-
istration curricula will register lor ISFM 401. For detailed
information on prerequisites and description of the
course, refer to ISFM 401. The credits earned in ISFM
401 may be included in the total credits earned in the
area of concentration in business administration.
BSAD 302 (102). ELECTRONIC DATA PROCESSING
APPLICATIONS. (3)
Students enrolled in the Department of Business Admin-
istration curricula will register for IFSM 402. For detailed
information on prerequisites and description of the
course, refer to IFSM 402. The credits earned in IFSM
402 may be included in the total credits earned in the
area of concentration in business administration.
BSAD 310, 311 (110, 111). INTERMEDIATE ACCOUNTING.
(3, 3)
Prerequisite: BSAD 221. A comprehensive study of the
theory and problems of valuation of assets, application
of funds, corporation accounts and statements, and the
interpretation of accounting statements.
BSAD 320 (120). ACCOUNTING SYSTEMS. (3)
Prerequisite: BSAD 220. A study of the factors involved
in the design and installation of accounting systems: the
organization, volume and types of transactions, charts of
accounts, accounting manuals, the reporting system.
BSAD 321 (121). COST ACCOUNTING. (3)
Prerequisite: BSAD 221. A study of the basic concepts
of product costing and cost analysis for management
planning and control. Emphasis is placed on the role of
the accountant in organizational management, analysis
of cost behavior, standard cost, budgeting, responsibility
accounting and relevant costs for decision making.
BSAD 323 (123). INCOME TAX ACCOUNTING. (3)
Prerequisite: BSAD 221. A study of the important provi-
sions of the Federal Tax Laws, using illustrative exam-
ples, selected questions and problems, and the prepa-
ration of returns.
BSAD 330 (131). BUSINESS STATISTICS II. (3)
Prerequisite: BSAD 230 or equivalent. A course comple-
menting BSAD 230. The topics covered include: trend
analysis in its simpler aspects: seasonal and cycle anal-
ysis: nonlinear two-variable correlation analysis: correla-
tion analysis of grouped data: some reference to multi-
ple correlation analysis: the chi-square test: analysis of
variance; index numbers.
BSAD 332 (136). OPERATIONS RESEARCH I. (3)
Prerequisite: BSAD 230 or consent of instructor. The
philosophy, methods and objectives of operations re-
search. Basic methods are examined and their applica-
tion to functional areas of business are covered. (This
course is also listed as IFSM 434 and may be taken for
Information Systems Management credit.)
BSAD 340 (140). BUSINESS FINANCE. (3)
Prerequisite: BSAD 221. This course deals with princi-
ples and practices involved in the organization, financ-
ing, and rehabilitation of business enterprises; the vari-
ous types of securities and their use in raising funds,
apportioning income, risk, and control; intercorporate re-
lations: and new developments. Emphasis is on solution
of problems of financial policy faced by management.
BSAD 343 (143). INVESTMENTS. (3)
Prerequisite: BSAD 340. An introduction to financial in-
vestments. Topics include securities and securities mar-
kets; investment risks, returns, and constraints; portfolio
policies; and institutional investment policies.
BSAD 350 (149). MARKETING PRINCIPLES AND
ORGANIZATION. (3)
Prerequisite: ECON 203 or 205. This is an introductory
course in the field of marketing. Its purpose is to give
a general understanding and appreciation of the forces
operating institutions employed, and methods followed
in marketing agricultural products, natural products,
services and manufactured goods.
BSAD 351 (150). MARKETING MANAGEMENT. (3)
Prerequisites: BSAD 230 and BSAD 350. A study of the
work of the marketing division in a going organization.
The work of developing organizations and procedures
for the control of marketing activities is surveyed. The
emphasis throughout the course is placed on the determ-
ination of policies, methods, and practices for the effec-
tive marketing of various forms of manufactured pro-
ducts.
BSAD 352 (151). ADVERTISING. (3)
Prerequisite: BSAD 350. A study of the role of advertis-
ing in the American economy; the impact of advertis-
ing on our economic and social life, the methods and
techniques currently applied by advertising practitioners;
the role of the newspaper, magazine, and other media
in the development of an advertising campaign, modern
research methods to improve the effectiveness of adver-
tising and the organization of the advertising business.
BSAD 353 (154). RETAIL MANAGEMENT. (3)
Prerequisites: BSAD 220 and 350. Retail store organiza-
tion, location, layout and store policy; pricing policies,
price lines, brands, credit policies, records as a guide to
buying; purchasing methods; supervision of selling;
training and supervision of retail sales force; and admin-
istrative problems.
BSAD 360 (160). PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT. (3)
The basic course in personnel management includes
manpower planning, recruitment, selection, development,
compensation, and appraisal of employees. Explores the
impact of scientific management and unionism on these
functions.
BSAD 362 (163). LABOR RELATIONS. (3)
A study of the development and methods of organized
groups in industry with reference to the settlement of
labor disputes. An economic and legal analysis of labor
union and employer association activities, arbitration,
mediation, and conciliation; collective bargaining, trade
agreements, strikes, boycotts, lockouts, company unions,
employee representation, and injunctions.
BSAD 364 (168). MANAGEMENT AND ORGANIZATION
THEORY. (3)
The development of management and organization
theory, nature of the management process and function
and its future development. The role of the manager as
an organizer and director, the communication process,
goals and responsibilities.
BSAD 370 (170). PRINCIPLES OF TRANSPORTATION. (3)
Prerequisite: ECON 203 or 205. A general course cover-
ing the five fields of transportation, their development,
service, and regulation.
BSAD 371 (171). TRAFFIC AND PHYSICAL DISTRIBUTION
MANAGEMENT. (3)
Prerequisite: Junior standing. Examines the management
aspects of the business firm in moving their raw mater-
ials and finished goods, through traffic, warehousing, in-
dustrial packaging, materials handling, and inventory. A
systematic examination of the trade-off possibilities and
management alternatives to minimize cost of product
flow and maximizing customer service is provided.
BSAD 380 (180). BUSINESS LAW. (3)
Legal aspects of business relationships, contracts, ne-
gotiable instruments, agency partnerships, corporations,
real and personal property, and sales.
BSAD 381 (181). BUSINESS LAW. (3)
Legal aspects of business relationships, contracts, ne-
gotiable instruments, agency, partnerships, corporations,
real and personal property, and sales.
BSAD 385 (169). PRODUCTION MANAGEMENT. (3)
Studies the operation of a manufacturing enterprise, con-
centrating on the economies of production. Introduces a
grounding in analytical method early so that the broad
problem areas of system design, operation and control
can be based upon the analytical method.
Course Offerings / 183
BSAD 390 (190). RISK MANAGEMENT. (3)
Prerequisite: MATH III. Designed to acquaint the student
with the nature and significance of risk in business en-
terprise. The problems relating to both pure and specu-
lative risk in business are considered; and methods of
solution involving risk assumption, transfer, reduction,
and the use of insurance are analyzed as aids in man-
agement decision making.
BSAD 391 (191). PRINCIPLES OF RISK AND
INSURANCE. (3)
Prerequisite: MATH III. Emphasizes the use of insurance
in resolving problems involving personal and business
risks. Life, accident and health, fire and casualty, auto-
mobile, and marine insurance are examined as means of
dealing with these risks. The theory and legal aspects of
insurance are considered, as well as the quantitative
measurement of risks.
BSAD 392 (192). INTRODUCTION TO INTERNATIONAL
BUSINESS MANAGEMENT. (3)
Prerequisite: ECON 203 or 205. A study of the domestic
and foreign environmental factors affecting the interna-
tional operations of U.S. business firms. The course also
covers the administrative aspects of international mar-
keting, finance and management.
BSAD 393 (195). REAL ESTATE PRINCIPLES. (3)
Prerequisite: ECON 203 or 205. This course covers the
nature and uses of real estate, real estate as a business,
basic principles, construction problems and home owner-
ship, city planning, and public control and ownership of
real estate.
FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES
BSAD 401 (103). INTRODUCTION TO SYSTEMS ANALYSIS.
(3)
Students enrolled in the Department of Business Admin-
istration curricula will register for IFSM 436. For detailed
information on prerequisites and descriptions of the
course, refer to IFSM 436. The credits earned in IFSM
436 may be included in the total credits earned in the
area of concentration in business administration.
BSAD 420. 421 (118. 119). UNDERGRADUATE ACCOUNT-
ING SEMINAR. (3. 3)
Prerequisite: Senior standing as an accounting major or
consent of instructor. Enrollment limited to upper one-
third of senior class. Seminar coverage of outstanding
current non-text literature, current problems and case
studies in accounting.
BSAD 422 (122). AUDITING THEORY AND PRACTICE. (3)
Prerequisite: BSAD 311. A study of the principles and
problems of auditing and application of accounting prin-
ciples to the preparation of audit working papers and re-
ports.
BSAD 423 (129). APPRENTICESHIP IN ACCOUNTING. (0)
Prerequisites: Minimum of 20 semester hours in account-
ing and the consent of the accounting staff. A period of
apprenticeship is provided with participating certified
public accounting firms.
BSAD 424 (124). ADVANCED ACCOUNTING. (3)
Prerequisite: BSAD 311. Advanced accounting theory to
specialized problems in partnerships, ventures, consign-
ments, installment sales, insurance, statement of affairs,
receivers accounts, realization and liquidation reports,
and consolidation of parent and subsidiary accounts.
BSAD 425 (125) C.P.A. PROBLEMS. (3)
Prerequisite: BSAD 311. or consent of instructor. A study
of the nature, form and content of C.P.A. examinations
by means of the preparation of solutions to. and an anal-
ysis of, a large sample of C.P.A. problems covering the
various accounting fields.
BSAD 426 (128). ADVANCED COST ACCOUNTING. (2)
Prerequisite: BSAD 321. A continuation of basic cost ac-
counting with special emphasis on process costs stand-
ard costs, joint costs, and by-product cost.
BSAD 427 (127). ADVANCED AUDITING THEORY AND
PRACTICE. (3)
Prerequisite: BSAD 422. Advanced auditing theory and
practice and report writing.
BSAD 430 (132). SAMPLE SURVEYS IN BUSINESS AND
ECONOMICS. (3)
Prerequisite: BSAD 230 or equivalent. A course survey-
ing the uses of statistics in economic and business re-
search. The emphasis of the discussion is directed to-
ward "cross-section" analysis as distinct from "time-
series" analysis (which is given detailed attention in
BSAD 432). Topics covered include: research method-
ology, sampling techniques and design, data-collection
methods, questionnaire preparation, interviewing pro-
cedures, the evaluation of survey results, and a review
of selected case studies.
BSAD 431 (134). STATISTICAL QUALITY CONTROL. (3)
Prerequisite: BSAD 230, or equivalent. A course survey-
ing the uses of statistical principles in industry. Topics
considered include: a brief review of basic statistical
measures; a study of the hypergeometric, binomial, nor-
mal, and Poisson probability distributions; the sampling
distributions of the mean, the standard deviation, and the
range; the construction and operation of the various con-
trol charts in current use; the diagnostic significance of
different findings; acceptance sampling on the basis of
measurement data and on the basis of attribute data.
BSAD 432 (135). STATISTICAL ANALYSIS AND
FORECASTING. (3)
Prerequisite: BSAD 230 or equivalent. A course exploring
the usefulness of statistical methods in economic predic-
tion. Various forecasting techniques in current use are
examined. Major topics receiving attention are the analy-
sis of trends, the identification of seasonal patterns and
cycles, and the measurement of economic relationships.
The discussion goes beyond the points made in BSAD
330. Particularly, the uses of multiple correlation analy-
sis are examined in great detail. Some reference is also
made to the predictive potentialities of so-called antici-
pation statistics. Throughout the course, due attention is
given to the logical aspects of the forecasting problem as
distinct from its statistical side.
BSAD 434 (137). OPERATIONS RESEARCH II. (3)
Prerequisite: BSAD 332 or permission of instructor. Ad-
vanced topics in Operations Research including decision
theory, probability models and inventory models. Empha-
sis on the mathematical formulation of business prob-
lems and implementation of model solutions.
BSAD 435 (138). LINEAR PROGRAMMING IN BUSINESS (3)
Prerequisite: BSAD 332 or permission of instructor.
Theory, formulation, interpretation, and application of the
general linear transportation, assignment, and integer
programming models. Emphasis is on the application of
these models to large-scale business problems.
BSAD 440 (141). FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT. (3)
Prerequisite: BSAD 340. Analysis and discussion of
cases and readings relating to financial decisions of the
firm. The application of finance concepts to the solution
of financial problems is emphasized.
BSAD 443 (144). SECURITY ANALYSIS AND VALUA-
TION. (3)
Prerequisite: BSAD 343. Study and app'ication of the
concepts, methods, models, and empirical findings to the
analysis, valuation, and selection of securities, especially
common stock.
BSAD 445 (145). COMMERCIAL BANK MANAGEMENT (3)
Prerequisites: BSAD 340 and ECON 430. Analysis and
discussion of cases and readings in commercial bank
management. The loan function is emphasized; also the
management of liquidity reserves, investments for in-
come, and source of funds. Bank objectives, functions,
policies, organization, structure, services, and regulation
are considered.
184 / Course Offerings
BSAD 450 (156). MARKETING RESEARCH METHODS. (3)
Prerequisites: BSAD 230 and BSAD 350. Recommended
that BSAD 432 be taken prior to this course. This course
is intended to develop skill in the use of scientific meth-
ods in the acquisition, analysis and interpretation of mar-
keting data. It covers the specialized fields of marketing
research; the planning of survey projects, sample de-
sign, tabulation procedure and report preparation.
BSAD 451 (155). CONSUMER ANALYSIS. (3)
Prerequisites: BSAD 350 and 351. Recommended that
Psychology 100 and 221 be taken prior to this course.
Considers the growing importance of the American con-
sumer in the marketing system and the need to under-
stand him. Topics include the foundation considerations
underlying consumer behavior such as economic, social,
psychological and cultural factors. Analysis of the con-
sumer in marketing situations — as a buyer and user of
products and services — and in relation to the various in-
dividual social and marketing factors affecting his be-
havior. The influence of marketing communications is
also considered.
BSAD 452 (158). PROMOTION MANAGEMENT. (3)
Prerequisites: BSAD 350 and BSAD 352. This course is
concerned with the way in which business firms use ad-
vertising, personal selling, sales promotion, and other
methods as part of their marketing program. The case
study method is used to present problems taken from
actual business practice. Cases studied illustrate prob-
lems in the use and coordination of demand stimulation
methods as well as analysis and planning. Research, test-
ing and statistical control of promotional activities are
also considered.
BSAD 453 (153). INDUSTRIAL MARKETING. (3)
Prerequisites: BSAD 350 plus one other marketing
course. The industrial and business sector of the market-
ing system is considered rather than the household or
ultimate consumer sector. Industrial products range from
raw materials and supplies to the major equipment in a
plant, business office, or institution. Topics include prod-
uct planning and introduction, market analysis and fore-
casting, channels, pricing, field sales force management,
advertising, marketing cost analysis, and government re-
lations. Particular attention is given to industrial, busi-
ness and institutional buying policies and practice and
to the analysis of buyer behavior.
BSAD 454 (157). INTERNATIONAL MARKETING. (3)
Prerequisites: BSAD 350 plus any other marketing
course. A study of the marketing functions from the view-
point of the international executive. In addition to the
coverage of international marketing policies relating to
product adaptation, data collection and analysis, chan-
nels of distribution, pricing, communications, and cost
analysis, consideration is given to the cultural, legal, fi-
nancial, and organizational aspects of international mar-
keting.
BSAD 460 (161). PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT: ANALYSIS
AND PROBLEMS. (3)
Prerequisite: BSAD 360. Recommended, BSAD 230. Re-
search findings, special readings, case analysis, simula-
tion, and field investigations are used to develop a better
understanding of personnel problems, alternative solu-
tions and their practical ramifications.
BSAD 462 (164). LABOR LEGISLATION. (3)
Case method analysis of the modern law of industrial re-
lations. Cases include the decisions of administrative
agencies, courts and arbitration tribunals.
BSAD 464 (162). ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOR. (3)
Prerequisite: BSAD 364. An examination of research and
theory concerning the forces which contribute to the
behavior of organizational members. Topics covered in-
clude: work group behavior, supervisory behavior, inter-
group relations, employee goals and attitudes, communi-
cation problems, organizational change, and organiza-
tional goals and design.
BSAD 467 (197). UNDERGRADUATE SEMINAR IN
PERSONNEL MANAGEMENT. (3)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. This course is open
only to the top one-third of undergraduate majors in
personnel and labor relations and is offered during the
fall semester of each year. Highlights major develop-
ments. Guest lecturers make periodic presentations.
BSAD 470 (172). MOTOR TRANSPORTATION. (3)
Prerequisite: BSAD 370. The development and scope of
the motor carrier industry; different types of carriers,
economics of motor transportation, service available,
federal regulation, highway financing, allocation of cost
to highway users, highway barriers.
BSAD 471 (173). WATER TRANSPORTATION. (3)
Prerequisite: BSAD 370. Water carriers of all types, de-
velopment and types of services, trade routes, inland
waterways, company organization, the American Mer-
chant Marine as a factor in national activity.
BSAD 472 (174). COMMERCIAL AIR TRANSPORTATION. (3)
Prerequisite: BSAD 370. The air transportation system of
the United States; airways, airports, airlines. Federal
regulation of air transportation. Problems and services
of commercial air transportation; economics, equipment,
operations, financing, selling of passenger and cargo
services. Air mail development and services.
BSAD 473 (175). ADVANCED TRANSPORTATION
PROBLEMS. (3)
Prerequisite: BSAD 370. A critical examination of cur-
rent government transportation policy and proposed solu-
tions. Urban and intercity managerial transport problems
are also considered.
BSAD 474 (176). URBAN TRANSPORT AND URBAN
DEVELOPMENT. (3)
Prerequisite: ECON 203 or 205. An analysis of the role
of urban transportation in present and future urban de-
velopment. The interaction of transport pricing and serv-
ice, urban planning, institutional restraints, and public
land uses is studied.
BSAD 480 (182). LEGAL ENVIRONMENT OF BUSINESS. (3)
The course examines the principal ideas in law stressing
those which are relevant for the modern business exec-
utive. Legal reasoning as it has evolved in this country
will be one of the central topics of study. Several lead-
ing antitrust cases will be studied to illustrate vividly the
reasoning process as well as the interplay of business,
philosophy, and the various conceptions of the nature of
law which give direction to the process. Examination of
contemporary legal problems and proposed solutions,
especially those most likely to affect the business com-
munity, are also covered.
BSAD 481 (184). PUBLIC UTILITIES. (3)
Prerequisite: ECON 203 or 205. Using the regulated in-
dustries as specific examples, attention is focused on
broad and general problems in such diverse fields as
constitutional law, administrative law, public administra-
tion, government control of business, advanced econom-
ic theory, accounting, valuation and depreciation, taxa-
tion, finance, engineering, and management.
BSAD 482 (189). BUSINESS AND GOVERNMENT. (3)
Prerequisite: ECON 203 or 205. A study of the role of
government in modern economic life. Social control of
business as a remedy for the abuses of business enter-
prise arising from the decline of competition. Criteria of
limitations on government regulation of private enter-
prise.
BSAD 485 (165). ADVANCED PRODUCTION MANAGE-
MENT. (3)
Prerequisite: BSAD 385. A study of typical problems en-
countered by the factory manager. The objective is to
develop the ability to analyze and solve problems in man-
agement control of production and in the formulation of
production policies. Among the topics covered are plant
location, production planning and control, methods anal-
ysis, and time study.
Course Offerings / 185
BSAD 490 (196). URBAN LAND MANAGEMENT. (3)
Covers the managerial and decision making aspects of
urban land and property. Included are such subjects as
land use and valuation matters.
BSAD 493 (187). HONORS STUDY. (3)
First semester of senior year. Prerequisite: Candidacy
(or Honors in Business Administration. The course is de-
signed for honors students who have elected to conduct
intensive study (independent or group). The student will
work under the direct guidance of a faculty advisor and
the Chairman of the Honors Committee. They shall de-
termine that the area of study is of a scope and intensity
deserving of a candidate's attention. Formal written and
or oral reports on the study may be required by the
faculty advisor and or Chairman of the Honors Program.
Group meetings of the candidates may be called at the
discretion of the faculty advisors and or Chairman of the
Honors Committee.
BSAD 494 (188). HONORS STUDY. (3)
Second semester of the senior year. Prerequisite: BSAD
493. and continued candidacy for Honors in Business
Administration. The student shall continue and complete
the research initiated in BSAD 493. Additional reports
may be required at the discretion of the faculty advisor
and Honors Program Chairman. Group meetings may be
held.
BSAD 495 (199). BUSINESS POLICIES. (3)
Prerequisites: BSAD 340. 350. 364 and senior standing.
A case study course in which the aim is to have the stu-
dent apply what he has learned of general management
principles and their specialized functional applications
of the overall management function in the enterprise.
PHYSICAL THERAPY
BTPT 010. 011 (PHTH 010, 011). PHYSICAL THERAPY
ORIENTATION. (1, 1)
General introductory course to the profession of physical
therapy and the relationship to other health professions.
Orientation of the student is done by visual aids, dis-
cussion and visits to physical therapy departments.
CHEMISTRY
CHEM 101 (006). INTRODUCTORY COLLEGE CHEMISTRY.
(2)
Two lectures and one recitation per week. An introduc-
tion to the study of matter. This course is intended to
be followed by CHEM 103. This course may not be taken
for credit by students with credit in CHEM 001, 003, 005,
102, 103. or 105 or their equivalents. This course may
not be taken to satisfy the General Education science
requirement.
CHEM 102 (007). CHEMISTRY OF MAN'S ENVIRONMENT.
(4)
Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory per week.
Non-mathematical presentation of basic chemical prin-
ciples and applications in cosmochemistry, geochem-
istry, biochemistry, and nuclear chemistry. Particular
emphasis is placed on the development of man's environ-
ment and his effect upon it. This course is for the gen-
eral student and does not satisfy the requirements of
the professional schools.
CHEM 103 (008). COLLEGE CHEMISTRY I. (4)
Three lectures, one recitation, and one three-hour lab-
oratory per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 101 or satisfactory
performance on qualifying test. The first semester of a
general chemistry sequence intended for students whose
curricula require a year or more of chemistry to provide
a working knowledge of the science. Nature and com-
position of matter: chemical calculations; atomic struc-
ture; solutions.
CHEM 104 (009). COLLEGE CHEMISTRY II. (4)
Three lectures, one recitation, and one three-hour lab-
oratory per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 103 or 105. A
continuation of CHEM 103. The chemistry of carbon,
aliphatic compounds; acids and bases, aromatic com-
pounds; stereochemistry; halides: amines and amides;
acids, esters; carbohydrates; natural products.
CHEM 105 (018). PRINCIPLES OF COLLEGE CHEMISTRY I.
(4)
Three lectures, one recitation, and one three-hour lab-
oratory per week, A more rigorous treatment of the
material of CHEM 103. Admission by invitation of the
Chemistry Department based on performance on a quali-
fying test.
CHEM 106 (020). PRINCIPLES OF COLLEGE CHEMISTRY II.
(4)
Three lectures, one recitation, and one three-hour lab-
oratory per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 103 or 105 and
consent of the Chemistry Department. A more rigorous
treatment of the material of CHEM 104.
CHEM 201 (010). COLLEGE CHEMISTRY III. (3)
Three lectures and one recitation per week. Prerequisite:
CHEM 104 or 106. A continuation of CHEM 104. Organic
chemistry, with emphasis on molecular structure; stereo-
chemistry, conformational analysis: substitution reac-
tions; carbonium ions; spectroscopy: aromaticity; syn-
thetic processes. This course must be accompanied by
CHEM 202 unless credit for CHEM 202 has previously
been established.
CHEM 202 (012). COLLEGE CHEMISTRY LABORATORY III.
(2)
One lecture and one three-hour laboratory per week.
Prerequisite: CHEM 104 or 106. A laboratory course to
accompany CHEM 201. This course must be accom-
panied by CHEM 201.
CHEM 203 (014). COLLEGE CHEMISTRY IV. (3)
Three lectures and one recitation per week. Prerequisite:
CHEM 104 or 106. Introductory analytical and theoretical
chemistry. Bonding theory; electrochemistry; molecular
energetics and structure; chemical dynamics; equi-
librium; determination of composition of matter. This
course must be accompanied by CHEM 204 unless credit
for CHEM 204 has previously been established.
CHEM 204 (016). COLLEGE CHEMISTRY LABORATORY IV.
(2)
One lecture and one three-hour laboratory per week.
Prerequisite: CHEM 104 or 106. A laboratory course to
accompany CHEM 203. This course must be accom-
panied by CHEM 203.
CHEM 211 (022). PRINCIPLES OF COLLEGE CHEMISTRY
III. (3)
Three lectures and one recitation per week. Prerequisite:
CHEM 104 or 106 and consent of the Chemistry Depart-
ment. A more rigorous treatment of the material of
CHEM 201. This course must be accompanied by CHEM
212 unless credit for CHEM 212 has previously been
established.
CHEM 212 (024). PRINCIPLES OF COLLEGE CHEMISTRY
LABORATORY III. (2)
One lecture and one three-hour laboratory per week.
Prerequisite: CHEM 104 or 106 and consent of the Chem-
istry Department. A more rigorous treatment of the
material of CHEM 202. This course must be accom-
panied by CHEM 211.
CHEM 213 (025). PRINCIPLES OF COLLEGE CHEMISTRY
IV. (3)
Three lectures and one recitation per week. Prerequi-
site: CHEM 104 or 106 and consent of Chemistry De-
partment. A more rigorous treatment of the material
of CHEM 203. This course must be accompanied by
CHEM 214 unless credit for CHEM 214 has previously
been established.
186 / Course Offerings
CHEM 214 (026). PRINCIPLES OF COLLEGE CHEMISTRY
LABORATORY IV. (2)
One lecture and one three-hour laboratory per week.
Prerequisite: CHEM 104 or 106 and consent ot the
Chemistry Department. A more rigorous treatment of
the material of CHEM 204. This course must be accom-
panied by CHEM 213.
CHEM 219 (019). ELEMENTS OF QUANTITATIVE ANALY-
SIS. (4)
Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per
week. Prerequisite: CHEM 003. An introduction to the
basic theory and techniques of volumetric and gravi-
metric analysis. Primarily for students in engineering,
agriculture, pre-medical. and pre-dental curricula. (Not
offered after Fall, 1972). (Stuntz)
CHEM 302 (110). RADIOCHEMICAL SAFETY PROCEDURES.
(D
One lecture per week. A lecture and demonstration
course. Radiation hazards, principles and practices of
radiation safety, federal (AEC, ICC) codes and state
public health. (Lakshmanan)
CHEM 321 (121). INTERMEDIATE QUANTITATIVE ANALY-
SIS. (4)
Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per
week. Prerequisites: CHEM 219 or 021, and CHEM 033
or 037. A continuation of CHEM 219 or 021. including
volumetric, gravimetric, electrometric, and colorimetric
methods. Intended for students in agricultural chemistry,
general physical science, science education, etc. Not
open to chemistry majors,
CHEM 399 (194). INTRODUCTION TO CHEMICAL RE-
SEARCH (1-2)
Prerequisite: Junior standing. Registration only upon
consent of the course coordinator. The course will allow
students to conduct basic research under the super-
vision of a member of the department. May be repeated
for credit to a maximum of four credits,
CHEM 401 (101). INORGANIC CHEMISTRY. (3)
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 481.
CHEM 402 (102). INORGANIC PREPARATIONS. (2)
Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequi-
site: CHEM 421.
CHEM 403 (205). RADIOCHEMISTRY. (3)
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: One year of
college chemistry and one year of college physics.
Radioactive decay; introduction to properties of atomic
nuclei; nuclear processes in cosmology; chemical, bio-
medical and environmental applications of radioactivity;
nuclear processes as chemical tools; interaction of radi-
ation with matter. (Viola)
CHEM 421 (123). ADVANCED QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS.
(3)
Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per
week. Pre- or corequisite: CHEM 482. A continuation of
CHEM 021. including volumetric, gravimetric, electro-
metric, and colorimetric methods. Required of all stu-
dents majoring in chemistry. (Purdy)
CHEM 422 (125). INSTRUMENTAL ANALYSIS. (4)
Second Semester. Two lectures and six hours of labora-
tory per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 482. A study of the
application of physicochemical methods to analytical
chemistry. Techniques such as polarography, conduc-
tivity and spectrophotometry will be included. (Purdy)
CHEM 423 (150). ORGANIC QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS. (2)
Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequi-
sites: CHEM 219 or 021. and consent of the instructor.
The semi-micro determination of carbon, hydrogen, nitro-
gen, halogen and certain functional groups. (Kasler)
CHEM 441 (143). ADVANCED ORGANIC CHEMISTRY. (2)
Two lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 203 or 213.
(Reeve)
CHEM 442 (144). ADVANCED ORGANIC LABORATORY.
(2-4)
Two or four three-hour laboratory periods per week.
Prerequisites: CHEM 204 or 214.
CHEM 443 (148). THE IDENTIFICATION OF ORGANIC COM-
POUNDS. (2)
Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequi-
site: CHEM 204 or 214. The systematic identification of
organic compounds.
CHEM 461 (161). BIOCHEMISTRY I. (3)
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: one year of or-
ganic chemistry. A comprehensive introduction to gen-
ral biochemistry wherein the chemistry and metabolism
of carbohydrates, lipids, nucleic acids, and proteins are
discussed. (Holmlund)
CHEM 462 (163). BIOCHEMISTRY II. (3)
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 461. A
continuation of CHEM 461. (Holmlund)
CHEM 463, 464 (162, 164). BIOCHEMISTRY LABORATORY.
(2, 2)
Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequi-
site: CHEM 461, 462 or concurrent registration in CHEM
461. 462.
CHEM 472 (103). PRINCIPLES OF GEOCHEMISTRY. (3)
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 104 or
equivalent, and senior standing. A survey of historical
and modern theories of the origin of the universe and
the solar system. The origin of elements and their dis-
tributions in space, on extra-terrestrial bodies and on
earth. Discussion of the origin of igneous rocks, of the
physical and chemical factors governing development
and distribution of sedimentary rocks, of the oceans,
and of the atmosphere. Organic sediments, the internal
structures of Earth and the planets, the role of isotopes
in geothermometry and in the solution of other problems.
(Breger)
CHEM 473 (104). GEOCHEMISTRY OF SOLIDS. (3)
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 482 or
GEOL 422. Principles of crystal chemistry applied to
structures, properties and reactions of minerals and
non-metallic solids. Emphasis is placed on the relation
of structural stability to bonding, ionic size, charge,
order-disorder, polymorphism, and isomorphism.
(Sommer)
CHEM 474 (105). ENVIRONMENTAL CHEMISTRY. (3)
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 481, or
equivalent. The sources of various elements and chemi-
cal reactions between them in the atmosphere and hy-
drosphere are treated. Causes and biological effects of
air and water pollution by certain elements are dis-
cussed. (Gordon, Zoller)
CHEM 475 (106). CHEMICAL OCEANOGRAPHY. (3)
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 103 or
equivalent, and one additional semester of physical sci-
ence. An introduction to physical, chemical and geo-
logical processes that occur in the marine environment
including physical and chemical properties of sea water,
geology of the sea floor, general circulation of the ocean,
currents, waves, and tides. (Sommer)
CHEM 481, 482 (187, 189). PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY. (3, 3)
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 219 or 021,
MATH 141, PHYS 263 (PHYS 263 may be taken con-
currently with CHEM 481) or consent of instructor.
A course primarily for chemists and chemical engineers.
CHEM 483, 484 (182, 184). PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY LAB-
ORATORY FOR CHEMISTRY MAJORS. (1, 1)
One three-hour laboratory per week Prerequisites:
CHEM 219, 021; CHEM 481, 482 must be taken concur-
rently.
CHEM 485 (195). ADVANCED PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY. (2)
Prerequisite: CHEM 482. Quantum chemistry and other
selected topics.
Course Offerings / 187
CHEM 486 (186). ADVANCED PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY LAB-
ORATORY. (2)
Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequi-
sites: CHEM 482, 484.
CHEM 493, 494 (188, 190). PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY LAB-
ORATORY. (2, 2)
Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. A labora-
tory course for chemical engineering students taking
CHEM 481, 482. Students who have had CHEM 219, 021
or equivalent cannot register for this course.
CHEM 498 (196). SPECIAL TOPICS IN CHEMISTRY. (3)
Three lectures or two lectures and one three-hour lab-
oratory per week. Prerequisite varies with the nature
of the topic being considered. Course may be repeated
for credit if the subject matter is substantially different,
but not more than three credits may be accepted in
satisfaction of major supporting area requirements for
chemistry majors.
CHEM 499 (199H). SPECIAL PROJECTS. (2)
Honors projects for undergraduate students.
CHINESE
CHIN 101, 102 (001, 002). INTENSIVE ELEMENTARY
CHINESE. (6, 6)
Introduction to reading, writing, and speaking Chinese
with an emphasis on mastering the essentials of pro-
nunciation, basic characters and structural patterns.
Eight hours per week. (Chin)
CHIN 201, 202 (006, 007). INTERMEDIATE CHINESE. (3, 3)
Three recitations per week; additional electronic labora-
tory in CHIN 201. Prerequisite: CHIN 102 or equivalent.
Reading of texts designed to give some knowledge of
Chinese life, thought and culture. (Chen)
CHIN 301, 302 (101, 102). READING FROM CHINESE HIS-
TORY. (3. 3)
Prerequisite: CHIN 202 or equivalent. Based on antholo-
gy of historians from the Chou to the Ching dynasties.
(Loh)
CHIN 411. 412 (171, 172). CHINESE CIVILIZATION. (3, 3)
This course supplements GEOG 422: Cultural Geography
of China and Japan. It deals with Chinese literature,
art. folklore, history, government, and great men. Sec-
ond semester: developments in China since 1911. The
course is given in English. (Loh)
CHIN 421. 422 (117, 118). CHINESE LINGUISTICS. (3. 3)
Prerequisite: CHIN 102 or equivalent. (Chin)
COLLEGE AIMS
CLAM 108 (001). COLLEGE AIMS. (1)
This course is primarily aimed at orienting new students
toward the practice of efficient study techniques. It will
be concerned with such topics as: 1. How to study and
develop higher level work skills: 2. Diagnosing and re-
medying skill disabilities; 3. Handling problem area
which distracts students from their studies.
COMPARATIVE LITERATURE
CMLT 401. 402 (101. 102). INTRODUCTORY SURVEY OF
COMPARATIVE LITERATURE. (3. 3)
First semester: Survey of the background of European
literature through study of Greek and Latin literature
in English translations, discussing the debt of modern
literature to the ancients
Second semester: study of medieval and modern con-
tinental literature.
CMLT 411 (114). THE GREEK DRAMA (3)
The chief works of Aeschylus. Sophocles. Euripides, and
Aristophanes in English translations. Emphasis on the
historic background, on dramatic structure, and on the
effect of the Attic drama upon the mind of the civilized
world.
CMLT 415 (103). THE OLD TESTAMENT AS LITERA-
TURE. (3)
A study of sources, development and literary types.
(Greenwood)
CMLT 416 (104). THE NEW TESTAMENT AS LITERA-
TURE. (3)
A study of the books of the New Testament, with atten-
tion to the relevant historical background and to the
transmission of the text. A knowledge of Greek is help-
ful, but not essential. (Greenwood)
CMLT 421, 422 (115. 116). THE CLASSICAL TRADITION
AND ITS INFLUENCE IN THE MIDDLE AGES AND THE
RENAISSANCE. (3. 3)
Emphasis on major writers. Reading knowledge of Greek
or Latin required.
CMLT 430 (125). LITERATURE OF THE MIDDLE AGES. (3)
Narrative, dramatic and lyric literature of the Middle
Ages studied in translation.
CMLT 433 (135). DANTE AND THE ROMANCE TRADI-
TION. (3)
A reading of the Divine Comedy to enlighten the discov-
ery of reality in western literature. (Salchenberger)
CMLT 440, 441 (140, 141). LITERATURE OF THE FAR
EAST. (3. 3)
A survey of the literature of China and Japan. First se-
mester: an examination of the development of Chinese
and Japanese literature up to the Yuan and Kamakura
period. Second semester: the literature from the four-
teenth century to the present.
CMLT 461 (105). ROMANTICISM: EARLY STAGES. (3)
First semester. Emphasis on England. France and Ger-
many. Reading knowledge of French or German re-
quired.
CMLT 462 (106). ROMANTICISM: FLOWERING AND IN-
FLUENCE. (3)
Second semester. Emphasis on England, France and
Germany. Reading knowledge of French or German re-
quired.
CMLT 463 (107). THE FAUST LEGEND IN ENGLISH AND
GERMAN LITERATURE. (3)
A study of the Faust legend of the Middle Ages and its
later treatment by Marlowe in Dr. Faustus and by Goethe
in Faust.
CMLT 469 (130). THE CONTINENTAL NOVEL. (3)
The novel in translation from Stendhal through the
Existentialists, selected from literatures of France. Ger-
many. Italy. Russia, and Spain. (Walt. Swigger)
CMLT 470 (112). IBSEN AND THE CONTINENTAL
DRAMA. (3)
Emphasis on the major work of Ibsen, with some atten-
tion given to selected predecessors, contemporaries
and successors. (D. Smith)
CMLT 479 (145). MAJOR CONTEMPORARY AUTHORS. (3)
CMLT 488 (147). GENRES. (3)
A study of a recognized literary form, such as tragedy.
epic, satire, literary criticism, comedy, tragicomedy.
etc. The course may be repeated for cumulative credit
up to six hours when different material is presented.
CMLT 489 (170). MAJOR WRITERS. (3)
Each semester two major writers from different cultures
and languages will be studied Authors will be chosen
on the basis of significant relationships of cultural and
aesthetic contexts, analogies between their respective
works, and the importance of each writer to his literary
tradition.
CMLT 496 (150) CONFERENCE COURSE IN COMPARA-
TIVE LITERATURE. (3)
Second semester. A tutorial type discussion course,
correlating the courses in various literatures which the
student has previously taken with the primary themes
and masterpieces of world literature This course is re-
quired of undergraduate majors in Comparative Litera-
188 / Course Offerings
ture. but must not be taken until the final year ot the
student's program. (Swigger)
CMLT 498 (179). SELECTED TOPICS IN COMPARATIVE
LITERATURE. (3)
COMPUTER SCIENCE
CMSC 100 (005). INTRODUCTION TO USE OF THE
DIGITAL COMPUTER. (1)
An introduction to the use of FORTRAN for solution of
simple computational tasks. The use of a conversational
mode to simplify the computational process will be em-
phasized. Where possible students will be assigned to
sections of comparable background. Examples and prob-
lems for the sections will be chosen appropriate to the
background of the students.
CMSC 103 (012). INTRODUCTORY ALGORITHMIC
METHODS. (3)
Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory period per
week. Prerequisite: MATH 111 or equivalent. Recom-
mendsd for students not majoring in mathematics, the
physical sciences or engineering. Study of the algo-
rithmic approach in the analysis of problems and their
computational solution. Definition and use of a particular
algorithmic language. Computer projects based on ele-
mentary algebra and probability: linear equations and
matrices: and the ordering, searching, sorting, and
manipulating of data.
CMSC 110 (020) ELEMENTARY ALGORITHMIC
ANALYSIS. (3)
Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory period per
week. Pre- or corequisite: MATH 141 or equivalent. Rec-
ommended for students majoring in mathematics, the
physical sciences or engineering. Concept and proper-
ties of an algorithm, language and notation for describ-
ing algorithms, analysis of computational problems and
development of algorithms for their solution, use of spe-
cific algorithmic languages in solving problems from nu-
merical mathematics, completion of several projects
using a computer.
CMSC 210 (100). LANGUAGE AND STRUCTURE OF
COMPUTERS. (3)
Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory period per
week. Prerequisite: CMSC 103 or CMSC 110 or equiva-
lent. Logical basis of computer structure, machine pre-
sentation of numbers and characters, flow of con-
trol, instruction codes, arithmetic and logical operations,
indexing and indirect addressing, input-output, push-
down stacks, symbolic representation of programs and
assembly systems, subroutine linkage, macros, inter-
pretive systems, and recent advances in computer or-
ganization. Several computer projects to illustrate basic
concepts.
CMSC 268 (021). NUMERICAL CALCULUS LABORATORY.
(1-2)
Two hours laboratory per week for each credit hour.
Prerequisite: MATH 240. or concurrent registration there-
in and CMSC 110, or equivalents. Laboratory work in the
development of algorithmic solutions of problems taken
from numerical calculus with emphasis on efficiency of
computation, and the control of errors. Basic one-credit
laboratory includes completion of several machine proj-
ects on material related to MATH 021. Second credit in-
volves more comprehensive projects based on similar or
related material.
CMSC 340 (102). INTRODUCTION TO DISCRETE STRUC-
TURES. (3)
Prerequisite: CMSC 110 or equivalent. This is the same
course as ENEE 450. Review of set algebra including
relations, partial ordering and mappings. Algebraic
structures including semigroups and groups. Graph
theory including trees and weighted graphs. Boolean
algebra and propositional logic. Applications of these
structures to various areas of computer science and
computer engineering.
CMSC 388 (110). SPECIAL COMPUTATIONAL LABORA-
TORY. (1 or 2)
Two hours laboratory per week for each credit hour.
Prerequisite: CMSC 103 or equivalent. Arranged for spe-
cial groups of students to give experience in developing
algorithmic solutions of problems or using particular
computational systems. May be taken for cumulative
credit up to a maximum of six hours where different
material is covered.
CMSC 400 (120). INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER
LANGUAGES AND SYSTEMS. (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 241 or euivalent. A terminal course
suitable for non-CMSC majors with no programming back-
ground. Organization and characteristics of computers.
Procedure oriented and assembly languages. Representa-
tion of data, characters and instructions. Introduction to
logic design and systems organization. Macro definition
and generation. Program segmentation and linkage. Ex-
tensive use of the computer to complete projects illustrat-
ing programming techniques and machine structure.
CMSC 410 (160). COMPUTER ORGANIZATION. (3)
Prerequisite: CMSC 210 or equivalent. This is the same
course as ENEE 440. Introduction. Computer elements.
Parallel adders and subtracters. Micro-operations. Se-
quences. Computer simulation. Organization of a com-
mercially available stored program computer. Micropro-
grammed computers. A large-scale batch-processing
system.
CMSC 420 (150). DATA AND STORAGE STRUCTURES. (3)
Prerequisite: CMSC 210 and CMSC 340 or equivalent. A
study of intrinsic structures of data, such as arrays,
strings, trees, and lists, and their relation to storage
media. Representation of data structures in storage by
records, files, etc. Special storage structures such as
content addressed, trie, and associative memories.
Referencing, processing, and management techniques
based on the structuring, e.g., list processing. Storage
and accessing efficiency, as well as dynamic flexibility
of various methods.
CMSC 440 (140). STRUCTURE OF PROGRAMMING LANG-
UAGES. (3)
Prerequisite: CMSC 210 or equivalent. Formal definition
of languages including specification of syntax and se-
mantics. Syntactic structure and semantics of simple
statements including precedence, infix, prefix, and post-
fix notation. Global structure and semantics of algorith-
mic languages including declarations and storage allo-
cation, grouping of statements and binding time of con-
stituents, subroutines, coroutines, tasks and parameters.
List processing and data description languages.
CMSC 450 (144). ELEMENTARY LOGIC AND ALGORITHMS.
(3)
Prerequisite: MATH 240 or consent of instructor. This is
the same course as MATH 444. An elementary develop-
ment of propositional logic, predicate logic, set algebra,
and Boolean algebra, with a discussion of Markov algo-
rithms,Turing machines and recursive functions. Topics
include Post productions, word problems, and formal
languages.
CMSC 460 (168). COMPUTATIONAL METHODS. (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 241 or 452, and CMSC 110 or equi-
valent. Study of the basic computational methods for
interpolation, least squares, approximation, numerical
quadrature, numerical solution of polynomial and trans-
cendental equations, systems of linear equations and
initial value problems for ordinary differential equations.
The emphasis is placed on a discussion of the methods
and their computational properties rather than on their
analytic aspects. Intended primarily for students in the
physical and engineering sciences. This course should
not be taken by students who have passed MATH '
CMSC 470. (Listed also as MATH 460.)
Course Offerings / 189
CMSC 470 (170). INTRODUCTION TO NUMERICAL ANAL-
YSIS. (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 241. Introduction to the analysis of
numerical methods for solving linear systems of equa-
tions, nonlinear equations in one variable, interpolation
and approximation problems and the solution of initial
value problems for ordinary differential equations. Stress
is placed on providing the student with a good under-
standing of the theoretical foundations of the various
methods. Intended primarily for students in mathematics,
applied mathematics, and computer science. This course
should not be taken by students who have passed
MATH CMSC 460. (Listed also as MATH 470.)
CMSC 485 (132). SIMULATION OF CONTINUOUS SYS-
TEMS. (3)
Prerequisites: CMSC 110 and MATH 246, or equivalent.
Introduction to digital simulation; simulation by MIMIC
programming; simulation by FORTRAN programming;
simulation by DSL-90 (or CSMP) programming; logic
and construction of a simulation processor; similarity
between digital simulations of continuous and discrete
systems.
CMSC 498 (190). SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN COMPUTER
SCIENCE. (1-3)
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. An individualized
course designed to allow a student or students to pur-
sue a specialized topic or project under the supervision
of the senior staff. Credit according to work done.
CONSUMER ECONOMICS
CNEC 385 (185). JUNIOR HONORS SEMINAR. (1)
Spring semester. Limited to juniors in the departmental
Honors Program. Readings, reports and discussion of
selected topics.
FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES
CNEC 431 (131. THE CONSUMER AND THE LAW. (3)
Three lectures a week. A study of legislation affecting
consumer goods and services. Topics covered include
product safety and liability, packaging and labeling, de-
ceptive advertising, and consumer credit. The implica-
tions of such legislation for consumer welfare with par-
ticular emphasis on the disadvantaged groups in our
society will be examined.
CNEC 435 (135). ECONOMICS OF CONSUMPTION. (3)
Spring semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequisites:
ECON 201 and 203 or ECON 205 for non-majors. The
application of economic theory to a study of consumer
decision-making and its role in a market economy at
both the individual and aggregate levels. Topics covered
include empirical studies of consumer spending and
saving, the consumer in the market and collective con-
sumption.
CNEC 437 (137). CONSUMER BEHAVIOR. (3)
Three lectures per week. Prerequisites: PSYC 100 and
SOCY 100. An application of the behavioral sciences to
a study of consumer behavior. Current theories, models
and empirical research findings are explored.
CNEC 488 (188). SENIOR HONORS THESIS. (3-4)
Limited to students in the departmental Honors Program.
An independent literary, laboratory or field study, con-
ducted throughout the student's senior year Student
should register in both fall and spring.
FOR UNDERGRADUATES
CNEC 498 (198). SPECIAL STUDIES. (2-4)
Independent study by an individual student or by a group
of students in advanced work not otherwise provided in
the department. Students must prepare a description of
the study they wish to undertake. The plan must be ap-
proved by the faculty directing the study and the depart-
ment chairman.
CRAFTS
CRAF 101 (001). CRAFT FUNDAMENTALS AND
MATERIALS. (3)
Three laboratory periods. Prerequisite: APDS 101 or
equivalent. Introduction to materials and techniques.
Recognition of design limitations imposed by inherent
quality of materials.
CRAF 102 (002). RECREATIONAL CRAFTS. (2)
Two laboratory periods. Prerequisites: APDS 101 or
equivalent. Problems to encourage creative expression
in variety of materials. Emphasis on achievement of aes-
thetic quality in use of easily available materials, simple
tools. Suitable for nonmajors.
CRAF 202 (102). CREATIVE CRAFTS. (3)
Three laboratory periods. Prerequisite: CRAF 101 or 102.
Problems to stimulate creative experimentation as ap-
proach to design. Work with paper, fabric, clay, wood,
metal.
CRAF 220 (020). CERAMICS I— MATERIALS AND
PROCESSES. (3)
Three studio periods. Prerequisites: APDS 101 and
consent of the instructor. Fundamental preparation and
use of clay. Execution of original designs while develop-
ing elementary skills in the production of clay sculpture
and pottery.
CRAF 230 (030). METALRY I. (3)
Three studio periods. Prerequisites: APDS 101 plus
one additional design course, or equivalent. Opportunity
to develop basic skills in the execution of creatively con-
ceived design problems in copper, pewter and silver.
Standards of craftsmanship as they relate to design
quality.
CRAF 240 (040). WEAVING. (3)
Three studio periods. Prerequisites: APDS 101. 102. or
equivalent, TEXT 105. Basic weaves, patterns drafts.
Creative weaving as a study of texture, pattern and color
appropriate to purpose.
CRAF 241 (041). DECORATIVE TEXTILES. (3)
Three studio periods. Prerequisites: APDS 101. 102 or
equivalent. Execution of original designs appropriate to
textile decoration, fibers and fabrics and to the process
involved (i.e. batik, block printing, silk screen, stitchery.
and applique).
FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES
CRAF 320 (120). ADVANCED CERAMICS I. (3)
Three studio periods. Prerequisite: CRAF 220. Exper-
ience in experimental development of body and textures,
glazes and colors, and their utilization in clay products
of original design. Calculation of body and glaze com-
position.
CRAF 330 (130). ADVANCED METALRY I (3)
Three studio periods. Prerequisite: CRAF 230 Ad-
vanced application of skills to design and fabrication of
metals; jewelry, stone setting, metal casting, cloisonne
hand-raised hollow ware.
CRAF 340. 341 (140, 141). ADVANCED WEAVING. AND OR
ADVANCED TEXTILE DESIGN. (3. 3)
Three studio periods. Prerequisites: CRAF 240. 241.
Execution of original textile designs which reflect the
demands both of the custom market and of mass pro-
duction. Problems chosen with the consent of instructor
CRAF 420 (121). ADVANCED CERAMICS II. (3)
Three studio periods. Prerequisite: CRAF 220 Ex-
perience in experimental development of body and tex-
tures, glazes and colors and their utilization in clay pro-
ducts of original design Calculation of body and glaze
composition.
CRAF 428 (128). INDIVIDUAL PROBLEMS IN CERAMICS
(3)
Prerequisites: CRAF 220. CRAF 320. CRAF 420. Open to
students with demonstrated ability" and with the po-
tential for a high level of achievement in studio produc-
tion or in research. Total undergraduate credit permitted
190 / Course Offerings
in all individual problems courses in crafts is a maxi-
mum of nine hours. Consent of oralis faculty. No less
than B average on prerequisites and presentation of work
for evaluation.
CRAF 430 (131). ADVANCED METALRY II. (3)
Two studio periods. Prerequisite: CRAF 230. Ad-
vanced application of skills to design and fabrication of
metals, jewelry, stone setting, metal casting, cloisonne
hand-raised hollow ware.
CRAF 438 (138). INDIVIDUAL PROBLEMS IN METALRY, (3)
Prerequisites: CRAF 230, CRAF 330, CRAF 430. Open to
students with demonstrated ability* and with the po-
tential for a high level of achievement in studio produc-
tion or in research. Total undergraduate credit permitted
in all individual problems courses in crafts as a maxi-
mum of nine hours. Consent ol cralts faculty.
CRAF 448 (148). INDIVIDUAL PROBLEMS IN TEXTILE
DESIGN. (3)
Prerequisites: CRAF 240 or CRAF 241 and CRAF 340 or
CRAF 341. Open to students with demonstrated ability'
and with the potential for a high level of achievement.
Total undergraduate credit permitted in all individual
problems courses in crafts is a maximum of nine hours.
Consent ol cralts faculty.
DANCE
DANC 100. 104 (052. 054). DANCE TECHNIQUES. (2. 2)
DANC 100: a study of dance movement in terms of place-
ment, rhythm, dynamics, space, improvisation, and dance
phrases. DANC 104: further development of the ma-
terials in DANC 100. Prerequisite: DANC 100 or equi-
valent.
DANC 102 (050). RHYTHMIC INVENTION FOR DANCE. (2)
Three hours a week. A course designed to show how
rhythm affects the total dance movement picture and
develops the dancer's rhythmic awareness and response.
Understanding of rhythmic principles, movement isola-
tion, design, phrasing, syncopation.
DANC 199 (090). WORKSHOP. (1-2)
Admission by consent of instructor. Planning, choreo-
graphy and presentation of demonstrations and concerts.
May be repeated for credit until 6 credits have been
earned.
DANC 200 (032). INTRODUCTION TO DANCE. (3)
Three lectures a week. A study of dance as a form of
communication and as an art form. The course includes
a survey of the theories and styles of dance, and of
their relationships to other art forms. Lectures will be
supplemented by observations, films, and guest speakers.
May be taken to fulfill the 3 semester hours require-
ment in fine arts or philosophy of the General Education
requirement.
DANC 208 (060) ELEMENTARY DANCE COMPOSITION. (3)
Prerequisite: DANC 104 or equivalent. The study of
basic principles of dance composition in terms of space,
time, dynamics, and movement invention. The develop-
ment of critical awareness and judgment with regard to
composing.
DANC 248. 348 (055. 057). DANCE TECHNIQUES. (2, 2)
Prerequisite: DANC 104 or equivalent. DANC 248, a
study of dance techniques and styles. DANC 348, fur-
ther development of materials in DANC 248. Prerequi-
site: DANC 248 and 208 or equivalent.
DANC 265 (190). ELEMENTARY DANCE NOTATION. (3)
Prerequisite: DANC 102 or equivalent. Movement analy-
sis for purposes of recording dance: notation fundamen-
tals: elementary writing of technique; reading of simple
folk, modern and ballet studies.
DANC 284 (084). MOVEMENT FOR THE THEATRE. (3)
Lecture and laboratory. Prerequisite: One semester of
dance technique. Movement for actors, dancers, direc-
tors, singers in theatre. Dynamics, qualities, styles, and
space as related to movement on the stage.
DANC 305 (114) DEVELOPMENT OF DANCE PROGRES-
SION. (3)
Prerequisite: DANC 208 or equivalent. The application
and building of dance progression both in terms of dance
techniques and in choreographic studies. Students have
the opportunity to observe and assist the instructor in
conducting lower-level dance classes.
DANC 365 (New). INTERMEDIATE NOTATION. (3)
Prerequisite: DANC 265 or equivalent. Further develop-
ment of materials in DANC 265. reading of scores, writ-
ing scores, performing from scores.
DANC 388 (New). GROUP FORMS. (3)
Prerequisite: DANC 400 or equivalent. Choreography for
small groups: duets, trios, quartets, etc.
DANC 389 (080). DANCE TECHNIQUES. (2)
Prerequisite: DANC 348 or equivalent. Continuation of
DANC 348 in further advanced form. May be repeated
for credit.
DANC 400 (100). ADVANCED CHOREOGRAPHIC FORMS
(3)
Prerequisite: DANC 208 or equivalent and adequate
dance technique. Lectures and studio work in modern
sources as they apply to dance. Solo and group choreo-
graphy.
DANC 465 (New). ADVANCED NOTATION. (3)
Prerequisite: DANC 365 or equivalent. Continuation of
materials in DANC 365 in more intensive work. The
translation, writing, and performing of advanced scores
in the various forms of dance.
DANC 468 (New). REPERTORY. (3)
The learning of dances to be chosen from notated
scores, works of visiting artists, or selected faculty
choreography to be performed on at least one concert.
Audition required. The course may be repeated for
credit, as different works will be chosen each semester.
DANC 470 (170). CREATIVE DANCE FOR CHILDREN. (3)
Prerequisite: DANC 208 and 305 or equivalent. Direct-
ing the essential elements of dance to the level of the
child's experience and facilitating the creative response.
The development of movement into simple forms to serve
as a symbol of individual expression.
DANC 478 (180). DANCE PRODUCTION. (3)
Prerequisites: DANC 388 or equivalent and or an ade-
quate understanding of dance techniques. Advanced
choreography. Independent work with periodic criticism.
DANC 482, 483 (182, 183). HISTORY OF DANCE. (3, 3)
The development of dance from primitive to contemp-
orary times and the relationship of dance forms to pat-
terns of culture. DANC 482, the Primitive period through
the Middle Ages. DANC 483, the Renaissance period to
the present times. May be taken to fulfill the 3 semester
hours requirement in fine arts or philosophy of the Gen-
eral Education requirement.
DANC 484 (184). THEORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF DANCE.
(3)
The study of the theories, philosophies and aesthetics
of dance. Investigation of form, content and structure.
Interrelationships of the arts, and their role in man's
world. May be taken to fulfill the 3 semester hours re-
quirement in fine arts or philosophy of the General Ed-
ucation requirement.
DANC 489 (104). ETHNIC STYLES. (3)
Prerequisite: DANC 104. Lecture and activity in styles
expressive of various cultures. May be repeated for
credit by permission of instructor.
DANC 492 (192). PERCUSSION AND MUSIC SOURCES
FOR DANCE. (3)
Prerequisite: DANC 102 or equivalent. Techniques of
percussion playing, and its use as dance accompani-
ment. Learning to use the instruments in composition
and improvisation. Study of music sources for dance.
Course Offerings / 191
DANC 498 (194). DIRECTED STUDIES IN DANCE. (1-6)
Hours arranged. For advanced students who have the
permission of the chairman of the Department of Dance.
DANC 499 (195). ADVANCED DANCE TECHNIQUE. (2)
Prerequisite: DANC 389 or equivalent. Continuation of
DANC 389 or equivalent. Continuation of DANC 389 in
further advanced form.
DRAMATIC ART
DART 110 (016). INTRODUCTION TO THE THEATRE. (3)
A general survey of the fields of the theatre. (O'Leary)
DART 120 (008). ACTING. (3)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Basic principles of
histrionic practice. (Zelenka)
DART 170 (014). STAGECRAFT. (3)
Fundamentals of technical production. Emphasis on con-
struction of scenery. (Mosbo)
DART 170A (014A). STAGECRAFT. (3)
For Dramatic Art majors only. (Mosbo)
DART 180 (017). MAKE-UP. (2)
One lecture and one laboratory period a week. A lecture-
laboratory course in the theory and practice of stage
make-up, covering basic requirements as to age, type,
character, race, and period.
DART 252 (New). HISTORIC COSTUMING FOR THE
STAGE. (3)
A study of costume from ancient times to the present
with particular emphasis on those periods which are
most useful in theatrical production. (Slattum)
DART 253 (New.) COSTUME CRAFTS. (3)
The study of fabrics and garment construction and
their application to the theatre techniques; included are
pattern drafting, cutting, fitting and finishing.
(Slattum)
DART 311 (113). PLAY PRODUCTION. (3)
Prerequisite: DART 110 or consent of instructor. Devel-
opment of procedure followed by the director in pre-
paring plays for public performance. (Rosenthal)
DART 314 (114). THE FILM AS AN ART FORM. (3)
A study of the motion picture as a developing form of
entertainment, communication, and artistic expression.
A series of significant American and foreign films are
viewed to illustrate the artistic, historical, and sociologi-
cal trends of the twentieth century. (Niemeyer)
DART 330 (129). PLAY DIRECTING. (3)
Prerequisite: DART 120 or consent of instructor. A lec-
ture-laboratory course dealing with the fundamentals of
script cutting, pacing, movement, blocking, and rehear-
sal routine as applied to the directing of plays.
(Pugliese, Zelenka)
DART 375 (175). STAGE DESIGN. (3)
Prerequisite: DART 170 or consent of instructor. The
theory of stage design and lighting. Making of plans as
coordinate elements of scenic design. (Vaughan)
DART 351 (New). STAGE DECOR. (3)
Prerequisite: DART 170. A study of environmental decor
and ornaments through the ages and its practical repro-
duction for a theatrical production.
DART 420 (171). STYLES AND THEORIES OF ACTING. (3)
Prerequisite: DART 120 or consent of instructor. The
study and application of historical styles and theories
of acting. (Pugliese. Zelenka)
DART 430 (130). PLAY DIRECTING II. (3) (Meersman)
DART 440 (127). CHILDREN'S DRAMATICS. (3)
Principles and methods necessary for staging children's
productions on the elementary school level. Major em-
phasis on creative dramatics: the application of creative
dramatics in the school room, and the values gained by
the child in this activity. Students will conduct classes
in formal and creative dramatics which will culminate
in children's programs. (Pearson)
DART 440A (127A) CHILDREN'S DRAMATICS. (3)
For Dramatic Art Majors only. (Pearson)
DART 451 (179). ADVANCED SCENIC DESIGN. (3)
Prerequisites: DART 375, 476. 480, 330, or permission
of instructor. Design of stage settings, and of one total
production. Study of stage design in the main historical
periods and in contemporary theatre. (Vaughan)
DART 476 (176). PRINCIPLES AND THEORIES OF STAGE
LIGHTING. (3)
Prerequisite: DART 375. A study of composition, control,
and instrumentation in theatrical lighting. (Mosbo)
DART 479 (139). THEATRE WORKSHOP. (3)
Prerequisite: DART 120 or 170. A laboratory course de-
signed to provide the student with practical experience
in all phases of theatre production. (Vaughan)
DART 480 (177). STAGE COSTUMING I. (3)
Prerequisite: DART 252. Basic principles of stage cos-
tuming. (Slattum)
DART 481 (New). STAGE COSTUMING II. (3)
Prerequisite: DART 480. The advanced study of stage
costuming through the development of style as a design
consideration on theatrical production. Designing cos-
tumes for various forms of drama, including period-
styles. (Slattum)
DART 490 (131). HISTORY OF THE THEATRE. (3)
A survey of dramatic production from early origin to
1800. (Niemeyer)
DART 491 (132). HISTORY OF THE THEATRE. (3)
A survey of dramatic production from 1800 to the pres-
ent. (Niemeyer)
DART 499 (111). SEMINAR. (3)
Prerequisites: Senior standing and consent of instructor.
Present-day drama research. (Pugliese)
ECONOMICS
ECON 110 (004). ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENTS. (3)
An introduction to modern economic institutions — their
origins development and present status. Commercial
revolution, industrial revolution and age of mass produc-
tion. Emphasis on developments in England. Western
Europe and the United States.
ECON 201. 203 (031, 032). PRINCIPLES OF ECONOMICS.
(3. 3)
Prerequisite: sophomore standing. Required in the busi-
ness administration curriculums. In ECON 201 basic
concepts, the monetary system, the national accounts.
national income analysis, and business cycles are in-
troduced. In ECON 203 emphasis is placed on price
theory, distribution, international trade, and economic
development. (Atkinson. Dorsey. Schultze. Weinstein)
ECON 205 (037). FUNDAMENTALS OF ECONOMICS (3)
Not open to students who have credit in ECON 201 and
203. Not open to B. P. A. students. A survey of the gen-
eral principles underlying economic activity, analysis
of leading economic problems in the modern world. This
is the basic course in economics for students who are
unable to take the more complete course provided in
ECON 201 and 203. (Ulmer)
FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES
ECON 394. 395 (196. 197). HONORS SEMINAR (3. 3)
Normally taken in the junior year. Prerequisite candi-
dacy for honors in economics. Selected topics are in-
vestigated and written reports are submitted
ECON 396 (198). INDEPENDENT HONORS STUDY. (3)
First semester. Normally taken in the senior year. Pre-
requisites: Economics 394. 395 and candidacy for honors
in Economics. Integrated reading under staff direction,
leading to the preparation of a thesis in economics 397
192 / Course Offerings
ECON 397 (199). HONORS THESIS. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisites: Economics 396 and
candidacy (or honors in economics. General supervision
will be provided through assembled meetings with the
professor in charge of the course.
ECON 398 (190). TOPICS IN ECONOMICS. (3)
This course is designed to meet the changing interests
of students and staff. Topics vary in response to those
interests. This course may be repeated for credit when
the subject matter changes. Students are advised to seek
information about the coverage and prerequisites during
the registration period.
ECON 399 (192). INDIVIDUAL READING AND RESEARCH
FOR UNDERGRADUATES. (3)
By arrangement with individual instructors. This course
is designed to meet the needs of students desiring spe-
cialized instruction and guidance in subjects not other-
wise covered in the course offerings. A full program of
reading, research and evaluation of performance should
be worked out between the student and faculty member
before enrollment; may be repeated for credit.
ECON 401 (102). NATIONAL INCOME ANALYSIS. (3)
Prerequisite: ECON 203. An analysis of national income
accounts and the level of national income and employ-
ment. (Layher, Moore)
ECON 402 (147). BUSINESS CYCLES. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite: ECON 430. A study of the
causes of depressions and unemployment, cyclical and
secular instability, theories of business cycles, and the
problem of controlling economic instability. (Almon)
ECON 403 (132). INTERMEDIATE PRICE THEORY. (3)
Prerequisite: ECON 203. Required for economics majors.
An analysis of price and distribution theory with special
attention to recent developments in the theory of im-
perfect competition. (Day, O'Connell, Lady)
ECON 407 (134). CONTEMPORARY ECONOMIC
THOUGHT. (3)
Prerequisites: ECON 203 and senior standing. Graduate
students should take ECON 705. A survey of recent
trends in American, English and Continental economic
thought with special attention to the work of such econo-
mists as W. C. Mitchell, J. R. Commons, T. Veblen, W.
Sombart, J. A. Hobson and other contributors to the de-
velopment of economic thought since 1900. (Gruchy)
ECON 411 (103). AMERICAN ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT.
(3)
Prerequisites: ECON 203 or 205. Long-term trends in the
American economy and analysis of the sources of out-
put growth. Technological changes and the diffusion of
new technologies. These subjects are discussed in the
context of theoretical models.
ECON 415 (105). INTRODUCTION TO ECONOMIC DEVEL-
OPMENT OF UNDERDEVELOPED AREAS. (3)
Prerequisite: ECON 203 or 205. An analysis of the
economic and social characteristics of underdeveloped
areas. Recent theories of economic development, ob-
stacles to development, policies and planning for devel-
opment. (Adams, Betancourt)
ECON 418 (106). ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT OF
SELECTED AREAS. (3)
Prerequisite: ECON 415. Institutional characteristics of
a specific area are discussed and alternative strategies
and policies for development are analyzed.
ECON 418A. LATIN AMERICA (Bennett, Betancourt)
ECON 418B. ASIA (Adams)
ECON 418C. AFRICA
ECON 421 (111). QUANTITATIVE METHODS IN
ECONOMICS I. (3)
Prerequisites: ECON 401, 403. Economic theory as it
relates to quantitative methods. Theory of statistical in-
ference. (Boorman, MacRae)
ECON 422 (112). QUANTITATIVE METHODS IN ECONOM-
ICS II. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisites: ECON 401, 403, 421,
and ECON 425, or permission of instructor. Formulation,
estimation and testing of economic models; theory of
identification in linear models, multiple regression and
analysis of variance; single-equation problems in econo-
metric work and econometric methods in estimation of
multi-equation structures. Examples of current research
employing econometric methods. (Boorman)
ECON 425 (130). MATHEMATICAL ECONOMICS. (3)
First semester. Prerequisites: ECON 401 and 403 and
one year of college mathematics. A course designed to
enable economics majors to understand the simpler
aspects of mathematical economics. Those parts of the
calculus and algebra required for economic analysis
will be presented. (MacRae)
ECON 430 (140). MONEY AND BANKING. (3)
Prerequisite: ECON 203. Relation of money and credit
to economic activity and prices; impact of public policy
in financial markets and in markets for goods and serv-
ices; policies, structure, and functions of the Federal
Reserve System; organization, operation, and functions
of the commercial banking system, as related particular-
ly to questions of economic stability and public policy.
(Meyer, Boorman Bennett)
ECON 431 (141). THEORY OF MONEY, PRICES AND
ECONOMIC ACTIVITY. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite: ECON 430. A theoretical
treatment of the influence of money and financial mar-
kets on economic activity and prices, and of the effects
of monetary policy on the markets for goods and serv-
ices; the role of money in the classical and Keynesian
macro-systems; topics of theoretical interest in monetary
policy formation and implementation.
(Meyer, Strayhorn)
ECON 440 (148). INTERNATIONAL ECONOMICS. (3)
Prerequisite: ECON 203. A descriptive and theoretical
analysis of international trade, balance of payments ac-
counts, the mechanism of international economic ad-
justment, comparative costs, economics of customs
unions. (Wonnacott, Clague, Moore, Atkinson, Layher)
ECON 441 (149). INTERNATIONAL ECONOMIC POLICIES.
(3)
Prerequisites: ECON 440, 401, and 403. Contemporary
balance of payments problems; the international liquidity
controversy investment, trade and economic develop-
ment; evaluation of arguments for protection.
(Layher, Moore)
ECON 450 (142). INTRODUCTION TO PUBLIC FINANCE. (3)
Prerequisites: ECON 201 and 203 or 203 and 205. A
study of the role of federal, state and local governments
in mobilizing reesources to meet public wants; principles
and policies of taxation, debt management, and govern-
ment expenditures and their effects on resource alloca-
tion, stabilization of income and prices, income distri-
bution, and economic growth. (Meer, McLoone, Singer)
ECON 451 (143). THEORY OF PUBLIC FINANCE. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisites: ECON 450 and 401 or
consent of instructor. An economic analysis of the
theory and practice of public finance including taxation,
debt management, expenditures, and fiscal policy.
(McGuire, Singer)
ECON 454 (144). STATE AND LOCAL PUBLIC FINANCE. (3)
Prerequisite: ECON 203 or 205. Principles and problems
of governmental finance with special reference to state
and local jurisdictions. Topics to be covered include
taxation, expenditures and intergovernmental fiscal rela-
tions. (Whitman)
ECON 460 (170). INDUSTRIAL ORGANIZATION. (3)
Prerequisite: ECON 203 or 205. Changing structure of
the American economy; price policies in different indus-
trial classifications of monopoly and competition in rela-
tion to problems of public policy. (Quails, Greer, Tilton)
Course Offerings / 193
ECON 461 (171). ECONOMICS OF AMERICAN
INDUSTRIES. (3)
Prerequisite: ECON 203 or 205. A study of the tech-
nology, economics and geography of representative
American industries. (Measday. Greer, Mills)
ECON 470 (160). LABOR ECONOMICS. (3)
Prerequisite: ECON 203 or 205. The historical develop-
ment and chief characteristics of the American labor
movement are first surveyed. Present-day problems are
then examined in detail: wage theories, unemployment,
social security, labor organization, and collective bar-
gaining. (Knight, Weinstein)
ECON 471 (161). CURRENT PROBLEMS IN LABOR
ECONOMICS. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite: ECON 470. A detailed
examination of current problems in labor economics in-
cluding: labor market and manpower problems, unem-
ployment compensation and social security, wage the-
ories, and productivity analysis. (Knight, Weinstein)
ECON 475 (165). ECONOMICS OF POVERTY AND
DISCRIMINATION. (3)
Prerequisite: ECON 203 or 205. Topics include the
causes of the persistence of low income groups; the re-
lation of poverty to technological change, to economic
growth, and to education and training: economic motiva-
tions for discrimination: the economic results of discrim-
ination: proposed remedies for poverty and discrimina-
tion. (Harrison. Schiller)
ECON 480 (131). COMPARATIVE ECONOMIC SYSTEMS. (3)
Prerequisite: ECON 203 or 205. An investigation of the
theory and practice of various types of economic sys-
tems. An examination and evaluation of the capitalistic
system followed by an analysis of alternative types of
economic systems such as fascism, socialism and com-
munism. (Amuzegar. Dodge. Gruchy)
ECON 482 (138). ECONOMICS OF THE SOVIET UNION. (3)
Prerequisite: ECON 203 or 205. An analysis of the or-
ganization, operating principles and performance of the
Soviet economy with attention to the historical and ideo-
logical background, planning, resources, industry, agri-
culture, domestic and foreign trade, finance, labor, and
the structure and growth of national income. (Dodge)
ECON 484 (139). THE ECONOMY OF CHINA. (3)
Prerequisite: ECON 203 or 205. This analysis of the poli-
cies and performances of the Chinese economy since
1949 will begin with a survey of modern China's eco-
nomic history. The course will emphasize the strategies
and institutional innovations that the Chinese have
adopted to overcome the probelms of economic develop-
ment. Some of the economic controversies raised during
the 'Cultural Revolution' will be covered in a review of
the problems and prospects of the present Chinese
economy.
ECON 486 (137). THE ECONOMICS OF NATIONAL
PLANNING. (3)
Prerequisite: ECON 203 or 205. An analysis of the princi-
ples and practice of economic planning with special
reference to the planning problems of West European
countries and the United States. (Almon. Gruchy)
ECON 490 (125) SURVEY OF URBAN ECONOMIC
PROBLEMS AND POLICIES. (3)
Prerequisites: ECON 201. 203 or ECON 205. An introduc-
tion to the study of urban economics through the exami-
nation of current policy issues. Topics may include
suburbanization of jobs and residences, housing and
urban renewal, urban transportation, development of
New Towns, ghetto economic development, problems in
services such as education and police.
(Harrison, Straszheim)
ECON 491 (120). REGIONAL AND URBAN ECONOMICS. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite: ECON 401, or consent of
the instructor. Study of the theories, problems and poli-
cies of urban and regional economic development.
(Harris. King)
EDUCATION ADMINISTRATION, SUPERVISION,
AND CURRICULUM
EDAD 489 (187). FIELD EXPERIENCE IN EDUCATION (1-4)
See EDUC 489 for description.
EDAD 498 (188). SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN EDUCATION.
(1-3)
See EDUC 498 for description.
EDAD 499 (189). WORKSHOPS, CLINICS AND
INSTITUTES. (1-6)
See EDUC 499 for description.
EDUCATION COUNSELING AND PERSONNEL
SERVICES
EDCP 410 (161). INTRODUCTION TO COUNSELING AND
PERSONNEL SERVICES. (3)
Presents principles and procedures, and examines the
functions of counselors, psychologists in schools, school
social workers, and other personnel service workers.
EDCP 411 (172). MENTAL HYGIENE. (3)
The practical application of the principles of mental
hygiene to classroom problems.
EDCP 460 (165). INTRODUCTION TO REHABILITATION
COUNSELING. (3)
Introductory course for majors in rehabilitation counsel-
ing, social work, psychology, or education who desire to
work professionally with physically or emotionally handi-
capped persons.
EDCP 470 (200). INTRODUCTION TO STUDENT
PERSONNEL. (3)
EDCP 489 (187). FIELD EXPERIENCE IN COUNSELING
AND PERSONNEL SERVICES. (1-4)
See EDUC 489 for description.
EDCP 498 (188). SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN COUNSELING
AND PERSONNEL SERVICES. (1-3)
See EDUC 498 for description.
EDCP 499 (189). WORKSHOPS, CLINICS, INSTITUTES. (1-6)
See EDUC 499 for description.
EDUCATION, EARLY CHILDHOOD-ELEMENTARY
PRIMARILY FOR FRESHMEN AND SOPHOMORES
EDEL 288 (088). SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN EDUCATION. (1-6)
See EDUC 288 for description.
FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES
EDEL 301 (105A). SCIENCE IN EARLY CHILHOOD EDUCA-
TION. (2)
EDEL 302 (105B). SCIENCE IN THE ELEMENTARY
SCHOOL. (2)
Designed to help teachers acquire general science un-
derstandings and to develop teaching materials for prac-
tical use in classrooms. Includes experiments, demon-
strations, constructions, observations, field trips and use
of audio-visual materials. The emphasis is on content
and method related to science units in common use in
elementary schools. Formerly Sci. Ed. 105.
EDEL 303 (115) ACTIVITIES AND MATERIALS IN EARLY
CHILDHOOD EDUCATION. (3)
First and second semesters Prerequisite. EDUC 300 (or
concurrent enrollment). Storytelling, selection of books,
the use. preparation and presentation of such raw ma-
terials as clay, paints (easel and finger), blocks, wood,
and scrap materials.
EDEL 304 (121A). LANGUAGE ARTS IN EARLY CHILD-
HOOD EDUCATION. (2)
Teaching of spelling, handwriting, oral and written ex-
pression, and creative expression.
EDEL 305 (121B) LANGUAGE ARTS IN THE ELEMENTARY
SCHOOL. (2)
EDEL 306 (122A) SOCIAL STUDIES IN EARLY CHILDHOOD
EDUCATION. (2)
194 / Course Offerings
EDEL 307 (122B). SOCIAL STUDIES IN THE ELEMENTARY
SCHOOL. (2)
Consideration given to curriculum, organization and
methods of teaching, evaluation of newer materials, and
utilization of environmental resources.
EDEL 310 (123A). THE CHILD AND THE CURRICULUM-
EARLY CHILDHOOD. (2)
EDEL 311 (123B). THE CHILD AND THE CURRICULUM-
ELEMENTARY. (2)
Relationship of the elementary school curriculum to
child growth and development. Recent trends in curricu-
lum organization; the effect of environment on learning;
readiness to learn; and adapting curriculum content and
methods to maturity levels of children.
EDEL 312 (125). ART IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. (2)
Concerned with art methods and materials for elemen-
tary schools. Includes laboratory experiences with ma-
terials appropriate for elementary schools.
EDEL 313 (126A). MATHEMATICS IN EARLY CHILDHOOD
EDUCATION. (2)
Prerequisite: MATH 210 or equivalent.
EDEL 314 (126B). MATHEMATICS IN THE ELEMENTARY
SCHOOL. (2)
Prerequisite: MATH 210 or equivalent. Emphasis on ma-
terials and procedures which help pupils sense arithmeti-
cal meanings and relationships. Helps teachers gain a
better understanding of the number system and arith-
metical processes.
EDEL 315 (127A). TEACHING IN NURSERY SCHOOL AND
KINDERGARTEN. (3)
An overview of nursery school and kindergarten teach-
ing designed for individuals without specific prepara-
tion for elementary school teaching or for individuals
without recent teaching experience.
EDEL 316 (127B). TEACHING IN THE ELEMENTARY
SCHOOL. (3)
An overview of elementary school teaching for individ-
uals without recent teaching experience.
EDEL 320 (140A). CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION
NURSERY SCHOOL. (3)
Philosophy of early childhood education, observation of
the development needs at various age levels, with em-
phasis upon the activities, materials and methods by
which educational objectives are attained.
EDEL 321 (140B). CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION-
CHILDHOOD. (3)
EDEL 322 (140C). CURRICULUM AND INSTRUCTION-
ELEMENTARY. (3)
See EDEL 320 above.
EDEL 323 (143). FOREIGN LANGUAGE METHODS IN THE
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. (3)
Registration limited and based upon approval of advisor.
Methods and techniques for developmental approach to
the teaching of modern foreign languages in elementary
schools. Use of real development of oral-aural skills and
understanding of young children in language develop-
ment are stressed.
EDEL 324 (152). LITERATURE FOR CHILDREN AND YOUNG
PEOPLE. (3)
Development of literary materials for children and young
people. Timeless and ageless books, and outstanding ex-
amples of contemporary publishing. Evaluation of the
contributions of individual authors and illustrators and
children's book awards. (E. Anderson)
EDEL 325 (153A). THE TEACHING OF READING— EARLY
CHILDHOOD. (2)
Concerned with the fundamentals of developmental read-
ing instruction, including reading readiness, use of ex-
perience stories, procedures in using basal readers, the
improvement of comprehension, teaching reading in all
areas of the curriculum, uses of children's literature, the
program in word analysis, and procedures for determin-
ing individual needs.
EDEL 326 (153B). THE TEACHING OF READING-
ELEMENTARY. (2)
See EDEL 325 above.
EDEL 330 (149A). STUDENT TEACHING— NURSERY. (4)
EDEL 331 (149B). STUDENT TEACHING— KINDER-
GARTEN. (4)
EDEL 332 (149C). STUDENT TEACHING— PRIMARY. (8)
EDEL 333 ((149D). STUDENT TEACHING— ELEMENTARY.
(8-16)
EDEL 334 (149E). STUDENT TEACHING— LIBRARY. (4)
EDEL 335 (149F). STUDENT TEACHING— MUSIC. (4-6)
EDEL 336 (149G). STUDENT TEACHING— PHYSICAL
EDUCATION. (4-8)
Student teaching is a full time commitment. Consequent-
ly, interference with this commitment due to employment
is not permitted.
Transportation to the school(s) assigned for student
teaching is the responsibility of each student.
Student teachers in elementary, early childhood, special
education and library science should reserve the week of
registration for orientation in public schools. A doctor's
certificate indicating freedom from communicable dis-
eases and approval of the instructor required. Under-
graduate credit only. No other courses may be taken
during a full semester of student teaching. For 16 credits,
full time for one semester is devoted to this work. For
experienced teachers the time and credit may be re-
duced to not less than 8 credits.
EDEL 401. (105A). SCIENCE IN EARLY CHILDHOOD EDU-
CATION. (3)
See EDEL 301 above.
EDEL 402 (105B). SCIENCE IN THE ELEMENTARY
SCHOOL. (3)
See EDEL 302 above.
EDEL 404 (121A). LANGUAGE ARTS IN EARLY CHILD-
HOOD EDUCATION. (3)
See EDEL 304 above.
EDEL 405 (121B). LANGUAGE ARTS IN THE ELEMENTARY
SCHOOL. (3)
See EDEL 305 above.
EDEL 406 (122A). SOCIAL STUDIES IN EARLY CHILD-
HOOD EDUCATION. (3)
See EDEL 306 above.
EDEL 407 (122B). SOCIAL STUDIES IN THE ELEMENTARY
SCHOOL. (3)
See EDEL 307 above.
EDEL 410 (123A). THE CHILD AND THE CURRICULUM-
EARLY CHILDHOOD. (3)
See EDEL 310 above
EDEL 411 (123B). THE CHILD AND THE CURRICULUM-
ELEMENTARY. (3)
See EDEL 311 above.
EDEL 412 (125). ART IN THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. (3)
See EDEL 312 above.
EDEL 413. (126A). MATHEMATICS IN EARLY CHILDHOOD
EDUCATION. (3)
See EDEL 313 above.
EDEL 414 (126B). MATHEMATICS IN THE ELEMENTARY
SCHOOL. (3)
See EDEL 314 above.
EDEL 424 (152). LITERATURE FOR CHILDREN AND
YOUNG PEOPLE— ADVANCED. (3)
See EDEL 324 above.
EDEL 425 (153A). THE TEACHING OF READING— EARLY
CHILDHOOD. (3)
See EDEL 325 above.
EDEL 426. (153B). THE TEACHING OF READING-
ELEMENTARY. (3)
See EDEL 325 above.
EDEL 430 (157). CORRECTIVE-
INSTRUCTION. (3)
-REMEDIAL READING
Course Offerings / 195
EDEL 431 (155). LABORATORY PRACTICES IN READING.
(3)
EDEL 489 (187). FIELD EXPERIENCE IN EDUCATION. (1-4)
See EDUC 489 for description.
EDEL 498 ((188). SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN EDUCATION.
(1-3)
See EDUC 498 for description.
EDEL 499 (189). WORKSHOPS, CLINICS AND INSTITUTES.
(1-6)
See EDUC 499 for description.
EDUCATION, HUMAN DEVELOPMENT
EDHD 306 (106). A STUDY OF HUMAN BEHAVIOR. (3)
This course is planned for and limited to students who
are not enrolled in the College of Education, and it does
not satisfy the requirements of the professional teacher
education programs. The course is designed to intro-
duce students to the scientific principles (physical, social
and psychological) which describe human behavior, de-
velopment and adjustment at all maturity levels and to
use these principles in the study of individual children
and youth. Each student will observe, record, and ana-
lyze the behavior of an individual throughout the semes-
ter and must have one half-day a week for this purpose.
(Bowie, Mershon)
EDHD 312, 314 (112, 114). SCIENTIFIC CONCEPTS IN
HUMAN DEVELOPMENT I, II. (3, 3)
EDHD 313, 315 (113, 115). LABORATORY IN BEHAVIOR
ANALYSIS I. II. (3, 3)
EDHD 402, 403, 404 (102, 103, 104). CHILD DEVELOP-
MENT LABORATORY I. II and III. (2, 2, 2)
These courses involve the direct study of children
throughout the school year. Each participant gathe/s a
wide body of information about an individual, presents
the accumulating data from time to time to the study
group for criticism and group analysis and writes an in-
terpretation of the dynamics underlying the child's learn-
ing behavior and development. Provides opportunity
for teachers in service to earn credit for participation
in their own local child study group.
EDHD 411 (108). CHILD GROWTH AND DEVELOPMENT. (3)
Growth and development of the child from conception
through the early childhood years, with emphasis on
developmental sequences in physical, psychological and
social areas. Implications for understanding and work-
ing with young children in the home, school, and in
other settings.
EDHD 413 (105). ADOLESCENT DEVELOPMENT. (3)
A study of the interplay of physical, cultural and self
forces as they influence behavior, development, learn-
ing, and adjustment during adolescence. Includes ob-
servation and case study. This course cannot be used
to meet the psychological foundations requirements for
teacher certification. (Gardner)
EDHD 416 (116). SCIENTIFIC CONCEPTS IN HUMAN
DEVELOPMENT III (3)
Guided reading and observation of pupils throughout
the school year. Emphasis on human development con-
cepts relating to impact of family, school, society, and
peer group on the student. Collection and analysis of
data affecting learning and behavior. For in-service
educators.
EDHD 417 (117). LABORATORY IN BEHAVIOR ANALYSIS
III. (3)
Prerequisite: EDHD 416. Guided reading and observation
of pupils throughout the school year. Emphasis on analy-
sis of intrinsic aspects of learning and behavior includ-
ing cognitive processes, motivation, self-concept, atti-
tudes, and values. For in-service educators.
EDHD 420. 421. 422 (120, 121. 122). STUDY OF HUMAN
DEVELOPMENT AND LEARNING IN SCHOOL SETTINGS
I, II. III. (2, 2, 2)
A sequence of courses which enables in-service teach-
ers and administrators to carry on advanced study of
human development and learning principles in the con-
tinuous study and evaluation of several different phases
of the school program over an extended period of time.
EDHD 445 (145). GUIDANCE OF YOUNG CHILDREN. (3)
Development of an appreciation and understanding of
young children from different home and community
backgrounds; study of individual and group problems.
EDHD 460 (160). EDUCATIONAL PSYCHOLOGY. (3)
Prerequisites: PSYC 100 or EDUC 300 or equivalent.
Offers an examination of research and problems in edu-
cational psychology. Includes consideration of measure-
ment and the significance of individual differences,
learning, motivation and emotions, transfer of learning,
intelligence, attitudes, problem solving; understanding
and thinking, and communicating knowledge. The course
is intended to provide an overview of educational psy-
chology with an emphasis on learning processes. It may
not be substituted for EDUC 300 by regularly matricu-
lated students in the teacher education program.
EDHD 489 (187). FIELD EXPERIENCE IN EDUCATION.
(1-4)
See EDUC 489 for description.
EDHD 498 (188). SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN EDUCATION.
(1-3)
See EDUC 498 for description.
EDHD 499 (189). WORSHOPS. CLINICS. AND
INSTITUTES. (1-6)
See EDUC 499 for description
EDUCATION, INDUSTRIAL
EDIN 101 (001). MECHANICAL DRAWING. (2)
Four hours of laboratory per week. This course consti-
tutes an introduction to orthographic multi-view and iso-
metric projection. Emphasis is placed upon the visuali-
zation of an object when it is represented by a multi-
view drawing and upon the making of multi-view draw-
ings. The course carries through auxiliary views, sec-
tional views, dimensioning, conventional representation
and single stroke letters. (Campbell)
EDIN 102 (002). WOODWORKING I. (3)
Six hours of laboratory per week. The course is designed
to give the student an orientation into the woodworking
industry with regard to materials, products and pro-
cesses while providing for skill development in the care
and use of hand and power tools. (White)
EDIN 106 (009). INDUSTRIAL ARTS IN THE ELEMENTARY
SCHOOL I. (2)
Four hours of laboratory per week A course (or pre-
service and in-service elementary school teachers cov-
ering construction activities in a variety of media suitable
for classroom use. The work is organized on the unit
basis so that the construction aspect is supplemented by
reading and other investigative procedures (Gettle)
EDIN 110 (010). INDUSTRIAL ARTS IN THE ELEMENTARY
SCHOOL II. (2)
Prerequisite: EDIN 106 This is a continuation ol EDIN
106. Four hours of laboratory per week. It provides the
teacher with opportunities to develop further competence
in construction activities. Some of the basic phenomena
ol industry are studied, particularly those which apply
to the manufacture of common products, housing, trans-
portation and communication. (Gettle)
EDIN 112 (012). SHOP CALCULATIONS. (3)
Shop Calculations is designed to develop an understand-
ing and working knowledge of the mathematical con-
cepts related to the various aspects o( industrial educa-
tion. The course includes phases of algebra geometry.
196 / Course Offerings
trigonometry, and general mathematics as applied to
shop and drawing activities. (Gelina. Stough, Yeager)
EDIN 121 (021). MECHANICAL DRAWING. (2)
Four hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: EDIN
101. A course dealing with working drawings, machine
design, pattern layouts, tracing and reproduction. Detail
drawings followed by assemblies are presented.
(Campbell)
EDIN 122 (022). WOODWORKING II. (3)
Six hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: EDIN 102.
for industrial arts teacher education majors. The course
is designed to give the student a comprehensive knowl-
edge of machine production with emphasis on safety, in-
dustrial processes and maintenance. (White)
EDIN 124 (024). SHEET METAL WORK. (2)
Four hours of laboratory per week. Articles are made
from metal in its sheet form and involve the operations
of cutting, shaping, soldering, riveting, wiring, folding,
seaming, beading, burning, etc. The student is required
to develop his own patterns inclusive of parallel line de-
ve'opment radial line development, and triangulation.
(Crosby)
EDIN 127 (028). ELECTRICITY-ELECTRONICS I. (3)
Six hours of laboratory per week. An introductory course
to electricity-electronics in general, dealing with electri-
cal circuits and wiring, the measurement of electrical
energy, the theory of motors and generators and an in-
troduction to vacuum tubes, transistors and power sup-
plies. (Schlesinger)
EDIN 133 (033). AUTOMOTIVES I. (3)
Six hours of laboratory per week. Automotives I is a study
of the fundamentals of internal combustion engines as
applied to transportation. A study of basic materials and
methods used in the transportation industry is included.
(Cooksey)
EDIN 134 (034). GRAPHIC ARTS I. (3)
Six hours of laboratory per week. An introductory course
involving experiences in letterpress and offset printing
practices. This course includes typographical design,
hand composition, proof reading, stock preparation, off-
set plate making, imposition, lock-up. stock prepara-
tion, presswork. linoleum block cutting, paper marbeliz-
ing. and bookbinding. (DuVall)
EDIN 184 (084). ORGANIZED AND SUPERVISED WORK
EXPERIENCES. (3)
Sea description under EDIN 324. (Crosby)
EDIN 201 (101). OPERATIONAL DRAWING. (2)
Four hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: EDIN
101, or equivalent. A comprehensive course designed to
give students practice in the modern drafting methods of
industry. (Campbell)
EDIN 210 (110). FOUNDRY. (1)
Two hours of laboratory psr week. Bench and 1loor mold-
ing and elementary core making. Theory and principles
covering foundry materials, tools and appliances.
(Gelina)
EDIN 223 (023). ARC AND GAS WELDING. (1)
Two hours of laboratory per week. A. course designed to
develop a functional knowledge of the principles and
use of electric and acetylene welding. Practical work is
carried on in the construction of various projects using
welded joints. Instruction is given in the use and care of
equipment, types of welded joints, methods of welding,
importance of welding processes in industry, safety con-
sideration, etc. (Gelina)
EDIN 226 (026). GENERAL METAL WORK. (3)
Six hours of laboratory per week. This course provides
experiences in constructing items from aluminum, brass,
copper, pewter, and steel. The processes included are
designing, layout, heat treating, forming, surface dec-
orating, fastening, and assembling. The course also in-
cludes a study of the aluminum, copper, and steel indus-
tries in terms of their basic manufacturing processes.
(Martin)
EDIN 231 (031). MECHANICAL DRAWING. (2)
Four hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: EDIN
101 and 121. A course dealing with the topics enum-
erated in EDIN 121 but on a more advanced basis. The
reading of prints representative of a variety of industries
is a part of this course. (Campbell)
EDIN 241 (041). ARCHITECTURAL DRAWING. (2)
Four hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: EDIN
101 or equivalent. Practical experience is provided in the
design and planning of houses and other buildings.
Working drawings, specifications, and blue-prints are
featured. (Campbell)
EDIN 242 (042). WOODWORKING III. (3)
Six hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: EDIN 122.
The course is designed to give the student a comprehen-
sive knowledge of contemporary woodworking technol-
ogy with emphasis on mass production techniques, in-
dustrial research, and materials tests. (White)
EDIN 243 (043). AUTOMOTIVES II. (3)
Six hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: EDIN 133.
This is an advanced course in transportation and power
generation covering engines, fuel systems, ignition sys-
tems, and power trains. (Cooksey)
EDIN 244 (044). GRAPHIC ARTS II. (3)
Six hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: EDIN 134.
An advanced course designed to provide further experi-
ences to letterpress and offset printing and to introduce
other reproduction processes. Silk screen printing, dry
print etching, mimeograph reproduction, and rubber
stamp making are the new processes introduced in this
course. (DuVall)
EDIN 247 (048). ELECTRICITY-ELECTRONICS II. (3)
Six hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: EDIN 127
or equivalent. An intermediate course designed to pro-
vide more extensive knowledge in electricity-electronics
including the principles of the transmission and recep-
tion of radio waves, the applications of transistors and
other semiconductors and an introduction to industrial
electronics. (Schlesinger)
EDIN 262 (069). MACHINE SHOP PRACTICE I. (3)
Six hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: EDIN 101,
or equivalent. Bench work, turning, planing, milling, and
drilling. Related technical information. (Yeager)
EDIN 266 (066). ART METAL WORK. (2)
Four hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: EDIN
226. or equivalent. Advanced practicum. It includes
methods of bowl raising and bowl ornamenting. (Crosby)
EDIN 282 (089). MACHINE SHOP PRACTICE II. (3)
Four hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: EDIN
262, or equivalent. Advanced shop practicum in thread
cutting, grinding, boring, reaming and gear cutting.
Work-production methods are employed. (Yeager)
EDIN 288 (088). SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN EDUCATION. (1-6)
See EDUC 288 for description. (Staff)
EDIN 305 (105). GENERAL SHOP. (3)
Designed to meet needs in organizing and administer-
ing a secondary school shop. Students are rotated
through skill and knowledge developing activities in a
variety of shop areas. (Gettle)
EDIN 307 (108). ELECTRICITY-ELECTRONICS III. (3)
Six hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: EDIN 127.
or equivalent. An advanced course designed to provide
more extensive knowledge in electricity or electronics
including the advanced theory and applications of semi-
conductors and the principles of the storage and trans-
mission of electronically coded information. (Schlesinger)
EDIN 311 (111). LABORATORY PRACTICUM IN INDUS-
TRIAL ARTS EDUCATION. (3)
Six hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: 18 se-
mester hours of shopwork and drawing. A course de-
voted to the development of instructional materials and
the refinement of instructional methods pertinent to the
teaching of industrial arts at the secondary school level.
(Maley. Gettle)
Course Offerings / 197
EDIN 324 (124). ORGANIZED AND SUPERVISED WORK
EXPERIENCES.
(3 credits for each internship period, total: 6 credits.)
This is a work experience sequence planned for students
enrolled in the curriculum, "Education for Industry." The
purpose is to provide the students with opportunities for
first-hand experiences with business and industry. The
student is responsible for obtaining his own employment
with the coordinator advising him in regard to the job
opportunities which have optimum learning value. The
nature of the work experience desired is outlined at the
outset of employment and then evaluations made by the
student and the coordinator are based upon the planned
experiences. The minimum time basis for each intern-
ship is 6 forty-hour weeks or 240 work hours. Any one pe-
riod of internship must be served through continuous
employment in a single establishment. Two internships
are required. The two internships may be served with
the same business or industry. The completion for credit
of any period of internship requires the employer's rec-
ommendation in terms of satisfactory work and work at-
titudes. More complete details are found in the hand-
book prepared for the studsnt of this curriculur
EDIN 340 (140). (EDUC 140). CURRICULUM, INSTRUC-
TION, AND OBSERVATION, (3)
Major functions and specific contributions of industrial
art education; its relation to the general objectives of
the junior and senior high schools, selection and organi-
zation of subject matter in terms of modern practices
and needs; methods of instruction; expected outcomes;
measuring results; professional standards. Twenty peri-
ods of observation. (Beatty, Anderson. Tierney)
EDIN 347 (148). STUDENT TEACHING IN THE SEC-
ONDARY SCHOOLS. (2-8)
See EDSE 367 for additional requirements.
(Tierney, Beatty, Anderson)
EDIN 350 (050). METHODS OF TEACHING. (3)
(Offered at University College centers.) For vocational
and occupational teachers of shop work and related sub-
jects. The identification and analysis of factors essential
to helping others learn; typss of teaching situations and
techniques; measuring results and grading student prog-
ress in shop and related technical subjects.
(Maley. Gettle)
EDIN 357 (157). TESTS AND MEASUREMENTS. (3)
The construction of objective t3Sts for occupational and
vocational subjects. (Luetkemeyer. Stough)
FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES
EDIN 409 (407). EXPERIMENTAL ELECTRICITY AND
ELECTRONICS— A, B, C, D. (2, 2, 2, 2)
EDIN 415 (115). RESEARCH AND EXPERIMENTATION IN
INDUSTRIAL ARTS. (3)
This is a laboratory-seminar course designed to develop
persons capable of planning, directing and evaluating
effective research and experimentation procedures with
the materials, products and processes of industry.
(Maley)
EDIN 421 (121). INDUSTRIAL ARTS IN SPECIAL EDUCA-
TION. (3)
Four hours laboratory per week, one hour lecture. Pre-
requisite: EDSP 470 and 471 or consent of instructor.
This course provides experiences of a technical and
theoretical nature in industrial processes applicable for
classroom use. Emphasis is placed on individual re-
search in the specific area of one major interest in spe-
cial education.
EDIN 425, 426 (125, 126). INDUSTRIAL TRAINING IN INDUS-
TRY I, II. (3.3)
The first course is designed to provide an overview of
the function of industrial training, type of programs, or-
ganization, development and evaluation. The second
course (prerequisite the first course) is designed to study
specific training programs in a variety of industries, plant
program visitation, training, program development, and
analyses of industrial training research. (Willard)
EDIN 443 (143) INDUSTRIAL SAFETY EDUCATION I. (2)
This course deals briefly with the history and develop-
ment of effective safety programs in modern industry and
treats causes, effects and values of industrial safety
education inclusive of fire prevention and hazard con-
trols. (Crosby, Smith, White)
EDIN 444 (144). INDUSTRIAL SAFETY EDUCATION II. (2)
In this course exemplary safety practices are studied
through conference discussions, group demonstration,
and organized plant visits to selected industrial situa-
tions. Methods of fire precautions and safety practices
are emphasized. Evaluative criteria in safety programs
are formulated. (Crosby, Smith. White)
EDIN 450 (150). TRAINING AIDS DEVELOPMENT. (3)
Study of the aids in common use as to their source and
application. Special emphasis is placed on principles to
be observed in making aids useful to shop teachers
Actual construction and application of such devices will
be required. (Maley. Beatty. Gettle)
EDIN 457 (157). TESTS AND MEASUREMENTS. (3)
The construction of objective tests for occupational and
vocational subjects. (Gelina. Luetkemeyer. Stough)
EDIN 460 (160). ESSENTIALS OF DESIGN. (2)
Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite: EDIN 101
and basic shop work. A study of the basic principles of
design and practice in their application to the construc-
tion of shop projects. (Anderson)
EDIN 461 (161). PRINCIPLES OF VOCATIONAL GUID-
ANCE. (3)
This course identifies and applies the underlying princi-
ples of guidance to the problems of educational and vo-
cational adjustment of students. (Mietus)
EDIN 462 (169). OCCUPATIONAL ANALYSIS AND COURSE
CONSTRUCTION. (3)
Provides a working knowledge of occupational and job
analysis and applies the techniques in building and re-
organizing courses of study for effective use in vocation-
al and occupational schools. (Chambliss)
EDIN 464 (164). LABORATORY ORGANIZATION AND
MANAGEMENT. (3)
This course covers the basic elements of organizing and
managing an industrial education program including the
selection of equipment and the arrangement of the shop.
(Mietus. Beatty)
EDIN 465 (165). MODERN INDUSTRY. (3)
This course provides an overview of manufacturing in-
dustry in the American social, economic and culture
pattern. Representative basic industries are studied from
the viewpoints of personnel and management organiza-
tion, industrial relations, production procedures, distri-
bution of products, and the like. (Harrison)
EDIN 466 (166). EDUCATIONAL FOUNDATIONS OF IN-
DUSTRIAL ARTS. (3)
A study of the factors which place industrial arts educa-
tion in any well-rounded program of general education.
(Gelina. Beatty. Luetkemeyer)
EDIN 467 (167). PROBLEMS IN OCCUPATIONAL EDUCA-
TION. (3)
The purpose of this course is to secure, assemble, or-
ganize, and interpret data relative to the scope, character
and effectiveness of occupational education.
EDIN 471 (171). HISTORY AND PRINCIPLES OF VOCA-
TIONAL EDUCATION. (3)
An overview of the development of vocational education
from primitive times to the present with special emphasis
give to the vocational education movement with the
American program of public education. (Luetkemeyer)
EDIN 475 (175). RECENT TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOP-
MENTS IN PRODUCTS AND PROCESSES (3)
This course is designed to give the student an under-
standing of recent technological developments as they
198 / Course Offerings
pertain to the products and processes of industry. The
nature of their newer products and processes is studied
as well as their effect upon modern industry and or
society. (Crosby, Mietus)
EDIN 487 (187). FIELD EXPERIENCE IN EDUCATION. (1-4)
See EDUC 489 for description
EDIN 488 (188). SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN EDUCATION. (1-3)
See EDUC 498 for description.
EDIN 499 (189). WORKSHOPS. CLINICS AND INSTITUTES.
(1-6)
See EDUC 499 for description.
EDUCATION, MEASUREMENT AND STATISTICS
EDMS 410 (EDUC 150). PRINCIPLES OF TESTING AND
EVALUATION. (3)
Basic principles including the steps in the specification
of instructional objectives and subsequent development
of teacher-made tests; problems in the use and inter-
pretation of achievement and aptitude tests; introduc-
tion to the development and use of non-testing evalua-
tion procedures; basic considerations in the assignment
of marks and grades; introduction to computer tech-
nology as applied to measurement.
EDMS 446 (EDUC 146). QUANTITATIVE RESEARCH
METHODS I. (3)
An introduction to research design principles and the
scientific method as applied to behavioral phenomena.
Instrumentation procedures including the planning and
construction of simple data collection instruments and
their analysis, and assessment of the reliability and va-
lidity of such instruments. Statistical procedures appro-
priate to the analysis of data from simple research de-
signs. Laboratory experiences in instrumentation and re-
search design are emphasized.
EDMS 451 (EDUC 151). INTRODUCTION TO EDUCATION-
AL STATISTICS .(3)
Designed as a first course in statistics for students in
education. Emphasis is upon educational applications of
descriptive statistics, including measures of central tend-
ency, variability and association. Also included are in-
ferential statistics through one-way anova.
EDMS 465 (New). ALGORITHMIC METHODS IN EDUCA-
TIONAL RESEARCH. (3)
Prerequisite: EDMS 446 or equivalent. Introduction to the
use of the computer as a tool in educational research. In-
struction in a basic scientific computer source language
as well as practical experience in program writing for
solving statistical and educational research problems.
EDMS 489 (EDUC 187D). FIELD EXPERIENCES IN MEAS-
UREMENT AND STATISTICS. (1-4)
See EDUC 489 for description.
EDMS 498 (EDUC 188). SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN MEAS-
UREMENT AND STATISTICS. (1-3)
See EDUC 498 for description.
EDMS 499 (EDUC 189D). WORKSHOPS, CLINICS AND IN-
STITUTES. (1-6)
See EDUC 499 for description.
EDUCATION, SECONDARY
EDSE 100 (001). PRINCIPLES OF TYPEWRITING. (2)
Five periods per week. Prerequisite: consent of instruc-
tor. The goal of this course is the attainment of the abil-
ity to operate the typewriter continuously with reason-
able speed and accuracy by the use of the "touch"
system.
EDSE 101 (002). INTERMEDIATE TYPEWRITING. (2)
Five periods per week. Prerequisite: Minimum grade of
C in EDSE 100 or consent of instructor. Drills for im-
proving speed and accuracy and an introduction to office
production typewriting. This course must be completed
prior to enrollment in EDSE 204.
EDSE 102, 103 (012, 013). PRINCIPLES OF SHORTHAND
(3, 3)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Five periods per
week. This course aims to develop the mastery of the
principles of Gregg Shorthand. In EDSE 103 special
emphasis is placed on developing dictation speed.
(O'Neill)
EDSE 151 (New). FRESHMAN SEMINAR IN HOME
ECONOMICS EDUCATION. (1)
EDSE 200 (010). OFFICE TYPEWRITING PROBLEMS. (2)
Five periods per week. Prerequisite: Minimum grade of
"C" in EDSE 101 or consent of instructor. A course to
develop the higher degree of accuracy and speed pos-
sible and to teach the advanced techniques of type-
writing and special emphasis on production. (O'Neil)
EDSE 201 (014). SURVEY OF OFFICE MACHINES. (2)
Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. The various types of
office business machines are surveyed, their capacities
and special functions compared. Skill is developed
through actual use and demonstration of such machines
as: accounting, duplicating, dictating and transcribing,
adding and calculating, and other functional types of
machines and equipment. The course is designed also
to give special training in the handling of practical busi-
ness problems with machine application (Peters)
EDSE 204 (017). ADVANCED SHORTHAND AND TRAN-
SCRIPTION. (3)
Prerequisite: Minimum grade of C in EDSE 101 and
consent of instructor. Seven periods per week. Em-
phasis is placed on vocabulary development and new
matter dictation for sustained speed at the highest level
possible under varying conditions. Transcription is under
timed conditions with emphasis on production involv-
ing quantity and quality of finished product. (O'Neill)
EDSE 205 (019). PROBLEMS IN TRANSCRIPTION. (3)
Prerequisite: Minimum grade of C in EDSE 204 or con-
sent of instructor. Seven periods per week. A systematic
development of recording skills under special and office-
style dictation and transcription conditions with particu-
lar emphasis on transcriptional problems. (O'Neill)
EDSE 210 (New). SOPHOMORE SEMINAR IN HOME
ECONOMICS EDUCATION. (1)
EDSE 260 (New). INTRODUCTION TO ART EDUCATION. (3)
EDSE 288 (88). SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN EDUCATION (1-6)
See EDUC 288 for description.
EDSE 300 (100). TECHNIQUES OF TEACHING OFFICE
SKILLS (3)
First semester. An examination and evaluation of the
aims, methods, and course contents of each of the of-
fice skill subjects offered in the high school curriculum.
(Peters)
EDSE 304 (100). ADMINISTRATIVE SECRETARIAL PRO-
CEDURES. (3)
Prerequisite: EDSE 204 and 205 or consent of the in-
structor. The nature of office work, the secretary's func-
tion in communication, inter-company and public rela-
tions, handling records, supplies and equipment; and in
direction of the office staff. Standardization and simpli-
fication of office forms and procedures in relation to cor-
respondence, mailing, receiving callers, telephoning,
handling conferences, and securing business informa-
tion. Business etiquette and ethics. (O'Neill)
EDSE 305 (112). SECRETARIAL OFFICE PRACTICE. (3)
Six periods per week. Prerequisite: Senior standing and
completion of EDSE 304. The purpose of this course is
to give laboratory and office experience to senior stu-
dents. A minimum of 90 hours of office of experience
under supervision is required. In addition, each student
will prepare a written report on an original problem
previously approved. (Peters)
EDSE 330 (145). PRINCIPLES AND METHODS OF SECOND-
ARY EDUCATION. (3)
This course is concerned with the principles and me-
thods of teaching in junior and senior high schools. In-
Course Offerings / 199
structional problems common to all of the subject fields
are considered in relation to the needs and interests of
youth, the urgent social problems of today, and the
central values to which our society is committed.
(Adkins, Funaro)
EDSE 340-354 (140). CURRICULUM, INSTRUCTION AND
OBSERVATION. (3)
Offered in separate sections for the various subject mat-
ter areas namely: art (340), business (341), dance (342),
distributive (343). English (344), foreign language (345),
geography (346). home economics (347), mathematics
(350). music (351), science (352), social studies (353),
and speech (354). Registration cards must include the
subject-matter area as well as the name and number of
the course. The objectives, selection and organization of
subject matter, appropriate methods, lesson plans text-
books, and other instructional materials, measurement.
and other topics pertinent to the particular subject mat-
ter area are treated. Twenty periods of observation.
Students must reserve all day each Tuesday for obser-
vation in public schools.
EDSE 360 377 (148). STUDENT TEACHING IN SECOND-
ARY SCHOOLS. (2-8)
In order to be admitted to a course in student teach-
ing, a student must have a doctor's certificate indicating
that the applicant is free of communicable diseases,
and the consent of the instructor to the appropriate
area. He must have been previously enrolled at the
University of Maryland for at least one semester. Un-
dergraduate credit only. The areas are as follows: art
(360). business (361), dance (362), distributive (363),
English (364). foreign language (365), geography (366).
health (367). home economics (370), library (371), mathe-
matics (372), music (373), physical (374), science (375),
social studies (376), and speech (377). Application forms
for this course must be submitted to the appropriate
advisor by the middle of the semester preceding the one
in which an assignment is desired. Students who regis-
ter for this course serve as apprentice teachers in the
schools to which they are assigned. For 8 credits, full
time for one-half of the semester is devoted to this
work. For experienced teachers and students in physi-
cal education, music education, and library science edu-
cation who are planning to split student teaching as-
signment in elementary and secondary schools, the time
and credit may be modified. Student teaching is a full-
time commitment. Consequently, interference with this
commitment due to employment is not permitted Trans-
portation to the school(s) assigned for student teaching
is the responsibility of the student.
EDSE 402 (102). METHODS AND MATERIALS IN TEACH-
ING BOOKEEPING. AND RELATED SUBJECTS. (3)
Important problems and procadures in the mastery of
bookkeeping and related office knowledge and the skills
including a consideration of materials and teaching
procedures. (Peters)
EDSE 403 (101). PROBLEMS IN TEACHING OFFICE
SKILLS. (3)
Problems in development of occupational competency,
achievement tests, standards of achievement, instruction-
al materials, transcription, and the integration of office
skills. (Peters)
EDSE 404 (104). BASIC BUSINESS EDUCATION IN THE
SECONDARY SCHOOLS. (3)
Includes consideration of course objectives: subject mat-
ter selection: and methods of organization and present-
ing business principles, knowledge and practices.
(Peters)
EDSE 415. 416 (114. 115) FINANCIAL AND ECONOMIC
EDUCATION. (3, 3)
Materials, resources and methods of teaching personal
finances and economics in the public schools. Special
attention will be directed toward the problems of teach-
ing the consumer's role in relation to his earnings and
spending power, and the need for intelligent planning and
handling of personal and family resources. (Anderson)
EDSE 420 (120). ORGANIZATION AND COORDINATION OF
DISTRIBUTIVE EDUCATION PROGRAMS. (3)
This course deals specifically with such areas as the or-
ganization of a cooperative distributive education pro-
gram: the development of an effective cooperative rela-
tionship between coordinator and training sponsor: the
selection, orientation, and training of sponsors; analysis
of training opportunities, reports and records: the evalu-
ation and selection of students for part-time cooperative
work assignments; and the evaluation of the program.
(Anderson)
EDSE 421 (121). METHODS AND MATERIALS IN DISTRIBU-
TIVE EDUCATION. (3)
This course covers basic methods and materials needed
to teach the preparatory classroom related instruction of
a one or two year distributive education program. It deals
specifically with the organization of special supplemen-
tary materials for individual and group instruction — Youth
Club programs, organization and administration.
(Anderson)
EDSE 423 (123). FIELD EXPERIENCES IN VOCATIONAL
AREAS: (a) HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION: (b) BUSI-
NESS EDUCATION; (c) DISTRIBUTIVE EDUCATION.
First and second semesters and summer session. Su-
pervised work experience in an occupation related to
vocational education. Application of theory to work sit-
uations as a basis for teaching in vocational education
programs. By individual arrangement with adviser.
(Anderson)
EDSE 425 (125C). PROBLEMS IN TEACHING HOME ECO-
NOMICS. (3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite. EDSE 347. A
study of the managerial aspects of teaching and admin-
istering a home-making program: the physical environ-
ment, organization, and sequence of instructional units,
resource materials, evaluation, home projects.
(Green. Lemmon)
EDSE 426 (126). EVALUATION OF HOME ECONOMICS. (3)
The meaning and function of evaluation in education; the
development of a plan for evaluating a homemaking pro-
gram with emphasis upon types of evaluation devices,
their construction and use. (Green, Lemmon)
EDSE 430 (EDUC 157). CORRECTIVE REMEDIAL READING
INSTRUCTION. (3)
EDSE 431 (EDUC 155). LABORATORY PRACTICE IN
READING. (2-4)
EDSE 432 (130). THE JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOL. (2-3)
A general overview of the junior high school. Purposes,
functions and characteristics of this school unit: a study
of its population, organization program of studies, meth-
ods, staff, and other topics, together with their implica-
tions for prospective teachers. (Adkins. Grambs)
EDSE 434 (134). MATERIALS AND PROCEDURES FOR THE
SECONDARY SCHOOL CORE CURRICULUM. (3)
This course is designed to bring practical suggestions to
teachers who are in charge of core classes in junior and
senior high schools. Materials and teaching procedures
for specific units of work are stressed. (Grambs)
EDSE 440 (141). METHODS OF TEACHING ENGLISH IN
SECONDARY SCHOOLS. (3)
Content and method in teaching the English language
arts. (Carr. Woolf)
EDSE 441 (New). PRACTICUM IN ART EDUCATION (3)
EDSE 442 (142). TEACHING THE AUDIO-LINGUAL SKILLS
IN FOREIGN LANGUAGES. (3)
Graduate credit allowed by special arrangement and ad-
visor's approval. Designed for high school teachers
Methods in making and using tape recordings, using
electronic laboratories, developing oral-aural skills and
direct approach to language teaching are emphasized.
(Flores)
200 / Course Offerings
EDSE 444 (137) METHODS OF TEACHING MATHEMATICS
IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS. (3)
Considers the methods and procedures for presenting
secondary mathematics in a meaninglul way. Special
attention will be given to the new experimental mate-
rials which have been prepared for grades 7-12 and the
techniques needed to teach these courses.
(Henkelman)
EDSE 446 (138). METHODS OF TEACHING SCIENCE IN
SECONDARY SCHOOLS. (3)
Considers such topics as the objectives, selection, organ-
ization, and presentation of subject matter, appropriate
classroom methods and procedures, instructional mate-
rials and evaluation of learning experiences in the areas
of science. (Lockard)
EDSE 447 (133). METHODS OF TEACHING SOCIAL
STUDIES IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS. (2-3)
Designed to give practical training in the everyday teach-
ing situations. Use of various lesson techniques, audio
and visual aids, reference materials, and testing pro-
grams and the adaptation of teaching methods to indi-
vidual and group differences. Present tendencies and
aims of instruction in the social studies.
(Farrell, Campbell)
EDSE 450 (139). SPEECH METHODS AND RESOURCES IN
SECONDARY SCHOOLS. (3)
Practical suggestions for developing curricular and extra-
curricular speech programs. Planning units and courses
of study, current trends, and aims of speech educa-
tion, use of printed and audio-visual materials, evalua-
ting of performance, directed speech activities, and the
teaching of listening. (Wolvin)
EDSE 453 (EDSE 153). THE TEACHING OF READING IN
THE SECONDARY SCHOOL. (3)
Deals with instructional behaviors and skills derived
from the psychology of reading applicable in the vari-
ous content fields. Emphasis is toward improving student
learning of content when reading is involved: practical
approaches to planning, executing and evaluating in-
structional activities; developing comprehension and
study skills; selecting and evaluating materials.
(Brigham, Davey)
EDSE 460 (New). ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION. (3)
EDSE 489 (187). FIELD EXPERIENCE IN EDUCATION. (1-4)
See EDUC 489 for description.
EDSE 498 (188.) SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN EDUCATION. (1-3)
See EDUC 498 for description.
EDSE 499 (189). WORKSHOPS CLINICS. AND INSTI-
TUTES. (1-6)
See EDUC 499 for description.
EDUCATION, SPECIAL
EDSP 288 (088). SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN SPECIAL
EDUCATION. (1-6)
Prerequisite: Consent of special education advisor.
Available also to freshmen and sophomore students who
have definite plans for individual study of approved
problems relative to their preparation for teaching.
This study will usually be in the form of a field experi-
ence as an instructional aid in a special education pro-
gram for 1 2 day each week.
EDSP 349 (149). STUDENT TEACHING OF
EXCEPTIONAL CHILDREN. (8)
A doctor's certificate indicating freedom from communi-
cable diseases and approval of department required.
Undergraduate credit only. Students in special education
enroll in 8 credits of EDSP 349 for 8 weeks and 8
credits of EDEL 333 for 8 weeks during the same semes-
ter. No other courses may be taken during a full se-
mester of student teaching.
FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES
EDSP 470 (170). INTRODUCTION TO SPECIAL
EDUCATION. (3)
Designed to give an understanding of the needs of all
types of exceptional children, stressing preventive and
remedial measures.
EDSP 471 (171A). CHARACTERISTICS OF EXCEPTIONAL
CHILDREN— MENTALLY RETARDED. (3)
Prerequisite: EDSP 470 or equivalent. Studies the diag-
nosis, etiology, physical, social, emotional, and learning
characteristics of exceptional children.
EDSP 472 (172A). EDUCATION OF EXCEPTIONAL
CHILDREN— MENTALLY RETARDED. (3)
Prerequisite: EDSP 471 or equivalent. Offers practical
and specific methods of teaching exceptional children.
Selected observation of actual teaching may be ar-
ranged.
EDSP 473 (173A). CURRICULUM FOR EXCEPTIONAL
CHILDREN— MENTALLY RETARDED. (3)
Prerequisite: EDSP 471 or equivalent. Examines the
principles and objecitves guiding curriculum for excep-
tional children; gives experience in developing curricu-
lum; studies various curricula currently in use.
EDSP 475 (175). EDUCATION OF THE SLOW LEARNER. (3)
Course content includes the characteristics of the slow
learner and those educational practices which are ap-
propriate for the child who is functioning as a slow
learner.
EDSP 481 (171B). CHARACTERISTICS OF EXCEPTIONAL
CHILDREN— GIFTED. (3)
Prerequisite: EDSP 470 or equivalent. Studies the diag-
nosis, etiology, physical, social, emotional, and learning
characteristics of exceptional children.
EDSP 482 (172B). EDUCATION OF EXCEPTIONAL
CHILDREN— GIFTED. (3)
Prerequisite: EDSP 481 or equivalent. Offers practical
and specific methods of teaching exceptional children.
Selected observation of actual teaching may be ar-
ranged.
EDSP 483 (173B). CURRICULUM FOR EXCEPTIONAL
CHILDREN— GIFTED. (3)
Prerequisite: EDSP 481 or equivalent. Examines the
principles and objectives guiding current curriculum for
exceptional children; gives experience in developing
curriculum; studies various curricula currently in use.
EDSP 489 (187). FIELD EXPERIENCE IN SPECIAL
EDUCATION. (1-4)
See EDUC 489 for description. (Staff)
EDSP 491 (171C). CHARACTERISTICS OF EXCEPTIONAL
CHILDREN— PERCEPTUAL LEARNING PROBLEMS. (3)
Prerequisite: EDSP 470 or equivalent. Studies the diag-
nosis, etiology, physical, social, emotional, and learning
characteristics of exceptional children.
EDSP 492 (172C). EDUCATION OF EXCEPTIONAL
CHILDREN— PERCEPTUAL LEARNING PROBLEMS. (3)
Prerequisite: EDSP 491 or equivalent. Offers practical
and specific methods of teaching exceptional children.
Selected observation of actual teaching may be ar-
ranged.
EDSP 493 (173C). CURRICULUM FOR EXCEPTIONAL
CHILDREN— PERCEPTUAL LEARNING PROBLEMS. (3)
Prerequisite: EDSP 491 or equivalent. Examines the
principles and objectives guiding curriculum for excep-
tional children; gives experience in developing curricu-
lum: studies various curricula currently in use.
EDSP 498 (188). SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN SPECIAL
EDUCATION. (1-3)
See EDUC 498 for description.
EDSP 499 (189). WORKSHOPS, CLINICS, AND
INSTITUTES. (1-6)
See EDUC 499 for description.
Course Offerings / 201
EDUCATION
EDUC 288 (088). SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN EDUCATION
(1-6)
Prerequisite: Consent of education advisor. Available
only to freshmen and sophomore students who have defi-
nite plans for individual study of approved problems
relative to their preparation for teaching.
EDUC 300 (110). HUMAN DEVELOPMENT AND LEARN-
ING. (6)
Open only to studsnts approved for teacher education.
Studies scientific facts that describe growth, develop-
ment, and learning and the implications of these for
the teacher and the school. A study of an individual child
and a classroom participation experience are integral
parts of the course and require a one-half day per week
assignment in a public school as a teacher aide. Stu-
dents are scheduled for field assignments in an elemen-
tary or high school according to the curriculum they are
in. Each group is under the supervision of a faculty
member with whom it meets every second week in a
seminar session.
EDUC 301 (111). FOUNDATIONS OF EDUCATION. (3)
Prerequisites: EDUC 300, completion of at least 90
hours and approval for admission to teacher education.
Historical, social, cultural, and philosophical foundations
of American education. Considers education as a pro-
fession, and the organizational structure, operation and
function of modern school systems. Comparative edu-
cation and contemporary issues are included.
FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES
EDUC 370 (EDLS 120). INTRODUCTION TO LIBRARIAN-
SHIP. (3)
An overview of the library profession. Development of
public, academic, special and school services. History
of books and libraries. The library as a social institu-
tion. The impact of communication media on society.
Philosophy of librarianship. Professional standards, or-
ganizations and publications. (Daniel)
EDUC 371 (EDLS 122). BASIC REFERENCES AND INFOR-
MATION SOURCES. (3)
Evaluation, selection, and utilization of information
sources in subject areas, including encyclopedias, dic-
tionaries, periodical indexes, atlases, yearbooks. Study of
bibliographical methods and form. (James)
EDUC 372 (EDLS 126). CATALOGING AND CLASSIFICA-
TION OF LIBRARY MATERIALS. (3)
Principles and practice in the organization of library ma-
aterials. Dewey Decimal Classification, rules for the dic-
tionary catalog. Sears subject headings. Treatment of
non-book materials. Cataloging aids and tools. (Daniel)
EDUC 373 (EDLS 130). LIBRARY MATERIALS FOR CHIL-
DREN. (3)
Reading interests of children. Advanced study of chil-
dren's literature. Survey and selection of informational
materials in subject fields including: books, periodicals,
films, flmstrips, records, pictures, pamphlet materials.
EDUC 374 (EDLS 132). LIBRARY MATERIALS FOR
YOUTH. (3)
Reading interests of young people. Literature for adoles-
cents. Selection of informational materials in subject
fields including: books, periodicals, films, filmstrips.
records, pictures, pamhplet materials. (Anderson)
EDUC 375 (EDLS 128) SCHOOL LIBRARY ADMINISTRA-
TION AND SERVICE. (3)
Acquisition, circulation, utilization and maintenance of
library materials. Organization of effective school library
programs. School library quarters and equipment Pub-
licity and exhibits. Evaluation of library services. (Daniel)
FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES
EDUC 410 (100). HISTORY OF EDUCATION IN WESTERN
CIVILIZATION. (3)
Educational institutions through the ancient, medieval
and early modern periods in western civilization, as
seen against a background of socio-economic develop-
ment. (Lindsay, Male)
EDUC 411 (102). HISTORY OF EDUCATION IN THE UNITED
STATES. (3)
A study of the origins and development of the chief fea-
tures of the present system of education in the United
States. (Finkelstein, Male. Wiggin)
EDUC 420 (107). PHILOSOPHY OF EDUCATION. (3)
A study of the great educational philosophers and sys-
tems of thought affecting the development of modern
education. (Agre. Noll)
EDUC 421 (108). LOGIC OF TEACHING. (3)
An analysis of the structure of basic subject matters in
the curriculum and of the standard logical moves in
teaching. (Agre)
EDUC 430 (160). EDUCATIONAL SOCIOLOGY. (3)
Deals with data of the social sciences which are germane
to the work of teachers. Implications of democratic
ideology for educational endeavor, educational tasks
imposed by changes in population and technological
trends, the welfare status of pupils, the socio-economic
attitudes of individuals who control the schools, and
other elements of community background. (Huden)
EDUC 440 (147). AUDIO-VISUAL EDUCATION. (3)
Sensory impressions in their relation to learning projec-
tion apparatus, its cost and operation; slides, filmstrips
and films, physical principles underlying projection: aud-
itory aids to instruction; field trips; pictures, models and
graphic materials; integration of sensory aids with or-
ganized instruction. Recommended for all education stu-
dents.
EDUC 442 (148). INSTRUCTIONAL MEDIA SERVICES. (3)
Prerequisites: Teaching experience and EDUC 440. or
equivalent. Procedures for coordinating instructional
media programs; instructional materials acquisition, stor-
age, scheduling, distribution, production, evaluation and
other service responsibilities; instructional materials cen-
ter staff coordination of research, curriculum improve-
ment and faculty development programs.
EDUC 444 (149). PROGRAMMED INSTRUCTION. (3)
Analysis of programmed instruction techniques; selec-
tion, utilization and evaluation of existing programs and
teaching machines; developing learning objectives: writ-
ing and validating programs.
EDUC 489 (187). FIELD EXPERIENCE IN EDUCATION. (1-4)
A. Adult Education
B. Social Foundations
C. Higher Education
Prerequisites: At least six semester hours in education
at the University of Maryland plus such other prerequi-
sites as may be set by the major area in which the ex-
perience is to be taken. Planned field experience may
be provided for selected students who have had teaching
experience and whose application for such field experi-
ence has been approved by the education faculty Field
experience is offered in a given area to both major and
nonmajor students
Note: The total number of credits which a student may
earn in EDUC 489. EDUC 888. and EDUC 889 is limited
to a maximum of twenty semester hours.
EDUC 498 (188). SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN EDUCATION
(1-3)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Available only to
mature students who have definite plans for individual
study of approved problems. Course cards must have
the title of the problem and the name of the faculty
member who has approved it.
202 / Course Offerings
EDUC 499 (189). WORKSHOPS, CLINICS AND
INSTITUTES. (1-6)
The maximum number of credits that may be earned
under this course symbol toward any degree is six se-
mester hours; the symbol may be used two or more
times until six semester hours have been reached. The
following type of educational enterprise may be sched-
uled under this course heading: workshops conducted by
the College of Education (or developed cooperatively
with other colleges and universities) and not otherwise
covered in the present course listing; clinical experiences
in pupil-testing centers, reading clinics, speech therapy
laboratories, and special education centers; institutes
developed around specific topics or problems and in-
tended for designated groups such as school superin-
tendents, principals and supervisors.
ENGINEERING, AEROSPACE
ENAE 281 (190X). ELEMENTS OF AEROSPACE
ENGINEERING. (4)
Prerequisite: ENES 110. Three lectures and one lab-
oratory per week. Characteristics of the atmosphere,
forces on vehicles in flight, fundamental consideration
of aerodynamics, structures, and propulsion systems.
Elementary aircraft and spacecraft performance.
ENAE 282 (190Y). ELEMENTS OF AIR TRANSPORTA-
TION. (1)
Second semester. Prerequisite: ENAE 281. One laboratory
per week. Characteristics of the U.S. airway system,
navigation systems, air traffic control, F.A.A. regulations,
economic factors affecting air transportation. Future de-
velopments and their relation to society.
ENAE 351 (113). FLIGHT STRUCTURES I. (4)
ENAE 352 (114). FLIGHT STRUCTURES II. (4)
Three lectures and one laboratory per week. Prerequi-
sites: ENES 220, MATH 241 and MATH 246. Principles
and problems of stress analysis and structural design
of flight structures.
ENAE 371 (101). AERODYNAMICS I. (4)
Three lectures and one laboratory each week. Prerequi-
sites: ENAE 281, PHYS 263 and MATH 246. Basic flluld
mechanics and aerodynamic theory.
ENAE 372 (102). AERODYNAMICS II. (4)
Three lectures and one laboratory each week. Prerequi-
sites: ENAE 371 and ENME 216. Elements of compres-
sible flow, and applications to engineering problems.
ENAE 411 (107). AIRCRAFT DESIGN. (3)
First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period
each week. Prerequisites: ENAE 351, ENAE 371, ENAE
372. Theory, background and methods of airplane de-
sign, subsonic, supersonic and VSTOL.
ENAE 412 (108). DESIGN OF AEROSPACE VEHICLES. (3)
Technical Elective. Second semester. Three lectures
each week. Prequisite: ENAE 411 or equivalent. Theory,
background and methods of space vehicle design for
manned orbiting vehicles, manned lunar and martian
landing systems.
ENAE 440 (118). DYNAMICS OF AEROSPACE VEHICLES.
(3)
Three lectures each week. Prerequisite: ENAE 281 and
ENAE 371. Stability, control and miscellaneous topics in
dynamics.
ENAE 455 (117). AIRCRAFT VIBRATIONS. (3)
Three lectures each week. Prerequisite: ENAE 351 and
MATH 246. Vibration and other dynamic problems oc-
curring in structures. Specific topics of study include
free and forced vibrations, single degree of freedom
systems, multiple degrees of freedom, beams and bars.
ENAE 457 (184). FLIGHT STRUCTURES III. (3)
Technical elective. Second semester. Three lectures
each week. Prerequisite: ENAE 352 or equivalent. An ad-
vanced undergraduate course dealing with the theory and
analysis of the structures of flight vehicles. Topics will
include, stresses due to shear, indeterminate structures,
matrix methods, plate theory, buckling and failure of
plates.
ENAE 461 (109). FLIGHT PROPULSION. (3)
ENAE 462 (110). FLIGHT PROPULSION. (3)
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Op-
erating principles of piston, turbojet, turboprop, ramjet,
and rocket engines. Thermodynamic processes and
engine performance, aero-thermochemistry of combus-
tion, fuels and propellants, energy for space flight.
ENAE 470 (115). AERODYNAMICS III. (3)
Technical elective. Prerequisite: ENAE 371. Theory of
the flow of an incompressible fluid.
ENAE 473 (180). AERODYNAMICS OF HIGH SPEED
FLIGHT. (3)
Technical elective. Second semester. Three lectures
each week. Prerequisite: ENAE 372 or equivalent. An
advanced course dealing with aerodynamic problems of
flight at supersonic and hypersonic velocities. Topics
will include unified hypersonic and supersonic small dis-
turbance theories, real gas effects, aerodynammic heat-
ing and mass transfer with applications to hypersonic
flight and re-entry.
ENAE 475 (190Z). VISCOUS FLOW AND AERODYNAMIC
HEATING. (3)
Prerequisites: ENAE 371 and 372. ENME 216. Three lec-
tures per week. Fundamental aspects of viscous flow,
Navier-stokes equations, similarity, boundary layer equa-
tions; laminar, transitional and turbulent incompressible
flows on airfoils, thermal boundary layers and convective
heat transfer. Conduction through solids. Introduction
to radiative heat transfer.
ENAE 481 (111). ELECTIVE RESEARCH. (3)
Teachnical elective. Wind tunnel tests, structural tests.
Written and oral reports on original research projects.
ENAE 488 (190). TOPICS IN AEROSPACE ENGINEERING.
(1-4)
Technical elective taken with the permission of the stu-
dent's advisor and instructor. Lecture and conference
courses designed to extend the student's understanding
of aerospace engineering. Current topics are empha-
sized.
ENGINEERING, CIVIL
ENCE 221 (106). INTRODUCTION TO ENVIRONMENTAL
ENGINEERING. (3)
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: One semester of
Chemistry and Physics. An introductory course which
provides an exposition of those physical, chemical, and
biological systems relating to the quality of the land,
water, and air environments. Current environmental pol-
lution problems will be examined and methods of pol-
lution abatement discussed.
ENCE 280 (090). ENGINEERING SURVEY
MEASUREMENTS. (3)
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Prerequisite:
MATH 141 or concurrent registration. Standards, units,
calibration, measurement of distance, elevation, angles,
systematic and random error analysis in measurements,
fundamentals of mapping, instrumentation.
ENCE 300 (050). FUNDAMENTALS OF ENGINEERING
MATERIALS. (3)
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Prerequisite:
ENES 220 or concurrent registration. Properties and con-
stitution of the principal materials used in civil engineer-
ing. Laboratory tests for these properties, interpretation
of test results and of specifications.
ENCE 330 (105). BASIC FLUID MECHANICS. (3)
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: ENES 220, 221,
PHYS 262. The study of fluids at rest and in motion.
Principles of viscous turbulent flow. Impulse and mo-
mentum concepts. Pumps, turbines and meters. Dimen-
sional analysis and laws of similarity.
Course Offerings / 203
ENCE 340 (107). FUNDAMENTALS OF SOIL MECHANICS.
(3)
Three lectures per week. Prerequisites: ENES 220 and
ENCE 300. Introductory study of the mechanics of ag-
gregations and its application to earthworks and foun-
dations. Engineering geology relative to civil engineer-
ing and soil mechanics.
ENCE 350 (102). FUNDAMENTALS OF STRUCTURAL
ANALYSIS. (3)
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: ENES 220. Con-
current registration in ENCE 300. Basic statics and me-
chanics of structural systems. Introduction to indeter-
minate analysis.
ENCE 351 (103). BASIC STRUCTURAL DESIGN. (3)
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: ENCE 350. Basic
elements of structural design of wood, steel and con-
crete without dependence on individual specifications.
Classical design of beams, trusses, columns, connec-
tions and foundations.
ENCE 360 (100). ENGINEERING ANALYSIS AND
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING. (3)
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: ENCE 381 or con-
current registration. Elements of operational calculus,
vector analysis, numerical methods and programming
for computers. Errors, interpolation, series, integration,
iteration and solution of equations.
ENCE 370 (108). FUNDAMENTALS OF TRANSPORTATION
ENGINEERING. (3)
Prerequisite:ENCE 280. Engineering problems of trans-
portation by airways, highways, pipe-lines, railways and
waterways. Elementary dynamics of traffic and functional
consideration of routes and terminals.
ENCE 380 (195). ADVANCED SURVEYING. (3)
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Prerequisite:
ENCE 280. Advanced surveying theory and practice in-
cluding triangulation, topographic surveying, astronomi-
cal observations, map systems, state plane coordinates,
map interpretation, vertical and horizontal alignment.
Computer applications.
ENCE 381 (112). APPLIED MATHEMATICS IN
ENGINEERING. (3)
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: MATH 241. Mathe-
matical technique applied to the analysis and solution
of engineering problems. Use of differentiation, integra-
tion, differential equations, and integral transforms. Ap-
plication of infinite series, numerical and statistical meth-
ods.
FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES
ENVIRONMENTAL AND WATER RESOURCES
ENGINEERING
ENCE 430 (145). INTERMEDIATE FLUID MECHANICS. (4)
Three lectures and one laboratory per week. Prerequi-
site: ENCE 330. The study of the properties and flow of
an ideal fluid. Viscosity, laminar and turbulent flow flow
nets, uniform flow, source, irrotational motion and circu-
lation. Turbulence and boundary layers.
ENCE 431 (146). SURFACE WATER HYDROLOGY. (3)
Prerequisites: ENCE 360. 330. Concurrent registration in
ENCE 460 or permission of instructor. Study of the physi-
cal processes of the hydrologic cycle, hydrometerology.
concepts of weather modification, evaporation and trans-
piration infiltration studies, run off computations, flood
routing, reservoir requirements, emphasis on process
simulation as a tool in water resource development.
ENCE 432 (147). GROUND WATER HYDROLOGY. (3)
Prerequisites: ENCE 330. ENCE 460 or permission of
instructor. Concepts related to the development of the
ground water resource, hydrogeology. hydrodynamics of
flow through porous media, hydraulics of wells, artificial
recharge, sea water intrusion, basin-wide ground water
development.
ENCE 433 (176). ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH ENGINEERING
ANALYSIS. (3)
First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory per
week. The theory and analytical techniques used in eval-
uating man's environment. Emphasis is given to the
areas of quantitative, physical, electroanalytical and or-
ganic chemistry as applied to chemical analysis of water.
ENCE 434 (177). AIR POLLUTION. (3)
Three lectures per week. Classification of atmospheric
pollutants and their effects on visibility, inanimate and
animate receptors. Evaluation of source emissions and
principles of air pollution control; meteorological factors
governing the distribution and removal of air pollutants;
air quality measurements and air pollution control legis-
lation.
ENCE 435 (175). SANITARY ENGINEERING ANALYSIS
AND DESIGN. (4)
Second semester. Three lectures and one laboratory per
week. Prerequisites: ENCE 221 and ENCE 330. The ap-
plication of sanitary analysis and fundamental principles
to the design and operation of water and waste water
treatment plants and the control of stream pollution.
TRANSPORTATION AND URBAN SYSTEMS
ENGINEERING
ENCE 420 (109). BASIC CIVIL ENGINEERING PLANNING I.
(2)
Two lectures per week. Prerequisites: ENCE 221. 340.
351, and 370. Lectures in the methodology used in the
application of the basic civil engineering courses to the
general practice of civil engineering but with special
emphasis on planning of extensive civil engineering
works. In addition, preparation of engineering reports,
specifications and projects presentation, economics,
functional aspects.
ENCE 421 (110). BASIC CIVIL ENGINEERING PLANNING
II. d)
One laboratory of three hours per week. Prerequisite:
ENCE 420. Laboratory for application of the program
and principles developed in Basic Civil Engineering
Planning I.
ENCE 461 (187). ANALYSIS OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
SYSTEMS. (3)
Prerequisite: Senior standing or consent of instructor.
Application of the principles of engineering economy and
statistics to the solution of civil engineering problems.
Economic comparison of alternatives using present
worth, annual cost, rate of return and cost benefit analy-
sis. Development and use of simple and multiple regres-
sion models, and statistical decision theory.
ENCE 462 (188). ANALYSIS OF CIVIL ENGINEERING
SYSTEMS II. (3)
Prerequisite. ENCE 461 or equivalent. Application of
iconic, analytic, numeric and probabilistic models to the
solution of civil engineering problems. Existing inven-
tory, allocation replacement, and competitive models are
examined. Emphasis is on model construction and solu-
tion, and implementation of the obtained solutions.
ENCE 470 (185) HIGHWAY ENGINEERING (3)
First semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite:
ENCE 340. Location, design, construction and mainten-
ance of roads and pavements. Introduction to traffic
engineering.
ENCE 471 (186). TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING. (3)
Second semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite:
ENCE 370. A study of the principles of transportation
engineering as applied to the various modes of transport.
Consideration is given to cost analysis, economic as-
pects of route and site selection and layout. The organi-
zation and administration of engineering functions.
204 / Course Offerings
ENCE 472 (New). HIGHWAY AND AIRFIELD PAVEMENT
DESIGN. (3)
Second semester Prerequisites: ENCE 340 and 370
or equivalent. Two lectures and one laboratory per week.
Principles of pavement analysis and design. Analysis ot
moving loads and pavement response. Subgrade evalua-
tion and beneficiation. Flexible and rigid pavement de-
sign; related materials specifications and tests.
STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING
ENCE 400 (155). ADVANCED MATERIALS OF ENGINEER-
ING. (3)
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: ENCE 300. Mech-
anisms of the behavior of materials under repeated,
sustained and impact loads in relation to their environ-
ment. Influence of microstructure on mechanical prop-
erties. Fracture theory rheological aspects of the charac-
teristics of selected materials.
ENCE 410 (125). ADVANCED STRENGTH OF MATERIALS.
(3)
First semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite:
ENES 220. Strength and deformation of deformable
bodies, plane stress and strain. Torsion theory, unsym-
metrical bending, curved beams. Behavior of beams,
columns, slabs, plates and composite members unload.
Elastic and inelastic stability.
ENCE 411 (126). EXPERIMENTAL STRESS ANALYSIS. (4)
Second semester. Three lectures and one laboratory per
week. Application of experimental data on materials to
design problems. Correlation of analytical and experi-
mental methods of analysis with design. Electric strain
gages, photoelasticity, brittle lacquer methods and vari-
ous analogies.
ENCE 412 (127). THEORY OF ELASTICITY AND
PLASTICITY. (3)
Three lectures per week. Prerequisites: ENES 220 and
ENCE 381. General formulation of the theory of me-
chanics of deformable media in terms of cartesian ten-
sors. Plane state of stress, torsion of various shaped bars
and thin walled sections. Bending and buckling of bars
and thin plates. Introduction to the theory of plates and
shells.
ENCE 440 (135). ADVANCED SOIL MECHANICS. (4)
Three lectures and one laboratory per week. Prerequi-
site: ENCE 340. Theories of strength, compressibility,
capillarity and permeability. Critical review of theories
and methods of measuring essential properties. Plan-
ning, execution and interpretation of soil testing pro-
grams.
ENCE 441 (136). SOIL-FOUNDATION SYSTEMS. (3)
Three lectures per week. Soil mechanics and foundation
analysis are integrated in a systems approach to the de-
sign, synthesis, and interaction response of soil founda-
tion-structural systems. Interaction of bearing capacity,
settlements, lateral pressures, drainage, vibrations,
stress distributions, etc.. are included for a variety of
structural systems.
ENCE 450 (165). STRUCTURAL. ANALYSIS. (3)
First semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite:
ENCE 351. Advanced indeterminate structures, members
of variable section, laterally loaded frames, continous
stresses and secondary stresses.
ENCE 451 (166). STRUCTURAL DESIGN. (4)
Second semester. Three lectures and one laboratory per
week. Prerequisite: ENCE 351. Steel and reinforced con-
crete design of bridges and buildings using appropriate
controlling specifications. Advanced problems of modern
steel and reinforced concrete.
ENCE 460 (104). COMPUTER ANALYSIS. (3)
Two lectures and one laboratory per week. Prerequisites:
ENCE 360 and ENCE 350. Computer methods and tech-
niques applied to civil engineering problems with
emphasis on structural systems.
SPECIAL TOPICS
ENCE 489 (199). SPECIAL PROBLEMS. (3)
Prerequisite: Senior standing. A course arranged to meet
the needs of exceptionally well prepared students for
study in a particular field of civil engineering.
ENGINEERING, CHEMICAL
ENCH 215 (015). CHEMICAL ENGINEERING ANALYSIS I.
(3)
Prerequisite: CHEM 104 or equivalent. Introduction to
methods of chemical engineering analysis. Stoichiome-
tric relations, use of computers, stagewise computations,
and application of material and energy balances to
chemical engineering operations and processes.
ENCH 237 (New). CHEMICAL TECHNOLOGY LABORA-
TORY. (1)
Prerequisite: ENCH 215 or concurrent registration. Tech-
niques of basic chemical engineering measurements.
Theory and application of temperature and pressure
measurement. Basic thermodynamic measurements in-
cluding calorimetry and vapor pressures. Methods of
purification and detection of impurities in solids, liouids
and gases. Elements of reaction kinetics.
ENCH 250 (050). CHEMICAL ENGINEERING ANALYSIS II.
(2)
Prerequisite: ENCH 215. Methods of chemical engineer-
ing analysis. Computational methods, optimization and
control techniques, and other numerical tools applied to
chemical processing systems. Analytical and computer
methods are presented.
ENCH 295 (099). CHEMICAL PROCESS THERMO-
DYNAMICS. (3)
Prerequisite: CHEM 104, principles of thermodynamics
and their application to engineering problems. First and
second laws of thermodynamics, properties of gases,
liquids and solids, phase equilibrium, flow and non-flow
systems, energy conversion, production of work from
heat, thermodynamic analysis of processes, equilibrium
stage operations and the thermodynamics of chemically
reacting systems.
ENCH 333, 334 (133, 134). CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
SEMINAR. (1, 1)
Prerequisite: Senior standing. Oral and written reports
on recent developments in chemical engineering and the
process industries.
ENCH 425 (127). TRANSFER AND TRANSPORT
PROCESSES I. (4)
Prerequisite: ENCH 250. Theory and applications of mo-
lecular and turbulent transport phenomena. Principles of
fluid mechanics, mass transfer and heat transfer. Dimen-
sional analysis, analogy between heat, mass and mo-
mentum transfer, Newtonian and non-Newtonian flow,
convective heat and mass transfer.
ENCH 427 (129). TRANSFER AND TRANSPORT
PROCESS II. (3)
Prerequisite: ENCH 425. Steady and unsteady state dif-
fusion and conduction, simultaneous heat and mass
transfer, interphase transfer, boundary layer theory. Ap-
plication to absorption, adsorption, extraction and dis-
tillation. Principles of radiant heat transfer, evaporation,
filtration, crystallization, drying, condensation, boiling
humidification. ion exchange, and phase separations.
ENCH 437 (137). CHEMICAL ENGINEERING LABORATORY.
(3)
Prerequisite: ENCH 427. Application of chemical engi-
neering process and unit operation principles in small
scale semi-commercial equipment. Data from experi-
mental observations are used to evaluate performance
and efficiency of operations. Emphasis is placed on cor-
rect presentation of results in report form.
ENCH 440 (145). CHEMICAL ENGINEERING KINETICS. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite: ENCH 250. Fundamentals
of chemical reaction kinetics and their application to the
Course Offerings / 205
design and operation of chemical reactors. Reaction rate
theory, homogeneous reactions in batch and How sys-
tems, adsorption, heterogeneous reactions and catalysis,
electrochemical reactions. Catalytic reactor design
ENCH 442 (157). CHEMICAL ENGINEERING SYSTEMS
ANALYSIS. (2)
Differential equations or ENCH 453. Dynamic response
applied to process systems. Goals and modes of control,
laplace transformations, analysis and synthesis of simple
control systems, closed loop response, dynamic testing.
ENCH 443 (159). DYNAMICS AND CONTROL
LABORATORY. (1)
Prerequisite: ENCH 442 concurrently. Methods of pro-
cess control. Use of experimental analog and mathemat-
ical models of control systems.
ENCH 445 (147). PROCESS ENGINEERING AND DESIGN.
(3)
Prerequisite: ENCH 427. Utilization of chemical engi-
neering principles for the design of process equipment.
Typical problems in the design of chemical plants. Com-
prehensive reports are required.
ENCH 447 (149). CHEMICAL ENGINEERING ECONOMICS.
(2)
Second semester. Prerequisite: ENCH 427. Principles of
engineering economics applied to chemical processes.
Determination of investiment and operating costs for
chemical plants.
ENCH 450 (150). CHEMICAL PROCESS DEVELOPMENT. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite: ENCH 427. Chemical pro-
cess industries from the standpoint of technology, raw
materials, products and processing equipment. Opera-
tions of the major chemical processes and industries
combined with quantitative analysis of process require-
ments and yields.
ENCH 452 (152). ADVANCED CHEMICAL ENGINEERING
ANALYSIS. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite: ENCH 425. Application of
digital and analog computers to chemical engineering
problems. Numerical methods, programming, differential
equations, curve fitting, amplifiers and analog circuits.
ENCH 453 (116). APPLIED MATHEMATICS IN CHEMICAL
ENGINEERING. (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 240. Mathematical techniques ap-
plied to the analysis and solution of chemical engineer-
ing problems. Use of differentiation, integration, differ-
ential equations, partial differential equations and inte-
gral transforms. Application of infinite series, numerical
and statistical methods.
ENCH 454 (154). CHEMICAL PROCESS ANALYSIS AND
OPTIMIZATION. (3)
Prerequisites: ENCH 427. 440. Applications of mathe-
matical models to the analysis and optimization of
chemical processes. Models based on transport, chemi-
cal kinetics and other chemical engineering principles
will be employed. Emphasis on evaluation of process
alternatives.
ENCH 455 (155). CHEMICAL PROCESS LABORATORY. (2)
First semester. Prerequisites: ENCH 427, and 440. Ex-
perimental study of various chemical processes through
laboratory and small semi-commercial scale equipment.
Reaction kinetics, fluid mechanics, heat and mass trans-
fer.
ENCH 461 (161). CONTROL OF AIR POLLUTION SOURCES.
(3)
Prerequisite: Senior standing in the engineering or con-
sent of instructor. Theory and application of methods for
the control and removal of airborne materials. Principles
of design and performance of air quality control equip-
ment.
ENCH 468 (165). RESEARCH. (2-3)
Prerequisite: Permission of the staff. Investigation of a
research project under the direction of one of the staff
members. Comprehensive reports are required.
ENCH 475 (New). ELECTROCHEMICAL ENGINEERING. (3)
Prerequisite: ENCH 425. Fundamentals of electrochemis-
try with application to engineering and commercial pro-
cesses. Equilibrium potentials, reaction mechanisms,
cell kinetics, polarization, surface phenomena. Electro-
refining, electrowinning, oxidation and reduction, solid,
liquid and gas systems. Aspects of design and peform-
ance of electroprocess plants.
ENCH 480 (180). ENGINEERING ANALYSIS OF
PHYSIOLOGICAL SYSTEMS. (3)
Engineering description and analysis of physiological
systems. Survey of bioengineering literature and an in-
troduction to mathematical modeling of physiological
systems.
ENCH 482 (New). BIOCHEMICAL ENGINEERING. (3)
Prerequisite: Senior standing in engineering or consent
of instructor. Introduction to biochemistry and micro-
biology with emphasis on applications to commercial
and engineering processes, including industrial fer-
mentation, enzymology. ultrafiltration, food and pharma-
ceutical processing and resulting waste treatment. En-
zyme kinetics, cell growth, energetics and mass trans-
fer.
ENCH 490 (190). INTRODUCTION TO POLYMER SCIENCE.
(3)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. The elements of the
chemistry, physics, processing methods, and engineer-
ing applications of polymers.
ENCH 492 (192). APPLIED PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY OF
POLYMERS. (3)
Prerequisite: CHEM 481. Corequisite: CHEM 482 or con-
sent of instructor. Kinetics of formation of high polymers,
determination of molecular weight and structure, and
applied thermodynamics and phase equilibria of poly-
mer solutions.
ENCH 494 (198). POLYMER TECHNOLOGY LABORATORY.
(3)
One lecture and two lab periods per week. Prerequisite:
ENCH 492 or consent of instructor. Measurement of me-
chanical, electrical, optical, thermal properties of poly-
mers. Measurement of molecular weight by viscosimetry.
isometric and light scattering methods. Application of x-
ray, NMR, ESR. spectroscopy, molecular relation, micro-
scopy and electron microscopy to the determination of
polymer structure. Effects of ultraviolet light and high
energy radiation.
ENGINEERING-COOPERATIVE EDUCATION
ENCO 308 (108). CO-OP INTERNSHIP.
ENCO 309 (109). CO-OP INTERNSHIP
Professional internship in industry or government agency
provides the practical work experiences which supple-
ment and enhance the theories, principles and practices
studied in the normal educational program. The student
should register for ENCO 308 for each summer intern-
ship. He should register for both ENCO 308 and ENCO
309 for each semester internship.
ENGINEERING. ELECTRICAL
ENEE 206 (090). CIRCUIT ANALYSIS I. (4)
(See ENEE 207 for related laboratory course). Corequi-
sites: MATH 241. PHYS 263. ENEE 207. Required of
sophomores in electrical engineering. Introduction to
circuit theory. Ohm's law, Kirchoff's laws, basic circuit
analysis techniques, energy storage, power, elementary
transients by classical and transform methods, sinusoidal
analysis, introduction to complex frequency. ENEE 306
continues where ENEE 206 ends.
ENEE 207 (091). CIRCUITS LABORATORY I (1)
Two hours of laboratory per week Corequisite: ENEE
206. Required of sophomores in electrical engineering.
Laboratory to be taken in associaton with ENEE 206.
206 / Course Offerings
Electrical components and basic test equipment, princi-
ples of measurement and data handling, circuit behavior
with variation in component values.
ENEE 300 (060). PRINCIPLES OF ELECTRICAL
ENGINEERING. (3)
ENEE 301 (061). ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
LABORATORY. (1)
ENEE 302 (062). PRINCIPLES OF ELECTRICAL
ENGINEERING. (3)
Prerequisites: MATH 241, PHYSICS 263. Corequisites:
ENEE 301, 303. Required of aerospace, mechanical
(ENEE 300 only) and chemical engineers. Not appli-
cable in the electrical engineering major program. These
courses are acceptable as prerequisites for some ad-
vanced ENEE courses. ENEE 300 includes analysis of
linear systems, introduction to LaPlace transforms,
steady-state A-C transforms, introduction to the concepts
of electromagnetic fields and electric machines. ENEE
302 includes principles and circuit applications of semi-
conductor devices and electron tubes.
ENEE 303 (063). ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
LABORATORY. (1)
Two hours of laboratory per week. Corequisites, ENEE
300 (for ENEE 301) and ENEE 302 (for ENEE 303). Re-
quired of aerospace, mechanical, and (ENEE 301 only)
chemical engineers. Experiments on the transient and
steady-state response of linear circuits, electric ma-
chines, electron tubes and semiconductor devices.
FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES
BIOMEDICAL
ENEE 410 (144). ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS. (3)
Prerequisite: ENEE 300 or equivalent knowledge of cir-
cuit theory or consent of the instructor. This course is
intended for students in the physical sciences, and for
engineering students requiring additional study of elec-
tron circuits. Credit not normally given for this course in
an electrical engineering major program. (ENEE 311 or
313 may optionally be taken as an associated labora-
tory, as is appropriate). P-n junctions, transistors, vac-
uum tubes, biasing and operating point stability,
switches, large-signal analysis, models, small-signal
analysis, frequency response, feedback and multistage
amplifiers, pulse and digital circuits.
ENEE 432 (146). ELECTRONICS FOR LIFE SCIENTISTS. (4)
Three hours of lecture and two hours of laboratory per
week. Prerequisites: College algebra and a physics
course, including basic electricity and magnetism. Not
accepted for credit in an electrical engineering major
program. The concept of an instrumentation system with
emphasis upon requirements for transducers, amplifiers,
and recording devices, design criteria and circuitry of
power supplies amplifiers, and pulse equipment, specific
instruments used for biological research, problems of
shielding against hum and noise pickup and other in-
terference problems characteristic of biological systems.
ENEE 433 (148). ELECTRONIC INSTRUMENTATION FOR
PHYSICAL SCIENCE. (3)
Two hours of lecture and two hours of laboratory per
week. Prerequisites: ENEE 300 or 306. PHYSICS 271 or
equivalent, or consent of instructor. The concept of
instrumentation systems from sensor to readout; discus-
sions of transducers, system dynamics, precision and
accuracy; measurement of electrical parameters; direct,
differential, and potentiometric measurements: bridge
measurements, time and frequency measurements, wave-
form generation and display.
ENEE 434 (New). INTRODUCTION TO ELECTRICAL
PROCESSES IN BIOLOGY AND MEDICINE I. (3)
Prerequisite: ENEE 300 or equivalent. Introduction in the
generation and processing of bioelectric signals includ-
ing structure and function of the neuron, neuron models,
membrane theory, generation and propagation of nerve
impulses, synaptic mechanisms, transduction and neural
coding and sensory events, central nervous system pro-
cessing of sensory information and correlated electrical
signals, control of effector organs, muscle contraction
and mechanics, and analytical and instrumental tech-
niques of nerve signal processing.
ENEE 435 (New). INTRODUCTION TO ELECTRICAL
PROCESSES IN BIOLOGY AND MEDICINE II. (3)
Prerequisite: ENEE 434. Continuation of ENEE 434 with
emphasis on the experimental and anlytical methods
necessary to elucidate peripheral and central nervous
system function, activity and information processing; ac-
quisition and analysis of electrocardiograms; electro-
myograms and electroencephalograms.
ENEE 438 (New). TOPICS IN BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING
(1-3)
Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. May be taken
for repeated credit. The content may vary from semester
to semester. Selected topics of current interest from
such areas as bioelectric systems, modeling, instru-
mentation, automated diagnostic, health-care delivery,
etc.
CIRCUITS
ENEE 306 (120). CIRCUIT ANALYSIS II. (4)
(See ENEE 307 for related laboratory course). Prerequi-
site: ENEE 206. Corequisites: ENEE 307, MATH 246.
Required of juniors in electrical engineering. Continua-
tion of ENEE 206. Complex frequency and frequency re-
sponse, application of both frequency-domain and time-
domain concepts, mutual inductance and transformers,
polyphase and time Fourier and LaPlace transform me-
thods, driving point and transfer functions, controlled
sources.
ENEE 307 (121). CIRCUIT LABORATORY II. (1)
Two hours of laboratory per week. Corequisite: ENEE
306. Required of juniors in electrical engineering. Labor-
atory to be taken in association with ENEE 306. Steady-
state and transient circuit measurements, frequency re-
sponse.
ENEE 310 (122). ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS I. (4)
(See ENEE 311 for related laboratory course). Prerequi-
site: ENEE 306. Corequisites: ENEE 311, and ENEE 380.
Required of juniors in electrical engineering. Transistors
and electron tubes, in DC, pulse, and small-signal situ-
ations, analysis of basic amplifiers, biasing, basic elec-
tronic switches, tuned and wideband amplifiers, feed-
back. ENEE 312 continues where ENEE 310 ends.
ENEE 311 (123). ELECTRONICS LABORATORY I. (1)
Two hours of laboratory per week. Corequisite: ENEE
310. Required of juniors in electrical engineering. Lab-
oratory to be taken in association with ENEE 310. Tran-
sistor and vacuum-tube characteristics, basic electronic
switches, amplifiers, design practice. To the extent pos-
sible, work will be individual or in two-man squads.
ENEE 312 (124). ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS II. (4)
(See ENEE 313 for related laboratory course). Prerequi-
site: ENEE 310. Corequisites: ENEE 382, ENEE 311, and
ENEE 313. Required of seniors in electrical engineering.
Continuation of ENEE 310. Electron tubes and transistors
in continuous-wave and public applications. Class C cir-
cuits, modulation and detection, pulse generation, delay
and storage, feedback amplifiers.
ENEE 313 (125). ELECTRONICS LABORATORY II. (1)
Two hours of laboratory per week. Corequisite: ENEE
312. Required of seniors in electrical engineering. Lab-
oratory to be taken in association with ENEE 312. Speci-
fication and design of electronic circuits. Students work
as individuals or as responsible members of a project
team.
Course Offerings / 207
ENEE 400 (150). NETWORK SYNTHESIS. (3)
Prerequisite: ENEE 306. Positive real functions, synthesis
of driving-point impedances, network functions, approxi-
mation methods, Chebyshev and Butterworth filters.
ENEE 402 (172). ADVANCED PULSE TECHNIQUES. (3)
(See ENEE 403 for related laboratory course). Prerequi-
site: ENEE 312 or ENEE 410 or equivalent. Bistable,
monostable, and astable circuits, sweep circuits, syn-
chronization, counting, gates, comparators. Magnetic
core circuits, semiconductor and vacuum-tube circuits.
ENEE 403 (173). PULSE TECHNIQUES LABORATORY. (1)
Two hours of laboratory per week. Corequisite: ENEE
402 and permission of the instructor. Experiments on
switching circuits, bistable, monstable, and astable cir-
cuits, sweep circuits, gates, comparators.
ENEE 404 (174). ADVANCED RADIO ENGINEERING. (3)
Corequisite: ENEE 312. (see ENEE 405 for related labor-
atory course). The coupling coefficient concept, high-
frequency effects, design and optimization of amplifiers,
stability considerations, gain limitations, noise figure,
design of harmonic generators, design of stable oscil-
lators.
ENEE 405 (175). ADVANCED RADIO ENGINEERING
LABORATORY. (1)
Two hours of laboratory per week. Corequisite: ENEE
404. Experiments on multiple tuned amplifiers, noise
figure measurements. class-C amplifiers, varactors. mod-
ulators, projects.
ENEE 406 (190). MATHEMATICAL FOUNDATIONS OF
CIRCUIT THEORY. (3)
Prerequisites: ENEE 306 and MATH 241, or equivalent.
Review of determinants, linear equations, matrix theory,
eigenvalues, theory of complex variables, inverse La-
Place transforms. Applications are drawn primarily from
circuit analysis.
COMPUTERS
ENEE 440 (166). DIGITAL COMPUTER ORGANIZATION. (3)
Prerequisite: ENES 243 or CMSC 210 or equivalent.
Same as CMSC 410. Introduction, computer elements:
parallel adders and subtracters: micro-operations; se-
quences: computer simulation; organization of a com-
mercially available stored program computer; micro-
programmed computers; a large-scale batch-processing
system (optional). (Intended for those minoring in com-
puters and for those majoring in Computer Science).
ENEE 442 (112). INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTER-AIDED
ANALYSIS AND DESIGN. (3)
Prerequisites: ENES 243. ENEE 310. Application of digit-
al computers to solutions of lumped parameter system
problems: use of simulators; economic and reliability
considerations; investigation and applications of prob-
lem oriented programs such as those for circuit analysis.
(e.g. CORNAP, JOBSHOP, ECAP, and NASAP.) The use
of the computer will be an integral part of the course.
ENEE 443 (100). INTRODUCTION TO COMPUTERS AND
COMPUTATION. (3)
Prerequisite: ENES 243 or equivalent. Basic structure
and organization of digital systems; representation of
data, introduction to software systems; assembly lan-
guage; application of computers in engineering and
physical systems.
ENEE 444 (104). INTRODUCTION TO SWITCHING SYSTEM
DESIGN. (3)
Prerequisite. ENEE 443. Symbolic logic and Boolean
algebra; switching circuits; minimization algorithims:
basic seqential circuits: design of digital systems.
ENEE 445 (163). DIGITAL LOGIC LABORATORY. (1)
Prerequisite: ENEE 443 or equivalent. Design, bread-
board construction and checkout of simple digital sys-
tems such as counters, shift registers, arithmetic and
control units.
ENEE 446 (106). FUNDAMENTALS OF COMPUTER
SYSTEMS. (3)
Prerequisite: ENEE 444. Digital computer organization;
arithmetic elements; primary and secondary storage;
applications of integrated circuits; operating systems;
interaction of hardware and software.
ENEE 450 (102). INTRODUCTION TO DISCRETE
STRUCTURES. (3)
Prerequisite: ENES 243 or equivalent. This is the same
course as CMSC 340. Review of set algebra including
relations, partial ordering and mappings. Algebraic
structures including semigroups and groups. Graph
theory including trees and weighted graphs. Boolean al-
gebra and propositional logic. Applications of these
structures to various areas of computer science and
computer engineering.
ENEE 451 (108). INTRODUCTION TO AUTOMATA
THEORY. (3)
Prerequisite: ENEE 450 or permission of the instructor.
An introduction to finite state machines and their prop-
erties; properties of regular sets: elementary decomposi-
tion results: introduction to Turing machines and com-
putability theory; undecidability propositions; introduc-
tion to finite semigroups with application to the decom-
position of finite state machines.
ENEE 456 (160). ANALOG AND HYBRID COMPUTERS. (3)
Prerequisite: ENEE 310. Programming the analog com-
puter; analog computing components; error analysis, re-
petitive operation; synthesis of systems using the com-
puter; hybrid computer systems.
COMMUNICATION AND CONTROL
ENEE 320 (142). ENGINEERING PROBABILITY. (3)
Prerequisites: MATH 241 and ENEE 206. Required of
electrical engineering majors. Axioms of probability;
conditional probability and Bayes' Rules; random vari-
ables, probability distribution and densities; functions of
random variables; weak law of large numbers and cen-
tral limit theorem. Introduction to random processes;
correlation functions, spectral densities, and linear
systems. Applications to noise in electrical systems.
filtering of signals from noise, estimation, and digital
communications.
ENEE 420 (156). COMMUNICATION THEORY. (3)
Prerequisite: ENEE 320. Random signals: elements of
random processes, noise, Gaussian process, correlation
functions and power spectra, linear operations: optimum
receivers, vector waveform channels, receiver imple-
mentation, probability of error performance; efficient
signaling: sources, encoding, dimensionality, channel
capacity; wave form communication: linear, angle, and
pulse modulation.
ENEE 421 (157). INTRODUCTION TO INFORMATION
THEORY. (3)
Prerequisite: ENEE 320. Definition of information and
entropy; characterization of sources; Kraft and MacMillan
inequalities; coding information sources: noiseless
coding theorem; channels and mutual information; Shan-
non's coding theorem for noisy channels.
ENEE 425 (158). SIGNAL ANALYSIS. MODULATION AND
NOISE. (3)
Prerequisites: ENEE 310 and ENEE 320. Signal transmis-
sion through networks, transmission in the presence of
noise, statistical methods of determining error and trans-
mission effects, modulation schemes.
ENEE 460 (154). FEEDBACK CONTROL SYSTEMS (3)
Prerequisites: MATH 246 and ENEE 310. (see ENEE 461
for related laboratory course). Feedback system opera-
tion and design, stability criteria, basic design tech-
niques, correlation of time and frequency-domain con-
cepts, flow-graph algebra, system synthesis to a variety
of specifications.
208 / Course Offerings
ENEE 461 (155) FEEDBACK CONTROL SYSTEMS
LABORATORY. (1)
Two hours of laboratory per week. Corequisite: ENEE
460. Projects to enhance the student's understanding of
feedback control systems and familiarize him with some
of the devices used in the control field.
ELECTRO PHYSICS
ENEE 380 (130). ELECTROMAGNETIC THEORY. (3)
Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: MATH
241. PHYS 262. ENEE 206 with an average grade of C or
better in MATH 240, 241. PHYS 161. 262. and ENEE 206.
Required of juniors in Electrical Engineering. Introduc-
tion to electromagnetic fields. Electrostatics; Coulomb's
law, Gauss' law, electrical potential, capacitance, La-
place's equation and boundary value problems. Magneto-
statics; Biot-Savart law, Ampere's law, Lorentz force
equation, magnetic materials, inductance. Time varying
fields and Maxwell's equations.
ENEE 381 (134). ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVE
PROPAGATION. (3)
Threa hours lecture per week. Prerequisite: ENEE 380.
Required of seniors in electrical engineering. The wave
equation and the impedance concept; plane waves; re-
flection and refraction: wave guides and transmission
lines; Smith charts; lumped models.
ENEE 382 (132). ELECTROMAGNETIC PROPERTIES OF
MATERIALS. (3)
Three hours lecture per week. Prerequisite: ENEE 380.
Required of seniors in electrical engineering. Review of
Maxwell's equations; the wave equation; electron dy-
namics with applications to accelerators; dielectrics; the
dielectric model for plasmas: plane waves in magneto-
plasmas. Introduction to quantum mechanics and quan-
tum statistics: theory of semi-conductors. Ferromagnet-
ism and selected topics.
ENEE 383 (135). ELECTROMAGNETIC MEASUREMENTS
LABORATORY. (1)
Two hours of laboratory per week. Corequisite: ENEE
381. Laboratory to be taken in association with ENEE
381. Experiments on field mapping, transmission line
matching, impedance measurement, microwave meas-
urements of standing wave ratio, power, frequency, Q,
and coupling.
ENEE 462 (140). TRANSDUCERS AND ELECTRICAL
MACHINERY. (3)
(Sec ENEE 463 for related laboratory course). Prerequi-
sites: ENEE 306, ENEE 382. Corequisite: ENEE 463.
Electromechanical transducers, theory of electromechani-
cal systems, power and wideband transformers, rotating
electrical machinery from the theoretical and perform-
ance points of view.
ENEE 463 (141). TRANSDUCERS AND ELECTRICAL
MACHINERY LABORATORY. (1)
Two hours of laboratory per week. Corequisite: ENEE
462. Laboratory to be taken in association with ENEE
462. Experiments on transformers, synchronous machines,
induction motors, synchros, loudspeakers, other trans-
ducers.
ENEE 481 (170). ANTENNAS AND WAVE PROPAGATION.
(3)
Corequisite: ENEE 381. Review of Maxwell's Equations,
radiation, antennas, radio wave propagation.
ENEE 487 (186). PARTICLES ACCELERATORS, PHYSICAL
AND ENGINEERING PRINCIPLES. (3)
Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: ENEE
380, and PHYS 420, or consent of the instructor. Sources
of charged particles; methods of acceleration and focus-
ing of ion beams in electromagnetic fields; basic theory,
design, and engineering principles of particle accele-
rators.
ENEE 496 (188). PHYSICAL ELECTRONICS OF DEVICES
(3)
Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisite: PHYS 420
and ENEE 382. Introduction to electron and ion optics.
Principles of vacuum tubes, klystrons and magnetrons.
Conductivity of metals and semiconductors. P-n junction
and transistors.
SPECIAL TOPICS
ENEE 418 (181). PROJECTS IN ELECTRICAL
ENGINEERING. (1-3)
Hours to be arranged. Prerequisites: Senior standing and
permission of the instructor. May be taken for repeated
credit up to a total of 4 credits, with the permission of
the student's advisor and the instructor. Theoretical and
experimental projects.
ENEE 488 (180). TOPICS IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
(3)
Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. May be taken
for repeated credit up to a total of 6 credits, with the
permission of the student's advisor and the instructor.
In the Academimc Year 1972-73 the following special
topics courses are offered:
A. ACTIVE NETWORK SYNTHESIS.
B. INTRODUCTION TO LINEAR SYSTEM THEORY.
C. REMOTE SENSING OF THE ENVIRONMENT.
D. SOFTWARE ENGINEERING.
ENGINEERING SCIENCES
ENES 101 (001). INTRODUCTORY ENGINEERING
SCIENCE. (3)
One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Basic
languages of the engineer. Elements of graphic com-
munication and analysis. Orthographic projection and
descriptive geometry, conventions, graphs and curve-
fitting. Applications of geometry to engineering problems.
ENES 110 (010). MECHANICS. (3)
Two lectures and two drill periods a week. Prerequi-
sites: ENES 101, and concurrent registration in MATH
140 or approval of department chairman. Systems of
rigid bodies in equilibrium under action of forces and
couples. Numerical, graphical, and vectoral computation
applied to problems in statics and elementary dynamics.
ENES 220 (020). MECHANICS OF MATERIALS. (3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisites: MATH 141, PHYS
161, and ENES 110 or concurrent registation in MATH
240 and PHYS 262. Distortion of engineering materials
in relation to changes in stress or temperature. Geometry
of internal strain and external displacement. Application
to beams, columns, shafts, tanks, and other structural,
machine and vehicle members.
ENES 221 (021). DYNAMICS. (3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisites: ENES 110, and
concurrent registration in MATH 240 and PHYS 262 (with
which subject matter is coordinate and applied to Engi-
neering Problems). Systems of heavy particles and rigid
bodies at rest and in motion. Force-acceleration, work-
energy and impulse-momentum relationships. Motion of
one body relative to another in a plane and in space.
ENES 230 (030). MATERIALS SCIENCE. (3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisite: ENES 220. Basic
principles, nature, and properties of engineering mater-
ials. Structure of matter, phase transformations and
mechanical properties of metals, ceramics, polymers and
related materials, electrical, thermal and magnetic prop-
erties, corrosion and radiation damage, friction and
wear, diffusion.
ENES 240 (080). ALGORITHMIC ANALYSIS AND
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING. (2)
One hour of lecture and two hours of laboratory per
week. Corequisite: MATH 240. Required of sophomores
Course Offerings / 209
in electrical engineering. Concept and properties of algo-
rithms (fully defined procedures for solving problems),
problems from numerical mathematics, use of specific
algorithmic language (MAD), completion of several pro-
jects using a digital computer.
ENES 243 (083). DIGITAL COMPUTER LABORATORY. (1)
Two hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite: ENES
240. Required of sophomores in electrical engineering.
Completion of several projects in numerical mathematics
on a digital computer, with emphasis of efficiency of
computation accuracy of approximations and control of
errors.
ENES 301 (New). POWER AND THE ENVIRONMENT (3)
Prerequisite: Junior standing or consent of the instruc-
tor. An introduction to the power needs of society. The
interrelationship between man's use of energy and the
effect on the eco-system. Introduction to the techniques
of power production with special emphasis on nuclear
fueled power plants.
ENES 401 (New). TECHNOLOGICAL ASSESSMENT. (3)
Prerequisite: Senior standing or consent of instructor.
Analysis of methods of assessing technology in terms
of goals and resources. Public and private constraints,
changes in objectives and organization. Applications to
chemical and nuclear technology.
ENGINEERING— FIRE PROTECTION
ENFP 251 (New). FIRE PROTECTION ENGINEERING. (1)
First semester. One lecture a week. Dimensions of the
fire problem, economic, environmental, social, fire pro-
tection engineering aspects of other disciplines. Intro-
duction to fire research and development.
ENFP 280 (080). URBAN FIRE PROBLEM ANALYSIS. (3)
Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory peri-
od a week. Intensive study of the urban fire problem.
Operation research techniques, and systems engineering
are utilized as analytic procedures for the technologi-
cal assessment of public fire protection. Traditional as-
sessment methods and urban analysis.
ENFP 290 (090). IGNITION AND COMBUSTION
PHENOMENON. (2)
First semester. One lecture and one laboratory period
a week. Examination of fuel phases as related to un-
regulated diffusion flame combustion. Classical theories
of combustion related to fire and explosion experiences.
Detailed examination of the basic phenomenon.
ENFP 310 (110). FIRE PROTECTION SYSTEMS DESIGN.
(3)
First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period
a week. Prerequisite: ENFP 290. An examination of spe-
cifications, code criteria, and published standards util-
ized in the engineering design of fire suppression sys-
tems, emergency communication systems, and hazard
detection systems. A concentrated study of design lay-
out procedures for aqueous, gaseous, and particle sup-
pression systems. A foundation course for the advanced
systems calculation course — ENFP 415. — Fire Protection
Fluids II.
ENFP 312 (112). FIRE PROTECTION FLUIDS I. (3)
Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory peri-
od a week. Corequisite: ENCE 330. A study of hydro-
static and hydrodynamic problems associated with mu-
nicipal and industrial water supply distribution systems.
Calculation methods, techniques and procedures for
hydraulically designed distribution networks to meet pre-
scribed conditions of adequacy and reliability of the total
systems.
ENFP 320 (120). PYROMETRICS OF MATERIALS (3)
First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period
a week. Analysis and study of characteristics of ma-
terials, and materia! assemblies related to flame spread,
fuel contribution, combustility. and smoke development.
Analysis of fuel geometry and configuration to fire se-
verity. Procedures of laboratory analysis, determination
and modeling are examined.
ENFP 321 (New). FUNCTIONAL AND STRUCTURAL
EVALUATION. (3)
Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory peri-
od a week. Prerequisite: ENFP 320. Examination of the
functional and structural components of buildings and
building complexes relative to modular fire loss potential.
Analytic concepts and research developments are related
to modular loss evaluations. Investigation of the per-
formance criteria of building and fire prevention codes.
ENFP 411 (111). SYSTEMS APPROACH TO FIRE PROTEC-
TION DESIGN. (3)
Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory peri-
od a week. Prerequisite: Senior standing. Examination of
the problem areas associated with manufacturing, pro-
cess, laboratory, and transportation systems. Design
projects will involve the total application of fire protec-
tion engineering, with economic and cost benefit an-
alysis.
ENFP 414 (114). LIFE SAFETY ANALYSIS. (3)
First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period
a week. Prerequisite: ENFP 321. Detailed examination
and study of the physical and psychological variables re-
lated to the occurrence of casualties. Investigation of
functional features of enclosures relative to egress, and
smoke and gas fluid flow. Examination and analysis pro-
cedures.
ENFP 415 (115). FIRE PROTECTION FLUIDS II. (3)
First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period
a week. Prerequisite: ENFP 310, 312. The application of
hydraulic and fluid theory to design calculations for
equeous, gaseous and particle fire suppression systems.
Problem calculation projects based upon design lay-
outs developed in ENFP 310.
ENFP 416 (116). PROBLEM SYNTHESIS AND DESIGN. (3)
Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory peri-
od a week. Prerequisite: Senior standing. Techniques
and procedures of problem orientation and solution de-
sign utilizing logical and numerical procedures. Student
development of research projects in selected areas.
ENGINEERING MATERIALS
ENMA 462 (162). DEFORMATION OF ENGINEERING
MATERIALS. (3)
Relationship of structure to the mechanical properties of
materials. Elastic and plastic deformation. microscoDic
yield criteria, state of stress and ductility. Elements of
dislocation theory, work hardening, alloy strengthening,
creep, and fracture in terms of dislocation theory.
ENMA 463 (163). CHEMICAL. LIQUID AND POWDER
PROCESSING OF ENGINEERING MATERIALS. (3)
Methods and processes used in the production of primary
metals. The detailed basic principles of beneficiation
processes, pyrometallurgy. hydrometallurgy. electromet-
allurgy, vapor phase processing and electroplating. Liq-
uid metal processing including casting, welding, brazing
and soldering. Powder processing and sintering. Shapes
and structures produced in the above processes.
ENMA 464 (164). ENVIRONMENTAL EFFECTS ON
ENGINEERING MATERIALS. (3)
Introduction to the phenomena associated with the resist-
ance of materials to damage under severe environmental
conditions. Oxdation. corrosion, stress corrosion, corro-
sion fatigue and radiation damage are examined from the
point of view of mechanism and influence on the prop-
erties of materials. Methods of corrosion protection and
criteria for selection of materials for use in radiation
environments.
210 / Course Offerings
ENMA 470 (170). STRUCTURE AND PROPERTIES OF
ENGINEERING MATERIALS. (3)
A comprehensive survey of the atomic and electronic
structure of solids with emphasis on the relationship of
structure to the physical and mechanical properties.
ENMA 471 (171). PHYSICAL CHEMISTRY OF ENGINEER-
ING MATERIALS. (3)
Equilibrium multicomponent systems and relationship to
the phase diagram. Thermodynamics of polycrystalline
and polyphase materials. Diffusion in solids, kinetics
of reactions in solids.
ENMA 472 (172). TECHNOLOGY OF ENGINEERING
MATERIALS. (3)
Re'ationship of properties of solids to their engineering
applications. Criteria for the choice of materials for
electronic, mechanical and chemical properties. Partic-
ular emphasis on the relationships between structure of
the solid and its potential engineering application.
ENMA 473 (173). PROCESSING OF ENGINEERING
MATERIALS. (3)
The effect of processing on the structure of engineering
materials. Processes considered include refining, melting
and so idification. purification by zone refining, vapor
phase processing, mechanical working and heat treat-
ments.
ENGINEERING, MECHANICAL
ENME 200 (015). INTRODUCTION TO ENGINEERING. (3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisites: MATH 141, PHYS
161 and CHEM 104. Development of the student's capaci-
ty to solve engineering problems by the application of
fundamental principles and fully defined procedures.
Several projects require the use of a computer.
ENME 215 (050). PRINCIPLES OF MECHANICAL
ENGINEERING. (3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisites: PHYSICS 263,
MATH 141. Required of civil engineers. Laws and corol-
laries of classical thermodynamics. Properties and char-
acteristics of pure substances and perfect gases. Vapor
and gas cycles. Mixture of gases including applications
to psychrometry. Introduction to heat transfer.
ENME 216 (060). THERMODYNAMICS I. (3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisites: PHYSICS 262,
MATH 141. Required of sophomores in mechanical and
aeronautical engineering. Properties, characterics and
fundamental equation of gases and vapors. Application
of first and second laws of thermodynamics in the
analysis of basic heat engines, air compression and
vapor cycles. Flow and non-flow processes for gases and
vapors.
ENME 300 (103). MATERIALS ENGINEERING. (3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisite ENES 220. Basic
principles nature and properties of engineering materials.
Processes and methods to manufacture and usefully
apply engineering materials. Fabrication techniques for
metals, polymers, and refractories.
ENME 301 (New). MATERIALS ENGINEERING
LABORATORY. (1)
One laboratory a week. Laboratory to be taken concur-
rently with ENME 300. Fatigue, tensile and impact test-
ing, heat treatment and hardenability, structure and
properties of steels. Case studies.
ENME 320 (100). THERMODYNAMICS. (3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisites: PHYSICS 262,
MATH 141. The properties, characteristics and funda-
mental equations of gases and vapors. Application of the
first and second laws of thermodynamics in the analysis
of basic heat engines, air compression and vapor cycles.
Flow and non-flow processes for gases and vapors.
ENME 321 (106). TRANSFER PROCESSES. (3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisite: ENME 342. Conduc-
tion by steady state and variable heat flow, laminar and
turbulent flow, free and forced convection, radiation,
evaporation and condensation of vapors. Transfer of
mass, heat, and momentum.
ENME 341 (104). GAS DYNAMICS. (3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisite: ENME 340. Com-
pressible flow in ducts and nozzles, effect of area
change, heat addition, friction, and normal shocks. Ther-
modynamics of chemically reacting flows, combustion
and equilibrium.
ENME 342 (New). FLUID I. (3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisite: ENME 216. Fluid
flow concepts and basic equations effects of viscosity
and compressibility Dimensional analysis and laws of
similarity. Flow through pipes and over immersed bodies.
Principles of flow measurement.
ENME 343 (New). FLUID MECHANICS LABORATORY, (1)
One laboratory a week. Laboratory to be taken concur-
rently with ENME 342. Measurement of fluid properties,
determination of pressure drops in pipes and fittings,
observation of fluid phenomena. Experiment and demon-
stration of flow measurement techniques.
ENME 360 (101). DYNAMICS OF MACHINERY. (3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisites: ENES 221, ENME
380 concurrently. Dynamic characteristics of machinery
with emphasis on systems with single and multiple
degree of freedom.
ENME 380 (116). APPLIED MATHEMATICS IN
ENGINEERING. (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 141. Mathematical techniques ap-
plied to the analyses and solution of engineering prob-
lems. Use of differentiation, integration, differential equa-
tions, partial differential equations and integral trans-
forms. Application of infinite series, numerical and sta-
tistical methods.
ENME 381 (120). MEASUREMENTS LABORATORY. (3)
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prereq-
uisites: ENME 360 and ENEE 300, ENME 340 concur-
rently. Required of juniors in mechanical engineering.
Measurements and measurement systems, application of
selected instruments with emphasis on interpretation of
results.
ENME 382 (140). ENGINEERING ANALYSIS AND
COMPUTER PROGRAMMING. (3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisites: MATH 246 or
ENME 380. Elements of operational calculus, vector
analysis, numerical methods and programming for com-
puters. Errors, interpolation series, integration, inter-
action and solution of equations.
ENME 400 (152). MACHINE DESIGN. (3)
Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prereq-
uisites: ENME 360, 300. Working stresses, stress concen-
tration, stress analysis and repeated loadings. Design
of machine elements. Kinematics of mechanisms.
ENME 401 (156). MECHANICAL ENGINEERING ANALYSIS
AND DESIGN. (4)
Two lectures and two laboratory periods per week. Pre-
requisite: Senior standing in mechanical engineering or
consent of instructor. Engineering design practice as
illustrated by discussion of selected case studies. Design
projects involving the application of technology to the
solution of industrial and community problems. Legal and
ethical responsibility of the engineer.
ENME 402 (157). SELECTED TOPICS IN ENGINEERING
DESIGN. (3)
Three lecture periods per week. Prerequisite: Senior
standing in mechanical engineering or consent of in-
structor. Creativity and innovation in design. Generalized
performance analysis, reliability and optimization as ap-
plied to the design of components and engineering
systems. Use of computers in design. Design of multi-
variable systems.
ENME 403 (165). AUTOMATIC CONTROLS. (3)
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: ENEE 300, senior
standing. Hydraulic, electrical, mechanical and pneu-
Course Offerings / 211
matic automatic control systems. Open and closed loops.
Steady state and transient operation, stability criteria,
linear and non-linear systems. LaPlace transforms.
ENME 410 (167). OPERATIONS RESEARCH I. (3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisite: Senior standing in
mechanical engineering. Applications of linear program-
ming, queuing model, theory of games and competitive
models to engineering problems.
ENME 411 (168). INTRODUCTION TO INDUSTRIAL
ENGINEERING. (3)
Three lectures per week. Prerequisites: ENME 300 and
ECON 205 or consent of instructor. This course is con-
cerned with the design, improvement and installation of
integrated systems of men, materials and equipment.
Areas covered include industrial activities, plant layout
and design, value analysis, engineering economics, qual-
ity and production control, methods engineering, indus-
trial relations, etc.
ENME 420 (107). ENERGY CONVERSION. (3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisite: ENME 320. Re-
quired of seniors in electrical engineering. Chemical,
heat, mechanical, nuclear and electrical energy conver-
sion processes, cycles and systems. Direct conversion
processes of fuel cells, thermionics and magnetohydro-
dynamics.
ENME 421 (150). ENERGY CONVERSION I. (3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisites: ENME 321, ENME
342. Application of the principles of thermodynamics,
fluid mechanics and heat transfer to chemical, thermal,
mechanical, nuclear and electrical energy conversion
processes, cycles and systems. Reciprocating, turbine
and rocket power plants using all types of heat and
reaction sources. Environmental effects of energy con-
version processes.
ENME 422 (151). ENERGY CONVERSION II. (3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisite: ENME 421. Ad-
vanced topics in energy conversion. Direct conversion
processes of fuel cells, solar cells, thermionics, ther-
moelectrics and magnetohydrodynamics.
ENME 423 (161). ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING. (3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisites: ENME 360, 321,
senior standing in mechanical engineering. Heating and
cooling load computations. Thermodynamics of refrigera-
tion systems. Low temperature refrigeration. Problems
involving extremes of temperature, pressure, accelera-
tion and radiation.
ENME 424 (164). THERMODYNAMICS II. (3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisites: ENME 341. ENME
321. senior standing. Applications to special systems,
change of phase, low temperature. Statistical concepts,
equilibrium, heterogenous systems.
ENME 442 (163). FLUID MECHANICS II. (3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisite: ENME 342, senior
standing. Hydrodynamics with engineering applications.
Stream function and velocity potential, conformal trans-
formations pressure distributions, circulation, numerical
methods and analogies.
ENME 450 (180). MECHANICAL ENGINEERING ANALYSIS
FOR THE OCEANIC ENVIRONMENT. (3)
Prerequisite: Junior standing in Mechanical Engineering.
Study of the characteristics of the marine environment
which affect the design, operation and maintenance of
mechanical equipment, effects of waves, currents, pres-
sure, temperature, corrosion, and fouling. Study of de-
sign parameters for existing and proposed mechanical
systems used in marine construction, on shipboard, in
search and salvage operations.
ENME 451 (181). MECHANICAL ENGINEERING SYSTEMS
FOR UNDERWATER OPERATIONS. (3)
Prerequisite: ENME 450 or consent of instructor. Study
of propulsion, control and environmental systems for
submerged vehicles. Design of mechanical systems in
support of diving and saturated living operations.
ENME 460 (153). ELASTICITY AND PLASTICITY I. (3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisite: ENME 400. Anal-
ysis of plates and shells, thick walled cylinders, columns,
torsion of non-circular sections, and rotating disks.
ENME 461 (162). DYNAMICS II. (3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisites: ENME 360. ENME
380, senior standing in mechanical engineering. Linear
and non-linear plane and three-dimensional motion, mov-
ing axes, LaGrange's equation, Hamilton's principle, non-
linear vibration, gyroscope, celestial mechanics.
ENME 462 (190). INTRODUCTION TO ENGINEERING
ACOUSTICS. (3)
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: ENME 380 or
equivalent. Study of the physical behavior of sound
waves. Introduction to terminology and instrumentation
used in acoustics. Criteria for noise and vibration con-
trol. Some fundamentals underlying noise control and
applications to ventilation systems, machine and shop
quieting, office buildings, jet noise, transportation sys-
tems and underwater sound.
ENME 463 (New). MECHANICAL ENGINEERING ANALYSIS.
(3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisite: MATH 246 or ENME
380. Mathematical modeling of physical situations. Solu-
tion of problems expressed by partial differential equa-
tions. Application of Fourier series and integrals. La-
place transformation, Bessel functions. Legendre poly-
nomials and complex variables to the solution of engi-
neering problems in mechanical vibrations, heat trans-
fer, fluid mechanics and automatic control theory.
ENME 480 (154). ENGINEERING EXPERIMENTATION. (3)
ENME 481 (155). ENGINEERING EXPERIMENTATION (3)
One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prere-
quisite: Senior standing in mechanical engineering.
Theory of experimentation. Applications of the principles
of measurement and instrumentation systems to labor-
atory experimentation. Experiments in fluid mechanics,
solid mechanics and energy conversion. Selected experi-
ments or assigned projects to emphasize planned pro-
cedure, analysis and communication of results, analo-
gous systems and leadership.
ENME 488 (166). SPECIAL PROBLEMS (3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisite: Senior standing in
mechanical engineering. Advanced problems in mechani-
cal engineering with special emphasis on mathematical
and experimental methods.
ENME 489 (New). SPECIAL TOPICS IN MECHANICAL
ENGINEERING. (3)
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. May be taken for
repeated credit up to a total of six credits, with the
permission of the student's advisor. Selected topics
of current importance in mechanical enginnering.
ENGINEERING, NUCLEAR
ENNU 350 (100). INTRODUCTION TO NUCLEAR
TECHNOLOGY. (3)
Prerequisites: MATH 240 and PHYS 263. Engineering
problems of the nuclear energy complex, including basic
theory, nuclear reactor design, and isotopic and chem-
ical separations.
ENNU 410 (101). ENVIRONMENTAL ASPECTS OF
NUCLEAR ENERGY. (3)
Protection of the public and the environment from the
hazards of nuclear operations. Radiation monitoring,
handling and disposal of radioactive wastes. Site selec-
tion, plant design and operation as related to the en-
vironment.
ENNU 420 (102). NUCLEAR REACTOR OPERATION. (3)
Introduction to nuclear reactor operations. Outline of
reactor theory. Nature and monitoring techniques of ion-
izing radiation, radiation safety. Reactor instrument re-
sponse. Operation of the University of Maryland nuclear
reactor.
212 / Course Offerings
ENNU 430 (103). RADIOISTOPE POWER SOURCES. (3)
Prerequisite: ENNU 350 or permission of instructor. Prin-
ciples and theory ol radioisotope power sources. Design
and use of nuclear batteries and small energy conver-
sion devices.
ENNU 435 (New). ACTIVATION ANALYSIS. (3)
Prerequisite: ENNU 350 or permission of instructor.
Principles and techniques of activation analysis involv-
ing neutrons, photons and charged particles. Emphasis
placed upon application of this analytical technique to
solving environmental and engineering problems.
ENNU 440 (148). NUCLEAR TECHNOLOGY LABORATORY.
(3)
One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prereq-
uisites: PHYS 263, MATH 240. Techniques of detecting
and making measurements of nuclear or high energy
radiation. Radiation safety experiments. Both a sub-criti-
cal reactor and the swimming pool critical reactor are
sources of radiation.
ENNU 450 (163). NUCLEAR REACTOR ENGINEERING I. (3)
Prerequisites: MATH 246 and PHYSICS 263 or consent
of instructor. Elementary nuclear physics, reactor theory,
and reactor energy transfer. Steady-state and time-de-
pendant neutron distributions in space and energy. Con-
duction and convective heat transfer in nuclear reactor
systems.
ENNU 455 (167). NUCLEAR REACTOR ENGINEERING II. (3)
Prerequisite: ENNU 450. General plant design considera-
tions including radiation hazards and health physics,
shielding design, nuclear power economics, radiation
effects on reactor materials, and various types of nuclear
reactor systems.
ENNU 468 (New). RESEARCH. (2 or 3)
Prerequisite: Permission of the staff. Investigation of a
research project under the direction of one of the staff
members. Comprehensive reports are required. Repeat-
able to a maximum of six semester hours.
ENNU 470 (New). INTRODUCTION TO CONTROLLED
FUSION. (3)
The principles and the current status of research to
achieve controlled thermonuclear power production.
Properties of ionized gases relating to confinement and
heating. Concepts of practical fusion devices.
ENNU 480 (169). REACTOR CORE DESIGN. (3)
Prerequisite: ENNU 450 or consent of instructor. Design
of nuclear reactor cores based on a sequence of stand-
ard computer codes. Thermal and epithermal cross sec-
tions, multigroup diffusion theory in one and two dimen-
sions and fine future flux calculations using transport
theory.
ENGLISH
ENGL 101, 171 or HONR 101 is prerequisite to courses num-
bered 201 through 212.
ENGL 101 (001) COMPOSITION. (3)
Required of freshmen. See ENGL 171. The study and
application of rhetorical principles in expository prose;
frequent themes.
ENGL 171 (021). HONORS COMPOSITION. (3)
May be elected by eligible students in place of ENGL
101 to satisfy General Education requirement. Survey of
principles of composition, rhetoric, and techniques of
research: reading in essays, short stories, poetry; fre-
quent themes.
ENGL 201 (003). WORLD LITERATURE. (3)
Fulfills part of the General Education requirement. See
ENGL 271. Homer to the Renaissance, foreign classics
being read in translation.
ENGL 202 (004). WORLD LITERATURE. (3)
Fulfills part of the General Education requirement. See
ENGL 272. Shakespeare to the present, foreign classics
being read in translation.
ENGL 211 (055). ENGLISH LITERATURE FROM THE BE-
GINNINGS TO 1800. (3)
Fulfills part of the General Education requirement
ENGL 212 (056). ENGLISH LITERATURE FROM 1800 TO
THE PRESENT. (3)
Fulfills part of the General Education requirement.
ENGL 221 (057). AMERICAN LITERATURE, BEGINNING TO
1865. (3)
Fulfills part of the General Education requirement.
ENGL 222 (058). AMERICAN LITERATURE, 1865 TO THE
PRESENT. (3)
Fulfills part of the General Education requirement.
ENGL 241 (009). INTRODUCTION TO NARRATIVE LITER-
ATURE. (3)
An intensive study of representative stories, with lec-
tures on the history and technique of the short and
other narrative forms. Fulfills part of the General Edu-
cation requirement.
ENGL 242 (015). READINGS IN BIOGRAPHY. (3)
An analytical study in the form and technique of bio-
graphical writing in Europe and America. Fulfills part
of the General Education requirement. (Ward)
ENGL 243 (030). INTRODUCTION TO POETRY AND
POETICS. (3)
Fulfills part of the General Education requirement.
(G. Smith, Jellema)
ENGL 244 (New). INTRODUCTION TO DRAMATIC
LITERATURE. (3)
Fulfills part of the general education requirement.
ENGL 245 (New). INTRODUCTION TO FILM AS
LITERATURE. (3)
Fulfills part of the general education requirement. Pri-
mary attention is on the film as a narrative medium,
but other literary models will be examined.
(Isaacs, Kolker)
ENGL 271 (033). HONORS WORLD LITERATURE. (3)
May be elected by eligible students in place of ENGL
201 to satisfy General Education requirement. Homer
to the Renaissance, foreign classics being read in trans-
lation.
ENGL 272 (034). HONORS WORLD LITERATURE. (3)
May be elected by eligible students in place of ENGL
202 to satisfy General Education requirement. Shake-
speare to the present, foreign classics being read in
translation.
ENGL 280 (105). INTRODUCTION TO LINGUISTICS. (3)
Listed also as LING 100 and ANTH 371.
ENGL 291 (014). EXPOSITORY WRITING. (3)
ENGL 292 (010). COMPOSITION AND LITERARY TYPES.
(3)
Not open to students who have taken ENGL 171. A
study of literary genres with writing based on the read-
ings. Fulfills part of the General Education requirement.
ENGL 293 (007). TECHNICAL WRITING. (2)
ENGL 294 (012). INTRODUCTION TO CREATIVE WRITING.
(3)
Additional prerequisite, sophomore standing.
FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES
Two courses from ENGL 201, 202, 211, 212, 221, 222, 241,
242, 243, 271, and 272 are prerequisite to courses numbered
401 through 499.
ENGL 401 (109). ENGLISH MEDIEVAL LITERATURE IN
TRANSLATION. (3) (Birdsall, Herman, Isaacs)
ENGL 402 (104). CHAUCER. (3)
(Steinberg, Rutherford, Isaacs)
ENGL 403, 404 (115, 116). SHAKESPEARE. (3, 3)
(Barry, McManaway, Zeeveld)
ENGL 405 (117). THE MAJOR WORKS OF SHAKESPEARE.
(3)
Students who have credit for ENGL 403 or 404 cannot
received credit for ENGL 405.
Course Offerings / 213
ENGL 407, 411 (113. 112). LITERATURE OF THE RENAIS-
SANCE. (3, 3) (Houppert, D. Hamilton, D. Smith)
ENGL 412 (122). LITERATURE OF THE SEVENTEENTH
CENTURY, 1600-1660. (3)
(Murphy, Mish, Wilson, G. Hamilton)
ENGL 414 (121). MILTON. (3)
(Murphy, Freedman. G. Hamilton. Wilson)
ENGL 415 (123). LITERATURE OF THE SEVENTEENTH
CENTURY, 1660-1700. (3) (Wilson)
ENGL 416. 417 (125. 126). LITERATURE OF THE
EIGHTEENTH CENTURY. (3, 3) (Kenny, Tyson, Myers)
ENGL 418, 419 (141, 142). MAJOR BRITISH WRITERS. (3, 3)
Two writers studied intensively each semester.
ENGL 420, 421 (129, 130). LITERATURE OF THE ROMAN-
TIC PERIOD. (3. 3)
(Howard, Kolker, G. Smith, Kinnaird)
ENGL 422. 423 (134, 135). LITERATURE OF THE VICTOR-
IAN PERIOD. (3. 3)
(Kenney. Kleine. Peterson, Brown. Cate)
ENGL 424 (136). LATE VICTORIAN AND EDWARDIAN
LITERATURE. (3)
A study of the literary movements and techniques which
effected the transition from Victorian to modern litera-
ture. (Cate, Peterson)
ENGL 430 (180). AMERICAN LITERATURE. BEGINNING TO
1810, THE COLONIAL AND FEDERAL PERIODS. (3)
(Vitzthum, Weigant)
ENGL 431 (181). AMERICAN LITERATURE. 1810 to 1865,
THE AMERICAN RENAISSANCE. (3)
(Weigant, Martin, Vitzthum)
ENGL 432 (182). AMERICAN LITERATURE, 1865 to 1914,
REALISM AND NATURALISM. (3) (Gravely, Thorberg)
ENGL 433 (183). AMERICAN LITERATURE, 1914 TO THE
PRESENT, THE MODERN PERIOD. (3)
(Lawson, Moore, Holton)
ENGL 434 (146) AMERICAN DRAMA. (3) (Barry, Bryer)
ENGL 435 (147). AMERICAN POETRY. BEGINNING TO
THE PRESENT. (3) (Van Egmond, Holton)
ENGL 436 (148). THE LITERATURE OF AMERICAN DE-
MOCRACY. (3) (Barnes)
ENGL 438, 439 (155, 156). MAJOR AMERICAN WRITERS.
(3, 3)
Two writers studied intensively each semester.
ENGL 440 (152). THE NOVEL IN AMERICA TO 1910. (3)
(Hovey, Thorberg)
ENGL 441 (153). THE NOVEL IN AMERICA SINCE 1910. (3)
(Dunn. Hovey. Thorberg)
ENGL 442 (154). LITERATURE OF THE SOUTH. (3)
A historical survey, from eighteenth-century beginnings
to the present. (Moore, Lawson)
ENGL 443 (167). AFRO-AMERICAN LITERATURE. (3)
An examination of the literary expression of the Negro
in the United States, from its beginning to the present.
(Coleman. Naughton)
ENGL 445 (143). MODERN POETRY. (3)
(Whittemore. Van Egmond, Perloff. Fleming, Jellema)
ENGL 449 (172). PLAYWRITING. (3) (Fleming)
ENGL 450. 451 (110. 111). ELIZABETHAN AND JACOBEAN
DRAMA. (3. 3) (Barry, D. Smith. D. Hamilton)
ENGL 452 (120). ENGLISH DRAMA FROM 1660 TO 1800
(3) (Kenny, D. Smith)
ENGL 453 (175). LITERARY CRITICISM. (3)
(Trousdale, Lutwack)
ENGL 454 (144). MODERN DRAMA. (3)
(Barry. Tinsley. Kimble. Freedman. Bryer)
ENGL 455. 456 (139. 140). THE ENGLISH NOVEL. (3. 3)
(Ward. Kenney. Kleine. Peterson)
ENGL 457 (145). THE MODERN NOVEL. (3)
(Russell, Perloff. Panichas, Lawson, Holton)
ENGL 460 (157). INTRODUCTION TO FOLKLORE. (3)
(Fry, Birdsall)
ENGL 461 (158). FOLK NARRATIVE. (3)
Studies in legend, tale and myth. Prerequisite. ENGL
460. (Birdsall)
ENGL 462 (159). FOLKSONG AND BALLAD. (3)
Prerequisite. ENGL 460. (Glazer)
ENGL 463 (165). AMERICAN FOLKLORE. (3)
Prerequisite. ENGL 460. An examination of American
folklore in terms of history and regional folk cultures.
Exploration of collections of folklore from various areas
to reveal the difference in regional and ethnic groups as
witnessed in their oral and literary traditions. (Fry)
ENGL 464 (166) AFRO-AMERICAN FOLKLORE AND CUL-
TURE. (3)
An examination of the culture of the Negro in the United
States in terms of history (antebellum to the present)
and social changes (rural to urban) Exploration of
aspects of Negro culture and history via oral and literary
traditions and life histories. (Fry)
ENGL 465 (168). URBAN FOLKLORE. (3)
Prerequisite. ENGL 460. An examination of the folklore
currently originating in white, urban, American culture.
(Birdsall)
ENGL 470. 471 (190. 191). HONORS CONFERENCE AND
READING. (1, 1)
Second semester. Prerequisite: Candidacy for honors in
English. Candidates will take ENGL 470 in their junior
year and ENGL 471 in their senior year.
ENGL 472 (195). INDEPENDENT RESEARCH IN ENGLISH
(1-3)
This course is designed to provide qualified majors in
English an opportunity to pursue specific English read-
ings under the supervision of a member of the depart-
ment. Restricted to undergraduates.
ENGL 473 (199). SENIOR PRO-SEMINAR IN LITERATURE.
(3)
Open only to seniors. First semester. Required of candi-
dates for honors and strongly recommended to those
who plan to do graduate work. Individual reading as-
signments; term paper.
ENGL 479 (179). SELECTED TOPICS IN ENGLISH AND
AMERICAN LITERATURE. (3)
ENGL 481 (008). INTRODUCTION TO ENGLISH GRAM-
MAR. (3)
A brief review of traditional English grammar and an in-
troduction to structural grammar, including phonology,
morphology and syntax. (James)
ENGL 482 (101). HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE
(3) (Birdsall. James)
ENGL 483 (107). AMERICAN ENGLISH. (3) (Miller)
ENGL 484 (108). ADVANCED ENGLISH GRAMMAR (3)
Credit may not be granted in both ENGL 484 and LING
402. (James)
ENGL 485 (161) ADVANCED ENGLISH STRUCTURE. (3)
(Miller)
ENGL 486 (102). OLD ENGLISH. (3) (Rutherford)
ENGL 493 (160). ADVANCED EXPOSITORY WRITING. (3)
(Beauchamp. Herman. Walt. Trousdale. Stevenson)
ENGL 498 (170). CREATIVE WRITING. (3)
(Salamanca. Van Egmond, Fleming Jellema. Holton)
ENGL 499 (171) ADVANCED CREATIVE WRITING (3)
(Fleming, Salamanca)
ENTOMOLOGY
ENTM 100 (005) INSECTS. (3)
A survey of the major groups of insects, their natural
history, and their relationships with man and his en-
vironment. (Messersmith)
ENTM 111 (004). BEEKEEPING. (2)
First semester. A study of Ihe life history, behavior and
seasonal activities of the honeybee, its place in pollina-
tion of flowers with emphasis on plants of economic im-
portance and bee lore in literature. (Caron)
214 / Course Offerings
ENTM 200 (015). INTRODUCTORY ENTOMOLOGY. (3)
Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory period a week.
Prerequisite: One semester ol college zoology. The posi-
tion o( insects in the animal kingdom, their gross
structure, classification into orders and principal families
and the general economic status of insects. A collection
of common insects is required. (Messersmith)
ENTM 252 (020). AGRICULTURAL INSECT PESTS. (3)
Second semester. 2 lectures and one 2-hour laboratory
period a week. Prerequisite: BOTN 100 or ZOOL 101. An
introduction to the principal insect pests of fruit, vege-
table, forage, and ornamental crops, with special refer-
ence to Maryland agriculture. Not open to entomology
majors. (Harrison)
ENTM (351) New. INTRODUCTION TO INSECT
POPULATION MANAGEMENT. (3)
First semester. Three lecture periods a week. An intro-
duction to the theory and practice of management of in-
sect populations. The course explores the development
of all populations beneficial to man. The main theme
of the course is how man can manipulate environmental
components for the purpose of population regulation of
insects and the beneficial and harmful affects of these
manipulations. (Steinhauer)
ENTM 399 (193). SPECIAL PROBLEMS. (1-3)
Credit and prerequisites to be determined by the de-
partment. Investigations of assigned entomological prob-
lems.
ENTM 407 (121S). ENTOMOLOGY FOR SCIENCE
TEACHERS. (4)
Summer. (Not offered 1972). Four lectures and four
three-hour laboratory periods a week. This course will
include the elements of morphology, taxonomy and bi-
ology of insects using examples commonly available to
high school teachers. It will include practice in collect-
ing, preservving, rearing and experimenting with insects
insofar as time will permit. (Davidson or Messersmith)
ENTM 412 (100). ADVANCED APICULTURE. (3)
Second semester. One lecture and two three-hour lab-
oratory periods a week Prerequisite: ENTM 111. The
theory and practice of apiary management. Designed
for the student who wishes to keep bees or requires a
practical knowledge of bee management. (Caron)
ENTM 421 (120). INSECT TAXONOMY AND BIOLOGY. (4)
First semester. Two lectures and two three-hour labora-
tory periods a week. Prerequisite: ENTM 200. Introduc-
tion to the principles of systematic entomology and the
study of all orders and the important families of insects;
immature forms considered. (Davidson)
ENTM 432 (122). INSECT MORPHOLOGY. (4)
Second semester. Two lectures and two three-hour lab-
oratory periods a week. Prerequisite: ENTM 200. A basic
study of insect form, structure and organization in re-
lation to function. (Davidson)
ENTM 442 (123). INSECT PHYSIOLOGY. (4)
Second semester. Two lectures and two three-hour lab-
oratory periods a week. Prerequisites: ENTM 200, CHEM
237 or equivalent. Lectures and laboratory exercises on
the cuticle, growth, endocrines, muscles, circulation,
nerves, digestion, excretion and reproduction in insects.
(Jones)
ENTM 451 (124). ECONOMIC ENTOMOLOGY. (4)
First semester. 2 lectures and two 2-hour laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisite: ENTM 200. The recogni-
tion, biology and control of insects injurious to fruit and
vegetable crops, field crops and stored products.
(Harrison)
ENTM 452 (107). INSECTICIDES. (2)
Second semester. Prerequisite: Consent of the depart-
ment. The development and use of contact and stomach
poisons, fumigants and other important chemicals, with
reference to their chemistry, toxic action, compatability,
and host injury. Recent research emphasized. (Menzer)
ENTM 462 (125). INSECT PATHOLOGY. (3)
Second semester. 2 lectures and one 3-hour laboratory
period per week. Prerequisite: MICB 200. Prerequisite
or concurrent: ENTM 442. or consent of the instructor
An introduction to the principal insect pathogens with
special reference to symptomology, epizootiology, and
microbial control of insect pests. (Reichelderfer)
ENTM 472 (105). MEDICAL AND VETERINARY
ENTOMOLOGY. (4)
Second semester. Three lectures and one two-hour
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite: ENTM 200 or
consent of the department. A study of the morphology,
taxonomy, biology and control of the arthropod parasites
and disease vectors of man and animals. The ecology
and behavior of vectors in relation to disease transmis-
sion will be emphasized. (Messersmith)
ENTM 498 (199). SEMINAR, (1. 1)
Prerequisite: Senior standing. Presentation of original
work, reviews and abstracts of literature.
FOOD SCIENCE
FDSC 111 (001). INTRODUCTION TO FOOD SCIENCE. (3)
Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory per
week. An introductory course to orient the student in
the broad field of food science. Includes a historical
and economic survey of the major food industries, com-
position and nutritive value, quality aspects, spoilage,
preservation, sanitation, standards and regulation of
foods. (Mattick)
FDSC 398 (199). SEMINAR. (1)
Second semester. Presentation and discussion of cur-
rent literature and research in food science.
FDSC 399 (198). SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN FOOD
SCIENCE. (1-3) (4 cr. max.)
Prerequisite: Approval of staff. Designed for advanced
undergraduates in which specific problems in food sci-
ence will be assigned.
FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES
FDSC 412 (102). PRINCIPLES OF FOOD PROCESSING I.
(3)
Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory per
week. A study of the basic methods by which foods are
preserved (unit operations). Effect of raw product quali-
ty and the various types of processes on yield and quali-
ty of the preserved products. (Wiley)
FDSC 413 (103). PRINCIPLES OF FOOD PROCESSING II.
(3)
First semester. Three lectures per week. A detailed
study of food processing with emphasis on line and
staff operations, including physical 'facilities, utilities,
pre- and post-processing operations, processing line
development and sanitation. (Mattick)
FDSC 421 (111). FOOD CHEMISTRY. (3)
First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory per
week. Prerequisite: CHEM 201, 202. The application of
basic chemical and physical concepts to the composi-
tion and properties of foods. Emphasis will be on the
relationship of processing technology to the keeping
quality, nutritional value and acceptability of foods.
(King)
FDSC 422 (131). FOOD PRODUCT RESEARCH AND
DEVELOPMENT. (3)
Second semester. Two lectures, one laboratory per week.
Prerequisite: FDSC 413, CHEM 461, or permission of
instructor. A study of the research and development
function for improvement of existing products and de-
velopment of new, economically feasible and marketable
food products. Application of chemical-physical charac-
teristics of ingredients to produce optimum quality pro-
ducts, cost reduction, consumer evaluation, equipment
and package development. (Mattick)
Course Offerings / 215
FDSC 430 (NEW). FOOD MICROBIOLOGY. (3)
Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory per
week. Microorganisms of major importance to the food
industry are studied with emphasis on their isolation,
identification, bio-processing of foods, and public health
significance. The presence of these organisms in foods
is examined considering ecological and physiological
factors. (Westhoff)
FDSC 431 (113). STATISTICAL QUALITY CONTROL. (3)
First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory per
week. Prerequisite: AGRI 401. Statistical methods for ac-
ceptance, sampling of supplies and raw materials, in-
plant and finished product inspection, water, fuel, and
waste control, production, transportation, inventory and
budget controls. (Kramer)
FDSC 432 (112). ANALYTICAL QUALITY CONTROL. (3)
Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory per
week. Prerequisite: CHEM 201, 202. Instrumental and
sensory measurement of food quality attributes includ-
ing appearance, rheological. flavor, and microbiological
evaluations, and their integration into grades and stand-
ards of quality. (Kramer)
FDSC 442 (156). HORTICULTURAL PRODUCTS
PROCESSING. (3)
Second semester, alternate years. Two lectures and
one laboratory per week. Commercial methods of can-
ning, freezing, dehydrating, fermenting, and chemical
preservation of fruit and vegetable crops. (Wiley)
FDSC 451 (182) DAIRY PRODUCTS PROCESSING. (3)
First semester, alternate years. Two lectures and one
laboratory per week. Method of production of fluid milk,
butter, cheese, condensed and evaporated milk and milk
products and ice cream. (Mattick)
FDSC 461 (160). TECHNOLOGY OF MARKET EGGS
AND POULTRY. (3)
First semester, alternate years. Two lectures and one
laboratory per week. A study of the technological factors
concerned with the processing, storage, and marketing
of eggs and poultry and the factors affecting their quali-
ty. (Heath)
FDSC 471 (125). MEAT AND MEAT PROCESSING. (3)
First semester, alternate years. Two lectures and one
laboratory per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 461 or permis-
sion of instructor. Physical and chemical characteristics
of meat and meat products, meat processing, methods
of testing and product development. (Sulzbacher)
FDSC 482 (175). SEAFOOD PRODUCTS PROCESSING. (3)
Second semester, alernate years. Two lectures and one
laboratory a week. Prerequisite: CHEM 461 or permis-
sion of instructor. The principal preservation methods
for comercial seafood products with particular reference
to the invertebrates. Chemical and microbiological
aspects of processing are emphasized.
Mechanics of Food Processing, see Agricultural Engineer-
ing, AGEN 313.
Experimental Food Science, see Food and Nutrition,
FOOD 450.
Microbial Fermentations, see Microbiology. MICB 490.
FAMILY AND COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT
FMCD 105 (005). INTRODUCTION TO FAMILY LIVING. (3)
Interrelations of the individual and his family through the
various stages of the family life cycle: underlying princi-
ples of guidance of children as applied to home situa-
tions.
FMCD 250 (050). DECISION MAKING IN FAMILY LIVING.
(3)
Decision making in relation to family values, philoso-
phies, goals, and resources, and general socio-economic
conditions.
FMCD 260 (060). FAMILY RELATIONS. (3)
Prerequisites: PSYC 100 or SOCY 100. Study of inter-
personal relationships within the family as they are af-
fected by psycho-social influences.
FMCD 270 (180). PROFESSIONAL SEMINAR. (2)
Survey of professional opportunities, responsibilities and
trends in each departmental area of emphasis. Concen-
tration will be on the development of personal qualities
and professional ethics essential for effective occupa-
tional performance.
FMCD 280 (080). HOUSEHOLD EQUIPMENT AND SPACE
UTILIZATION. (4)
Two lectures, two laboratory sessions. Study of house-
hold equipment and space utilization as they affeci family
members in task performance. Emphasis is on the con-
sumer's viewpoint, supported by laws of the physical
sciences.
FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES
FMCD 330 (130). FAMILY PATTERNS. (3)
Prerequisites: FMCD 260 and PSYC 100. A study of fam-
ily patterns within the sub-cultures of America and var-
ious other cultures. Emphasis will be given to those pat-
terns and life styles which evolve as adaptations to
cultural demands.
FMCD 332 (132). THE CHILD IN THE FAMILY. (3)
Three lectures. Prerequisite: PSYC 100 or SOCY 100.
Study of the child from prenatal stage through adolesc-
ence, with emphasis on responsibility for guidance in
the home. Biological and psychological needs as they
affect the child's relationship with his family and peers.
FMCD 341 (141). PERSONAL AND FAMILY FINANCE. (3)
Study of individual and family finances with particular
emphasis upon financial planning, savings, insurance,
investments, income taxes, and use of credit.
FMCD 344 (144). RESIDENT EXPERIENCE IN HOME
MANAGEMENT. (3)
Four to nine weeks. Prerequisite: FMCD 250. Group liv-
ing and management experience providing opportunity
to examine decision patterns, participate in group decis-
ion making and analyze value systems and resource
utilization which differ from the student's own. (Each
student pays $60 (at rate of $10 per week) which is used
for food and supplies. The University Housing Office bills
non-dormitory students for room rent at the rate of $5
per week.)
FMCD 345 (145). PRACTICUM WITH FAMILIES.
CHILDREN OR HOME MANAGEMENT. (3)
A. Families
B. Children and Youth
C. Management and Consumer Studies
A planned, supervised experience in which the student
is a participant observer in a community program serv-
ing families. Monthly seminars are held.
D. Applied Home Management
An alternate for FMCD 344. it provides an opportunity
for the student who is currently managing her own home
to meet objectives similar to those stated for FMCD 344
FMCD 370 (170). COMMUNICATION SKILLS AND
TECHNIQUES IN HOME ECONOMICS. (3)
Principles and techniques for professional demonstra-
tion and presentation of home economics and its related
areas with selected experience in television, radio, cre-
ative writing, and photography.
FMCD 431 (131). FAMILY CRISES AND DISINTEGRATION.
(3)
Prerequisite: PSYC 100. A study of significant changes
within the family setting which ultimately require major
adjustments in inter-personal and intra-personal rela-
tions.
FMCD 443 (143). CONSUMER PROBLEMS. (3)
Consumer practices of American families Merchandising
practices as they affect the consumer. Organizations
and laws in the interest of the consumer.
216 / Course Offerings
FMCD 446 (146). LIVING EXPERIENCES WITH
FAMILIES. (3-6)
A. Domestic Intercultural
B. International Intercultural
Prerequisites: FMCD 280, ANTH 101; FMCD 250; option-
al, language competence. An individual experience in
living with families of a sub-culture within the U.S. or
with families of another country, participating in family
and community activities. A foreign student may partici-
pate and live with an American family.
FMCD 485 (185). INTRODUCTION TO FAMILY
COUNSELING. (3)
Prerequisites: PSYC 100 and 235; FMCD 105 and 330.
Basic principles of counseling and its effect on family
action.
FMCD 487 (188). LEGAL ASPECTS OF FAMILY
PROBLEMS. (3)
Laws and legal involvement that directly affect specific
aspects of the family: adoption, marriage, estate plan-
ning, property rights, wills, etc. Emphasis will be given
to the involvement of a professional lawyer; principles
and interpretation of the law.
FMCD 499 (190). SPECIAL TOPICS. (1-3)
A. Family Studies
B. Community Studies
C. Management and Consumer Studies
FOREIGN LANGUAGE— ENGLISH FOR
FOREIGN STUDENTS
FOLA 001. 002. ENGLISH FOR FOREIGN STUDENTS. (3,3)*
An introduction to English usage, adapted to the needs
of the non-English-speaking student. Pronunciation, spel-
ling, syntax, the difference between English and various
other languages are stressed. (Bridgers)
"For billing purposes only.
FOOD
FOOD 105 (FDNT 050). PROFESSIONAL ORIENTATION. (1)
First semester. A series of lectures introducing the
student to the broad field of careers in food, nutrition,
dietetics, and institution administration. Includes trends,
role of related sciences, educational and personal re-
quirements, ethics, and opportunities in each profes-
sional area.
FOOD 110 (FDNT 005). FOOD AND NUTRITION OF
INDIVIDUALS AND FAMILIES. (3)
Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory period a week.
A study of food in contemporary living. The economic,
social and esthetic implications of food as well as its
nutritive value. Selection and use of food in relation to
eating habits, health and well-being of the individual.
Survey of meal preparation and service applied to family
situations.
FOOD 200 (010). SCIENTIFIC PRINCIPLES OF FOOD. (3)
Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory period a week.
Prerequisites: FOOD 110 or NUTR 100, and CHEM 103
or concurrent registration. Study of basic scientific
principles as applied to food preparation processes. For
nondepartmental majors.
FOOD 240. 250 (052, 053). SCIENCE OF FOOD
PREPARATION. (3, 3)
One lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods a week.
Prerequisites: FOOD 110. CHEM 104 or concurrent reg-
istration. Composition and structure of food with study
of the fundamental principles involved in food prepara-
tion. Especially designed for departmental majors.
FOOD 260 (060). MEAL MANAGEMENT. (3)
Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory a week. Pre-
requisites: FOOD 200 or 240. Retail selection of food
commodities in relation to levels of spending; manage-
ment of family meals through organization of available
resources.
FOOD 300 (170). ECONOMICS OF FOOD
CONSUMPTION. (3)
Prerequisites: Economics and consent of the instructor:
Interrelations of food, population and economic progress;
trends in food-consumption patterns; world and local
food problems.
FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES
FOOD 440 (152). ADVANCED FOOD SCIENCE. (3)
First semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequisites:
FOOD 240, 250, CHEM 461 or concurrent registration.
Chemical and physical properties of food as related to
consumer use in the home and institutions.
FOOD 445 (New). ADVANCED FOOD SCIENCE LAB. (1)
First semester. One three hour laboratory per week. Pre-
requisite: CHEM 201 and consent of instructor. Chemi-
cal determination of selected components in animal and
plant foods.
FOOD 450 (153). EXPERIMENTAL FOOD SCIENCE. (3)
Second semester. One lecture, two laboratories per week.
Prerequisite: FOOD 440 or equivalent. Individual and
group laboratory experimentation as an introduction to
methods of food research.
FOOD 480 (180). FOOD ADDITIVES. (3)
Alternate years. Prerequisite: FOOD 440 or equivalent.
Effects of intentional and incidental additives on food
quality, nutritive value and safety. FDA approved addi-
tives, GRAS substances, pesticide residues, mycotoxins,
antibiotics, and hormones will be reviewed.
FOOD 490 (130). SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN FOODS. (2-3)
Prerequisite: FOOD 440 and consent of instructor. In-
dividual selected problems in the area of food science.
FRENCH
FREN 001 (000). ELEMENTARY FRENCH FOR GRADUATE
STUDENTS. (3) (Audit)
Intensive elementary course in the French language de-
signed particularly for graduate students who wish to
acquire a reading knowledge. (Hall)
'For billing purposes only.
FREN 101 (New). ELEMENTARY FRENCH. (4)
Introduction to basic structures and pronunciation. Four
recitations per week plus one voluntary, recommended
laboratory hour. (Tubbs)
FREN 102 (New). ELEMENTARY FRENCH. (4)
Completion of basic structures with emphasis on read-
ing and speaking skills. Four recitations per week plus
one voluntary, recommended laboratory hour. (Tubbs)
FREN 102H (New). ELEMENTARY FRENCH HONORS. (4)
Limited to students recommended by their 101 instructor.
An accelerated course of study with completion of basic
structures. Emphasis on reading as well as oral and
written expression. Five recitations per week plus one
voluntary, recommended hour of live drill. Fulfills the
language requirement.
FREN 103 (New). REVIEW OF ELEMENTARY FRENCH. (4)
Limited to students who have had at least two years of
high school French (or equivalent) or who do not qual-
ify for FREN 104. Four recitations per week plus one
hour of voluntary, recommended laboratory. (Tubbs)
FREN 104 (New). INTERMEDIATE FRENCH. (4)
Grammar review with extended reading, discussion, and
composition. Four recitations per week plus one volun-
tary hour. Fulfills the language requirement. (Hall)
FREN 104H (New). INTERMEDIATE FRENCH HONORS. (4)
Limited to students recommended by their instructor of
FREN 102. 102H, or 103. Grammar review with extensive
reading, discussion, and composition. Five recitations
per week plus one voluntary, recommended live drill.
FREN 114, 115 (006, 007). INTERMEDIATE FRENCH. (3. 3)
Three recitations per week. Given as intensive course in
summer session. Prerequisite: FREN 112 or equivalent or
Course Offerings / 217
FREN 113. Study of linguistic structure, further develop-
ment of audio-lingual and writing ability, and reading
of literary texts with discussion in French. (Hall)
FREN 201 (New). REVIEW GRAMMAR AND COMPOSITION
(3)
Prerequisite: FREN 115, or course chairman s consent.
An intensive review of major aspects of contemporary
grammatical usage; training in comprehension; an in-
troduction to guided composition. (Lloyd-Jones)
FREN 211 (New). PHONETICS AND SPOKEN FRENCH. (3)
Prerequisite: FREN 115, or course chairman's consent.
Not open to native speakers of French. Introduction to
the French phonetic system, with practice in the spoken
language; International Phonetic Alphabet; intonation.
(Barrabini)
FREN 221 (New). READINGS IN MODERN LITERATURE. (3)
Prerequisite: FREN 115, or course chairman's consent.
An introduction to French literature from the mid-nine-
teenth century to the present day, through the critical
analysis of complete texts representative of their genre.
Discussion and examinations in English. (Tarica)
FREN 221H (New). READINGS IN MODERN LITERATURE
(HONORS). (3)
Prerequisite: FREN 115, or course chairman's consent.
An introduction to French literature from the mid-nine-
teenth century to the present day. through the critical
analysis of complete texts representative of their genre.
Discussion and examinations in French.
FREN 301 (New). COMPOSITION AND STYLE. (3)
Prerequisite: FREN 201, or course chairman's consent.
An introduction to the techniques of the dissertation
generate; grammatical analysis; free composition.
(Lloyd-Jones)
FREN 302 (New). ADVANCED COMPOSITION AND STYLE.
(3)
Prerequisite: FREN 301, or course chairman's consent.
Training in the art of translation; dissertation generate;
analysis of the role of language in literature.
(Lloyd-Jones)
FREN 311 (New). INTERMEDIATE SPOKEN FRENCH. (3)
Prerequisite: FREN 211, or course chairman's consent.
Not open to native speakers of French. Vocabulary de-
velopment to the level of the contemporary French
press; practical phonetics and intonation practice.
(Barrabini)
FREN 312 (New). ADVANCED SPOKEN FRENCH. (3)
Prerequisite: FREN 311, or course chairman's consent.
Not open to native speakers of French. Advanced con-
versation on multiple aspects of contemporary French
culture; further practical phonetics and intonation prac-
tice. (Barrabini)
FREN 321 (New). READINGS IN ENLIGHTENMENT AND
ROMANTIC LITERATURE. (3)
Prerequisite: FREN 221, or course chairman's consent.
An introduction to French literature from the early
eighteenth to the mid-nineteenth centuries, through the
critical analysis of complete texts representative of their
genre. Discussion and examinations in English. (Fink)
FREN 321H (New). READINGS IN ENLIGHTENMENT AND
ROMANTIC LITERATURE (Honors). (3)
Prerequisite: FREN 221, or course chairman's consent.
An introduction to French literature from the early
eighteenth to the mid-nineteenth centuries, through the
critical analysis of complete texts representative of their
genre. Discussion and examinations in French.
FREN 322 (New). READINGS IN RENAISSANCE AND
CLASSICAL LITERATURE (3)
Prerequisite: FREN 321, or course chairman's consent.
An introduction to French literature from the mid-six-
teenth to the late seventeenth centuries, through the
critical analysis of complete texts representative of
their genre. Discussion and examinations in English.
(Meijer)
FREN 322H (New). READINGS IN RENAISSANCE AND
CLASSICAL LITERATURE (Honors). (3)
Prerequisite: FREN 321, or course chairman's consent.
An introduction to French literature from the mid-six-
teenth to the late seventeenth centuries, through the
critical analysis of complete texts representative of
their genre. Discussion and examinations in French.
FREN 331, 332 (171, 172). FRENCH CIVILIZATION. (3. 3)
French life, customs, culture, traditions. The historical
development; present-day France. (Lebreton-Savigny,
Meijer)
FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES
FREN 400 (101). APPLIED LINGUISTICS. (3)
The nature of applied linguistics and its contribution to
the effective teaching of foreign languages. Comparative
study of English and French, with emphasis upon points
of divergence. Analysis, evaluation and construction of
related drills.
FREN 401 (New). INTRODUCTION TO STYLISTICS. (3)
Prerequisite: FREN 302, or course chairman's consent.
Comparative stylistic analysis; detailed grammatical
analysis; translation. (Lloyd-Jones)
FREN 405 (104). EXPLICATION DE TEXTES. (3)
Oral and written analysis of short literary works, or of
excerpts from longer works chosen for their historical,
structural, or stylistic interest, with the purpose of train-
ing the major to understand literature in depth and to
make mature esthetic evaluations of it. (Fink)
FREN 411, 412 (107, 108). INTRODUCTION TO MEDIEVAL
LITERATURE. (3, 3)
French literature from the ninth through the fifteenth
century. La chanson epique, le roman courtois, le lai; la
litterature bourgeoise, le theatre, la poesie lyrique.
(Hicks. Lloyd-Jones)
FREN 421, 422 (111. 112). FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE
SIXTEENTH CENTURY. (3, 3)
The Renaissance in France: Humanism. Rabelais, Calvin,
the Pleiade, Montaigne, Baroque poetry.
(Lloyd-Jones. Meijer)
FREN 431, 432 (115, 116). FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE
SEVENTEENTH CENTURY. (3. 3)
Descartes. Pascal, Corneille, Racine; the remaining great
classical writers, with special attention to Moliere.
(Rosenfield)
FREN 441, 442 (125. 126). FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE
EIGHTEENTH CENTURY. (3. 3)
Development of the philosophical and scientific move-
ment; Montesquieu. Voltaire. Diderot. Rousseau.
(Bingham, Fink)
FREN 451. 452 (131, 132) FRENCH LITERATURE OF THE
NINETEENTH CENTURY. (3, 3)
Drama and poetry from Romanticism to Symbolism: the
major prose writers of the same period.
(Gilbert. Lebreton-Savigny)
FREN 461 (143). STUDIES IN TWENTIETH CENTURY
LITERATURE THE EARLY YEARS. (3)
French poetry, theater and the novel during the age of
Proust and Gide. (Demaitre, Tarica)
FREN 462 (144). STUDIES IN TWENTIETH CENTURY
LITERATURE: MID-CENTURY WRITERS. (3)
Modern French poetry, theater and the novel, with
special emphasis on the literature of anxiety and Exis-
tentialism. (Demaitre. Tarica)
FREN 463 (145). STUDIES IN TWENTIETH CENTURY
LITERATURE: THE CONTEMPORARY SCENE (3)
French writers and literary movements since about 1950,
with special emphasis on new forms of the novel and
theater. (Demaitre. Tarica)
FREN 478 (New). THEMES AND MOVEMENTS OF FRENCH
LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION (3)
Studies treatments of thematic problems or of literary
or historical movements in French literature. Topic to be
determined each semester. Given in English.
218 / Course Offerings
FREN 479 (New). MASTERWORKS OF FRENCH LITERA-
TURE IN TRANSLATION. (3)
Treats the works of one or more major French writers.
Topic to be determined each semester. Given in English.
FREN 488. 489 (181. 182). PRO-SEMINAR IN GREAT
LITERARY FIGURES. (3. 3)
Each semester a specialized study will be made of one
great French writer chosen from some representative
literary period or movement since the Middle Ages.
FREN 491H, 492H, 493H (195H, 196H, 197H). HONORS
READING COURSES. (3, 3. 3)
Supervised readings to be taken normally only by stu-
dents admitted to the Honors Program: 491H is poetry;
492H is the novel; 493H is drama.
FREN 494 H (198H). HONORS INDEPENDENT STUDY. (3)
Honors Independent Study involves guided readings
based on an Honors reading list and tested by a 6 hour
written examination. Honors 494 and 495 are required to
fulfill the departmental Honors requirement in addition
to two out of the following: 491H, 492H, 493H. Open only
to students admitted to the departmental Honors Pro-
gram.
FREN 495H (199H). HONORS THESIS RESEARCH. (3)
Honors Thesis Research involves the writing of a paper
under the direction of a professor in this department
and an oral examination. Honors 494 and 495 are re-
quired to fulfill the departmental Honors requirement
in addition to two out of the following: 491H, 492H, 493H.
Open only to students admitted to the departmental
Honors Program.
GEOGRAPHY
GEOG 100 (001). INTRODUCTION TO GEOGRAPHY. (3)
An introduction to the broad field of geography as it is
applicable to the general education student. The course
presents the basic rationale of variations in human oc-
cupancy of the earth and stresses geographic concepts
relevant to understanding world, regional and local
issues.
GEOG 201 (010). INTRODUCTORY PHYSICAL
GEOGRAPHY. (3)
Examination of the basic concepts of physical geogra-
phy including those involving landforms, climate, vege-
tation, soils, and mineral resources, and the interrela-
tions between them.
GEOG 202 (011). INTRODUCTORY CULTURAL
GEOGRAPHY. (3)
Examination of the basic concepts of human geography
such as those relating to geography of political, popula-
tion, settlement, and cultural phenomena.
GEOG 203 (015). INTRODUCTORY ECONOMIC
GEOGRAPHY. (3)
A study of physical and economic factors that underlie
production. The roles of climate, soils, and landforms;
and geographic distribution of agricultural, power and
mineral resources, and the nature and uses of carto-
graphic materials.
GEOG 300 (109). INTRODUCTION TO GEOGRAPHIC
RESEARCH AND WRITING. (3)
Development of research methods in geography includ-
ing the formulation of problem, the establishment of hy-
potheses, development of structures for testing hypoth-
eses, and practice with forms of geographic presentation.
Maps, quantitative and field methods will be used as
appropriate.
GEOG 370. 471 (151, 152). CARTOGRAPHY AND
GRAPHICS PRACTICUM. (3. 3)
One hour lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods a
week. Techniques and problems of compilation, design
and construction of various types of maps and graphs.
Relationships between map making and modern methods
of production and reproduction. Trips to representative
plants. Laboratory work directed toward cartographic
problems encountered in the making of nontopographic
maps. (Wiedel)
GEOG 372 (155). INTERPRETATION OF TOPOGRAPHIC
MAPS AND AERIAL PHOTOGRAPHS. (3)
Two hours of lecture and two hours of laboratory per
week. Interpretation of aerial photographs with emphasis
on the recognition of landforms of different types and
man-made features. Study of vegetation, soil and other
data that may be derived from aerial photographs. Types
of aerial photographs and limitations of photo interpreta-
tion. (Roswell)
GEOG 376 (New). INTRODUCTORY QUANTITATIVE
METHODS IN GEOGRAPHY. (3)
Basic principles of quantitative analysis in the context
of geographic methodology. The focus is on standard
statistical procedures used in spatial analysis rather
than on the mathematical basis of the tools. The nature
of quantitative data and a range of both descriptive and
analytical quantitative methods will be examined.
(Thompson, Brodsky)
GEOG 380 (170). LOCAL FIELD COURSE. (3)
Training in geographic field methods and techniques.
Field observation of land use in selected rural and urban
areas in eastern Maryland. One lecture per week with
Saturday and occasional weekend field trips.
GEOG 381 (171A). FIELD STUDY— PHYSICAL. (1)
GEOG 382 (171B). FIELD STUDY— RURAL. (1)
GEOG 383 (171C). FIELD STUDY— URBAN. (1)
GEOG 384 (171D). FIELD STUDY— METHODS. (1)
GEOG 385 (180). SCIENTIFIC METHODOLOGY AND
HISTORY OF GEOGRAPHY. (3)
For undergraduate and graduate majors in geography.
May be taken also by students with a minimum of nine
hours in systematic and six hours in regional geography.
A comprehensive and systematic study of the history,
nature and basic principles of geography, with special
reference to the major schools of geographic thought: a
critical evaluation of some of the important geographical
works and methods of geographic research. (Hu)
FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES
GEOG 400 (100). GEOGRAPHY OF NORTH AMERICA. (3)
An examination of the contemporary patterns of Ameri-
can and Canadian life from a regional viewpoint. Major
topics include: the significance of the physical environ-
ment, resource use, the political framework, economic
activities, demographic and socio-cultural characteris-
tics, regional identification, and regional problems.
(Mitchell, Muller, Harper)
GEOG 402 (105). GEOGRAPHY OF MARYLAND AND
ADJACENT AREAS. (3)
An analysis of the physical environment, natural re-
sources, and population in relation to agriculture, in-
dustry, transport, and trade in the state of Maryland and
adjacent areas.
GEOG 406 (127). HISTORICAL GEOGRAPHY OF NORTH
AMERICA BEFORE 1800. (3)
An analysis of the changing geography of the U.S. and
Canada from pre-Columbian times to the end of the 18th
century. Emphasis on areal variations and changes in the
settlements and economies of Indian and colonial popu-
lations. Areal specialization and the changing patterns
of agriculture, industry, trade, and transportation. Popu-
lation growth, composition and interior expansion. Re-
gionalization. (Mitchell)
GEOG 407 (128). HISTORICAL GEOGRAPHY OF NORTH
AMERICA AFTER 1800. (3)
An analysis of the changing geography of the U.S. and
Canada from 1800 to the 1920's. Emphasis on the settle-
ment expansion and socio-economic development of the
U.S., and comparisons with the Canadian experience.
Immigration, economic activities, industrialization, trans-
portation and urbanization. (Muller)
Course Offerings / 219
GEOG 410 (120). GEOGRAPHY OF EUROPE. (3)
Agricultural and industrial development of Europe and
present-day problems in relation to the physical and cul-
tural setting of the continent and its natural resources.
GEOG 411 (129). HISTORICAL GEOGRAPHY OF
EUROPE. (3)
An analysis of the changing geography of Europe at se-
lected periods from prehistoric times until the end of the
19th century, with particular emphasis on Western
Europe. Changing patterns of population, agriculture, in-
dustry, trade and transportation. Development of the na-
tion-state. Impact of overseas expansion. Agricultural
and Industrial Revolutions. (Mitchell)
GEOG 415 (122). ECONOMIC RESOURCES AND
DEVELOPMENT OF AFRICA. (3)
The natural resources of Africa in relation to agricultural
and mineral production; the various stages of economic
development and the potentialities of the future.
(Deshler)
GEOG 420 (125). GEOGRAPHY OF ASIA. (3)
Lands, climates, natural resources, and major economic
activities in Asia (except Soviet Asia). Outstanding dif-
ferences between major regions. (Hu)
GEOG 421 (130). ECONOMIC AND POLITICAL
GEOGRAPHY OF EASTERN ASIA. (3)
Study of China, Korea, Japan, the Philippines; physical
geographic setting, population, economic and political
geography. Potentialities of major regions and recent de-
velopments. (Hu)
GEOG 422 (134). CULTURAL GEOGRAPHY OF CHINA
AND JAPAN. (3)
Survey of geographical distribution and interpretation of
cultural patterns of China and Japan. Emphasis on basic
cultural institutions, outlook on life, unique characteris-
tics of various groups. Trends of cultural change and
contemporary problems. (Hu)
GEOG 423 (131). ECONOMIC AND POLITICAL
GEOGRAPHY OF SOUTHEAST ASIA. (3)
Study of the Indian subcontinent. Farther India, Indo-
nesia; physical geographic setting, population, economic
and political geography. Potentialities of various coun-
tries and regions and their role in present Asia. (Hu)
GEOG 431 (110). ECONOMIC AND CULTURAL
GEOGRAPHY OF CARIBBEAN AMERICA. (3)
An analysis of the physical framework, broad economic
and historical trends, cultural patterns, and regional di-
versification of Mexico. Central America, the West Indies.
(Chaves)
GEOG 432 (111). ECONOMIC AND CULTURAL
GEOGRAPHY OF SOUTH AMERICA. (3)
A survey of natural environment and resources, eco-
nomic development and cultural diversity of the South
American republics, with emphasis upon problems and
prospects of the countries. (Chaves)
GEOG 435 (140). GEOGRAPHY OF THE SOVIET UNION. (3)
The natural environment and its regional diversity. Geo-
graphical factors in the expansion of the Russian state.
The geography of agricultural and industrial production
in relation to available resources, transportation prob-
lems, and diversity of population. (Dando)
GEOG 437 (New). INTRODUCTION TO REGIONAL
METHODS. (3)
Inquiry into the evolution of regional methodology with
specific reference to geographic problems. Critical
analysis and evaluation of past and contemporary theor-
ies and a thorough examination of alternate regional
methodologies. Application of quantitative and qualita-
tive techniques of regional analysis and synthesis to
traditional and modern regional geography emphasizing
principles of regionalization.
GEOG 440 (118). GEOMORPHOLOGY. (3)
Study of major morphological processes, the develop-
ment of land forms and the relationships between vari-
ous types of land forms and land use problems. Ex-
amination of the physical features of the earth's surface
and their geographic distributions. (Ahnert)
GEOG 441 (146). REGIONAL GEOMORPHOLOGY. (3)
Regional and comparative morphology, with special em-
phasis upon Anglo-America. (Ahnert)
GEOG 445 (119). CLIMATOLOGY. (3)
The geographic aspects of climate with emphasis on
energy-moisture budgets, steady-state and non-steady
state climatology, and climatic variations at both macro
and micro-scales. (Dando)
GEOG 446 (145). SYSTEMATIC AND REGIONAL
CLIMATOLOGY. (3)
Prerequisite; GEOG 445. or permission of instructor.
Methodology and techniques of collecting and evaluating
climatological information. A critical examination of cli-
matic classifications. Distribution of world climates and
their geographical implications. (Lewis)
GEOG 450 (126). CULTURAL GEOGRAPHY. (3)
Prerequisite; GEOG 201. GEOG 202, or consent of in-
structor. An analysis of the impact of man through his
ideas and technology on the evolution of geographic
landscapes. Major themes in the relationships between
cultures and environments. (Fonaroff)
GEOG 451 (190) POLITICAL GEOGRAPHY. (3)
Geographical factors in national power and international
relations; an analysis of the role of "geopolitics" and
"geostrategy," with special reference to the current
world scene. (Rosenthal, Chaves)
GEOG 452 (191). POPULATION GEOGRAPHY. (3)
Prerequisite: GEOG 201 or 203, or permission of the in-
structor. An analysis of world population distribution
patterns as revealed by demographic data. Emphasis is
placed upon a comparison of population density, growth,
composition, and migration with natural resources and
state of technological advancement. Case studies from
the geographical literature will be used. (Fonaroff)
GEOG 455 (197). URBAN GEOGRAPHY. (3)
Origins of cities, followed by a study of elements of site
and location with reference to cities. The patterns and
functions of some major world cities will be analyzed.
Theories of land use differentiation within cities will be
appraised. (Brodsky and Groves)
GEOG 459 (New). PROSEMINAR IN URBAN GEOGRAPHY.
(3)
A problems-oriented course for students with a back-
ground in urban geography using a discussion lecture
format. It will focus on a particular sub-field within urban
geography each time it is taught, taking advantage of
the special interests of the instructor.
GEOG 460 (160). ADVANCED ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY I.
AGRICULTURAL RESOURCES. (3)
Prerequisite: GEOG 201 or GEOG 203. The nature of agri-
cultural resources, the major types of agricultural ex-
ploitation in the world and the geographic distribution
of certain major crops and animals in relation to physical
environment and economic geographic conditions. Main
problems of conservation. (Deshler)
GEOG 461 (161). ADVANCED ECONOMIC GEOGRAPHY II.
MINERAL RESOURCES. (3)
Prerequisite: GEOG 201 or GEOG 203 The nature and
geographic distribution of the principal power, metallic
and other minerals. Economic geographic aspects of
modes of exploitation. Consequences of geographic dis-
tribution and problems of conservation.
GEOG 462 (163). WATER RESOURCES AND WATER
RESOURCE PLANNING. (3)
Prerequisite: GEOG 201 or 203. or permission of instruc-
tor. Water as a component of the human environment. A
systematic examination of various aspects of water, in-
cluding problems of domestic and industrial water sup-
ply, irrigation, hydroelectric power, fisheries, navigation,
flood damage reduction and recreation.
220 / Course Offerings
GEOG 465 (195). GEOGRAPHY OF TRANSPORTATION. (3)
The distribution of transport routes on the earth's sur-
face, patterns of transport routes, the adjustment of
transport routes and media to conditions of the natural
environment centers and their distribution. (Thompson)
GEOG 466 (196). INDUSTRIAL LOCALIZATION. (3)
Factors and trends in the geographic distribution of the
manufacturing industries of the world, analyzed with
reference to theories of industrial location. (Groves)
GEOG 470 (150). HISTORY AND THEORY OF
CARTOGRAPHY. (3)
The development of maps throughout history. Geograph-
ical orientation, coordinates and map scales. Map pro-
jections, their nature, use and limitations. Principles of
representation of features on physical and cultural maps.
Modern uses of maps and relationships between charac-
teristics of maps and use types.
GEOG 472 (153. PROBLEMS OF CARTOGRAPHIC
REPRESENTATION AND PROCEDURE. (3)
Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory a week.
Study of cartographic compilation methods. Principles
and problems of symbolization, classification and repre-
sentation of map data. Problems of representation of
features at different scales and for different purposes.
Place-name selection and lettering, stick-up and map
composition.
GEOG 473 (154). PROBLEMS OF MAP EVALUATION. (3)
Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory a week.
Schools of topographic concepts and practices. Theoret-
ical and practical means of determining map reliability,
map utility, and source materials. Nature, status and
problems of topographic mapping in different parts of
the world. Nontopographic special use maps. Criteria of
usefulness for purposes concerned and of reliability.
(Wiedel)
GEOG 490 (103). GEOGRAPHIC CONCEPTS AND
SOURCE MATERIALS. (3)
A comprehensive and systematic survey of geographic
concepts designed exclusively for teachers. Stress will
be placed upon the philosophy of geography in relation
to the social and physical sciences, the use of the pri-
mary tools of geography, source materials, and the prob-
lems of presenting geographic principles. (Cirrincione)
GEOG 498 (198). TOPICAL INVESTIGATIONS. (1-3)
Independent study under individual guidance. Restricted
to advanced undergraduate students with credit for at
least 24 hours in geography and to graduate students.
Any exception should have the approval of the chairman
of the department.
GEOG 499 (199). UNDERGRADUATE RESEARCH. (3)
Directed regional or systematic study involving several
subfields of geography, including cartographic presenta-
tion, and usually requiring field work, and leading to an
undergraduate thesis.
GEOLOGY
GEOL 100 (001). INTRODUCTORY PHYSICAL GEOLOGY.
(3)
A study dealing primarily with the principles of dynami-
cal and structural geology. Designed to give a general
survey of the rocks and minerals composing the earth;
the movement within it; and its surface features and the
agents that form them.
GEOL 102 (002). HISTORICAL AND STRATIGRAPHIC
GEOLOGY. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite: GEOL 100. A study of
the earth's history as revealed through the principles
of stratigraphy and the processes of physical geology,
with emphasis on the formations and the geologic de-
velopment of the North American continent. (Stifel)
GEOL 110 (004). PHYSICAL GEOLOGY LABORATORY. (1)
One laboratory a week. May be taken concurrently with
or after successful completion of GEOL 100. The basic
materials and tools of physical geology stressing fa-
miliarization with rocks and minterals and the use of
maps in geologic interpretations.
GEOL 112 (005). HISTORICAL GEOLOGY LABORATORY.
d)
Second semester. One laboratory a week. Concurrent
registration in GEOL 102 or consent of instructor is re-
quired. The use of geologic maps and fossils in the
study of the physical and biological evolution of the
earth. (Stifel)
GEOL 399 (194). RESEARCH PROBLEMS IN GEOLOGY. (1)
Open only to geology majors in their final year. The stu-
dent will select and investigate with departmental assist-
ance a specific library, laboratory or field study. A writ-
ten and oral presentation of the study will determine sat-
isfactory completion of the course.
FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES
GEOL 421 (120). CRYSTALLOGRAPHY. (3)
First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory a week.
Prerequisite: MATH 115 or consent of instructor. An
introduction to the study of crystals. Stresses the theo-
retical and practical relationships between the internal
and external properties of crystalline solids. Encompas-
ses morphological, optical and chemical crystallography.
(Siegrist)
GEOL 422 (121). MINERALOGY. (3)
Second semester. One lecture and two laboratories a
week. Prerequisite: GEOL 110 and 421 or consent of
instructor. Basic elementary mineralogy with emphasis
on description, identification, formation, concurrence and
economic significance of approximately 150 minerals.
(Siegrist)
GEOL 423 (122). OPTICAL MINERALOGY. (3)
First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1972-73) One
lecture and two laboratoies a week. Prerequisite: GEOL
422 or consent of instructor. The optical behavior of
crystals with emphasis on the theory and application
of the petrographic microscope. (Weidner)
GEOL 431 (130). INVERTEBRATE PALEONTOLOGY. (3)
First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory a week.
Prerequisite: GEOL 102 or consent of instructor. ZOOL
102 or equivalent recommended. A systematic review of
the morphology, classification, ecology, and geologic
ranges of selected invertebrate groups represented in
the fossil record. (Stifel)
GEOL 432 (131). STRATIGRAPHIC PALEONTOLOGY. (3)
Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1973-74) Two
lectures and one laboratory a week. Prerequisite: GEOL
431. Principles of biostratigraphy. paleoecology and
paleogeography. Laboratory study emphasizes signifi-
cant index fossils. (Stifel)
GEOL 434 (134). MICROPALEONTOLOGY. (3)
Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1972-73) Two
lectures and one laboratory a week. Prerequisite: GEOL
431 or consent of instructor. A systematic review of the
morphology, classification, ecology and geologic ranges
of important microfossil groups, particularly ostracodes
and foraminifera. (Stifel)
GEOL 441 (140). STRUCTURAL GEOLOGY. (3)
First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory a week.
Prerequisite: GEOL 110 or consent of instructor. A study
of the cause and nature of the physical stresses and
resulting deformational responses in the earth. Labora-
tory exercises include crustal model studies and stereo-
graphic analysis of deformational structures. (Segovia)
GEOL 442 (141). SEDIMENTATION. (3)
Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1972-73) Two
lectures and one laboratory a week. Prerequisite: GEOL
110 or consent of instructor. A study of the critical vari-
ables in sedimentation systems; origin, dispersion, ac-
cumulation, and properties of sediments and sedimen-
tary rocks. Laboratories will include the measurement
and statistical analysis of sediment properties and study
of sedimentation rates.
Course Offerings / 221
GEOL. 443 (142). IGNEOUS AND METAMORPHIC
PETROLOGY. (2)
Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1973-74) Two
laboratories a week. Prerequisite: GEOL 422 or consent
of instructor. A detailed study of igneous and metamor-
phic rocks: petrogenesis: distributions: chemical and
mineralogical relations; macroscopic descriptions and
geologic significance. (Weidner)
GEOL 444 (143). PETROGRAPHY. (3)
Second semester. One lecture and two laboratories a
week. Prerequisites: GEOL 423, 442, or consent of in-
structor. Microscopic thin-section studies of rocks stress-
ing the description and classification of igneous, meta-
morphic and sedimentary rocks. (Weidner)
GEOL 445 (145). PRINCIPLES OF GEOCHEMISTRY. (3)
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: CHEM 103 or
equivalent and senior standing. A survey of historical
and modern theories of the origin of elements and their
distributions in space, on extra-terrestrial bodies and on
Earth. Discussion of the origin of igneous rocks, of the
physical and chemical factors governing development
and distribution of sedimentary rocks of the oceans and
of the atmosphere. Organic sediments, the internal struc-
tures of Earth and the planets, the role of isotopes in
geothermometry and in the solution of other problems.
(Weidner)
GEOL 446 (147). GEOPHYSICS. (3)
Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1972-73) Two
lectures and one laboratory a week. Prerequisite: PHYS
122 or consent of instructor. An introduction to the basic
theories and principles of geophysics stressing such im-
portant applications as rock magnetism, gravity anom-
olies, crustal strain and earthquakes, and surveying.
GEOL 451 (150). GROUNDWATER GEOLOGY. (3)
First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1972-73) Pre-
requisite: GEOL 100 or consent of instructor. An intro-
duction to the basic geologic parameters associated
with the hydrologic cycle. Problems in the accumula-
tion, distribution and movement of groundwater will be
analyzed.
GEOL 452 (151). MARINE GEOLOGY. (3)
Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1972-73)
Prerequisite: GEOL 100 or consent of instructor. An in-
troduction to the essential elements of marine and es-
tuarine geology including studies of currents, tides,
waves, coastline development, shore erosion and marine
and bay sedimentation.
GEOL 453 (152). ECONOMIC GEOLOGY I— METALLIC ORE
DEPOSITS. (2)
First semester, alternate years. (Offered 1972-73) Two
laboratories a week. Prerequisite: GEOL 422 or consent
of instructor. A study of the geology of metallic ore
deposits stressing ore-forming processes, configuration
of important ore bodies, and familiarization with charac-
teristic ore mineral suites.
GEOL 454 (153). ECONOMIC GEOLOGY II— NON-
METALLIC ORE DEPOSITS. (2)
Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1972-73) Two
laboratories a week. Prerequisite: GEOL 422 or consent
of instructor. A study of the geology of non-metallic ore
deposits: nitrates, phosphates, limestone, etc., and fossil
fuels; coal oil, and natural gas.
GEOL 456 (154). ENGINEERING GEOLOGY. (3)
Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1973-74) Two
lectures and one laboratory a week. Prerequisite: GEOL
110 or consent of instructor. A study of the geological
problems associated with the location of tunnels,
bridges, dams and nuclear reactors, slope control, and
natural hazards. (Segovia)
GEOL 460 (160). EARTH SCIENCE. (3)
First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory a week.
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. An interdisciplin-
ary course designed to show how geology, meteorology,
physical geography, soil science, astronomy and ocean-
ography are interrelated in the study of the earth and
its environment in space. Recommended for science
education undergraduates and graduate students. May
not be used for credit towards geology majors. (Maccini)
GEOL 462 (162). GEOLOGICAL REMOTE SENSING. (3)
Second semester, alternate years. (Offered 1972-73) One
lecture and two laboratories a week Prerequisites:
GEOL 441 and GEOL 442, or GEOG 440, or consent of
the instructor. An introduction to geological remote sens-
ing including applications of aerial photographic inter-
pretation to problems in regional geology, engineering
geology, structural geology, and stratigraphy. Films,
filters, and criteria used in selecting imagery are also
discussed. Laboratory exercises include measurements
of geologic parameters and compilation and transference
of data to base maps. (Segovia)
GEOL 489 (197). SPECIAL TOPICS IN EARTH SCIENCE
(1-3)
Second semester. Prerequisite: GEOL 460 or equivalent.
(Maccini)
GEOL 499 (198). SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN GEOLOGY. (1-3)
Prerequisites: GEOL 102 and GEOL 110 or equivalent,
and consent of instructor. Intensive study of a special
geologic subject or technique selected after consultation
with instructor. Intended to provide training or instruc-
tion not available in other courses which will aid the stu-
dent's development in his field of major interest.
GERMAN
GERM 001 (000). ELEMENTARY GERMAN FOR GRADUATE
STUDENTS. (3)- (AUDIT)
Intensive elementary course in the German language
designed particularly for graduate students who wish
to acquire a reading knowledge. (Elder)
•For billing purposes only.
GERM 101 (New). ELEMENTARY GERMAN. (4)
Introduction to basic structures and pronunciation. Four
recitations per week and one hour of drill. Normally
leads to 102. but gifted students may be recommended
for 102H.
GERM 102 (New). ELEMENTARY GERMAN. (4)
Completion of basic structures with increased emphasis
on reading and speaking skills. Normally leads to 104.
but gifted students may be recommended for 104H.
GERM 102H (New). ELEMENTARY GERMAN, HONORS
COURSE. (4)
Limited to students who have been recommended by
their 101 instructor. An accelerated course of study with
completion of basic structures. Emphasis upon reading
as well as oral and written expression Four recitations
per week and one (optional) laboratory hour. Fulfills the
language requirement with minimum grade of "B".
GERM 103 (New) REVIEW OF ELEMENTARY GERMAN. (4)
Limited to students who have had at least two years of
high school German (or the equivalent) or who do not
qualify for 104 Four recitations per week. Normally leads
to 104, but gifted students may be recommended by their
instructor for 104H.
GERM 104 (New) INTERMEDIATE LITERARY GERMAN (4)
Extensive reading, discussion, and composition. Four
recitations per week. (Completes Foreign Language re-
quirement) Leads to GERM 201 or 221.
GERM 104H (New). INTERMEDIATE LITERARY GERMAN.
HONORS COURSE. (4)
Limited to students who have been recommended by
their instructor in 102 or 102H or 103 Continued em-
phasis on reading and writing with particular attention
paid to speaking skills. Student normally continues
with 201. 221. or 321.
GERM 104S (New). SCIENTIFIC GERMAN (4)
Parallel course to 104 but with emphasis on scientific
rather than literary texts, with emphasis solely on de-
222 / Course Offerings
veloping reading skills. Fulfills the Foreign Language
requirement.
GERM 111, 112 (001. 002). ELEMENTARY GERMAN. (3, 3)
Each semester; given as intensive course in summer
session. Three recitations and one audio-lingual drill
per week. Study of linguistic structure. Extensive drill
in pronunciation and conversation. (Logan)
GERM 112H (003H). ELEMENTARY GERMAN. HONORS
COURSE. (3)
Three recitations and one audio-lingual drill per week.
Enrollment limited to specially approved candidates
from GERM 111. Students taking this course will nor-
mally continue in GERM 115.
GERM 113 (005). REVIEW OF ELEMENTARY GERMAN. (3)
Three recitations and one audio-lingual drill per week.
Limited to students who. having taken placement exami-
nation, have failed to qualify for GERM 115.
(Huebschman)
GERM 114. 115 (006, 007). INTERMEDIATE LITERARY
GERMAN. (3, 3)
Three recitations per week. Given as intensive course
in summer session. Prerequisite: GERM 112 or equi-
valent, or GERM 113, except that recommended stu-
dents may enter GERM 115 from GERM 112H. Usually
there will be an Honors section for qualified students.
(Dvorak)
GERM 115H (007H). INTERMEDIATE LITERARY GERMAN.
HONORS COURSE. (3)
GERM 115S (008) SCIENTIFIC GERMAN. (3)
Prerequisite: GERM 114. Reading of technical and sci-
entific prose. (Huebschman)
GERM 201 (012). CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION. (3)
Prerequisite: GERM 115. A practical language course
recommended for all students continuing in German.
May be taken concurrently with GERM 221. (Elder)
GERM 221 (011). INTRODUCTION TO GERMAN
LITERATURE. (3)
Prerequisite: GERM 115. Required of all students who
continue in advanced courses, with the exception of
superior students who are permitted to bypass an
introduction to German literature. May be taken con-
currently with GERM 201. (Elder)
FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES
GERM 301, 302 (071, 072). REVIEW GRAMMAR AND
COMPOSITION. (3, 3)
Prerequisite: GERM 115 or equivalent. A thorough study
of the more detailed points of German grammar with
ample practice in composition.
GERM 311, 312 (080, 081). ADVANCED
CONVERSATION. (3, 3)
Prerequisite: GERM 115 or consent of instructor. For
students who wish to develop fluency and confidence in
speaking the language. (Dobert)
GERM 321, 322 (075, 076). SURVEY OF GERMAN
LITERATURE. (3. 3)
Prerequisite: GERM 115 or equivalent. A survey of the
chief authors and movements in German literature.
(Knoche)
GERM 361 (New). GERMAN LITERATURE IN TRANS-
LATION. (3)
The development of German literary thought and lit-
erary movements in the European context from the En-
lightenment through Classicism and Romanticism to the
end of the 19th century. Emphasis on the drama and
novel in English translation. No previous German course
required. May not be counted in fulfillment of German
major requirements.
GERM 362 (New). GERMAN LITERATURE IN TRANS-
LATION. (3)
The drama and novel from the end of the 19th century
to the present in English translation. No previous Ger-
man course required. May not be counted in fulfillment
of German major requirements.
GERM 397H (199H). HONORS READING. INDEPENDENT
STUDY. (3)
Supervised reading to be taken normally only by students
admitted into the Honors Program. (Dobert, Irwin)
GERM 398H (195H, 196H, 197H). HONORS READING
COURSE. (3)
Discussion of a central theme with related investigations
by students. Conducted in German. (Dobert. Irwin)
FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES
GERM 400 (191). BIBLIOGRAPHY AND METHODS. (3)
Second semester. Especially designed for German
majors. (Jones)
GERM 401, 402 (103, 104). ADVANCED
COMPOSITION. (3, 3)
Translation from English into German, free composition,
letter writing.
GERM 421, 422 (171, 172). GERMAN CIVILIZATION (IN
GERMAN). (3, 3)
Study of the literary, educational, artistic traditions; great
men, customs, and general culture. (Elder)
GERM 423, 424 (New). GERMAN CIVILIZATION (IN
ENGLISH). (3. 3)
To be offered every second year, alternating with GERM
421, 422, German Civilization (in German). (Elder)
GERM 441, 442 (125, 126). GERMAN LITERATURE OF THE
EIGHTEENTH CENTURY. (3. 3)
The main works of Klopstock, Wieland, Lessing, Herder,
Goethe, Schiller. (Knoche)
GERM 451, 452 (131, 132). GERMAN LITERATURE OF THE
NINETEENTH CENTURY. (3, 3)
Study of the literary movements from romanticism to
naturalism. (Irwin)
GERM 461, 462 (141, 142). GERMAN LITERATURE OF THE
TWENTIETH CENTURY. (3, 3)
Prose and dramatic writings from Gerhart Hauptmann to
the present. Modern literary and philosophical move-
ments will be discussed. (Best)
GERM 468, 469 (New). PROSEMINAR: SELECTED TOPICS
IN GERMAN LITERATURE. (3, 3)
Specialized study of one great German writer or of
relevant topics of literary criticism.
GERM 471, 472 (New). INTRODUCTION TO GERMANIC
PHILOLOGY. (3, 3)
An introduction to the study of Indo-European and
Germanic philology. Lectures, reading and independent
studies.
GENERAL EDUCATION
GNED 260 (060). INTRODUCTION TO INTERDISCIPLINARY
URBAN STUDY. (3)
Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. May be used toward
the General Education requirement in social science.
Two lectures and a two-hour gaming simulation lab-
oratory a week. (Nikkei, Shanley)
GNED 279 (070). SELECTED TOPICS IN THE SOCIAL
SCIENCES. (3)
A series of student-initiated seminars in the social sci-
ences, usually interdisciplinary. Subject matter and fac-
ulty vary from semester to semester. Proposals must be
submitted in advance to the Director of the General Edu-
cation Program and approved by the Advisory Commit-
tee for General Education.
GNED 289 (080). SELECTED TOPICS IN THE
HUMANITIES. (3)
A series of student-initiated seminars in the humanities,
usually interdisciplinary. Subject matter and faculty vary
from semester to semester. Proposals must be submitted
Course Offerings / 223
in advance to the Director of the General Education Pro-
gram and approved by the Advisory Committee for Gen-
eral Education.
GNED 299 (090). SELECTED TOPICS IN THE NATURAL
SCIENCES. (3)
A series of student-initiated seminars in the natural sci-
ences, usually interdisciplinary. Subject matter and fac-
ulty vary from semester to semester. Proposals must be
submitted in advance to the Director of the General Edu-
cation Program and approved by the Advisory Commit-
tee for General Education.
GREEK
GREK 101. 102 (001. 002). ELEMENTARY GREEK. (3, 3)
A student who has had two units of Greek in high school
may register for GREK 101 for purposes of review, but
not for credit: however, he may, under certain condi-
tions, register for GREK 102 for credit with department-
al permission. (Hubbe)
GREK 203 (003). INTERMEDIATE GREEK. GRAMMAR AND
READING. (3)
Prerequisite: GREK 101, 102 or equivalent. (Hubbe)
GREK 204 (004). INTERMEDIATE GREEK (HOMER). (3)
Prerequisite: GREK 203 or equivalent. (Hubbe)
Prerequisite for 300-level courses, GREK 204 or equivalent,
except that, with the instructor's permission, a student who
plans to take no more than four semesters of Greek may
substitute GREK 352 for GREK 204.
GREK 351 (051). EURIPIDES. (3) (Hubbe)
GREK 352 (006). THE NEW TESTAMENT. (3) (Hubbe)
GREK 353 (005). HERODOTUS. (3 ) (Hubbe)
GREK 354 (054). GREEK LYRIC POETRY. (3) (Hubbe)
FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES
GREK 401 (101). THUCYDIDES. (3) (Hubbe)
GREK 402 (102). GREEK PHILOSOPHERS. (3) (Hubbe')
GREK 403 (103). GREEK TRAGEDY. (3) (Hubbe)
GREK 404 (104). GREEK COMEDY. (3) (Hubbe)
GREK 405 (105). GREEK ORATORY. (3) (Hubbe)
GREK 406 (106). GREEK EPIGRAPHY. (3) (Hubbe)
GREK 499 (199). GREEK READINGS. (3)
Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. The reading of
one or more selected Greek authors. Reports. May be
repeated with different content. (Hubbe)
GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS
GVPT 100 (003). PRINCIPLES OF GOVERNMENT AND
POLITICS. (3)
A study of the basic principles and concepts of political
science. This course may be used to satisfy, in part, the
Social Science requirement in the General Education
Program.
GVPT 170 (001). AMERICAN GOVERNMENT. (3)
This course is designed as the basic course in govern-
ment and it or its equivalent is a prerequisite to other
courses in the department as specified in the catalog.
It is a comprehensive study of government in the United
States — national, state and local.
GVPT 220 (020). INTRODUCTION TO POLITICAL
BEHAVIOR. (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 170. Development, concepts and
techniques of the behavioral approach to political
science. Comparison with traditional approaches.
GVPT 240 (040). POLITICAL IDEOLOGIES. (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 170. A survey and analysis of the
leading ideologies of the modern world, including an-
archism, communism, socialism, fascism, nationalism,
and democracy.
GVPT 260 (060). STATE AND LOCAL GOVERNMENT. (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 170. A study of the functioning and
problems of state and local government in the United
States, with illustrations from Maryland jurisdictions.
GVPT 280 (090). COMPARATIVE POLITICS AND
GOVERNMENT. (3)
An introduction to the field of comparative politics in-
cluding exposure to the analytic frameworks through
which comparative studies of politics and governmental
institutions can be undertaken and a survey of the
salient types of political systems.
GVPT 300 (101). INTERNATIONAL POLITICAL
RELATIONS. (3)
A study of the major factors underlying international re-
lations, the methods of conducting foreign relations, the
foreign policies of the major powers, and the means of
avoiding or alleviating international conflicts. This course
may be used to satisfy, in part, the Social Science re-
quirement in the General Education Program.
GVPT 375 (New). ACADEMIC FIELD RESEARCH IN
GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS. (6)
Field research is based on the data gathered by the stu-
dent during his internship assignment Students conduct
a major research project on a subject of interest to mod-
ern, theoretical political science based on a research
design approved by an acedemic adviser. The course is
open only to Government and Politics majors and in-
tended to be taken concurrently with GVPT 377. The
research conducted under GVPT 375 will be substantially
different from the project done for GVPT 376.
GVPT 376 (New). APPLIED FIELD RESEARCH IN GOV-
ERNMENT AND POLITICS. (6)
Students in this course participate as interns in an
agency of government or in some other appropriate po-
litical organization. Assignments are arranged to provide
students with insights in both theoretical and practical
aspects of politics. Under the tutelage of the host agency
and an academic adviser, students conduct a major re-
search project of mutual interest to the student and his
host agency in the field of government and politics. The
course is open only to Government and Politics majors
and must be taken concurrently with GVPT 377.
GVPT 377 (New). SEMINAR FOR ACADEMIC INTERNS (3)
This seminar stresses the application of major concepts
of political science as they apply to the realities of the
political process. Readings and discussion attempt to
relate the experiences of the academic interns to ap-
propriate literature on the subject of political decision-
making. This course is open only to Government and
Politics majors and is intended for students concurrently
enrolled in GVPT 376 and or GVPT 375 .
GVPT 388 (New). TOPICAL INVESTIGATIONS. (3)
Independent research and writing on selected topics in
Government and Politics Prerequisite of upper division
standing and consent of the instructor. This course may
be taken not more than twice for academic credit to-
wards graduation.
GVPT 390H (150H). HONORS SEMINAR IN AMERICAN
GOVERNMENT AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION. (3)
Prerequisite: Admission to Honors Program. Directed
reading, reporting and discussion on the major materials
of historical and contemporary relevance in the fields of
American government and public administration
GVPT 391H (151H). HONORS SEMINAR IN COMPARATIVE
GOVERNMENT AND INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS. (3)
Prerequisite: Admission to Honors Program Directed
reading, reporting and discussion centering on the major
materials of historical and contemporary relevance in the
fields of comparative government and international re-
lations.
GVPT 392H (152H). HONORS SEMINAR IN PUBLIC LAW
AND POLITICAL THEORY. (3)
Prerequisite: Admission to Honors Program Directed
reading, reporting and discussion centering on the major
224 / Course Offerings
materials of historical and contemporary relevance in the
fields of public law and political theory.
GVPT 393H (153H). HONORS SEMINAR IN PUBLIC
POLICY. POLITICAL BEHAVIOR AND METHODOLOGY. (3)
Prerequisite: Admission to Honors Program. Directed
reading, reporting and discussion centering on the major
materials of historical and contemporary relevance in the
fields of public policy and political behavior.
GVPT 397H (155H). HONORS RESEARCH. (3)
Prerequisite: Admission to Honors Program. Individual
and research. In his last semester each student prepares
an original research paper.
GVPT 398H (156H). CURRENT LITERATURE IN
GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS. (1)
Each student is assigned designated journals in consul-
tation with the instructor. He prepares and distributes to
his colleagues abstracts of selected articles, answers
questions on the abstracts, and reports orally, in turn, on
one or more articles of his choice.
GVPT 399 (199). SEMINAR IN GOVERNMENT AND
POLITICS. (3)
Reading, research, discussion, analysis, and writing in
the area of politics. Both substantive issues and method-
ological approaches will be considered. Primarily for
government and politics undergraduate majors. Not open
to graduate students.
FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES
GVPT 401 (154). PROBLEMS OF WORLD POLITICS. (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 170. A study of governmental prob-
lems of international scope, such as causes of war, prob-
lems of neutrality, and propaganda. Students are re-
quired to report on readings from current literature.
GVPT 402 (102). INTERNATIONAL LAW. (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 170. A study of the basic character,
general principles and specific rules of international law,
with emphasis on recent and contemporary trends in
the field and its relation to other aspects of international
affairs.
GVPT 403 (108). INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATION. (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 170. A study of the objectives, struc-
ture functions, and procedures of international organiza-
tions, including the United Nations and such functional
and regional organizations as the Organization of Ameri-
can States.
GVPT 410 (110). PRINCIPLES OF PUBLIC ADMINISTRA-
TION. (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 170. A study of public administration
in the United States giving special attention to the prin-
ciples of organization and management and to fiscal,
personnel, planning, and public relations practices.
GVPT 411 (111). PUBLIC PERSONNEL ADMINISTRATION.
(3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 410 or BSAD 360. A survey of public
personnel administration, including the development of
merit civil service, the personnel agency, classification,
recruitment, examination techniques, promotion, service
ratings, training, discipline, employee relations, and re-
tirement.
GVPT 412 (112). PUBLIC FINANCIAL ADMINISTRATION. (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 410 or ECON 450. A survey of gov-
ernmental financial procedures, including processes of
current and capital budgeting, the administration of
public borrowing, the techniques of public purchasing,
and the machinery of control through pre-audit and post-
audit.
GVPT 413 (113). GOVERNMENTAL ORGANIZATION AND
MANAGEMENT. (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 410. A study of the theories of orga-
nization and management in American government with
emphasis on new trends, experiments and reorganiza-
tions.
GVPT 414 (181). ADMINISTRATIVE LAW. (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 170. A study of the discretion exer-
cised by administrative agencies, including analysis of
their functions, their powers over persons and property,
their procedures, and judicial sanctions and controls.
GVPT 417 (185). COMPARATIVE STUDY OF PUBLIC
ADMINISTRATION. (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 280 or 410, or consent of instructor.
An introduction to the study of governmental admini-
strative systems viewed from the standpoint of compara-
tive typologies and theoretical schemes useful in cross-
national comparisons and empirical studies of the poli-
tics of the administrative process in several nations.
Both Western and Nonwestern countries are included.
GVPT 422 (122). QUANTITATIVE POLITICAL ANALYSIS. (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 220, or consent of instructor. Intro-
duction to quantitative methods of data analysis, includ-
ing selected statistical methods, bloc analysis, content
analysis, and scale construction.
GVPT 426 (178). PUBLIC OPINION. (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 170. An examination of public opin-
ion and its effect on political action, with emphasis on
opinion formation and measurement, propaganda and
pressure groups.
GVPT 427 (127). POLITICAL SOCIOLOGY. (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 220, or consent of instructor. A study
of the societal aspects of political life including selected
aspects of the sociology of group formation and group
dynamics, political association, community integration
and political behavior presented in the context of the
societal environments of political systems.
GVPT 429 (120). PROBLEMS IN POLITICAL BEHAVIOR. (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 170. The problem approach to politi-
cal behavior with emphasis on theoretical and empirical
studies on selected aspects of the political process.
GVPT 431 (131). INTRODUCTION TO CONSTITUTIONAL
LAW. (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 170. A systematic inquiry into the
general principles of the American constitutional system,
with special reference to the role of the judiciary in the
interpretation and enforcement of the federal constitu-
tion.
GVPT 432 (132). CIVIL RIGHTS AND THE CONSTITUTION.
(3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 431. A study of civil rights in the
American constitutional context, emphasizing freedom of
religion, freedom of expression, minority discrimination,
and the rights of defendants.
GVPT 433 (133). THE JUDICIAL PROCESS. (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 170. An examination of judicial orga-
nization in the United States at all levels of government,
with some emphasis on legal reasoning, legal research
and court procedures.
GVPT 434 (134). RACE RELATIONS AND PUBLIC LAW. (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 170. A political and legal examination
of the constitutionally protected rights affecting racial
minorities and of the constitutional power of the Federal
Courts, Congress, and the Executive to define, protect
and extend these rights.
GVPT 435 (New). JUDICIAL BEHAVIOR. (3)
A study of judicial decision making at the state and
national levels, drawing primarily on the more recent
quantitative and behavioral literature.
GVPT 441 (141). HISTORY OF POLITICAL THEORY:
ANCIENT AND MEDIEVAL. (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 170. A survey of the principal politi-
cal theories set forth in the works of writers before
Machlavelli.
GVPT 442 (142). HISTORY OF POLITICAL THEORY:
MODERN AND RECENT. (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 170. A survey of the principal politi-
cal theories set forth in the works of writers from
Machlavelli to J. S. Mill.
Course Offerings / 225
GVPT 443 (143). CONTEMPORARY POLITICAL THEORY. (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 441 or 442. A survey of the principal
political theories and ideologies from Karl Marx to the
present.
GVPT 444 (144). AMERICAN POLITICAL THEORY. (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 170. A study of the development and
growth of American political concepts from the colonial
period to the present.
GVPT 445 (145). RUSSIAN POLITICAL THOUGHT. (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 170. A survey and analysis of politi-
cal ideas in Russia and the Soviet Union from early
times to the present.
GVPT 448 (New). NON-WESTERN POLITICAL THOUGHT.
(3)
Examination of works my major authors and general
themes of political thought originating in Asia, the Mid-
dle East, and Africa. This is not a survey of all non-
Western political thought, but a course to be limited
by the professor with each offering. When repeated by
a student, consent of instructor is required.
GVPT 450 (189). COMPARATIVE STUDY OF FOREIGN
POLICY FORMATION. (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 280 or 300, or consent of instructor.
An introduction to the comparative study of foreign
policy formation structures and processes followed by a
survey of the domestic sources of policy for major states.
A conspectus of substantive patterns of foreign policy in
analytically salient types of systems is presented. Do-
mestic and global systemic sources of foreign policy are
compared.
GVPT 451 (109). FOREIGN POLICY OF THE U.S.S.R. (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 170. A study of the development of
the foreign policy of the Soviet Union, with attention paid
to the forces and conditions that make for continuities
and changes from Tsarist policies.
GVPT 452 (104). INTER-AMERICAN RELATIONS. (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 170. An analytical and historical
study of the Latin-American policies of the United States
and of problems in our relations with individual coun-
tries, with emphasis on recent developments.
GVPT 453 (105). RECENT FAR EASTERN POLITICS. (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 170. The background and interpreta-
tion of recent political events in the Far East and their
influence on world politics.
GVPT 454 (103). CONTEMPORARY AFRICAN POLITICS. (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 170. A survey of contemporary de-
velopment in the international politics of Africa, with
special emphasis on the role of an emerging Africa in
world affairs.
GVPT 455 (107). CONTEMPORARY MIDDLE EASTERN
POLITICS. (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 170. A survey of contemporary de-
velopment in the international politics of the Middle East,
with special emphasis on the role of emerging Middle
East nations in world affairs.
GVPT 457 (106). AMERICAN FOREIGN RELATIONS. (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 170. The principles and machinery
of the conduct of American foreign relations, with em-
phasis on the Department of State and the Foreign
Service, and an analysis of the major foreign policies of
the United States.
GVPT 460 (160). STATE AND LOCAL ADMINISTRATION. (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 170. A study of the administrative
structure, procedures and policies of state and local
governments with special emphasis on the state level
and on intergovernmental relationships, and with illus-
trations from Maryland governmental arrangements.
GVPT 461 (161). METROPOLITAN ADMINISTRATION. (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 170. An examination of administrative
problems relating to public services, planning and co-
ordination in a metropolitan environment.
GVPT 462 (162). URBAN POLITICS. (3)
Urban political process and institutions considered in
the light of changing social and economic conditions.
GVPT 473 (124). LEGISLATURES AND LEGISLATION. (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 170. A comprehensive study of legis-
lative organization procedure and problems. The course
includes opportunities for student contact with Congress
and with the Legislature of Maryland.
GVPT 474 (174). POLITICAL PARTIES. (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 170. A descriptive and analytical ex-
amination of American political parties, nominations,
elections, and political leadership.
GVPT 475 (175). THE PRESIDENCY AND THE EXECUTIVE
BRANCH. (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 170. An examination of the execu-
tive, legislative and party roles of the president in the
political process.
GVPT 479 (171). PROBLEMS OF AMERICAN PUBLIC
POLICY. (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 170. The background and interpreta-
tion of various factors which affect the formation and
execution of American public policy.
GVPT 480 (197). COMPARATIVE POLITICAL SYSTEMS. (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 280 and at least one other course in
comparative government. A study, along functional lines,
of major political institutions, such as legislatures, exec-
utives, courts, bureaucracies, public organizations, and
political parties.
GVPT 481 (191). GOVERNMENT AND ADMINISTRATION
OF THE SOVIET UNION. (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 170. A study of the adoption of the
communist philosophy by the Soviet Union, of its govern-
mental structure and of the administration of government
policy in the Soviet Union.
GVPT 482 (192). GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS OF
LATIN AMERICA. (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 170. A comparative study of the
governmental systems and political processes of the
Latin American countries, with special emphasis on Ar-
gentina, Brazil. Chile, and Mexico.
GVPT 483 (193). GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS OF
ASIA. (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 280, or GVPT 453. or HIST 261. or
HIST 262 or HIFN 442.. or HIFN 443. or HIFN 445 A
comparative study of the political systems of China.
Japan, India and other selected Asian countries.
GVPT 484 (194). GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS OF
AFRICA. (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 170. A comparative study of the gov-
ernmental systems and political processes of the African
countries, with special emphasis on the problems of na-
tion-building in emergent countries.
GVPT 485 (195). GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS OF THE
MIDDLE EAST. (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 170. A comparative study of the gov-
ernmental systems and political processes of the Middle
Eastern countries, with special emphasis on the prob-
lems of nation-building in emergent countries.
GVPT 486 (190). COMPARATIVE STUDIES IN EUROPEAN
POLITICS. (3)
Prerequisite: GVPT 280. or consent of instructor. A com-
parative study of political processes and governmental
forms in selected European countries.
HEBREW
HEBR 111. 112 (001. 002). ELEMENTARY HEBREW. (3. 3)
Three recitations per week and one drill hour. Elements
of grammar, pronunciation and conversation: exercises
in translation. (Greenberg. Goldman)
HEBR 114. 115 (006. 007). INTERMEDIATE HEBREW (3. 3)
Three recitations per week. Prerequisite HEBR 112 or
equivalent. Texts designed to give some knowledge of
Hebrew life, thought and culture (Klein)
226 / Course Offerings
HEBR 201, 301 (012. 013). CONVERSATION AND COMPO-
SITION (3. 3)
Prerequisite: HEBR 115 or equivalent. A practical lang-
uage course recommended (or all students continuing
with Hebrew. (Iwry)
HEBR 321, 322 (075, 076) SURVEY OF HEBREW LITERA-
TURE. (3. 3)
Prerequisite: HEBR 115 or equivalent. (Iwry)
HEBR 421 (101). THE HEBREW BIBLE. (3)
Reading of selected portions of the Pentateuch.
(Greenberg)
HEBR 422 (102). THE HEBREW BIBLE. (3)
Reading of selected portions of the Prophets.
(Greenberg)
HEBR 431 (103). MODERN HEBREW LITERATURE. (3)
The period of the Haskalah (Enlightenment). (Iwry)
HEBR 432 (104). MODERN HEBREW LITERATURE. (3)
The period of the Tehiah (Modern Revival). (Iwry)
HEBR 441. 442 (New). STUDIES IN CLASSICAL
HEBREW. (3, 3)
Prerequisite: HEBR 301. Linguistic peculiarities of classi-
cal Hebrew style from pre-Biblical epigraphic records to
the Dead Sea Scrolls. HEBR 441 will apply the method of
literary form criticism to poetry and songs, cultic form-
ulae, historical annals and narratives. HEBR 442 will deal
with Pentateuchal source analysis, prophetic oracles.
Biblical law in comparison with other ancient codes, wis-
dom literature, the Apocalyptic form and the Manual of
Discipline of the Dead Sea Scrolls. To be given in alter-
nate years. (Iwry)
HISTORY, FOREIGN
HIFN 401, 402 (HIST 142, 143). HISTORY OF SPAIN. (3. 3)
Political, social and economic development of Spain; the
Spanish empire: Spain's role in Europe. Some attention
will be paid to Portuguese history. First semester: 1469-
1700. Second semester: 1700-present. (Vasquez)
HIFN 403 (HIST 146). DIPLOMATIC HISTORY OF LATIN
AMERICA. (3)
A survey of the political, economic and cultural relations
of the Latin American nations with emphasis on their
relations with the United States and the development of
the inter-American system. (Wright)
HIFN 404 (HIST 148). HISTORY OF CANADA. (3)
Prerequisites: HIST 241, 242 or HIST 253, 254. A history
of Canada, with special emphasis on the nineteenth
century and upon Canadian relations with Great Britain
and the United States. (Gordon)
HIFN 405 (HIST 149). HISTORY OF BRAZIL. (3)
The history of Brazil with emphasis on the national
period. (Giffin)
HIFN 406. 407 (HIST 111. 112). HISTORY OF MEXICO AND
THE CARIBBEAN. (3, 3)
The history of Mexico. Central America and the Antilles,
beginning with the pre-Spanish Indian cultures and con-
tinuing through the Spanish colonial period and the
national period to the present day. The division point be-
tween the two courses is the year 1810, the beginning of
the Mexican wars for independence. (Warren)
HIFN 410 (HIST 153). HISTORY OF ROME. (3)
A study of Roman civilization from the earliest begin-
nings through the Republic and down to the last centu-
ries of the Empire. (Jashemski, Holum)
HIFN 411, 412 (HIST 155, 156) HISTORY OF MEDIEVAL
EUROPE. (3. 3)
A study of medieval government, society and thought
from the collapse of classical civilization to the Renais-
sance. (Robertson)
HIFN 413 (HIST 158). THE OLD REGIME AND THE
FRENCH REVOLUTION. 1748-1815. (3)
Europe in the era of the French Revolution. (Williams)
HIFN 414. 415 (HIST 159. 160) HISTORY OF EUROPEAN
IDEAS. (3, 3)
Prerequisites: HIST 241, 242 or HIST 253, 254. or the
equivalent. Beginning with a review of the basic Western
intellectual traditions as a heritage from the ancient
world, the courses will present selected important cur-
rents of thought from the scientific revolution of the six-
teenth and seventeenth centuries down to the twentieth
century. First semester, through the eighteenth century.
Second semester, nineteenth and twentieth centuries.
(Haber, Brann, Williams)
HIFN 416, 417 (HIST 161, 162). THE RENAISSANCE AND
REFORMATION. (3, 3)
Prerequisites: HIST 241, 242 or 253. or consent of in-
structor. City-states and the rise of nation-states, the
culture and thought of the Renaissance, the Reformation
and their impact into the seventeenth century.
(Schuessler, Brann)
HIFN 420. 421 (HIST 163, 164). HISTORY OF THE BRITISH
EMPIRE. (3, 3)
Prerequisites: HIST 241, 242 or HIST 253, 254. First se-
mester, the development of England's mercantilist em-
pire and its fall in the war for American Independence
(1783). Second semester, the rise of the Second British
Empire and the solution of the problem of responsible
self-government (1783-1867), the evolution of the British
Empire into a Commonwealth of Nations, and the de-
velopment and problems of the dependent Empire.
(Gordon)
HIFN 422, 423 (HIST 165, 166). CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY
OF GREAT BRITAIN. (3, 3)
Constitutional development in England, with emphasis on
the history of the royal prerogative, the growth of the
common law, the development of Parliament, and the
emergence of systematized government. First semester,
to 1485: second semester, since 1485. (Cockburn)
HIFN 424, 425 (HIST 167, 168). HISTORY OF RUSSIA. (3, 3)
A history of Russia from earliest times to 1917. (Yaney)
HIFN 426, 427 (HIST 169, 170). EUROPE IN THE NINE-
TEENTH CENTURY, 1815-1919. (3, 3)
Prerequisites: HIST 241, 242 or HIST 253, 254. A study of
the political, economic, social, and cultural development
of Europe from the Congress of Vienna to the First World
War. (Kent)
HIFN 430, 431 (HIST 171, 172). EUROPE IN THE WORLD
SETTING OF THE TWENTIETH CENTURY. (3, 3)
Prerequisites: HIST 241, 242 or HIST 253, 254. A study of
political, economic and cultural developments in twen-
tieth-century Europe with special emphasis on the factors
involved in the two World Wars and their global impacts
and significance. (Prange, Harris)
HIFN 432 (HIST 173). THE SOVIET UNION. (3)
A history of the Bolshevik Revolution and the founding
of the Soviet Union; the economic policy and foreign
policy of the U.S.S.R. to the present. (Foust)
HIFN 433 (HIST 175). MODERN FRANCE. (3)
A survey of French history from 1815 to the present. The
emphasis is upon such topics as the population problem,
the economic and social structure of French society, and
the changing political and cultural values of this society
in response to recurrent crises through the nineteenth
and twentieth centuries. (Greenberg)
HIFN 434 (HIST 176). TUDOR ENGLAND. (3)
An examination of the political, religious and social
forces in English life, 1485-1603, with special emphasis
on Tudor government, the English Reformation and the
Elizabethan era. (Breslow)
HIFN 435 (HIST 177). STUART ENGLAND. (3)
An examination of the political, religious and social
forces in English life, 1603-1714, with special emphasis
on Puritanism and the English revolutions. (Breslow)
Course Offerings / 227
HIFN 436 (HIST 178). BRITAIN IN THE EIGHTEENTH
CENTURY. (3)
Developments in Great Britain from the Revolution of
1688 to the end of the Napoleonic wars. (Cockburn)
HIFN 437 (HIST 179). MODERN BRITAIN. (3)
A survey of British history from the age of the French
Revolution to World War I with emphasis upon such sub-
jects as Britain's role in the world, the democratization of
the state, the problems arising from industrialism and
urbanism, and Irish and imperial problems. (Gordon)
HIFN 442, 443 (HIST 187, 188). HISTORY OF CHINA. (3, 3)
A history of China from earliest times to the present. The
emphasis is on the development of Chinese institutions
that have molded the life of the nation and its people.
(Folsomj
HIFN 444 (HIST 157). THE AGE OF ABSOLUTISM, 1648-
1748. (3)
Europe in the Age of Louis XIV and the Enlightened
Despots. (Williams)
HIFN 445, 446 (HIST 189, 190). HISTORY OF JAPAN. (3, 3)
First semester: Japanese civilization from the age of
Shinto mythology, introduction of continental learning,
and rule of military overlords. Second semester: renewed
contact with the western world and Japan's emergence
as a modern state. (Mayo)
HIFN 448 (HIST 197). STUDIES IN MIDDLE EASTERN
CULTURE. (3)
Systematic treatment of aspects of literature and culture
of the Middle East. May be repeated. (Stowasser)
HIFN 450, 451 (HIST 180, 181). THE MIDDLE EAST. (3, 3)
A survey of the political, cultural and institutional history
of that area. The first part covers the period up to the
middle of the tenth century. The second part covers to
the beginning of the nineteenth century. (Shoufani)
HIFN 452 (HIST 182). THE CONTEMPORARY MIDDLE
EAST. (3)
This course covers the history of the Middle East from
the time of Napoleon to the Second World War.
(Shoufani)
HIFN 454 (HIST 194). HISTORY OF THE JEWS AND THE
STATE OF ISRAEL. (3)
A survey of Jewish history from the second century
Diaspora to the present with special attention to an
analysis of Zionism, the creation of a Jewish home in
Palestine, the establishment of the state of Israel, and
modern developments.
HIFN 455 (HIST 150). HISTORY OF ARGENTINA AND THE
ANDEAN REPUBLICS. (3)
The history of the nationalist period of selected South
American countries. (Wright)
HIFN 456 (HIST 151). HISTORY OF THE ANCIENT ORIENT
AND GREECE. (3)
A survey of the ancient civilizations of Egypt, the Near
East and Greece, with particular attention to their insti-
tutions, life, and culture. (Jashemski)
HIFN 460, 461 (HIST 104, 105). SOCIAL AND CULTURAL
HISTORY OF EUROPE. (3, 3)
An exploration of social structure, life styles, rituals,
symbols, and myths of the peoples of Europe. First
semester: from earliest times to 1800. Second semester:
the modernization of European society. (Matossian)
HIFN 473 (HIST 183). A SURVEY OF AFRICAN HISTORY.
(3)
A brief survey of the history of sub-Saharan Africa from
prehistoric times to the end of the colonial era. Special
focus on neolithic civilizations, major migrations and
political and commercial developments in pre-colonial
and colonial Africa. (Perinbam)
HIFN 474 (HIST 184). A HISTORY OF WEST AFRICA. (3)
HIFN 473 is recommended though not required. A re-
gional study of the western Sudan, forest and coastal
regions from prehistoric times to the nineteenth century.
A discussion of neolithic and iron age civilizations, trans-
Saharan and other trade, introduction of Islam, medieval
Sudanese empires, forest kingdoms, nineteenth-century
empires and kingdoms, and the impact of European
penetration, (Perinbam)
HISTORY, GENERAL
HIST 217 (017). AFRO-AMERICAN HISTORY. (3)
A survey of the Negro in American history, covering the
African background, slavery, the role of the Negro in the
social, political, economic, cultural and artistic life of
the United States. Emphasis will be placed on the en-
during themes and the black experience in American
society, including contemporary problems in race re-
lations.
HIST 221 (021). HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES TO
1865. (3)
A survey of the history of the United States from colonial
times to the end of the Civil War. Emphasis on the
establishment and development of American institutions.
HIST 222 (022). HISTORY OF THE UNITED STATES SINCE
1865. (3)
A survey of economic, social, intellectual, and political
developments since the Civil War. Emphasis on the rise
of industry and the emergence of the United States as a
world power.
HIST 223 (023). SOCIAL AND CULTURAL HISTORY OF
EARLY AMERICA. (3)
A study of the social and cultural history of the United
States as a predominantly agricultural society. Examina-
tion of how the social milieu shapes the cultural de-
velopment of the nation and its institutions.
HIST 224 (024). SOCIAL AND CULTURAL HISTORY OF
MODERN AMERICA. (3)
A study of the social and cultural history of the United
States as a society in transition. Examination of the so-
cial and cultural changes that accompanied industrial
and scientific development.
HIST 225 (029). THE UNITED STATES IN WORLD AFFAIRS.
(3)
A study of the United States as an emerging world power
and the American response to changing status in world
affairs. Emphasis on the relationship between internal
and external development of the nation.
HIST 231, 232 (031, 032). LATIN-AMERICAN HISTORY. (3, 3)
A survey of the history of Latin America from colonial
origins to the present, covering political, cultural, eco-
nomic, and social development, with special emphasis
upon relations with the United States. First semester:
Colonial Latin America. Second semester: the Republics.
HIST 241. 242 (041, 042). WESTERN CIVILIZATION. (3. 3)
This course is designed to give the student an apprecia-
tion of the civilization in which he lives in its broadest
setting. The study begins with the collapse of classical
civilization and comes to the present.
HIST 251, 252 (051. 052). THE HUMANITIES. (3, 3)
In surveying history from prehistoric times to the pres-
ent, man's cultural development is emphasized. The
course is a study of the achievements of the common
cultural heritage of western civilization. It is designed as
an introductory course in history which will make a more
direct contribution to the other liberal arts fields First
semester, to the Renaissance. Second semester, since
the Renaissance. (Jashemski)
HIST 253, 254 (053. 054) HISTORY OF ENGLAND AND
GREAT BRITAIN. (3. 3)
A history of the development of British life and institu-
tions Open to all classes. Especially recommended for
English majors and minors and pre-law students. First
semester, to 1485. Second semester, since 1485.
HIST 256 (057). PRE-HONORS COLLOQUIUM IN EARLY
AMERICAN HISTORY (3)
Selected reading in early American history with em-
228 / Course Offerings
phasis on independent discussion and writing. May be
taken lor credit by students exempt from American his-
tory. Permission ot instructor required.
HIST 257 (058) PRE-HONORS COLLOQUIUM IN MODERN
AMERICAN HISTORY. (3)
Selected readings in modern American history with em-
phasis on independent study, discussion and writing.
May be taken for credit by students exempt from Ameri-
can history. Permission of instructor required.
HIST 261, 262 (061, 062). FAR EASTERN CIVILIZATION.
(3.3)
This course seeks to give the student an understanding
of a great civilization radically different from our own,
and an appreciation of the complex problems of the Far
East and of American policy there. The approach is inter-
disciplinary within a historical framework.
((Folsom, Mayo)
HIST 271, 272 (071. 072). ISLAMIC CIVILIZATION. (3. 3)
This course seeks to give the student an insight into a
cultural heritage that dominates the lives of over four
hundred million people today. The study covers Islam in
Spain. North Africa, Africa below the Sahara, India, and
Indonesia as well as the Middle East. The approach is
humanistic within a historical framework.
(Stowasser, Shoufani)
HIST 298 (097). SPECIAL TOPICS IN HISTORY. (3)
JUNIOR AND SENIOR COURSES NOT ACCEPTABLE
FOR CREDIT TOWARD GRADUATE DEGREES
HIST 389 (199). PRO-SEMINAR IN HISTORICAL WRITING.
(3)
Discussions and research papers designed to acquaint
the student with the methods and problems of research
and presentation. The student will be encouraged to
examine those phases of history which he regards as his
specialties.
HIST 395, 396 (195, 196). HONORS COLLOQUIUM. (3, 3)
Enrollment limited to students admitted by the Depart-
mental Honors Committee. Reading in sources and sec-
ondary work centering about the development of the
modern world. Discussions of reading and written work
in weekly seminar meetings.
HIST 398 (185). SPECIAL TOPICS IN HISTORY. (3)
HIST 399 (198). HONORS THESIS. (3)
Limited to students who have completed HIST 395. Nor-
mally repeated for a total of six hours credit during the
senior year by candidates for honors in history.
JUNIOR AND SENIOR COURSES ACCEPTABLE
FOR CREDIT TOWARD GRADUATE DEGREES
HIST 401 (137). THE SCIENTIFIC REVOLUTION: FROM
COPERNICUS TO NEWTON. (3)
Major developments in the history of physics and astron-
omy during the 16th and 17th centuries and critical eval-
uations of the Copernican Revolution, the "mechanical
philosophy" of the 17th-century scientists, and the New-
tonian synthesis and its impact on 18th-century thought.
(Brush)
HIST 402 (138). THE DEVELOPMENT OF MODERN PHYSI-
CAL SCIENCE: FROM LAVOISIER TO EINSTEIN. (3)
Prerequisites: MATH 110 and PHYS 112 or 117. History
of chemistry, physics and geology during the period
from about 1775 to about 1925. (Brush)
HIST 403 (144). HISTORY OF TECHNOLOGY. (3)
A survey course designed for junior, senior and graduate
students with a solid base in either engineering or his-
tory: it will cover the time span from Greek antiquity to
the First World War. Technology will be studied as a
cultural force controlled by laws of its own and operating
within a distinctive conceptual framework. The course
will concentrate on the changing character of technology
in history and on the interactions between technology
and other cultural forces such as science, philosophy,
art, material culture, and the economy.
HIST 404 (140). HISTORY OF MODERN BIOLOGY. (3)
The internal development of biology from about 1750 to
about 1940 will be covered, including evolution, cell
theory, genetics, enzymes, and biochemistry, and the
origins of anthropology and experimental psychology.
The social circumstances under which biology arose and
prospered, the philosophical aspects of some debates.
the technical achievements enabling new research, and
the influences of other sciences on biology will also be
discussed.
HISTORY, UNITED STATES
HIUS 401 (HIST 101). AMERICAN COLONIAL HISTORY. (3)
The settlement and development of colonial America to
the middle of the eighteenth century.
(McCusker. Bradbury)
HIUS 402 (HIST 102). THE AMERICAN REVOLUTION. (3)
The background and course of the American Revolution
through the formation of the Constitution.
(Bradbury, Hoffman)
HIUS 403 (HIST 103). THE FORMATIVE PERIOD IN AMER-
ICA, 1789-1824. (3)
The evolution of the Federal government, the origins of
political parties, problems of foreign relations in an era
of international conflict, beginnings of the industrial revo-
lution in America, and the birth of sectionalism.
(Bradbury. Hoffman)
HIUS 404, 405 (HIST 107, 108). ECONOMIC HISTORY OF
THE UNITED STATES. (3, 3)
The development of the American economy and its in-
stitutions. First semester, to 1865: second semester,
since 1865. (McCusker)
HIUS 406, 407 (HIST 109. 110). SOCIAL HISTORY OF THE
UNITED STATES. (3, 3)
Formation of regional societies; immigration and nativ-
ism; the Negro; urban movement; social responses to
technological change. First semester, to 1865; second
semester, since 1865.
HIUS 410 (HIST 114). THE MIDDLE PERIOD OF AMERICAN
HISTORY, 1824-1860. (3)
An examination of the political history of the United
States from Jackson to Lincoln with particular emphasis
on the factors producing Jacksonian democracy. Mani-
fest Destiny, the Whig Party, the anti-slavery movement,
the Republican Party, and secession. (Grimsted)
HIUS 411 (HIST 116). THE CIVIL WAR. (3)
Military aspects; problems of the Confederacy; political,
social and economic effects of the war upon American
society. (Smith)
HIUS 412 (HIST 124). RECONSTRUCTION AND THE NEW
NATION, 1865-1896. (3)
Prerequisite: Six credits of American history, or permis-
sion of instructor. Problems of reconstruction in both
South and North. Emergence of big business and indus-
trial combinations. Problems of the farmer and laborer.
(Smith)
HIUS 413 (HIST 118). THE PROGRESSIVE PERIOD- THE
UNITED STATES, 1896-1919. (3)
(Merrill. Harlan, Olson)
HIUS 414 (HIST 119). BETWEEN THE WARS: THE UNITED
STATES, 1919-1945. (3) (Merrill, Harlan, Olson)
HIUS 415 (HiST 120). THE UNITED STATES SINCE WORLD
WAR II. (3)
Problems and issues of American society, foreign and
domestic, of the past generation. (Olson)
HIUS 416 (HIST 117). BLACKS IN AMERICAN LIFE— 1865
TO PRESENT. (3)
The role of the Black in America since slavery, with em-
phasis on twentieth-century developments: the migration
from farm to city; the growth of the civil rights move-
ment; the race question as a national problem.
(Harlan, Carter, Berry)
Course Offerings / 229
HIUS 417 (HIST 121). HISTORY OF THE AMERICAN
FRONTIER. (3)
The Trans-Allegheny West. The westward movement into
the Mississippi Valley. (Farrell)
HIUS 420, 421 (HIST 122, 123). HISTORY OF THE SOUTH.
(3. 3)
Prerequisite: HIST 221, 222, or equivalent. The golden
age of the Chesapeake, the institution of slavery, the
antebellum plantation society, the experience of defeat,
the impact of industrialization, and the modern racial ad-
justment. (Carter, Callcott)
HIUS 422, 423 (HIST 127, 128). DIPLOMATIC HISTORY OF
THE UNITED STATES. (3. 3)
A historical study of the diplomatic negotiations and
foreign relations of the United States. First semester,
from the Revolution to 1898. Second semester, from 1898
to the present. Students who have taken HIST 225 are
admitted only by permission of instructor. (Cole)
HIUS 424, 425 (HIST 133. 134). THE HISTORY OF IDEAS
IN AMERICA. (3, 3)
A history of basic beliefs about religion, man, nature,
and society. Consent of the instructor is required for
HIUS 425. (Flack, Gilbert, Grimsted)
HIUS 426. 427 (HIST 135. 136). CONSTITUTIONAL HISTORY
OF THE UNITED STATES. (3, 3)
A study of the historical forces resulting in the formation
of the Constitution, and development of American con-
stitutionalism in theory and practice thereafter.
(Belz, Berry)
HIUS 430 (HIST 141). HISTORY OF MARYLAND. (3)
Political, social and economic history of Maryland from
seventeenth century to the present. (Van Ness)
HEALTH
HLTH 105. SCIENCE AND THEORY OF HEALTH. (2)
A course concerned primarily with sound health knowl-
edge, attitudes and behaviors as they apply to the indi-
vidual. The major subjects dealt with in this course are:
mental health and social adjustment; human reproduc-
tion and sex education; organic efficiency; ecology and
health; and the need for health education and community
action for health from local to world levels.
HLTH 110 (010). ORIENTATION TO HEALTH EDUCATION.
(D
This course explores the field of health education in both
the school and the community from the point of view of
the health educator. Professional preparation and career
opportunities are considered.
HLTH 130 (030). INTRODUCTION TO HEALTH. (3)
Development of understanding and appreciation of the
historic and signicant purpose and place of each of the
specialized areas in general education. A study of the
educational and personal requirements and opportunities
of a career in each professional area. Students will be
acquainted with the status and trends of each area.
HLTH 140 (040). PERSONAL AND COMMUNITY HEALTH.
(3)
Meaning and significance of physical, mental and social
health as related to the individual and to society; im-
portant phases of national health problems; constructive
methods of promoting health of the individual and the
community; health problems young people encounter
with special emphasis on health knowledge for future
teachers. (Needle, Nowack. aters)
HLTH 150 (050). FIRST AID. (1)
Lecture, demonstration, and skill training in first aid
measures for resuscitation, hemorrhage control, shock,
burns, poisons, and bone injuries. Red Cross and Medi-
cal Self-Help certification awarded. (Raymond)
HLTH 260 (060). INSTRUCTORS COURSE IN FIRST AID. (2)
Prerequisite: HLTH 150 or equivalent. Advanced con-
sideration of the first aid techniques; orientation to meth-
ods, techniques and teaching aids; practical classroom
instruction required. Red Cross instructor's certification
awarded. (Raymond)
HLTH 270 (070). SAFETY EDUCATION. (3)
Safety in the home, school and community. Safety edu-
cation programs in the public schools. (Beno. Clearwater)
HLTH 280 (080). THE DRIVER AND HIS CHARACTERIS-
TICS. (3)
Prerequisite: HLTH 270. The aim of this course is to
treat the driver behavior problem in its relation to many
of the psychophysical factors and forces in the traffic
environment that impinge upon the man behind the
wheel. (Kenel)
FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES
HLTH 305 (105). DRIVER EDUCATION AND TRAFFIC
SAFETY I. (3)
Prerequisites: HLTH 270, 280. This course is a study of
the place of the automobile in modern life and deals with
the fundamentals, principles, practices, and content of
high school driver education and traffic safety. Labora-
tory experience consists of observation and experience
in teaching beginners to drive in dual control cars and
simulators. Course includes eight weeks of practice
teaching.
HLTH 310 (110). INTRODUCTION TO THE SCHOOL
HEALTH PROGRAM. (2)
Prerequisites: HLTH 105 or 140. This course deals with
the aspects of school health: health environment, health
services, and health education. The relationships of the
school helath program and the general education pro-
gram are emphasized. The roles of teachers, administra-
tors, health specialists, and others in related fields are
discussed. (Waters)
HLTH 340 (140). CURRICULUM, INSTRUCTION AND
OBSERVATION. (3)
Prerequisites: HLTH 140, 270, 310, 420. A course de-
signed to provide directed observation and discussion,
coordinating these experiences with those from previous
methods courses in the development of curricula for
health and physical education. The course is planned to
prepare for student teaching which follows in the same
semester. The observations will be made of health pro-
grams in junior and senior high schools. This course
must be taken during the semester in which the student
is doing student teaching. (Tifft)
HLTH 345 (145). DRIVER EDUCATION AND TRAFFIC
SAFETY II. (3)
Prerequisites: HLTH 270, 280, 305. or their equivalents.
Comprehensive programming for driver education; teach-
ing to meet driving emergencies and winter conditions:
resources and agencies; the teacher and driver educa-
tion; consumer education, insurance and liability. (Kenel)
HLTH 365 (165). ORGANIZATION ADMINISTRATION AND
SUPERVISION OF SCHOOL SAFETY EDUCATION (3)
Summer session. Prerequisites: HLTH 270. 280. 305. 345
or their equivalents. Designed for teachers, school ad-
ministrators, college instructors, and others responsible
for directing or supervising safety programs in the
schools. Deals with the problems, policies, practices, and
procedures involved in the organization, administration
and the supervision of a comprehensive accident pre-
vention and safety education program for the schools.
Considers integration factors of the school safety pro-
grams with the special emphasis on traffic programs
(Clearwater)
HLTH 375 (175). PROBLEMS IN DRIVER AND TRAFFIC
SAFETY EDUCATION. (3)
Summer session. Prerequisites: HLTH 270. 280. 305.
345. or their equivalents. An advanced course which
gives consideration to the individual problems encount-
ered in teaching driver and safety education. The psy-
chology of teaching and learning are emphasized. Con-
sideration is given to the implications of emotion and
230 / Course Offerings
.ittitude factors in driver and traffic education. The
course includes an examination of existing courses of
study, research, supervisory and evaluation practices
(Kenel)
HLTH 390 (190). ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION
OF SCHOOL HEALTH PROGRAMS (3)
First semester. Summer session. The three major aspects
of the school health program are considered. Problems
connected with health services, health instruction, and
the health aspects of the school environment are dis-
cussed. The responsibilities of school personnel are
delineated with emphasis on the role of the administrator.
(Nowack)
FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES
HLTH 420 (120). METHODS AND MATERIALS IN HEALTH
EDUCATION. (3K
Prerequisites: HLTH 105 or 140; HLTH 310 or consent of
instructor. The purpose of this course is to present the
interrelationships of curriculum planning, methodology
and the selection and use of teaching aids and materials.
Special problems associated with health teaching are
discussed. Students will become familiar with a variety
of resources as well as planning for and presenting
demonstration lessons. (Tifft)
HLTH 450 (150). HEALTH PROBLEMS OF CHILDREN AND
YOUTH. (3)*
This course involves a study of the health needs and
problems of pupils from the primary grades through high
school. Physical, mental and psychosomatic aspects of
health are considered in relation to the developmental
and school levels. Consideration is given to such topics
as diet selection and control; exercise, recreation and
rest; emotional upset and its implications; and psycho-
sexual development and problems. The role of the teach-
er and parent in encouraging optimal health is empha-
sized. (Miller)
HLTH 455 (155). PHYSICAL FITNESS OF THE
INDIVIDUAL. (3)*
A study of the major physical fitness problems confront-
ing the adult in modern society. Consideration is given to
the scientific appraisal, development and maintenance of
fitness at all age levels. Such problems as obesity,
weight reduction, chronic fatigue, posture, and special
exercise programs are explored. This course is open to
persons outside the fields of Physical Education and
Health.
HLTH 460 (160). PROBLEMS IN SCHOOL HEALTH
EDUCATION IN ELEMENTARY AND SECONDARY
SCHOOLS. (2-6)*
This is a workshop type course designed particularly for
inservice teachers to acquaint them with the best meth-
ods of providing good health services, healthful environ-
ment and health instruction.
HLTH 470 (170). THE HEALTH PROGRAM IN THE
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. (3)'
Second semester. Summer session. Prerequisites: HLTH
105 or 140; 310. This course, designed for the element-
ary school classroom teacher, analyzes biological and
sociological factors which determine the health status
and needs of the individual elementary school child.
The various aspects of the school program are evaluated
in terms of their role in health education. The total
school health program is surveyed from the standpoint
of organization and administration, and health appraisal.
Emphasis is placed upon modern methods and current
materials in health instruction. (The State Department of
Education accepts this course for biological science
credit.)
'This course may be taken for graduate credit with the permission of
the advisor. Students taking 400 level courses for graduate credit will
be expected to carry out a special research project.
HLTH 476 (New). DEATH EDUCATION AND SUICIDE PRE-
VENTION. (3)
The study and investigation of human dying, death, be-
reavement, suicidal behavior, and their relationship to
human health utilizing a multidisciplinary approach. The
course will consist of lectures and discussion, field trips
to the suicidology centers at Johns Hopkins University
and St. Elizabeth's Hospital and the University of Mary-
land Crisis Intervention Center. A research project is
required.
HLTH 477 (178). FUNDAMENTALS OF SEX EDUCATION.
(3C
This course is concerned with basic information regard-
ing the physical, psychological, social, historical, seman-
tic and comparative cultural aspects of sex. The adjust-
ment needs and problems of children and adults during
the course of maturing and aging are studied, and
special consideration is given to the sex education pro-
gram in schools. (Johnson. Leviton. Sands)
HLTH 480 (180). MEASUREMENT IN HEALTH. (3)'
Summer session. Two lectures and two laboratory peri-
ods per week. The application of the principles and tech-
niques of educational measurement to the teaching of
health and physical education; study of functions and
techniques of measurements in the evaluation of student
progress toward the objectives of health and physical
education, and in the evaluation of the effectiveness of
teaching.
HLTH 488 (188). CHILDREN'S PHYSICAL DEVELOPMENTAL
CLINIC. (1-4)'
Summer session. Prerequisite: At least junior standing in
health, physical education and recreation, or by special
permission of the director. An opportunity to acquire
training and experience in a therapeutically oriented
physical education-recreation program for children re-
ferred by various education, special education, medical
and psychiatric groups. (Johnson)
HLTH 489 (189). FIELD LABORATORY PROJECTS AND
WORKSHOP. (1-6)*
Summer session. A course designed to meet the needs
of persons in the field with respect to workshop and re-
search projects in special areas of knowledge not cov-
ered by regularly structured courses.
Note: The maximum total number of credits that may be
earned toward any degree in physical education, recrea-
tion, or health education under PHED, RECR, HLTH. or
EDUC 489 is six.
HONORS
HONR 100 (001). HONORS ORIENTATION COLLOQUIUM.
O)
A colloquium on composition and on current topics in
the humanities, the natural sciences and the social
sciences. The topics will vary with the interest of the
instructors. Writing and analysis of themes on, and in-
class discussions of, assigned reading will be stressed.
Ordinarily taken by all general honors freshmen. Open
to other students with the consent of the director of
honors.
HONR 339 (130). SEMINARS IN THE SOCIAL SCIENCES.
(1-4)
A series of seminars in the social sciences. Often inter-
disciplinary in character and often team-taught. The sub-
jects of the seminars and the faculty may vary from se-
mester to semester. Seminars may be repeated for credit,
with the permission of the director of honors, if the con-
tent of the course alters appreciably. Open to general
and departmental honors students and to other students
with the consent of the instructor and the director of
honors.
HONR 349 (140). SEMINARS IN THE NATURAL SCIENCES.
(1-4)
A series of seminars in the natural sciences. Often inter-
disciplinary in character and often team-taught. The sub-
Course Offerings / 231
jects of the seminars and the faculty may vary from se-
mester to semester. Seminars may be repeated for credit,
with the permission of the director of honors, if the con-
tent of the course alters appreciably. Open to general
and departmental honors students and to other students
with the consent of the instructor and the director of
honors.
HONR 359 (150). SEMINARS IN THE HUMANITIES. (1-3)
A series of seminars in the humanities. Often interdis-
ciplinary in character and often team-taught. The sub-
jects of the seminars and the faculty may vary from se-
mester to semester. Seminars may be repeated for credit,
with the permission of the director of honors, if the con-
tent of the course alters appreciably. Open to general
and departmental honors students and to other students
with the consent of the instructor and the director of
honors.
HONR 360 (160). HONORS THESIS RESEARCH. (3)
A thesis preparation course for general honors students
under the direction of individual faculty members. HONR
360 or HONR 379, but not both, may be used once to ful-
fill the general honors seminar requirement. Graded pass
-fail. May not be repeated. Open only to general honors
students.
HONR 379 (170). HONORS INDEPENDENT STUDY (1-6)
Honors independent study involves reading or research,
directed by individual faculty, especially in areas outside
of the student's major. HONR 379 or HONR 360 but not
both, may be used once to fulfill the general honors
seminar requirement. Graded pass-fail. May be repeated
only with consent of the director of honors and a maxi-
mum of twelve semester hours may be earned in this
course. Open only to general honors students.
HORTICULTURE
HORT 111 (005). TREE FRUIT PRODUCTION. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite: BOTN 100. Two lectures
and one laboratory per week. A detailed study of the
principles and practices in fruit production, harvesting
and storage, with emphasis on the appie. One Saturday
field trip required. (Thompson)
HORT 112 (006). TREE FRUIT PRODUCTION. (2)
Second semester, alternate years. Two lectures per
week. Prerequisite: HORT 111. A study of the principles
and practices in fruit production, harvesting, and handl-
ing of deciduous tree fruit crops other than the apple
(Thompson)
HORT 132 (016). GARDEN MANAGEMENT. (2)
Second semester. Two lectures per week. Prerequisite:
BOTN 100. The planting and care of ornamental plants
on the home grounds and a study of commonly used
species of annuals and herbaceous perennials.
(Baker)
HORT 142 (017). GARDEN MANAGEMENT LABORATORY.
(D
Second semester. One two-hour laboratory per week.
Prerequisite or corequisite: HORT 132 Demonstration
and application of practices in the production and
maintenance of garden plants. (Baker)
HORT 160 (020). INTRODUCTION TO THE ART OF
LANDSCAPING. (3)
Three lectures per week. The theory and general
principles of landscaping design with their application to
public and private areas. (Soergel)
HORT 170 (New) THE ART OF LANDSCAPING. (3)
Three lectures per week. A general survey of the prob-
lems, potentials and solutions for enhancing man's out-
door environment. Designed to give an understanding of
the relationship of land use to human comfort, conveni-
ence and well-being. Credit may be received in only one
of the following courses: HORT 160. 170 (Tentative)
(Wegkamp)
HORT 171 (030). ELEMENTS OF FORESTRY. (3)
First semester. Two lectures per week Prerequisite:
BOTN 100. A general survey of the field of forestry in-
cluding timber values, conservation, protection silvicul-
ture, utilization, mensuration, engineering, recreation
and lumbering. Principles and practices of woodland
management. Four all-day Saturday field trips are re-
quired. (Hendee)
HORT 212 (059). BERRY PRODUCTION. (3)
Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory per-
iod a week. Prerequisite: BOTN 100. A study of the
principles and practices involved in the production of
small fruits including grapes, strawberries, raspberries,
blackberries, and cranberries. (Angell)
HORT 222 (058). VEGETABLE PRODUCTION. (3)
Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory per-
iod a week. Prerequisite: BOTN 100. A study of princi-
ples and practices of commercial vegetable production.
(Reynolds)
HORT 231 (011). GREENHOUSE MANAGEMENT. (3)
First semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite:
BOTN 100. A study of the construction and operation of
structures for forcing horticultural crops and the princi-
ples underlying the regulation of plant growth under
greenhouse conditions. (Shanks)
HORT 232 (063). FLOWER STORE MANAGEMENT. (3)
Second semester, alternate years. Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite: HORT 231. A
study of the operation and management of a flower store.
Laboratory period devoted to principles and practice of
floral arrangements and decoration. (Link)
HORT 241, 242 (012. 013). GREENHOUSE CROP PRODUC-
TION LABORATORY. (1. 1)
One laboratory per week. Prerequisite or corequisite:
HORT 231. Demonstration and application of practices in
the commercial production of greenhouse crops.
(Shanks)
HORT 260 (056). BASIC LANDSCAPE COMPOSITION. (2)
Two laboratory periods per week. The introduction of
landscaping presentation technique, supplemented by
problems in basic composition. (Wegkamp)
HORT 271 (062). PLANT PROPAGATION. (3)
First semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite:
BOTN 100. A study of the principles and practices of
the propagation of plants. (Baker)
HORT 274 (035). GENETICS OF CULTIVATED PLANTS (3)
Second semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite
BOTN 100. Principles of plant genetics in relation to
plant breeding Some of the topics presented are mei-
osis, simple Mendelian genetics, gene interaction, link-
age and crossing over, cytoplasmic and quantitative in-
heritance, mutations, and the role of DNA. (Bouwkamp)
FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES
HORT 361 (100). PRINCIPLES OF LANDSCAPE DESIGN.
(3)
First semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods
per week. Prerequisite: HORT 160 and HORT 260 A con-
sideration of design criteria and procedure as applied
to residential properties. (Soergel)
HORT 362 (152) ADVANCED LANDSCAPE DESIGN (31
Second semester, alternate years. One lecture and two
laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite HORT 361.
prerequisite or corequisite: HORT 454 The design of
public and private areas with the major emphasis on
plant materials. (Soergel)
HORT 364 (153). LANDSCAPE CONSTRUCTION. (3)
Second semester, alternate years. One lecture and two
laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite: HORT 262
An introductory study and application of location meth-
ods, construction details, and construction techniques
of the various landscape objects such as walks, walls,
benches, roads. (Soergel)
232 / Course Offerings
HORT 398 (199). SEMINAR. (1)
Second semester. Orai presentation ol the results ol
investigational work by reviewing recent scientific litera-
ture in the various phases o) horticulture. (Stark)
HORT 399 (198). SPECIAL PROBLEMS. (2) (4 cr. max.)
Credit arranged according to work done. For major
students in horticulture or botany. Four credits maxi-
mum per student.
FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES
HORT 411 (101). TECHNOLOGY OF FRUITS. (3)
First semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite:
HORT 112, prerequisite or corequisite: BOTN 441. A
critical analysis of research work and application of the
principles of plant physiology, chemistry, and botany to
practical problems in commercial production.
(Thompson)
HORT 417 (124S). TREE AND SMALL FRUIT
MANAGEMENT. (1)
Summer session only. Primarily designed for vocational
agriculture teachers and extension agents. Special em-
phasis will be placed upon new and improved com-
mercial methods of production of the leading tree and
small fruit crops. Current problems and their solution
will receive special attention.
HORT 422 (103). TECHNOLOGY OF VEGETABLES. (3)
Second semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite:
HORT 222, prerequisite or corequisite BOTN 441. A
critical analysis of research work and application of the
principles of plant physiology, chemistry, and botany
to practical problems of commercial vegetable produc-
tion. (Reynolds)
HORT 427 (115S). TRUCK CROP MANAGEMENT. (1)
Summer session only. Primarily designed for teachers
of vocational agriculture and extension agents. Special
emphasis will be placed upon new and improved meth-
ods of production of the leading truck crops. Current
problems and their solutions will receive special atten-
tion.
HORT 432 (162). FUNDAMENTALS OF GREENHOUSE
CROP PRODUCTION. (3)
Second semester, alternate years. Three lectures per
week. Prerequisite: HORT 231. This course deals with a
study of the commercial production and marketing of
ornamental plant crops under greenhouse, plastic
houses and out-of-door conditions. (Shanks)
HORT 451 (105). TECHNOLOGY OF ORNAMENTALS. (3)
First semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite or
corequisite: BOTN 441. A study of the physiological pro-
cesses of the plant as related to the growth, flowering
and storage of ornamental p'ants. (Link)
HORT 453, 454 (107, 108). WOODY PLANT MATERIALS.
(3. 3)
Prerequisite: BOTN 212. A field and laboratory study of
trees, shrubs, and vines used in ornamental plant-
ings. (Baker)
HORT 456 (163). PRODUCTION AND MAINTENANCE OF
WOODY PLANTS. (3)
Second semester, alternate years. Two lectures and one
laboratory period a week. Prerequisite or corequisite:
HORT 271. 454. A study of the production methods and
operation of a commercial nursery and the planting and
care of woody plants in the landscape. (Link)
HORT 457 (125S). ORNAMENTAL HORTICULTURE. (1)
Summer session only. A course designed for teachers
of agriculture and extension agents to place special
emphasis on problems of the culture and use of orna-
mental plants.
HORT 462 (New). DESIGNING WITH PLANT MATERIALS
(4)
Spring semester. One lecture and three studio periods
per week. Prerequisites: HORT 262. 362 and 453, or
permission of instructor. The design of public and pri-
vate areas with major emphasis on plant materials.
Consideration given to ecological, visual and economic
factors in criteria development and design. Variety selec-
tion, spacing, planted sizes and growth rates for design
effects and economy. Preparation of contract docu-
ments. (Soergel).
HORT 471 (114). SYSTEMATIC HORTICULTURE (3)
First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period
a week. A study of the origin, taxonomic relationship
and horticultural classification of fruits and vegetables.
HORT 474 (161). PHYSIOLOGY OF MATURATION AND
.'■TORAGE OF HORTICULTURAL CROPS. (2)
Second semester, alternate years. Two lectures a week.
Prerequisite: BOTN 441. Factors related to maturation
and application of scientific principles to handling and
storage of horticultural crops. (Scott)
HORT 489 (New). SPECIAL TOPICS IN HORTICULTURE.
(1 to 3)
Credit according to time scheduled and organization of
course. A lecture and/or laboratory series organized
to study in depth a selected phase of horticulture not
covered by existing courses.
HOUSING AND INTERIOR DESIGN
HSAD 240 (040). DESIGN AND FURNISHINGS IN THE
HOME. (3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisites: APDS 101 or 104.
Designed to meet need for basic information and com-
petency in choice and arrangement of home furnishings.
For NONMAJORS only.
HSAD 241 (041). FAMILY HOUSING. (3)
Housing and its relationship to family living. A study of
factors which shape housing design; investigation of
group and individual housing needs and values.
HSAD 246 (046). MATERIALS OF INTERIOR DESIGN. (3)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Investigation of ma-
terials and construction characteristics of interior archi-
tecture and furnishings. Emphasis on use, limitations,
sources. Directions in current research.
FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES
HSAD 340 (140). PERIOD HOMES AND THEIR
FURNISHINGS. (3)
Prerequisites: APDS 101, HSAD 246. or equivalent. A
study of authentic interiors and furnishings. Exploration
of style influences apparent in contemporarily produced
items.
HSAD 341 (141). CONTEMPORARY DEVELOPMENTS IN
ARCHITECTURE. INTERIORS, FURNISHINGS. (3)
Prerequisite: HSAD 246 and consent of instructor. Style
origins and development of twentieth century architec-
ture as living space. Architects, designers, trends,
philosophy of relationship of interior space to furnish-
ings.
HSAD 342 (142). SPACE DEVELOPMENT. (3)
One lecture. 2 two-hour laboratories. Prerequisites:
APDS 101. 102, 103; EDIN 101A, or equivalent. A study
of blue prints and house construction as they relate to
the interior designer. Development and drafting or origi-
nal plans emphasizing the functional spatial relation-
ship of furnishings to interiors.
HSAD 343 (143). INTERIOR DESIGN I. (3)
One lecture-discussion, two studio periods. Prerequisites:
APDS 101. EDIN 210, or equivalent. Complete presenta-
tion of rooms; isometric and perspective projections
rendered in color; purchase and work orders. Emphasis
on individual and family living space.
HSAD 344 (144). INTERIOR DESIGN II. (3)
One lecture-discussion, two studio periods. Prerequisite:
HSAD 343. Continuation of HSAD 343 with emphasis on
commercial and contract assignments.
Course Offerings / 233
HSAD 345 (145). PROFESSIONAL ASPECTS OF INTERIOR
DESIGN. (3)
One lecture plus work experience. Professional orienta-
tion, ethics, and practices.
HSAD 380 (180). PROFESSIONAL SEMINAR. (2)
Two lecture-discussion periods. Prerequisite: Junior
standing and consent of instructor. Exploration of pro-
fessional and career opportunities, ethics, practices,
professional organizations. Portfolio evaluation.
HSAD 440, 441 (146, 147). INTERIOR DESIGN III. IV. (4, 4)
Eight hours studio. Prerequisite: HSAD 344. Preparation
of complete presentation: work specifications, floor plans,
purchase orders, renderings, etc. Portfolio preparation,
HSAD 442 (148). READINGS IN HOUSING. (3)
Seminar. Prerequisites: SOCY 100. HSAD 241. senior
standing. To satisfy individual interests and needs.
Opportunity afforded for concentrated reading on one
or more facets of housing (urban renewal, public hous-
ing, etc) Examination of completed research, needed
future research.
HSAD 488 (188). SELECTED TOPICS IN HOUSING AND
INTERIOR DESIGN. (3)
Offered on demand. Designed to meet specific subject
matter needs of current and or immediate concern in
areas of housing and interior design.
HSAD 499 (190). INDIVIDUAL STUDY IN HOUSING AND OR
INTERIOR DESIGN. (3-4)
Guidance for the advanced student capable of inde-
pendent subject matter investigation or creative work.
Problem chosen with consent of instructor.
INSTITUTION ADMINISTRATION
IADM 300 (150). FOOD SERVICE ORGANIZATION AND
MANAGEMENT. (3)
First semester. Introduction to the food services, princi-
ples of organization, management, financial control, and
technical operations. Records, reports and organization
charts included.
IADM 350 (140). PRACTICUM IN INSTITUTION
ADMINISTRATION. (3)
Prerequisites: Five credits in IADM and consent of depart
ment. In-service training and practical experience, total-
ing at least 240 hours, in an approved food service.
FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES
IADM 410 (154). SCHOOL FOOD SERVICE. (3)
Two lectures and one morning a week for field experi-
ence in a school food service. Prerequisites: FOOD 200,
or 240, 250, and NUTR 300, or consent of instructor.
Study of organization and management, menu planning,
food purchasing, preparation, service, and cost control
in a school lunch program.
IADM 420 (151). QUANTITY FOOD PURCHASING. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite: FOOD 240, introductory
accounting recommended. Food selection and the de-
velopment of integrated purchasing programs. Standards
of quality: the marketing distribution system.
IADM 430 (152). QUANTITY FOOD PRODUCTION. (3)
First semester. Two hours of lecture and one three-hour
laboratory a week. Prerequisites: FOOD 240. or consent
of instructor. Scientific principles and procedures em-
ployed in food preparation in large quantity. Laboratory
experience in management techniques in quantity food
production and service.
IADM 440 (153). FOOD SERVICE PERSONNEL
ADMINISTRATION. (2)
Second semester. Prerequisite: IADM 300 Principles of
personnel administration in food services; emphasis on
personnel selection; supervision and training; job evalu-
ation, wage and payroll structure, current labor regula-
tions, and interpersonal relationships and comunications.
IADM 450 (155). FOOD SERVICE EQUIPMENT AND
PLANNING. (2)
First semester. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite: Con-
sent of instructor. Equipment design, selection, main-
tenance and efficient layout, relation of the physical
facility to production and service.
IADM 460, 470 (181, 182). ADMINISTRATIVE DIETETICS.
(3, 3)
(Open only to students accepted into and participating
in the U.S. Army Dietetic Internship program at Walter
Reed General Hospital.) Application of management
theory through guided experience in all aspects of
hospital dietary department administration.
IADM 480 (183). APPLIED DIET THERAPY. (3)
(Open only to students accepted into and participating
in the U.S. Army Dietetic Internship program at Walter
Reed General Hospital.) Application of principles of
normal and therapeutic nutrition in the total medical
care and instruction of patients.
IADM 490 (130). SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN FOOD SERVICE
(2-3)
Prerequisites: Senior standing and consent of instructor.
Individual selected problems in the area of food service.
INFORMATION SYSTEMS MANAGEMENT
IFSM 332 (136). OPERATIONS RESEARCH I. (3)
To meet this course requirement, all students enrolled
in the Information Systems Management Curriculum will
register in BSAD 332. For detailed information on pre-
requisites and description of the course refer to BSAD
332.
IFSM 401 (101). ELECTRONIC DATA PROCESSING. (3)
Prerequisites: Junior standing, MATH 111 or the equiva-
lent. The electronic digital computer and its use as a
tool in processing data. The course includes the follow-
ing areas: (1) Organization of data processing systems,
(2) environmental aspects of computer systems, (3) man-
agement control problems and potentials inherent in
mechanized data processing systems,
IFSM 402 (102). ELECTRONIC DATA PROCESSING
APPLICATIONS. (3)
Prerequisites: IFSM 401 and BSAD 230. or consent of in-
structor. Intensive study of computer applications using
a problem-oriented language. Introduction of computer
methods for the solution of organizational problems.
Laboratory exercises in programming and development
of computer techniques.
IFSM 410 (110). INFORMATION PROCESSING PROBLEMS
OF MODELS OF ADMINISTRATIVE. ECONOMIC AND
POLITICAL SYSTEMS. (3)
Prerequisites: MATH 141 or equivalent; IFSM 402, BSAD
230, and some familiarity with administrative, economic
and or political models. Prerequisites may be waived
with the consent of instructor. Data processing require-
ments underlying the creation and maintenance of a data
base to be used in estimating the parameters of socio-
economic models. An analysis of ihe structure and de-
velopment of recent socio-economic models as relevant
to data processing considerations Extractions and pre-
paration of data from the data base to facilitate the ap-
propriate transformation necessary for model construc-
tion and also to minimize the processing cost of data in-
put. The course draws upon a knowledge of models of
administrative, economic and political systems Case
studies and experience with data processing for select-
ed models are included
IFSM 420 (120) INFORMATION PROCESSING AND COM-
PUTATIONAL PROBLEMS IN OPERATIONS ANALYSIS (3)
Prerequisites MATH 141 or equivalent; IFSM 402, and a
course in Statistics, such as BSAD 432. dealing with mul-
tivariate models. Prerequisites may be waived with the
consent of the instructor. Implementation of applications
requiring the integration of data processing and analyti-
234 / Course Offerings
cal programming techniques. Such applications feature
the calculation ol various statistical estimates of the par-
ameters in a multivariate model within the context of a
file maintenance problem (e.g., the writing of a matrix
inversion routine for revenue forecasting within a master
updating program or sales forecasting and or sales per-
formance evaluation within a sales transaction — master
updating program). A universal, problem-oriented lang-
uage such as COBOL will be used with strong emphasis
on the use of the mathematical Fortran IV library subrou-
tines. Class projects include case studies and solutions
of problems using real-world data.
IFSM 436 (103). INTRODUCTION TO SYSTEMS ANALYSIS
(3)
Prerequisites: IFSM 402, BSAD 330, MATH 141. or the
equivalent. Prerequisites may be waived with consent of
instructor. The use of the computer in the management
and operation of organizations. The course includes the
following areas: (1) the principles of systems analysis,
(2) recent applications and innovations of the systems
concept, (3) design and implementation of computer sys-
tems, including such techniques as mathematical pro-
gramming, stimulation, business games and network
analysis, and (4) laboratory use of a digital computer in
the application of these techniques.
ITALIAN
ITAL 101 (New). ELEMENTARY ITALIAN. (4)
Introduction to basic grammar and vocabulary; written
and oral work. Four recitations per week, plus one vol-
untary, recommended drill period, during which oral
skills are emphasized.
ITAL 102 (New). ELEMENTARY ITALIAN. (4)
Completion of study of basic grammar; written and oral
work, with an increasing emphasis on spoken Italian.
Four recitations per week, plus one voluntary, recom-
mended drill period stressing conversational skills
ITAL 102H (New). ELEMENTARY ITALIAN HONORS. (4)
Limited to students recommended by their 101 instruc-
tor. An accelerated course of study with completion of
basic structures. Emphasis on reading as well as oral
and written expression. Five recitations per week plus
one voluntary, recommended live drill. Prepares the
student for higher level courses in Italian. Fulfills the
language requirement.
ITAL 104 (New). INTERMEDIATE ITALIAN. (4)
Review of Italian grammar; extensive reading, discus-
sion, and composition. Four recitations per week, plus
one voluntary, recommended drill period stressing con-
versational skills. Fulfills the language requirement.
ITAL 114, 115 (006, 007). INTERMEDIATE ITALIAN. (3. 3)
Three recitations per week. Prerequisite: ITAL 112 or
equivalent. Reading of texts designed to give some
knowledge of Italian life, thought and culture.
(Salchenberger)
ITAL 121. 122 (008. 009). ACCELERATED ITALIAN. (3, 3)
Open only to students who have fulfilled language re-
quirements in French, Spanish or Portuguese, or with
permission of department chairman. An intensive be-
ginning course in the fundamentals of Italian grammar
to develop a high degree of skill in reading Italian. Must
be taken in sequence. Cannot be used to satisfy college
language requirements. (Salchenberger)
ITAL 201 (012). CONVERSATION AND COMPOSITION. (3)
Prerequisite: ITAL 115. A practical language course
recommended for all students continuing in Italian. May
be taken concurrently with ITAL 251. (Salchenberger)
ITAL 251 (011). INTRODUCTION TO ITALIAN
LITERATURE. (3)
Prerequisite: ITAL 115. Required of all students who
continue in advanced courses of the department with
the exception of superior students who are permitted to
bypass an introduction to Italian literature. Conducted
in Italian. Reading of literary texts, discussion and brief
essays. (Salchenberger)
ITAL 351, 352 (075, 076) SURVEY OF ITALIAN
LITERATURE. (3. 3)
Prerequisite: ITAL 115 or equivalent. Basic survey of
history of Italian literature. (Salchenberger)
ITAL 410 (111). THE ITALIAN RENAISSANCE. (3)
A study of major trends of thought in Renaissance
literature, philosophy, art, and science. (Salchenberger)
JAPANESE
JAPN 101, 102 (New). ELEMENTARY JAPANESE. (4. 4)
Introduction to Japanese grammar and the written and
spoken language, including ideographs and phonetic
symbols. Three meetings of class and one laboratory or
drill session per week.
JOURNALISM
JOUR 200 (010). INTRODUCTION TO MASS
COMMUNICATION. (3)
Survey of the process and effects of mass communica-
tion; historical development and social, economic, legal,
and professional aspects of the mass media. Open to all
students.
JOUR 201 (011). WRITING FOR THE MASS MEDIA. (3)
Introduction to news, feature and publicity writing for
the printed and electronic media; development of news
concepts; laboratory in news gathering tools and writing
skills. Prerequisite: typing ability and JOUR 200 (which
may be taken concurrently, with permission).
JOUR 310 (160). NEWS EDITING. (3)
Principles of the editing process and practice in copy
editing, headline writing, newspaper page layout, and
editorial judgment. Prerequisites: JOUR 200 and 201.
JOUR 320 (100). NEWS REPORTING. (3)
Principles and practices of news reporting, with special
emphasis on news gathering for all the media; covering
news beats and other news sources, including research-
ing a news story for accuracy, comprehensiveness and
interpretation. Prerequisites: JOUR 200 and 201.
JOUR 321 (175). REPORTING OF PUBLIC AFFAIRS. (3)
Adanced training in writing news for publication in spe-
cialized areas, particularly city, county, and federal
news. Students meet in seminar with news sources and
leading news reporters and work in Washington, D. C,
Annapolis, and Baltimore in covering news in depth for
publication. Prerequisites: JOUR 320 and permission of
the instructor.
JOUR 330 (166). PUBLIC RELATIONS. (3)
Study of the principles and historical development of
public relations. Attention is given to fact-finding, plan-
ning, communication, and evaluation aspects of public
relations. Study of the use of public relations in busi-
ness, government, associations, and organizations. Pre-
requisites: JOUR 200 and 201.
JOUR 331 (170). PRINCIPLES OF PUBLICITY. (3)
Study of the strategy and techniques of purposive com-
munication; analysis of the techniques and effects of the
publicity campaign; laboratory in special publicity pro-
jects. Prerequisite: JOUR 330.
JOUR 340 (163). PRINCIPLES OF TYPOGRAPHY AND
PRODUCTION. (3)
Study of layout, typography, design, and printing in the
planning and production of the printed media. Prerequi-
sites: JOUR 200 and 201.
JOUR 341 (152). ADVERTISING COPY AND LAYOUT. (3)
Theory and practice in advertising copy and layout, with
emphasis on newspaper advertising, for letterpress and
photo-offset printing. Use of illustrations, type selection,
copy-fitting, media selection. Prerequisites: JOUR 200
and 201.
Course Offerings / 235
JOUR 350 (181). NEWS PHOTOGRAPHY. (3)
Fundamentals of shooting, developing and printing of
news and feature pictures for all media. Department
furnishes equipment and student furnishes supplies.
Prerequisites: JOUR 200 and 201.
JOUR 351 (182). ADVANCED NEWS PHOTOGRAPHY. (3)
Advanced training in shooting, developing, and printing
pictures, with emphasis on the photo story. Analysis of
the role of photography in mass communication. Depart-
ment furnishes equipment and student furnishes sup-
plies. Prerequisite: JOUR 350.
JOUR 360 (101). BROADCAST NEWS WRITING. (3)
Study of and practice in the special application of news
writing and editing to the broadcasting media, including
the use of wire copy and tape recorders in producing
newscasts. Prerequisites: JOUR 320 and 321.
JOUR 361 (184). REPORTING THROUGH AUDIO-VISUAL
MEDIA. (3)
Principles of live photography and recording in the pro-
duction of news and documentaries for all the media.
Prerequisites: JOUR 350 and 360.
JOUR 370 (171). INDUSTRIAL JOURNALISM. (3)
Industrial communications, management and production
of company periodicals, public relations aspects of in-
dustrial journalism. Prerequisites: JOUR 200 and 201.
JOUR 371 (165). MAGAZINE ARTICLE AND FEATURE
WRITING. (3)
Study of types of feature articles, particularly for the
magazine market, analysis of the magazine medium and
specialized audiences; practice in researching and writ-
ing the feature article; analysis of free-lance markets.
Prerequisites: JOUR 200 and 201.
JOUR 380 (174). JOURNALISM OF SCIENCE AND
TECHNOLOGY. (3)
Study and practice of the basic techniques of writing
and editing scientific and technical material for both the
general audience and the specialist. Prerequisites:
JOUR 200 and 201.
JOUR 400 (191). LAW OF MASS COMMUNICATION. (3)
Study of the legal rights and constraints of mass media;
libel, privacy, copyright, monopoly, and contempt, and
other aspects of the law applied to mass communication.
Previous study of the law not required. Prerequisites:
JOUR 200 and 201.
JOUR 410 (192). HISTORY OF MASS COMMUNICATION. (3)
Study of the development of newspapers, magazines,
radio, television, and motion pictures as media of mass
communication. Analysis of the influences of the media
on the historical development of America. Prerequisites:
JOUR 200 and 201.
JOUR 420 (186). GOVERNMENT AND MASS COMMUNICA-
TION. (3)
Study of the relationship between the news media and
government. Analysis of media coverage of government
and politics. Study of governmental and political infor-
mation and persuasion techniques. Prerequisites: JOUR
200 and 201.
JOUR 430 (176). COMPARATIVE MASS COMMUNICATION
SYSTEMS. (3)
Survey of the history and status of the mass media
throughout the world: comparative analysis of the role
of the press in different societies. Prerequisites: JOUR
200 and 201 or consent of the instructor for non-majors
JOUR 440 (194). PUBLIC OPINION AND MASS
COMMUNICATION. (3)
The role and responsibilities of the mass media in the
formation of public opinion, research methods and cases
in the use of propaganda, advertising, public relations
and education through mass communication in the
service of governments, public and private organizations
and individuals. Prerequisites: JOUR 200 and 201.
JOUR 490 (161). SEMINAR IN JOURNALISM. (3)
Seminar for journalism seniors in newsroom problems
and policies, emphasizing ethics and responsibilities; in
cooperation with the Baltimore Sun. Baltimore News-
American, and other area news media. Prerequisite:
Permission of the instructor.
JOUR 496 (196). PROBLEMS IN JOURNALISM. (1-2)
Group and individual projects in problems in journalism.
Prerequisites: JOUR 200 and 201.
JOUR 497 (197S). SUPERVISED INTERNSHIP. (1)
Summer session. To be taken following junior year as
major in this department, permission of Instructor. Ten
weeks of organized, supervised study, experience, on-
the-job training in journalism.
LATIN
LATN 101. 102 (001, 002). ELEMENTARY LATIN. (3. 3)
A student who has had two units of Latin in high school
may register for LATN 101 for purposes of review, but
not for credit; however, he may. under certain condi-
tions, register for LATN 102 for credit with departmental
permission. (Clapper)
LATN 170 (070). GREEK AND ROMAN MYTHOLOGY (3)
Taught in English, no prerequisite. Cannot be taken for
language credit. This course is particularly recommended
lor students planning to major in loreign languages,
English, history, the line arts, or journalism.
(Iversen, Clapper)
LATN 203 (003). INTERMEDIATE LATIN (CAESAR). (3)
Prerequisite: LATN 101, 102 or equivalent.
LATN 204 (004) INTERMEDIATE LATIN (CICERO). (3)
Prerequisite: LATN 203 or equivalent.
LATN 305 (005). VERGIL'S AENEID. (3)
Prerequisite: LATN 204 or equivalent. (Iversen)
LATN 351 (051). HORACE. (3)
Prerequisite: LATN 305 or equivalent. (Iversen)
LATN 352 (052). LIVY. (3)
Prerequisite: LATN 351 or equivalent. (Iversen)
LATN 361 (061). PLINY'S LETTERS. (3)
Prerequisite: LATN 352 or equivalent. (Iversen)
FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES
Prerequisite for 400-level courses. LATN 361.
LATN 401 (101). CATULLUS AND THE ROMAN ELEGIAC
POETS. (3) (Avery)
LATN 402 (102). TACITUS. (3) (Avery)
LATN 403 (103). ROMAN SATIRE. (3) (Avery)
LATN 404 (104). ROMAN COMEDY. (3) (Avery)
LATN 405 (105). LUCRETIUS. (3) (Avery)
LATN 411 (111). ADVANCED LATIN GRAMMAR. (3)
Prerequisite: Three years of college Latin or equivalent.
An intensive study of the morphology and syntax of the
Latin language supplemented by rapid reading. (Avery)
LATN *99 (199). LATIN READINGS. (3)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. The reading of one or
more selected Latin authors from antiquity through the
Renaissance. Reports. May be repeated with different
content. (Avery)
LAW ENFORCEMENT
LENF 100 (001). INTRODUCTION TO LAW ENFORCEMENT.
(3)
Introduction to the administration of criminal justice in
a democratic society with emphasis upon the theoretical
and historical development of law enforcement. The
principles of organization and administration for law en-
forcement; functions and specific activities, planning and
research; public relations; personnel and training: in-
spection and control: direction; policy formulation.
236 / Course Offerings
LENF 220 (020). INVESTIGATION IN LAW ENFORCEMENT.
(3)
Investigation as a process ol communication. Principles
and problems in inlormation collection and evaluation,
impartial gathering and evaluation ol data. Crime scene
search and recording; collection and preservation ot
physical evidence, scientific aids; modus operandi;
sources of information; interviewing; follow-up and case
preparation.
LENF 230 (030). CRIMINAL LAW IN ACTION. (3)
Law as one of the methods of social control. Criminal
law: its nature, sources, and types; theories and his-
torical developments. Behavioral and legal aspects of
criminal acts. Classification and analysis of selected
criminal offenses.
LENF 234 (031). CRIMINAL PROCEDURE AND EVIDENCE.
(3)
Prerequisite: LENF 230. General principles and theories
of criminal procedure. Due process. Arrest, search and
seizure. Recent developments. Study and evaluation of
evidence and proof.
LENF 330 (120). CONTEMPORARY LEGAL POLICY IS-
SUES. (3)
Prerequisite: LENF 230 and 234 or equivalent. In-depth
examination of selected topics. Criminal responsibility.
Socio-legal policy alternatives with regard to deviance.
Law enforcement procedures for civil law and similar
legal problems. Admissibility of evidence. Representa-
tion Indigent's right to counsel.
LENF 340 (140). CONCEPTS OF LAW ENFORCEMENT AD-
MINISTRATION. (3)
Prerequisite: LENF 100 or equivalent. An introduction to
concepts of organization and management as these re-
late to law enforcement. Principles of structure, process,
policy and procedure, communication and authority, divi-
sion of work and organizational controls. Human ele-
ment in the organization. Informal interaction and
bureaucracy.
LENF 350 (130). LAW ENFORCEMENT-COMMUNITY RE-
LATIONS. (3)
Prerequisite: LENF 100 or equivalent. Examination of
factors contributing to cooperation or friction between
law enforcement personnel and the community, with
emphasis on minority groups, political pressures and
cultural problems. Community organization and social
responsibility of law enforcement.
LENF 398 (191). LAW ENFORCEMENT FIELD TRAINING.
(1-6)
Prerequisite: Junior standing; majors only. Supervised
field training in law enforcement agencies as a struc-
tured and focused experience. The student, in consulta-
tion with his advisor, will select his particular area of
interest and will be responsible to his advisor for con-
tinued contact and required report.
LENF 399 (189). DIRECTED INDEPENDENT RESEARCH.
(1-3)
Prerequisite: Senior standing; majors only. Supervised
individual research and study; library and field research,
surveys, special local problems.
LENF 444 (150). ADVANCED LAW ENFORCEMENT AD-
MINISTRATION. (3)
Prerequisite: LENF 340 or consent of instructor. The
structuring of manpower, material, and systems to ac-
complish the major goals of social control. Personnel
and systems management. Political controls and limita-
tions on authority and jurisdiction.
LENF 460 (160). INDUSTRIAL AND RETAIL SECURITY AD-
MINISTRATION. (3)
Prerequisite: LENF 100, 220 and 340 or consent of in-
structor. The origins of contemporary private security
systems. Organization and management of industrial and
retail protective units.
LINGUISTICS
LING 100 (101) INTRODUCTION TO LINGUISTICS. (3)
Introduction to the basic concepts of modern descriptive
linguistics. Phonology, morphology, syntax. Examinations
of the methods of comparative linguistics, internal recon-
struction, dialect geography. (Listed also as ANTH 371
and as ENGL 280). (Fidelholtz, Dingwall)
LING 101 (071). LANGUAGE AND CULTURE. (3)
Prerequisite: Sophomore standing. A nontechnical intro-
duction to linguistics, with special consideration of the
relations between language and other aspects of cul-
ture. (Listed also as ANTH 271). (Fidelholtz)
LING 401 (102). PHONETICS AND PHONEMICS. (3)
Training in the identification, description and symboliza-
tion of various sounds found in language. Study of scien-
tific techniques for classifying sounds into units which
are perceptually relevant for a given language. (Dingwall)
LING 402 (103). MORPHOLOGY AND SYNTAX. (3)
A detailed study of language structure. No student may
receive credit for both LING 402 and ENGL 484.
(Dingwall, Fidelholtz)
LING 403 (106). HISTORICAL LINGUISTICS. (3)
Prerequisite: LING 401 and 402, or equivalent. A study of
change in the phonological, grammatical and semantic
structures of natural languages; language typology; re-
construction and various allied topics will be treated.
MATHEMATICS
MATH 001 (001). REVIEW OF HIGH SCHOOL
ALGEBRA. (3)'
Recommended for students who fail the qualifying exami-
nation for MATH 105, MATH 110, MATH 115. Special fee
of $45.
"For billing purposes only.
MATH 105 (003). FUNDAMENTALS OF MATHEMATICS. (4)
Prerequisite: Satisfactory performance on the SAT math-
ematics test, or MATH 001. This course is designed to
provide an introduction to mathematical thinking, stres-
sing ideas rather than techniques. Where possible, con-
nections are drawn with other disciplines, such as philos-
ophy, logic and art.
MATH 110, 111 (010, 011). INTRODUCTION TO MATHEMAT-
ICS. (3, 3)
Prerequisite: 2% years of college preparatory mathe-
matics and an appropriate score on the SAT mathe-
matics test, or MATH 001. Open to students not major-
ing in mathematics or the physical, or engineering
sciences. Logic, sets, counting, probability; sequences,
sums; elementary algebraic and transcendental functions
and their geometric representation; systems of linear
equations, vectors, matrices. Credit will be given for
only one of the courses, MATH 110 or MATH 115.
MATH 115 (018). INTRODUCTORY ANALYSIS. (3)
(2 lectures, 2 drill periods per week.) Prerequisite: 2%
years of college preparatory mathematics and an appro-
priate score on the SAT mathematics test, or MATH 001.
An introductory course for students not qualified to start
MATH 140. Real numbers, functions, coordinate systems.
Trigonometric functions. Plane analytic geometry. Credit
will be given for only one of the courses, MATH 115 or
MATH 110.
MATH 140 (019). ANALYSIS I. (4)
(3 lectures, 2 drill periods per week.) Prerequisite: 3*2
years of college preparatory mathematics or MATH 115.
Sets and inequalities, Cartesian coordinates in the plane,
the straight line, the circle, translation of coordinate
axes, functions and their graphs, limits, continuity, the
derivative and application of the derivative, antideriva-
tives, definite integral. Credit will be given for only one
course, MATH 140 or MATH 220.
Course Offerings / 237
MATH 141 (020). ANALYSIS II. (4)
(3 lectures, 2 drill periods per week.) Prerequisite: MATH
140 or equivalent. Applications of integration, techniques
of integration, polar coordinates, basic properties of the
elementary functions, improper integrals, indeterminate
forms, sequences, and infinite series. Credit will be
given for only one course, MATH 141 or MATH 221.
MATH 150 (050). CALCULUS I. (Honors) (4)
Prerequisite: Approval of department. A rigorous treat-
ment, with applications, of differential and integral cal-
culus in one variable.
MATH 151 (051). CALCULUS II. (Honors) (4)
Prerequisite: Approval of department. A rigorous treat-
ment, with applications, of differential and integral cal-
culus in one variable.
MATH 210 (030). ELEMENTS OF MATHEMATICS. (4)
Prerequisite: One year of college preparatory algebra.
Required for majors in elementary education, and open
only to students in this field. Topics from algebra and
number theory, designed to provide insight into arith-
metic: inductive proof, the natural number system based
on the Peano axioms; mathematical systems, groups,
fie!ds; the system of integers; the system of rational
numbers; congruence, divisibility; systems of numeration.
MATH 211 (031). ELEMENTS OF GEOMETRY. (4)
Prerequisite: MATH 210 or equivalent. Structure of
mathematics systems, algebra of sets, geometrical struc-
tures, logic, measurement, congruence, similarity, graphs
in the plane, geometry on the sphere.
MATH 220, 221 (014. 015). ELEMENTARY CALCULUS. (3. 3)
Prerequisite: MATH 110. MATH 115 or equivalent. Open
to students not majoring in mathematics or the physical
or engineering sciences. Basic ideas of differential and
integral calculus; elementary techniques and applications.
Credit will be given for only one course, MATH 220
or MATH 140; and only one course, MATH 221 or MATH
141.
MATH 240 (021 L). LINEAR ALGEBRA. (4)
(3 lectures, 2 drill periods per week.) Prerequisite: MATH
141 or equivalent. Basic concepts of linear algebra: vec-
tor spaces, applications to line and plane geometry,
linear equations and matrices, similar matrices, linear
transformations, eigenvalues, determinants, and quadratic
forms. Credit will be given for only one course, MATH
240 or MATH 400.
MATH 241 (022). ANALYSIS III. (4)
(3 lectures, 2 drill periods per week.) Prerequite: MATH
240 or equivalent. Calculus of functions of vectors: par-
tial derivatives, multiple integration, surface integrals
classical theorems of Green, Gauss, and Stokes.
MATH 246 (066). DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS FOR SCIEN-
TISTS AND ENGINEERS. (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 141 or equivalent. The field of direc-
tion and graphic solutions of first order differential equa-
tions. The simplest methods of numerical solution. Sys-
tems of differential equations. Introduction to Fourier
series, and applications.
MATH 250 (052). CALCULUS III. (Honors) (4)
Prerequisite: Approval of department. Elements of linear
algebra, Euclidean and other metric spaces; Multi-vari-
able calculus; implicit function theorem; theorems of
Green, Gauss and Stokes. Riemann Stieltjes integral and.
as time permits, ordinary differential equations. Fourier
series, orthogonal functions.
MATH 251 (053) CALCULUS IV. (Honors) (4)
Prerequisite: Approval of department. Elements of linear
algebra, Euclidean and other metric spaces; Multi-vari-
able calculus: implicit function theorem; theorems of
Green. Gauss and Stokes. Riemann Stieltjies integral and.
as time permits, ordinary differential equations. Fourier
series, orthogonal functions.
MATH 398 (190). HONORS SEMINAR. (2)
Prerequisite: Permission of the Departmental Honors
Committee. Reports by students on mathematical litera-
ture; solution of various problems.
Courses 400-499
Algebra and Number Theory: 400. 401. 403. 405, 406, 407
Analysis: 410, 411, 413, 414. 415, 416, 417
Geometry and Topology: 430. 431, 432, 433, 434. 436. 437
Foundations of Mathematics: 444, 446. 447. 450
Applied Mathematics: 401. 415, 462, 463. 464. 470. 471
Courses for Teachers of Mathematics and Science: 478. 481,
482, 483, 484. 488
Seminars, Selected Topics, Research: 398, 498
MATH 400 (100). VECTORS AND MATRICES. (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 141 or MATH 221. Algebra of vector
spaces and matrices. Recommended for students inter-
ested in the applications of mathematics. (Not open to
students who have had MATH 405 or MATH 240.)
MATH 401 (101). APPLIED LINEAR ALGEBRA. (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 400, or MATH 240. or consent of the
instructor. Various applications of linear algebra: theory
of finite games, linear programming, matrix methods as
applied to finite Markov chains, random walk, incidence
matrices, graphs and directed graphs, networks, trans-
portation problems.
MATH 403 (103). INTRODUCTION TO ABSTRACT ALGEBRA.
(3)
Prerequisite: MATH 241 or equivalent. Integers: groups,
rings, integral domains, fields.
MATH 405 (104). INTRODUCTION TO LINEAR ALGEBRA. (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 403 or consent of Instructor. An ab-
stract treatment of finite dimensional vector spaces.
Linear transformations and their invariants.
MATH 406 (106). INTRODUCTION TO NUMBER THEORY. (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 241. Rational integers, divisibility
prime numbers, modules and linear forms, unique factor-
ization theorem. Euler's function, Mobius' function, cy-
clotomic polynomial, congruences and quadratic resi-
dues, Legendre's and Jacobi's symbol, reciprocity law
of quadratic residues, ,'ntroductory explanation of the
method of algebraic number theory.
MATH 410. 411 (110. 119). ADVANCED CALCULUS. (3. 3)
Prerequisite: MATH 241. Sequences and series of num-
bers, continuity and differentiability of real valued func-
tions of one variable, the Riemann integral, sequences
of functions, and power series. Functions of several vari-
ables including partial derivatives, multiple integrals, line
and surface integrals. The implicit function theorem.
MATH 413 (113). INTRODUCTION TO COMPLEX VARI-
ABLES. (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 410. The algebra of complex num-
bers, analytic functions, mapping properties of the ele-
mentary functions. Cauchy's theorem and the Cauchy
integral formula. Residues. (Credit will be given for only
one of the courses, MATH 413 or MATH 463.)
MATH 414 (114). DIFFERENTIAL EQUATIONS. (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 410 A general introduction to the
theory of differential equations. Constructive methods of
solution leading to existence theorems and uniqueness
theorems. Other topics such as: systems of linear equa-
tions, the behavior of solutions in the large, the behavior
of solutions near singularities, periodic solutions, sta-
bility, and Sturm-Liouville problems.
MATH 415 (165). INTRODUCTION TO PARTIAL DIFFEREN-
TIAL EQUATIONS. (3)
Prerequisites: MATH 410 or MATH 462. Topics will in
elude one dimensional wave equation; linear second
order equations in two variables, separations of vari-
ables and Fourier series; Sturm-Liouville theory.
MATH 416 (118) INTRODUCTION TO REAL VARIABLES. (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 410. The Lebesgue integral. Fubim's
theorem Convergence theorems. The Lp spaces,
place transforms.
238 / Course Offerings
MATH 417 (117). INTRODUCTION TO FOURIER ANALYSIS.
(3)
Prerequisite: MATH 410. Fourier series. Fourier and La-
MATH 430 (120). GEOMETRIC TRANSFORMATIONS. (3)
Prequisite: MATH 240. Recommended lor students in
mathematics education. Important groups ot geometric
transformations, including the isometries and similari-
ties of the plane. Geometries related to transformation
groups.
MATH 431 (121). FOUNDATIONS OF GEOMETRY. (3)
Prerequisite: One year of college mathematics. Recom-
mended for students in mathematics education. The
axiomatic foundations of geometry. Attention will be
given to one or more axiomatic developments of Eucli-
dean geometry and to the relation of Euclidean geometry
to other geometric systems.
MATH 432 (122). INTRODUCTION TO POINT SET TOPOL-
OGY. (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 410 or 450, or equivalent. Connec-
tedness, compactness, transformations, homomorphisms
application of these concepts to various spaces, with
particular attention to the Euclidean plane.
MATH 433 (123). INTRODUCTION TO ALGEBRAIC TOPOL-
OGY. (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 403 and 432, or equivalent. Chains,
cycles, homology groups for surfaces, the fundamental
group.
MATH 436 (126). INTRODUCTION TO DIFFERENTIAL GE-
OMETRY. (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 241 or equivalent. The differential
geometry of curves and surfaces, curvature and torsion,
moving frames, the fundamental differential forms, in-
trinsic geometry of a surface.
MATH 444 (144). ELEMENTARY LOGIC AND ALGORITHMS.
(3)
Prerequisite: MATH 240 or consent of instructor. This is
the same course as CMSC 450. An informal develop-
ment of propositional logic, predicate logic, set algebra,
and Boolean algebra. Topics include recursive functions,
Turing machines. Post productions, Markov algorithms,
and word problems.
MATH 446 (147). AXIOMATIC SET THEORY. (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 403 or 450 or consent of instructor.
Development of a system of axiomatic set theory, choice
principles, induction principles, ordinal arithmetic in-
cluding discussion of cancellation laws, divisibility, ca-
nonical expansions, cardinal arithmetic including con-
nections with the axiom of choice, Hartog's theorem,
Konig's theorem, properties of regular, singular, and
inaccessible cardinals.
MATH 447 (148). INTRODUCTION TO MATHEMATICAL
LOGIC. (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 403 or 450 or 410. Formal proposi-
tional logic, completeness, independence, decidability of
the system, formal quantificational logic, first order axio-
matic theories, extended Godel Completeness theorem,
Lowenheim-Skolem theorem, model-theoretical applica-
tions.
MATH 450 (146). FUNDAMENTAL CONCEPTS OF MATHE-
MATICS. (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 240 or consent of instructor. Sets,
relations, mappings. Construction of the real number sys-
tem starting with Peano postulates: algebraic structures
associated with the construction; Archimedean order,
sequential completeness and equivalent properties of or-
dered fields. Finite and infinite sets, denumberable and
non-denumberable sets.
MATH 460 (168). COMPUTATIONAL METHODS. (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 241 or 462, and CMSC 110 or equi-
valent. Study of the basic computational methods for
interpolation, least squares, approximation, numercial
quadrature, numercial solution of polynomial and trans-
cendental equations, systems of linear equations and
initial value problems for ordinary differential equations.
The emphasis is placed on a discussion of the methods
and their computational properties rather than on their
analytic aspects. Intended primarily for students in the
physical and engineering sciences. This course should
not be taken by students who have passed MATH
CMSC 470. (Listed also as CMSC 460 )
MATH 462 (162). ANALYSIS FOR SCIENTISTS AND EN-
GINEERS I. (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 240 or consent of instructor. Credit
will be given for only one of the courses, MATH 241 or
MATH 462. Calculus of functions of several real vari-
ables; limits, continuity, partial differentiation, multiple
integrals, line and surface integrals, vector-valued func-
tions, theorems of Green, Gauss and Stokes. Physical
applications. (This course cannot be counted toward
a major in mathematics.)
MATH 463 (163). ANALYSIS FOR SCIENTISTS AND EN-
GINEERS II. (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 462 or 241 or consent of instructor.
Credit will be given for only one of the courses, MATH
413 or MATH 463. The complex field. Infinite processes
for real and complex numbers. Calculus of complex
functions. Analytic functions and analytic continuation.
Theory of residues and application to evaluation of in-
tegrals. Conformal mapping.
MATH 464 (164). ANALYSIS FOR SCIENTISTS AND EN-
GINEERS III. (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 246 and MATH 463, or consent of
instructor. Fourier and Laplace transforms. Evaluation
of the complex inversion integral by the theory of resi-
dues. Applications to systems of ordinary and partial dif-
ferential equations.
MATH 470 (170). INTRODUCTION TO NUMERICAL ANALY-
SIS. (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 241. Introduction to the analysis of
numercial methods for solving linear systems of equa-
tions, nonlinear equations in one variable, interpolation
and approximation problems and the solution of initial
value problems for ordinary differential equations. Stress
is placed on providing the student with a good under-
standing of the theoretical foundations of the various
methods. Intended primarily for students in mathematics,
applied mathematics, and computer science. This course
should not be taken by students who have passed
MATH CMSC 460. (Listed also as CMSC 470.)
MATH 478 (185). SELECTED TOPICS FOR TEACHERS OF
MATHEMATICS. (1-3)
Prerequisite: One year of college mathematics or con-
sent of instructor.
MATH 481 (181). INTRODUCTION TO NUMBER THEORY. (3)
Prerequisite: One year of college mathematics or consent
of instructor. Designed primarily for those enrolled in
programs with emphasis in the teaching of mathematics
and science. Not open to students seeking a major
directly in the physical sciences, since the course con-
tent is usually covered elsewhere in their curriculum.
Axiomatic developments of the real numbers. Elementary
number theory.
MATH 482 (182). INTRODUCTION TO ALGEBRA. (3)
Prerequisite: One year of college mathematics or consent
of instructor. Designed primarily for those enrolled in
programs with emphasis in the teaching of mathematics
and science. Not open to students seeking a major di-
rectly in the physical sciences, since the course content
is usually covered elsewhere in their curriculum. Modern
ideas in algebra and topics in the theory of equations.
MATH 483 (183). INTRODUCTION TO GEOMETRY. (3)
Prerequisite: One year of college mathematics or consent
of instructor. Designed primarily for those enrolled in
programs with emphasis in the teaching of mathematics
and science. Not open to students seeking a major
directly in the physical sciences, since the course con-
tent is usually covered elsewhere in their curriculum.
A study of the axioms for Euclidean and non-Euclidean
geometry.
Course Offerings / 239
MATH 484 (184). INTRODUCTION TO ANALYSIS. (3)
Prerequisite: One year of college mathematics or consent
of instructor. Designed primarily for those enrolled in
programs with emphasis in the teaching of mathematics
and science. Not open to students seeking a major di-
rectly in the physical sciences, since the course content
is usually covered elsewhere in their curriculum. A study
of the limit concept and the calculus. (Previous knowl-
edge of calculus is not required.)
MATH 488 (189). NATIONAL SCIENCE FOUNDATION SUM-
MER INSTITUTE FOR TEACHERS OF SCIENCE AND
MATHEMATICS. SEMINAR. (1-3)
Lectures and discussion to deepen the student's appreci-
ation of mathematics as a logical discipline and as a
medium of expression. Special emphasis on topics rele-
vant to current mathematical curriculum studies and
revisions.
MATH 498 (191). SELECTED TOPICS IN MATHEMATICS.
(VARIABLE CREDIT)
Prerequisite: Permission of the instructor. Topics of spe-
cial interest to advanced undergraduate students will be
offered occasionally under the general guidance of the
Departmental Committee on Undergraduate Studies. Hon-
ors students register for reading under this number.
METEOROLOGY
METO 410, 411 (110, 111). DESCRIPTIVE AND SYNOPTIC
METEOROLOGY. (3, 3)
Prerequisites: MATH 241, PHYS 284 or equivalent A
survey of atmospheric phenomena, goals of research and
techniques of study. This course would introduce the
new student to the broad range of theoretical and ap-
plied studies in meteorology in order to acquaint him
with the interaction of the physical and dynamical pro-
cesses and the various scales of atmospheric phenom-
ena. Some work in synoptic analysis and an introduc-
tion to methods of forecasting would be included.
METO 412 (112). PHYSICS AND THERMODYNAMICS OF
THE ATMOSPHERE. (3)
Prerequisites: MATH 241, PHYS 284 or equivalent. Optical
phenomena, the radiation balance, introduction to cloud
physics, atmospheric electrical phenomena, basic therm-
odynamic processes and their application to the atmos-
phere.
METO 420 (120). PHYSICAL AND DYNAMICAL
OCEANOGRAPHY. (3)
Prerequisites: Consent of the instructor. Historical re-
view of oceanography; physical, chemical, stratification
and circulation properties of the ocean; dynamics of
frictionless, frictional, wind driven and thermohaline cir-
culations; air-sea interactions.
METO 422 (122). OCEAN WAVES, TIDES AND
TURBULENCE. (3)
Prerequisites: ENME 442 or PHYS 461 or equivalent.
Introduction to the theory of oceanic wave motions; tides,
wind waves, swells, storm surges, seiches, tsunamies.
internal waves, turbulence, stirring, mixing and diffusion;
probability, statistics and time series.
METO 434 (177). AIR POLLUTION. (3)
Prerequisite: Consent of the instructor. Three lectures
per week. Classification of atmospheric pollutants and
their effects on visibility, inanimate and animate recep-
tors. Evaluation of source emissions and principles of air
pollution control; meteorological factors governing the
distribution and removal of air pollutants; air quality
measurements and air pollution control legislation.
MICROBIOLOGY
MICB 200 (001). GENERAL MICROBIOLOGY. (4)
Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a
week. Prerequisite: Two semesters of chemistry. The
biology of microorganisms, with special reference to the
bacteria. Fundamental principles of microbiology as re-
vealed through an examination of the structure, physiol-
ogy, genetics, and ecology of microorganisms,
(Weiner)
MICB 290 (081). APPLIED MICROBIOLOGY. (4)
Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a
week. Prerequisite: MICB 200. The application of micro-
organisms and microbiological principles to milk, dairy
products, and foods, industrial processes; soil; water and
sanitation operations. (Cook)
MICB 300 (162). MICROBIOLOGICAL LITERATURE. (1)
Second semester. One lecture period a week. Prerequi-
site: A major in microbiology. Introduction to periodical
literature, methods, interpretation, and presentation of
reports. (Doetsch)
MICB 399 (181). MICROBIOLOGICAL PROBLEMS. (3)
Prerequisite: 16 credits in microbiology. Registration only
upon the consent of the instructor. This course is ar-
ranged to provide qualified majors in microbiology and
majors in allied fields an opportunity to pursue specific
microbiological problems under the supervision of a
member of the department.
FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES
MICB 400 (160). SYSTEMATIC BACTERIOLOGY. (2)
First semester. Two lecture periods a week. Prerequisite:
8 credits in microbiology. History of bacterial classifica-
tion; genetic relationships; international codes of nomen-
clature; bacterial variation as it affects classification.
(Hansen)
MICB 410 (104). HISTORY OF MICROBIOLOGY. (1)
First semester. One lecture period a week. Prerequisite:
A major or minor in microbiology. History and integration
of the fundamental discoveries of the science. The mod-
ern aspects of cytology, taxonomy, fermentation, and im-
munity in relation to early theories. (Doetsch)
MICB 420 (108). EPIDEMIOLOGY AND PUBLIC HEALTH. (2)
Second semester. Two lecture periods a week. Prerequi-
site: MICB 200. History, characteristic features, and epi-
demiology of the important communicable diseases,
public health administration and responsibilities: vital
statistics. (Faber)
MICB 440 (101). PATHOGENIC MICROBIOLOGY. (4)
First semester. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisite: MICB 200. The role of
microorganisms in the diseases of man and animals with
emphasis upon the differentiation and culture of micro-
organisms, types of disease, modes of disease transmis-
sion, prophylactic, therapeutic, and epidemiological as-
pects. (Vaituzis)
MICB 450 (103). IMMUNOLOGY. (4)
Second semester. Two lectures and two two-hour labora-
tory periods a week. Prerequisite: MICB 440. Infection
and resistance; principles and types of immunity: hyper-
sensitiveness. Fundamental techniques of immunology.
(Roberson)
MICB 460 (111). GENERAL VIROLOGY. (4)
Second semester. Two lectures and two two-hour labora-
tory periods a week. Prerequisite: MICB 440 or equiva-
lent. Basic concepts regarding the nature of viruses and
their properties, together with techniques for their char-
acterization and identification. (Hetrick)
MICB 470 (151). MICROBIAL PHYSIOLOGY. (4)
First semester. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory
periods a week. Prerequisites: 8 credits in microbiology
and CHEM 461, 462 or equivalent. Aspects of the growth,
death, and energy transactions of microorganisms are
considered, as well as the effects of the physical and
chemical environment on them. (MacOuillan)
MICB 490 (121). MICROBIAL FERMENTATIONS. (4)
Second semester. Two lectures and two two-hour labora-
tory periods a week. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
The application of quantitative techniques for measure-
240 / Course Offerings
ment of enzyme reaciions. mutations, fermentation.
analyses, and other physiological processes of micro-
organisms. (Cook)
MUSIC EDUCATION
MUED 352 (128). MUSIC FOR THE ELEMENTARY CLASS-
ROOM TEACHER. (2-3)
Prerequisite. MUSC 155 or consent of instructor. For
non-music majors. Methods for guiding elementary
school students in musical experiences; development of
objectives, and a survey of instructional materials.
MUED 410 (129). METHODS AND MATERIALS FOR CLASS
INSTRUMENTAL INSTRUCTION. (2)
Prerequisite: Previous or concurrent registration in MUSC
113-213 Two one-hour laboratories and one lecture
per week. Teaching techniques and rehearsal tech-
niques for beginning and intermediate instrumental
classes — winds, strings and percussion.
(Gallagher, Taylor)
MUED 415 (155). ORGANIZATION AND TECHNIQUE OF IN-
STRUMENTAL CLASS INSTRUCTION. (3)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Practical instruction
in the methods of tone production, tuning, fingering, and
in the care of woodwind and brass instruments. A survey
of the materials and published methods for class in-
struction.
MUED 420 (163). BAND AND ORCHESTRA TECHNIQUES
AND ADMINISTRATION. (2-3)
Prerequisite: MUSC 113-213 and 491. Comprehensive
study of instructional materials, rehearsal techniques,
program planning, and band pageantry for the high
school instrumental program. Organization, scheduling,
budgeting and purchasing are included.
(Gallagher, Taylor)
MUED 428 (180). INSTRUMENTAL MUSIC FOR SECOND-
ARY SCHOOLS. (2)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. A survey of the reper-
toires for high school orchestra, band, and small ensem-
ble. Problems of interpretation, intonation, tone quality,
and rehearsal techniques. The course may be repeated
for credit, since different repertoires are covered each
time the course is offered.
MUED 430 (170). METHODS AND MATERIALS FOR CLASS
PIANO INSTRUCTION. (2)
Objectives, techniques and materials for teaching class
piano. Special emphasis is placed on analysis of materi-
als, audio-visual aids, use of electronic pianos, and
equipment. (deVermond)
MUED 438 (176). SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN THE TEACHING
OF INSTRUMENTAL MUSIC. (2-3)
Prerequisite: MUSC 113-213 or the equivalent. A study,
through practice on minor instruments, of the prob-
lems encountered in public school teaching of orchestral
instruments. Literature and teaching materials, minor
repairs, and adjustment of instruments are included.
The course may be taken for credit three times since
one of four groups of instruments, strings, woodwind,
brass or percussion will be studied each time the course
is offered.
MUED 450 (116). MUSIC IN EARLY CHILDHOOD EDUCA-
TION (3)
Prerequisite: MUSC 155 or equivalent. Creative experi-
ences in songs and rhythms, correlation of music and
everyday teaching with the abilities and development of
each level; study of songs and materials; observation
and teaching experience with each age level. (Shelley)
MUED 460 (125). CREATIVE ACTIVITIES IN THE ELEMENT-
ARY SCHOOL. (2-3)
Prerequisite: Music methods of teaching experience. A
study of the creative approach to the development of mu-
sic experiences for children in the elementary grades
emphasizing contemporary music and contemporary
music techniques. (Shelley)
MUED 462 (139) MUSIC FOR THE ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
SPECIALIST. (2-3)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. Teaching techniques
and instructional materials for the music program in the
elementarv schools. For the music specialist.
MUED 470 (132). MUSIC IN SECONDARY SCHOOLS. (2-3)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. A study of the music
program in the junior and senior high school with em-
phasis on objectives, organization of subject matter,
teaching techniques and materials for general music
classes. (Blum, Shelley)
MUED 472 (175). METHODS AND MATERIALS IN VOCAL
MUSIC FOR SECONDARY SCHOOLS. (2-4)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. A survey of repertoire
and methods for teaching choral groups and voice
classes. Diction, interpretation, tone production, inton-
ation, phrasing rehearsal techniques and style charact-
eristics. (Grentzer. Mueller, Shelley)
MUED 480 (173). THE VOCAL MUSIC TEACHER AND
SCHOOL ORGANIZATION. (2)
Prerequisite: Student teaching, previous or concurrent.
The role of the vocal music specialist in the implementa-
tion of the supervision and administration of the music
programs in the elementary and secondary schools.
Open to graduate students by permission of instructor.
(Fanos)
MUSIC
MUSC 009 (0O0B.) GRADUATE ENSEMBLE. (1)*
Required of all master's and doctoral students in Ap-
plied Music. Participation in departmental ensembles ac-
cording to the student's major instrument, and as de-
termined by the student's advisor.
'For billing purposes only
MUSC 100, 101 (021, 022). CLASS VOICE. (2. 2)
Four hours per week. A laboratory course in which a
variety of voices and vocal problems are represented.
Principles of correct breathing as applied to singing;
fundamentals of tone production and diction. Students
are taught to develop their own voices. Repertoire of
folk songs and songs of the Classical and Romantic
periods.
MUSC 102, 103 (023, 024). CLASS PIANO. (2, 2)
Four hours per week. Functional piano training for be-
ginners. Development of techniques useful for school and
community playing. Basic piano techniques; chord, ar-
peggio, and scale techniques; melody and song playing;
simple accompaniments, improvisation for accompani-
ments and rhythms; sight reading and transposition, and
playing by ear. MUSC 103, continuation of MUSC 102;
elementary repertoire is begun. (de Vermond)
MUSC 110 (080). CLASS STUDY OF STRING INSTRU-
MENTS. (2)
First semester. Open only to majors in music education
(vocal option). Four laboratory hours per week. Basic
principles of string playing, and a survey of all string
instruments. (Berman)
MUSC 111 (081). CLASS STUDY OF WIND AND PERCUS-
SION INSTRUMENTS. (2)
Second semester. Open only to majors in music educa-
tion (vocal option) Four laboratory hours per week. A
survey of wind and percussion instruments with empha-
sis on ensemble training. The student will acquire an
adequate playing technique on one instrument and gain
an understanding of the acoustical and construction
principles of the others.
MUSC 113, (061), 114 (062), 116 (063). 117 (064), 120 (065),
121 (066), 122 (067). CLASS STUDY OF ORCHESTRAL
AND BAND INSTRUMENTS. (2 each course)
First and second semesters alternately. Open only to
majors in music education (instrumental option). Four
laboratory hours per week. A study of the instruments
Course Offerings / 241
with emphasis on ensemble training. The student will ac-
quire an adequate playing technique on two to four in-
struments, and an understanding of the acoustical and
construction principles of the others. MUSC 113, Violin;
MUSC 114, Cello and Bass; MUSC 116, Clarinet; MUSC
117, Flute. Oboe, Bassoon, and Saxophone; MUSC 120,
Cornet; MUSC 121, Horn, Trombone, Euphonium, and
Tuba: MUSC 122, Percussion.
MUSC 129. MUSIC ENSEMBLE. (1)
Three laboratory hours per week. Rehearsal and per-
formance of selected works for small ensembles of in-
struments, piano, or small vocal groups. After two
registrations in MUSC 129 the student will elect MUSC
229 for two additional semesters, and MUSC 329 there-
after. In addition to indicating the course number (129,
229. or 329) the student will indicate a section as follows:
Sec.
J Brass Choir (009D)
K Percussion En. (009G)
L Clarinet Choir (009C)
M Saxophone En. (009L)
Sec.
A Men's Glee Club (004)
B Women's Chorus (005)
C Chapel Choir (015)
D Chamber Chorus (009F)
E Madrigal Singers (009A)
F Opera Workshop (009H)
G University Orch. (006)
H Theater Orch. (009E)
I Bands (010)
N String Ensemble (009B)
O Woodwind En. (009J)
P Keyboard En. (009K)
Q Chamber Orch. (006)
S 20th Century En.
Z University Chorus (009F)
MUSC 130 (020). SURVEY OF MUSIC LITERATURE. (3)
Three lectures and one laboratory hour per week. Open
to all students except music and music education ma-
jors. MUSC 130 and 131 may not both be taken for
credit. A study of the principles upon which music is
based, and an introduction to the musical repertoires
performed in America today. (Davis)
MUSC 131 (001). INTRODUCTION TO MUSIC. (3)
Open only to music or music education majors; other
students take MUSC 130. MUSC 130 and 131 may not
both be counted for credit. A study of the forms and
styles of music, leading to an intelligent appreciation of
the art and providing a foundation for more advanced
courses in the Department of Music.
MUSC 150. 151 (007, 008). THEORY OF MUSIC. (3, 3)
Three lectures and two laboratory hours per week. A
fundamental course in the elements of music. Study of
rhythms, scales, chord structures, and tonalities through
ear training, sight singing, and keyboard drill. The stu-
dent must achieve a grade of C in MUSC 151 in order
to register for MUSC 250.
MUSC 155 (016). FUNDAMENTALS FOR THE CLASSROOM
TEACHER. (3)
Open to students majoring in elementary education or
childhood education; other students take MUSC 150.
MUSC 150 and 155 may not both be counted for credit.
The fundamentals of music theory and practice, related
to the needs of the classroom and kindergarten teacher,
and organized in accord with the six-area concept of
musical learning. (Fanos)
MUSC 200, 201 (031, 032). ADVANCED CLASS VOICE.
(2, 2)
Three hours per week. Prerequisite: MUSC 101 or equiv-
alent vocal training. Continuation of MUSC 101, with
more advanced repertoire for solo voice and small en-
sembles. A special section for music-education majors
will include the study of methods and materials for
teaching class voice.
MUSC 202. 203 (033, 034), ADVANCED CLASS PIANO. (2. 2)
Four hours per week. Prerequisite: MUSC 103 or equiv-
alent piano training. Advanced keyboard techniques.
Continuation of skills introduced in MUSC 103. transpo-
sition, modulation, and sight reading; methods of teach-
ing functional piano. MUSC 203. development of style in
playing accompaniments and in playing for community
singing. More advanced repertoire. (de Vermond)
MUSC 213 (068). ADVANCED CLASS— STRINGS. (2)
Open only to majors in music education (instrumental
option). Four laboratory hours per week. A study of the
instruments with emphasis on ensemble training.
(Berman)
MUSC 228 (054). PIANO SIGHT READING, ACCOMPANY-
ING, AND IMPROVISATION. (2)
Prerequisite: Completion or current registration in MUSC
208A. Four laboratory hours per week. A course de-
signed to improve sight-reading fluency for pianists.
Emphasis on vocal and instrumental accompanying and
chamber music. Development of ability to improvise and
transpose. May be repeated for credit. (Garvey)
MUSC 229. MUSIC ENSEMBLE. (1)
See description under MUSC 129.
MUSC 250, 251 (070, 071). ADVANCED THEORY OF
MUSIC. (4, 4)
Prerequisite: MUSC 151 with a grade of at least C.
Three lectures and two laboratory hours per week. An
integrated course of written harmony, keyboard harmony,
and ear training. Continuation of the principles studied
in MUSC 151. Harmonic progressions: MUSC 250. eight-
eenth-century chorale style; MUSC 251, nineteenth-cen-
tury styles including chromatic and modulatory tech-
niques. Realization of figured basses, and composition
in the smaller forms. Advanced study of solfege. with
drill in melodic, rhythmic, and harmonic dictation. Appli-
cation of harmonic principles to the keyboard.
MUSC 329. MUSIC ENSEMBLE. (1)
See description under MUSC 129.
MUSC 330, 331 (120. 121). HISTORY OF MUSIC. (3, 3)
Prerequisites: MUSC 130 or 131 and junior standing A
study of musical styles from their origins in western
Europe to their present-day manifestations. The inter-
action of music and other cultural activities. MUSC 330.
the Greek period to Bach; MUSC 331. Bach to the pres-
ent. (Helm, Serwer)
MUSC 339 (125). HONORS READING COURSE. (2-3)
Prerequisites: Junior standing and consent of Honors
Committee. Selected readings in the history, literature
and theory of music. The course may be repeated for
credit at the discretion of the committee.
MUSC 358 (155). AURAL MUSICAL SKILLS. (3)
Development of advanced skills in aural perception of
pitch, melody, rhythm, harmony, text, texture, and tim-
bre heard in a variety of media. A development course
for graduate students. May be repeated for credit.
MUSC 400 (185). MUSIC PEDAGOGY. (3)
Conference course. Pre- or corequisite: MUSC 418 or
a more advanced course in applied music. A study of
major pedagogical treatises in music, and an evaluation
of pedagogical techniques, materials, and procedures.
MUSC 430. 431 (130, 131). MUSIC LITERATURE SURVEY
FOR THE NON-MAJOR. (3. 3)
Either semester may be taken separately. Prerequisite:
MUSC 130 or the equivalent. Open to all students ex-
cept music and music-education majors. Selected com-
positions are studied from the standpoint of the informed
listener. MUSC 430. choral music, opera, and art song:
MUSC 431, orchestral, chamber, and keyboard music.
(Seidler)
MUSC 440 (165) KEYBOARD MUSIC. (3)
Prerequisite: MUSC 330, 331. or the equivalent. The
history and literature of harpsichord, organ, and piano
music from the Baroque period to the present. Suites,
sonatas and smaller forms are studied with emphasis on
changes of style and idiom. (Gordon)
MUSC 441 (168). CHAMBER MUSIC. (3)
Prerequisite: MUSC 330. 331. or the equivalent. The his-
tory and literature of chamber music from the early
Baroque period to the present. Music for trio sonata.
string quartet and quintet, and combinations of piano
and strings. (Ulrich)
242 / Course Offerings
MUSC 442 (167). SYMPHONIC MUSIC. (3)
Prerequisite: MUSC 330. 331, or the equivalent. The
study of orchestral music from the Baroque period to
the present. The concerto, symphony, overture, and other
forms are examined. (Bernstein)
MUSC 443 (164). SOLO VOCAL LITERATURE. (3)
Prerequisite: MUSC 330. 331. or the equivalent. The
study of solo vocal literature from the Baroque cantata
to the art song of the present. The Lied, melodie, vocal
chamber music, and the orchestral song are examined.
(Pennington)
MUSC 444 (169). CHORAL MUSIC. (3)
Prerequisite: MUSC 330. 331, or the equivalent. The his-
tory and literature of choral music from the Renais-
sance to the present, with discussion of related topics
such as Gregorian chant, vocal chamber music, etc.
(Helm)
MUSC 445 (166). SURVEY OF THE OPERA. (3)
Prerequisite: MUSC 330. 331, or the equivalent. A study
of the music, librettos and composers of the standard
operas. (Bernstein)
MUSC 446 (163). CONTEMPORARY MUSIC. (3)
Prerequisite: MUSC 330, 331, or the equivalent. A study
of music written in contemporary idioms since Debussy.
Changes in form and performing media in the twentieth
century. Electronic music and other experimental types.
MUSC 448 (190). SPECIAL AREAS OF MUSIC. (3)
Prerequisites: MUSC 330. 331, or the equivalent. Three
lectures per week. The course will be offered period-
ically in various disciplines.
MUSC 450 (141). MUSICAL FORM. (3)
Prerequisite: MUSC 250, 251. A study of the organizing
principles of musical composition, their interaction in
musical forms, and their functions in different styles.
(Gould)
MUSC 460. 461 (145, 146). COUNTERPOINT. (2, 2)
Prerequisite: MUSC 250, 251. A course in eighteenth-
century contrapuntal techniques. Study of devices of
imitation in the invention and the choral prelude. Origi-
nal writing in the smaller contrapuntal forms. (Gould)
MUSC 462 (149). MODAL COUNTERPOINT. (2)
Prerequisite: MUSC 251 or the equivalent. An introduc-
tion to the contrapuntal techniques of the sixteenth
century: the structure of the modes, composition of
modal melodies, and contrapuntal writing for two, three
and four voices. (Gould)
MUSC 465 (175). CANON AND FUGUE. (3)
Prerequisite: MUSC 461 or the equivalent. Composition
and analysis of the canon and fugue in the styles of the
eighteenth, nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Gould)
MUSC 470 (150). HARMONIC AND CONTRAPUNTAL PRAC-
TICES OF THE TWENTIETH CENTURY. (2)
Prerequisites: MUSC 251 and 460 or the equivalents. A
theoretical study of twentieth-century materials: scales,
modes, intervals, chord structures, poly-harmony, and
serial and twelve-tone organization, (Steinke)
MUSC 478, 479 (143. 144). COMPOSITION. (2, 2)
Prerequisite: MUSC 250. 251. Principles of musical com-
position, and their application to the smaller forms.
Original writing in nineteenth and twentieth century
musical idioms for various media. (Moss)
MUSC 486, 487 (147. 148). ORCHESTRATION. (2, 2)
Prerequisite: MUSC 250, 251. A study of the ranges,
musical functions, and technical characteristics of the
instruments, and their color possibilities in various com-
binations. Practical experience in orchestrating for small
and large ensembles. (Steinke)
MUSC 490. 491 (160, 161). CONDUCTING. (2, 2)
MUSC 490 or equivalent is prerequisite to MUSC 491.
A laboratory course in conducting vocal and instrument-
al groups. Baton technique, score reading, rehearsal
techniques, tone production, style, and interpretation.
Music of all periods will be introduced.
(Hudson, Taylor, Traver)
MUSC 495 (180). ACOUSTICS FOR MUSICIANS. (3)
Prerequisites: MUSC 251 or the equivalent, and senior
or graduate standing in music. The basic physics of
music, acoustics of musical instruments and music
theory, physiological acoustics, and musico-architectural
acoustics.
APPLIED MUSIC
A new student or one taking applied music for
the first time at this University should register for
MUSC 099. He will receive the proper classifica-
tion at the end of his first semester in the depart-
ment. Special fee of $40.00 per semester for each
applied-music course.
Section designation: Each student taking an ap-
plied-music course should, in addition to register-
ing for the proper course number, indicate the in-
strument chosen by adding a section as follows:
Sec. A, Piano
Sec. B, Voice
Sec. C, Violin
Sec. D, Viola
Sec. E, Cello
Sec. F, Bass
Sec. G, Flute
Sec. H, Oboe
Sec. I, Clarinet
Sec. J, Bassoon
Sec. K, Saxophone
Sec. L, Horn
Sec. M, Trumpet
Sec. N, Trombone
Sec. O, Tuba
Sec. P, Euphonium
Sec. Q, Percussion
Sec. R, Organ
MUSC 108, 109 (012, 013). APPLIED MUSIC. (2-4, 2-4)
Freshman course. One hour lesson and six practice
hours per week if taken for two hours credit; or one hour
lesson and fifteen practice hours per week if taken for
four hours credit. The four-hour course is for piano
majors in the B.Mus. curriculum only. Special fee of
$40.00 per semester.
MUSC 208, 209 (052, 053). APPLIED MUSIC. (2-4, 2-4)
Sophomore course. Prerequisite: MUSC 109 on the same
instrument. One hour lesson and six practice hours per
week if taken for two hours credit; or one hour lesson
and fifteen practice hours per week if taken for four
hours credit. The four-hour course is for instrumental
majors in the B.Mus. curriculum only. Special fee of
$40.00 per semester.
MUSC 408, 409 (112, 113). APPLIED MUSIC. (2-4, 2-4)
Junior course. Prerequisite: MUSC 209 on the same
instrument. One hour lesson and six practice hours per
week if taken for two hours credit; or one hour lesson
and fifteen practice hours per week if taken for four
hours credit. The four-hour course is for instrumental
majors in the B.Mus. curriculum only. Special fee of
$40.00 per semester.
MUSC 418, 419 (152, 153). APPLIED MUSIC. (2-4, 2-4)
Senior course. Prerequisite: MUSC 409 on the same
instrument. One hour lesson and six practice hours per
week if taken for two hours credit; or one hour lesson
and fifteen practice hours per week if taken for four
hours credit. The four-hour course is for instrumental
or vocal majors in the B.Mus. curriculum only. Special
fee of $40.00 per semester. (Staff)
NURSING
NURS 007. ORIENTATION. (1)*
First or second semester, freshman year. Provides an
overview of the philosophy and broad objectives guiding
the nursing program. Content consists of organized
small group discussions with faculty and a brief in-
troduction to the Baltimore City Campus and the Uni-
versity of Maryland Hospital.
"For billing purposes only.
Course Offerings / 243
NUTRITIONAL SCIENCE
NUSC 402 (ANSC 109). FUNDAMENTALS OF NUTRITION.
(3)
See ANSC 402.
NUSC 403 (ANSC 110). APPLIED ANIMAL NUTRITION. (3)
See ANSC 403.
NUSC 415 (NUTR 140). MATERNAL, INFANT, AND CHILD
NUTRITION. (2)
See NUTR 415.
NUSC 425 (NUTR 145). INTERNATIONAL NUTRITION. (2)
See NUTR 425.
NUSC 435 (NUTR 150). HISTORY OF NUTRITION. (2)
See NUTR 435.
NUSC 450 (NUTR 124). ADVANCED HUMAN NUTRITION.
(3)
See NUTR 450.
NUSC 460 (NUTR 125). THERAPEUTIC HUMAN NUTRI-
TION. (3)
See NUTR 460.
NUTRITION
NUTR 100 (020). ELEMENTS OF NUTRITION. (3)
Three lectures per week. Fundamentals of human nutri-
tion. Nutrient requirements related to changing individ-
ual and family needs. For nondepartmental majors.
NUTR 200 (080). NUTRITION FOR HEALTH SERVICES. (3)
Prerequisites: CHEM 103, ZOOL 101. Two lectures and
one two-hour laboratory. A study of nutritional status and
the effect of food habits and food consumption on family
health. Nutritional requirements for individuals in dif-
ferent stages of development. Techniques and proced-
ures for the application of nutrition knowledge with con-
sideration of various economic levels and social back-
grounds.
NUTR 300 (121). SCIENCE OF NUTRITION. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisites: ZOOL 101, CHEM 201,
202 or concurrent registration. Two lectures and one
two-hour laboratory. An understanding of the chemical
and physiological utilization of nutrients present in food
as related to individual human nutrition status; includes
digestion and absorption, requirements, deficiencies.
FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES
NUTR 415 (140). MATERNAL, INFANT AND CHILD
NUTRITION. (2)
Two lectures per week. Prerequisite: Course in basic
nutrition. Nutritional needs of the mother, infant and
child and the relation of nutrition to physical and mental
growth.
NUTR 425 (145). INTERNATIONAL NUTRITION. (2)
Two lectures per week. Prerequisite: Course in basic
nutrition. Nutritional status of world population and local,
national and international programs for improvement.
NUTR 435 (150). HISTORY OF NUTRITION. (2)
Two lectures per week. Prerequisite: Course in basic
nutrition. A study of the development of the knowledge
of nutrition and its interrelationship with social and
economic developments.
NUTR 450 (124). ADVANCED HUMAN NUTRITION. (3)
First semester. Prerequisites: Consent of department
and NUSC 402 or NUTR 300; CHEM 461, 462 or con-
current registration. Two lectures and one two-hour
laboratory. A critical study of the physiology and meta-
bolic influences on nutrient utilization, particular em-
phasis on current problems in human nutrition.
NUTR 460 (125). THERAPEUTIC HUMAN NUTRITION (3)
Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory per-
iod a week. Prerequisites: NUTR 300, 450. Modifications
of the normal adequate diet to meet human nutritional
needs in pathological conditions.
NUTR 490 (130). SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN NUTRITION. (2-3)
Prerequisites: NUTR 300 and consent of instructor. In-
dividual selected problems in the area of human nutri-
tion.
PHILOSOPHY
PHIL 100 (001). INTRODUCTION TO PHILOSOPHY. (3)
An introduction to some of the main problems of philo-
sophy, and to some of the main ways of dealing with
these problems.
PHIL 140 (045). ETHICS. (3)
An introduction to moral philosophy, including a critical
examination of some important classic and contempo-
rary systems of ethics, such as those of Aristotle. Kant.
Mill, and Dewey.
PHIL 170 (041). ELEMENTARY LOGIC AND SEMANTICS (3)
An introductory study of logic and language, intended to
help the student increase his ability to employ language
with understanding and to reason correctly. Topics
treated include the use and abuses of language, tech-
niques for making sound inferences and the logic of
science.
PHIL 233 (052). PHILOSOPHY IN LITERATURE. (3)
Reading and philosophical criticism of novels and
dramas containing ideas significant for ethics, social
policy and religion. (Perkins)
PHIL 236 (053). PHILOSOPHY OF RELIGION. (3)
This course seeks to provide the student with the means
by which he may approach intelligently the main prob-
lems of religious thought: the nature of religious experi-
ence, the forms of religious expression, the conflicting
claims of religion and science, and the place of religion
in the community, and in the life of the individual.
(Brown)
PHIL 250 (056). PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE. (3)
An introductory study of the aims, procedures and re-
sults of scientific inquiry. Topics discussed include the
formulation and testing of hypotheses, induction and
probability, scientific laws, theories and explanation,
concept formation, and relationships among the special
sciences. (Cartwright)
PHIL 271 (055). SYMBOLIC LOGIC I. (3)
An introduction to the formal analysis of deductive rea-
soning through formalization of arguments, truth table and
natural deduction techniques for propositional logic and
quantification theory, including identity and definite de-
scriptions. (Celarier, Varnedoe)
PHIL 305 (105). PHILOSOPHY IN AMERICA. (3)
Prerequisite: Six hours in philosophy. A survey of philo-
sophical thought in America from the eighteenth century
to the present. Special attention is given to Edwards,
Jefferson, Emerson, Royce. Peirce. James, and Dewey.
(Varnedoe)
PHIL 307 (120). ORIENTAL PHILOSOPHY. (3)
Prerequisite: One course in philosophy Not offered on
College Park campus. An examination of the major philo-
sophical systems of the East, attempting to discover the
relations between these and important ideas of Western
thought.
PHIL 310 (101). ANCIENT PHILOSOPHY. (3)
Prerequisite: Six hours in philosophy. A history of Greek
thought from its beginnings to the time of Justinian The
chief figures discussed: The PreSocratic philosophers.
Socrates, Plato, Aristotle. Epicurus, the Stoic philoso-
phers, and Plotinus. (Lesher. Celarier)
PHIL 320 (102). MODERN PHILOSOPHY. (3)
Prerequisite: Six hours in philosophy A history of phil-
osophical thought in the West during the 16th, 17th. and
18th centuries. The chief figures discussed: Bacon. Gali-
leo. Descartes, Spinoza. Leibniz. Locke. Berkeley. Hume,
and Kant (Varnedoe)
PHIL 325 (103). NINETEENTH-CENTURY PHILOSOPHY. (3)
Prerequisite: Six hours in philosophy A survey of phi-
losophy in the nineteenth century through a consideration
244 / Course Offerings
ol such writers as Hegel, Schopenhauer. Nietzsche.
Spencer. Marx, Comte. Mill. Mach, and Bradley. (Lesher)
PHIL 326 (104). TWENTIETH-CENTURY PHILOSOPHY. (3)
Prerequisite: Six hours in philosophy. A survey of phi-
losophy in the twentieth century through a consideration
of representative figures in England, Europe and Amer-
ica. Among the theories to be studied are logical atomism
(Russell, Wittgenstein), positivism (Carnap, Ayer), exis-
tentialism and phenomenology (Sartre, Husserl), natural-
ism and realism (Dewey, Santayana).
(Brown; Curtis, Martin, Odell)
PHIL 330 (147). PHILOSOPHY OF ART. (3)
An examination of the fundamental concepts in art and
in esthetic experience generally. Readings from the works
of artists, estheticians, critics and philosophers.
(Brown)
PHIL 343 (130). THE CONFLICT OF IDEALS IN WESTERN
CIVILIZATION. (3)
A critical and constructive philosophical examination of
the assumptions, goals, and methods of contemporary
democracy, fascism, socialism, and communism, with
special attention to the ideological conflict between the
U.S.A. and the U.S.S.R.
PHIL 360 (141). PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE. (3)
Prerequisite: PHIL 170 or 271. An inquiry into the nature
and function of language and other forms of symbolism.
(Kress)
PHIL 388. 389 (191, 192). TOPICAL INVESTIGATIONS. (1-3)
PHIL 399 (190). HONORS SEMINAR. (3)
Each semester. Open to honors students in philosophy
and. by permission of the instructor, to honors students
in other departments. Research in selected topics, with
group discussion. May be repeated for credit when the
topics dealt with are different.
PHIL 408 (169). TOPICS IN CONTEMPORARY
PHILOSOPHY. (3)
Prerequisite: PHIL 320. An intensive examination of
contemporary problems and issues. Source material will
be selected from recent books and articles. May be re-
peated for credit when the topics dealt with are different.
PHIL 412 (180). THE PHILOSOPHY OF PLATO. (3)
Prerequisites: PHIL 310 and 320. A critical study of
selected dialogues. (Lesher)
PHIL 414 (181). THE PHILOSOPHY OF ARISTOTLE. (3)
Prerequisites: PHIL 310 and 320 A critical study of
selected portions of Aristotle's writings. (Lesher)
PHIL 416 (182). MEDIEVAL PHILOSOPHY. (3)
Prerequisites: PHIL 310 or 320. A history of philosophic
thought in the West from the close of the Classical
period to the Renaissance. Based on readings of the
Stoics, early Christian writers, Neoplatonists, later Chris-
tian writers, and Schoolmen.
PHIL 421 (184). THE CONTINENTAL RATIONALISTS. (3)
Prerequisites: PHIL 310 and 320. A critical study of the
systems of some of the major 17th and 18th century
rationalists, with special reference to Descartes, Spinoza,
and Leibniz.
PHIL 422 (185). THE BRITISH EMPIRICISTS. (3)
Prerequisites: PHIL 310 and 320. A critical study of se-
lected writings of Locke, Berkeley, and Hume.
(Varnedoe)
PHIL 423 (186). THE PHILOSOPHY OF KANT. (3)
Prerequisities: PHIL 310 and 320. A critical study of se-
lected portions of Kant's writings.
PHIL 428 (168). TOPICS IN THE HISTORY OF
PHILOSOPHY. (3)
Prerequisite: PHIL 310 and 320, or consent of instructor.
May be repeated for credit when the topics dealt with
are different.
PHIL 440 (151). ETHICAL THEORY. (3)
Prerequisite: PHIL 140. Contemporary problems having
to do with the meaning of the principal concepts of ethics
and with the nature of moral reasoning. (Schlaretzki)
PHIL 444 (154). POLITICAL AND SOCIAL PHILOSOPHY. (3)
A systematic treatment of the main philosophical issues
encountered in the analysis and evaluation of social
(especially political) institutions. (Johnson, Schlaretzki)
PHIL 447 (158). PHILOSOPHY OF LAW. (3)
Prerequisite: One course in philosophy. Examination of
fundamental concepts related to law. e.g., legal system,
law and morality, justice, legal reasoning, responsibility.
(Johnson)
PHIL 455 (159). PHILOSOPHY OF THE SOCIAL
SCIENCES. (3)
Prerequisites: Six hours in social science or consent of
instructor. A discussion of several of the following topics:
the nature of laws and explanation in the social sciences;
the relation of the social sciences to mathematics, logic,
and the natural sciences; the role of value judgments
in the social sciences; the relation of social science to
social policy; problems of methodology.
PHIL 457 (152). PHILOSOPHY OF HISTORY. (3)
An examination of the nature of historical knowledge and
historical explanation, and of theories of the meaning
of world history. (Martin)
PHIL 458 (156). TOPICS IN THE PHILOSOPHY OF
SCIENCE. (3)
Prerequisite: PHIL 250 or consent of instructor. Detailed
examination of some basic issues in the methodology and
conceptual structure of scientific inquiry. To be investi-
gated are such topics as confirmation theory, structure
and function of scientific theories, scientific explanation,
concept formation, and theoretical reduction.
PHIL 461 (157). THEORY OF MEANING. (3)
Prerequisites: PHIL 170 or 271, and 320. A study of
theories about the meaning of linguistic expressions,
including the verification theory and the theory of mean-
ing as use. Among topics to be considered are naming,
referring, synonymy, intension and extension, and onto-
logical commitment. Such writers as Mill, Frege, Russell,
Lewis, Carnap. Wittgenstein, Austin, and Quine will be
discussed. (Kress. Odell)
PHIL 462 (171). THEORY OF KNOWLEDGE. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisites: PHIL 310 and 320. PHIL
271 recommended. The origin, nature, and validity of
knowledge will be considered in terms of some philoso-
phic problems about perceiving and thinking, knowledge
and belief, thought and language, truth and confirma-
tion- (Brown, Kress. Odell. Pasch)
PHIL 464 (170). METAPHYSICS. (3)
First semester. Prerequisites: PHIL 310 and 320. PHIL
271 recommended. A study of some central metaphysical
concepts (such as substance, relation, causality, and
time) and of the nature of metaphysical thinking.
(Pasch)
PHIL 466 (160). PHILOSOPHY OF MIND. (3)
Prerequisite: PHIL 320. An inquiry into the nature of
mind through the analysis of such concepts as conscious-
ness, perception, understanding, imagination, emotion,
intention, and action. (Perkins)
PHIL 471 (155). SYMBOLIC LOGIC II. (3)
Prerequisite: PHIL 271 or consent of instructor. Axio-
matic development of the propositional calculus and the
first-order functional calculus, including the deduction
theorem, independence of axioms, consistency, and com-
pleteness. (Svenonius)
PHIL 474 (176). INDUCTION AND PROBABILITY. (3)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. A study of inferential
forms, with emphasis on the logical structure underlying
such inductive procedures as estimating and hypothesis-
testing. Decision-theoretic rules relating to induction will
be considered, as well as classic theories of probability
and induction.
PHIL 478 (175). TOPICS IN SYMBOLIC LOGIC. (3)
Prerequisite: PHIL 471. May be repeated for credit when
the topics dealt with are different. (Svenonius)
PHIL 498, 499 (193, 194). TOPICAL INVESTIGATIONS. (1-3)
Course Offerings / 245
PHYSICAL EDUCATION
Service Courses
PHED 001 (PE001). BASIC PHYSICAL EDUCATION— MEN.
(D
PHED 002 (PE 002). BASIC PHYSICAL EDUCATION —
WOMEN. (1)
PHED 003—039 (PE 003). PHYSICAL EDUCATION ACTIV-
ITIES—MEN. (1)
PHED 040—078 (PE 002, 004). PHYSICAL EDUCATION
ACTIVITIES— WOMEN. (1)
PHED 079 (PE-ADAP). ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION
—COED. (1)
PHED 080—097 (PE-COED). PHYSICAL EDUCATION AC-
TIVITIES—COED. (1)
PHED 098 (PE-ATHL). ATHLETIC PHYSICAL EDUCATION
ACTIVITIES. (1)
Professional Courses
PHED 130 (30). INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICAL
EDUCATION. (2)
An orientation to the profession, including the relation-
ship of physical education to education, current trends
and practices, career opportunities and areas of re-
search.
PHED 140W (40W). FUNDAMENTALS OF MOVEMENT. (2)
Three hours a week. Introduction to analysis of muscular
activity; conditioning exercises and programs; improve-
ment of physical fitness; and analysis of the relationship
of mechanical principles to basic movement and skills.
PHED 150 (50). RHYTHMIC ACTIVITIES. (2)
Six hours a week. Development of rhythmic sensitivity
through analysis of rhythm and its application to move-
ment, skills in folk, square and social dance, teaching
techniques for use in schools and recreational programs.
PHED 155 (55). ELEMENTARY SCHOOL RHYTHMIC
ACTIVITIES. (2)
A survey of the various types of rhythmic activities
suitable for use in the elementary school. Basic rhythms,
singing games, and folk and square dancing are con-
sidered.
PHED 157 (57). ELEMENTARY SCHOOL SKILLS AND
SELF-TESTING ACTIVITIES. (2)
A survey of the various types of skills, stunts, and tumbl-
ing activities suitable for use in the elementary school.
PHED 161M, 163M (61m, 63m). SKILLS LABORATORY. (2, 2)
First and second semesters, respectively. Six hours a
week. Progressive techniques and practice of skills in
selected team and individual sports as apparatus, soccer,
track and field, and tumbling and trampolining.
PHED 162W. 164W (62w, 64w). SKILLS LABORATORY. (2, 2)
First and second semesters respectively. Six hours a
week. Progressive techniques, knowledges and practice
of selected team and individual sports as field hockey,
basketball, volleyball, and track and field.
PHED 171 WM (71). ELEMENTARY SWIMMING. (1)
Progressive techniques and practice of elementary
swimming including basic and intermediate swimming
instruction.
PHED 172W (72w). ELEMENTARY SWIMMING AND
DIVING. (1)
Three hours a week. Progressive techniques and prac-
tice in the elementary phase of swimming and diving.
designed to make the student self-sufficient in deep
water.
PHED 218 (New). LABORATORY IN TEACHING. (I)
One hour a week and arranged. Prerequisite; 36 hours.
Course designed to give practical experience to student
by assisting in non-major University physical education
class.
PHED 261M. 263M (65m. 67m). SKILLS LABORATORY.
(2. 2)
First and second semesters respectively. Six hours a
week. Progressive techniques and practice of skills in se-
lected team and individual sports as football, wrestling,
basketball, and baseball.
PHED 262W. 264W (66w, 68w). SKILLS LABORATORY.
(2, 2)
First and second semesters respectively. Six hours a
week. Techniques, knowledge and practice of selected
team and individual sports as softball. field games, stunts
and tumbling, apparatus, and tennis.
PHED 265WM (69). SKILLS LABORATORY. (2)
Three hours a week. Prerequisite: PHED 161 M or 162W.
Complex gymnastic activities above the elementary
phase.
PHED 270W (74w). INTERMEDIATE SWIMMING AND
DIVING. (1)
Three hours a week. Prerequisite: PHED 172W or equiva-
lent. Progressive techniques and practice in swimming
and diving.
PHED 271M (73). ADVANCED SWIMMING. (1)
Prerequisite: PHED 171M or equivalent. Progressive tech-
niques and practice of advanced swimming skills, water
stunts and survival swimming.
PHED 272W (76w). ADVANCED SWIMMING AND LIFE
SAVING. (1)
Three hours a week. Prerequisite: PHED 270W. American
Red Cross Senior Life Saving, advanced swimming, and
diving are included.
PHED 273M (75). LIFE SAVING AND WATER SAFETY. (1)
Three hours a week. Prerequisite: PHED 271 M or equiva-
lent. Progressive techniques and practice of life saving
and water safety skills. Course incluudes the Senior Life
Saving material of the American Red Cross and the
Y.M.C.A.
PHED 274M (77m). METHODS OF AQUATICS. (2)
Three hours a week. Prerequisite: PHED 271M or equiva-
lent. Training for aquatic leadership in schools, camps
and clubs. Included are teaching methods, administra-
tion, facilities, and equipment.
PHED 274W (77w). METHODS OF AQUATICS. (2)
Three hours a week. Prerequisite: PHED 172W or equiva-
lent. Training for aquatic leadership in schools, camps
and clubs. Included are teaching methods, organization
and administration, analysis of competitive swimming,
synchronized swimming, diving, and equipment and pool
maintenance.
PHED 276W (78w). WATER SAFETY. (1)
Second semester. Three hours a week. Prerequisite: Cur-
rent American Red Cross Senior Life Saving certificate.
Principles and techniques of teaching swimming and
life saving.
PHED 277M (79). FANCY DIVING. (1)
Three hours a week. Progressive techniques and prac-
tice of fancy diving. Course will include work on the five
categories of dives.
PHED 282W (82w). ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION
OF INTRAMURALS. (1)
Three hours a week. Organization and administration of
intramural programs and tournaments and techniques of
officiating women's sports. Opportunity to qualify tor
officials' ratings in hockey and basketball.
FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES
PHED 301. 303 (101. 103). ORGANIZATION AND
OFFICIATING IN INTRAMURALS. (1. 1)
First and second semesters, respectively. Organization.
administration, and promotion of intramurals at various
school levels. Included are types of tournaments, units
of competition, handling of student leader personnel.
246 / Course Offerings
PHED 305M. 307M (105m. 107m). SKILLS LABORATORY.
(2. 2)
First and second semesters, respectively. Four hours a
week. Experience in individual and dual motor skills.
PHED 314 (114) METHODS IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION
FOR SECONDARY SCHOOLS. (3)
Three lectures and a lab. each week. Application of edu-
cational philosophy and principles to class organization
and techniques ot teaching physical education in the jun-
ior and senior high schools. Students are normally en-
rolled during the student teaching semester.
PHED 323. 325, 326 (123, 125, 126) COACHING
ATHLETICS. (2. 2. 2)
Two lecture hours a week. Theory of coaching the vari-
ous competitive sports commonly found in high school
and college programs.
PHED 324W (124w). COACHING ATHLETICS. (2)
Three hours a week. General theory and psychology of
coaching: theory and practice of coaching selected com-
petitive sports found in the secondary schools and com-
munity recreation programs.
PHED 330 (130). FUNDAMENTALS OF BODY DYNAMICS.
(3)
Acquaintance of the elementary teacher with the sci-
entific principles of mechanical-anatomical analysis and
physiology of activities relating to physical growth and
development.
PHED 333 (133). ADAPTED PHYSICAL EDUCATION. (2)
Lecture and laboratory. Application of kinesiological and
physiological principles to handicapped students; de-
signed to help prospective teachers meet exercise needs
of those pupils with disabilities.
PHED 335 (135). COACHING SWIMMING AND DIVING. (2)
Three hours a week. Analysis of the techniques of coach-
ing swimming and diving. Included is a systematic treat-
ment of the philosophy, historical development and psy-
chological theories of coaching aquatics
PHED 381 (181). ADVANCED TRAINING AND
CONDITIONING. (3)
Three hours a week. Prerequisite: PHED 400. Theoretical
and practical foundations of the prevention, recognition
and treatment of athletic injuries. Physical conditioning
and re-conditioning, preventive taping, first aid, and vari-
ous modalities are emphasized.
PHED 398H (198H). HONORS SEMINAR. (1)
Prerequisite: Participation in honors program. One dis-
cussion period a week. Guided discussion of research
topics of current interest. Repeatable to a total of 3 hours
credit.
PHED 399H (199H). HONORS THESIS. (3)
Prerequisites: PHED 398H and candidacy for honors in
Physical Education. Advisement will be on an individual
basis. Thesis must be defended in the Honors Seminar.
FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES
PHED 400 (100). KINESIOLOGY. (4)*
Three lectures and two laboratory hours a week. Pre-
requisites: ZOOL 001, 014, and 015, or the equivalent.
The study of human movement and the physical and
physiological principles upon which it depends. Body me-
chanics, posture, motor efficiency, sports, the perform-
ance of atypical individuals, and the influence of growth
and development upon motor performance are studied.
PHED 420 (120). PHYSICAL EDUCATION FOR THE
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL. (3)*
Orientation of the general elementary teacher to physical
education. Principles and practices in elementary physi-
cal education are discussed and a variety of appropriate
activities are considered.
PHED 450. THE PSYCHOLOGY OF SPORTS: (3)*
Prerequisite' PSYC 100. An exploratory of the personality
factors, including, but not limited to, motivation, aggres-
sion, and emotion, as they affect sports participation
and motor skill performance.
PHED 455 (155). PHYSICAL FITNESS OF THE
INDIVIDUAL. (3)*
A study of the major physical fitness problems confront-
ing the adult modern society. Consideration is given to
the scientific appraisal, development, and maintenance
of fitness at all age levels. Such problems as obesity,
weight reduction, chronic fatigue, posture, and special
exercise programs are explored. Open to persons out-
side the professions of physical education.
PHED 460 (160). PHYSIOLOGY OF EXERCISE. (3)*
Two lectures and two laboratory hours a week. Pre-
requisites: ZOOL 101, 201 and 202; PHED 400 or equiva-
lent. A study of the physiology of exercise, including
concepts of work, muscular contraction, energy trans-
formation, metabolism, oxygen debt, and nutrition and
athletic performance. Emphasis is placed on cardiovascu-
lar and respiratory function in relation to physical activity
and training.
PHED 470 (170). SUPERVISION IN ELEMENTARY SCHOOL
PHYSICAL EDUCATION. (3)*
Prerequisite: PHED 420. Principles and techniques of
supervision are studied for improving the learning sit-
uation in elementary school physical education.
PHED 480 (180). MEASUREMENT IN PHYSICAL
EDUCATION. (3)'
Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Pre-
requisite: MATH 105 or 110. A study of the prinicples
and techniques of educational measurement as applied
to teaching of physical education; study of the functions
and techniques of measurement in the evaluation of stu-
dent progress toward the objectives of physical educa-
tion and in the evaluation of the effectiveness of teach-
ing.
PHED 485 (185). MOTOR LEARNING AND SKILLED
PERFORMANCE. (3)*
Prerequisites: PSYC 100 and PHED 480. A study of the
research dealing with motor learning and motor perform-
ance. Major topics discussed are scientific methodology,
individual differences, specificity, proprioceptive control
of movement, motivation, timing, transfer, and retention.
PHED 487 (187). PHYSICAL EDUCATION AND SPORT
IN CONTEMPORARY CULTURES. (3)*
Three lectures a week. Prerequisite: SOCY 100 or equiva-
lent. A study of the cultural impact of physical education
activities in the United States and selected countries. In-
dividual research on selected topics is required.
PHED 489 (189). FIELD LABORATORY PROJECTS AND
WORKSHOP. (1-6)*
Workshops and research projects in special areas of
knowledge not covered by regularly structured courses:
Note: The maximum total number of credits that may be
earned toward any degree in physical education is six.
PHED 490 (190). ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION
OF PHYSICAL EDUCATION. (3)*
The application of the principles of administration and
supervision to physical education. Students are normally
enrolled during the student teaching semester.
PHED 491 (191) THE CURRICULUM IN ELEMENTARY
SCHOOL PHYSICAL EDUCATION. (3)*
Techniques planning and construction are considered
from a standpoint of valid criteria for the selection of
content in elementary school physical education. Desir-
able features of cooperative curriculum planning in pro-
viding for learning experiences will be presented and
discussed.
Course Offerings / 247
PHED 493 (193). HISTORY AND PHILOSOPHY OF SPORT
AND PHYSICAL EDUCATION. (3)'
History and philosophical implications of sport and physi-
cal education through ancient, medieval, and contempo-
rary periods in western civilization.
PHED 495 (195). ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION
OF ELEMENTARY SCHOOL PHYSICAL EDUCATION. (3)-
Prerequisite: PHED 420. A study of the procedures basic
to the satisfactory organization of all phases of the ele-
mentary school physical education program. Emphasis
is placed on the organizationanal and administrative
factors necessary for the successful operation of the
program in various types of elementary schools.
PHED 496 (196). QUANTITATIVE METHODS. (3)'
Statistical techniques most frequently used in research
pertaining to physical education. Effort is made to pro-
vide the student with the necessary skills, and to ac-
quaint him with the interpretations and applications of
these techniques.
'These courses may be taken for graduate credit with the permission of
the advisor. Students taking 400 level courses tor graduate credit will
be expected to carry out a special research project.
PHYSICS
PHYS 111 (001). ELEMENTS OF PHYSICS— MECHANICS.
HEAT, AND SOUND. (3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisite: Successful passing
of the qualifying examination in elementary mathematics.
The first half of a survey course in general physics. This
course is for the general student and does not satisfy the
requirements, of the professional school. (Marion.)
PHYS 112 (002). ELEMENTS OF PHYSICS— MAGNETISM,
ELECTRICITY. AND OPTICS. (3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisite: PHYS 111. The sec-
ond half of a survey course in general physics. This
course is for the general student and does not satisfy
the requirements of the professional schools. (Marion)
PHYS 114 (New). ENERGY AND THE ATMOSPHERE. (4)
One semester; physical science course for students who
wish an acquaintance with the methods and attitudes
of physical science and their application to today's prob-
lems of the environment. Includes topics such as Energy.
Sources and Resources, the atmosphere, and Man's
interaction with it. Appropropriate for non-science stu-
dents. (Fowler)
PHYS 117 (003). INTRODUCTION TO PHYSICS. (4)
Three lectures and one two-hour laboratory per week.
Prerequisite: Qualification to enter MATH 110. Intended
for students majoring in neither ihe physical nor biologi-
cal sciences. A study of the devslopment of some of the
basic ideas of physical science. (Connors)
PHYS 121, 122 (010. 011). FUNDAMENTALS OF
PHYSICS. (4, 4)
Three lectures, one recitation, and one two-hour labora-
tory period a week. Prerequisite: Entrance credit in trig-
onometry or MATH 111 or concurrent enrollment in
MATH 115. A course in general physics treating the fields
of mechanics, heat, sound, electricity, magnetism, optics,
and modern physics. This course satisfies the minimum
requirements of medical and dental schools.
(Berg. Snow)
PHYS 161 (030). GENERAL PHYSICS— MECHANICS AND
PARTICLE DYNAMICS. (3)
Three lectures and one recitation per week. MATH 141
prerequisite or concurrent registration. The first semester
of a three-semester calculus-based general physics
course: (See PHYS 262 and 263). Laws of motion, force,
and energy: principles of mechanics; collisions; rotation;
and gravitation. (Goldberg)
PHYS 181. 182 (015. 016) INTRODUCTORY PHYSICS-
MECHANICS, FLUIDS, HEAT. AND SOUND (4. 4)
Three lectures and two demonstration periods a week.
Prerequisite: A high school physics course and concur-
rent enrollment in MATH 115. 140 or consent of instruc-
tor. The first half of a broad, detailed introduction to
physics, intended primarily for physics majors and other
students with superior backgrounds in mathematics and
the sciences. (Bhagat, Fivel. Pugh. Risk. Roos, Prange)
PHYS 221, 222 (025. 026). GENERAL PHYSICS FOR
SCIENCE TEACHERS. (5, 5)
Three lectures and two two-hour labs per week. Prereq-
uisites: High school physics or a non-calculus college
physics survey course, and co-requisite: MATH 141. A
course in physics stressing physical insight, for prospec-
tive secondary school science teachers. (Layman)
PHYS 262 (031). GENERAL PHYSICS: HEAT. ELECTRICITY
AND MAGNETISM. (4)
Three Lectures, one recitation, and one three-hour labor-
atory per week. Prerequisite: PHYS 161. The second
semester of a calculus-based general physics course.
Thermodynamics; kinetic theory; electrostatics; electro-
dynamics; Maxwell's equation.
PHYS 263 (032). GENERAL PHYSICS: WAVES.
RELATIVITY AND QUANTUM PHYSICS. (4)
Three lectures, one recitation, and one three-hour labor-
atory per week. Prerequisite: PHYS 262. The third
semester of a calculus-based general physics course.
Wave motion, electromagnetic waves; refraction; inter-
ference and diffraction; special theory of relativity: quan-
tum physics.
PHYS 271 (104). INTERMEDIATE MECHANICS. (3)
Prerequisites: PHYS 121, 122; MATH 141 previously or
concurrently. Three lecture-hours per week. Intended for
students having completed PHYS 122 and wishing to
enter the physical sciences major program. Not intended
as a main-line course for physics majors. (Students
offering transfer credit equivalence of PHYS 121, 122
who wish to become physics majors would start the
sequence beginning with PHYS 181.) (Holmgren)
PHYS 283 (017). INTRODUCTORY PHYSICS— ELECTRICITY
AND MAGNETISM. (4)
Three lectures and two demonstration periods a week.
Prerequisites: PHYS 181, 182, pre- or corequisites.
PHYS 285, and MATH 141. The third quarter of a broad,
detailed introduction to physics; intended primarily for
physics majors and other students with superior back-
grounds in mathematics and the sciences.
(Redish. Bardasis. Yodh)
PHYS 284 (018). INTRODUCTORY PHYSICS— OPTICS AND
MODERN PHYSICS. (4)
Second semester. Three lectures and two demonstration
periods a week. Prerequisites: PHYS 283 and previous or
concurrent enrollment in MATH 240. or consent of in-
structor. The last quarter of a broad, detailed introduc-
tion to physics, intended primarily for physics majors
and other students with superior backgrounds in mathe-
matics and the sciences. (Glick, Falk)
PHYS 285, 286 (060. 061) INTERMEDIATE PHYSICS
EXPERIMENTS. (2. 2)
Four hours of laboratory work per week. Prerequisite:
Concurrent enrollment in PHYS 283 or PHYS 284. Se-
lected experiments. (Steinberg. Richard)
PHYS 299. SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN PHYSICS (1-6)
Prerequisite: Major in physics or general physical sci-
ence and consent of advisor. Research or special study.
Credit according to work done.
PHYS 305 (111). PHYSICS SHOP TECHNIQUES. (1)
One three hour laboratory per week. Prerequisite: PHYS
365 or consent of instructor. Machine tools, design and
construction of laboratory equipment. (Horn)
PHYS 321 (105). INTERMEDIATE ELECTRICITY AND
MAGNETISM. (3)
Prerequisite: PHYS 121, 122: MATH 240 previously or
concurrently; PHYS 271 or permission of the instructor.
Electrostatics, direct current and alternating current
circuitry, electromagnetic effects of steady currents,
electromagnetic induction, development of Maxwell's
equations. (Holmgren)
248 / Course Offerings
PHYS 365 (100). ADVANCED EXPERIMENTS. (2)
Four hours of laboratory work per week. Prerequisite:
PHYS 284 and 286 or 263. Selected fundamental experi-
ments in electricity and magnetism, elementary elec-
tronics, and optics. (Roush)
PHYS 399 (110). SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN PHYSICS. (1-3)
Two hours laboratory work a week for each credit hour.
One to three credits may be taken concurrently each se-
mester. (Will be given with sufficient demand.) Prereq-
uisite: PHYS 365 and consent of advisor. Selected ad-
vanced experiments.
PHYS 400. 401 (130, 131). BASIC CONCEPTS OF
PHYSICS. (3, 3)
First and second semesters. Prerequisite: Junior stand-
ing. A primarily descriptive course intended mainly for
those students in the liberal arts who have not had any
other course in physics. This course does not serve as a
prerequisite or substitute for other physics courses. The
main emphasis is on the concepts of physics, their
evolution and their relation to other branches of human
endeavor. (Mead)
PHYS 404 (106). INTERMEDIATE THEORETICAL
MECHANICS. (3)
Prerequisite: PHYS 271 and 321, or PHYS 284 or PHYS
263; MATH 241 previously or concurrently. Fundamentals
and selected advanced topics of physical mechanics.
Vector differential calculus will be used. For students
starting physics without calculus, this course serves as
part of the series of PHYS 271, 321, 404, 405, to provide
terminal courses in general physics for physical science
majors. (Myers)
PHYS 405 (107). INTERMEDIATE THEORETICAL
ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM. (3)
Prerequisite: PHYS 284 or 321 or 263; MATH 241. After
MATH 241 this course may be taken concurrently with
PHYS 404. Intermediate electricity and magnetism and
electromagnetic waves (optics). Vector differential cal-
culus is used throughout. (B.S. Zorn)
PHYS 406 (102). OPTICS. (3)
Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites:
PHYS 122 or 263 and MATH 240. Geometrical optics,
optical instruments, wave motion, interference and
diffraction, and other phenomena in physical optics.
(Kunze)
PHYS 407 ((054). SOUND. (3)
(Will be given only with sufficient demand.) Three lec-
tures a week. Prerequisites: PHYS 122 or 263; MATH 240
is to be taken concurrently. (Myers)
PHYS 410 (127). ELEMENTS OF THEORETICAL
PHYSICS— MECHANICS. (4)
Prerequisites: PHYS 284, or PHYS 263, or PHYS 404 and
PHYS 405; also MATH 241; or consent of instructor. A
study of the theoretical foundations of mechanics, with
extensive application of the methods. Also various math-
ematical tools of theoretical physics. (Y.S. Kim, Sucher)
PHYS 411 (128). ELEMENTS OF THEORETICAL PHYSICS-
ELECTRICITY AND MAGNETISM. (4)
Prerequisite: PHYS 410 or consent of instructor. A
study of the foundations of electromagnetic theory, with
extensive application of the methods. Thorough treat-
ment of wave properties of solutions of Maxwell's Equa-
tions. (Woo, Sucher)
PHYS 412 (126). KINETIC THEORY OF GASES. (3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisites: PHYS 404 or 284
and MATH 240. Dynamics of gas particles, Maxwell-
Boltzmann distribution, diffusion, Brownian motion, etc.
(Munn)
PHYS 413 (144). ADVANCED THEORETICAL PHYSICS. (3)
Prerequisite: PHYS 410, 411. This course is an elective
continuation of and supplement to PHYS 410, 411. A
survey of advanced mathematical methods used in
theoretical physics, particularly in the fields of classical
mechanics, electromagnetism, relativity, and quantum
mechanics. (Kacser)
PHYS 414 (152). INTRODUCTION TO THERMODYNAMICS
AND STATISTICAL MECHANICS. (3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisites: MATH 240, PHYS
284 or 404 or consent of the instructor. Introduction
of basic concepts in thermodynamics and statistical me-
chanics. (Dorfman)
PHYS 420 (153). MODERN PHYSICS FOR ENGINEERS. (3)
Each semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequisites:
PHYS 263 or 284 or 404 and 405; MATH 241 or consent of
instructor. A survey of atomic and nuclear phenomena
and the main trends in modern physics. This course is
appropriate for students in engineering and other physi-
cal sciences. It should not be taken in addition to PHYS
421. (Chang, Gloeckler, Pechacek)
PHYS 421 (118). INTRODUCTION TO MODERN PHYSICS.
(3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisites: PHYS 181, 182, 283.
284 or equivalent; MATH 241 including some knowledge
of ordinary differential equations. Introductory discus-
sion of special relativity, origin of quantum theory, Bohr
atom, wave mechanics, atomic structure, and optical
spectra. (Alley)
PHYS 422 (119). MODERN PHYSICS. (3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisite: PHYS 421. This
course uses the basic ideas of quantum mechanics and
special relativity to discuss the characteristics of many
diverse subjects including complex atoms, molecules,
solids, nuclei and elementary particles. (Myers)
PHYS 423 (145). ELEMENTARY QUANTUM PHYSICS. (3)
Prerequisites: PHYS 420 or PHYS 421; MATH 246; and
a level of mathematical sophistication equivalent to that
of a student who has taken PHYS 410 and PHYS
411, or ENEE 380 and ENEE 382. The quantum theory
is presented in a rigorous way including the concepts of
operators, measurement and angular momentum. These
concepts together with the Schroedinger Equation are
then applied to some basic problems in atomic and
molecular physics. (Kacser)
PHYS 429 (140, 141). ATOMIC AND NUCLEAR PHYSICS
LABORATORY. (3)
One lecture and four hours of laboratory a week. Prereq-
uisites: Two credits of PHYS 365 and consent of instruc-
tor. Classical experiments in atomic physics and more
sophisticated experiments in current techniques in nu-
clear physics. Enrollment is limited to ten students.
(G.T. Zorn)
PHYS 431 (122). PROPERTIES OF MATTER. (3)
Each semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite:
PHYS 404 and 405 or 410, 421 or 420. Introduction to
solid state physics. Electro-magnetic, thermal, and elas-
tic properties of metals, semiconductors and insulators.
(Anderson)
PHYS 441 (120). NUCLEAR PHYSICS. (3)
Four lectures a week. Prerequisite: PHYS 404 and 405
or 410, 421 or 420. An introduction to nuclear physics
at the pre-quantum-mechanics level. Properties of nu-
clei: radioactivity; nuclear systematics; nuclear mom-
ents; the shell model, interaction of charged particles
and gamma rays with matter; nuclear detector; accele-
rators: nuclear reactions; beta decay; high energy phe-
nomena. (Hornyak)
PHYS 443 (121). NEUTRON REACTOR PHYSICS. (3)
Prerequisite: PHYS 371 or 421 or consent of instructor.
Various related topics in neutron reactor physics.
PHYS 451 (129) INTRODUCTION TO ELEMENTARY PARTI-
CLES. (3)
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: PHYS 422 or con-
sent of instructor. Properties of elementary particles,
production and detection of particles, relativistic kine-
matics, invariance principles and conservation laws.
(Risk)
Course Offerings / 249
PHYS 461 (117). INTRODUCTION TO FLUID DYNAMICS. (3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisites: PHYS 404 and
MATH 240. Kinematics of fluid flow, properties of incom-
pressible fluids, complex variable methods of analysis,
wave motions. (Koopman)
PHYS 463 (124). INTRODUCTION TO PLASMA PHYSICS. (3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisites: PHYS 404 and
405 or 410, 421 or 420. Orbit theory, magnetohydrody-
namics, plasma heating and stability, waves and trans-
port processes. (Griem)
PHYS 465. MODERN OPTICS. (3)
Prerequisite: PHYS 284, 263 or 406; and PHYS 420 or
421; and PHYS 410 or mathematical preparation includ-
ing Fourier analysis; or consent of the instructor. Intended
for students with a background in fundamental optics,
this course deals with topics in modern optics at an ad-
vanced undergraduate level and is also suited to gradu-
ate studies. (Kunze)
PHYS 471 (123). INTRODUCTION TO ATMOSPHERIC AND
SPACE PHYSICS. (3)
Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite:
PHYS 404 and 405 or 410, 421 or 420. Motions of
charged particles in magnetic fields, aspects of plasma
physics related to cosmic rays and radiation belts,
atomic phenomena in the atmosphere, thermodynamics
and dynamics of the atmosphere. (Earl)
PHYS 485 (109). ELECTRONIC CIRCUITS. (4)
Second semester. Three hours of lecture and two of
laboratory per week. Prerequisite: PHYS 365 and con-
current enrollment in PHYS 405 or PHYS 411. Theory
of semi-conductor and vacuum tube circuits. Application
in experimental physics. (O'Gallagher)
PHYS 487 (186). PARTICLE ACCELERATORS, PHYSICAL
AND ENGINEERING PRINCIPLES. (3)
Three hours of lecture per week. Prerequisites: PHYS
410, 411 or PHYS 271, 321 and PHYS 421, or equivalents.
Sources of charged particles, methods of acceleration
and focusing of electron and ion beams in electromag-
netic fields; electrostatic accelerators; constant-gradient
cyclotrons and synchrotrons; betatrons and microtrons;
the alternating-gradient and sector-focusing principles;
isochronous cyclotrons and alternating-gradient synchro-
trons: linear accelerators. (H. Kim. Reiser)
PHYS 498 (190). INDEPENDENT STUDIES SEMINAR (Cr
Arr.)
Credit according to work done. Each semester. Enroll-
ment is limited to students admitted to the Independent
Studies Program in physics.
PHYS 499 (150). SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN PHYSICS. (Cr.
Arr.)
Prerequisite, major in physics and consent of advisor.
Research or special study. Credit according to work
done.
PORTUGUESE
PORT 101 (New). ELEMENTARY PORTUGUESE. (4)
Introduction to basic structures, with emphasis upon
audio-lingual skills. Four recitations per week and one
optional laboratory hour. Leads to 102.
PORT 102 (New). ELEMENTARY PORTUGUESE. (4)
Completion of basic structures with increasing emphasis
upon reading skill, reinforced by discussion and com-
position. Four recitations per week and one optional
laboratory hour.
PORT 104 (New). INTERMEDIATE PORTUGUESE. (4)
Extensive reading, discussion and composition. Four
recitations per week and one optional laboratory hour.
PSYCHOLOGY
PSYC 100 (001). INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY. (3)
A basic introductory course, intended to bring the stu-
dent into contact with the major problems confronting
psychology and the more important attempts af their
solution.
PSYC 100H (001H). INTRODUCTION TO PSYCHOLOGY
(Honors). (3)
PSYC 200 (090). STATISTICAL METHODS IN PSYCHOLOGY.
(3)
Prerequisite: PSYC 100 and MATH 110. 115. or equiva-
lent. A basic introduction to quantitative methods used
in psychological research.
PSYC 201H (020H). INTERMEDIATE PSYCHOLOGY.
(Honors) (3)
Second semester. Usually taken during sophomore year.
Prerequisite: PSYC 100H or permission of instructor. The
course content will stress the interrelations among data
derived from the fields of human development, cognition,
perception, measurement and social processes.
PSYC 206 (026). DEVELOPMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY. (3)
First semester. Prerequisite: PSYC 100. Biological basis
of behavioral development in relation to genetic, consti-
tutional, anatomical, physiological, and environmental
factors. Emphasis upon both phylogenetic and ontoge-
netic research findings in biological psychology.
(Hodos)
PSYC 221 (021). SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY. (3)
Prerequisite: PSYC 100. Personality and behavior as in-
fluenced by culture and interpersonal relations. Social
influences on motivation, learning, memory, and percep-
tion. Attitudes, public opinion, propaganda, language and
communication, leadership, ethnic differences, and group
process.
PSYC 301 (101). BIOLOGICAL BASIS OF BEHAVIOR. (3)
Prerequisite: PSYC 200, or 8 hours of zoology, or con-
sent of instructor. This course is intended primarily for
science majors or psychology majors not planning to
take PSYC 400. May not be taken concurrently with or
after PSYC 400. Surveys the experimental analysis of the
behavior of humans and animals from the point of view
of the biological mechanisms of behavior. Considers such
topics as genetic determiners and physiological mecha-
nisms, and basic principles of conditioning and learning.
PSYC 333 (025). CHILD PSYCHOLOGY. (3)
Prerequisite: PSYC 100. Behavioral analysis of normal
development and normal socialization of the growing
child. A student may not receive credit for both PSYC
333 and 433.
PSYC 335 (005). PERSONALITY AND ADJUSTMENT. (3)
Prerequisite: PSYC 100. Introduction to psychology of
human personality and adjustment. This course is de-
signed for the student who desires a general knowledge
of this area of psychology. A student may not receive
credit for both PSYC 335 and 435.
PSYC 361 (035). SURVEY OF INDUSTRIAL PSYCHOLOGY
(3)
Prerequisite: PSYC 100. A course for nonmajors which
provides a general survey of the field of industrial psy-
chology, including such topics as selection, training, job
satisfaction, social organization, and environmental fac-
tors. A student may not receive credit for both PSYC
361 and 461
FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES
Graduate credits will be assigned for sludents certified by
the Department of Psychology as qualified for graduate
standing.
PSYC 400 (146). EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: LEARN-
ING AND MOTIVATION. (4)
Two lectures and four one-hour laboratory periods per
week. Prerequisite: PSYC 200 or equivalent. Students
who have taken PSYC 301 need consent of instructor.
Primarily for students who major in psychology. The ex-
perimental analysis of behavior with emphasis on condi-
tioning, learning and motivational processes. Experi-
ments are conducted on the behavior of animals.
250 / Course Offerings
PSYC 402 (180) PHYSIOLOGICAL PSYCHOLOGY. (3)
Prerequisite: PSYC 410 or consent ol instructor. An in-
troduction to research on the physiological basis of
human behavior, including considerations of sensory
phenomena, motor coordination, emotion, drives, and the
neurological basis of learning. (Hodos, Teitelbaum)
PSYC 403 (181). ANIMAL BEHAVIOR. (3)
Prerequisite: PSYC 400 or consent of instructor. A study
of animal behavior, including considerations of social
interactions, learning, sensory processes, motivation, and
experimental methods, with a major emphasis on mam-
mals. (Hodos. Mclntire)
PSYC 410 (145). EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY; SENSORY
PROCESSES I. (4)
Three lectures and one two-hour laboratory demonstra-
tion period per week. Prerequisite: PSYC 200 or equiva-
lent. Primarily for students who major in psychology. A
systematic survey of the content, models, and method-
ologies of sensory and perceptual research.
(Levinson, Steinman, Sternheim)
PSYC 412 (182). EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: SENSORY
PROCESSES II. (4)
Two lectures and four hours of laboratory exercise and
research per week. Prerequisite: PSYC 410 or consent of
instructor. Primarily for psychology majors and majors
in biological sciences with a special interest in sensory
processes. Lectures and laboratory exercises will em-
phasize contemporary problems in sensory process re-
search. Sufficient latitude will be provided so the excep-
tional student may conduct original research based on
findings reported in the current literature.
(Levinson, Steinman, Sternheim)
PSYC 420 (147). EXPERIMENTAL PSYCHOLOGY: SOCIAL
BEHAVIOR. (4)
Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods per
week. Prerequisite: PSYC 221 and PSYC 200 or equiva-
lent. A laboratory course dealing with methods of study-
ing behavior in the social context. Topics will include
social perception and motivation, small groups, communi-
cation and persuasion. Consideration will be given to the
techniques involved in laboratory experimentation, field
studies, attitude scale construction, and opinion surveys.
(Mills, Taylor, Ward)
PSYC 422 (123). LANGUAGE AND SOCIAL COMMUNICA-
TION. (3)
Second semester. Prerequisite: PSYC 221 and PSYC 200
or equivalent, and consent of instructor. The nature and
significance of verbal and nonverbal communication in
social psychological processes including examination
of relevant theoretical approaches to symbolic behavior.
PSYC 423 (183). ADVANCED SOCIAL PSYCHOLOGY. (3)
Prerequisite: PSYC 420. A systematic review of re-
searches and points of view in regard to major problems
in the field of social psychology.
(Mills, Taylor, Ward)
PSYC 431 (131). ABNORMAL PSYCHOLOGY. (3)
Prerequisite: PSYC 100 and 200 or equivalent. The na-
ture, diagnosis, etiology, and treatment of mental dis-
orders.
PSYC 433 (125). ADVANCED TOPICS IN CHILD PSYCHOL-
OGY. (3)
Prerequisite: PSYC 200 or equivalent. The growth and
transformation of basic psychological processes from
birth to maturity. Emphasis is on research data and
methodological issues, especially as they relate to other
aspects of psychology. A student may not receivve credit
for both PSYC 333 and 433.
PSYC 435 (105). PERSONALITY. (3)
Prerequisite: PSYC 200 or equivalent. Major personality
theories, their postulates and evidence; assessment and
research methodology in personality; major areas of per-
sonality research, tneir methodologies, findings, implica-
tions, and relationships to the field of psychology. A stu-
dent may not receive credit for both PSYC 335 and 435.
PSYC 441 (148). PSYCHOLOGY OF HUMAN LEARNING. (3)
Prerequisite: PSYC 200 or equivalent. Review and analy-
sis of the major phenomena and theories of human learn-
ing, including an introduction to the fields of problem
solving, thinking and reasoning. (Horton, Martin)
PSYC 451 (150). PRINCIPLES OF PSYCHOLOGICAL TEST-
ING. (4)
Three lectures and one two-hour laboratory period per
week. Prerequisite: PSYC 200 or equivalent A survey of
the basic concepts and theories of psychological mea-
surement illustrated through demonstration of principal
approaches to psychological testing.
PSYC 452 (151). PSYCHOLOGY OF INDIVIDUAL DIFFER-
ENCES. (3)
Prerequisite: PSYC 451. Problems theories, and re-
searches related to psychological differences among in-
dividuals and groups.
PSYC 453 (152). MATHEMATICAL PSYCHOLOGY. (3)
Prerequisite: PSYC 200 or equivalent, and consent of in-
structor. A survey of mathematical formulations in psy-
chology, including measurement and scaling models,
statistical and psychometric models, and elementary
mathematical representations of psychological processes
in learning, choice, psychophysics, and social behavior.
PSYC 461 (135). PERSONNEL AND INDUSTRIAL PSY-
CHOLOGY. (3)
Prerequisite: PSYC 200 or equivalent. An intensive study
of the main areas of industrial psychology with emphasis
on primary source material. This course emphasizes re-
search methodology and the relationship of research
findings to general theoretical issues. A student may not
receive credit for both PSYC 361 and 461.
PSYC 462 (136). ENGINEERING PSYCHOLOGY. (3)
Prerequisite: PSYC 200 or equivalent. An examination of
the characteristics of the man-machine system with pri-
mary emphasis on human performance. Some of the
topics covered are: information processing, decision
making, training, environmental constraints, and automa-
tion. (Anderson, Goldstein)
PSYC 478 (194). INDEPENDENT STUDY IN PSYCHOLOGY.
(1-3)
Prerequisite: Written consent of instructor. A student who
wishes to take independent work must have completed
12 hours of psychology with at least a 2.5 average. Inte-
grated reading under direction leading to the preparation
of an adequately documented report on a special topic.
(In special cases a student who may need to repeat this
course in order to complete his independent study will
make a formal request, including a research proposal,
through his advisor to the Departmental Honors Commit-
tee.)
PSYC 479 (195). SPECIAL RESEARCH PROBLEMS IN PSY-
CHOLOGY. (1-3)
Prerequisite: Written consent of instructor. A student who
wishes to take independent research study must have
completed 12 hours of psychology with at least a 2.5
average. An individual course designed to allow the stu-
dent to pursue a specialized research topic under super-
vision. (In special cases a student who may need to re-
peat this course in order to complete his research will
make a formal request, including a research proposal,
through his advisor to the Departmental Honors Commit-
tee.)
PSYC 488H (196H). ADVANCED PSYCHOLOGY I (Honors).
(3)
Second semester. Usually taken during junior year. Pre-
requisites: PSYC 200 and permission of Department Hon-
ors Committee. Seminar covering topics in sensation,
perception, learning, and motivation.
Course Offerings / 251
PSYC 489 (191). SENIOR SEMINAR. (3)
Prerequisite: Written consent of the individual instructor
(may be repeated). The historical and theoretical roots
of the subject matter areas of psychology. Different
topical areas and the current theory and related research
will be discussed.
PSYC 498H (197H). ADVANCED PSYCHOLOGY II (Honors)
(3)
First semester. Usually taken during senior year. Pre-
requisite: PSYC 488H. Seminar covering topics in meas-
urement, social processes and other subject matter of
current interest.
PSYC 499H (199H). HONORS THESIS RESEARCH
Usually taken during last semester in residence. Pre-
requisite: Permission of thesis advisor.
RADIO AND TELEVISION
RATV 124 (024). MASS COMMUNICATION IN 20TH-CEN-
TURY SOCIETY. (3)
A problem centered approach to the study of mass com-
munication and the impact of media on contemporary
society. Each semester the media treatment of a contem-
porary social, economic or environmental issue is used
as a focus for study of the principles, techniques and
effects of mass media. Students produce simple radio,
television and film material on the selected issue.
(F. Weiss)
RATV 222 (022). INTRODUCTION TO RADIO AND TELE-
VISION. (3)
Prerequisite for all courses in radio except RATV 124.
The development, scope and influence of American
broadcasting and telecasting, including visits to local
radio and television stations. (duMonceau)
RATV 302 (102). RADIO PRODUCTION. (3)
Prerequisites: RATV 222 and consent of instructor. A
study of the multiple problems facing the producer.
Special emphasis is given to acoustic setup, casting,
'miking,' timing, cutting, and the coordination of per-
sonnel factors involved in the production of radio pro-
grams. (Kirkley)
RATV 315 (115). RADIO AND TELEVISION IN RETAILING.
(3)
Limited to students in the College of Home Economics.
Prerequisite: SPCH 100 or 107. Writing and production
of promotional programs for the merchandising of wear-
ing apparel and home-furnishings. Collaboration with
the Washington and Baltimore radio stations and retail
stores.
RATV 317 (117). RADIO AND TELEVISION CONTINUITY
WRITING. (3)
Prerequisite: RATV 222 or consent of instructor. A study
of the principles, methods and limitations of writing for
radio and television. Application will be made in the
writing of general types of continuities and commercials.
(duMonceau)
RATV 340 (140). PRINCIPLES OF TELEVISION PRODUC-
TION. (3)
Prerequisite: RATV 222. A study of the theory, meth-
ods, techniques, and problems of television produc-
tion and direction. Units of study covering television
cameras and lenses, lighting theory and practices, scen-
ery and properties, costumes and makeup, graphic arts
and special effects are included. Observation of produc-
tion procedures at nearby television stations. Applica-
tion will be made through crew assignments for Univer-
sity-produced television programs. (McCleary. F. Weiss)
RATV 346 (146) TELEVISION NEWS AND PUBLIC
AFFAIRS. (3)
Prerequisite: RATV 317 or JOUR 360. Training in pres-
entation of television news, interviews, discussions, and
forums. (McCleary)
RATV 347 (147). ANALYSIS OF BROADCASTING
PROCESSES AND RESULTS (3)
Prerequisite: RATV 222 or consent of instructor. Survey
of the more common analytic approaches, methods, and
results in the field of radio and television. (F. Weiss)
RATV 355 (155). FILM PRODUCTION. (3)
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. A study of the theo-
retical and practical aspects of 16 mm film production.
Through reading and practice, students are familiarized
with basic cinematography, lighting, editing, pictorial
composition, and film continuity as a communication arts
medium, (G. S. Weiss. Pearson)
RATV 411 (111). SEMINAR. (3)
Prerequisites: Senior standing and consent of instructor
Present day radio-television-film research.
RATV 414 (168). CONTEMPORARY AMERICAN
CINEMA. (3)
Prequisite: RATV 222. An analysis of trends and major
social issues in American culture as they are expressed
through the film medium. Emphasis on "new wave." ex-
perimental, underground, independent and cinema verite
motion pictures. (G. S. Weiss)
RATV 440 (148). TELEVISION DIRECTION. (3)
Two-hour lecture, three-hour laboratory. Prerequisites:
RATV 222. 340. Principles of television direction includ-
ing analysis of script, casting, rehearsing, production,
and video control. (Weiss. McCleary)
RATV 449 (149). TELEVISION WORKSHOP. (3)
Two-hour lecture, four-hour laboratory. Prerequisites:
RATV 222. 340. 440 or consent of instructor.
RATV 450 (150). RADIO AND TELEVISION STATION MAN-
AGEMENT. (3)
Prerequisite: RATV 222 or consent of instructor. Broad-
casting regulations, licenses, personnel functions, sales,
advertising, and program and station promotion.
(Kirkley)
RATV 451 (151). BROADCAST PROGRAMMING AND CRITI-
CISM. (3)
An investigation of the professional, historical, social,
and psychological criticism of American radio and tele-
vision, together with a critical analysis of contemporary
programming trends and conventions. (Kirkley)
RATV 452 (152). INTERNATIONAL AND COMPARATIVE
BROADCASTING SYSTEMS. (3)
Prerequisite: RATV 222. A comparativve study of inter-
national broadcasting program policies, economic sys-
tems, control and organization. The use of broadcasting
in international affairs as an instrument of propaganda,
culture and information dissemination. Monitoring of
overseas broadcasts, television programs and discus-
sions with representatives of domestic and foreign inter-
national broadcast agencies. (F. Weiss)
RATV 465 (New). ADVANCED FILM PRODUCTION (3)
Prerequisites: RATV 355 and consent of instructor. Con-
sideration of film technique and theory as they apply
to the making of a full length motion picture.
(G. S. Weiss)
RECREATION
RECR 130 (30). HISTORY AND INTRODUCTION TO
RECREATION. (2)
An introduction to the beginnings, growth, and possibili-
ties in recreation as presently conducted by individuals,
agencies and governments: attitudes toward and theories
of play: historical events and figures: organizations and
groups interested in recreation, including job opportuni-
ties, specifications and demands: a self analysis of in-
dividual student interests, limitations and capabilities in
light of these specifications and demands
RECR 150 (40). CAMP COUNSELING (2)
A study of the philosophy and techniques of camp coun-
seling including the qualifications, responsibilities and
skills involved: the basic organization, administration and
252 / Course Offerings
program planning practices and problems ol camping as
a whole; the relationship of these practices and prob-
lems to the prospective counselor. Outdoor skills will be
taught and practiced insolar as possible with field trips
included.
FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES
RECR 220 (100). CO-RECREATIONAL GAMES AND
PROGRAMS. (2)
Compilation and sampling of the techniques for use in
low organization and party games and activities. Em-
phasis is placed upon those activities of value to a rec-
reation leader or teacher, and upon the placement, se-
quence and variation of such activities for all age levels
and interests. (Strobell)
RECR 221 (110). NATURE LORE. (2)
Second semester. An overall orientation course in nature
interpretation covering, from a recreational point of view,
the various areas of the physical and biological sciences.
Students will be required to carry out various observa-
tions and participate in practice-leadership experiences
as scheduled. (Leedy)
RECR 325 (170). GENERAL FUNDAMENTALS OF
RECREATION. (3)
This course is designed for and limited to students not
majoring in recreation who wish to develop some under-
standing of the place, importance and potentialities of
recreation in modern life. Included will be limited study
of the areas of philosophy, prorgram planning, leadership
techniques, organization and administration, and inter-
relationships with other fields.
RECR 349 (140). OBSERVATION AND FIELD WORK IN
RECREATION. (5)
(Limited to recreation majors). Appropriate observations
and field work placement will be selected and assigned
on the basis of the student's interest and future employ-
ment plans. The field work experience itself will be ex-
pected to provide, (1) face to face leadership activity,
(2) participation in staff activities and responsibilities as
feasible (filing, making of reports, etc.), and (3) exposure
to any and all intra and inter-agency or department re-
lationships and activities (budget hearings, training ses-
sions, board meetings, etc.)
RECR 375 (175). INTRODUCTION TO THERAPEUTIC
RECREATION. (3)
A study of the nature of physical and emotional defici-
ency and illness, the effect upon them of various recrea-
tion skills, activities and programs, and the methods
recommended for the latter's implementation. (Fain)
FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES
RECR 415 (196). QUANTITATIVE METHODS. (3)'
A course covering the statistical techniques most fre-
quently used in research pertaining to recreation. An
effort will be made to provide the student with the nec-
essary skills, and to acquaint him with the interpreta-
tions and practical applications of these techniques.
RECR 420 (120). PROGRAM PLANNING. (3)*
Prerequisites: RECR 130 or RECR 325. Study of the vari-
ous aspects, problems and practices of agency, military,
'exceptional,' and governmental recreation programs and
their planning (with particular emphasis on playground,
community and teen center plans and procedures). Ob-
servations will be required. (Strobell)
RECR 426 (240). INDUSTRIAL RECREATION. (3)-
In introductory study of the philosophy of and practices
and problems in industrial recreation. Where possible
the course will include opportunities for observation and
for meeting practicing specialists.
RECR 432 (202). PHILOSOPHY OF RECREATION. (3)-
A study of the meanings, relationships, and services of
recreation as expressed by past and present authorities
and leaders. This course should be of interest to people
active in education, social work, and related fields.
(Churchill)
RECR 450 (150). CAMP MANAGEMENT. (3)"
Prerequisite: RECR 150 or experience. An advanced
camping course for those students with previous train-
ing and experience; organization, administration, pro-
gramming, current trends, evaluation, and special prob-
lems. Whenever possible, visiting specialists and field
trips will be included. (Harvey)
RECR 454 (184) OUTDOOR EDUCATION. (6)'
Field experience and resident camping in an outdoor
setting will be used to present the activities and tech-
niques recommended for modern outdoor education
practice. Where possible groups of participants will be
utilized as subjects for practice instructional work. Ac-
tivity will emphasize not only the subject matter of sci-
ence and education but also the broad concepts of con-
servation, worthy use of leisure time, education for demo-
cratic living, etc. (Eley and Leedy)
RECR 460 (180). LEADERSHIP TECHNIQUES AND
PRACTICES. (3)"
Prerequisite: RECR 130 or 325. A study of the various
kinds and levels of leadership exerted by professional
and volunteer workers, some of the difficulties and prob-
able weaknesses to be met, and some of the tangible
techniques to be used in personnel, staff, and public
relationships. The group work approach will be empha-
sized and used, insofar as possible, in the solution of
particular problems that grow out of required field ex-
periences in handling on or off-campus groups. (Leedy)
RECR 463 (203). SUPERVISORY TECHNIQUES IN
RECREATION. (3)*
A study of the principles, methods, techniques as well as
an analysis of the functions of supervision in the rec-
reation and parks environment. This course is designed
to advance the student's understanding of the art of
building human relationships, and to apply the emerg-
ing concepts and principles of modern supervision to
practical situations in which administrators, supervisors,
leaders (both professional and paraprofessional) and vol-
unteers are working. (Strobell)
RECR 476 (260). HOSPITAL RECREATION. (3)*
An introductory study of the philosophy of and practices
in hospital and institutional recreation. Where possible
the course will include opportunities for observation
and for meeting practicing specialists.
RECR 489 (189). FIELD LABORATORY PROJECTS AND
WORKSHOP. (1-6)*
A course designed to meet the needs of persons in the
field with respect to workshops and research projects in
special areas of knowledge not covered by regularly
structured courses.
RECR 490 (190). ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION
OF RECREATION. (3)*
A study of the organizational patterns and administra-
tive problems involved in the various types of operating
recreation departments, and agencies; forms of organi-
zation; finance and budget; personnel; public relations.
(Churchill, Laudenslayer)
RECR 495 (185). PLANNING, DESIGN AND MAINTENANCE
OF PARK AND RECREATION AREAS AND FACILITIES. (3)*
A study of the relation of the park and recreation sys-
tem to the total community planning process; area lay-
out, design and maintenance of facilities. Field experi-
ence will include the conduct of community surveys and
preparation of site plans as requested by various com-
munity groups. The development of such studies will
include inspection of areas, site analysis, preparation of
plans, and their presentation to the community where
possible. (Laudenslayer)
•These courses may be taken lor graduate credit with the permission of
the advisor. Students taking 400 level courses (or graduate credit will
be expected to carry out a special project.
Course Offerings / 253
AGRICULTURAL AND EXTENSION EDUCATION
RLED 302 (107). INTRODUCTION TO AGRICULTURAL
EDUCATION. (2)
An overview of the job of the teacher of agriculture:
examination of agricultural education programs for youth
and adults.
RLED 303 (101). TEACHING MATERIALS AND
DEMONSTRATIONS. (2)
First semester. Principles and practices of the demon-
stration method; construction and use of visual aids in
teaching agriculture. (Nelson)
RLED 305 (111). TEACHING YOUNG AND ADULT FARMER
GROUPS. (1)
First semester. Characteristics of young and adult farmer
instruction in agriculture. Determining needs for and
organizing a course; selecting materials for instruction;
and class management. Emphasis is on the conference
method of teaching.
RLED 311 (109). TEACHING SECONDARY VOCATIONAL
AGRICULTURE. (3)
First semester. A comprehensive course in the work of
high school departments of vocational agriculture. It
emphasizes particularly placement, supervised farming
programs, the organization and administration of Future
Farmer activities, and objectives and methods in all-day
instruction. (Nelson)
RLED 313 (103). STUDENT TEACHING. (5)
First semester. Prerequisite: Satisfactory academic aver-
age and permission of instructor. Fulltime student teach-
ing in an off-campus student teaching center under an
approved supervising teacher of agriculture. Participat-
ing experience in all aspect of the work of a teacher of
agriculture. (Nelson)
RLED 315 (104). STUDENT TEACHING. (1-4)
First semester. Prerequisite: Satisfactory academic aver-
age and permission of insrtuctor. Fulltime observation
and participation in work of teacher of agriculture in off-
campus student teaching center. Provides students op-
portunity to gain experience in the summer program of
work, to participate in opening of school activities, and
to gain other experience needed by teachers. (Nelson)
RLED 323 (161). 4-H ORGANIZATION AND PROCEDURE.
(2)
A study of the youth phase of cooperative extension
work. Emphasis is placed on the philosophy, objectives,
organization, leadership development and methods used
in conducting 4-H Club work at the local and county
level. (Ryden)
RLED 325 (121). DIRECTED EXPERIENCE IN EXTENSION
EDUCATION. (1-5)
Prerequisite: Satisfactory academic average and permis-
sion of instructor. Full-time observation and participation
in selected aspects of extension education in an ap-
proved training county. (Ryden)
RLED 398 (199). SEMINAR IN AGRICULTURAL
EDUCATION. (1)
Examination of current literature, reports and discussions
of problems, trends, and issues in agricultural educa-
tion.
RLED 422 (150). EXTENSION EDUCATION. (2)
Second semester. The Agricultural Extension Service as
an educational agency. The history, philosophy, objec-
tives, policy, organization, legislation and methods used
in Extension work. (Ryden)
FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES
RLED 423 (160). EXTENSION COMMUNICATIONS. (2)
First semester. An introduction to communications in
teaching and within an organization, including barriers
to communication, the diffusion process and the applica-
tion of communication principles person to person, with
groups and through mass media. (Ryden)
RLED 426 (185). DEVELOPMENT AND MANAGEMENT OF
EXTENSION YOUTH PROGRAMS. (3)
Designed for present and prospective state leaders of
extension youth programs. Program develompent, princi-
ples of program management, leadership development
and counseling; science, career selection and citizen-
ship in youth programs, field experience in working with
low income families' youth, urban work. (Ryden)
RLED 464 (114). RURAL LIFE IN MODERN SOCIETY. (3)
Examination of the many aspects of rural life that affect
and are affected by changes in technical, natural and
human resources. Emphasis is placed on the role
which diverse organizations, agencies and institutions
play in the education and adjustment of rural people
to the demands of modern society (Longest)
RLED 487, 497 (170, 171). CONSERVATION OF NATURAL
RESOURCES. (3, 3)
Laboratory fee, $35.00. Designed primarily for teachers.
Study of state's natural resources — soil, water, fisheries,
wildlife, forests, and minerals — natural resources prob-
lems and practices. Extensive field study. First course
concentrates on subject matter: second includes meth-
ods of teaching conservation. Courses taken concurrent-
ly in summer season.
RLED 488, 489 (180, 181). CRITIQUE IN RURAL EDUCA-
TION. (1, 1)
Current problems and trends in rural education,
RLED 499 (198). SPECIAL PROBLEMS. (1-3)
Prerequisite: Staff approval.
RUSSIAN
RUSS 001 (000). ELEMENTARY RUSSIAN FOR GRADUATE
STUDENTS. (3C (Audit)
Graduate students should register as auditors only.
Intensive elementary course in the Russian language
designed particularly for graduate students who wish
to acquire a reading knowledge.
•For billing purposes only.
RUSS 111, 112 (001, 002). ELEMENTARY RUSSIAN. (3. 3)
Three recitations and one laboratory hour per week.
Elements of grammar, pronunciation and conversation;
exercises in translation. (Berry)
RUSS 114, 115 (006, 007). INTERMEDIATE RUSSIAN. (3. 3)
Three recitations per week; additional laboratory in RUSS
114 and 115. Prerequisite: RUSS 112 or equivalent. Read-
ing of texts designed to give some knowledge of Rus-
sian life, thought and culture. (Berry)
RUSS 115S (010). SCIENTIFIC RUSSIAN. (3)
Prerequisite: RUSS 114 or equivalent Reading of techni-
cal and scientific prose. (Berry)
RUSS 201, 202 (012 013) CONVERSATION AND
COMPOSITION. (3. 3)
Prerequisite: RUSS 115 or equivalent. A practical lan-
guage course recommended for all students continuing
in Russian. (Hitchcock)
RUSS 301. 302 (071. 072). REVIEW GRAMMAR AND
COMPOSITION. (3. 3)
Prerequisite: RUSS 115 or equivalent. Designed to give
a thorough training in the structure of the language:
drill in Russian composition. (Hitchcock)
RUSS 311, 312 (080, 081). ADVANCED
CONVERSATION. (3. 3)
Prerequisite: RUSS 201. 202. or consent of instructor.
For students who wish to develop fluency and contidence
in speaking the language. (Dulbe)
RUSS 321. 322 (075. 076). SURVEY OF RUSSIAN
LITERATURE. (3, 3)
Prerequisite: RUSS 115 or equivalent. An elementary
survey of Russian literature. (Dulbe)
254 / Course Offerings
RUSS 361, 362 (061, 062). 19TH CENTURY RUSSIAN
LITERATURE IN TRANSLATION. (3, 3)
Development of Russian literary thought in the Russian
novel and short prose ol the 19th century. Influence
of Western literatures and philosophies considered.
RUSS 363 (New). SOVIET LITERATURE IN
TRANSLATION. (3)
Russian literature since 1917, both as a continuation
of pre-Revolutionary traditions and as a reflection of
Soviet ideology.
FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES
RUSS 401. 402 (103, 104). ADVANCED COMPOSITION. (3. 3)
RUSS 441 (125). RUSSIAN LITERATURE OF THE
EIGHTEENTH CENTURY. (3) (Hitchcock)
RUSS 451, 452 (131. 132). RUSSIAN LITERATURE OF THE
NINETEENTH CENTURY. (3, 3) (Berry)
RUSS 461. 462 (141, 142). SOVIET RUSSIAN
LITERATURE. (3, 3) (Dulbe)
RUSS 465 (135). MODERN RUSSIAN POETRY. (3) (Dulbe)
RUSS 466 (136). MODERN RUSSIAN DRAMA. (3) (Dulbe)
RUSS 467 (137). MODERN RUSSIAN FICTION. (3)
(Kostovski)
RUSS 470 (101) APPLIED LINGUISTICS. (3)
The nature of applied linguistics and its contributions
to the effective teaching of foreign languages. Compara-
tive study of English and Russian, with emphasis upon
points of divergence. Analysis, evaluation and construc-
tion of related drills. (Hitchcock)
SOCIOLOGY
SOCY 100 (001) or its equivalent is prerequisite to all other
courses in sociology.
SOCY 100 (001). INTRODUCTION TO SOCIOLOGY. (3)
This course is one of the set of courses within the social
science requirement of the General Education Program.
Sociological analysis of the American social structure;
metropolitan, small town, and rural communities; popula-
tion distribution, composition and change; social organi-
zation.
SOCY 110 (013). RURAL SOCIOLOGY. (3)
Prerequisite; SOCY 100. Rural life in America; its people,
social organization, culture patterns, and problems.
SOCY 120 (014). URBAN SOCIOLOGY. (3)
Prerequisite: SOCY 100. Urban growth and expansion;
characteristics of city populations; urban institutions and
personality patterns; relations of city and country.
(Hirzel)
SOCY 200 (086). PRINCIPLES OF SOCIOLOGY. (3)
Prerequisite; SOCY 100 and sophomore standing. The
basic forms of social interaction, processes, and struc-
tures. Intended primarily for, and required of, all majors.
It is recommended that the course be taken in the soph-
omore year. The basic forms of human associations and
interactions, social processes; institutions, culture, human
nature and personality.
(Lengermann. Mortimer, Pease, Schwartz)
SOCY 201 (095). INTRODUCTORY STATISTICS FOR SOCI-
OLOGY. (3)
(Two lectures and two hours drill per week). Prerequi-
sites: SOCY 100 and MATH 110 or equivalent. Elementary
descriptive and inferential statistics. Measures of central
tendency and variation, non-parametric and parametric
measures of association and correlation, one-way analy-
sis of variance, hypothesis testing, point and interval
estimates. Required of all sociology majors.
(Bateman, Henkel, Hornung, Kruegel, Simons)
SOCY 210 (051). SOCIAL PROBLEMS. (3)
Prerequisites: SOCY 100 and sophomore standing. An
examination of the nature of social problems; perspec-
tives on social problems; the ways in which social prob-
lems are implicated in the organization of society; and a
detailed study of selected social problems including so-
cial conflict and social inequality.
SOCY 215 (062). SOCIAL INSTITUTIONS. (3)
Prerequisites: SOCY 100 and sophomore standing. Nature
and function of social institutions; the perpetuation of
behavior through customs and social norms; typical con-
temporary American institutions.
SOCY 220 (052). CRIMINOLOGY. (3)
Prerequisites: SOCY 100 and sophomore standing. Crim-
inal behavior and the methods of its study; causation;
typologies of criminal acts and offenders; punishment,
correction and incapacitation; prevention of crime.
(Debro, Lejins, Maida, Wellford)
SOCY 230 (071). DYNAMICS OF SOCIAL INTERACTION. (3)
Prerequisite: SOCY 100. Social psychology of groups
such as committees, teams, clubs, sects, social move-
ments, crowds and publics. Origin of the social self; role
behavior, inter-group and intra-group relations.
(Cussler, Dager)
Junior and Senior Courses Not Acceptable For
Credit Toward Graduate Degrees
SOCY 310 (131). INTRODUCTION TO SOCIAL SERVICE. (3)
Prerequisites: SOCY 100. General survey of the field of
social welfare activities; historical development; growth,
functions and specialization of agencies and services,
private and public. (Federico)
SOCY 311 (174). SENIOR SEMINAR IN SOCIAL WORK. (3)
Prerequisites: SOCY 100 and permission of the instruc-
tor. Open only to graduating seniors enrolled in the Pre-
Professional Social Work Program. This course seeks to
give pre-professional social work students experience in
applying social science theory to concrete social prob-
lems. Cases of psychological, social and biological mal-
function will be studied, and specific treatment plans
constructed. The interrelated nature of several causes of
deviant behavior will be stressed, as will the importance
of understanding and using the principles of several so-
cial science disciplines. (Federico)
SOCY 330 (118). COMMUNITY ORGANIZATION. (3)
Prerequisite: SOCY 100. Community organization and its
relation to social welfare; analysis of community needs
and resources; health, housing, recreation; community
centers; neighborhood projects. (Federico)
SOCY 359 (191). SOCIAL FIELD TRAINING. (1-3)
Prerequisites: SOCY 100; and for social work field train-
ing, SOCY 310; for crime control field training. SOCY 220
and SOCY 450. Enrollment restricted to available place-
ments. Supervised field training in public and private
social agencies. The student will select his particular
area of interest and be responsible to an agency for a
definite program of in-service training. Group meetings,
individual conferences and written program reports will
be a required part of the course.
SOCY 388H (194H). INDEPENDENT RESEARCH IN SOCI-
OLOGY. (3)
Prerequisite: SOCY 100. For honors students only. This
course is designed for the needs of the honors students
in sociology.
SOCY 389H (193H). INDEPENDENT READING COURSE IN
SOCIOLOGY. (3)
Prerequisite: SOCY 100. For honors students only. This
course is designed for the needs of the honors students
in sociology.
SOCY 399 (199). INDEPENDENT STUDY OF SOCIOLOGY.
(1-6)
Prerequisites: Written consent of faculty under whose
direction the study is to be performed, and at least 12
hours of sociology credit to include one or more of the
following: SOCY 201; SOCY 400: SOCY 402. Integrated
reading or research under direction and supervision of
faculty member.
Course Offerings / 255
Junior and Senior Courses Acceptable For
Credit Toward Some Graduate Degrees
SOCY 400 (186). SOCIOLOGICAL THEORY. (3)
Prerequisite: SOCY 100. Development of the science of
sociology; historic backgrounds; recent theories of so-
ciety. Required of all sociology majors. Should be taken
in junior year. (Janes, Hunt, Thomas)
SOCY 401 (195). INTERMEDIATE STATISTICS FOR SOCI-
OLOGISTS. (3)
Prerequisites: SOCY 201 or equivalent and six ad-
ditional credits in sociology. Intermediate correlation
techniques, analysis of variance, sampling, additional
non-parametric techniques, additional topics in inferential
statistics. Required of all candidates for the M.A. degree.
(Bateman, Henkel, Simons)
SOCY 402 (196). INTRODUCTION TO RESEARCH METH-
ODS IN SOCIOLOGY. (3)
Prerequisite: SOCY 100. Nature and scope of sociological
research problem formulation, case study methods, ob-
servational methods, survey method, experimental meth-
ods, documentary methods, miscellaneous methods. Re-
quired of all sociology majors.
(Bateman, Cussler, Harper, Henkel, Kruegel, Mclntyre)
SOCY 410 (121). POPULATION. (3)
Prerequisite: SOCY 100. Population distribution and
growth in the United States and the world; population
characteristics of the United States; resulting population
problems and policies. (Hirzel, Kruegel)
SOCY 411 (122). POPULATION. (3)
Prerequisite: SOCY 100. Trends in fertility and mortality,
migrations, population estimates, and the resulting prob-
lems and policies. (Hirzel. Kruegel)
SOCY 421 (102). INTERCULTURAL SOCIOLOGY. (3)
Prerequisite: SOCY 100. On the basis of a com-
parative study of customs, individual and group behavior
patterns and institutions, this course studies the ideolo-
gies of America and other modern societies. (Franz)
SOCY 423 (123). ETHNIC MINORITIES. (3)
Prerequisite: SOCY 100. Basic social processes in the
relations of ethnic groups within the state; immigration
groups and the Negro in the United States; ethnic minor-
ities in Europe. (Lejins)
SOCY 424 (124). SOCIOLOGY OF RACE RELATIONS. (3)
Prerequisite: SOCY 100. Race as a focus of social rela-
tions. Political and collective action centering on race
relations. New myths of race. Trends in assimilation of
racial groupings. (Mclntyre, Schwartz)
SOCY 426 (136). SOCIOLOGY OF RELIGION (3)
Prerequisite: SOCY 100. Varieties and sources of re-
ligious experience. Religious institutions and the role
of religion in social life. (Thomas)
SOCY 427 (125). DEVIANT BEHAVIOR. (3)
Prerequisite: SOCY 100. Current theories of the genesis
and distribution of deviant behavior. Definitions of devi-
ance, labeling theory, secondary deviance. Theories of
specific forms of deviant behavior will be examined for
their implications for a general theory of deviant be-
havior.
SOCY 430 (141). SOCIOLOGY OF PERSONALITY. (3)
Prerequisite: SOCY 100. Development of human nature
and personality in contemporary social life; processes of
socialization; attitudes, individual differences and social
behavior. (Bateman, Cussler, Dager. Hunt. Simons)
SOCY 431 (143) FORMAL AND COMPLEX ORGANIZA-
TIONS. (3)
Prerequisite: SOCY 100. The concept of formal organiza-
tion. The study of functioning and control in the opera-
tion of bureaucracies such as corporations and in large-
scale organizations such as military, religious and educa-
tional hierarchies. Forms of recruitment, internal mobility
and organizational personality. Relations between large-
scale organizations and with the larger society.
(Lengermann, Schwartz)
SOCY 432 (144). COLLECTIVE BEHAVIOR. (3)
Prerequisite: SOCY 100. Social interaction in mass be-
havior: communication processes; structure and func-
tioning of crowds, strikes, audiences, mass movements,
and the public. (Cussler, Simons)
SOCY 433 (145). SOCIAL CONTROL. (3)
Prerequisite: SOCY 100. Forms, mechanism, and tech-
niques of group influence on human behavior; problems
of social control in contemporary society.
SOCY 441 (162). SOCIAL STRATIFICATION. (3)
Prerequisite: 9 credits of sociology. An introduction to
the sociology of social stratification. Consideration of
the basic concepts and major findings in the field. The
relationship of social stratification to the institutional
orders of the society. (Ellis, Pease)
SOCY 443 (164). THE FAMILY AND SOCIETY. (3)
Prerequisite: SOCY 100. Study of the family as a social
institution; its biological and cultural foundations, historic
development, changing structure, and function; the in-
teractions of marriages and parenthood, disorganizing
and reorganizing factors in present day trends.
(Harper, Mclntyre)
SOCY 445 (148). SOCIOLOGY OF THE ARTS. (3)
Prerequisite: SOCY 100. Functions of the arts as a social
institution. Social role of the artist. Recruitment to and
organizational structure of artistic professions. Art forms
and social characteristics of audiences. Changing tech-
nology and social values as reflected in artistic expres-
sion. (Federico)
SOCY 447 (180). SMALL GROUP ANALYSIS. (3)
Prerequisite: SOCY 100. Annalysis of small group struc-
ture and dynamics. Review of research on small groups
in factories, military service, schools and communities.
Presentation of techniques used in the study of small
groups. (Franz, Meeker)
SOCY 450 (153). JUVENILE DELINQUENCY. (3)
Prerequisite: SOCY 100. Juvenile delinquency in relation
to the general problem of crime; analysis of factors un-
derlying juvenile delinquency; treatment and prevention.
(Lejins, Maida. Wellford)
SOCY 451 (154). CRIME AND DELINQUENCY PREVENTION.
(3)
Prerequisites: SOCY 220 or SOCY 450 or consent of in-
structor. Methods and programs in prevention of crime
and delinquency. (Lejins. Maida. Wellford)
SOCY 452 (155). TREATMENT OF CRIMINALS AND DELIN-
QUENTS IN THE COMMUNITY. (3)
Prerequisite: SOCY 220 or SOCY 450 or consent of in-
structor. Analysis of the processes and methods in the
modification of criminal patterns of behavior in a com-
munity setting. (Lejins. Maida. Wellford)
SOCY 453 (156). INSTITUTIONAL TREATMENT OF CRIM-
INALS AND DELINQUENTS. (3)
Prerequisite: SOCY 220 or SOCY 450 or consent of in-
structor. History, organization and functions of penal and
correctional institutions for adults and juveniles.
(Lejins. Maida. Wellford)
SOCY 457 (147) SOCIOLOGY OF LAW. (3)
Prerequisite: SOCY 100. Law as a form of social control:
interrelation between legal and other conduct norms as
to their content, sanctions, and methods of securing con-
formity; law as an integral part of the culture of the
groups; factors and processes operative in the forma-
tion of legal norms as determinants of human behavior.
(Lejins)
SOCY 460 (111). SOCIOLOGY OF OCCUPATIONS AND
CAREERS. (3)
Prerequisite: SOCY 100 The sociology of work and oc-
cupational life in modern society. Changing occupational
ideologies, values and choices. Occupational status sys-
tems and occupational mobility. The social psychology
of career success. (Coates. Lengermann, Mortimer)
256 / Course Offerings
SOCY 462 (115). INDUSTRIAL SOCIOLOGY. (3)
Prerequisite: SOCY 100. The sociology and human rela-
tions in American industry and business. Complex indus-
trial and business organization as social systems. Social
relationships within and between industry, business,
community, and society. (Coates, Lengermann)
SOCY 464 (116). MILITARY SOCIOLOGY. (3)
Prerequisite: SOCY 100. Social change and the growth of
military institutions. Complex formal military organiza-
tions. Military organizations as social systems. Military
service as an occupation or profession. The sociology of
military life. Relations between military institutions, civil-
ian communities and society. (Coates)
SOCY 465 (117). THE SOCIOLOGY OF WAR. (3)
Prerequisite: SOCY 100. The origin and development of
armed forces as institutions, the social causes, operations
and results of war as social conflict; the relations of
peace and war and revolution in contemporary civili-
zations. (Coates)
SOCY 466 (133). THE SOCIOLOGY OF POLITICS. (3)
Prerequisite: 9 credits of sociology. An introduction to
the sociology of political phenomena. Consideration of
the basic concepts and major findings in the field; the
relationship of the polity to other institutional orders of
the society; the relationship of political activity in Amer-
ica to the theory of democracy. (Braungart)
SOCY 470 (112). RURAL-URBAN RELATIONS. (3)
Prerequisite: SOCY 100. The ecology of population and
the forces making for change in rural and urban life; mi-
gration, decentralization and regionalism as methods of
studying individual and national issues. Applied field
problems. (Henkel)
SOCY 471 (113). THE RURAL COMMUNITY. (3)
Prerequisite: SOCY 100. A detailed study of rural life
with emphasis on levels of living, the family, school, and
church and organizational activities in the fields of health,
recreation, welfare, and planning.
SOCY 473 (114). THE CITY. (3)
Prerequisite: SOCY 100. The rise of urban civilization
and metropolitan regions; ecological process and struc-
ture; the city as a center of dominance; social problems,
control and planning. (Hirzel. Janes)
SOCY 498 (New). SELECTED TOPICS IN SOCIOLOGY:
AS ANNOUNCED. (3)
Topics of special interest to advanced undergraduates in
Sociology. Such courses will be offered in response to
student request and faculty interest. No more than six
credits may be taken by a student in selected topics.
SPANISH
SPAN 101 (New). ELEMENTARY SPANISH. (4)
Introduction to basic structures, with emphasis upon
audio-lingual skills. Four recitations per week, and one
optional laboratory hour. Normally leads to 102, but
gifted students may be recommended for 102H.
SPAN 102 (New). ELEMENTARY SPANISH. (4)
Completion of basic structures, with increasing emphasis
upon reading skill, reinforced by discussion and compo-
sition. Four recitations per week and one optional labor-
atory hour. Normally leads to 104, but gifted students
may be recommended for 104H.
SPAN 102H (New). ELEMENTARY SPANISH HONORS. (4)
Limited to students who have been recommended by
their instructor in 101. Enriched course of study, with
broad reading base and related development of oral and
written expression. Four recitations per week and one
optional laboratory hour. Normally leads to 201 or 221 at
student's option.
SPAN 103 (New). REVIEW OF ELEMENTARY SPANISH. (4)
Limited to students who have had at least two years of
high school Spanish or the equivalent, and who do not
qualify for 104. Four recitations per week and one op-
tional laboratory hour. Normally leads to 104.
SPAN 104. (New). INTERMEDIATE SPANISH. (4)
Extensive reading, discussion and composition. Four
recitations per week and one optional laboratory hour.
Normally leads to 201 or 221 at student's option.
SPAN 104H (New). INTERMEDIATE SPANISH HONORS. (4)
Limited to students who have been recommended by
their instructor in 102. Enriched course of study, with
broad reading base and related development of oral and
written expression. Four recitations per week and one
optional laboratory hour. Normally leads to 321, 322, 323,
or 324 at student's option.
SPAN 115 (007). INTERMEDIATE SPANISH. (3)
(To be offered through Fall 1972). Three recitations per
week. Prerequisite: SPAN 103 or SPAN 114, except that
recommended students may enter from SPAN 102H.
Study of linguistic structure, further development of
audio-lingual and writing ability, and reading of literary
texts with discussion in Spanish. Usually there will be an
honors section for qualified students.
SPAN 201 (012). REVIEW OF ORAL AND WRITTEN
SPANISH. (3)
Prerequisite: SPAN 115 or equivalent. A practical lan-
guage course recommended for all students continuing
in Spanish. May be taken concurrently with SPAN 221.
SPAN 211 (041). SPANISH PHONETICS. (3)
Prerequisite: SPAN 115 or equivalent. Descriptive study
of the Spanish sound system. Practice in phonetic per-
ception, transcription and articulation. Particular atten-
tion to sentence phonetics; juncture, rhythm, stress.
pitch. (Mendeloff)
SPAN 221 (011). INTRODUCTION TO SPANISH LITERA-
TURE. (3)
Prerequisite: SPAN 115. Required of all students who
continue in advanced courses of department, with ex-
ception of superior students who are permitted to by-
pass an introduction to Spanish literature. Conducted in
Spanish. Reading of literary texts, discussion and brief
essays.
SPAN 230, 231 (051, 052). COMMERCIAL SPANISH (3. 3)
Prerequisite: SPAN 201 and consent of instructor. De-
signed to give knowledge of correct Spanish usage,
commercial letters and business forms. Fundamental
principles of Spanish shorthand will be included if war-
ranted by the interest and ability of the class. (Rovner)
SPAN 301, 302 (071, 072). REVIEW OF GRAMMAR AND
COMPOSITION. (3, 3)
Prerequisite: SPAN 201 and 221 or equivalent. Intended
to give an intensive and practical drill in Spanish com-
position.
SPAN 311. 312 (080, 081). ADVANCED CONVERSATION.
(3, 3)
Prerequisite: SPAN 201 or consent of instructor. For
students who wish to develop fluency and confidence in
speaking the language.
SPAN 321, 322 (075, 076). SURVEY OF SPANISH LITERA-
TURE. (3, 3)
Prerequisite: SPAN 221 or equivalent. Basic survey of
the history of Spanish literature.
SPAN 323, 324 (077, 078). SURVEY OF SPANISH-AMERICAN
LITERATURE. (3, 3)
Prerequisite: SPAN 221 or equivalent. Basic survey of
the history of Spanish-American literature. (Sosnowski)
FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES
SPAN 401, 402 (103, 104). ADVANCED COMPOSITION. (3, 3)
Free composition, literary translation and practical study
of syntactical structure.
SPAN 408, 409 (105, 106). GREAT THEMES OF THE HIS-
PANIC LITERATURES. (3. 3)
Pervading themes in the literature of Spain or Spanish-
America. Each theme will be announced when the course
is offered. (Nemes)
Course Offerings / 257
SPAN 410. 411 (107, 108). LITERATURE OF THE MIDDLE
AGES. (3, 3)
Spanish literary history from the eleventh through the
fifteenth century. Reading of representative texts. First
semester: to 1350. Second semester: from 1350 to 1500.
(Mendeloff)
SPAN 412 (109). THE ROMANCERO. (3)
Origin, nature and influence. Extensive reading in each
of the respective sub-genres. (Mendeloff)
SPAN 420, 421 (111, 112). PROSE AND POETRY OF THE
SIXTEENTH CENTURY. (3, 3)
Selected readings and literary analysis. (Goodwyn)
SPAN 424 (113). DRAMA OF THE SIXTEENTH CENTURY. (3)
From the earliest aufos and pasos, the development of
Spanish drama anterior to Lope de Vega, including Cer-
vantes. (Rovner)
SPAN 425, 426 (171, 172). SPANISH CIVILIZATION. (3, 3)
A survey of two thousand years of Spanish history, out-
lining the cultural heritage of the Spanish people, their
great men, traditions, customs, art. and literature, with
special emphasis on the interrelationship of social and
literary history. Conducted in Spanish.
SPAN 430, 431 (115. 116). CERVANTES: NOVELAS EJEM-
PLARES AND DON QUIXOTE. (3. 3) (Goodwyn)
The course is offered either in Spanish or in English as
announced.
SPAN 434, 435 (117, 118). PROSE AND POETRY OF THE
SEVENTEENTH CENTURY. (3. 3)
Selected readings, literary analysis, and discussion of the
outstanding prose and poetry of the period, in the light
of the historical background. (Goodwyn)
SPAN 436, 437 (119. 120). DRAMA OF THE SEVENTEENTH
CENTURY. (3, 3)
First semester devoted to Lope de Vega, dramatic theory
and the Spanish stage. Second semester: drama after
Lope de Vega to Calderon de la Barca and the decline
of the Spanish theater. (Rovner)
SPAN 440, 441 (125. 126). LITERATURE OF THE EIGHT-
EENTH CENTURY. (3, 3)
Traditionalism, neo-Classicism. and pre-Romanticism in
prose, poetry, and the theater; esthetics and poetics of
the Enlightenment. (Rovner)
SPAN 446, 447 (173, 174). LATIN AMERICAN
CIVILIZATION. (3, 3)
The cultural heritage of the Latin American people.
Pre-Columbian civilization. Hispanic and other European
influences. Conducted in Spanish. (Nemes. Sosnowski)
SPAN 452 (130). THE ROMANTIC MOVEMENT IN SPAIN. (3)
Poetry, prose and drama of the Romantic and post-
Romantic periods. (Gramberg)
SPAN 454 (131). NINETEENTH CENTURY FICTION. (3)
Significant novels of the nineteenth century.
(Gramberg)
SPAN 456 (132). NINETEENTH CENTURY DRAMA AND
POETRY. (3)
Significant dramas and poetry of the Realistic period.
(Gramberg)
SPAN 460. 461 (141, 142). THE GENERATION OF 1898 AND
ITS SUCCESSORS. (3. 3)
Authors and works of all genres of the generation of
1898 and those of the immediately succeeding genera-
tion. (Marra-Lopez)
SPAN 462 (136). TWENTIETH CENTURY DRAMA. (3)
Significant plays of the twentieth century. (Marra-Lopez)
SPAN 464 (144). CONTEMPORARY SPANISH POETRY. (3)
Spanish poetry from the generation of 1927 to the
present. (Marra-Lopez)
SPAN 466 (143). THE CONTEMPORARY SPANISH NOVEL.
(3)
The novel and the short story from 1940 to the present.
(Marra-Lopez)
SPAN 468, 469 (133. 134). MODERNISM AND POST-MOD-
ERNISM IN SPAIN AND SPANISH-AMERICA. (3, 3)
A study of the most important works and authors of both
movements in Spain and Spanish-America. (Nemes)
SPAN 470 (101). APPLIED LINGUISTICS. (3)
Nature of applied linguistics and its contribution to the
effective teaching of foreign languages. Comparative
study of English and Spanish with emphasis upon points
of divergence. Analysis, evaluation and construction of
related drills. (Mendeloff)
SPAN 480, 481 (163, 164). SPANISH-AMERICAN ESSAY.
(3, 3)
A study of the socio-political contents and aesthetic
qualities of representative works from the Colonial to the
Contemporary period, with emphasis on the essay of the
twentieth century in the second semester.
(Nemes. Sosnowski)
SPAN 488. 489 (159. 160). SPANISH-AMERICAN FICTION.
(3, 3)
Representative novels and or short stories from the Wars
of Independence to the present or close analysis of
major contemporary works. Subject will be announced
each time course is offered. (Nemes)
SPAN 491H, 492H. 493H. (195H. 196H, 197H). HONORS
READING COURSES. (3, 3, 3)
Supervised reading to be taken normally only by stu-
dents admitted to the Honors Program: 491 is poetry.
492 is the novel, 493 is the drama. (Natella)
SPAN 496H (199H). HONORS SEMINAR. (3)
Required of all students in the Honors Program. Other
students will be admitted on special recommendation.
Conducted in Spanish. Discussion of a central theme
with related investigation by students. (Natella)
SPAN 498 (162). SPANISH-AMERICAN POETRY. (3)
Main trends, authors and works from the Conquest to
Ruben Dario. (Nemes, Natella)
SPEECH
SPCH 100 (001). PUBLIC SPEAKING. (3)
Prerequisite for advanced speech courses. The prepara-
tion and delivery of short original speeches: outside read-
ings; reports, etc. It is recommended that this course be
taken during the freshman year. SPCH 100 and 107 may
not both be used for credit. (Lea)
SPCH 107 (007). PUBLIC SPEAKING. (2)
The preparation and delivery of speeches on technical
and general subjects. SPCH 107 and 100 may not both
be used for credit. (Wolvin)
SPCH 110 (004). VOICE AND DICTION. (3)
Emphasis upon the improvement of voice, articulation,
and phonation. May be taken concurrently with SPCH
100. (Starcher)
SPCH 125 (New). INTRODUCTION TO INTERPERSONAL
COMMUNICATION. (3)
A study of the theory and its application in the area of
informal interpersonal communication. (Rebach)
SPCH 200 (002). ADVANCED PUBLIC SPEAKING. (3)
Prerequisite: SPCH 100 or 107. A study of rhetorical
principles and models of speech composition in con-
junction with the preparation and presentation of spe-
cific forms of public address. (Wolvin)
SPCH 220 (010). GROUP DISCUSSION. (3)
A study of the principles, methods and types of discus-
sion, and their application in the discussion of contem-
porary problems (Linkow)
SPCH 230 (011). ARGUMENTATION AND DEBATE. (3)
Pre-law students may take SPCH 230. 330 instead of
SPCH 100 or SPCH 107 A study of the principles of
argument, analysis, evidence, reasoning, fallacies, brief-
ing, and delivery, together with their application in pub-
lic speaking.
258 / Course Offerings
SPCH 240 (013) ORAL INTERPRETATION. (3)
The oral interpretation of literature and the practical
training of students in the art of reading. (Provenson)
SPCH 325 (023). PARLIAMENTARY LAW. (1)
A study of the principles and application of parliament-
ary law as applied to all types of meetings. Thorough
training in the use of Robert's Rules of Order.
(Strausbaugh)
SPCH 330 (012). ARGUMENTATION AND DEBATE IN
SOCIETY. (3)
Pre-law students may take SPCH 230. 330 instead of
SPCH 100 or SPCH 107. A study of the principles of
argument, analysis, evidence, reasoning, fallacies, brief-
ing, and delivery, together with their application in pub-
lic speaking. (Maynard)
SPCH 350 (021). FUNDAMENTALS OF SPEECH COMMUNI-
CATION. (3)
A study of oral communicative behavior, including prob-
lems and processes of symbolizations, aspects of oral
language, the involvement of the talker and listener,
kinds of signals, and self-revelation through speech.
(Rebach)
SPCH 356 (New). RHETORIC AND SOCIETY. (3)
A survey of the fundamental aspects and approaches
to rhetorical theory. (Croft)
SPCH 360 (New). THE RHETORIC OF BLACK AMERICA. (3)
A historical-critical survey of the rhetoric of black Ameri-
cans from the colonial period to the present. Emphasis
will be placed on the nature and historical antecedents
of contemporary black power rhetoric.
SPCH 420 (110). ADVANCED GROUP DISCUSSION. (3)
Prerequisite: SPCH 220. Required in speech curriculum
and elective in other curricula. An examination of cur-
rent research and techniques in the discussion and con-
ference, including extensive practice in this area.
(Linkow)
SPCH 423 (133). COMMUNICATION PROCESSES IN CON-
FERENCES. (3)
Prerequisite: One course in public speaking. Limited to
students at the off-campus centers. Group participation
in conferences, methods of problem solving, semantic
aspects of language, and the function of conferences in
industry and government. (Linkow)
SPCH 440 (107). ADVANCED ORAL INTERPRETATION. (3)
Prerequisite: SPCH 240. Emphasis upon the longer read-
ing. Program planning. (Provensen)
SPCH 450 (161). ANCIENT RHETORIC. (3)
Prerequisite: SPCH 200 or consent of instructor. The
theories of speech-making and speech composition as
propounded by the classical rhetoricians. Special at-
tention is given to Plato. Aristotle, Socrates. Cicero,
Quintillian, and St. Augustine. (Jamieson)
SPCH 451 (162). MODERN RHETORIC. (3)
Prerequisite: SPCH 200 or consent of the instructor. A
study of the development of modern rhetorical theories in
Europe and America with consideration of the application
of the theories to public address. Special attention is
given to Thomas Sheridan. John Walker. George Camp-
bell, Hugh Blair, Richard Whately. James A. Winans,
Charles Woolbert. I. A. Richards, and Kenneth Burke.
(Jamieson)
SPCH 455 (New). ADVANCED SPEECH COMPOSITION. (3)
Prerequisite: SPCH 200 or consent of the instructor. In-
tensive study of rhetorical principles of speech composi-
tion through study of model speeches and through a
practicum in speech writing. Emphasis will be placed
on the application of research in speech writing to vari-
ous forms and styles of speeches. (Wolvin)
SPCH 460, 461 (124, 125). AMERICAN PUBLIC ADDRESS.
(3. 3)
Prerequisite: SPCH 100 or 107. The first semester covers
the period from colonial times to 1918 period. The sec-
ond semesters covers from 1918 period through the con-
temporary period. (Jamieson)
SPCH 470 (163). MATERIALS AND PROGRAMS FOR THE
DEVELOPMENT OF LISTENING. (3)
The study of research finding, listening tests, materials,
equipment, and programs which can be used to develop
listening skills. (Wolvin)
SPCH 474 (New). COMMUNICATION THEORY AND
PROCESS. (3)
A general survey of research and materials in communi-
cation theory. (Rebach)
SPCH 475 (164). PERSUASION IN SPEECH. (3)
Prerequisite: SPCH 200 or 230. A study of the bases of
persuasion with emphasis on recent experimental devel-
opments in persuasion. (Abrams)
SPCH 498 (111). SEMINAR. (3)
Prerequisites: Senior standing and consent of instructor.
Present-day speech research. (Strausbaugh)
SPCH 499 (180). HONORS SEMINAR. (3)
For Honors students only. Readings, symposiums, visit-
ing lecturers, discussions.
SPEECH AND HEARING
Speech Clinic. No Credit.
Remedial work in minor speech defects. The work of the
clinic is conducted in individual conferences and in
small group meetings. Hours arranged by consultation
with the respective speech instructor.
SPHR 202 (003). FUNDAMENTALS OF GENERAL AMERI-
CAN SPEECH. (3)
Training in auditory discrimination of speech sounds,
rhythms and inflection of general American speech.
Analysis of the physiological bases of speech produc-
tion and the phonetic elements of speech reception. This
course is required of majors in speech and hearing
science and recommended for foreign students and
majors in nursery and elementary education. (Hamlet)
SPHR 302 (105). SPEECH-HANDICAPPED SCHOOL CHIL-
DREN. (3)
Prerequisite: SPHR 202 for undergraduates. The occur-
rence, identification, and treatment of speech handicaps
in the classrooms. An introduction to speech pathology.
(Hard, Geoffrey)
SPHR 304 (109). SPEECH AND LANGUAGE DEVELOPMENT
OF CHILDREN. (3)
Admission by consent of instructor. An analysis of nor-
mal and abnormal processes of speech and language
development in children. (Kumin)
SPHR 306 (112). PHONETICS. (3)
Prerequisites: SPHR 202 or consent of instructor. Train-
ing in the recognition and production of the sounds of
spoken English, with an analysis of their formation.
Practice transcription. Mastery of the international pho-
netic alphabet. (Baker)
SPHR 310 (126). SEMANTIC ASPECTS OF SPEECH IN
HUMAN RELATIONS. (3)
Prerequisite: One course in public speaking. An analysis
of speech and language habits from the standpoint of
general semantics.
SPHR 312 (135). INSTRUMENTATON IN SPEECH AND
HEARING SCIENCE. (3)
Prerequisite: SPHR 202. The use of electronic equipment
in the measurement of speech and hearing. (Hamlet)
SPHR 314 (141). INTRODUCTION TO AUDIOMETRY. (3)
Prerequisites: SPHR 202, 312. Analysis of various meth-
ods and procedures in evaluating hearing losses. Re-
quired for students whose concentration is in speech
and hearing therapy. (Newby)
SPHR 402 (108). EDUCATIONAL PHONETICS. (3)
This course is designed to relate phonetic science to the
classroom. An extensive coverage of broad transcription
of general American speech. Students having credit for
SPHR 202 or any previous phonetics course are not
eligible for this course. (Kumin)
Course Offerings / 259
SPHR 404 (120). SPEECH PATHOLOGY. (3)
Prerequisite: SPHR 302. A continuation of SPHR 302
with emphasis on the causes and treatment of organic
speech disorders. (Farquhar)
SPHR 406 (136). PRINCIPLES OF SPEECH THERAPY. (3)
Prerequisite: SPHR 404. Differential diagnosis of speech
and language handicaps and the application of psycho-
logical principles of learning, motivation and adjustment
in the treatment of speech disorders. (Boss)
SPHR 408 (106). CLINICAL PRACTICE. (1-5)
Prerequisites: SPHR 302 and consent of instructor. May
be taken for 1-5 credit hours per semester. May be re-
peated for a total of 9 semester hours credit. Clinical
practice in various methods of corrective procedures
with various types of speech cases in the University
clinic, veterans hospitals and public schools. (Boss)
SPHR 410 (138). METHODS AND MATERIALS IN SPEECH
CORRECTION. (3)
Prerequisite: SPHR 404 or the equivalent. The design
and use of methods and materials for diagnosis, meas-
urement, and retraining of the speech-handicapped.
(Boss)
SPHR 412 (142). SPEECH READING AND AUDITORY
TRAINING. (3)
Prerequisites: SPHR 312, 314. Methods of training indi-
viduals with hearing loss to recognize, interpret and
understand spoken language. Required for students
whose concentration is in speech and hearing therapy.
(Ciaranello)
SPHR 414 (111). SEMINAR. (3)
Prerequisites: Senior standing and consent of instructor.
Present-day speech and hearing research. (Newby)
STATISTICS AND PROBABILITY
STAT 250 (050). INTRODUCTION TO RANDOM VARIABLES.
(3)
Prerequisite: MATH 221 or MATH 141. Introductory math-
ematical concepts. Probabilistic concepts. Basic proper-
ties of probability. Discrete random variables and their
distributions. Continuous variables (intuitive analytic ap-
proach). Joint distributions and transformations. Moments
and moment generating functions. Law of large numbers
and de Moivvre's theorem.
STAT 400 (100). APPLIED PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS I.
(3)
Prerequisites: MATH 221 or MATH 141. Random vari-
ables, common distributions, moments, law of large
numbers and central limit theorem. Sampling methods,
estimation of parameters, testing of hypotheses, analysis
of variance, regression, and correlation.
STAT 401 (101). APPLIED PROBABILITY AND STATISTICS
II. (3)
Prerequisites: STAT 400 (MATH 241 recommended).
Point estimation, sufficient, unbiased, and consistent es-
timators. Minimum variance and maximum likelihood es-
timators. Interval estimation. Testing of hypotheses. Re-
gression and linear hypotheses. Sampling distributions.
Experimental designs. Sequential tests, elements of non-
parametric methods.
STAT 410 (110). INTRODUCTION TO PROBABILITY THE-
ORY. (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 241. Probability and its properties.
Random variables and distribution functions in one and
several dimensions. Moments. Characteristic functions.
Limit theorems.
STAT 411 (111). INTRODUCTION TO STOCHASTIC PROC-
ESSES. (3)
Prerequisite: STAT 410. or MATH 410 and STAT 250.
Elementary stochastic processes. Renewal process ran-
dom walks, branching process, discrete Markov chains,
first passage times. Markov chains with a continuous
parameter, birth and death processes. Stationary proc-
esses and their spectral properties.
STAT 420 (120). INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS I. (3)
Prerequisite: STAT 410, or STAT 400 and MATH 410.
Short review of probability concepts including sampling
distributions. Interval estimation. Theory of order statis-
tics. Tolerance limits. Limit distributions and stochastic
convergence. Sufficient statistics. Completeness and
stochastic independence. Rao-Blackwell theorem.
STAT 421 (121). INTRODUCTION TO STATISTICS II. (3)
Prerequisite: STAT 420. or STAT 401 and MATH 410.
Loss and risk functions. Statistical decisions. Optimality
criteria. Uniformly minimum risk procedures. Bayesian
risk, minimax principle. Point, estimation theory. Statis-
tical hypotheses and optimal tests. Likelihood ratio tests.
Elements of linear hypotheses, analysis of variance and
sequential theory.
STAT 450 (150). REGRESSION AND VARIANCE ANALYSIS.
(3)
Prerequisite: STAT 401 or STAT 420. One. two three
and four way layouts in analysis of variance fixed effects
models, linear regression in several variables. Gauss-
Markov-theorem, multiple regression analysis, experi-
mental designs.
STAT 464 (164). INTRODUCTION TO BIOSTATISTICS. (3)
Prerequisite: One semester of calculus and junior stand-
ing. Probabilistic models. Sampling. Some applications
of probability in genetics. Experimental designs. Estima-
tion of effects of treatment. Comparative experiments.
Fisher-Irwin test. Wilcoxon tests for paired comparisons.
STAT 470 (170). LINEAR AND NONLINEAR PROGRAM-
MING. (3)
Prerequisite: MATH 240 or MATH 400. Duality theorem
and minimax theorem for finite matrix games. Structure
of linear and nonlinear solutions with perturbations. Vari-
ous solution techniques of linear, quadratic, and convex
programming methods. Special integer programming
models (transportation and traveling salesman problems).
Network theory with max-flow-min-cut theorem.
TEXTILES
TEXT 105 (TXCL 005). TEXTILES IN CONTEMPORARY
LIVING. (3)
Three lectures per week. A multidisciplinary approach
to the consumer in the near environment with emphasis
on apparel and environmental textiles.
TEXT 150 (050). INTRODUCTION TO TEXTILE
MATERIALS. (3)
Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory per week. An
introduction to the properties of textile materials. Be-
havior of textile materials are observed in relation to
environmental conditions which influence aesthetics,
comfort and performance.
TEXT 250 (055). TEXTILE MATERIALS: EVALUATION AND
CHARACTERIZATION. (3)
Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory per week. Pre-
requisite: TEXT 150. An investigation of the behavior of
textile materials in relation to environmental factors and
conditions of service influencing performance, comfort
and aesthetics. Laboratory experience provides an op-
portunity to explore a variety of textile materials and
methods of evaluation.
TEXT 355 (TXCL 128). ENVIRONMENTAL TEXTILES. (3)
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: TEXT 150. A con-
sideration of the properties, performance and care of
textile materials other than clothing used in the near
environment. Included are furnishings, floor coverings,
wall treatments and recreational and structural materials.
Environmental conditions such as soiling, heat, radia-
tion, weathering, aging, moisture and solvents will be
considered.
TEXT 385 (185). JUNIOR HONORS SEMINAR (1)
Spring semester. Limited to juniors in the departmental
Honors Program. Readings, reports and discussion of
selected topics.
260 / Course Offerings
FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES
TEXT 452 (102). TEXTILE SCIENCE: CHEMICAL
STRUCTURE AND PROPERTIES OF FIBERS. (3)
Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory per week.
Prerequisites: CHEM 104 or consent of instructor. The
chemical structure, properties and reactions of the ma-
jor classes of natural and man-made fibers. Emphasis is
placed upon the relationship between molecular struc-
ture and physical properties of fibers and fabrics. Lab-
oratory includes chemical identification of fibers, prep-
aration of selected fibers and examination of chemical
reactions and properties of fibers.
TEXT 454 (154). TEXTILE SCIENCE: FINISHES. (3)
Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory per week.
Prerequisite: TEXT 452 or consent of instructor. A study
of the chemical reactions and mechanisms involved in
imparting water repellance. crease resistance and crease
recovery properties, shrink-resistance, flame resistance,
soil-release properties and moth and mildew resistance
to textile materials. Properties of the finished material
which effect its end-use will also be examined. Labora-
tory work includes the application of finishes, identifica-
tion of finishes and a study of the properties of finished
fabrics.
TEXT 456 (150). TEXTILE SCIENCE: CHEMISTRY AND
PHYSICS OF FIBERS AND POLYMERS. (3)
Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory per week.
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. The theory of fiber
structure and its relationship to chemical and physical
properties of natural and man-made fibers. Laboratory
includes study of performance of textile materials in
relation to their chemical and physical properties.
TEXT 463 (153). HISTORY OF TEXTILES. (3)
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite: TEXT 150 or con-
sent of instructor. A study of historic and contemporary
fibers and fabrics. Emphasis will be placed on the anal-
ysis of designs and techniques of decorating fabrics and
the relationship of textiles to the aesthetic and develop-
mental cultures of society.
TEXT 465 (165). ECONOMICS OF THE TEXTILE AND
APPAREL INDUSTRIES. (3)
Fall semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequisites:
ECON 201 and 203. Trends in the production and con-
sumption of textiles and apparel; economic analysis of
the textile and apparel industries; factors affecting
changes in output, price, location and market structure.
TEXT 488 (188). SENIOR HONORS THESIS. (3-4)
Limited to students in the departmental Honors Program.
An independent literary, laboratory of field study, con-
ducted throughout the student's senior year. Student
should register in both fall and spring.
TEXT 498 (198). SPECIAL STUDIES. (2-4)
Independent study by an individual student or by a
group of students in adanced work not otherwise pro-
vided in the department. Students must prepare a de-
scription of the study they wish to undertake. The plan
must be approved by the faculty directing the study and
the department chairman.
TEXTILES AND APPAREL
TXAP 221 (CLTH 010). APPAREL I. (3)
Six hours of laboratory per week. A study of the funda-
mental principles and processes of pattern design and
apparel construction. Students will relate flat pattern
and construction techniques to apparel design problems.
TXAP 222 (CLTH 021). APPAREL II. (3)
Six hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: TXAP
221 and TEXT 150. A continuation of Apparel I involving
more advanced problems. Emphasis is placed on suc-
cessful integration of pattern design with construction
processes in contemporary fabrics.
TXAP 385 (185). JUNIOR HONORS SEMINAR (1)
Spring semester. Limited to juniors in the departmental
Honors Program. Readings, reports and discussion of
selected topics.
FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES AND GRADUATES
TXAP 420 (CLTH 120). APPAREL DESIGN: DRAPING. (3)
Six hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: TXAP
222 and APDS 101. APDS 220 highly recommended.
Students explore pattern design through draping on the
human form. Emphasis is on the interrelationships be-
tween material, design and form.
TXAP 425 (CLTH 122). APPAREL DESIGN:
EXPERIMENTAL PROCESSES. (3)
Six hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisites: TXAP
222, TEXT 250 and APDS 101. Processes are related to
fiber and fabric characteristics, style and end-use. Op-
portunities are provided for students to explore, adapt
and create new processes with modern textile materials
and to evaluate results in terms of design quality.
TXAP 441 (TXCL 141) CLOTHING AND HUMAN
BEHAVIOR. (3)
Three lectures per week. Prerequisites: PSYC 100 and
SOCY 100 An exploration of socio-psychological ap-
proaches to the study of clothing in relation to human
behavior. Social and psychological theories will be
examined as possible framework for the study and in-
vestigation of clothing.
TXAP 445 (TXCL 145). HISTORY OF COSTUME I. (3)
Fall semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite:
University history requirements. The Wrap-style Dress.
A critical study of the various forms of dress; analyzing
shape and form of garments and the component parts of
which they are made, taking special note of the distinc-
tive styles and unique shapes which help distinguish one
period from another; relating the history of costume to
events of achievements, to the social attitudes and to
development of the various times and cultures of man.
TXAP 447 (TXCL 147). HISTORY OF COSTUME II. (3)
Spring semester. Three lectures per week. Prerequisite:
Same as for History of Costume I. The Shaped-style
Dress. A critical study of the various forms of dress:
analyzing shape and form of garments and the compon-
ent parts of which they are made, taking special note of
the distinctive styles and unique shapes which help dis-
tinguish one period from another; relating the history of
costume to events, to achievements, to the social atti-
tudes and development of the various times and culture
of man.
TXAP 488 (TXAP 188). SENIOR HONORS THESIS. (3-4)
Limited to students in the department Honors Program.
An independent literary, laboratory or field study, con-
ducted throughout the student's senior year. Student
should register in both fall and spring.
TXAP 498 (198). SPECIAL STUDIES. (2-4)
Independent study by an individual student or by a
group of students in advanced work not otherwise pro-
vided in the department. Students must prepare a de-
scription of the study they wish to undertake. The plan
must be approved by the faculty directing the study and
the department chairman.
ZOOLOGY
ZOOL 101 (001). GENERAL ZOOLOGY. (4)
Three lectures and one two-hour laboratory period a
week. ZOOL 101 and 102 satisfy the freshman pre-
medical requirement in general biology. An introduction
to the modern concepts of biological principles and
animal life. Emphasis will be placed upon the functional
aspects of living systems with a survey of the physical
and chemical bases of all life processes. (Linder)
Course Offerings / 261
ZOOL 102 (002). THE ANIMAL PHYLA. (4)
Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a
week. Prerequisites: ZOOL 101 or BOTN 101. A study of
the anatomy, classification and life histories of repre-
sentative animals, invertebrates and vertebrates.
(Anastos, Strathmann)
ZOOL 201 (014). HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY. (4)
Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a
week. Prerequisite: ZOOL 101. For students who desire
a general knowledge of human anatomy and physiology.
(Grollman)
ZOOL 202 (015). HUMAN ANATOMY AND PHYSIOLOGY. (4)
Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a
week. Prerequisite: ZOOL 201. A continuation of ZOOL
201. (Grollman)
ZOOL 205 (075). HISTORY OF ZOOLOGY. (1)
One lecture a week. Prerequisites: A general Grade
Point Average (GPA) of 3.2 and a GPA in biological sub-
jects of 3.5, or permission of the instructor. A course in
the history of the development of zoology involving the
historical figures, experiments and ideas which con-
tributed to modern concepts. (Otto)
ZOOL 206 (076). ZOOLOGICAL LITERATURE. (1)
One lecture a week. Prerequisites: A general Grade
Point Average (GPA) of 3.2 and a GPA in biological
subjects of 3.5, or permission of the instructor. Discus-
sion of zoological literature, its use and significance.
(Otto)
ZOOL 207S (055S). DEVELOPMENT OF THE HUMAN
BODY. (2)
Summer session. Five lectures a week. A study of the
main factors affecting the growth and development of
the child with special emphasis on normal development.
ZOOL 209 (077). BASIC STUDY IN ZOOLOGY. (1-4)
Prerequisites: A general Grade Point Average (GPA) of
3.2 and a GPA in biological subjects of 3.5. or permission
of the instructor. Independent study, with supporting
laboratory experiments, of the basic disciplines in zool-
ogy. Repeatable up to 8 hours credit.
ZOOL 246 (006). GENETICS. (4)
Three lectures, one two-hour laboratory-discussion period
per week. Prerequisites: ZOOL 101 or BOTN 101, or
equivalent, and one semester of college chemistry, A
consideration of the basic principles of heredity.
(Potter. Barnett, Imberski)
ZOOL 290 (005). COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE
MORPHOLOGY. (4)
Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a
week. Prerequisites: ZOOL 101 and 102 or equivalent.
A comparative study of the evolution of vertebrate organ
systems supplemented by laboratory dissection and dem-
onstrations. (Anastos)
FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES
ZOOL 308H (151H). HONORS SEMINAR. (1)
One discussion period a week. Prerequisite: Participation
in honors program. Guided discussion of topics of cur-
rent interest. Repeatable to total of 4 hours credit.
ZOOL 309H (152H). HONORS INDEPENDENT STUDY. (1-4)
Prerequisite: Participation in honors program. Study of
classical material by way of guided independent study
and laboratory experiments. Repeatable to a total of 12
hours credit.
ZOOL 318H (153H). HONORS RESEARCH. (1-2)
Prerequisite: Participation in honors program. A labora-
tory research problem which is required each semester
during honors participation and culminates in a honors
thesis. Repeatable to a total of 8 hours credit.
ZOOL 319 (150). SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN ZOOLOGY. (1-2)
Prerequisites: Major in zoology or biological sciences:
a minimum of 3.0 cumulative average in the biological
sciences, and consent of instructor. Research or inte-
grated reading in zoology. A student may register sev-
eral times and receive up to 8 semester hours of credit.
ZOOL 411 (109). CELL BIOLOGY. (4)
Two lectures, one one-hour demonstration-discussion
period and one three-hour laboratory period a week.
Prerequisites: Two years of zoology and a year of organic
chemistry, or permission of the instructor. A study of
cell structure and function with an emphasis on the
activity of subcellular organoids and the mechanisms of
coordination and control of cell function. (Brown)
ZOOL 413 (103). BIOPHYSICS. (3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisites: One year biolo-
gy, a year of physics, and at least one semester of cal-
culus; or permission of the instructor. An introduction to
the ideas and methods used in biophysics to analyze the
functional components of cells and tissues as physical-
chemical systems. (Goode)
ZOOL 415 (180). CELL DIFFERENTIATION. (3)
Three lectures per week. Prerequisites: A course in em-
bryology, cell biology, or genetic systems, or permission
of the instructor. A discussion of cellular and subcellular
differentiation, emphasizing the biochemical and ultra-
structural bases of these development changes.
(Goode)
ZOOL 421 (102). VERTEBRATE PHYSIOLOGY. (4)
Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a
week. Prerequisites: One year of zoology and one se-
mester of organic chemistry. An intensive study of nerve.
muscle, sensory receptors and the central nervous sys-
tem.
ZOOL 422 (104). VERTEBRATE PHYSIOLOGY. (4)
Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a
week. Prerequisites: one year of zoology and one semes-
ter of organic chemistry. An intensive study of the
cardiovascular, gastrointestinal, renal and respiratory
systems, and an introduction to endrocrinology. basal
metabolism and reproductive physiology. (Contrera)
ZOOL 426 (105). GENERAL ENDROCRINOLOGY. (3)
Three lectures each week. Prerequisites: One year of
zoology and one semester of organic chemistry. The
study of the functions and the functioning of the en-
docrine organs of animals, with special reference to the
vertebrates. (Brinktey)
ZOOL 430 (120). VERTEBRATE EMBRYOLOGY. (4)
Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a
week. Prerequisite: One year of zoology. Principles of
developmental dynamics including organization, differ-
entiation, morphogenesis, and developmental physiology.
(Ramm)
ZOOL 440 (190). EVOLUTION. (3)
Three lectures per week. Prerequisite A course in ge-
netics or permission of instructor. A consideration of
current thought in regard to the origin and evolution of
living organisms. (Highton)
ZOOL 446 (106). MOLECULAR GENETICS. (3)
Three lectures per week. Prerequisites: A course in ge-
netics and one year of organic chemistry The molecular
basis of gene structure and function. Regulation of dif-
ferential gene expression. (imberski)
ZOOL 456. ZOOGEOGRAPHY. (3)
Three lectures a week. Prerequisites: ZOOL 101. 102.
and 290 or equivalent. Principles governing the geo-
graphical distribution of animals, with particular em-
phasis on vertebrates. (Vermeij)
ZOOL 460 (182). ETHOLOGY. (4)
Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a
week. Prerequisite: Two years of zoology, including a
course in comparative anatomy, or permission of instruc-
tor. The function, causation and evolution of behavior:
laboratory analysis of the behavior of several species.
262 / Course Offerings
ZOOL 470 (121). ANIMAL ECOLOGY. (3)
Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a
week. Prerequisite: One year of zoology. The environ-
ment and its control of animal abundance, organiza-
tion of populations and the biology of communities will
be studied. (Gill. Morse)
ZOOL 475 (110). GENERAL PARASITOLOGY. (4)
Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a
week. Prerequisites: Two years of zoology and one year
of chemistry, or permission of the instructor. A consid-
eration of the phenomenon of parasitism through a study
of the structure, function and host relationships of para-
sitic organisms. (Jachowski)
ZOOL 480 (130). HYDROBIOLOGY. (4)
Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a
week. Prerequisite: An introductory course in ecology
and one semester of chemistry. An investigation of the
causal relationships of fresh water, estuarine and marine
biotic communities to their environment. (Rees)
ZOOL 481 (118). THE BIOLOGY OF MARINE AND
ESTUARINE INVERTEBRATES. (4)
Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a
week. Prerequisite: One year of zoology. An in-depth con-
sideration of the taxonomy and functional morphology of
the invertebrates, exclusive of insects. Chesapeake Bay
forms and the study of living material will be empha-
sized. (Pierce)
ZOOL 482 (122). MARINE VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY. (4)
Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a
week. Prerequisite: Two years of zoology or permission
of the instructor. A consideration of the evolution, tax-
onomy, morphology, physiology, behavior and ecology
of marine and estuarine protochordates and vertebrates.
(Clark)
ZOOL 483 (129). VERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY. (4)
Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a week.
Prerequisite: One year of zoology or permission of in-
structor. The identification, classification, habits and be-
havior of vertebrates with emphasis on fresh water, ter-
restrial and aerial forms, and a consideration of the
evolution of living and fossil representatives.
ZOOL 487 (245). BIOLOGY OF BIRDS. (4)
Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a
week. Prerequisite: A course in vertebrate zoology or
permission of instructor. Emphasis will be on ecology,
behavior, anatomy, systematics, and reproductive physi-
ology, plus field studies of local birds.
ZOOL 495 (108). ANIMAL HISTOLOGY. (4)
Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods per
week. Prerequisites: A course in general zoology and a
course in vertebrate anatomy, or permission of the in-
structor. A study of the microscopic anatomy, ultrastruc-
ture and histophysiology of tissues and organs of verte-
brates. (Haley)
Course Offerings / 263
V
FACULTY
AARON, Henry J., Associate Professor of Economics
B.A., U.C.L.A., 1958; M.A., Harvard University, 1960;
Ph.D., Harvard University, 1963.
ABBATE, Donatella, Instructor in French and Italian
Laurea, University of Milan, 1961,
ABRAHAM, C. T., Instructor in Education
B.S. and B.Ed., Kerala University, India, 1952 and
1958; M.Ed., Naipur University, India, 1963.
ABRAMS, John G., Lecturer in Speech and Dramatic Art
A.B., University of Michigan, 1964; M.A., 1967.
ABRAMS, Marshall D., Associate Professor of Electrical
Engineering
B.S.E.E., Carnegie Tech., 1962; M.S.E.E., University of
Pittsburgh, 1964; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh, 1966.
ABRAMS. Richard H., Jr., Research Associate in Meteoro-
logy, Institute of Fluid Dynamics
B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology; Ph.D., Uni-
versity of Maryland, 1970.
ADAMS, Harold L., Lecturer in School of Architecture
B.Arch.. Texas A&M, 1962.
ADAMS, 3rd, John Q., Associate Professor of Economics
A.B., Oberlin College, 1960; Ph.D., University of Texas,
1966.
ADAMS, R. L., Visiting Associate Professor of Government
and Politics
B.A., Morehouse College, 1952; M.A., University of Chi-
cago. 1954; Ph.D., 1971.
ADAMS, William W.. Professor of Mathematics
A.B., University of California (L.A.). 1959; Ph.D., Columbia
University, 1964.
ADKINS, Arthur Associate Professor of Secondary Education
B.S.. Saint Cloud State College. 1942; M.A., University
of Minnesota, 1947; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1958.
ADKINS, Ralph J., Assistant Professor and Extension Su-
pervisor, Agriculture
B.S., University of Maryland, 1960; M.S., 1965.
ADLER, J. I., Instructor Psychology
M.A., University of Maryland, 1970.
AGRAWALA, A. K., Assistant Professor of Computer Science
Ph.D., Harvard University, 1970.
AGRE, Gene P., Associate Professor, Foundation of Educa-
tion
B.A., Macalester College, 1951; B.S., University of Minn-
esota, 1953; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1956; Ph.D.,
University of Illinois (Urbana), 1964.
A'HEARN, Michael F., Assistant Professor of Astronomy
B.S., Boston College, 1961; Ph.D., University of Wis-
consin, 1966.
AHNERT, Frank O., Professor of Geography
Ph.D., University of Heidelberg, 1953.
AHRENS, Richard A., Associate Professor of Food and Nu-
trition
B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1958; Ph.D., University of
California (Davis), 1963.
AIKENS, Vanoye, Visiting Lecturer of Dance
AKMAN, Alan D., Instructor of Information Systems and
Management
B.S., University of Maryland, 1964; M.S., University of
Carnegie-Mellon. 1966.
ALBERT, Thomas F., Assistant Professor of Veterinary
Science
B.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1959; V.M.D.. Uni-
versity of Pennsylvania, 1962.
ALEXANDER, James C, Assistant Professor of Mathematics
and Statistics
B.S., Johns Hopkins University, 1964; Ph.D., 1968.
ALEXANDER. M. H., Assistant Professor of Institute for Mole-
cular Physics
ALIC. John Anthony, Instructor of Mechanical Engineering
B.M.E., Cornell University, 1964; M.S. Stanford University,
1965.
Faculty / 265
ALLAN, Thomas K., Associate Professor of Counseling Per-
sonnel and Director, OIR
B.S.. Northwestern University, 1950; MA, University of
Maryland, 1964; Ph.D., 1966.
ALLEN. Mary I., Instructor (Part-time) of English
B.A., Brigham Young University, 1962; M.A., 1963.
ALLEN, Redfield W., Professor of Mechanical Engineering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1943; M.S., University of
Maryland, 1949; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1959.
ALLEY, Carroll O.. Associate Professor of Physics
B.S., University of Richmond, 1948; M.A., Princeton
University, 1951; Ph.D., 1962.
ALLEY, Elizabeth D., Instructor (Part-time) and Curator of
Visual Aids School of Architecture
B.A., Wilson College, 1948.
ALMENAS, Kazys K., Assistant Professor of Nuclear Engi-
neering
B.S.. University of Nebraska, 1957; Ph.D., University and
Polytechnic of Warsaw, 1968.
ALMON JR., Clopper, Professor of Economics
A.B., Vanderbilt University, 1956; M.A., Harvard Univer-
sity, 1961; Ph.D., 1962.
AMERSHEK, Kathleen G., Associate Professor of Early
Childhood and Elementary Education
B.S., Indiana State College (Penna.), 1951; M.Ed., Penn-
sylvania State University, 1957; Ph.D., University of
Minnesota, 1966.
AMMON, Herman L., Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B.Sc. Brown University, 1958; Ph.D., University of Wash-
ington, 1963.
AMUZEGAR, Jahangir. Lecturer (Part-time) Economics
B.A., University of Teheran, 1941; M.A., University of
Washington, 1948; Ph.D., University of California (L.A.),
1955.
ANAND, Davinder K., Associate Professor of Mechanical
Engineering
B.S., George Washington University, 1959; M.S., George
Washington University, 1961; Ph.D.. George Washington
University, 1965.
ANASTOS, George, Professor of Zoology
B.S.. University of Akron, 194.2; M.A., Harvard University,
1947; Ph.D., 1949.
ANDERSON. Charles R.. Associate Professor of Secondary
Education and Assistant to the Dean
B.S.. University of Maryland, 1957; M.Ed., University of
Maryland, 1959; Ed.D., University of Maryland, 1969.
ANDERSON, Evelyn J.. Assistant Professor of Library Science
Education
B.A. Bethel College, 1935: M.A.. University of Chicago,
1957.
ANDERSON. Frank G., Associate Professor of Anthropology
A.B.. Cornell University. 1941; Ph.D. University of New
Mexico, 1951.
ANDERSON. Henry. Professor of Statistics
B.A., University of London. 1939; MB. A., Columbia Uni-
versity, 1948; Ph.D.. 1959.
ANDERSON, J. D., Lecturer in Aerospace Engineering
B.S., University of Florida, 1959; Ph.D., University of
Ohio. 1966.
ANDERSON, J. Paul, Professor of Education, Administration,
Supervision, and Curriculum
B.S.. University of Minnesota. 1942: M.A.. University of
Minnesota. 1947; Ph.D.. University of Minnesota. 1960.
ANDERSON. J. Robert. Associate Professor of Physics
B.S., State University of Iowa, 1955; Ph.D., 1963.
ANDERSON. Lowell D.. Assistant Professor of Industrial
Education
B.S., Saint Cloud State College. 1961; M.S.. Saint
Cloud State College, 1965; Ph.D., Michigan State Uni-
versity, 1969.
ANDERSON, Nancy S., Professor of Psychology
B.A., University of Colorado, 1952; M.A., Ohio State
University, 1953; Ph.D., 1956.
ANDERSON, Ronnie N., Lecturer of Finance
B.S., University of North Carolina. 1962.
ANDERSON, Thornton H., Professor of Government and
Politics
A.B. University of Kentucky, 1937; M.A., University of
Kentucky. 1938; Ph.D.. University of Wisconsin. 1948.
ANDERSON, Vernon E., Professor of Education, Administra-
tion, Supervisor and Curriculum, Co-Director of PACT
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1930; MA. University of
Minnesota, 1936; Ph.D., University of Colorado. 1942.
ANDERSON, William, Assistant Professor of Music
B.Mus., DePauw University, 1949; M.F.A., The Johns Hop-
kins University 1953.
ANDERSON, William N. Jr., Assistant Professor of Mathe-
matics
B.S., Carnegie-Mellon University, 1960; M.S., 1967; Ph.D.,
1968.
ANGELL, Frederick F., Associate Professor of Horticulture
B.S., Southern Illinois University, 1960: M.S., 1961; Ph.D.,
University of Wisconsin, 1965.
ANGUS, Richard R.. Ext. Assistant Professor and State Lead-
er, 4-H and Youth
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1953; M.S.. University of
Minnesota, 1957.
ANSELLO, Edward F., Assistant Professor of Institute for
Child Study
A.B., Boston College, 1966; M.Ed., University of Missouri,
1967; Ph.D., University of Missouri, 1970.
ANTMAN, S. S., Professor of Mathematics
B.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1961; M.S., Uni-
versity of Minnesota, 1963; Ph.D.. 1965.
APITZ, Elly F., Instructor of Germanic and Slavic Languages
B.A., Goucher College, 1958; M.A.. Johns Hopkins Uni-
versity, 1959; Ph.D., 1971.
ARBUCKLE, Wendell S., Professor of Dairy Science
B.S., Purdue University, 1933: M.A., University of Missouri,
1937; Ph.D., 1940.
ARMSTRONG. Ronald W., Professor of Mechanical Engineer-
ing
B.E.S.. Johns Hopkins University. 1955; Ph.D.. Carnegie-
Mellon University. 1958.
ARRIGHI. Margarite A , Assistant Professor of Physical Edu-
cation
B.S. University of Richmond. 1958: MA. University of
Maryland, 1962.
ARSENAULT, Richard J., Professor of Chemical Engineering
B.S.. Michigan Technology University. 1957; Ph.D.. North-
western University.
ASHCROFT, Samuel C, Professor of Special Education
B.S., Northwestern University. 1946: MA. New York
University, 1951; Ed.D.. University of Illinois. 1960.
ASHLOCK. Robert B.. Associate Professor of Early Child-
hood and Elementary Education
B.S.. Butler University, 1951: M.S.. Butler University.
1959; Ed D.. Indiana University. 1965.
ASHMEN. Roy, Associate Professor of Marketing
B.S.. Drexel Institute of Technology. 1935: MS. Columbia
University, 1936; Ph.D., Northwestern University, 1950.
ATCHISON, William F . Director of Computer Science Center
A.B.. Georgetown College (Ky .), 1938; MA.. University
of Kentucky. 1940; Ph.D.. University of Illinois (Urbaria).
1943.
ATKINSON. Lloyd C . Assistant Professor of Economics
B.A., University of Windsor, 1965; Ph.D., University of
Michigan. 1969.
266 / Faculty
AUSLANDER. Joseph. Prolessor of Mathematics
B.S.. Massachusetts Institute ol Technology. 1952; M.S.,
University of Pennsylvania, 1953; Ph.D.. 1957.
AUSTING. Richard H.. Associate Professor of Computer
Science
B S, Xavier University, 1953; M.S., Saint Louis Univer-
sity, 1955; Ph.D.. Catholic University of America. 1963.
AVERY, William T., Professor and Chairman of Classical
Languages and Literatures
B.A.. Western Reserve University, 1934; M.A., 1935: Ph.D.,
1937. Fellow of the American Academy in Rome, 1937-39.
AVILA, Wanda. Instructor of English
B.Sc. Southern Illinois University. 1959; M.A.. University
of Chicago. 1963; M.A.. Southern Illinois University, 1968.
AXLEY. John H.. Professor of Soils
B.A., University of Wisconsin. 1937; Ph.D., 1945.
AYCOCK JR., Marvin K., Associate Professor of Agronomy
B.S.. North Carolina State College, 1959; M.S., 1963:
Ph.D., Iowa State University, 1966.
AYLWARD, Thomas J., Dean and Professor of Speech and
Dramatic Art
B.S.. University of Wisconsin, 1947; M.S., 1949; Ph.D.,
1960.
BABUSKA, Ivo. Res. Professor, Institute of Fluid Dynamics
Ph.D., University of Prague. 1960.
BACHTLER. Joseph R.. Senior Instructor of Fire Service Ex-
tension
B.S.. University of Southern California, 1956.
BAECKER. R. M., Visiting Assistant Professor of Computer
Science
Ph.D.. Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
BAHL. Surinder, Research Associate of Physics and Astro-
nomy
BAILEY, Martin G., Ext. Assistant Professor and Extension
Supervision
B.S., Hampton Institute, 1937; M.Ed., Cornell University,
1955.
BAILEY, Mary C, Research Associate (Part-time) Chemical
Engineering
BAILEY. W. Michael, Lecturer in Economics
B.A., North Texas State University. 1959.
BAILEY, William J., Research Professor of Chemistry
B.S.. University of Minnesota, 1943; Ph.D., University of
Illinois, 1946.
BAKER, Donald J., Associate Professor of Speech and
Dramatic Art
B.S., Ohio State University. 1954; M.A.. 1956: Ph.D., 1962.
BAKER. H. K.. Assistant to the Dean and Instructor, College
of Business and Public Administration
B.S. B.A., Georgetown University. 1967; M.B.A.. Univer-
sity of Maryland, 1969.
BAKER. Robert L.. Assistant Professor of Horticulture
A.B.. Swarthmore College, 1959; M.S., University of
Maryland, 1962; Ph.D., 1965.
BANDEL. VERNON A., Associate Professor of Soils
B.S., University of Maryland. 1959; M.S., 1962; Ph.D..
1965.
BANERJEE. Manoj K.. Professor of Physics
B.S.. Patna University. 1949; M.S.. Calcutta University.
1951; Ph.D.. 1956.
BANKSON, Nicholas W., Assistant Professor of Speech and
Dramatic Art
B.S., University of Kansas. 1960; M.A.. 1961; Ph.D., 1970.
BARBER. Willard F., Lecturer of Government and Politics
A.B., Stanford University, 1928: M.A., Stanford University,
1929.
BARDASIS. Angelo. Associate Professor of Physics
B.A.. Cornell University, 1957: M.S., University of Illinois,
1959; Ph.D., 1962.
BARLOW. Jewel B., Assistant Professor of Aerospace Engi-
neering
B.E., Auburn University, 1963: M.S., Auburn University,
1964; Ph.D., University of Toronto, 1970.
BARMINE. H. D., Instructor (Part-time) Germanic and Slavic
Languages
M.S.. Georgetown University, 1969.
BARNES Jack C, Associate Professor of English
B.A., Duke University, 1939; MA., 1947; Ph.D.. University
of Maryland, 1954.
BARNETT. Audrey J., Associate Professor of Zoology
B.A.. Wilson College, 1955; M.A., Indiana University.
1957; Ph.D.. 1962.
BARNETT, Bruce A.. Research Associate of Physics and
Astronomy
Bach. Harvard University, 1965; Ph.D., University of
Maryland, 1970.
BARNETT, Neal M„ Assistant Professor of Botany
B.S.. Purdue University, 1959: Ph.D.. Duke University
1966.
BARNETT. Ronald J., Instructor of Music
B.Mus., Eastman School of Music. 1960.
BARRABINI, M. G.. Instructor of French and Italian
Licence es-Lettres, University of Aix-en-Provence, 1955.
BARRETT, Paul R.. Instructor (Part-time) of English
B.S., Seton Hall University, 1968; M.A.. University of
Maryland, 1970.
BARRY. Jackson G., Associate Professor of English
B.A., Yale University. 1950; M.A., Columbia University,
1951; Ph.D., Western Reserve University 1963.
BARTLETT, Claude J., Professor and Chairman of Psychology
B.S., Denison University. 1954; M.A., Ohio State Univer-
sity, 1956; Ph.D., 1958.
BASHAM, Ray S.. Associate Professor of Electrical Engineer-
ing
B.S., U.S. Military Academy, 1945; M.S., University of
Illinois (Urbana), 1952; Ph.D., University of Illinois, 1962.
BASILI, Victor R., Assistant Professor of Computer Science
B.S.. Fordham University. 1961; M.S., Syracuse Univer-
versity, 1963; Ph.D. University of Texas, 1970.
BATEMAN, Nils I., Assistant Professor of Sociology
B.S., Florida State University. 1960; M.S.. 1963; Ph.D.,
1965.
BATES, Marcia J.. Lecturer, School of Library and Informa-
tion Services
B.A., Pomona College, 1963; M.L.S., University of Cali-
fornia (Berkeley), 1967.
BAY, Ernest C, Professor and Head of Entomology
A.A.S., Long Island Agricultural and Technical Institute.
1949; B.S., Cornell University. 1953; Ph.D.. 1960.
BEAL, George M., Professor of Agricultural and Resource
Economics
B.S., Utah State University, 1934; M.S.. University of
Wisconsin, 1938; Ph.D., 1942.
BEALL, Edgar F., Associate Professor of Physics
B.A., University of California (Berkeley), 1958; Ph.D.,
1962.
BEALL, Otho T., Jr., Professor and Director of American
Studies
B.A., Williams College, 1930; M.A., University of Minne-
sota, 1933; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania, 1952.
BEAN, George A., Associate Professor of Plant Pathology
B.S., Cornell University. 1958; M.S., University of Minne-
sota, 1960; Ph.D., 1963.
BEATTY, Charles J., Associate Professor of Industrial Edu-
cation
B.S., Northern Michigan University, 1959; M.S.. Univer-
sity of Michigan, 1963; Ph.D., Ohio State University. 1966.
BEATTY, Yvonne J., Instructor of Music
B.Mus., Michigan State University, 1953; M.Mus., Uni-
versity of Michigan, 1956.
Faculty / 267
BEAUCHAMP, Virginia W., Assistant Professor of English
B.A.. University of Michigan, 1942; M.A., 1948; Ph.D.,
University of Chicago, 1955.
BECHHOEFER, William B., Assistant Professor School of
Architecture
A.B., Harvard College, 1963, M.Arch.. Harvard Graduate
School of Design, 1967.
BECHTOLD, Peter K.. Assistant Professor of Government and
Politics
B.A.. Portland State College, 1961; M.A., Princeton Uni-
versity, 1964; Ph.D., 1967.
BECKER, Roger D.. Instructor of Mechanical Engineering
B.S. M.E., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1947; M.S..
University of Maryland, 1969.
BECKMAN, Carl J., Instructor Faculty Development Program
Education Technology Center and General Education
M.Ed., University of Maryland, 1969.
BECKMANN, Robert B., Dean and Professor College of
Engineering
B.S. University of Illinois (Urbana), 1940; Ph.D., Univer-
sity of Wisconsin, 1944.
BEDINGFIELD, James P.. Assistant Professor of Accounting
B.S.. University of Maryland, 1966; M.B.A., 1968; C.P.A..
Maryland, 1968; D.B.A., University of Maryland, 1971.
BEITER, Robert J., Assistant Professor of Agricultural Eco-
nomics
B.S., University Maryland, 1952; M.S.. 1957.
BELCHER, Ralph L, Lecturer and Reactor Director, Nuclear
Engineering
B.S., Marshall University. 1941; M.S., University of Ken-
tucky, 1947; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1965.
BELL, Frederick W., Cooperative Agent and Visiting Associate
Professor of Agricultural and Resource Economics
Ph.D., Wayne State University, 1964.
BELL, Roger A., Associate Professor of Astronomy
B.Sc. University of Melbourne, 1957; Ph.D., Australian
National University, 1962.
BELLAMA, Jon M., Associate Professor of Chemistry
A.B., Allegheny College, 1960; Ph.D., University of Penn-
sylvania, 1965.
BELZ, Herman J.. Associate Professor of History
A.B.. Princeton University, 1959; M.A. University of Wash-
ington, 1966; Ph.D., 1966.
BENDER, Filmore E., Associate Professor of Agricultural
and Resource Economics
B.S. University of California, (Berkeley). 1961; M.S..
Nort i Carolina Stats College (Raleigh). 1965; Ph.D..
1966.
BENEDETTO, John J., Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.A.. Boston College. 1960; M.A., Harvard University,
1962; Ph.D.. University of Toronto 1964.
EENEDICT, William S., Professor of Molecular Physics
A.B.. Cornell University, 1928; A.M., 1929; Ph.D., Massa-
chusetts Institute of Technology. 1933.
BENESCH. William. Professor of Molecular Physics
B.A., Lehigh University, 1942; M.A., Johns Hopkins Uni-
versity, 1950; Ph.D., 1952.
BENNETT. Robert L.. Associate Professor of Economics
B.A., University of Texas. 1951; M.A., University of Texas,
1955; Ph.D., 1963.
BENNETT, Roger V., Assistant Professor of Education.
Administration, Supervisor and Curriculum
B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1956; M.S. University of
Wisconsin, 1960; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 1970.
BENNETT. Stanley W., Assistant Professor of Institute for
Child Study
M.A., State University of Iowa. 1961; Ph.D.. University of
Michigan, 1970.
BENO, John A., Instructor Health Education
M.S., Eastern Illinois University, 1963.
BENTZ, Frank L, Jr., Vice President for Agricultural Affairs
and Associate Professor of Soils
B.S., University of Maryland, 1942; Ph.D., 1952.
BERDANIER. Carolyn D., Visiting Assistant Professor in Nu-
trition
M.S., Rutgers University, 1963; Ph.D.. 1966.
BERG, Kenneth R., Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.S., University of Minnesota. 1960; Ph.D.. 1967.
BERG. Richard E., Assistant Professor of Physics
B.S., Manchester College, 1960; M.S.. Michigan State
University, 1963; Ph.D., 1966.
BERGER, Bruce S.. Professor of Mechanical Engineering
B.S.. University of Pennsylvania, 1954; M.S.. University
of Pennsylvania, 1958; Ph.D., University of Pennsyl-
vania, 1962.
BERGMANN, Barbara R., Professor of Economics
B.A.. Cornell University. 1948; MA., Harvard University,
1955; Ph.D., 1959,
BERMAN, Joel H., Professor of Music
B.S. Juilliard School of Music. 1951; M.A., Columbia
University, 1952: DM. A., University of Michigan. 1957.
BERMAN, Louise M., Professor of General Education
A.B., Wheaton College, 1950; M.A.. Columbia University.
1953; Ed.D., Columbia University. 1960.
BERNSTEIN, Allen R., Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.S., California Institute of Technology. 1962; M.A., Uni-
versity of California (L.A.). 1964; Ph.D., 1965.
BERNSTEIN. Melvin, Professor of Music and Director of Gen-
eral Education Program
A.B., Southwestern at Memphis, 1947: B. Music 1948:
M.Mus.. University of Michigan. 1949: M.A.. University of
North Carolina, 1954; Ph.D., 1964.
BERRY, Mary F., Associate Professor of History and Acting
Director of Afro-American Studies Program
B.A., Howard University, 1961; M.A., 1962; Ph.D., Uni-
versity of Michigan, 1966; J.D., 1970.
BERRY, Thomas E., Assistant Professor of Germanic and
Slavic Languages
B.S., Southern Illinois University, 1952; M.A., University
of Illinois, 1955; Ph.D., University of Texas. 1965.
BEST. Otto F.. Professor of Germanic and Slavic Languages
Arbitur. Hohe Landesschule Hanau 1948: Ph.D.. Univer-
sity of Munich, 1963.
BESTE, Charles E., Assistant Professor of Horticulture
B.S., Purdue University. 1961; M.S.. 1969; Ph.D.. 1971.
BETANCOURT. Roger R., Assistant Professor of Economics
B.A., Georgetown University. 1965: Ph D.. University of
Wisconsin, 1969.
BETTS. Michele A.. Instructor of Economics
B.A.. University of Illinois. 1966: M.A.. University of Mary-
land, 1969.
BEVERIDGE, Charles E., Assistant Professor of History
A.B., Harvard University, 1956; M.S.. University of Wis-
consin. 1959; Ph.D., 1966.
BEZDICEK. David F., Assistant Professor of Soils
B.S.. South Dakota State University. 1960 M.S.. University
of Minnesota, 1964; Ph.D., 1967.
BHAGAT. Satindar M.. Associate Professor of Physics
B.A.. Jammu and Kashmir University. 1950: M.Sc, Uni-
versity of Delhi. 1953; Ph.D., 1956.
BHATIA. W. P.. Research Professor (Part-time) Institute ol
Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics
University of Maryland. Baltimore Campus. B.S.. Agri-
cultural University, 1952; M.S.. 1954: 1956: Ph.D..
Technische Hochschule, 1961.
BIALEK, Christine A.. Lecturer in Secondary Education
M A . University of Michigan. 1966.
BICKEL. Hans G., Instructor of Economics
B.S.F.S.. Georgetown University, 1966; MA., University
of Maryland. 1969.
268 / Faculty
BICKLEY, William E., Professor ol Entomology
B.S., University ol Tennessee, 1934; M.S.. 1936; Ph.D..
University of Maryland, 1940.
BIGBEE, Daniel E., Associate Professor of Poultry Science
B.S., Oklahoma State University, 1956; M.S.. 1958; Ph.D..
Michigan State University. 1962.
BILLIG, Frederick S . Lecturer of Aerospace Engineering
B.E.. Johns Hopkins University. 1955; M.S., University of
Maryland. 1958; Ph.D.. 1964.
BINGHAM, Alfred J.. Professor of French and Italian
B.A.. Yale University. 1933; Ph.D., Columbia University.
1939.
BIRDSALL. Esther K.. Associate Professor of English
B.A., Central Michigan College, 1947; M.A.. University of
Arizona 1950; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1958.
BIRK, Janice M.. Assistant Professor of Counseling and Per-
sonal Service and Counselor, Counseling Center
B.A.. Sacred Heart College. 1963; M.A., Loyola College,
1966; Ph.D., University of Missouri. 1970.
BIRKNER. Francis B., Associate Professor of Civil Engineer-
ing
B.S., Newark College of Engineering, 1961; M.S.E.,
University of Florida, 1962; Ph.D., University of Florida,
1965.
BISHOP. Charles E., Professor of Economics and Chancellor
B.S., Berea College. 1946; M.S., University of Kentucky.
1948; Ph.D., University of Chicago. 1949.
BLAIR, Donald J., Assistant Professor of Engineering Co-
operative Education
B.S., Bradley University, 1957; M.S., University of Florida,
1962; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1969.
BLECHMAN, Elaine A., Assistant Professor of Psychology
A.B., University of California (L.A.), 1966; M.A., 1968;
Ph.D., 1971.
BLUM, Beula E., Associate Professor of Secondary Education
and Music
B.A., C.U.N.Y. (Queens College), 1949; M.A., Columbia
University, 1954; Ed.D., University of Michigan, 1968.
BLUM, Lois A., Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Art
B.S., University of Texas, 1965; M.A., University of
Houston, 1967.
BLUM, S., Coordinator of Student Teaching (Part-time), Park-
dale-Nicholas Orem Secondary Teacher Education Center
Prince George's County
B.S.. Towson State Teachers College, 1943; M.Ed., Uni-
versity of Maryland, 1953; Ph.D., 1966.
BODE. Carl, Professor of English
Ph.B., University of Chicago, 1933; M.A., Northwestern
University, 1938; Ph.D., 1941; Fellow of the Royal Society
of Literature of the United Kingdom.
BOEHNE. J. William, Lecturer in Foods and Nutrition
B.S., Indiana University, 1942.
BOLEA. Angelo S.. Associate Professor of Institute for Child
Study
B.A., Central Bible Institute, 1959; B.S.. Evangel College,
1961; Ed.D., Wayne State University, 1963; Ph.D.. Uni-
versity of Nebraska, 1967.
BOLINO, August, C. Lecturer (part-time) Economics
B.B.A.. University of Michigan. 1948; M.B.A., 1949;
Ph.D.. St. Louis University, 1957.
BOLSAITIS, Peter P., Associate Professor of Chemical Engi-
neering
B.S., California Institute of Technology, 1960; Ph.D., Dela-
ware State College, 1964.
BONDURANT. Dolores H., Instructor of French and Italian
A.B., Morgan State College, 1954; M.A., Howard Univer-
sity, 1956.
BOORMAN. John T., Assistant Professor of Economics
B.S., LeMoyne College, 1963; M.A., University of Southern
California, 1966; Ph.D., 1968.
BORROTO. Miguel, Instructor of Spanish and Portuguese
B.A.. Instituto de Moron. 1954: Doctorado en Filosofia y
Letras, Universidad Central, 1961; M.A., Fordham Uni-
versity, 1969.
BORTHWICK. Harry A.. Lecturer in Horticulture
A.B., Stanford University, 1921; M.A., 1924; Ph.D.. 1930.
BOSS. Peggy G.. Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Art
B.A., Mount Mercy College, 1962; M.S., University of
Wisconsin, 1963.
BOUCK A. J., Instructor (Part-time). Administration, Super-
vision, and Curriculum (Educational Technology)
EOUGAS, Stanley J., Lecturer (Part-time), School of Library
and Information Services
A.B., New York University, 1950; M.S.L.S.. Columbia Uni-
versity. 1952; L.L.B.. Emory University. 1962.
BOUWKAMP. John C, Assistant Professor of Horticulture
B.S.. Michigan State University. 1964; M.S.. 1966; Ph.D.,
1969.
BOWIE. B. Lucile, Professor of Institute For Child Study
B.S., University of Maryland, 1942; M.A., Columbia Uni-
versity, 1946; Ed.D., University of Maryland. 1957.
BOWMAN, Peter, A., Visiting Assistant Professor of Philoso-
phy
B.S.. Antioch College, 1962.
BOYD, Alfred C, Jr., Associate Professor of Chemistry and
Assistant Dean
B.S., Canisius College, 1951; M.S., Purdue University,
1953; Ph.D., 1957.
BRABBLE, Elizabeth W.. Assistant Professor in Family Studies
and Coordinator of Undergraduate Studies and Human Re-
lations
B.S., Virginia State College, 1960; M.S., Pennsylvania
State University. 1966; Ed.D., 1969.
BRACE, John W., Professor of Mathematics
B.A., Swarthmore College, 1949; M.A.. Cornell Univer-
sity, 1951; Ph.D.. 1953.
BRADBURY, Miles L„ Assistant Professor of History
A.B., Harvard University, 1960; A.M., 1961: Ph.D. 1967.
BRADY. T. J., Research Associate Physics and Astronomy
BRANDT, John C, Professor of Astronomy
A.B.. Washington University (St. Louis), 1956; Ph.D., Uni-
versity of Chicago, 1960.
BRANN, Noel L., Assistant Professor of History
A.B., Antioch College, 1960: Ph.D., Stanford University,
1965.
BRASWELL JR., Audrey L., Lecturer of Secondary Education
B.A., Bethany Nazarene College, 1949; M.A., Los Angeles
State College, 1954; M.S., Oregon State University. 1959;
Ph.D.. Oregon State University, 1963.
BRAUNGART, Richard G., Associate Professor of Sociology
B.A., University of Maryland, 1961; M.A.. 1963; Ph.D..
Pennsylvania State University, 1969.
BREGER, Irving A., Visiting Professor of Chemistry
Ph.D.. Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1950.
ERENNAN. Melvin C, Ext. Instructor, Visual Aids
B.S.. University of Maryland, 1952.
BRESLOW, Marvin A.. Associate Professor of History
B.A. University of Nebraska, 1957; M.A.. Harvard Univer-
sity, 1958; Ph.D.. 1963.
BRICKER, A. June, Professor and State Leader. Extension
Home Economics
B.S.. Battle Creek College, 1935; M.A.. New York Uni-
versity, 1953; Ph.D., 1961.
BRIDGERS, Furman A.. Assistant Professor of French and
Italian, Foreign Student Advisor
B.A., Duke University. 1925; A.M.. University of Chicago.
1928.
Faculty / 269
BRIGHAM, Bruce M.. Associate Professor of Early Childhood
and Elementary Education-Secondary Education
B.S., State University College (Brockport), 1949; M.A.,
State University College (Brockport), 1954; Ph.D., Temple
University, 1967.
BRILL, Dieter R., Professor of Physics
B.A., Princeton University, 1954; Ph.D., 1959.
BRINKLEY, Howard J., Associate Professor of Zoology
B.S., West Virginia University. 1958; M.S., University of
Illinois, 1960; Ph.D., 1963.
BRODEN, Barry C, Instructor of Business Administration
B.S., New York University. 1965; M.B.A., 1967. C.P.A.,
State of New York. 1969.
BRODIE, Herbert L., Instructor of Agricultural Engineering
B.S.A.E. Rutgers University, 1964.
BRODSKY, Bernadette P., Instructor of French and Italian
Licence es-Lettres, University of Paris, 1963.
BRODSKY, Harold, Associate Professor of Geography
B.S., C.U.N.Y. (Brooklyn College), 1954; M.S., Colorado
College, 1960; Ph.D., University of Washington, 1966.
BROOKS. Marjory, Dean of The College of Home Economics
and Professor in Family Studies
B.S.. Mississippi State College For Women, 1943; M.S.,
University of Idaho, 1951; Ph.D., Ohio State University,
1963.
BROWN, Christina R., Assistant Professor of Education
B.S., North Carolina Central University, 1957; M.S., 1963;
Ph.D., University of Illinois. 1971.
BROWN, John H., Associate Professor of Philosophy
A.B., Princeton University, 1952; M.A., 1957; Ph.D., 1959.
BROWN. Joshua R. C. Professor of Zoology
B.A., Duke University, 1948; M.A., 1949; Ph.D., 1953.
BROWN. Lee M., Associate Professor of Journalism
B.A., Long Beach State College 1960; M.A., State Univer-
sity of Iowa, 1961; Ph.D., 1969.
BROWN, Margaret L., Instructor (Part-time) in Mathematics
B.A., Columbia Teacher's College, 1943; M.A., 1948.
BROWN, Russell G.. Professor of Botany
B.S., West Virginia University, 1929; M.S., 1930; Ph.D.,
University of Maryland 1934.
BROWN, Samuel E., Associate Professor of English
B.A., Indiana University, 1934; M.A., 1946; Ph.D., Yale
University, 1955.
BRUNNER, Miriam F., Instructor of Dance
Curtis Institute of Music. 1939.
BRUNNER. Robert T., Instructor in English
B.A.. Fairmont State College, 1966; M.A., West Virginia
University, 1968.
BRUNSWICK, J.M., Instructor of Early Childhood— Elementary
Education
B.S., S.U.N. Y. at New Paltz, 1964; M.L.S.. S.U.N.Y. at
Albany, 1970.
BRUSH. Stephen G., Associate Professor of History and of
the Institute of Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics
A.B., Harvard University, 1955; D.Phil . Oxford University,
1958.
BRYAN. Carter R.. Professor of Journalism
B.A.. University of California (Berkeley). 1937; Ph.D..
University of Vienna. 1940.
BRYAN, John L. Professor and Chairman of Fire Protection
Curriculum
B.S.. Oklahoma State University. 1953; M.S., 1954; Ed.D.,
American University, 1965.
BRYER, Jackson R., Associate Professor of English
B.A.. Amherst College, 1959; M.A.. Columbia University,
1960; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1965.
BUCHMAN, David T., Assistant Professor of Dairy Science
B.S., University of Maryland. 1961; M.S., 1963; Ph.D.,
University of Florida. 1966.
BUCK, Allen C, Coordinator of Graduate Studies and Re-
search and Associate Professor of Textiles and Consumer
Economics
B.S., Michigan State University, 1940; M.S., Western
Reserve University, 1942; Ph.D., 1947.
BUCKINGHAM, Jr., George W.
Instructor of Business Administration
B.S., University of Utah, 1966; M.B.A., University of Mary-
land, 1969.
BUCKLEY, Jr., Frank T., Assistant Professor of Mechanical
Engineering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1959; Ph.D., 1968.
BUDAHL, Lee P., Instructor (Part-time) Faculty Development
Program
B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1955; M.A., San Francisco
State College, 1959; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1967.
BUENGER, Bonnie Joy, Instructor of Speech and Dramatic
Art
B.A., University of Houston, 1965; M.A.. 1966.
BUHLIG, Paul, Jr., Instructor of English
B.S., Georgetown University. 1950; M.A., University of
California (Berkeley), 1954.
BULL, Leonard S., Assistant Professor of Dairy Science
B.S., Oklahoma State University 1963; M.S.. 1964; Ph.D.,
Cornell University, 1969.
BULMASH, Gary F., Instructor of Business Administration
B.S., University of Maryland, 1966: M.B.A., 1968; C.P.A.,
Maryland, 1967
BUNDY, Mary Lee, Professor, School of Library and Infor-
mation Service
B.E., State University of New York at Potsdam, 1948;
M.A., University of Denver, 1951; Ph.D., University of
Illinois, 1960.
BUNTS, Frank E., Associate Professor of Art
B.S., Western Reserve University, 1964; M.A., Cleveland
Institute of Art, 1964.
BURDETTE, Franklin L., Professor of Government and Politics
and Director of the Bureau of Governmental Research
A.B., Marshall College, 1934; M.A., University of Ne-
braska, 1935; M.A., Princeton University. 1937; Ph.D.,
1938; LL.D., Marshall College, 1959.
BURGERS, J. M., Research Professor Emeritus. Institute For
Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics
Doctor of Mathematics and Physics. University of Leyden,
1918; Doctor Honoris Causa. University Libre de Bruxel-
lis, 1948; Doctor Honoris Causa. University of Poitiers.
BURIC, John, Associate Professor of Animal Science
B.S., West Virginia University, 1948; M.S.. University of
Maryland, 1952; Ph.D., University of Illinois (Urbana).
1960.
BURROWS, Donald M,, Instructor of Spanish and Portuguese
B.A., University of Maryland, 1967.
BURT, John J.. Professor and Chairman of Health Education
B.A.. Duke University. 1955; M.Ed.. University of North
Carolina. 1956; M.S.. University of Oregon. 1960; Ed.D..
University of Oregon, 1962.
BURT, Gordon W., Assistant Professor of Agronomy
B.S., Tennessee Technological Institute. 1961; M.S.. Cor-
nell University. 1964; PhD. University of Washington.
1967
BUSBICE. Bobby G.. Assistant Professor and Extension
Supervisor. 4-H and Youth
B.S., Louisiana State University. 1950: M.S.. University
of Maryland. 1966.
BUTLER. Lillian C. Associated Professor of Food and Nutri-
tion.
B.S., University of Illinois (Urbana), 1941; M.A.. Univer-
sity of Texas. 1945; Ph.D.. University of California (Berk-
eley). 1953.
270 / Faculty
BUTLER, Thomas A.. Assistant Professor of Early Childhood
and Elementary Education
A.B., University of Rochester, 1964; M.A., 1966; Ed D
1971.
BUTTERWORTH, Charles E , Assistant Professor of Govern-
ment and Politics
B.A., Michigan State University, 1959; Doctorate. Uni-
versity of Nancy, France. 1961; MA, University of Chi-
cago. 1962; Ph.D.. 1966.
BYRNE. Richard H.. Professor of Counseling and Personal
Services
B.A.. Franklin & Marshall College. 1938; M.A., Columbia
University, 1947; Ed.D., 1952.
CADMAN, Theodore W., Associate Professor of Chemical
Engineering
B.S.. Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1962; M.S.. 1964;
Ph.D.. 1966.
CAIN, Jarvis L.. Associate Professor of Agricultural and
Resource Economics
B.S., Purdue University, 1955; M.S., Ohio State Univer-
sity. 1956: Ph.D., 1961.
CAIRNS. Gordon M., Dean. College of Agricultural and Pro-
fessor of Dairy Science
B.S., Cornell University, 1936; M.S., 1938; Ph.D., 1940.
CALDWELL, Billy E., Cooperative Agent and Visiting Asso-
ciate Professor. Agronomy
B.S.. North Carolina State College, 1955; M.S., 1959;
Ph.D.. Iowa State University, 1963.
CALLCOTT, George H., Professor of History and Vice Chan-
cellor for Academic Affairs
B.A., University of South Carolina, 1950; M.A., Columbia
University, 1951; Ph.D., University of North Carolina.
1956.
CAMPAGNONI. Anthony T.. Assistant Professor of Chemistry
A.B.. Northwestern University, 1964; Ph.D., Indiana Uni-
versity, 1968.
CAMPBELL, Clifton P., Assistant Professor in Industrial Edu-
cation, Dept. of Industrial Education
B.S., California State College, 1964; M.Ed., University of
Maryland, 1968; Ed.D., 1971.
CAMPBELL, Elwood G.. Professor of Secondary Education
B.S., Northeast Missouri State College, 1949; M.A., North-
western University, 1952; Ph.D., 1963.
CAMPBELL. Kenneth, Associate Professor of Art
Massachusetts College of Art; National Academy of De-
sign; Art Students League; Lowell Institute.
CAMPBELL, William R., Assistant Professor of Physical Edu-
cation
B.S., Springfield College, 1949; M.Ed., 1953.
CANARIS. Matthew, J., Instructor (Part-time) Faculty Develop-
ment Program (Education)
CANETTA, Robert, Assistant Professor of Speech and Dra-
matic Art
B.A., Colorado State University, 1957; M.A., University
of Denver, 1960; Ph.D., University of Washington, 1967.
CAPONIO, Joseph F., Lecturer (part-time), School of Library
and Information Services
B.S., St. Anselm's College, 1951; Ph.D., Georgetown Uni-
versity. 1959.
CARBONE, Robert F., Dean and Professor of College of Edu-
cation
Ph.D.. University of Chicago, 1961.
CARGO, David G.. Research Associate, Chesapeake Biologi-
cal Labo-atory
M.S., University of Pittsburgh, 1950.
CARLSON, Nancy L., Assistant Professor, Dept. Counseling
and Personnel Services, and Counselor, Counseling Center
B.A., Edinboro State College, 1959; M.A.. Ohio Univer-
sity, 1964; Ph.D., University of Kansas, 1970.
CARON, Dewey M., Assistant Professor of Entomology
B.A., University of Vermont, 1964: M.S., University of
Tennessee; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1970.
CARR. John C. Associate Professor of Secondary Education
B.S., D.C. Teachers College. 1952; M.F.A.. Catholic Uni-
versity of America. 1953; Ph.D.. 1965.
CARRICATO, F. N., Instructor Education Adm. Supv. and Curr.
CARROLL, Robert M., Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.S., University of New Mexico. 1965; M.A., Ohio State
University. 1968; Ph.D., 1969.
CARROLL. Jr., Stephen J., Professor of Business Organiza-
tion and Administration
B.S., University of California (LA.), 1957; University of
Minnesota, 1959; Ph.D., 1964.
CARTER, Dan T., Professor of History
B.A.. University of South Carolina. 1962; M.A., University
of Wisconsin. 1964; Ph.D., University of North Carolina,
1967.
CARTER, E. C, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering
Ph.D., Northwestern University, 1969.
CARTHY. Margaret C, Assistant Professor. College of Arts
and Sciences (General)
CARTWRIGHT, Nancy D.. Assistant Professor of Philosophy
B.S., University of Pittsburgh, 1966; M.A., University of
Illinois (Chicago Circle), 1969; Ph.D., 1971.
CASTELLAN, Gilbert, Professor of Chemistry and Associate
Dean of the Graduate School for Physical Sciences and
Engineering
B.Sc, Regis College, 1945; Ph.D.. The Catholic Univer-
sity of America, 1949.
CATE, George G., Assistant Professor of English
B.A., Rutgers University, 1960; M.A., Duke University,
1962; Ph.D., 1967.
CAUDILL, Gordon R., Instructor of Speech and Dramtic Art
B.S., Kent State University. 1964; M.A., 1966.
CAUSEY, George D., Research Professor of Speech and Dra-
matic Art
B.S., University of Maryland, 1950; M.A., 1951; Ph.D.,
Purdue University, 1954.
CELARIER, James L., Associate Professor of Philosophy
A.B., University of Illinois, 1956; M.A., 1958: Ph.D.. Uni-
versity of Pennsylvania, 1960.
CHABROWE, Barbara, Assistant Professor, School of Archi-
tecture
Diploma D'Etudes, Sorbonne, 1958; B.A., Hunter College,
1963; M.A.. Art History, Columbia, 1965; Ph.D.. Columbia
University. 1970.
CHANCE, Charles M., Associate Professor of Dairy Science
B.S., University of Maryland, 1941; M.S., Virginia Poly-
technic Institute, 1948; Ph.D., Michigan State University,
1952.
CHANG, Chung-Yun, Assistant Professor of Physics
B.S., National Taiwan University, 1954; Ph.D., Columbia
University, 1965.
CHANG, Hua, Research Associate, Institute For Molecular
Physics
B.S., Cheng Kung University. 1961; Ph.D.. Brown Uni-
versity, 1969.
CHANG. Soo Young. Visiting Assistant Professor of Electrical
Engineering
B.S., Seoul National University, 1961; M.S., University
of Maryland, 1968: Ph.D., 1971.
CHAPIN, John L., Professor, Institute For Child Study
A.B., Denison University, 1939; Ph.D., University of
Rochester, 1950.
CHAPLES, Ernest A.. Assistant Professor of Government and
Politics
A.B., University of Massachusetts, 1961: M.A.. 1965;
Ph.D., University of Kentucky, 1967.
CHAPMAN, Joseph A., Research Assistant Professor, Inland
Research
CHAPPELL, James D., Jr., Instructor, Information Systems
and Management
A.B., Duke University, 1953; M.S., Columbia University.
1954.
Faculty / 271
CHASNOFF. S. S.. Lecturer of Counseling and Personnel
Services
B.A., University of Connecticut, 1957; M.Ed., University
of Maryland 1968; A.G.S., 1968.
CHAVES, Antonio F., Associate Professor of Geography
BACH., University of Havana, 1941; Ph.D., 1946; M.A.,
Northwestern University, 1948.
CHEN, Shirley, Instructor of Chinese
B.Ed., National Taiwan Normal University (Taipei), 1964;
M.S., Georgetown University. 1970.
CHERNICK, Sada D., Instructor of Mathematics
A.B., University of California (Berkeley), 1948; M.A., Uni-
versity of Maryland, 1968.
CHIN, Tsung, Assistant Professor and Director of Chinese
Program
B.A., Taiwan Normal University; Ph.D., Georgetown Uni-
versity. 1971.
CHISHOLM. Margaret E., Associate Professor of Education
and Dean, School of Library and Information Services
B.A., University of Washington, 1957; M.L., 1958; Ph.D.,
1966.
CHRISTENSEN Sandra S., Assistant Professor of Economics,
B.A., Florida State University, 1966; M.A., University of
Wisconsin, 1969; Ph.D., 1971.
CHU, Hsin, Professor of Mathematics
B.S., Hupeh Teachers College. 1948; M.S., Tulane Uni-
versity, 1957; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania, 1959.
CHU, Yaohan, Professor, Computer Science and Electrical
Engineering
B.S., University of Chiao-Tung, 1942; M.S.. Massachusetts
Institute of Technology. 1945; Sc.D., 1953.
CHURAMAN, Charlotten V.. Assistant Professor of Home
Management and Consumer Studies
B.Sc, Berea College, 1942; M.Ed., Penn State University,
1964; Ed.D., 1969.
CHURCH. Kenneth R., Associate Professor of Physical Educa-
tion
B.S., University of Northern Iowa, 1946; State University
of Iowa, 1955; Ph.D., Indiana University, 1963.
CHURCH, Marilyn G., Assistant Professor, Early Childhood
and Elementary Education
B.S.. Indiana University, 1962; M.S., 1963; Ed.D.. 1969.
CHURCHILL, John W., Associate Professor of Recreation
B.S., State University College (Cortland), 1958; M.S..
University of Illinois (Urbana), 1959; Ph.D., University of
Wisconsin, 1968.
CIARANELLO, Nancy J.. Instructor in Speech and Dramatic
Art
B.A.. Purdue University, 1965; M.A., Stanford University,
1966.
CICI, Regina L., Assistant Professor of Speech and Dramatic
Art
B.S., Kent State University, 1960; M.A., Northwestern
University, 1961.
CINDRICH, Joseph M., Instructor, Health Education
B.S., Indiana University, 1962; M.S. 1966.
CIRRINCIONE, Joseph M., Assistant Professor, Secondary
Education, Geography
Ph.D., Ohio State University, 1970.
CLAGUE, Christopher K.. Associate Professor of Economics
B.A. Swarthmore College. 1960; Ph.D., Harvard Uni-
versity, 1966.
CLAIBORN, William L., Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.A., University of Rochester, 1964; M.A., Syracuse Uni-
versity, 1968; Ph.D., 1968.
CLAPPER. Virginia M., Instructor of Classical Languages and
Literatures
B.A., George Washington University. 1930; M.A.. 1932.
CLARK Neri A.. Professor of Agronomy
B.S., University of Maryland, 1954; Ph.D., 1959.
CLARKE, David H., Professor of Physical Education
B.S., Springfield College, 1952; M.S., 1953; Ph.D., Uni-
versity of Oregon. 1959.
CLARKE, Eugenie. Associate Professor of Zoology
B.A., Hunter College, 1942; M.A., New York University,
1946; Ph.D., 1950.
CLAUDE, Richard P., Associate Professor of Government and
Politics
B.A., College of St. Thomas, 1956; M.S., Florida State
University, 1960; Ph.D., University of Virginia, 1963.
CLEARWATER, Harvey E. Assistant Professor. Health Educa-
tion
A.B., S.U.N.Y. at Albany, 1955; M.A., Michigan State Uni-
versity, 1967.
CLYMER, Douglas H., Lecturer of Anthropology
B.A., University of Illinois. 1962; M.A.. University of Cali-
fornia (Santa Barbara), 1969.
COATES, Charles H., Associate Professor of Sociology
B.S., U.S. Military Academy, 1924; M.A.. Louisiana State
University, 1952; Ph.D., 1955.
COCHRAN, Alexander S., Professor (Part-time) School of
Architecture
A.B., Princeton University, 1935; B. ARCH., Harvard Uni-
versity, 1939.
COCKBURN, James S., Associate Professor of History
LL.B., Leeds University, 1959; LL.M., 1961; Ph.D.. 1970.
COHEN. Leon W., Professor of Mathematics
B.A., Columbia University, 1923; M.A., 1925; Ph.D.. Uni-
versity of Michigan, 1928.
COLBURN, T. R., Lecturer, Electrical Engineering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1962; M.S., 1966; Ph.D..
1969.
COLE, Mildred B., Assistant Professor. Early Childhood and
Elementary Education, Mathematics and Statistics
B.S., University of Illinois (Urbana). 1943; M.S.. Uni-
versity of Wisconsin, 1951.
COLE, Wayne S., Professor of History
B.A., Iowa State Teachers College, 1946; M.S., University
of Wisconsin, 1948; Ph.D.. 1951.
COLEMAN, Leon D., Visiting Associate Professor of Afro
American Studies and English
B.A., Roosevelt University, 1948; M.A.. DePaul University,
1949; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 1969.
COLBY, Margaret A., Assistant Professor of Counseling &
Personnel Services
B.A.. State University College of Albany. 1961: M.Ed..
University of Rochester, 1962; A.G.S.. University of Ro-
chester. 1963; Ed.D., University of Rochester, 1969.
COLSON, John C, Assistant Professor, School of Library and
Information Services
B.A., Ohio University. 1950; M.S.L.S.. Western Reserve
University, 1951.
COLVILLE, James, Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering
Ph.D.. University of Texas. 1970.
CONNOR, Patrick W.. Instructor of English
B.A.. University of Maryland, 1968; M.A., 1970.
CONNORS, Philip I.. Assistant Professor of Physics
B.S., University of Notre Dame. 1959; M.S.. Pennsylvania
State University. 1962; Ph.D., 1965.
CONTRERA. Joseph F , Associate Professor of Zoology
B.A.. New York University. 1960; M.S.. 1961; PhD.. 1966.
CONWAY. Mary M.. Associate Professor of Government and
Politics
B.S., Purdue University. 1957; M.A.. University of Cali-
fornia (Berkeley), 1960: Ph.D.. Indiana University. 1965.
COOK. Clarence H.. Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.A., State University of Iowa. 1948; M.S.. 1950; Ph.D..
University of Colorado, 1962.
COOK. Thomas M., Associate Professor of Microbiology
B.S., University of Maryland, 1955; M.S.. 1957; PhD.
Rutgers University, 1963.
272 / Faculty
COOKSEY, Robert C, Instructor ol Industrial Education
B.S., Ball State University, 1957; M.A., 1962.
COOKSON, Jr., John T., Associate Professor of Civil Engi-
neering
B.S.. University of Washington. 1961; M.S., 1962; Ph.D.,
California Institute of Technology. 1965.
COOPER, Jeffrey M.. Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.A.. Haverford College, 1962; M.S., University of Illi-
nois, 1964; Ph.D.. 1967.
COOPER, Sherod M., Jr., Associate Professor of English
B.S., Temple University, 1951; M.A., 1953; Ph.D., Penn-
sylvania University. 1963.
COPLAN, Michael A., Research Assistant Professor, Institute
of Fluid Dynamics
B.A.. Williams College, 1960; Ph.D.. Yale University, 1963.
COPLIN. Merritt K . Instructor in English
B.A.. North Texas State University, 1964; M.A., 1968.
CORBETT, Kenneth M„ Professor of Plant Pathology
B.S.. McGill University. 1950; Ph.D. Cornell University,
1954.
CORLISS. John O., Professor and Chairman of Zoology
B.S.. University of Chicago, 1944; B.A., University of
Vermont, 1947; Ph.D.. New York University, 1951.
CORNING. Gerald D.. Professor of Aerospace Engineering
B.S., New York University, 1937; M.S. Catholic Uni-
versity. 1953.
CORREL. Ellen, Professor of Mathematics
B.S.. Rutgers University, 1951; M.S., Purdue University,
1953; Ph.D., 1957.
CORWIN. Burton D.. Assistant Professor of Statistics
B.A.. Lehigh University. 1964; M.S. Virginia Polytechnic
Institute. 1967; Ph.D., Case Western Reserve University,
1969.
CORY. Ernest N., Professor of Entomology, Emeritus
B.S., Maryland Agricultural College, 1909; M.S., 1913;
Ph.D., American University, 1926.
COSNOW, Jeffrey E., Lecturer of Anthropology
B.A., Northwestern University, 1965; M.A., University of
East Africa, 1969.
COSTABILE, Salvatore L., Lecturer (part-time). School of
Library and Information Services
B.S.S.. Georgetown University, 1956; M.S.L.S. Catholic
University, 1963.
COSTELLO, F. T., Instructor
COULTER. John L, Assistant Professor of English
B.A., American University, 1934; M.A., University of North
Carolina, 1936.
COURNYN, John B., Associate Professor of Civil Engineering
B.S.. University of Alabama, 1946; A.E., University of
Alabama. >946; M.S., University of Alabama, 1948.
COURSEY, Robert D., Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.S., Springhill College, 1966; Ph.D., University of
Rochester, 1970.
COURTRIGHT JR.. Benjamin F., Associate Professor of In-
formation Systems and Management
B.S., Johns Hopkins University, 1939; Ph.D. 1968.
COVEY, Robert L., Research Associate of Institute For
Molecular Physics
COWAN, Andrew M., Associate Professor of Agricultural
Engineering
B.S.A.E.. Purdue University, 1951; M.S., Iowa State
University, 1955; Ph.D., Iowa State University. 1967.
COX. Edwin L.. Lecturer in Agricultural Biometrics
B.S.. Mount Allison University. 1933; M.S., Acadia Uni-
versity. 1940; M.S., Virginia Polytechnical Institute, 1949;
Ph.D.. North Carolina State University. 1952.
COYNER, Randolph S.. Instructor of Business
A.B., University of Florida, 1967; M.B.A., 1968.
CRANE, Langdon T., Director and Research Professor. Insti-
tute of Fluid Dynamics
A.A.B.. Amherst College, 1952; Ph.D., University of Mary-
land. 1959.
CREEK, Richard D., Associate Professor of Poultry Science
B.S., Purdue University, 1951; M.S.; 1954; Ph.D., 1955.
CRITES, John O.. Professor of Psychology
A.B., Princeton University. 1950; Ph.D.. Columbia Uni-
versity, 1957.
CROFT. Blanton B., Assistant Professor of Secondary Edu-
cation
Ph.D., Purdue University, 1971.
CRONIN. Eugene, Research Professor of Zoology
A.B., Western Maryland College. 1938; M.S., University
of Maryland. 1943; Ph.D.. 1946.
CRONIN, Frank H., Associate Professor of Physical Education
B.S., University of Maryland, 1946.
CRONIN, Lewis E., Res. Professor and Director, Natural
Resources Institute
A.B., Western Maryland College. 1934; M.S., University
of Maryland. 1953; Ph.D., 1946.
CROSBY, Edmund D., Associate Professor of Industrial Edu-
cation
B.A., Western Michigan University, 1934; M.A., Colorado
State University, 1940.
CROTHERS JR., John L.. Assistant Professor. Department
of Markets
B.S., University of Maryland, 1949; M.S., 1954.
CROWELL. Alfred A„ Professor of Journalism
A.B., University of Oklahoma, 1929; M.A., 1934; M.S.J..
Northwestern University, 1940.
CUMBERLAND, John H., Acting Director, Professor, Bureau of
Business and Economic Research
B.A., University of Maryland. 1947; M.A., Harvard Uni-
versity. 1949; Ph.D., 1951.
CUNNIFF, Patrick F., Professor of Mechanical Engineering
B.S., Manhattan College, 1955; M.S., Virginia Polytechnic
Institute, 1957; Ph.D., 1962.
CUNNINGHAM. William D., Lecturer (part-time). School of
Library and Information Services
B.A., University of Kansas. 1959; M.L.S., University of
Texas, 1963.
CURRIE, Douglas G.. Associate Professor of Physics
B.E.P., Cornell University, 1958; Ph.D., University of
Rochester, 1962.
CURRIER, Albert W., Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.A . State University of Iowa, 1954; M.A., Johns Hopkins
University, 1959; Ph.D., 1968.
CURRY, William A., Ext. Instructor of Animal Science
B.S., University of Maryland, 1960.
CURTIS, Barry A., Lecturer of Philosophy
A.B.. U.C.L.A., 1965; M.A.. Harvard University, 1968.
CURTIS. Charles R., Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology
B.S.. Colorado State Colege, 1961; M.S. 1963- PhD
1965.
CURTIS, John M,, Professor and Chairman of Agricultural and
Resource Economics
B.S., North Carolina State College (Raleigh), 1947; M.S.,
1949; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1961.
CUSSLER, Margaret T., Associate Professor of Sociology
B.A., S.U.N.Y. at Albany, 1931; M.M., 1933; M.A., Harvard
University, 1941; Ph.D., 1943.
DACHLER. H. Peter, Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.S., Richmond Professional Institute, 1963; M.A.. Uni-
versity of Illinois, 1968; Ph.D., 1969.
DAGER, Edward Z., Professor of Sociology
A.B., Kent State University, 1950; A.M., Ohio State Uni-
versity, 1951; Ph.D., 1956.
DAIKER, John A., Associate Professor of Accounting
B.S., University of Maryland, 1941; M.B.A., 1951; C.P.A.,
District of Columbia, 1949.
DALLY, James W.. Professor and Chairman of Mechanical
Engineering
B.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1951; M.S., 1953;
Ph.D., Illinois Institute of Technology, 1958.
Faculty / 273
DALTON, F. E., Instructor of Business Organization and Ad-
ministration
B.S., University of Maryland, 1967; M.B.A., University of
Maryland, 1968.
DANCIS, Jerome. Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.S.. Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1961; M.S., Uni-
versity of Wisconsin, 1963; Ph.D.. 1966.
DANDO, William A., Assistant Professor of Geography
Bach. California State College (Penna) Ph.D., University
of Minnesota. 1969.
DANIEL. Evelyn H., Instructor in Library Science Education
and Administration, Supervision, & Curriculum; A.B.. Wil-
mington College, 1967; M.L.S., University of Maryland 1969.
DANIEL, Klaus H., Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.A., University of Cologne, 1954; M.A., University of
Goettingen, 1957; M.A. University of California (Berkeley),
1959; Ph.D., 1961.
DARDIS, Rachel, Professor of Textiles and Consumer Eco-
nomics and Lecturer in Economics
B.S., St. Mary's College Dublin, Ireland, 1949; M.S.,
University of Minnesota, 1963; Ph.D., 1965.
DAVEY, Hallie B., Assistant Professor of Early Childhood and
Elementary Education, Secondary Education
B.S., Miami University, 1965; M.A.. University of Roches-
ter. 1969; Ph.D.. Case Western Reserve University, 1971.
DAVIDSON. John A., Associate Professor of Entomology
B.A.. Columbia Union College, 1955; M.S.. University of
Maryland, 1957; Ph.D., 1960.
DAVIDSON, Marie S., Assistant Professor of Institute for
Child Study
B.S. Dilliard University, 1959; M.S. University of Mary-
land, 1967.
DAVIDSON, Neil A., Assistant Professor of Secondary Edu-
cation and Mathematics
B.S., Case Institute of Technology, 1961; M.S.. Uni-
versity of Wisconsin, 1963; Ph.D., 1969.
DAVIDSON, Ronald C. Associate Professor of Physics
B.Sc, McMaster University, 1963; Ph.D., Princeton Uni-
versity, 1966.
DAVIS. Douglas A., Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B.S., University of Washington, 1962; Ph.D., University of
Florida, 1966.
DAVIS. Fremont P., Lecturer (Part-time) in Applied Design
DAVIS, Richard F., Professor and Chairman of Dairy Science
B.S.. University of New Hampshire, 1950; M.S.. Cornell
University, 1952; Ph.D. 1953.
DAVIS. Shelley G., Instructor of Music
B.A., New York University, 1957; M.A., 1960.
DAWSON, Townes L.. Professor of Business Law
B.B.A. University of Texas, 1943; B.A., United States
Merchant Marine Academy, 1946; M.B.A. University of
Texas. 1947; Ph.D., 1950; LLB.. 1954.
DAY, Ernest H.. Assistant Professor of Economics
A.B.. Oberlin College, 1941; J.S.D., George Washington
University, 1950; M.A., 1955; Ph.D., American University,
1969.
DAY. Thomas B.. Professor of Physics and Vice Chancellor
for Academic Planning and Policy
B.S., University of Notre Dame, 1952: Ph.D.. Cornell
University. 1957.
DAYTON. Chauncy M.. Professor of Measurement and Sta-
tistics
B.A.. University of Chicago, 1955; M.A., University of
Maryland. 1963; Ph.D., 1964.
DEAL, Elwyn E., Assistant Director of Extension
B.S., University of Georgia, 1958; M.S.. 1960; Ph.D.. Rut-
gers University. 1963.
DEBARTHE, Jerry V.. Assistant Professor of Animal Science
B.S.. Iowa State University (Ames), 1961: Ph.D.. 1966.
DEBRO, Julius, Assistant Professor of Sociology
B.S., University of San Francisco, 1953; M.A., San Jose
State College, 1967; Ph.D.. University of California (Berk-
eley), 1971.
DECKER. A. Morris, Professor of Agronomy
B.S., Colorado. A & M, 1949; M.S., Utah State Univer-
sity, 1950; Ph.D.. University of Maryland. 1953
DECLARIS. Nicholas, Professor and Chairman of Electrical
Engineering
B.S., University of Texas A & M, 1952; S.M., Massachu-
setts Institute of Technology, 1954; Sc.D . 1959.
DELEIRIS, Alain, Professor of Art
B.F.A., Rhode Island School of Design. 1948; A.M., Har-
vard University, 1952; Ph.D.. 1957.
DELEIRIS, Mary, Instructor of Art
B.F.A., Rhode Island School of Design. 1948.
DeLORENZO, Willian E., Assistant Professor of Secondary
Education and Spanish and Portuguese
B.A., MA., Montclair State College, 1959; 1964; PhD.,
Ohio State University, 1971.
DEMAITRE, Ann, Associate Professor of French and Italian
B.A.. Columbia University, 1950; M.A., University of
California (Berkeley). 1951; M.S. Columbia University,
1952; Ph.D.. University of Maryland. 1965.
DEMAREE, Constance H.. Instructor of English
B.A., University of Maryand. 1944; M.A., 1945.
DEMPSEY ill, William A., Instructor of Business Administra-
tion
B.E.S., Johns Hopkins University. 1964; M.B.A. University
of Maryland, 1966.
DENNY, Don, Associate Professor of Art
B.A., University of Florida, 1959; M.A., New York Univer-
sity, 1961; Ph.D., 1965.
DEROCCO, Andrew G., Associate Professor of Molecular
Physics
B.S., Purdue University, 1951; M.S., University of Michi-
gan, 1953; Ph.D., 1956.
DESHLER, Walter W., Professor of Geography
B.S. Lafayette College, 1943; M.A., University of Mary-
land, 1953; Ph.D., 1957.
DESILVA. Alan W.. Associate Professor of Physics
B.S.. University of California (L.A.). 1954; Ph.D.. Univer-
sity of California (Berkeley), 1961.
DETARNOWSKY. George. Instructor (Part-time) Government
and Politics
B.A., University of Maryland, 1967.
DEUTSCH. Donald R., Instructor of Information Systems
Management
B.S., Miami University (Ohio). 1965; M.B.A.. University
of Maryland. 1967.
DEUTSCH, F. S., Visiting Assistant Professor of Computer
Science Center
Ph.D., University of London. 1969.
DEVAULT. Samuel H.. Professor of Agricultural and Resource
Economics. Emeritus
A.B., Carson-Newman College. 1912; AM.. University of
North Carolina, 1915; Ph.D.. Massachusetts State Col-
lege, 1931.
DEVERMOND, Mary F.. Professor of Music
B.Mus.. Howard University. 1942; M.A. Columbia Univer-
sity, 1948; Ed.D. University of Maryland. 1959.
DEVINE, Donald J.. Associate Professor of Government and
Politics
B.B.A. Saint Johns University. 1959: M.A CUNY
(Brooklyn College). 1965; Ph.D. Syracuse University.
1967.
DEVOE, Howard J., Associate Professor of Chemistry
A.B.. Oberlin College. 1955: PhD.. Harvard University.
1960.
DEVORE. Chester A.. Instructor (Part-time) Industrial Educa-
tion
B.S.. University of Maryland. 1967; M.Ed.. 1971.
274 / Faculty
DIES. Robert R., Assistant Professor ot Psychology
B.S.. Carroll College, 1962; M.A.. Bowling Green State
University. 1964; Ph.D.. University of Connecticut, 1968.
DIETZ. Maurten A.. Assistant Professor of Early Childhood
and Elementary Education
B.S.. Creighton University, 1964: M.S. University of Penn-
sylvania, 1968; Ph.D.. University of Pennsylvania, 1968.
DIFEDERICO. Robert F.. Assistant Professor of Art
B.A.. University of Massachusetts. 1955; M.A., Boston
University. 1961: Ph.D.. New York University, 1970.
DILLARD. Dudley, Professor and Chairman of Economics
B.S.. University of California (Berkeley). 1935; Ph.D.,
1940.
DILLINGER. James J.. Assistant Professor of Art
B.A., University of Maryland, 1964; M.A., 1966.
DILLON, Conley H , Professor of Government and Politics
B.A.. Marshall University, 1928; M.A., Duke University,
1933; Ph.D.. 1936.
DINGWALL. William O., Associate Professor and Director of
Linguistics Program
B.S., Georgetown University, 1957; Ph.D.. 1964.
DITTMANN. Laura L., Associate Professor of Institute for
Child Study
B.S.. University of Colorado, 1938; M.A.. University of
Maryland. 1963; Ph.D., 1967.
DIXON. Jack R., Associate Professor of Physics
B.S., Western Reserve University, 1948; M.S.. 1950; Ph.D.,
University of Maryland, 1956.
DIZ. Marta A., Instructor of Spanish and Portuguese
Licenciatura. Universidad de Buenos Aires, 1966; M.A..
University of Maryland, 1969.
DOBERT, Eitel W.. Professor of Germanic and Slavic Lan-
guages
B.A., University of Geneva, 1932; Ph.D., University of
Maryland, 1954.
DODGE, Norton T., Associate Professor of Economics
A.B., Cornell University, 1948; M.A., Harvard University,
1951; Ph.D., 1960.
DOETSCH, Raymond N., Professor of Microbiology
B.S., University of Illinois. 1942; M.S., Indiana University.
1943; Ph.D.. University of Maryland, 1948.
DOILNEY. Stephen M.. Instructor of Business Administration
B.S.. University of Maryland, 1967; M.B.A., American
University, 1970.
DONALDSON. Bruce K., Assistant Professor of Aerospace
Engineering
A.B., Columbia University, 1954; B.S., 1955; M.S., Uni-
versity of Wichita, 1963; Ph.D., University of Illinois
(Urbana), 1968.
DORFMAN, J. Robert. Associate Professor of Physics and
Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics
A.B., Johns Hopkins University, 1957; Ph.D., 1961.
DORSEY, John W., Vice Chancellor and Associate Professor
of Economics
B.S., University of Maryland, 1958; M.A., Harvard Univer-
sity, 1962; Ph.D., 1964.
DOSS, Mildred A., Research Associate of Zoology
B.A., University of New Mexico, 1925; B.S., University
of Illinois, 1928.
DOSZKOCS, Tamas E., Lecturer (part-time). School of Library
and Information Services
Teacher's Certificate, Kossuth University, 1964; M.L.S..
University of Maryland. 1968.
DOUDNA. Mark E., Assistant Professor of Speech and Dra-
matic Art
B.S.. Ohio State University, 1948; M.A.. 1956; Ph.D., 1962.
DOUGLAS. Larry W., Assistant Professor of Dairy Science
B.S., Purdue University. 1964; M.S. 1966; Ph.D.. Oregon
State University, 1969.
DOUGLIS, Avron. Professor of Mathematics
A.B.. University of Chicago, 1938; M.S., New York Uni-
versity, 1949; Ph.D., 1949.
DOYLE. James O., Instructor of Computer Science
B.S., Northwestern University. 1956.
DRAGT, James A.. Associate Professor of Physics
A.B.. Calvin College, 1957; Ph.D , University of California
(Berkeley), 1963.
DREW, H Dennis, Assistant Professor of Physics
Ph.D., Cornell University, 1967.
DRUM, Barbara A., Instructor of Physical Education
B.S.. Penn State University, 1958; M.A.. University of
Iowa, 1963.
DUBESTER, Henry J., Associate Professor, School of Library
and Information Services
B.S.S.. CCNY. 1939; M.A., Columbia University, 1946.
DUBOIS, Jacques H., Instructor of French and Italian
B.A.. University of Maryland. 1967; M.A., 1970.
DUDLEY, James, Professor of Administration Supervision
and Curriculum
B.A., Southern Illinois University. 1951; Ed.D.. University
of Illinois (Urbana), 1964; M.S.. Southern Illinois Univer-
sity, 1957.
DUFFEY, DICK, Professor of Chemical Engineering
B.S.. Purdue University. 1939; M.S., State University of
Iowa, 1940; Ph.D., University of Maryland. 1956.
DUFFEY Robert V.. Professor of Early Childhood and Ele-
mentary Education
B.S.. Millersville State College, 1938; M.E., Temple Uni-
versity, 1948: Ed.D., 1954.
DULBE, Katrina L., Assistant Professor of Germanic and
Slavic Languages
LL.M., University of Latvia, 1931; M.S., Georgetown Uni-
versity. 1962: Ph.D., 1970.
DUMONCEAU. Michael P., Instructor of Speech and Dramatic
Art
B.A., University of Maryland, 1966; M.A., 1968.
DUNBAR, Jeffrey B.. Instructor of Early Childhood and Ele-
mentary Education
B.S., University of Maryland, 1967.
DUNBAR, Michael W., Lecturer (Part-time) History
M.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1967.
DUNN. Norma E., Assistant Professor of English
B.A., Madison College, 1946; M.A.. University of Penn-
sylvania, 1953; Ph.D., 1968.
DUNNINGTON JR., Elgin A., Research Associate of the
Chesapeake Biological Laboratory
M.S., George Washington University, 1954.
DUTTA Sukanta K., Associate Professor of Veterinary Science
B.Sc. (Vet.) Bombay University, India. 1956: M.S.. Uni-
versity of Minnesota, 1960; Ph.D.. 1962.
DUVALL, John B., Instructor of Industrial Education
B.S., Indiana State University. 1966: M.S., 1967.
DVORAK, Paul F., Instructor of Germanic and Slavic Lan-
guages
B.A.. La Salle College, 1968; M.A., University of Mary-
land, 1970.
DWYER. Frank A.. Instructor of English
B.A., Miami University (Ohio), 1966; M.A., 1967.
DYER, Robert F.. Instructor of Business Administration
B.S., Bowling Green State University, 1965; M.B.A..
1966.
EARL. James A., Associate Professor of Physics
B.S.. Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1953; Ph.D..
1957.
EDELMAN. Richard B., Instructor of Business Administration
B.S., 1968; M.B.A., University of Maryland, 1970.
EDELSON, Charles B., Associate Professor of Accounting
B.B.A. University of North Michigan. 1949; M.B.A., In-
diana University, 1950; C.P.A.. Maryland. 1952.
EDMONDS. Barbara P., Instructor of French and Italian
B.A., University of Maryland. 1963; M.A., 1966.
Faculty / 275
EDMUNDSON, Harold P., Professor of Mathematics and Com-
puter Science
B.A., University of California (L.A.), 1946; M.A., 1948;
Ph.D., 1953.
EHEART, Mary S.. Assistant Professor of Food and Nutrition
A.B., Park College, 1933; M.S., University of Chicago,
1935.
EHRLICH. Gertrude. Professor of Mathematics
B.S., Womens College of Georgia, 1943; M.A., University
of North Carolina, 1945; Ph.D., University of Tennessee,
1953.
EIGENBRODE, David D., Assistant Professor, Extension
Supervision
M.S., University of Maryland, 1961.
EISENBERG, John, Research Associate Professor of Zoology
B.S., Washington State. 1957; M.S., University of Cali-
fornia (Berkeley), 1957; Ph.D., 1962.
EKSTROM, Rurik F., Associate Professor School of Archi-
tecture
B.A.. University of Virginia, 1957; M.A., Yale University.
1961.
ELDER. D. Steven, Assistant Professor of Germanic and
Slavic Languages
B.A.. Kalamazoo College, 1962; M.A., Ohio State Uni-
versity 1964; Ph.D.. 1969.
ELEY JR., George, Associate Professor of Early Childhood
and Elementary Education
B.S.. Ohio State University, 1952; M.Ed., 1957; Ph.D.,
1966.
ELIOT, John, Associate Professor of Institute for Child Study
A.B., Harvard University, 1956; A.M.T., 1958; Stanford
University, 1966.
ELKINS, Earleen F., Research Assistant Professor of Speech
and Dramatic Arts
B.A., University of Maryland, 1954; M.A., 1956; Ph.D.,
1967.
ELKINS, Richard L., Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engi-
neering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1953; M.A., 1958.
ELKINS, Wilson H., President of The University
B.A., University of Texas, 1932; M.A., 1932; B. Litt.. Ox-
ford University, 1936; D. Phil., 1936.
ELLIOTT, John A., Instructor of Business Administration
B.S.. University of Maryland, 1967; C.P.A.. Maryland.
1969.
ELLIOTT. Teresa G.. Instructor of Speech and Dramtic Art
B.A.. Catholic University of America. 1950; M.C.A., 1970.
ELLIS. Robert A., Professor and Chairman of Sociology
B.A., Yale University, 1952; M.A., 1953; Ph.D.. 1956.
ELLIS. Robert L.. Associate Professor of Mathematics
A.B., University of Miami, 1960; Ph.D., Duke University,
1966.
ELSASSER. Walter M., Research Professor, Institute for
Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics
Ph.D., (Physics) University of Goettingen (Germany).
1927.
ELSMORE. T., Lecturer (Part-time). Department of Counseling
and Personnel Services
B.S., Arizona State University, 1965; Ph.D., 1969.
EL-ISSA, Nazar S.. Instructor in Economics
B.S., University of Maryland. 1959: M.S.. 1960; M.A..
1970.
EMAD. Fawzi P.. Associate Professor of Electrical Engineer-
ing
M.S. E.E.. American University (Beirut). 1961; M.S..
Northwestern University, 1963; Ph.D., 1966.
ENGELHARDT W. W.. Research Associate. Physics and Astro-
nomy
ENGLISH. David J., Instructor of Business Administration
B.S.. University of Maryland, 1966; M.B.A., 1967.
EPHREMIDES, Anthony, Assistant Professor of Electrical
Engineering
B.S., Nat'l Technical University of Athens, 1962; M.A.,
1969; Ph.D., Princeton University, 1971,
EPPES, M. Henry, Municipal Management Associate, Mary-
land Technical Advisory Service, Bureau of Governmental
Research
B.S., U.S. Naval Academy, 1935; M.A.. University of
Maryland, 1970.
ERDAHL, William H., Instructor in Applied Design
B.S., Bucknell University, 1962; M.S., University of Wis-
consin. 1965; M.F.A. 1968.
ERICKSON, William C. Professor of Physics and Astronomy
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1951: M.A., 1955: Ph.D.,
1956.
ESCOBAR, Ismael V., Visiting Professor of Physics
D.Sc, University of Barcelona, 1939.
ETHERIDGE. George A.. Instructor of Music
B.Mus., University of Michigan, 1967; M.Mus. 1968.
EVANS, Dorothy A., Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.S., University of Illinois, 1963; M.A., Southern Illinois
University, 1966; Ph.D., 1968.
EVANS, James G., Sr., Visiting Professor of Agricultural and
Resource Economics
B.A., Simpson College, 1921; M.A., University of Illinois,
1924.
EYLER. Marvin H., Dean and Professor College of Physical
Education, Recreation, and Health
A.B.. Houghton College, 1942; M.S., Houghton College,
1942: M.S., University of Illinois (Urbana). 1948; Ph.D.,
1956.
FABER, John E., Professor (Emeritus) and Lecturer of Micro-
biology
B.S., University of Maryland. 1926: M.S., 1927; Ph.D.,
1937.
FAIN. Gerald S.. Instructor of Recreation
B.S., Springfield College. 1969; M.S., University of North
Carolina, 1971.
FALK, David S., Associate Professor of Physics
B.S., Cornell University, 1954; M.S., Harvard University.
1955; Ph.D., 1959.
FALLER. Alan J., Research Professor. Institute for Fluid
Dynamics & Applied Mathematics
S.B., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1951; M.S.,
1953: D.Sc, 1957.
FALTHZIK, Alfred M., Assistant Professor of Business Admin-
istration
B.S.. Northeastern University, 1957; MB. A., 1959; Ph.D..
Michigan State University. 1969.
FANNING. Delvin S., Associate Professor of Soil Minerology
B.S.. Cornell University. 1954; M.S.. 1959; Ph.D.. Univer-
sity of Wisconsin, 1964.
FANOS. Stavrovla A.. Assistant Professor of Music
B.M. Ed.. Oberlin College. 1957: M.Ed.. University of
Maryland. 1963: Ed.D.. 1970.
FARQUHAR. James D.. Lecturer of Art
B.A.. Washington & Lee University, 1963; M.A., University
of Chicago. 1966.
FARQUHAR, Mary S.. Associate Professor of Speech and
Dramatic Art
B.S. Ed.. Lowell Teachers College. 1942; M Ed.. Boston
University. 1950; D Ed., 1958.
FARR. Marion M., Research Associate of Zoology
A.B.. Syracuse University. 1925; M.A.. 1929.
FARRAH. Linda L.. Instructor of Physical Education
B.S.. University of Pittsburgh. 1969; M.A.. University
of Maryland, 1971.
276 / Faculty
FARRELL, Richard T., Associate Professor of Secondary Edu-
cation and Assistant Professor of History
B.A., Wabash College, 1954; M.S., Indiana University,
1958; Ph.D., 1967.
FARWELL, Sanford W., Instructor and Exhibits Specialist
B.A., Rhode Island School of Design, 1954.
FAY, John D., Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.A.. Harvard University, 1965; Ph.D.. 1970.
FEDERICO. Ronald C, Assistant Professor, Sociology
B.A., Yale University, 1962; M.S., University of Michigan.
1964; Ph.D. Northwestern University, 1968.
FELDMAN, Elliott D., Assistant Professor of Computer
Science
Bach., Cornell University, 1961; Ph.D., Stevens Institute
of Technology, 1970.
FELLOWS. F. C, Instructor and Assistant to Dean
B.S., University of Maryland. 1953; M.A ., 1957.
FELSCH, Wo'fgang. Research Associate. Materials Science
FELTON, Kenneth E., Associate Professer of Agricultural
Engineering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1950; B.S. C.E., 1951; M.S.,
Pennsylvania Stats University, 1962.
FERENCE. Mary L., Instructor of English
B.A., Mt. Mercy College, 1968; M.A., University of Mary-
land. 1970.
FERN, A. M„ Lecturer of Art
B.A., University of Chicago, 1950; M.A., 1954; Ph.D.,
1960.
FERRELL, Richard A.. Professor of Physics
B.S., California Institute of Technology, 1948; M.S., 1949;
Ph.D., Princeton University, 1952.
FEUSTLE, Joseph A., Jr., Instructor of Spanish and Portu-
guese
B.A., University of Maryland, 1964; M.A., 1968.
FEY, James T., Assistant Professor of Secondary Education
and Mathematics
B.S.. University of Wisconsin, 1962; M.S.. 1963; Ph.D.,
Columbia University, 1968.
FIDELHOLTZ. James L., Assistant Professor of Anthropology
S.B., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1963; Ph.D.,
1968.
FIELDING. Lawrence W., Instructor of Physical Education
B.S.. State University College (Cortland). 1966; M.A.,
University of Maryland, 1968.
FILOTAS, Leslie T., Visiting Assistant Professor of Aerospace
Engineering
B.A. Sc, University of Toronto, 1964; M.A. Sc, 1965;
Ph.D., 1969.
FINK, Beatrice C, Assistant Professor of French and Italian
B.A., Bryn Mawr College, 1953; M.A., Yale University,
1956: Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh, 1966.
FINKELSTEIN. B. E., Assistant Professor, Foundation of Edu-
cation
B.A., Barnard College, 1959; M.A., Teacher's College
Columbia University, 1960; Ph.D.. 1970.
FISHER, Allan J., Professor (Part-time) of Finance
B.S., University of Pennsylvania. 1928; Lit.M.. 1936- Ph D
1937.
FISHMAN, Daniel H., Lecturer in Information Systems
Management
B.S., C.C.N.Y., 1961; M.S., University of Maryland. 1970.
FITZMAURICE, J. Michael, Assistant Professor of Economics
B.S.. St. Josephs College, 1964; Ph.D.. Maryland. 1972
FIVEL. Daniel I., Associate Professor of Physics
B.A.. Johns Hopkins University. 1953; Ph.D., 1959.
FLACK. James K. Jr., Assistant Professor of History
B.A.. Albion College, 1959; M.A.. Wayne State University,
1963; Ph.D., 1968.
FLATTER. Charles H., Assistant Professor of Institute for
Child Study
B.A., DePauw University, 1961; M.A.. University of
Toledo. 1965; Ed.D., University of Maryland, 1968.
FLECK, Jere, Assistant Professor of Germanic and Slavic
Languages
Ph.D., University of Munich, 1968.
FLEIG JR., A. J., Lecturer of Aerospace Engineering
Bach., Purdue University, 1958; Ph.D., Catholic Univer-
sity of America, 1968.
FLEMER, David. Research Assistant Professor of Zoology
B.S., College of William and Mary, 1957; M.S., University
of Richmond. 1959; Ph.D., Rutgers — The State Univer-
sity, 1963.
FLEMING, Leon B.. Assistant Professor of Music
B.S.. East Carolina College, 1948; M.Mus., Westminster
Choir College, 1950.
FLEMING, Rudd, Professor of English
B.A., University of Chicago. 1930; M.A.. Cornell Univer-
sity, 1932; Ph.D., 1934.
FLIPPEN II, Charles C, Assistant Professor of Journalism
B.A.. Washington Lee University, 1964; M.A.. University
of North Carolina, 1966; Ph.D.. 1968.
FLORES, Solomon. Assistant Professor of Secondary Educa-
tion
B.A., Ottawa University. 1953; M.Ed., University of Kan-
sas, 1964; Ph.D., Ohio State University. 1969
FLYGER, Vagn, Research Associate Natural Resources In-
stitute
B.S.. Cornell University, 1948; M.S., Pennsylvania State
University, 1952; D.Sc . Johns Hopkins University. 1956.
FLYR, Lewis J.. Lecturer of Government and Politics
B.S., Oklahoma State University. 1957; M.Phil., Yale
University, 1969.
FOGLE, D. P., Acting Assistant Dean and Lecturer
A. B. Arch., Princeton University, 1951; M.C.P.. University
of California, 1958.
FOLSOM, Kenneth E.. Associate Professor of History
A.B., Princeton University, 1943; A.B., University of Cali-
fornia (Berkeley), 1955; M.A., 1957; Ph.D.. 1964.
FONAROFF. L. Schuyler, Professor of Geography
B.A., University of Arizona, 1955; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins
University, 1961.
FORBES, James H., Jr.. Assistant Professor of Art
B.A., University of Maryland. 1964; M.A.. 1966.
FORBES, Leticia T., Instructor in Spanish
B.A., University of Maryland, 1963; M.A., 1966.
FORSNES, Victor G., Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engi-
neering
B.E.S., Brigham Young University, M.E., 1965; Ph.D.,
1970.
FOSS, John E., Assistant Professor of Soil Classification
B.S., Wisconsin State University (River Falls), 1957;
M.S., University of Minnesota, 1959: Ph.D., 1965.
FOSTER, John E., Professor and Chairman of Animal Science,
Emeritus
B.S. North Carolina State College, 1926; M.S.. Kansas
State College. 1927; Ph.D.. Cornell University, 1937.
FOSTER, Phillips W.. Professor of Agricultural and Resource
Economics
B.S., Cornell University, 1953; M.S., University of Illinois,
(Urbana), 1956; Ph.D., 1958.
FOURNEY, William L., Associate Professor of Mechanical
Engineering
B.S. A.E., West Virginia University, 1962; M.S., 1963;
Ph.D., University of Illinois (Urbana), 1966.
FOUST, Clifford M., Professor and Associate Chairman of His-
tory
B.A.. Syracuse University, 1949; M.A., University of Chi-
cago, 1951: Ph.D., 1957.
FOWLER, John M., Visiting Professor of Physics
B.A., Earlham College, 1949; M.S., University of Okla-
homa, 1950; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University, 1954.
Faculty / 277
FRALEY, Lester M., Professor ol Physical Education
A.B., Randolph-Macon College, 1928; M.A., George Pea-
body College, 1937; Ph.D., 1939.
FRANCK, Bernard T., Instructor ot English
B.A., St. Mary's (Baltimore), 1956; M.A., University of
Richmond, 1969.
FRANZ, Jacob G., Assistant Professor of Sociology
B.A., Southwestern State College, 1935; M.A., Columbia
University, 1939; Ph.D., Ohio State University, 1960.
FRAZIER, Billie H., Associate Professor and Human Develop-
ment Specialist
B.S.. Sam Houston State University. 1954; M.S. Texas
Women's University, 1958; Ph.D., Florida State Univer-
sity. 1964.
FREEDMAN, Morris, Professor and Chairman of English
B.A.. C.U.N.Y. (City College), 1941; M.A., Columbia Uni-
versity, 1950; Ph.D., 1953.
FREEMAN, Margie D., Assistant Professor and Assistant to
State Leader. Extension Home Economics
B.S., Winthrop College, 1946.
FREEMAN, Robert, Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.A., Haverford College, 1951; M.A., Wesleyan College,
1954; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1964.
FREENY, Ralph D„ Assistant Professor of Art
B.A., University of Maryland, 1959.
FREIVOGEL, David C, Instructor of Dance
B.A., Washington University (Mo.), 1958.
FRETZ, Bruce R., Associate Professor of Psychology
B.A., Gettysburg College, 1961; M.A., Ohio State Univer-
sity 1963; Ph.D., 1965.
FREUNDSCHUH, Joy A., Assistant Professor of Physical Edu-
cation
M.A., University of Alabama, 1954.
FRIEDMAN, Gerald E., Assistant Professor of Electrical Engi-
neering
B.S., University of Maryland. 1956; M.S., 1962; Ph.D.,
1967.
FRIEDMAN. Herbert, Professor of Physics and Astronmy
B.A., C.U.N.Y. (Brooklyn College), 1936; Ph.D., Johns
Hopkins University, 1940.
FRIEDMAN. Susan R., Instructor of Chinese
B.A., Queens College, 1966; M.A., Columbia University,
1968.
FRINGER, Margaret N„ Assistant Professor of Physical Edu-
cation
B.S., University of North Carolina, 1957; M.A.. University
of Michigan, 1961; Ph.D.. University of Maryland, 1972.
FROMOVITZ, S., Associate Professor of Management Science
B.A. Sc, University of Toronto, 1960; M.A., 1961; Ph.D.,
Stanford University, 1965.
FRY, Gladys M., Associate Professor of English
B.A., Howard University, 1952; M.A., 1954; Ph.D., In-
diana University, 1967.
FULCHER, L. P.. Research Associate of Physics and Astro-
nomy
FULLENBAUM, Richard F., Lecturer (Part-time), Economics
B.A., Temple University, 1965; M.A., University of Mary-
land, 1970; Ph.D., 1971.
FULLER, Kent B., Assistant Professor of Conservation Edu-
cation
B.S., Frostburg State College, 1960; M.Ed.. 1965.
FUNARO, George J., Associate Dean and Professor of Edu-
cation
B.S., American International College. 1956; M.A., Uni-
versity of Connecticut, 1965; Ph.D.,, 1965.
GABRIEL, James L., Instructor in English
A.B., The Catholic University of America. 1958; M.A..
George Washington University. 1963.
GAGE, Kenneth S., Assistant Professor, Institute for Fluid
Dynamics and Applied Mathematics
A.B., Brandeis University, 1964; M.S., University of Chi-
cago, 1966; Ph.D., 1968.
GALLAGHER, Charles C, Assistant Professor of Music
B.Mus., University of Michigan, 1950; M.Mus., 1952.
GALLAGHER, Suzanne F„ Instructor of Physical Education
B.S., Penn. State University, 1965; M.Ed., Temple Univer-
sity, 1969.
GALLMAN, Philip G., Assistant Professor of Electrical Engi-
neering
B.E., Yale University, 1964; M.S., 1966; M.Phil., 1968;
Ph.D., 1971.
GALLOWAY, Raymond A., Professor of Plant Physiology
B.S., University of Maryland, 1952; M.S., 1956; Ph.D.,
1958.
GAMBRELL, L. B., Instructor of Faculty Development Program
(Education)
M.A., University of Maryland, 1970.
GANNON, Martin J., Associate Professor of Business Admin-
istration
Bach., University of Scranton, 1961.: Ph.D., Columbia
University, 1969.
GANTT, Walter N., Associate Professor of Early Childhood
and Elementary Education
B.S., Coppin State College, 1942; M.A., New York Uni-
versity, 1956; Ed.D., University of Maryland. 1968.
GARBER JR., Daniel L., Associate Professor of Civil Engi-
neering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1952; M.S., 1959; Ph.D..
1964.
GARDNER, Albert H., Associate Professor of Institute for
Child Study
B.S., S.U.N.Y. at Albany, 1958; M.A., Syracuse Univer-
sity, 1962; Ph.D., 1967
GARDNER, Marjorie H., Professor of Science Education,
and Chemistry
B.S., Utah State University, 1946; M.A., Ohio State Uni-
versity, 1958; Ph.D., 1960.
GARRETT, Doris J., Instructor (Part-time) Faculty Develop-
ment Program Education
B.S., University of Maryland, 1970; M.A., 1972.
GARRISON, Martha, Instructor in Family and Community
Development
B.S., Michigan State University. 1938; M.S., University of
Maryland, 1963.
GARVEY, Evelyn F., Associate Professor of Music
B.S., Temple University, 1943; M.M.. University of Ro-
chester, 1946.
GAUCH, Hugh G., Professor of Plant Physiology
B.S., Miami University (Ohio), 1935; M.S.. Kansas State
University, 1937; Ph.D., University of Chicago. 1939.
GAYLIN, Ned L., Associate Professor and Chairman. De-
partment of Family and Community Development
B.A., University of Chicago. 1956; M.A.. University of
Chicago. 1961; Ph.D.. University of Chicago. 1965
GELINA. Robert J.. Lecturer in Industrial Education
Ph.D.. University of Maryland. 1971.
GELMAN. Ellen F . Assistant Professor of Art
B.A., Brandeis University. 1961: M.F.A.. Columbia Uni-
versity. 1967.
GELSO. Charles J., Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.S., Bloomburg State College. 1963; M.S., Florida State
University, 1964; Ph.D.. Ohio State University. 1970.
GENTRY, James W.. Assistant Professor of Chemical Engi-
neering
B.S.. Oklahoma State University. 1961: M.S.. Brigham
Young University. 1963: Ph.D.. University of Texas, 1969.
GENYS. John B.. Research Associate Professor. Natural
Resources Institute
Ph.D., Michigan State University. 1960.
278 / Faculty
GEOFFREY. Virginia C, Instructor of Speech and Dramatic
Art
B.S., Purdue University, 1966; M.S., 1967.
GERACI, Philip C Lecturer of Journalism
B.S.. University of Maryland, 1953; M.A., 1961.
GETTLE, Karl E., Assistant Professor of Industrial Education
B.S.. Millersville State College. 1959; M.A., University of
Maryland. 1964; Ph.D.. 1970.
GIBLETTE. John F., Professor and Chairman. Educational
Statistics
B.A.. George Washington University, 1947; M.A.. Univer-
sity of Minnesota. 1952; Ph.D., University of Pennsyl-
vania. 1960.
GIBSON. Robert A , Lecturer (Part-time) Education. Admin-
istration Supervision and Curriculum
GIFFIN. Donald W.. Associate Professor of History and Direc-
tor of Admissions and Registrations
B.A.. University of California (Santa Barbara), 1950; M.A.,
Vanderbilt University, 1956; Ph.D., 1962.
GILBERT. Claire P.. Assistant Professor of French and Italian
B.A., Rice University, 1960; M.A., University of Delaware,
1963; Ph.D.. Johns Hopkins University. 1969.
GILBERT, James B., Associate Professor of History
B.A.. Carleton College, 1961; M.A., University of Wis-
consin, 1963; Ph.D., 1966.
GILL. Douglas E.. Assistant Professor of Zoology
B.S.. Marietta College. 1965; M.A., 1967; Ph.D., University
of Michigan. 1970.
GINTER. Marshall L., Associate Professor of Molecular
Physics
B.S., Chico State College, 1957; Ph.D., Vanderbilt Uni-
versity, 1961.
GLANCY, E. K., Instructor of English
B.A., Emory University, 1957; M.A., University of Mary-
land, 1970;
GLASS, James M., Assistant Professor of Government and
Politics
B.A., University of California (Berkeley), 1961; M.A.
1964; Ph.D., 1970.
GLASSER. Robert G., Professor of Physics
A.B., University of Chicago, 1948; B.S., 1950; M.S., 1952;
Ph.D., 1954.
GLAZER, J.. Visiting Lecturer of English
B.A., C.U.N.Y. (Brooklyn College), 1938.
GLENDENING, Parris N., Assistant Professor of Government
and Politics
B.A.. Florida State University. 1964; M.A., 1965; Ph.D.,
1967.
GLICK, Arnold J., Associate Professor of Physics
B.A., C.U.N.Y. (Brooklyn College), 1955; Ph.D., Univer-
sity of Maryland, 1961.
GLINOS, Andre D.. Research Professor of Zoology
Doctor of Medicine, National University of Athens, 1941.
GLOCK JR., Russell, Instructor of Electrical Engineering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1959; M.S., 1966.
GLOECKLER. George, Assistant Professor of Physics
SB., University of Chicago, 1960; S.M., 1961; Ph.D.,
1965.
GLOSSER, Robert, Assistant Professor of Physics
S.B., M.I.T., 1959; S.M., University of Chicago, 1962;
Ph.D., 1967.
GLOVER, Rolfe E., III. Professor of Physics
A.B., Bowdoin College, 1948; B.S., Massachusetts Insti-
tute of Technology, 1948; Ph.D.. University of Goettingen,
1953.
GOERING, Jacob D., Associate Professor of Institute for Child
Study
B.S., Bethel College, 1941; Ph.D., University of Maryland
1959.
GOFF, Regina M., Professor of Early Childhood and Ele-
mentary Education
B.S.. Northwestern University. 1933; M.A.. Columbia
University. 1940; Ph.D.. 1948.
GOLD. Edward S., Lecturer of English
B.A., University of Maryland. 1969; M.A., Johns Hopkins
University, 1970.
GOLDBERG, David A., Assistant Professor of Physics
B.E.P.. Cornell University, 1958; M.S.. 1960; Ph.D.. Johns
Hopkins University, 1967.
GOLDBERG. Seymour. Professor of Mathematics
A.B.. Hunter College, 1950; M.A.. Ohio State University,
1952; Ph.D.. U.C.L.A.. 1958.
GOLDBURG. A. L.. Lecturer in Administration. Supervision
and Curriculum
B.S., West Chester State College, 1946; M.S.. Indiana
University, 1950; Ed.D., 1956.
GOLDHABER, Jacob K.. Professor and Chairman of Mathe-
matics
B.A., C.U.N.Y. (Brooklyn College). 1944; M.A., Harvard
University, 1945; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1950.
GOLDING. Edwin I.. Lecturer (Part-time) Information Systems
Management
B.S., U.S. Naval Academy, 1950; M.S.E., University of
Michigan. 1955; Ph.D.. 1962.
GOLDMAN, David T., Professor of Chemical Engineering
B.A., Brooklyn College. 1952; M.S.. Vanderbilt University.
1954; Ph.D.. University of Maryland. 1968.
GOLDMAN, Harvey. Associate Professor of Administration,
Supervision and Curriculum
Bach., University of Rhode Island, 1960; Ed.D.. Michigan
State University. 1966.
GOLDSMITH, Nancy. A., Instructor of Bureau of Education
Research and Field Service
B.S., State University College (New Paltz), 1964; M.Ed.,
Universty of Maryland, 1968.
GOLDSTEIN, Irwin L., Associate Professor of Psychology
B.B.A., C.U.N.Y. (City College), 1959; M.A., University of
Maryland, 1962; Ph.D., 1964.
GOLDSTEIN, Larry J., Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1965; M.A.. 1965: M.A.,
Princeton University, 1967; Ph.D., 1967.
GOLDSTEIN, M., Research Associate of Mathematics and
Statistics
Ph.D., California State College (Los Angeles), 1963.
GOLLUB, Lewis R.. Professor of Psychology
A.B., University of Pennsylvania, 1955; Ph.D.. Harvard
University, 1958.
GOMEZPLATA, Albert, Professor of Chemical Engineering
B.Che., Polytechnic Institute Brooklyn, 1952; M.Che.,
1954; Ph.D., Rensselar Polytechnic Institute, 1959.
GOOD, Richard A., Professor of Mathematics
B.A., Ashland College, 1939; M.A., University of Wiscon-
sin, 1940; Ph.D.. 1945.
GOODACRE, Russell F., Research Assistant of Electrical Engi-
neering
B.S., Naval Academy, 1949; BSEE, Naval Postgraduate
School, 1952; MEA, George Washington University, 1962.
GOODE, M. Dennis, Assistant Professor of Zoology
B.S., University of Kansas, 1963; Ph.D.. Iowa State
University, 1967.
GOODWIN, Edwin E., Ext. Associate Professor of Animal
Science
B.S.. Louisiana State University. 1946: M.S.. Cornell
University, 1948; Ph.D., Washington State University,
1955.
GOODWYN, Frank, Professor of Spanish and Portuguese
B.A., College of Arts and Industries, 1939; M.A.. 1940;
Ph.D., University of Texas, 1946.
GORDON, Donald O, Professor of History
B.A., College of William and Mary, 1934: M.A.. Columbia
University, 1938; Ph.D., 1947.
Faculty / 279
GORDON, Glen E., Associate Professor of Chemistry
B.S., University of Illinois, 1956; Ph.D., University of
California (Berkeley), 1960.
GORDON, Stewart L, Professor of Music
B.A., University of Kansas, 1953; M.A., 1954; D.M.A.,
University of Rochester, 1965.
GOUIN, Francis R.. Assistant Professor of Horticulture
B.S., University of New Hampshire. 1962; M.S., University
of Maryland, 1965; Ph.D., 1969.
GOULD, Murray J., Assistant Professor of Music
B.Mus., Manhattan School of Music, 1957; M.Mus., 1958.
GRAHAM, Ethel L, Instructor in Food and Nutrition
B.S.. Drexel Institute of Technology, 1961; M.S., Uni-
versity of Maryland, 1964.
GRAMBERG, Edward J., Professor of Spanish and Portu-
guese
B.A., University of Amsterdam, 1946; M.A., U.C.L.A.,
1949; Ph.D., University of California (Berkeley), 1956.
GRAMBS, Jean D., Professor of Secondary Education
B.A., Reed College, 1940; M.A., Stanford University,
1941; Ed.D., 1948.
GRAVELY, William H., Jr., Associate Professor of English
B.A., College of William and Mary, 1925; M.A., University
of Virginia, 1934; Ph.D., 1953.
GRAY, Alfred, Professor of Mathematics
B.A., University of Kansas, 1960; M.A., 1961; Ph.D., Uni-
versity of California (L. A.), 1964.
GREEN. Cynthia B., Instructor of Art
B.A., University of Maryland, 1965; M.A., 1967.
GREEN, Harry B„ Assistant Professor of Institute For Child
Study
B.A., University of Virginia, 1959; M.Ed., 1963; Ph.D..
1965.
GREEN, Kinsey, Assistant Professor of Secondary Education
B.S., University of Virginia, 1960; M.S., University of
Maryland, 1965; Ph.D., 1969.
GREEN, Paul S.. Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.A., Cornell University, 1959; M.A., Harvard University,
1960; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1964.
GREEN, Robert L., Professor and Chairman Agricultural
Engineering
B.S. A.E., University of Georgia. 1934; M.S., Iowa State
College, 1939; Ph.D., Michigan State University, 1953.
GREEN, Rosalind N., Assistant Professor of Speech and
Dramatic Arts
B.A., Sacramento State College, 1966; M.A., University
of Maryland. 1967; Ph.D., 1970.
GREEN. Willard W., Professor of Animal Science
B.S., University of Minnesota. 1933; M.S.. 1934; Ph.D.,
1939.
GREENE. Michael P.. Assistant Professor of Physics
BE, P., Cornell University, 1960: M.S.. University of Cali-
fornia (San Diego), 1962; Ph.D., 1965.
GREENBERG, James D., Assistant Professor and Director of
Laboratory Experience
A.B., Brown University, 1964; M.A., University of
Connecticut, 1966; Ph.D., 1969.
GREENBERG, Kenneth R., Associats Professor of Counseling
and Personnel Service
B.S.. Ohio State University, 1951; M.A., 1952; Ph.D..
Western Reserve University, 1960.
GREENBERG. Leon, Professor of Mathematics
B.S., C.U.N.Y. (City College). 1953; M.A., Yale University,
1955; Ph.D., 1958
GREENBERG, Louis M., Associate Professor of History
A.B.. Brooklyn College. 1954; M.A.. Harvard University,
1957; Ph.D.. 1963.
GREENBERG, Meyer, Assistant Professor and Director of
Hebrew Program
B.A.. Yeshiva University, 1934; M.A., Jewish Institute of
Religion, 1944; Ph.D., University of Maryland. 1956.
GREENBERG, Oscar W., Professor of Physics
B.S., Rutgers University, 1952; M.S., Princeton University.
1954; Ph.D., 1956.
GREENBERG. Ralph, Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.A.. University of Pennsylvania, 1966; Ph.D., Princeton
University, 1971.
GREENWOOD, David C, Assistant Professor of English
B.A., University of London, 1949; Certificate in Educa-
tion, Nottingham, 1953; Ph.D., University of Dublin, 1968.
GREENWOOD, Stuart W., Instructor of Aerospace Engineer-
ing
B.Sc, Bristol University, 1945; M.Eng., McGill University,
1952.
GREER. Douglas F., Assistant Professor of Economics
B.S., University of Oregon, 1963; M.A., 1965; MA Cor-
nell University, 1967; Ph.D., 1968.
GREER, Thomas V., Associate Professor of Marketing
B.A., University of Texas, 1953; MB. A., Ohio State Uni-
versity, 1957; Ph.D., University of Texas, 1964.
GREER, William L., Research Associate, Materials Science
Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1969.
GRENTZER, Rose M., Professor of Secondary Education and
Music
B.A., Carnegie Institute of Technology. 1935: B.A.. 1936;
M.A.. 1939.
GRIEM, Hans, Professor of Physics
Arbitur, Max Planck Schule, 1949; Ph.D.. University of
Kiel, 1954.
GRIFFIN, James J., Associate Professor of Physics
B.S.. Villanova College, 1952; M.S., Princeton University,
1955; Ph.D., 1956.
GRIFFIN, Jane T., Lecturer of Art
B.A., Connecticut College for Women, 1948; M.A., New
York University, 1958.
GRIFFITH, William, Associate Professor of Counseling and
Personnel Services
B.A., University of Iowa, 1961; M.A., 1963; Ph.D., 1968.
GRIGG, Barbara J.. Instructor of Botany
B.S., Florida Southern College, 1960; M.S.. University
of Tennessee, 1963; Ph.D., Duke University, 1968.
GRIM. Samuel O., Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Franklin and Marshall College. 1956; Ph.D., Massa-
chusetts Institute of Technology. 1960.
GRIMES, Katherine H., Lecturer in Secondary Education
M.A., University of Maryland. 1954.
GRIMSTED, David A., Associate Professor of History
A.B., Harvard University, 1957; M.A., University of Cali-
fornia (Berkeley). 1958; Ph.D.. 1963.
GROLLMAN, Sigmund, Professor of Zoology
B.S., University of Maryland, 1947: M.S.. 1949: Ph.D..
1952.
GROVES, Paul A., Assistant Professor of Geography
BACH,. University of London. 1956; Ph.D.. University of
California (Berkeley). 1969.
GRUCHY. Allan G.. Professor of Economics
B.A.. University of British Columbia. 1926: M.A., McGill
University, 1929; Ph.D., University of Virginia. 1931
GRUNIG, James E., Assistant Professor of Journalism
B.A.. Iowa Slate University (Ames). 1964; M.S., Univer-
sity of Wisconsin. 1966; Ph.D., 1968.
GUELZO, Carl M., Instructor in Economics
B.S. University of Pennsylvania. 1949: MS. University
of Tennessee, 1956.
GUERNSEY, Ralph L.. Research Associate Professor, Institute
for Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics
B.S.. Miami University (Ohio). 1952; Ph D.. University of
Michigan. 1960.
GUIEU. Jean-Max, Instructor of French and Italian
License es-Lettres. University of Aix-en-Provence. 1967;
Maitre de Lettres Modernes. 1968.
280 / Faculty
GUILICK. Sidney L , Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.A., Oberlin College. 1958; M.A., Yale University, 1960;
Ph.D., 1963.
GUMP, Larney R., Assistant Professor of Counseling and
Personnel Services
B.S., West Virginia University, 1959; M.Ed., Temple Uni-
versity, 1965; Ed.D., Penn State University, 1967.
GUNN. Arthur C, Lecturer (part-time), School of Library
and Information Services
B.S., Wilberforce University. 1964; M.S.L.S., Atlanta
University. 1969.
GUTSCHE, Graham, Visiting Lecturer in Physics
B.S., University of Colorado, 1950; M.S., University of
Minnesota, 1952; Ph D., The Catholic University of Amer-
ica, 1960.
GUYON. Bernard, Professor of French and Italian
Agrege des Lettres, University of Paris, 1928; Docteur
es-Lettres. 1946; Docteur "honoris causa." University
of Geneva. 1962.
HABER. Francis C, Professor of History
B.A., University of Connecticut, 1948; M.A., Johns Hop-
kins University, 1952; Ph.D., 1957.
HACKLANDER. Effie, Lecturer, Textiles and Consumer Eco-
nomics
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1962; M.S. Michigan State
University, 1968.
HAEFNER. Lonnie E., Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering
Ph.D.. Northwestern University, 1970.
HAGERTY, Patrick E., Assistant Professor, Computer Science
BACH., Syracuse University, 1960; Ph.D.. 1969.
HAGNER, Jr., Thomas R.. Instructor, Mechanical Engineering
B.S., Webb Institute of Naval Architecture, 1966; S.M.,
Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1969.
HALEY, A. J., Professor of Zoology
B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1949; M.S., 1950;
Sc.D., Johns Hopkins University, 1955.
HALEY. Kathleen A., Assistant Professor of Music
B.Mus.. Michigan State University, 1949; M.Mus.. 1951;
D.M.A., University of Michigan, 1964.
HALL, Florence E., Instructor, Secondary Education
B.S., Drexel Institute of Technology, 1966.
HALL, Jerome W.. Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering
Ph.D.. University of Washington, 1969.
HALL, John R.. Assistant Professor of Agronomy
B.S., University of Illinois, 1964; M.S., 1965; Ph.D.. Ohio
State University, 1971.
HALL, Mary A., Associate Professor, Early Childhood and
Elementary Education
B.A., Marshall University, 1955; M.E., University of Mary-
land. 1959; Ed.D., 1965.
HALL, Thomas W., Associate Professor of French and Italian
B.A.. University of Maryland, 1938; M.A., Middlebury Col-
lege, 1950; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1958.
HAMILTON, Arthur B., Associate Profsssor of Agricultural
Economics, Emeritus
B.S.. University of Maryland. 1929; M.S., 1931.
HAMILTON, Jr., Basil L., Instructor (Part-time) Faculty De-
velopment Program (Education)
B.A.. George Washington University, 1967; M.S.. 1969.
HAMILTON, Donna B.. Assistant Professor of English
B.A.. St. Olaf College, 1963; Ph.D., University of Wiscon-
sin, 1968.
HAMILTON, Gary D.. Assistant Professor of English
B.A., St. Olaf College. 1962; M.A., University of Wiscon-
sin, 1965; Ph.D., 1968.
HAMLET. R. G.. Assistant Professor, Computer Science
M.S., Cornell University, 1962.
HAMLET. Sandra L.. Assistant Professor of Speech and Dra-
matic Art
B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1959; M.A.. University of
Washington, 1967; Ph.D., 1970.
HAMMOND, Robert C, Professor, Veterinary Science
B.S., Pennsylvania State University. 1943; V.M.D., Univer-
sity of Pennsylvania, 1948.
HANSEN, J N., Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B.A., Drake University, 1964; Ph.D.. U.C.L.A., 1968.
HANSEN, P. Arne, Professor of Microbiology
B.Ph.. University of Copenhagen, 1922; M.S., 1926; Ph.D.,
Cornell University. 1931.
HARBECK, M. B., Instructor (Part-time) Early Childhood and
Elementary Education
B.S., Shippensburg State College. 1945; M.Ed., Penn
State University. 1957.
HARD, A. F., Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Art
B.A., University of North Carolina, 1962; M.A., Columbia
University, 1964.
HARDIE. Ian W, Associate Professor of Agricultural and
Resource Economics
B.S., University of California (Davis), 1960; Ph.D., Uni-
versity of California (Berkeley), 1965.
HARDING, Jr., Wallace C. Associate Professor of Entomology
B.S., University of Maryland, 1951; M.S., 1956; Ph.D.,
1961.
HARDY, Robert C, Assistant Professor, Institute For Child
Study
B.S.. Bucknell University, 1961; M.S., 1964; Ed.D., Indiana
University, 1969.
HARGER, Robert O.. Associate Professor of Electrical Engi-
neering
B.S.. University of Michigan, 1955; M.S., 1959; Ph.D.,
1961.
HARGROVE, Michael B.. Assistant Professor of Statistics
B.S.. University of Kentucky, 1963; M.A., 1966; Ph.D..
1971.
HARICH, Mary F., Instructor of Health Education
B.S., Catholic University of American, 1965; M.A., Uni-
versity of Maryland, 1968.
HARIS, Steven J., Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.Sc, University of Sydney (Australia), 1965; Ph.D.,
Johns Hopkins University, 1970.
HARLAN, Louis R., Professor of History
M.B.A., Emory University, 1943; M.A., Vanderbilt Univer-
sity. 1948; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University, 1955.
HARMAN, Dan M.. Research Assistant Professor, Natural Re-
sources Institute
B.S., West Virginia University, 1961; M.S.. 1962.
HARPER. Robert A., Professor and Chairman. Geography
Ph.B., University of Chicago, 1946; S.B., 1947; S.M., 1948;
Ph.D., 1950.
HARPER, Glenn A., Assistant Professor of Sociology
B.S., Purdue University, 1958; M.S., 1961; Ph.D., 1968.
HARRINGTON, J. Patrick, Assistant Professor of Astronomy
B.S., University of Chicago. 1961; M.S.. Ohio State Uni-
versity, 1964; Ph.D., 1967.
HARRIS, Curtis C, Research Associate, Bureau of Business
and Economic Research and Associate Professor of
Economics
B.S., University of Florida, 1956; M.A., Harvard University,
1959; Ph.D., 1960.
HARRIS, James F., Assistant Professor of History
B.S., Loyola University, 1962; M.S.. University of Wis-
consin, 1964; Ph.D., 1968.
HARRIS, Marilyn A., Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Art
B.S.. University of Missouri, 1965; M.A.. 1970.
HARRIS. Robert H., Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering
Ph.D., Harvard University, 1971.
HARRIS, Wesley L., Professor, Agricultural Engineering
B.S.A.E., University of Georgia, 1953; M.S. 1958; Ph.D.,
Michigan State University, 1960.
HARRISON, Bennett, Assistant Professor of Economics
B.A., Brandeis University, 1965; M.A., University of Penn-
sylvania, 1966; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. 1970.
Faculty / 281
HARRISON. Floyd P., Professor of Entomology
B.S.. Louisiana State University, 1951; M.S., 1953; Ph.D.,
University of Maryland, 1955.
HARRISON, George K., Assistant Professor of Botany
B.A., Western Maryland College, 1935; M.S., University
of Maryland, 1956; Ph.D.. 1959.
HARRISON, Horace V., Professor, Government and Politics
B.A.. Trinity University (Texas), 1932; University of Texas.
1941; Ph.D., 1951.
HARRISON, JR., Paul E.. Professor, Industrial Education
B.Ed., University of Northern Illinois, 1942; M.A., Col-
orado State College, 1947; Ph.D., University of Maryland,
1955.
HARVEY. Ellen E., Professor and Chairman of Recreation
B.S.. Columbia University. 1935; M.A.. 1941; Ed.D., Uni-
versity of Oregon, 1951.
HASLEM. John A., Associate Professor of Finance
A.B.. Duke University, 19 — ; M.B.A., University of North
Carolina: Ph.D.. 1967.
HATFIELD, Agnes B., Associate Professor, Institute For Child
Study
B.A.. University of Denver, 1948; M.A., 1954; Ph.D., 1959.
HATHORN, Guy B., Professor of Government and Politics
B.A.. University of Mississippi, 1940; M.A., 1942; Ph.D..
Duke University, 1950.
HATZIOLOS. Basil C, Professor of Pathology
D.V.M.. Veterinary School of Alfont. France. 1929: DR.
VET. IN AN. HUS., Veterinary School of Berlin, Germany,
1932.
HAUGAN, John L., Lecturer of Counseling and Personnel
Services
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1960; M.S., Univversity of
Missouri, 1968.
HAUT, Irvin C. Director, Agricultural Experiment Station
and Professor of Horticulture
B.S., University of Idaho, 1928; M.S., Washington State
University; Ph.D.. University of Maryland, 1933.
HAVILAND, Elizabeth E., Assistant Professor of Entomology.
Emerita
A.B.. Wilmington (Ohio) College, 1923; M.A., Cornell
University. 1926; M.S., University of Maryland, 1936;
Ph.D.. 1945.
HAWES. Douglas T., Instructor. Institute of Applied Agricul-
ture
B.S., University of Massachusetts. 1962; M.S., Cornell
University. 1965.
HAWKS. Roger J.. Instructor. Mechanical Engineering
B.S.. University of Cincinnati. 1965; M.S., Massachusetts
Institute of Technology, 1967.
HAYLECK, JR., Charles R.. Associate Professor, Mechanical
Engineering
BACH., University of Maryland, 1943; M.S.. 1949.
HAYWARD. Raymond W„ Professor of Physics
B.S., Iowa State College. 1943; Ph.D., University of Cali-
fornia (Berkeley). 1950.
HEAD. Emerson W., Associate Professor of Music
B.Mus.. University of Michigan, 1957; M.Mus., 1961.
HEAGNEY, Eileen M.. Assistant Professor. Textiles and
Consumer Economics
B.S., Pennsylvania State University. 1941; M.A.. Columbia
University. 1949.
HEALY. Thomas C. Instructor (Part-time). Faculty Develop-
ment Program (Education)
M.S., Winona State College. 1968.
HEATH. Fred E., Instructor of Music and Assistant Director of
Bands
B.Mus., University of Michigan. 1963; M.Mus.. 1964.
HEATH. James L.. Assistant Professor. Poultry Science
B.S.. Louisiana State University. 1963; M.S.. 1968; Ph.D.,
1970.
HEBELER. Jean R.. Professor and Chairman Special Educa-
tion
B.S., S.U.N.Y. at Albany, 1953; M.S.. University of Illi-
nois (Urbana), 1956; Ed.D., Syracuse University, 1960.
HEIDELBACH, Ruth, Associate Professor of Early Childhood-
Elementary Education and Associate Director, Office of
Laboratory Experiences
B.S., University of Maryland, 1949; M.Ed., University of
Florida, 1958; Ed.D.. Columbia University. 1967.
HEIKKINEN, Henry W., Lecturer of Chemistry
B.S., Yale University, 1956: M.A.. Columbia University,
1962.
HEILPRIN. Lawrence B.. Professor, School of Library and
Information Services
B.S., University of Pennsylvania, 1928; M.A.. 1931; Ph.D.,
Harvard University, 1941.
HEIM. Norman, Professor of Music
B.Mus. Ed., Evansville College, 1951; M.Mus., University
of Rochester, 1952; DMA.. 1962.
HEIMPEL, Arthur M.. Lecturer in Entomology
B.A., Queens College. 1947; M.A., 1948; Ph.D.. University
of California. 1954.
HEINLE. Donald R., Research Assistant Professor Chesapeake
Biological Laboratory
Ph.D., University of Maryland. 1969.
HEINS, JR.. Conrad P., Associate Professor. Civil Engineering
B.S.. Drexel Institute of Technology, 1960: M.S., Lehigh
University, 1962; Ph.D., University of Maryland. 1967.
HEISLER, Martin O., Assistant Professor of Government and
Politics
B.A., University of California (LA), 1960; MA, 1962;
Ph.D., 1969.
HELLMAN. John L.. Instructor of Entomology
B.S., University of Maryland, 1966; M.S., 1968.
HELM, E. Eugene, Professor of Music
B.Mus. Ed., Southeastern La. College, 1950; M.Mus. Ed..
Louisiana State University, 1955; Ph.D., North Texas
State University, 1958.
HELZ, George R., Assistant Professor of Chemistry
A.B., Princeton University, 1964; Ph.D.. Pennsylvania
State University, 1971.
HELZER, G. A., Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.A.. Portland State College. 1959; M.A.. Northwestern
University, 1962; Ph.D.. 1964.
HEMPERLY. John C, Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.S.. Tulane University. 1967; M.A.. Yale University. 1969;
Ph.D., 1971.
HEMPSTEAD. R. Ross. Assistant Professor of Education, Edu-
cation Technology Center
A.B.. University of California (Berkeley), 1962; MA. 1964.
Ph.D.. 1968.
HENDEE. Clare W., Lecturer (Part-time). Horticulture
B.S., Michigan State University. 1930; M.A.. George
Washington University, 1960.
HENERY-LOGAN. Kenneth R., Professor of Chemistry
B.Sc. McGill University. 1942; Ph D., 1946.
HENKEL. Ramon E.. Associate Professor of Sociology
Ph.B.. University of North Dakota. 1958; MA. University
of Wisconsin, 1961; Ph.D.. 1967.
HENKELMAN. James. Associate Professor of Secondary Edu-
cation and Mathematics
B.S.. Miami University (Ohio). 1954; M.Ed.. 1955: Ed.D..
Harvard University. 1965.
HENSLEY. Susan K.. Instructor. Nursery School
B.S.. Georgia Southern College. 1967; M Ed.. University
of Maryland. 1969.
HERING. Christoph A.. Professor and Chairman of Germanic
and Slavic Languages
Ph.D.. University of Bonn. 1950.
282 / Faculty
HERMAN. Harold J.. Associate Professor ol English
A.B., University o( Maryland, 1952; Ph.D.. University ol
Pennsylvania, 1960.
HERMAN, Wayne L. Associate Professor of Early Childhood
and Elementary Education
B.A.. Ursinus College, 1955; M.Ed.. Temple University.
1960; Ed.D.. 1965.
HERMANSON, Roger H., Professor of Accounting
B.A.. Michigan State University, 1954; M.A.. 1955; Ph.D.,
1963.
HERSON, P., Instructor of Counseling and Personnel Services
B.S.. Wilson Teachers College, 1951; MA. University of
Maryland, 1967.
HESS. David R., Instructor and Program Assistant, Extension
Service
B.S., Utah State University, 1964.
HESSE, Everett W.. Professor and Chairman of Spanish and
Portuguese
B.A., New York University. 1931: M.A., 1933; Ph.D., 1941.
HETRICK, Frank M.. Professor of Microbiology
B.S.. Michigan State University, 1954; M.S.. University
of Maryland, 1960; Ph.D., 1962.
HICKEY. Harry E.. Assistant Professor of Fire Protection
B.S.. State University of New York, 1955; M.S.. 1960.
HICKS. Eric C, Assistant Professor of French and Italian
B.A.. Yale University, 1959; Ph.D., 1965.
HIEBERT, Pay Eldon, Professor and Chairman of Journalism
B.A., Stanford University, 1954; M.S., Columbia Univer-
sity. 1957; M.A. University of Maryland. 1961: Ph.D.,
1962.
HIGGINS, Elizabeth A., Instructor of Botany
B.S., University of Maryland. 1950; M.A., 1969.
HIGHTON, Richard, Associate Professor of Zoology
B.A., New York University, 1950; M.S., University of
Florida, 1953; Ph.D., 1956.
HILL, James E., Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engi-
neering
B.S. M.E., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1963; M.S. M.E.,
Georgia Institute Technic. 1966; Phdme., 1967.
HILL, John W., Dean and Professor, School of Architecture
B.A., Rice University, 1951; B.Arch., 1952; M.Arch.. Uni-
versity of Pennsylvania, 1959.
HILLE. Stanley J.. Associate Professor of Transportation, Busi-
ness and Public Policy
B.B.A.. University of Minnesota. 1959: M.B.A.; 1962;
Ph.D.. 1966.
HILLERMAN. Earbara D., Instructor in Applied Design
B.S.. University of Mary'and. 1956; M.S., 1972.
HILT, Kathryn F., Instructor of English
B.A.. Park College, 1961; M.A., University of Maryland,
1964.
HIMES, Robert S., Assistant Professor of Finance
B.S., American University, 1951; M.B.A., 1955; Ph.D.,
1961.
HINDERER. Walter H.. Professor of Germanic and Slavic
Languages
Ph.D., University of Munich, 1960.
HINRICHS, Harley H., Lecturer (Part-time) Economics
B.B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1953; M.S., Purdue Uni-
versity, 1959; Ph.D., Harvard University, 1964.
HIRZEL, Robert K., Associate Professor of Sociology
B.A., Pennsylvania State University, 1946; M.A., 1950;
Ph.D., Louisiana State University. 1954.
HITCHCOCK, Donald R., Assistant Professor of Germanic
and Slavic Languages
B.A., University of Maryland, 1952; M.A., Harvard Uni-
versity, 1954; Ph.D., 1965.
HOCHOLI. Urs E., Professor of Electrical Engineering
M.S., University of Maryland, 1955; Ph.D., Catholic Uni-
versity of America, 1962.
HODOS, William, Professor of Psychology
B.S., C.U.N.Y. (Brooklyn College), 1955; M.A., Univer-
sity of Pennsylvania, 1957; Ph.D., 1960.
HOECKER, Harold H., Assistant Professor of Agricultural and
Resource Economics
B.S., Iowa State University (Ames), 1941.
HOFFMAN, J. D„ Professor (Part-time) Materials Science
HOFFMAN. Bernard G., Associate Professor of Anthropology
B.S., Montana State University. 1946; Ph.D., University of
California (Berkeley). 1955.
HOFFMAN. Ronald, Assistant Professor of History
B.A., George Peabody College, 1964; M.A., University of
Wisconsin, 1965; Ph.D., 1969.
HOFMANN, Lenax, Assistant Professor of Agronomy
B.S., Wisconsin State University (River Falls). 1962:
M.S., North Dakota State University, 1968; Ph.D.. 1969.
HOLLOWAY, David C, Assistant Professor of Mechanical
Engineering
Ph.D., University of Illinois, (Urbana). 1971.
HOLMBERG. Stevan R.. Assistant Professor of Transportation
B.S., University of Tulsa, 1966; M.B.A. Indiana University.
1968; D.B.A., 1971.
HOLMES. A. Stewart, Assistant Professor of Agricultural and
Resource Economics
B.S., Oregon State University, 1965; Ph.D.. University of
Maryland, 1969.
HOLMGREN, Harry D., Professor of Physics
B.Phys., University of Minnesota, 1949; M.A., 1950; Ph.D.
1954.
HOLMGREN, John E., Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1965; Ph.D., Stanford Uni-
versity, 1969.
HOLMLUND, Chester E., Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Worcester Polytechnic Institute, 1943; M.S.. 1951;
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1954.
HOLT. Portia A., Research Associate of Zoology
B.A., Colorado College, 1960: M.A., 1962, Ph.D., George-
town University, 1970.
HOLT, Mildred F., Instructor of Special Education
B.S., University of Maryland. 1962; M.Ed., 1967.
HOLTON, W. Milne. Assistant Professor of English
B.A.. Dartmouth College. 1954; LL. B. Howard University.
1957; M.A., Yale University, 1959; Ph.D.. 1965.
HOLUM, Kenneth G., Lecturer of History
B.A., Augustana College, 1961; M.A., University of Chi-
cago. 1969.
HOLVEY, Samuel B., Instructor in Applied Design
E.A., Syracuse University, 1967; M.A.. American Univer-
sity, 1970.
HOMMEL, William L., Lecturer of Art
B.A., Oakland University, 1963.
HOPKINS, H. Palmer, Assistant Professor of Agricultural and
Extension Education and Director of Student Aid
B.S., Oklahoma State University, 1936; Ed.M.. University
of Maryland, 1948; Ed.D., George Washington University,
1962.
HOPKINS, Leon L., Visiting Associate Professor in Nutrition
M.S., Colorado State University. 1959: Ph.D., University
of Wisconsin, 1962.
HOPKINS, Richard L., Assistant Professor Foundation of
Education
B.S., Stanford University, 1962: M.S.. 1963: Ph.D.. Cali-
fornia State College (Los Angeles), 1969.
HORNBAKE. R. L.. Vice President for Academic Affairs
B.S.. California State College (Penna). 1934: M.A.,
Ohio State University, 1936: Ph.D., 1942; L.L.D., Eastern
Michigan University. 1963.
HORNUNG. Carlton A., Assistant Professor of Sociology
B.A., S.U.N.Y. (Buffalo). 1967; M.A.. Syracuse University.
1970; Ph.D., 1971.
Faculty / 283
HORNYAK. William F., Professor of Physics
B.E.E. C.U.N.Y. (City College), 1944; M.S., California
Institute of Technology, 1946; Ph.D., 1949.
HOROWITZ. Nancy J., Instructor of Germanic and Slavic
Languages
B.A., University of Maryland, 1968; M.A., 1970.
HORTON, Darlene J., Instructor of Psychology
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1958.
HORTON, David L., Professor of Psychology
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1955; M.A., 1957; Ph.D.,
1959.
HORVATH, John M., Professor of Mathematics
Ph.D., University of Budapest, 1947.
HOSHI, T., Lecturer in Management Science
B.S., Tokyo Institute of Technology, Ph.D., Johns Hopkins
University, 1969.
HOUPPERT. Joseph W., Associate Professor of English
Ph.B., University of Detroit, 1955; M.A., University of
Michigan, 1957; Ph.D., 1964.
HOVEY, Richard B., Professor of English
B.A.. University of Cincinnati. 1942; M.A., Harvard Uni-
versity, 1943; Ph.D., 1950.
HOWARD, John D., Associate Professor and Associate Chair-
man of English
B.A.. Washington College (Md.), 1956; M.A., University
of Maryland, 1962; Ph.D., 1967.
HOWELL, Robert K., Lecturer in Horticulture
B.S.. University of Maryland, 1959; M.S., 1961; Ph.D.,
1965.
HOYERT. John H.. Professor of Agronomy (Tobacco Farm)
B.S., University of Maryland, 1943; M.S., 1949; Ph.D.,
1951.
HOYT, Kenneth B., Professor of Counseling and Personnel
Services
B.S., University of Maryland, 1948; M.A., George Washi-
ngton University, 1950; Ph.D., University of Minnesota,
1954.
HSU, Shao T., Professor of Mechanical Engineering
B.S., Chiao-Tung University. 1937; M.S. Massachusetts
Institute of Tech, 1944; D.Sc, Swiss Federal Institute
Tech, 1954.
HSUEH, Chun-tu, Professor of Government and Politics
L.L.B., Chaoyand University Law School, 1946; M.A.,
Columbia University, 1953; Ph.D., 1958.
HU Charles Y.. Professor of Geography
B.S., University of Nanking, 1930; M.A., University of
California (Berkeley), 1936; Ph.D., University of Chicago.
1941.
HUBBARD. Bertie E., Research Professor, Institute for Fluid
Dynamics and Applied Mathematics.
B.S., Western Illinois University, 1949; M.S.. State Uni-
versity of Iowa, 1952; Ph.D., University of Maryland. 1960.
HUBBE, Rolf O., Associate Professor of Classical Languages
and Literature
B.A., Hamilton College, 1947; M.A., Princeton University.
1950; Ph.D., 1950
HUDEN, Daniel P., Associate Professor. Foundation of Edu-
cation
B.S., University of Vermont, 1954; M.A., Columbia Uni-
versity, 1958; Ed.D., 1967.
HUDSON. William L., Associate Professor of Music and
Conductor of University Orchestres
B.Mus., Philadelphia Musical Academy, 1954; M.Mus.,
Yale University, 1961.
HUEBNER. Robert W., Assistant Professor of Institute for
Child Study
B.S., Concordia Teachers College. 1954; M.A.. 1960.
HUEB3CHMAN. Miriam B., Instructor of Germanic and Slavic
Languages
B.A., Washington College (Md). 1967; M A . Middlebury
College, 1969.
HUET, Denise, Professor of Mathematics
Licence es-Sciences, Faculte des Sciences, Nancy
(France), 1952; Agregation, Ecole Normale Superieure de
J.Filles, 1954; Doctoral Etat. University of Paris. 1959.
HUHEEY. James E., Associate Professor of Chemistry
B.S., University of Cincinnati, 1957; M.S., University of
Illinois, 1959; Ph.D.. 1961.
HULT, Joan S., Assistant Professor of Physical Education
B.S., Indiana University, 1954; M.Ed., University of North
Carolina, 1957; Ph.D., University of Southern California,
1967.
HUMMEL, James A,, Professor of Mathematics and Statistics
B.S., California Institute of Technology. 1949: M.A., Rice
Institute. 1953: Ph.D., 1955.
HUMMEL, John W., Assistant Professor of Agricultural Engi-
neering
B.S. A.E., University of Maryland, 1964; M.S., 1966; Ph.D..
University of Illinois (Urbana), 1970.
HUMPHREY, James H., Professor of Physical Education
A.B., Denison University, 1933; A.M., Western Reserve
University, 1946; Ed.D., Boston University, 1951.
HUNT, E. J., Assistant Professor of Institute For Child Study
A.B., University of Redlands, 1954; M.A., University of
Claremont, 1964; Ed.D., University of Maryland. 1967.
HUNT, L.L., Assistant Professor of Sociology
B.S., Ball State University, 1961; M.A., Indiana Univer-
sity, 1964; Ph.D., 1968.
HUNT, Stanley M., Assistant Professor of Counseling
B.A., Harvard University, 1966; M.A., University of Michi-
gan, 1966.
HUSMAN, Burris F., Professor and Acting Chairman of Physi-
cal Education
B.S., University of Illinois, (Urbana). 1941; M.S., Univer-
sity of Maryland, 1948; Ed.D., 1954.
HUTCHINGS, Lloyd B., Assistant Professor of Early Child-
hood and Elementary Education
B.A., Harvard College, 1959; Ph.D., Syracuse University.
1970.
HUTCHINGS, Raymond F. D.. Visiting Professor of Economics
B.A., Cambridge University, 1947; M.A.. 1953: Ph.D..
London School of Economics 1958.
HUTTON, Dale J., Associate Professor of School of Archi-
tecture
B.Arch., Texas A and M University, 1960; M.Arch.. Colum-
bia University, 1961.
HYNES, Cecil V., Associate Professor of Marketing
B.A., Michigan State University, 1948; M.A.. 1949; Ph.D.,
1965.
IMBERSKI, Richard B., Assistant Professor of Zoology
B.S., University of Rochester, 1959; Ph.D.. 1965.
INGANGI, John C ., Instructor of Chemistry
B.S., University of Maryland, 1964.
INGLES. Joseph L., Assistant Professor of Government and
Politics
B.S.. Brigham Young University. 1964; Ph.D.. University
of Missouri, 1968.
INGLING, Allen L.. Assistant Professor of Veterinary Science
B.S.E.E , University of Maryland. 1963; V.M.D.. University
of Pennsylvania. 1969.
INGRAHAM. Barton L.. Lecturer in Institute of Criminal
Justice and Criminology
A.B., Harvard University. 1952. M.Crim.. University of
California (Berkeley). 1968.
INGRAM. Anne G.. Associate Professor of Physical Education
A.B., University of North Carolina. 1944; MA.. University
of Georgia. 1948; Ed.D . Columbia University. 1962.
IRWIN. Gabriele I . Assistant Professor of Germanic and
Slavic Languages
Arbiture. Bavik Gymnasium, 1959; M A.. University of
Maryland. 1966: Ph.D. 1969.
284 / Faculty
IRWIN, George R.. Visiting Professor of Mechanical Engi-
neering
A.B., Knox College, 1930; M.S., University of Illinois,
1933; Ph.D., 1937.
ISAACS. Neil D., Professor of English
A.B., Dartmouth College, 1953; A.M., University of
California (Berkeley), 1956; Ph.D., Brown University,
1959.
ISEN. Harold B., Assistant Professor of Art
B.A., American University, 1962; M.F.A., Pratt Institute
(Brooklyn), 1964.
ISHEE. Sidney, Professor of Agricultural and Resource Eco-
nomics
B.S.. Mississippi State University. 1950; M.S.. Pennsyl-
vania State University, 1952; Ph.D., 1957.
ISMAN, Warren E.. Senior Instructor of Fire Service Extension
ISRAEL, Gerhard W., Associate Professor of Civil Engineer-
ing
B.S.. University of Heidelberg, 1962; Ph.D., Tech. Hoch-
schu'e. Aachen, 1965.
IVERSEN, Iver P., Lecturer of Classical Languages and
Literatures
B.A., Concordia College, 1952; M.A., University of Min-
nesota, 1957.
IWRY, Samuel, Visiting Professor of Hebrew
B.A., Teaching College Vilno, 1931; M.A.. Institute For
Higher Judaic Studies Warsaw, 1937; Ph.D., The Johns
Hopkins University, 1951.
JACHOWSKI Jr., Leo A. Professor of Zoology
B.S.. University of Michigan. 1941; M.S.. 1942; Sc.D.,
Johns Hopkins University. 1953.
JACKSON, E. S., Assistant Professor of Physical Education
Bach., University of Maryland, 1958; M.A., 1966.
JACKSON, John F., Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B.A., Oberlin College, 1954; B.S.. Massachusetts Insti-
tute of Technology. 1959; Ph.D., University of Colorado,
1966.
JACKSON, John W., Professor of Mechanical Engineering
B.S.. University of Cincinnati. 1934; M.Eng., 1937; M.S.,
California Institute of Tech., 1940.
JACKSON, Stanley B., Professor of Mathematics
B.A.. Bates College, 1933; M.A., Harvard University,
1934; Ph.D., 1937.
JACOBS. Linda W.. Assistant Professor of Special Education
B.A.. University of Maryland. 1962; M.A.. 1965; Ed.D.,
1971.
JACOBS. Walter D., Professor of Government and Politics
B.S., Columbia University, 1955; M.A., 1956; Ph.D., 1961.
JADIN. P. Kenneth, Assistant Professor of Architecture
M.Arch.. University of Pennsylvania, 1967; M. City Plan-
ning. University of Pennsylvania, 1967.
JALBERT, Elizabeth L., Associate Professor of Administration.
Supervision and Curriculum
Ed.D., Syracuse University, 1964.
JAMES, Edward F., Assistant Professor of English and Sec-
ondary Education
B.A., University of Maryland, 1954; M.A., 1955; Ph.D..
The Catholic University of America, 1969.
JAMES, M. Lucia., Professor of Curriculum Lab
A.B., North Carolina College, 1945; M.S. University of
Illinois, 1949: Ph.D.. University of Connecticut. 1963.
JAMIESON, Kathleen M., Lecturer of Speech and Dramatic
Arts
B.A., Marquette University, 1967; M.A., University of
Wisconsin, 1968.
JAMIESON, Mitchell, Professor of Art
Cert., Corcoran School of Art, 1940.
JANES, Robert W.. Professor of Sociology
B.A., University of Chicago. 1938; M.A.. 1939; Ph.D.,
University of Illinois, 1942.
JANICKI. Bernard W.. Lecturer of Microbiology
B.A., University of Delaware, 1953; M.S.. 1955; Ph.D.,
George Washington University. 1960.
JAQUITH, Richard H., Professor and Associate Chairman
of Chemistry
B.S., University of Massachusetts, 1940; M.S.. 1942;
Ph.D., Michigan State University, 1955.
JARVIS. Bruce B., Associate Professor of Chemistry
B.A , Ohio Wesleyan University, 1963; Ph.D.. University
of Colorado, 1966.
JASHEMSKI, Wilhelmina F., Professor of History
B.A., York College, 1931; M.A., University of Nebraska,
1933; Ph.D.. University of Chicago. 1942.
JASNOW, Marlyn S., Instructor of Institute For Applied Agri-
culture
B.A., Russell Sage College, 1964.
JELLEMA. Roderick H. Associate Professor of English
B.A., Calvin College, 1951; Ph.D., University of Edin-
burgh, 1962.
JOHNSON. Carl N., Assistant Professor of Horticulture
B.S., Michigan State University, 1947.
JOHNSON, Charles E., Associate Professor of Educational
Research
B.A , University of Minnesota, 1957; Ph.D.. 1964.
JOHNSON, Conrad D.. Assistant Professor of Philosophy
A.B., Stanford University. 1965; M.A.. University of
Michigan, 1966; Ph.D., 1969.
JOHNSON. Everett R., Associate Dean and Associate Profes-
sor of Chemical Engineering
B.A., State University of Iowa, 1937; M.A.. Howard Uni-
versity, 1940; Ph.D., University of Rochester, 1949.
JOHNSON, Geraldine N., Instructor of English
B.S., University of Minnesota. 1963; M.A., University of
California (L.A.), 1968.
JOHNSON, Janet W., Assistant Professor of Psychology and
Assistant Dean
A.B., George Washington University, 1951; A.M., 1956;
Ph.D., 1962.
JOHNSON. Jenny K.. Instructor (Part-time). Education Tech-
nology Center
JOHNSON, Knowlton W., Assistant Professor in Criminal
Justice and Institute of Criminology
B.S., Clemson University, 1964; M.A.. Michigan State
University, 1969; Ph.D., 1971.
JOHNSON, Leon. Visiting Lecturer in History
JOHNSON, Raymond L.. Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.A.. University of Texas, 1963; Ph.D.. Rice University,
1969.
JOHNSON, Robert B., Associate Professor of Veterinary
Science
A.B., University of South Dakota. 1939.
JOHNSON, Ronald C, Assistant Professor of Physical Edu-
cation
B.S., Baylor University, 1957; M.S., 1958: Ed.D., Univer-
sity of Maryland, 1970.
JOHNSON. Roy H.. Professor of Music
B.Mus., University of Rochester. 1949: M.Mus., 1951;
DM. A., 1960.
JOHNSON. Warren R.. Professor of Health Education
B.A.. University of Denver. 1942; M.A.. 1947; Ed.D.,
Boston University, 1950.
JOHNSON. William P., Associate Professor of Physics
B.S., Indiana University, 1955: M.S.. 1956; Ph.D.. 1961.
JOLSON, M. A.. Assistant Professor of Marketing
B.E.E., George Washington University, 1949; M.B.A..
University of Chicago, 1965; D.B.A., University of Mary-
land, 1969.
JONES, G. S.. Research Professor, Institute for Fluid Dy-
namics and Applied Mathematics
Ph.D.. University of Cincinnati, 1960.
Faculty / 285
JONES. Everett, Assistant Professor of Aerospace Engineer-
ing
B.A.E., Rensselear Polytechnic Institute, 1956; M.A.E.,
1959; Ph.D., Stanford University, 1968.
JONES, George F., Professor of Germanic and Slavic Lan-
guages
A.B., Emory University, 1938; M.A., Oxford University,
1943; Ph.D., Columbia University, 1951.
JONES, Herbert L, Associate Professor of Health Educa-
tion
B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1954; M.S., 1957; H.S.D.,
Indiana University, 1963.
JONES. Jack C, Professor of Entomology
B.S., Auburn University, 1942; Ph.D., Iowa State Univer-
sity (Ames) 1950.
JONES, Shirley G.. Instructor in Speech and Dramatic Art
B.S.. Brigham Young University, 1962; M.S., University,
of Utah, 1970.
JORDAN, Jim M,, Lecturer in Art
B.F.A., University of Iowa, 1960; M.F.A., 1962.
KACSER, C!aude, Associate Professor of Physics
B.A., Oxford University, 1955; M.A., 1959; Ph.D., 1959.
KAFKA. Eric P., Assistant Professor of Counseling and Per-
sonnel Services
B.A., S.U.N.Y. at Albany. 1961; M.A., 1962; Ph.D., Michi-
gan State University, 1968.
r\AHN JR., Wallace J., Instructor (Part-time) Faculty Develop-
ment Program Education
KAHN, Barry, Lecturer in Art
B.Arch., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1960; M.F.A.,
Tulane University, 1962.
KANAL, Laveen N., Professor of Computer Science
KANTZES, James G., Professor of Plant Pathology
B.S., Universty of Maryland, 1951; M.S., 1954; Ph.D. 1957.
KAPUNGU, Leonard T., Assistant Professor of Government
and Politics
B.S., University College of Rhodesia, 1965; M.A., Colo-
rado State University, 1967; Ph.D., University of London,
1971.
KARL, Norman J., Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.A., Brooklyn College, 1958; M.A., Michigan State Uni-
versity, 1965; Ph.D., 1967.
KARLAMDER. Edward P.. Associate Professor of Plant Path-
o'ogy
B.S., University of Vermont, 1960; M.S., University of
Maryland. 1962; Ph.D., 1964.
KARLOVITZ, Les A., Research Associate Professor, Institute
(or F'uid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics
B.S., Yale University, 1959; Ph.D., Carnegie Institute of
Tech.. 1964.
KARP, Carol R., Professor of Mathematics
B.A.. Manchester College (Ind.), 1948; M.A. Michigan
State University, 1950; Ph.D., University of Southern
California, 1959.
KASKEY. Raymond J., Assistant Professor. School of Archi-
tecture
B.Arch.. Carnegie Institute of Technology. 1967; M. En-
vironmental Design, Yale University, 1969.
KASLER, Franz J., Associate Professor of Chemistry
Doktorandum. University of Vienna, 1956; Ph.D.. 1959.
KASTNER, Bernice. Instructor of Mathematics
B.Sc. McGill University. 1952; M.A.. Syracuse University.
1959.
KAUFMAN. Thomas S.. Instructor of Zoology
B.A., University of Akron, 1961; M.S., University of Mary-
land, 1965.
KEATON, Paul N., Assistant Dean and Lecturer of Business
Administration
B.S.B., University of Minnesota, 1964.
KEENEY. Mark, Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1942; M.S., Ohio
State University, 1947; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State Uni-
versity, 1950.
KEHOE JR., James H., Director of Athletics
B.S., University of Maryland. 1940.
KEHOE, Brandt, Associate Professor of Physics
B.A., Cornell University, 1956; M.S. University of Wis-
consin. 1959; Ph.D., 1962.
KELLEHER. Edward D., Research Assistant, Bureau of Gov-
ernmental Research
B.S., University of Maryland. 1961; M.A., 1971.
KELLEY, David L., Associate Professor of Physical Education
A.B., San Diego State College, 1957; M.S., University of
Southern California, 1958; Ph.D.. 1962.
KELLMER, Ronald L., Senior Instructor of Fire Service Ex-
tension
B.A., Eastern Washington State College, 1965.
KELLOGG, R. Bruce, Research Professor, Institute for Fluid
Dynamics and Applied Mathematics
B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Tech, 1952: Ph.D., Uni-
versity of Chicago, 1959.
KELSEY, Roger R., Associate Professor of Education, Admin-
istration, Supervision, and Curriculum
B.A.. Saint Olaf College, 1934; M.A.. University of Min-
nesota, 1940; Ed.D.. George Peabody College For
Teachers, 1954.
KEMP, William B., Director of Experiment Station, Emeritus
B.S., University of Maryland, 1912; Ph.D., American Uni-
versity. 1928.
KENEL, Carl F., Associate Professor
B.S., Michigan State University, 1955; M.A., 1957; Ed.D.,
1967.
KENNEY Blair G., Assistant Professor of English
B.A., Vassar College, 1955; Ph.D., Harvard University.
1961
KENNY, Shirley S., Associate Professor of English
B.A.. B.J. University of Texas, 1955; M.A., University of
Minnesota, 1957; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1964.
KENT, George O., Professor of History
B.S., Columbia University, 1948; M.A.. 1949: D.Phil., Ox-
ford University. 1958.
KERLEY, E., Professor and Director of Anthropology
B.S., University of Kentucky, 1950: M.S.. University of
Michigan, 1956; Ph.D., 1962.
KERR, Frank J.. Professor of Astronomy
B.Sc, University of Melbourne. 1938; M.Sc. 1940; M.A..
Harvard University, 1951; D.Sc, University of Melbourne.
1962.
KESLER. Ethel. Assistant Professor of Physical Education
B.S.. University of North Carolina. 1949; M.Sc, Wellesley
College, 1953.
KHANA, Raj K.. Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B.Sc. University of Delhi. 1954: M.Sc. 1957: Ph.D..
Indian Institute of Science, 1962.
KIDD, Jerry S., Professor, School of Library and Information
Services
B.S.. Illinois Wesleyan University. 1950: M.A . Northwest-
ern University 1954; Ph.D.. 1956.
KILBOURN Jr., George L., Instructor of Mathematics
B.S.. Yale University, 1950; BE.. 1954.
KILBOURNE. Elaine M.. Lecturer of Chemistry
B.A., Montclair State Teachers College. 1944: M.A..
Columbia University. 1947.
KILPATRICK, Louise C. Assistant Professor and Program
Leader 4-H and Youth
B.S.. Pennsylvania State University 1942; M.S.. Cornell
University, 1957.
286 / Faculty
KIM, Hogil, Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering,
and Physics
B.S., Seoul National University. 1956; Ph.D.. University
of Birmingham. 1964.
KIM, Young S., Associate Professor of Physics
B.S.. Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1958; Ph.D..
Princeton University. 1961.
KIMBLE, Mark W., Assistant Professor of English
B.A., Catholic University of America. 1966; M.A., Univer-
sity of Virginia, 1967; Ph.D.. 1970.
KING. A. T.. Research Associate. Bureau of Business and
Economic Research and Assistant Professor of Economics
B.A.. Stanford University, 1966; M.Phil., Yale University,
1969; Ph.D., 1972.
KING, Aubrey C, Lecturer of Government and Politics
B.A., Marshall University. 1963; M.A., Johns Hopkins
University, 1967.
KING, Gerald, Instructor of Art
B.S.. University of Wisconsin, 1963; M.F.A., 1970.
KING. Raymond L., Professor of Dairy Science
A.B.. University of California. (Berkeley). 1955; Ph.D..
1958.
KINNAIRD, John W., Associate Professor of English
B.A., University of California (Berkeley). 1944; M.A.,
Columbia University, 1949; Ph.D., 1959
KINNEAR. George R., Instructor of Physical Education
B.Ed., University of Alberta, 1965; M.A., University of
Maryland, 1968.
KIRKLEY. Donald H. Jr., Associate Professor of Speech and
Dramatic Art
B.A.. University of Maryland. 1960; M.A., 1962; Ph.D.
Ohio University, 1967.
KIRWAN, William E., Associate Professor of Mathematics
A.B.. University of Kentucky, 1960; M.S.. Rutgers — The
State University, 1962; Ph.D., 1964.
KLANK, Richard E., Assistant Professor of Art
B.A.. The Catholic University of America. 1962; M.F.A.,
1964.
KLAPOUCHY, Robert J., Instructor of Germanic and Slavic
Languages
A.B., Saint Peters College. 1964; M.A.. University of
Texas, 1966.
KLARMAN. William L.. Associate Professor of Plant Pathology
B.S.. Eastern Illinois University, 1957; M.S. University of
Illinois, (Urbana), 1960; Ph.D., 1962.
KLEIN, Ruhama D., Instructor of Hebrew
B.A., American University, 1956.
KLEINE. Don W., Assistant Professor of English
B.A., University of Chicago, 1950; M.A., 1953; Ph.D..
University of Michigan, 1961.
KLEMENT, Jerome J., State Leadsr for Rural Development
and Assistant Professor
B.S., Texas A&M University, 1960; M.S., University of
Maryland, 1967; Ed.D., North Carolina State University.
1971.
KLEPPNER. Adam, Professor of Mathematics and Statistics
B.S., Yale University, 1953; M.A., University of Michigan,
1954; Ph.D., Howard University, 1960.
KLINGBEIL, Ralph S., Research Associate, Institute for Fluid
Dynamics and Applied Mathematics
Bach. Hofstra University, 1961; State University College
(Buffalo), 1970.
KMETZ, John L., Instructor of Business. Organization and
Administration
B.S., Penn State University, 1965; M.B.A., University of
Maryland, 1967.
KNIGHT, Robert E. L., Associate Professor of Economics
A.B., Harvard University, 1948; Ph.D., University of Cali-
fornia (Berkeley), 1958.
KNIGHTON, Ruth O., Instructor in Food and Nutrition
B.S., Massachusetts University, 1961; M.S., University
of Maryland, 1965.
KNOCHE, Walter, Assistant Professor of Germanic and
Slavic Languages
B.A., Marquette University, 1961; M.A.. Ohio State Uni-
versity, 1963; Ph.D.. 1968.
KOCH. E. James, Visiting Lecturer in Horticulture
B.S., Iowa State University, 1947: M.S., North Carolina
State University, 1949,
KOCH. J. F., Professor of Physics
B.A., New York University, 1958; Ph.D.. University of
California, (Berkeley), 1962.
KOLKER, Robert P. Assistant Professor of English
B.A.. CUNY (Queens College). 1962; M.A.. Syracuse
University. 1965; Ph.D.. Columbia University, 1969.
KOO, Ted Research Professor of Zoology
B.S., University of Amoy. 1934; M.S.. Lingnan University.
1937; Ph.D., University of Washington. 1955.
KOOPMAN, David W., Research Associate Professor, Institute
for Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics
Ph.D., University of Michigan, 1964.
KORENMAN. Victor, Assistant Professor of Physics
B.A., Princeton University, 1958; A.M., Harvard Univer-
sity. 1959: Ph.D., 1965.
KOSTOVSKI, lija I., Assistant Professor of Germanic and
Slavic Languages
Ph.D.. Charles University (Prague), 1965.
KOURY, Enver M.. Associate Professor of Government and
Politics
B.A., George Washington University. 1957; Ph.D.. Ameri-
can University, 1958.
KOVALAKIDES, Nicholas J., Instructor of Physical Education
B.S., University of Maryland, 1965; M.A., 1967.
KRAFT. Donald H., Assistant Professor, School of Library and
Information Services
B.S., Purdue University, 1965; M.S., 1966: Ph.D.. 1971.
KRALL, N. A., Professor of Physics
B.S., University of Notre Dame, 1954; Ph.D., Cornell
University, 1959.
KRAMER, Amihud, Professor of Horticulture
B.S., University of Maryland, 1938; M.S., 1939; Ph.D.,
1942.
KRAMER, Arnold N., Instructor of School of Architecture
B.S., Electrical Engineering. Massachusetts Institute of
Technology. 1966; M.S., 1968.
KRAMER, George P., Associate Professor of Physical Edu-
cation
B.S., University of Maryland, 1953; M.A... 1956; Ph.D.,
Louisiana State University, 1967.
KRAUSS, Robert W., Professor of Plant Physiology and Chair-
man of Botany
A.B., Oberlin College, 1947; M.S., University of Hawaii.
1949; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1951.
KRESS, Jerry R., Assistant Professor of Philosophy
B.A., Pacific Lutheran University, 1961; M.A., University
of Michigan, 1962; Ph.D., 1967.
KRESTENSEN, Elroy R.. Associate Professor of Entomology
B.S., University of Florida, 1949; M.S., 1951; Ph.D.,
University of Maryland, 1962,
KREWATCH, Albert V., Extension Professor of Agricultural
Engineering, Emeritus
B.S., University of Delaware, 1925; M.S.. 1929; E.E., 1933.
KRIEGER, George W., Assistant Professor of Counseling and
Personnel Services
Bach., C.U.N.Y. (City Col.). 1961; Ph.D.. Michigan State
University, 1969.
KRISHER, Lawrence C, Asssociate Professor of Molecular
Physics
A.B., Syracuse University, 1955; A.M., Harvard University,
1957; Ph.D., 1959.
Faculty / 287
KROUSE. William E., Assistant Professor ot Physical Edu-
cation
B.S., University of Maryland, 1942; M.Ed., 1952.
KRUEGEL, David L, Assistant Professor of Sociology
B.A., Luther College. 1960; M.A., University of Kentucky,
1964; Ph.D., 1968.
KRUSBERG, Lorin R., Professor of Plant Pathology
B.S., University of Delaware, 1954; M.S. N.C. State
College (Raleigh), 1956; Ph.D., 1959.
KUBOTA, Tomio, Professor of Mathematics
B.S., Nagoya University, 1952; D.Sc, 1958.
KUEHL, Philip G., Assistant Professor of Marketing
B.B.S., Miami University (Ohio), 1965; M.B.A., Ohio State
University, 1967; Ph.D., 1970.
KUGELMAN, Alan M., Assistant Professor of Chemical Engi-
neering
B.S., Columbia University, 1964; M.S., University of Penn-
sylvania. 1966; Ph.D.. 1969.
KUMIN. L., Assistant Professor of Speech and Dramatic Art;
B.A., Long Island University, 1965; M.A., New York Uni-
versity. 1966; Ph.D., 1969.
KUNDU. Mukul R., Professor of Astronomy
B.Sc, Calcutta University, 1949; M.Sc, 1951; D.Sc, Uni-
versity of Paris, 1957.
KUNZE Hans Joachim, Associate Professor of Physics
Diplom-Physiker, Tech. Hochschule (Munich), 1961;
Ph.D., 1964.
KURODA, Sigekatu, Professor of Mathematics
B.S., Tokyo University, 1928; D.Sc, 1945.
KURTZ, John J., Professor, Institute For Child Study
B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1935; M.A., Northwestern
University, 1940; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1947.
KYLE, David G., Associate Professor. Institute For Child Study
A.B., University of Denver, 1952; M.A., 1953; Ed.D., Uni-
versity of Maryland, 1961.
LADSON, Thomas A., Chairman of Veterinary Science and Di-
rector of Animal Health
V.M.D., University of Pennsylvania, 1939.
LADY, George M., Lecturer in Economics
A.B., George Washington University, 1961; A.M., 1963;
Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University, 1967.
LAFFER, Norman C, Associate Dean and Professor of Mi-
crobiolgoy
B.S., Allegheny College, 1929; M.S., University of Maine,
1932; Ph.D., Universeity of Illinois, 1937.
LA HOOD JR.. Charles G.. Lecturer (Part-time). School of
Library and Information Services
B.A., Catholic University, 1941; M.A., 1952; M.S.L.S.,
1956.
LAKSHMANAN, Sitarama, Associate Professor of Chemistry
B.A.. University of Annamali, 1946; M.A., 1949; Ph.D.,
University of Maryland, 1954.
LAMONE, Rudolph P., Professor of Management Science and
Statistics
B.S., University of North Carolina. 1960; Ph.D., 1966.
LANDGREN. Marchal E., Lecturer in Art
LANDSBERG. Helmut E., Professor, Institute for Fluid Dy-
namics and Applied Mathematics
Ph.D.. University of Frankfurt. 1930.
LANGDALE. Elizabeth, Assistant Professor and Home Furnish-
ing Specialist
B.S.. Illinois State University (Normal). 1938; M.E., Penn-
sylvania State University, 1954.
LANGFORD. George S., Acting Director, State Board of Agri-
culture Programs
B.S.. Clemson College. 1921; M.S., University of Mary-
land. 1924; Ph.D.. Ohio State University, 1929.
LANNING. Eldon W., Assistant Professor of Government and
Politics
B.S , Northwestern University. 1960; Ph.D.. University of
Virginia, 1965.
LAPOV, Radmila. Instructor of French and Italian
Diploma, University of Belgrade, 1962; M.A., University of
Maryland, 1969.
LARKIN, Williard D., Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.S., University of Michigan, 1959; A.M., University of
Pennsylvania, 1963; Ph.D., University of Illinois, 1967.
LARSON, Jerome V., Assistant Professor of Physics Electrical
Engineering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1960; M.S., 1963; Ph.D.,
1968.
LASHINSKY, Herbert, Research Professor, Institute for Fluid
Dynamics and Applied Mathematics
B.A.. C.U.N.Y. (City College), 1950; Ph.D.. Columbia Uni-
versity, 1961.
LASTER, Howard J., Professor and Chairman of Physics and
Astronomy
A.B., Harvard University. 1951; Ph.D., Cornell University,
1957.
LAUDENSLAYER, Ralph S.. Instructor of Recreation
B.S., Penn State University, 1954; M.S.. University of
California (L.A.), 1957.
LAVENDER, William, Lecturer in History
LAWRENCE, Richard E.. Associate Professor of Counseling
and Personnel Services
B.S., Michigan State University, 1955; Ph.D., 1965.
LAWRENCE, Robert G., Assistant Professor, Agricultural and
Resource Economics
B.S., University of Oklahoma. 1957; MB. A.. 1960; Ph.D.,
Texas A & M University, 1969.
LAWSON, Lewis A., Associate Professor of English
B.S., East Tennessee State College, 1957; M.A., 1959;
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1964.
LAY, David C. Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.A., Aurora College. 1962: M.A.. University of Cali-
fornia (L.A.), 1965; Ph.D., 1966.
LAY, W. M., Lecturer, Computer Science
LAYHER, William N. Assistant Professor of Economics
B.A., University of Michigan, 1965; Ph.D.. University of
Wisconsin, 1971.
LAYMAN, John W., Assistant Professor of Secondary Educa-
tion and Physics
A.B., Park College, 1955: M.S.. Temple University, 1962;
Ed.D., Oklahoma State University. 1970.
LAZARIS, Angelos, Assistant Professor, School of Architec-
ture
M.Arch., Cornell University. 1970.
LEA, John K., Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Art
B.A., University of Miami, 1957; M.A., 1964.
LEBRETON-SAVIGNY, Monique. Assistant Professor of French
and Italian
B.A., Columbia Union College. 1956; Doctorat d'Univer-
site, Paris, 1969.
LEEDY, Charlotte A., Assistant Professor of Recreation
B.S., University of Maryland. 1960; MA.. 1966.
LEEPER. Sarah L, Professor, Early Childhood and Elementary
Education
A.B., 1932; M.A., Florida State University. 1947: Ed D..
1953.
LEE, Chi H., Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering
B.S., National Taiwan University (Taipei). 1959: M.S..
Harvard University, 1962; Ph.D.. 1967.
LEE, Richard W., Assistant Professor of Journalism
B.S., University of Illinois (Urbana). 1956; M.A.. Southern
Illinois University, 1964; Ph.D.. University of Iowa. 1972.
LEETE. Burt A.. Assistant Professor of Business Law
B.S., Juniata College. 1962: MB. A.. University of Mary-
land, 1964; J.D.. American University. 1969.
LEFFEL. Emory C. Professor of Animal Science
B.S.. University of Maryland. 1943; M.S.. 1947; Ph.D.,
1953.
288 / Faculty
LEHNER, Guydo R., Professor of Mathematics
B.S., Loyola University, 1951; M.S., University of Wiscon-
sin, 1953; Ph.D., 1958.
LEIDENFROST. Charles B., Instructor and Cultural Resource
Development Specialist
B.S.. Agricultural University of Budapest, 1943.
LEISERSON, Marion B . Instructor of Early Childhood Ele-
mentary Education and Nursery School
B.S., University of Minnesota. 1945; M.S., University of
Maryland, 1970; M.Ed.. 1970.
LEJINS, Peter P.. Professor of Sociology and Director of
Institute of Criminal Justice and Criminology
Ph.M., University of Latvia. 1930; LL.M., 1933; Ph.D., Uni-
versity of Chicago. 1938.
LEMBACH. John. Professor of Education and Art
B.A.. University of Chicago, 1934; M.A., Northwestern
University, 1937; Ed.D., Columbia University, 1946.
LEMMON, Louise, Associate Professor of Home Economics
and Secondary Education
B.S.. Northern Illinois University, 1946; University of
Wisconsin, 1951; Ed.D., University of Illinois (Urbana),
1961.
LENGERMANN, Joseph J., Assistant Professor of Sociology
A.B.. University of Notre Dame, 1958; M.A., 1964; Ph.D.,
Cornell University, 1969.
LEOPOLDT. Heinrich W., Visiting Professor, Mathematics and
Statistics
LEPPER, JR., Henry A., Professor of Civil Engineering
B.S.. George Washington University, 1936; M.S., Uni-
versity of Illinois (Urbana), 1938; D.Eng., Yale University,
1947.
LEPSON, Inda, Instructor of Mathematics
B.A., New York University, 1941; M.A., Columbia Uni-
versity. 1945.
LESHER, James H., Assistant Professor of Philosophy
B.A., University of Virginia, 1962; Ph.D., University of
Rochester, 1966.
LESSLEY, Billy V., Associate Professor, Agricultural and Re-
source Economics
B.S., University of Arkansas, 1957; M.S., 1960; Ph.D.,
University of Missouri, 1965.
LEVINE, Charles H., Assistant Professor of Government and
Politics
B.S., University of Connecticut, 1964; M.B.A., Indiana Uni-
versity. 1965; Ph.D., 1971.
LEVINE. David M., Assistant Professor, Electrical Engineering
B.S.E., University of Michigan, 1963; M.S.E., 1964; M.S..
1966; Ph.D., 1969.
LEVINE. Marvin J.. Associate Professor, Business Organiza-
tion and Administration
B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1952; J.D., 1954; M.A.,
1959; Ph.D., 1964.
LEVINE, Max J., Instructor, Business Administration
B.S., University of Maryland, 1969; C.P.A., 1970, Mary-
land.
LEVINE, William S., Assistant Professor of Electrical Engi-
neering
BACH.. Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1962;
Ph.D., 1969.
LEVINSON, Carl A., Professor of Physics and Astronomy
A.B.. Swarthmore College, 1949; Ph.D., Columbia Uni-
versity, 1953.
LEVINSON, John Z., Professor of Psychology
B.A.. University of Toronto, 1939; M.A., 1940; Ph.D., 1948.
LEVINSON. Judith C, Assistant Professor of English and
Assistant Dean
A.B., University of Maryland, 1964; A.M., Harvard Uni-
versity, 1965; Ph.D., 1968.
LEVITINE, George. Professor and Chairman of Art
M.A., Boston University. 1946; Ph.D., Harvard University,
1952.
LEVITON, Daniel, Associate Professor of Health Education
B.S., George Washington University. 1953; M.A.. Spring-
field College, 1956; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1966.
LEWIS. Dorothy B.. Instructor in Art
B FA., Syracuse University 1943: M.F.A.. 1947.
LEWIS. JR.. John E.. Assistant Professor of Geography
BACH., West Chester State College, 1962; Ph.D., Uni-
versity of Illinois (Urbana), 1970.
LEWIS, Roger K., Assistant Professor, School of Architecture
B.ARCH., Massachusetts Institute of Technology 1964-
M.ARCH., 1967.
LIEBERMAN, A. G.. Assistant Professor, Electrical Engineering
BEE., Brooklyn Polytechnic Institute, 1958; M.S., Car-
negie Institute of Technology. 1959; Ph.D.. 1964.
LIESENER, James W., Associate Professor, School of Library
and Information Services
B.A., Wartburg College. 1955: M.A.. University of North-
ern Iowa, 1960; A.M.L.S.. University of Michigan 1962
Ph.D., 1967.
LIDEN, Conrad H., Assistant Professor of Agriculture and Ad-
ministrative Assistant to the Dean
B.S., University of Maryland, 1942; M.S.. 1949.
LIGOMENIDES, Panos, Professor of Electrical Engineering
B.S., University of Athens, 1951; M.S., University of
Athens; M.Sc, E.E.. Stanford University, 1956- PhD
1958
LIN. Hung Chang, Professor of Electrical Engineering
B.S.. Chiao-Tung Univevrsity, 1941; M.S.E., University of
Michigan, 1948; Ph.D., Brooklyn Polytechnic Institute
1956.
LINDER, Harris J., Associate Professor of Zoology
B.S., Long Island University, 1951; M.S.. Cornell Uni-
versity. 1955; Ph.D., 1958.
LINDES, Olga, Instructor of Germanic and Slavic Languages
B.S., Medical School of Odessa. 1941; M.S., George-
town University, 1966.
LINDSAY, Rao H., Associate Professor, Foundation of Edu-
cation
B.A., Brigham Young University. 1954; M.A.. University
of Michigan, 1958; M.A., 1963; Ph.D., 1964.
LINK, Conrad B., Professor of Horticulture
B.S., Ohio State University, 1933; M.S., 1934; Ph.D., 1940.
LINKOW, Irving, Associate Professor and Associate Chairman
of Speech and Dramatic Art
B.A., University of Denver, 1937; M.A., 1938.
LIPPINCOTT. Ellis R., Professor of Chemistry and Director
of Center for Materials Research
B.A., Earlham College, 1943; M.S., Johns Hopkins Uni-
versity, 1944; Ph.D., 1947.
LIPSMAN, Ronald L., Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.S.. City College of N.Y., 1964; Ph.D.. Massachu-
setts Institute of Technology, 1967.
LITTLEPAGE, Robert S.. Instructor of Electrical Engineering
B.S., Loyola College (Md.), 1962; M.S.. Johns Hopkins
University. 1965.
LLOYD-JONES, Kenneth, Lecturer of French and Italian
B.A., Hons. University of Wales, Cardiff, 1960.
LOCKARD, J. David, Professor of Science Teaching and As-
sociate Professor of Botany
B.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1951; M.Ed., 1955;
Ph.D., 1962.
LOCKE, Edwin A., Associate Professor of Psychology
B.A., Harvard University, 1960: M.A., Cornell University.
1962; Ph.D., 1964.
LOCKSLEY, Norman. Faculty Research Assistant in Math-
ematics
B.S., North Texas State, 1937; M.A., University of Min-
nesota, 1949; M.A.T., Duke University, 1964.
LOEB, Stephen E.. Assistant Professor of Accounting
B.S., University of Pennsylvania. 1961; M.B.A. University
of Wisconsin, 1963; Ph.D., 1970.
Faculty / 289
LOGAN, Paul E., Instructor of Germanic and Slavic Lan-
guages
B.A., Howard University, 1966; M.A., University of Mary-
land. 1970.
LOH. Ming Jean. Instructor, Chinese-Hebrew
B.A., National Taiwan Normal University, 1959; M.A..
1962; M.A.. Yale University, 1967.
LONGEST, James W., Associate Professor of Agricultural and
Extension Education
B.S.. University of Illinois, 1951; M.S., 1953; Ph.D., Cornell
University, 1957.
LONG, Patrica A., Instructor of Physical Education
B.S.. West Chester State College, 1948; M.A., University
of Maryland, 1971.
LONGLEY Edward L., Jr., Associate Professor of Art and
Education
B.A.. University of Maryland, 1950; M.A.. Columbia Uni-
versity. 1953; Ed.D.. Penn. State University, 1967.
LOONEY, Charles T. G., Professor of Civil Engineering
B.S.. Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1932; M.S., Uni-
versity of Illinois (Urbana), 1934; Ph.D., 1940.
LOPEZ-ESCOBAR, Edgar G., Associate Professor of Mathe-
matics
B.A., Cambridge University, 1958; M.A., University of
California (Berkeley). 1961; Ph.D., 1965.
LOUNSBURY, Myron O., Assistant Professor of American
Studies
B.A., Duke University, 1961; M.A., University of Pennsyl-
vania, 1962; Ph.D., 1966.
LOVE, Alice, Associate Professor of Physical Education and
Secondary Education
B.S., University of Maryland, 1959; M.P.H., University of
Florida. 1960; Ed.D., Columbia University, 1967.
LOWEY-BALL, A. E., Instructor (Part-time) Economics
B.A., Rice University, 1964; M.S.. Georgetown University,
1966.
LUBELL, Myron S., Instructor of Business Organization and
Administration
B.B.A., University of Miami, 1960; M.B.A., 1969; C.P.A.,
Florida, 1963.
LUETKEMEYER, Joseph F., Professor of Industrial Education
B.S., Stout State College, 1953; M.S., 1954; Ed.D., Uni-
versity of Illinois (Urbana), 1961.
LUIGGI. Franka M.. Instructor of French and Italian
M.A., University of Maryland, 1967.
LUTWACK, Leonard I., Professor of English
B.A.. Wesleyan University, 1939; M.A., 1940; Ph.D., Ohio
State University, 1950.
LYNAGH, Peter M., Assistant Professor of Transportation
B.S.. University of Maryland. 1960; M.B.A., University of
Oklahoma, 1964; Ph.D., Michigan State University, 1970.
LYNCH. James B., Jr., Professor of Art
A.B.. Harvard University, 1941; A.M., 1947; Ph.D., 1960.
LYONS. Philip. B., Visiting Assistant Professor of Government
and Politics
A.B., University of Chicago, 1953; A.M.. 1963; Ph.D..
1971.
MACBAIN, William, Professor and Chairman, French and
Italian Language and and Literature
M.A. Hons., University of Saint Andrews (Scotland),
1952; Ph.D.. 1955.
MACCINI. John A., Assistant Professor, Geology and Sec-
ondary Education
B.A., Boston University, 1952; M.A., 1954; PhD., Ohio
State University, 1969.
MacDONALD, William P.. Professor of Physics and As-
tronomy
B.A., University of Pittsburgh, 1950; Ph.D.. Princeton
University, 1955.
MacLEOD. Anne S, Instructor, School of Library and Infor-
mation Services
B.A., University of Chicago. 1949; M.L.S., 1966.
MacMAHON. B. Ellen, Instructor in Family and Community De-
velopment
B.S., Madison College, 1963; M.A., Michigan State Uni-
versity, 1967.
MacQUILLAN, Anthony M., Assistant Professor of Micro-
biology
B.S.A., University of British Columbia, 1956; M.S., 1958;
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 1962.
MacRAE, Elizabeth C, Assistant Professor of Economics
A.B., Radcliffe College, 1962; Ph.D.. Massachusetts In-
stitute of Technology, 1969.
MacREADY, George B., Lecturer of Measurement and Statis-
tics
B.A., Willamette University, 1965; M.A., University of
Oregon, 1967.
MADAN, Dilip B., Assistant Professor of Economics
B.Comm., University of Bombay; M.A.. University of
Maryland. 1971; Ph.D., 1972.
MADDEN. Dorothy G., Professor and Chairman of Dance
A.B.. Middlebury College, 1934; M.A., Syracuse Univer-
sity, 1937; Ph.D., New York University, 1962.
MAGOON, Thomas M., Professor of Psychology and Educa-
tion, Director of University Dept of Counselor Counseling
Center, and Personnel Service
B.A., Dartmouth College, 1947; M.A., University of Minne-
sota, 1951; Ph.D., 1954.
MAGRAB. Phyllis R., Assistant Professor of Counseling and
Personnel Services
B.A., City College of New York, 1960; M.A.. Columbia
University, 1961, Ph.D., University of Maryland. 1969.
MAGRUDER. John W., Extension Professor, Emeritus
B.S., University of Maryland. 1925; M.S., Cornell Univer-
sity, 1941.
MAHAJAN, Balmukand, Instructor of Mechanical Engineering
B.S., Punjab University, 1960; M.S., University of Mary-
land, 1965; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1970.
MAIDA, Peter R., Assistant Professor of Sociology
B.A., St. Vincent College, 1960; M.A.. Fordham Univer-
sity, 1962; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State University, 1969.
MALE, George A., Professor. Foundation of Education
B.A., University of Michigan. 1948; M.A. 1949; Ph.D.,
1952.
MALEY, Donald Professor and Chairman of Industrial Edu-
cation
B.S.. California State College (Penna), 1943; M.A.. Uni-
versity of Maryland. 1947; Ph.D.. 1950.
MALLORY, Nancy, J., Assistant Instructor in Education
Institute for Child Study; B.A.. Fresno State College.
1949.
MALTESE. George J.. Professor of Mathematics
B.A.. Wesleyan University. 1953; Ph.D. Yale University.
1960.
MALTZ Charles, Assistant Professor of Institute For Moleuclar
Physics
Ph.D.. Harvard University, 1970.
MANCHESTER. Katherine, Visiting Assistant Professor in
Food, Nutrition and Institutional Administration
B.S , University of Illinois. 1938: M.S.. Cornell. 1949.
MANNING, Charles, Professor of English
B.S.. Tufts University. 1929: M.A.. Harvard University.
1931; Ph.D.. University of North Carolina. 1950.
MANNINO, Fortune V., Associate Professor in Family and
Community Development
B.S., University of Tulane. 1949: M S.W.. 1951; PhD.
Florida State University. 1959.
MANSUETI. A. J .. Research Associate of Chesapeake Biologi-
cal Laboratory
MARASCO. Richard J.. Assistant Professor of Agricultural
and Resource Economics
B.S.. Utah State University. 1965; M.S.. 1966: Ph.D.. Uni-
versity of California. 1970.
290 / Faculty
MARCHELLO, Joseph M., Professor and Chairman of Chemi-
cal Engineering
B.S., University of Illinois (Urbana), 1955; Ph.D., Carnegie
Institute of Technology, 1959.
MARCINKOWSKI, M. John, Professor of Mechanical Engi-
neering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1953; M.S., University of
Pennsylvania, 1955; Ph.D., 1959.
MARIL, Herman. Professor of Art
Grad., The Maryland Institute of Fine Arts, 1928.
MARION, Jerry B., Professor of Physics and Astronomy
B.A.. Reed College, 1952; M.S., Rice University, 1953;
Ph.D., 1955.
MARKLEY, Nelson G., Associate Professor of Mathematics
and Statistics
B.A.. Lafayette College. 1962; M.A., Yale University. 1964;
Ph.D.. 1966.
MARKS. Colin H., Associate Professor of Mechanical Engi-
neering
B.S.. Carnegie Institute of Technology. 1956; M.S., 1957;
Ph.D.. University of Maryland, 1965.
MARQUARDT, Warren W., Associate Professor of Veterinary
Science
B.S.. University of Minnesota, 1959: D.V.M., 1961; Ph.D.,
1970.
MARRA-LOPEZ, Jose R.. Professor of Spanish and Portu-
guese
M.A., (Licenciatura), University of Madrid, 1959.
MARTIN, David L., Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B.S.. University of Minnesota. 1963; M.S., University of
Wisconsin, 1965; Ph.D.. 1968.
MARTIN, Frederick W., Asst. Professor of Physics and
Astronomy
A.B., Princeton University, 1957; M.S., Yale University.
1958; Ph.D., 1964.
MARTIN, Gordon E., Instructor of Industrial Education
B.S., Southern Illinois University, 1967; M.Ed., Miami
University (Ohio), 1968.
MARTIN. H., Professor Emeritus
B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1928; Ph.D., Johns Hop-
kins University. 1932.
MARTIN. H. F., Instructor of Physical Education
B.A., Trenton State College, 1967; M.S.. University of
Maryland, 1968.
MARTIN, James G., Professor of Psychology
B.S., University of North Dakota, 1951; M.A., University
of Minnesota, 1958; Ph.D., 1960.
MARTIN. J. W.. Associate Professor of Counseling and Per-
sonnel Services
B.S., University of Missouri, 1951; M.Ed., 1956; Ed.D.,
1958.
MARTIN, L. John, Professor of Journalism
B.A., American University (Cairo), 1947; M.A., University
of Minnesota, 1951; Ph.D., 1955.
MARTIN, Minerva L., Assistant Professor of English
B.A., University of Alabama, 1931; M.A., Louisiana State
University, 1937; Ph.D., 1940.
MARTIN. Raymond F. Asst. Professor of Philosophy
B.A.. Ohio State University, 1962; M.A., 1964; Ph.D.,
University of Rochester. 1968.
MARX, George L., Professor and Chairman of Counseling and
Personnel Services
B.A., Yankton College. 1953; M.A., State University of
Iowa, 1956; Ph.D., State University of Iowa, 1959.
MASSIE. Cecil M., Instructor, Institute of Applied Agriculture
B.S.. Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1950; M.Ed., 1957.
MATOSSIAN, Mary K.. Assistant Professor of History
B.A., Stanford University, 1951; M.A., American Univer-
sity (Beirut), 1952; Ph.D., Stanford University, 1955.
MATTESON, Richard L.. Associate Professor of Institute For
Child Study
B.A., Knox College, 1952; M.A., University of Maryland.
1955; Ed.D., 1962.
MATTHEWS, David L . Research Associate Professor, Insti-
tute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics
B.S., Queens University (Canada), 1949; Ph.D., Prince-
ton University, 1959.
MATTHEWS JR.. Edward P.. Instructor of Business Admin-
istration
B.S., University of Maryland. 1950; M.A.. University of
Denver. 1959.
MATTHEWS. Thomas A., Associate Professor of Physics and
Astronomy
B.A.. University of Toronto, 1950; M.S.. Case Institute of
Technology, 1951; Ph.D.. Harvard University. 1956
MATTICK. Joseph F.. Professor of Dairy Science
B.S.. Pennsylvania State University, 1942; Ph.D.. 1950.
MATTINGLY JR., Joseph G., Instructor of Business Admin-
istration
B.S., University of Maryland. 1958; M.B.A.. 1966.
MAYNARD. Jerald D., Instructor in Speech and Dramatic
Art
B.A.. University of Missouri. 1969; MA., 1970.
MAYO. Marlene J.. Associate Professor of History
B.A., Wayne University, 1954; M.A. Columbia University,
1957; Ph.D. 1961.
MAZET, Leo H., Instructor in French and Italian
Licence es-Lettres, University of Montpelier, 1968.
MAZZOCCHI, Paul H., Associate Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Queens College. 1961; Ph.D.. Fordham University.
1966.
McARTHUR. James F., Assistant Professor of French and
Italian and Secondary Education
A.B., Highpoint College, 1955: M.A.T.. Duke University,
1957; Ph.D., Georgetown University, 1969.
McCANN, Peggy K., Instructor of Dancing
B.S.. Ohio State University, 1966; M.A.. UCLA. 1971.
McCARRICK, Earleen M., Assistant Professor of Government
and Politics
B.A.. Louisiana State University. 1953; M.A.. 1955: Ph.D..
Vanderbilt University, 1964.
MCCARTHY, Eugene J., Visiting Lecturer of English
M.A.. University of Minnesota, 1938.
McCLAY, Mary B., Instructor of Mathematics
B.Ed., Eastern Illinois State College. 1937: M.S.. Univer-
sity of Illinois (Urbana), 1941.
McCLEARY, Robert F.. Instructor In Speech and Dramatic
Art
B.A., University of Maryland, 1965; M.A.. 1967.
McCLELLAN, Gene E., Research Associate of Physics and
Astronomy
McCLELLAN, Michael T., Assistant Professor of Computer
Science
B.S., Marquette University. 1960; M.S., University of
Wisconsin. 1962.
McCLELLAND. Louise L., Associate Professor of Music
B.A., College of Wooster, 1957; M.A.. Columbia Univer-
sity, 1959: Dipl.. Vienna State Academy of Music. 1963.
McCLURE. L. M., Professor and Acting Chairman of Admin-
istration Supervision and Curriculum
B.A., Western Michigan University. 1940; M.A., University
of Michigan, 1946; Ed.D., Michigan State University.
1953.
McCLURG. Charles A., Assistant Professor of Horticulture
B.S., Iowa State University, 1966; M.S.. Pennsylvania
State University, 1968; Ph.D., 1970.
Faculty / 291
McCONNELL, Dennis, Instructor of Business Administration
B.S., University of Maryland, 1967: M.B.A., University of
Chicago, 1969.
McCORKLE, Donald M., Professor of Music
B.Mus., Bradley University, 1951; M.A., Indiana Univer-
sity. 1953; Ph.D., 1958.
McCUAIG, Susannah M.. Assistant Professor of Early Child-
hood and Elementary Education
A.B., Colorado College, 1959; M.Ed., Boston University,
D.Ed., 1969.
McCUEN, Richard H., Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering
B.S.. Carnegie-Mellon University, 1967; M.S.. Georgia In-
stitute of Technology. 1969; Ph.D.. 1971.
McCUSKER, John J.. Assistant Professor of History
B.A., St. Bernard's College, 1961; M.A., University of
Rochester, 1963; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh, 1969.
McDANIELS, Garry L, Associate Professor of Institute For
Child Study
B.S., University of Michigan, 1962; M.A., 1967; Ph.D.,
1968.
McDONAGH, Joseph M., Senior Instructor of Fire Service
Extension
B.S.. University of Maryland, 1961.
McDONALD, Frank B., Professor of Physics and Astronomy
B.S., Duke University. 1948; M.S., University of Minne-
sota, 1952; Ph.D., 1955.
McDONNELL, Michael L., Instructor in Housing and Interior
Design
B.A., North Texas State University. 1967; M.A.. 1969.
McDOWELL, E. E., Instructor (Part-time) Anthropology
McGRATH, Daniel F., Lecturer, School of Library and Infor-
mation Services
B.A., University of Virginia, 1959; M.A.L.S., University of
Michigan, 1961; Ph.D.. 1966.
McGRATH, W. T., Assistant Professor of Economics
M.B.A., University of Southern California, 1966; A.M.,
1968; Ph.D., 1969.
McGREGOR JR., Eugene B., Assistant Professor of Govern-
ment and Politics
A.B.. Dartmouth College. 1964; Ph.D., Syracuse Univer-
sity, 1969.
McGUIRE. Martin. Professor of Economics
B.A., Oxford University. 1958; Ph.D., Harvard University
1964.
McHALE, J. S., Instructor of Music
McHUGH, John C, Instructor of Physical Education
B.S.. University of Maryland, 1959; M.Ed., American
University, 1968.
MclNTIRE. Roger W.. Professor of Psychology
B.A., Northwestern University. 1958; M.A.. Louisiana
State University, 1960; Ph.D., 1962.
MclNTOSH, Allen, Lecturer In Zoology
B.S., Mississippi A&M College. 1920; M.S. University of
Minnesota, 1927; D.Sc, University of Miami, 1959.
(Honorary)
MclNTYRE, Jennie J , Associate Professor of Sociology
B.A.. Howard College, 1960; M.S., Florida State Univer-
sity. 1962; Ph.D., 1966.
McKEE. C. G., Associate Professor of Agronomy
B.S.. University of Maryland, 1951; M.S. 1955; PhD
1959.
McKENZIE James D .. Jr., Associate Professor of Psychology
B.A.. Univ of Buffalo. 1955; Ph.D., 1961.
McKEWIN, Carole A., Instructor of English
B.A.. Mt. St. Agnes College, 1965: M.A., University of
Maryland, 1967.
McKNIGHT, Dorothy B., Assistant Professor of Physical Edu-
cation
B.S.. Ursinus College. 1957; M.Ed., Temple University.
1960.
McLOONE. Eugene P.. Associate Professor of Administration,
Supervision and Curriculum and Economics
B.A., LaSalle College, 1951; M.S.. University of Denver.
1952; Ph.D.. University of Illinois (Urbana), 1961.
McLUCKIE. Virginia, Associate Professor and Home Econ-
omist
B.S., University of Maryland, 1941; M.S., 1953.
McMANAWAY, James V., Professor of English
B.A., University of Virginia, 1919; M.A., 1920; PhD,
Johns Hopkins University, 1931
McNELLY, Theodore H., Professor of Government and Politics
B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1941; MA.. 1942; Ph.D.,
Columbia University, 1952,
McNITT, Lawrence L., Assistant Professor of Statistics
B.A., Andrews University, 1963; Ph.D., University of North
Carolina, 1967.
McWHINNIE. Harold J., Lecturer in Applied Design and Crafts
B.A.E., Art Institute of Chicago, 1953; M.F.A., 1957; Ed.D.,
Stanford University. 1965.
MEAD, Richard O., Assistant Professor of Physics and
Astronomy
B.S., University of California (Berkeley), 1955; B.A., 1958;
Ph.D., University of California (Davis) 1964.
MEADOW. Charles T., Lecturer (Part-time), School of Library
and Information Services
B.A., University of Rochester, 1951; M.S., Rutgers. 1954.
MEARNS, Margaret M., Assistant Professor and Extension
Supervisor, Home Economics
B.S., University of Delaware, 1933; M.S., University of
Maryland, 1968.
MEARS, A. L., Research Associate of Materials Science
MEASDAY, Walter S., Lecturer, (Part-time) Economics
A.B., William and Mary College, 1941; Ph.D., Massachu-
setts Institute of Technology. 1955.
MEDVENE, Arnold, Assistant Professor of Counseling and
Personnel Services and Counselor. Counseling Center
B.S., Temple University, 1959; ME. 1963: Ed.D., Univer-
sity of Kansas. 1968.
MEEKER, Barbara F., Associate Professor of Sociology
B.A., University of Kansas, 1961; M.A., Stanford Uni-
versity, 1963; Ph.D., 1966.
MEER, Melvyn L., Assistant Professor of Economics
B.S., C.U.N.Y. (Brooklyn College). 1960; PhD, Univer-
sity of Minnesota, 1966.
MEERSMAN. Roger L.. Associate Professor of Speech and
Dramatic Art
B.A., Saint Ambrose College, 1952; M.A., University of
Illinois, (Urbana), 1959; Ph.D., 1962.
MEIJER, Marianne S., Lecturer French and Italian
Cand. Rom. Let., University of Leiden, 1948; M.A..
Catholic University of America, 1960.
MELICHAR, Evelyn H.. Lecturer (Part-time). School of Library
and Information Services
B.A., University of Connecticut. 1965.
MELNICK, Daniel. Assistant Professor of Government and
Politics
B.A., University of Wisconsin. 1963; M.A.. 1964: Ph.D..
1970.
MELNIK. Walter L., Associate Professor of Aerospace Engi-
neering
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1951; MS. 1953; PhD..
1964.
MELTON, Reginald F., Lecturer of Secondary Education
B.A., Cambridge University, 1958: M.A.. 1962.
MENARD, John P.. Associate Director of Computer Science
Center
A.B., Saint Michaels College. 1954.
MENDELOFF. Henry. Professor of Spanish and Portuguese
B.S.. C.U.N.Y. (City College). 1936; M.S.. 1939: Ph.D..
Catholic University of America. 1960.
292 / Faculty
MENEFEE, Robert W ., Visiting Associate Professor of Sec-
ondary Education and Science Teaching
B.S ., University of Akron, 1952; M.Ed.. Kent State Uni-
versity, 1957; Ph.D., 1965.
MENZER. Robert E . Associate Professor of Entomology
B.S., University of Pennsylvania. 1960; M.S., University
of Maryland. 1962; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1964.
MERKEL. James A., Assistant Professor of Agricultural Engi-
neering
B.S. Pennsylvania State University, 1962; M.S.. Iowa
State University. 1965; Ph.D.. 1967.
MERRICK. Charles P., Associate Professor of Agricultural
Engineering
B.S. C.E., University of Maryland, 1933.
MERRILL, Horace S., Professor of History
B.E., Wisconsin State University (River Falls), 1932; Ph.
M.. University of Wisconsin, 1933; Ph.D., 1942.
MERSHON. Madelaine J., Professor of Institute For Child
Study
B.S., Drake University, 1940; MA., University of Chicago.
1943; Ph.D., 1950.
MESSERSMITH, Donald H., Professor of Entomology
B.Ed.. University of Toledo, 1951; M.S., University of
Michigan, 1953; Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic Institute,
1962.
MESZAROS. Imre. Lecturer (Part-time). School of Library and
Information Services
B.S.. Johns Hopkins University, 1964; M.A., University of
Maryland. 1966: M.S.L.S., Catholic University, 1969.
METZ JR., Joseph F., Assistant Dean and Assistant Professor
of Business and Public Administration
B.A.. University of Maryland, 1960; Ph.D., 1971.
MEYER. Amos R.. Associate Professor. State Department of
Markets
B.S.. Ohio State University. 1940.
MEYER, Charlton G.„ Associate Professor of Music
B.Mus.. Juilliard School of Music, 1952.
MEYER. Paul A., Associate Professor of Economics
B.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1961; M.A., Stanford Uni-
versity, 1963; Ph.D., 1966.
MEYERS. Edith E.. Instructor of Mathematics
B.S., University of Akron, 1945.
MICHAEL, Kay B., Instructor of English
B.A.. University of Maryland. 1967; M.A., 1968.
MIDURA, Edmund M.. Assistant Professor of Journalism
B.A.. Syracuse University. 1957; M.A., Pennsylvania
State University, 1966; Ph.D.. Iowa State University
(Ames). 1969.
MIETUS, Walter S.. Associate Professor of Industrial Educa-
tion
B.S.. Chicago Teachers College, 1957; M.Ed.. Illinois
State Teachers College, 1959; Ed.D., Loyola University,
1966.
MIHELCIC, Rebecca A., Instructor in Textiles and Consumer
Economics
B.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1966; M.S., Kansas
State University. 1968.
MIHURSKY, Joseph A., Research Associate Professor of
Zoology
A.B., Lafayette College, 1954; M.A., Lehigh University.
1957; Ph.D.. 1962.
MIKULSKI, Piotr W., Professor of Mathematics
B.A.. Lyceum, Warsaw. 1942; M.S.. School of Planning
and Statistics. 1952; Ph.D., University of California
(Berkeley), 1961.
MILHOLLAN, Frank. Associate Professor of Institute For Child
Study
B.A.. Colorado College, 1949; M.P.S., University of Col-
orado. 1951; Ph.D., University of Nebraska, 1966.
MILLER, Catherine M , Assistant Professor of Health Edu-
cation
B.S . Illinois State University (Normal). 1956; MA, Col-
orado College, 1959; Ph.D., Ohio State University, 1967.
MILLER, Frederick P., Associate Professor of Soils
B.S, Ohio State University. 1958; M.S. 1961; PhD
1965
MILLER, Gerald Ft., Associate Professor of Chemistry
B.Sc. University of Wisconsin. 1958; M.S.. University
of Illinois. 1960: Ph.D., 1962.
MILLER, James R., Professor and Chairman of Agronomy
B.S., University of Maryland, 1951; M.S. 1953; Ph.D..
1956.
MILLER, Julia, Instructor in Family and Community Develop-
ment
B.S., Hampton Institute. 1963; M.Ed.. University of
Illinois, 1969.
MILLER. Mary R., Associate Professor of English
B.A., University of Iowa, 1941; M.A., University of Denver.
1959; Ph.D.. Georgetown University, 1969.
MILLER, Myron H., Visiting Research Assistant Professor, In-
stitute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics
Ph.D.. University of Maryland, 1968.
MILLS, David H., Associate Professor of Psychology and
Counselor, Counseling Center.
B.S.. State University of Iowa, 1955; M.S.. 1957; Ph.D.,
Michigan State University. 1964.
MILLS JR.. Judson R., Professor of Psychology
B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1953; Ph.D., Stanford Uni-
versity, 1958.
MILLS, James I., Lecturer of Economics
B.A.. Augustana College, 1927; M.A.. University of Illinois.
1937; D.B.A., George Washington University, 1965.
MINER. John B.. Professor of Behavioral Science
A.B., Princeton University, 1950; M.A.. Clark University,
1952; Ph.D., Princeton University, 1955.
MINKER. Jack, Professor of Computer Science
B.A., C.U.N.Y. (Brooklyn College). 1949; M.S.. University
of Wisconsin, 1950; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania,
1959
MINKIEWICZ, V. J., Associate Professor of Physics
B.S., Villanova University, 1960; Ph.D.. University of Cali-
fornia (Berkeley). 1965.
MINTZ, Lawrence, E.. Assistant Professor of American
Studies
B.A., University of South Carolina. 1966; M.A., Michigan
State University. 1967; Ph.D., 1969.
MIROLLI, Ruth A.. Assistant Professor of Art
B.A., Western Reserve University, 1953; M.A.. New York
University. 1957; Ph.D., 1966.
MISH, Charles C, Professor of English
B.S., University of Pennsylvania. 1936: M.A., 1946; Ph.D..
1951.
MISNER, Charles W., Professor of Physics
B.S.. University of Notre Dame. 1952; M.A.. Princeton
University. 1954; Ph.D.. 1957.
MITCHELL, Robert D., Assistant Professor of Geography
M.A., University of Glasgow. 1962: Ph.D.. University of
Wisconsin, 1968.
MITYGA. Henry G.. Instructor, Horticulture
B.S., Cornell University, 1966; M.S.. Purdue University,
1969.
MOHANTY. Sashi B., Associate Professor, Veterinary Science
B.V.SC. & AH., Bihar University. India, 1956; M.S., Uni-
versity of Maryland, 1961; Ph.D., 1963.
MONTGOMERY, William L., Associate Professor of Music
B.Mus.. Ed., Cornell College. 1953: M.Mus., Catholic Uni-
versity of America, 1957.
Faculty / 293
MOORE, Charles W.. Professor, School of Architecture
B. Arch. University of Michigan, 1947; M.F.A., Prince-
ton University. 1956; Ph.D., 1957.
MOORE, Dorothea, Instructor of Zoology
B.E., Illinois State University, 1941; M.P., University of
Wisconsin, 1944.
MOORE, John H.. Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1963; M.A., Johns
Hopkins University. 1965; Ph.D., 1967.
MOORE, John R.. Professor, Agricultural and Resource Eco-
nomics
B.S., Ohio State University, 1951; M.S., Cornell Univer-
sity, 1955; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1959.
MOORE. Mary L, Assistant Professor and Community De-
velopment Specialist
B.S., North Carolina Agricultural and Technical State Uni-
versity, 1948; M.S., North Carolina State University, 1968.
MOORE, Michael F., Lecturer of Economics
B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1963; M.A., 1966.
MOORE, Robert H., Assistant Professor of English
A.B., Davidson College, 1962; M.A., University of North
Caroina, 1964; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1971.
MORGAN. De:bert T., Professor of Botany
B.S., Kent State University, 1940; M.A., Columbia Uni-
versity, 1942; Ph.D., 1948.
MORGAN, H. Gerthon, Professor, Institute For Child Study
B.A., Furman University, 1940; M.A., University of Chi-
cago, 1943; Ph.D., 1946.
MORGAN. Omar D., Associate Professor of Botany
B.Ed., Illinois State Plant Pathology University, Normal,
1940; Ph.D., University of Illinois (Urbana), 1950.
MORIN, Donald G., Instructor of Mechanical Engineering
B.S., A.E., Brooklyn Polytechnic Institute, 1957.
MORRIS, John L.. Principal Specialist and Associate Profes-
sor of Dairy Science
B.S., Iowa State University (Ames), 1943; M.S., University
of Delaware. 1958.
MORSE, Douglas H., Associate Professor of Zoology
B.S., Bates College, 1960; M.S., University of Michigan,
1962; Ph.D., Louisiana State University, 1965.
MORSE. Frederick H., Associate Professor of Mechanical
Engineering
B.S., Renesselar Polytechnic Institute, 1957; M.S. Massa-
chusetts Institute of Technology. 1959; Ph.D., Renesselar
Polytechnic Institute, 1969.
MORTIMER. Jeylan T., Assistant Professor of Sociology
B.A., Tafts University. 1965; M.A., University of Michigan,
1967; Ph.D., 1967.
MOSBO, Philip A.. Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Art
B.A., Luther College (Jirva). 1968; M.A., University of
Connecticut. 1970.
MOSS, Lawrence K., Professor of Music
B.A.. University of California (L.A.), 1949; M.A., University
of Rochester. 1951; Ph.D., University of California (LA).
1957.
MOTTA, Jerome J., Assistant Professor, Botany
A.B.. San Francisco State College. 1959; M.A., 1964;
Ph.D.. University of California (Berkeley). 1968.
MOUNIN, Georges. Visiting Professor of French and Italian
Docteur es-Lettres, University of Paris, 1963.
MUCCI. Anthony G., Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.A., University of Pennsylvania. 1961; M.A., 1964; Ph.D..
University of California (Irvine), 1971.
MUELLER. Marion C , Instructor of Music
B.S., Texas Technological Institute, 1944; M.Ed., Uni-
versity of Maryland, 1965.
MUGANDA. Bernard K., Lecturer of Afro-American Studies
B.A., Goshen College. 1965; M.A., Howard University.
1968.
MULCHI, Charles L., Assistant Professor of Agronomy
B.S., North Carolina State University, 1964; M.S., 1967;
Ph.D., 1970.
MULLER, Edward K., Lecturer of Geography
M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1968.
MUNN, Robert J., Associate Professor and Director of Mole-
cular Physics
B.S., Bristol University, 1957; Ph.D., 1961.
MUNNO, Frank J., Associate Professor of Nuclear Engi-
neering
B.S., Waynesburg College, 1957; M.S., University of
Florida, 1962; Ph.D., 1964.
MURPHY, Charles D., Professor of English
B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1929; M.A., Harvard Uni-
versity, 1930; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1940.
MURPHY, Thomas J., Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Fordham University, 1963: Ph.D., Rockefeller
University, 1968.
MURPHY, Thomas P., Professor of Government and Politics
and Director of Urban Studies Institute
B.A., Queens College, 1952; M.A.. Georgetown University,
1960; Ph.D., St. John's University, 1963.
MURRAY, Joseph F., Instructor, Physical Education
B.S., University of Maryland. 1967; M.A., 1969.
MURRAY, Ray A., Professor of Agricultural and Resource
Economics
B.S., University of Nebraska, 1934; M.A., Cornell Uni-
versity, 1938; Ph.D., 1949.
MURRAY, JR., Robert H., Senior Instructor, Fire Service Ex-
tension
B.E., Keene State College, 1960.
MUSEN, Peter R., Professor of Astronomy
Ph.D., University of Belgrade, 1937.
MYERS, Ralph D., Professor of Physics
B.A., Cornell University. 1934; M.A.. 1935; Ph.D.. 1937.
MYERS, Robert Manson, Professor of English
B.A., Vanderbilt University, 1941; M.A.. Columbia Uni-
versity, 1942; M.A., Harvard University. 1943; Ph.D.,
Columbia University, 1948.
NABELEK, Igor V., Research Assistant Professor of Speech
and Dramatic Art
B.E., Slovak Technical University (Bratislava, Czecho-
slavakia), 1946; M.E.. Czech Technical University
(Prague). 1948; Sc D., Electroengineering College of The
Technical University. (Prague) 1958
NAGEL Roger N., Instructor, Computer Science
NANTZ, Evelyn R., Assistant Professor and Home Manage-
ment Specialist
B.S.. Oklahoma State University. 1939; M.S.. 1958.
NASH, Allan N., Associate Professor of Personnel
B.A., University of Minnesota. 1957; M.A.. 1959; Ph.D..
1963
NASH. Darrel A.. Cooperative Agent and Visting Assistant
Professor of Agricultural and Resource Economics
A.A . Fort Lewis College. 1956; B.S . Colorado State
University. 1958; MS., Montana State University. 1960:
Ph.D.. University of Illinois. 1964.
NASIBI, R. M., Lecturer of Afro-American Studies
MA. Howard University. 1969.
NASH. Grover E . County Management Associate and De-
puty Director. Maryland Technical Advisory Service,
Bureau of Governmental Research
B.S., Ohio State University. 1942; M.A.. Georgetown
University. 1961.
NATELLA. Arthur A . Assistant Professor of Spanish and
Portuguese
B.A., Columbia University. 1963; MA.. Syracuse Univer-
sity. 1965; Ph D.. 1970.
294 / Faculty
NEEDLE, Howard R., Instructor of Health Education
B.S., 1964; M.Ed.. University of Toledo. 1967.
NELSON. Clifford L,, Associate Professor. Agricultural and
Extension Education
B.S.. Washington State University, 1957; M.S., 1962;
Ph.D.. University of Minnesota. 1966.
NELSON, William E., Assistant Professor in Applied Design
and Craft
A. A.. University of Bridgeport, 1964; B.S., 1965; M.S..
Florida State University, 1968.
NEMES. Graciela P., Professor of Spanish and Portuguese
B.S., Trinity College (Vt.), 1942; M.A., University of Mary-
land. 1946; Ph.D.. 1952.
NERI. John A., Instructor of Economics
B.S.. University of Maryland. 1968; M.A., 1971.
NERI. Umberto, Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.S.. University of Chicago, 1961; M.S.. 1962; Ph.D..
1966.
NESPOULOUS-NEUVILLE, Josiane. Instructor French and
Italian
Licence en Droit, University of Bordeaux, 1952.
NEUMAN, Ronald H., Lecturer of Business Law
B.S.. University of Maryland. 1963; J.D., 1967.
NEWBY. Hayes A., Professor of Speech and Hearing
B.A., Ohio Wesleyan University, 1935; M.A., University
of Iowa. 1939; Ph.D.. 1947.
NEWCOMB, Robert W., Professor of Electrical Engineering
B.S.. Purdue University. 1955; M.S., Stanford University.
1957; Ph.D., University of California (Berkeley), 1960.
NEWCOMER, Joseph L., Assistant Professor of Agronomy
B.S., University of Maryland, 1950; M.S.. 1955.
NEWELL, Clarence A.. Professor of Administration, Super-
vision and Curriculum
B.A., Hastings College, 1935: M.A., Columbia University,
1939; Ph.D., 1943.
NEWSOM, D. Earl, Professor of Journalism
B.S., Oklahoma State University, 1948; M.S.J., North-
western University, 1949; Ed.D., Oklahoma State Uni-
versity. 1957.
NICHOLSON. James L., Assistant Professor of Poultry Science
B.S., University of Maryland, 1951.
NICKELS, William G., Assistant Professor of Marketing
B.S.. B.A.. Ohio State University. 1962; M.B.A., Western
Reserve University, 1966; Ph.D., Ohio State University,
1969.
NICKLASON, Fred. Assistant Professor of History
B.S., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1953; M.A., University
of Pennsylvania, 1955; Ph.D., Yale University, 1967.
NICKS. Walter, Visiting Lecturer of Dance
Katherine Dunham School of Dance, 1945.
NIEBUR. Douglas P., Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.S.. Iowa State University, 1963; M.S., University of Wis-
consin, 1965; Ph.D., 1968.
NIEMEYER, G. Charles, Associate Professor of Speech and
Dramatic Art
B.S., DePauw University, 1933; M.A., Northwestern Uni-
versity. 1935; Ph.D., Yale University, 1942.
NIESE, Henry E., Assistant Professor of Art
B.F.A., Columbia University, 1955; Cert., The Cooper
University, 1949; Cert., Academie Chaumiere (Paris),
1949.
NIFFENEGGER. Elnor J.. Instructor (Part-time), Food and
Nutrition
B.S., Iowa State University (Ames), 1953; M.S., Montana
State University, 1964.
NISONGER. Julie. Instructor Applied Design
B.F.A.. Ohio State University, 1944; M.A., University of
Maryland, 1967.
NIX, JR., I Lewis, Assistant Professor, School of Architecture
B. Arch. University of Virginia, 1968; M.E.D., Yale
University, 1970.
NOETZEL. Bruno O., Cooperative Agent and Visting Assist-
ant Professor of Agricultural and Resource Economics
B.S., College of Economics, Poland. 1957; M.S., 1959
NOLL, James W., Associate Professor, Foundation of Edu-
cation
B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1954; M.S.. University of
Chicago, 1961; Ph.D., 1965.
NOONAN. R. E., Assistant Professor. Computer Science
Ph.D., Purdue University, 1971.
NORTON, Ann E.. Assistant Professor of Spanish and
Portuguese and Assistant Dean
B.A., Syracuse University, 1945: M.A., 1947.
NORTON, Jane S., Research Associate in Botany
B.S.. Pennsvlania State University, 1957; M.S., Cornell
University, 1959: Ph.D., University of Connecticut. 1966
NORTON. Virginia P.. Instructor (Part-time), Food and
Nutrition. Institutional Administration
B.S., University of Colorado, 1958; M.Ed., University of
North Carolina. 1971.
NOSS, Jerome R., Lecturer of Physical Education
B.Sc, Bowling Green State University. 1956.
NCSSAMAN. Audrey M., Associate Professor of Music
B.Mus.. Westminster Choir College. 1947; M.A., Univer-
sity of Hawaii, 1971.
NOTKINS. S. W.. Junior Instructor in Architecture
A.B.. Hollins College. 1963.
NOWACK. Dorothy R., Instructor of Health Education
M.Ed., Lehigh University. 1966.
NUTKU, Emily B., Assistant Professor of English
A.B., San Jose State College, 1941; M.A.. University of
California. (Berkeley). 1943; Ph.D., 1966.
NYSTROM, Paul E.. Director of Extension and Professor of
Agricultural Economics, Emeritus
B.S., University of California, 1928: M.S.. University of
Maryland, 1931; M.P.A., Harvard University, 1948;
D.P.A., 1951.
NZUWAH, Mariyo. Instructor and Assistant Director of Afro-
American Studies
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1965; M.A., Howard Uni-
versity, 1967.
O'CONNELL. Donald W., Dean and Professor of Economics
B.A., Columbia University, 1937; M.A., 1938; Ph.D., 1953.
O'DELL. Stanley Jack, Assistant Professor of Philosophy
B.A., University of Kansas, 1960: M.A., University of
Illinois. 1962: Ph.D., 1967.
ODLAND, Sheldon W., Instructor, Housing and Interior Design
B.A., Pennsylvania State University. 1958.
O'DONNELL, Richard W., Assistant Professor, Early Child-
hood and Elementary Education
B.S., University of Maryland, 1959; Ed.M., 1962; Ed.D..
1968.
OGALLAGHER, Joseph J., Assistant Professor of Physics
SB.. Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1961; S.M..
University of Chicago, 1962; Ph.D.. 1967.
OGILVIE. Keith W.. Research Associate Professor (Part-time)
Meteorology' Institute Fluid Dynamics
B.S., University of Edinburgh, 1950; Ph.D.. 1954.
O'GRADY, Emmett P.. Assistant Professor of Electrical Engi-
neering
O'HAVER. Thomas C. Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Spring Hill College, 1963; Ph.D.. University of
Florida, 1968.
O'LEARY, Ronald T., Associate Professor of Speech and Dra-
matic Art
B.S., Bowling Green State University, 1960; M.A., 1961;
M.F.A., University of Wisconsin, 1964; Ph.D.. 1966.
Faculty / 295
OLIN, Stephen S., Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Purdue University, 1963; Ph.D., Columbia University,
1967.
OLIVER, James H., Assistant Professor of Government and
Politics
B.A., University of Washington, 1959; M.A., 1962; Ph.D.,
University of Wisconsin, 1968.
OLSON. Charles E., Associate Professor of Transportation
B.B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1964; M.A., 1966; Ph.D.,
1968.
OLSON, David H.. Assistant Professor of Family and Com-
munity Development
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1962; M.A., Wichita State Uni-
versity, 1964; Ph.D., Penn State University, 1967.
OLSON, Edwin E., Professor, School of Library and Informa-
tion Services
B.A., St. Olaf College, 1959; M.A., American University
1961; Ph.D., 1966.
OLSON, Keith W., Assistant Professor of History
B.A., S.U.N.Y. (Albany), 1957; M.A., 1959; Ph.D., Uni-
versity of Wisconsin, 1964.
OLSON, M. J.. Instructor (Part-time) Secondary Education
A.B., S.U.N.Y. at Albany, 1955; M.A., 1955.
OLSON, JR., Mancur L., Professor of Economics
B.S., North Dakota State University, 1954; B.A., Oxford
University, 1956; M.A., 1960; Ph.D., Harvard University,
1963.
OLSON, Orrin O.. Assistant Professor of Music
B.A., Sacramento State College, 1960; M.Mus., Indiana
University, 1961.
OLVER, Frank W. J., Research Professor, Institute for
Fluid Dynamics & Applied Mathematics
B.Sc, University of London, 1945; M.Sc, 1948; D.Sc,
1961.
ONEDA, Sadao, Professor of Physics
B.S., Tohoku University, 1946; M.Sc, 1948; Ph.D., Nagoya
University, 1953.
O'NEILL, Jane H., Instructor, Secondary Education
B.A., University of Maryland, 1932.
O'NEILL, JR., Leo W., Professor, Early Childhood and Ele-
mentary Education
B.A., University of Chicago, 1938: M.A., University of
Kansas, 1953; Ed.D.. University of Colorado, 1955.
O'NEILL, Richard P., Instructor, Business Administration
B.S., University of Maryland, 1966; M.B.A., 1969.
OPACIC, Jasna, Visiting Assistant Professor, Electrical Engi-
neering
Ph.D., University of Birmingham, 1970.
OPIK, Ernst J., Professor of Physics and Astronomy
Cand. Astro., Moscow Imperial University, 1916; D.Phil.,
National University of Estonia, 1923.
ORRIS, Patricia K., Research Assistant, Botany
B.S., Millersville State College, 1966; M.S., University
of Delaware, 1971.
ORTEGA, James M., Research Professor. Computer Science
and Institute for Fluid Dynamics & Applied Mathematics
B.S., University of New Mexico, 1954; Ph.D.. Stanford
University, 1962.
ORVEDAL. Ruth W., Assistant Professor. Home Management
B.S., Middle Tennessee State College, 1937; M.S., Uni-
versity of Tennessee. 1941.
OSBORN, John E., Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1958; M.S., 1963; Ph.D.,
1965.
OSTERHOUSE, Robert A.. Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.S., Whitworth College. 1964; M.A., Ohio State Univer-
sity, 1968; Ph.D.. 1969.
OTTO. Gilbert F.. Professor of Zoology
B.A., Kalamazoo College. 1926; M.S.. Kansas State Uni-
versity, 1927; Sc.D., Johns Hopkins University, 1929.
OTTS, JR., Louis E., Professor of Civil Engineering
B.A., East Texas State College, 1933; B.S., Texas A & M
University, 1946; M.S.. 1946.
OWENS. Anna B., Instructor in Botany
B.S., University of Maryland. 1940; M.S., 1949.
OWENS, William R., Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engi-
neering
B.S.. Penn State University, 1959; M.S., Drexel Institute
of Technology, 1964; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1970.
OWINGS, James C, Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.S., Dartmouth College, 1962; Ph.D., Cornell University.
1966.
PAINE, Frank I., Associate Professor, Business Organization
and Administration
PAI, Shih I.. Research Professor, Institute for Fluid Dynamics
& Applied Mathematics
B.S., National Central University, 1935; M.S.. Massa-
chusetts Institute of Technology, 1938; Ph.D., California
Institute of Technology, 1940.
PANICHAS. George A., Professor of English
B.A., American International College, 1951: M.A., Trinity
College (Conn.). 1952; Ph.D., Nottingham University,
1962; Fellow of The Royal Society of Arts of The United
Kingdom,
PAPADOPOULOS, K. C, Visiting Research Assistant Profes-
sor, Institute for Fluid Dynamics & Applied Mathematics
Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1969.
PARK, Chan Mo, Assistant Professor, Computer Science
B.S., Seoul National University, 1958; Ph.D., University
of Maryland, 1969.
PAROCHETTI, James V., Assistant Professor of Agronomy
B.S., University of Illinois (Urbana), 1962; M.S.. Purdue
University, 1964; Ph.D.. 1966.
PARSONS. Arthur C, Professor Emeritus of Spanish
B.A., University of Maryland, 1926; M.A., 1928.
PASCH, Alan, Professor of Philosophy
B.A., University of Michigan, 1949; M.A., New School For
Social Research, 1952; Ph.D., Princeton University. 1955.
PASTERNACK, Gail L., Instructor of Business Administra-
tion
B.B.A., University of Cincinnati, 1969; MB. A.. Univer-
sity of Maryland, 1970.
PATI, Joseph C, Associate Professor of Physics
I.Sc, Utkal University, 1953; B.S.. Ravenshaw College.
1955; M.Sc, Delhi University. 1957; Ph.D., University
of Maryland, 1960.
PATRICK. Arthur S., Professor Information Systems Manage-
ment
B.S., Wisconsin State University (River Falls). 1931; M.A.,
State University of Iowa, 1940; Ph.D. American Uni-
versity, 1956.
PATTERSON, Glenn W,, Associate Professor of Plant Phy-
siology
B.S., North Carolina State College (Raleigh). 1960; M.S..
University of Maryland, 1963; Ph.D.. 1964.
PAVEY, Stanley. Assistant Professor of Psychology and
Counselor, Counseling Center
B.A., C.U.N.Y. (City College). 1952; M.S.. 1955; Ph.D.,
Ohio State University. 1961.
PAYERLE, Laszlo M., Assistant Professor of Music
B.Mus., University of Maryland. 1960; M.Mus., University
of Texas, 1962.
PAYNE, Han, Assistant Professor, School of Architecture
B. Arch., Welch School of Arch, 1966; Ph.D.. Arch.
Science; Bartlett School of Arch.. London. 1969.
PEARL. Martin M., Professor of Mathematics
B.A., C.U.N.Y. (Brooklyn College). 1950; M.A.. University
of Michigan. 1951; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1955
PEARSON. Marin. Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Art
B.A.. University of Maryland. 1969; M.A.. 1971.
296 / Faculty
PEASE. John. Associate Professor of Sociology
B.S., Western Michigan University. 1960: M.A., Michigan
State University. 1963; Ph.D.. 1968.
PECHACEK. Robert E.. Assistant Professor of Physics
B.S., California Institute of Technology. 1954; M.S.. Uni-
versity of California (Berkeley), 1963; Ph.D.. 1966.
PELCZAR JR.. Michael J.. Professor of Microbiology and V.P.
Graduate Studies and Research
B.S., University of Maryland. 1936; M.S.. 1938; Ph.D..
State University of Iowa. 1941.
PEMBERTON. Elizabeth G.. Assistant Professor of Art
B.A.. Mt. Holyoke College. 1961; M.A.. Columbia Uni-
versity, 1964; Ph.D.. 1968.
PENNINGTON. Kenneth D.. Associate Professor of Music
B.A.. Friends University. 1949; B.Mus.. 1950; M.A., New
York University. 1953; D.Mus.. Indiana University, 1961.
PERINBAM, B. Marie. Assistant Professor of History
B.A., London University. 1955: M.A.. University of Toron-
to. 1959; Ph.D.. Georgetown University, 1969.
PERKINS. Hugh V., Professor. Institute For Child Study
A.B., Oberlin College. 1941; M.A.. University of Chicago,
1946; Ph.D., 1949; Ed.D.. New York University, 1956.
PERKINS, Moreland, Professor of Philosophy
A.B.. Harvard University, 1948: A.M.. 1949; Ph.D.. 1953.
PERLOFF. Marjorie G., Associate Professor of English
B.A., Barnard College. 1953; M.A.. Catholic University of
America. 1956: Ph.D.. 1965.
PERRIN, Donald G.. Associate Professor, Education Tech-
nology Center
A.B.. University of Southern California, 1960; A.M., 1962:
Ph.D.. 1969.
PERRY, Shirley, Instructor of Counseling and Personnel
Services
B.S.. Tufts University. 1957; M.Ed.. Boston University,
1960; A.G.S.. University of Maryland. 1969.
PETERS, Robert M., Associate Professor. Secondary Educa-
tion
B.S.. Mankato State College. 1955; M.S.. 1958: Ph.D..
University of Minnesota, 1965.
PETERSON. JR.. L. L. Municipal Management Associate
Maryland Technical Advisory Service. Bureau of Govern-
mental Research
B.S., Weber State College. 1965: M.S.. Utah State
University. 1970.
PETERSON. William S., Associate Professor of English
B.A.. Walla Walla College. 1961; M.A.. University of
Wisconsin. 1962; Ph.D.. Northwestern University. 1968.
PETRICK, Michael J., Assistant Professor of Journalism
B.S.. University of Wisconsin, 1965; M.S.. 1967; Ph.D..
1970.
PFAEHLER. William L, Senior Instructor, Fire Service Ex-
tension
B.A., Rutgers University. 1956.
PFITZENMEYER, H. T.. Research Associate, Chesapeake Bio-
logical Laboratory
M.S., Penn State University. 1956.
PICKARD. Hugh B.. Associate Professor of Chemistry
A.B.. Haverford College. 1933; Ph.D.. Northwestern Uni-
versity. 1938.
PIERCE. James Lee. Lecturer (Part-time) Economics
A.B. University of California (Berkeley), 1959; Ph.D..
1964.
PIERCE. JR.. Sidney K.. Assistant Professor of Zoology
B.Ed.. University of Miami. 1966: Ph.D.. Florida State
University, 1970.
PIPER, Don C. Professor and Chairman, Government and
Politics
B.A.. University of Maryland, 1954; M.A., 1958; Ph.D.,
Duke University, 1961.
PIPER. Harry W.. Associate Professor of Civil Engineering
B.Arch.. Catholic University of America, 1940; MCE ,
1960.
PIPER. Rowena W . Instructor of Zoology
B.S., Midwestern University, 1954; MAT. Duke Uni-
versity. 1962.
PLEDGER. Virginia L.. Instructor of Textiles and Consumer
Economics
B.S.. Iowa State University (Ames). 1957; M.HE., Uni-
versity of Georgia, 1966.
PLISCHKE, Elmer. Professor of Government and Politics
Ph.B.. Marquette University. 1937: M.A.. American Uni-
versity. 1938; Ph.D., Clark University. 1943.
PLOTKIN, Allen. Assistant Professor. Aerospace Engineering
B.S., Columbia University, 1963; M.S.. 1964; Ph.D.. Stan-
ford University, 1968.
POFFENBERGER. Paul R., Associate Dean and Professor,
Agricultural and Resource Economics
B.S.. University of Maryland, 1935; M.S.. 1937; Ph.D..
American University, 1953.
POIST, JR., Richard F.. Assistant Professor of Transportation
B.S.. Penn State University, 1965; M.B.A.. University of
Maryland. 1967; Ph.D.. Pennsylvania State University,
1971.
POLLARD, WILLIAM O.. Assistant Professor of Poultry Science
B.A., University of Virginia, 1951; Ph.D., University of
Maryland, 1962.
PONNAMPERUMA, Cyril, Professor of Chemistry
B.A.. University of Madras, 1948: B.Sc. University of
London. 1959; Ph.D., University of California (Berkeley).
1962.
POPOV, Vasile-Mihai V.. Professor of Electrical Engineering
Ph.D.. 1968.
PORSCHING. T. A.. Instructor, Computer Science Center
Ph.D.. Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1964.
PORTER, Roy D. Assistant Professor and Coordinator,
Special Agricultural Program
B.S.. University of Maryland. 1954: M.S., 1963.
PORTZ, John, Associate Professor of English and Director
of Honors Program
B.S.. Duke University, 1937; M.A.. Harvard University,
1941; Ph.D.. 1958.
POTASH. Esther B., Instructor of English.
B.A.. University of Maryland. 1967; M.A.. 1970.
POTTER. Jane H.. Associate Professor of Zoology
B.S.. University of Chicago, 1942; M.S., 1947: Ph.D.. 1949.
POTTER, Juanita. Coordinator of Student Teaching (Part-
time)
B.S.. Lyndon State College, 1954; M.Ed.. University of
Maryland, 1971; A.G.S.. 1971.
POTTS. JR.. William H.. Associate Professor (Part-time)
School of Architecture
B.Arch., University of Florida, 1951; M.Arch.. Harvard
University. 1956.
POULTNEY. Joan M.. Lecturer (Part-time) Institute For Child
Study
B.S.. University of Nebraska. 1965; M.A.. University of
Maryland. 1968; Ph.D., 1969.
POULTNEY. Sherman K., Assistant Professor of Physics
B.S., Worcester Polytechnic Institute, 1958; M.A., Prince-
ton University, 1960: Ph.D.. 1962.
POWELL, Michael H., Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.A., San Jose State College, 1963: M.A.. University
of California (Santa Barbara). 1966; Ph.D., 1969.
PRANGE, Gordon, Professor of History
B.A.. University of Iowa, 1932; M.A.. 1934; Ph.D.. 1937.
PRANGE. Richard E„ Professor of Physics
M.S.. University of Chicago, 1955: Ph.D.. 1957.
PRASAD. Krishna Q.. Research Associate in Horticulture
B.S., Binar University (India), 1957; M.S., Auburn Uni-
versity, 1966; Ph.D.. Iowa State University, 1971.
Faculty / 297
PRATHER, Elizabeth S., Professor and Chairman of Food.
Nutrition and Institutional Administration
B.S.. Auburn University, 1951; M.S., 1955; Ph.D., Iowa
State University (Ames), 1963.
PRATT, Ernest F., Professor of Chemistry
A.B.. University of Redlands, 1937; M.S., Oregon State
College, 1939; Ph.D., University of Michigan, 1942.
PRICE, Donald, Research Associate Professor of Zoology
B.S., University of Maryland, 1948; M.S., 1950; Ph.D.,
1959.
PROVENSEN, Hester B., Assistant Professor of Speech and
Dramatic Art
LL.B., George Washington University, 1926; M.A., Emer-
son College, 1948.
PUCKETT, Paul B., Instructor of Mechanical Engineering
B.S., U.S. Naval Academy, 1944; M.S., University of
Oklahoma, 1959.
PUGH, Howel G., Professor of Physics
B.A.. Cambridge University, 1955; M.A., 1961; Ph.D.,
1961.
PUGLIESE, Rudolph E., Professor of Speech and Dramatic
Art
B.A. Miami University (Ohio), 1947; M.A., Catholic Uni-
versity of America, 1949; Ph.D., Ohio State University,
1961.
PUGSLEY, James H., Associate Professor of Electrical Engi-
neering
A.B., Oberlin College, 1956; M.S., University of Illinois
(Urbana), 1958; Ph.D., 1963.
PUMROY, Donald K., Professor of Education and Psychology
B.A., University of Iowa, 1949; M.S., University of Wis-
consin, 1951; Ph.D., University of Washington, 1954.
PURDY, William C, Professor of Chemistry
A.B., Amherst College, 1951; Ph.D., Massachusetts In-
stitute of Technology, 1955.
QUALLS, P. David, Assistant Professor of Economics
B.A., University of Florida, 1960; M.A.. 1961; Ph.D.,
University of California, 1967.
QUESADA, Donald C, Instructor of Physical Education
B.S., University of Maryland, 1964; M.A., 1970.
QUIGLEY, George D., Associate Professor. Poultry Science,
and Director Institute of Applied Agriculture
B.S., Michigan State University, 1925.
QUIGLEY. Michael J., Assistant Professor of Secondary Edu-
cation and English
B.A., Central State, 1965; M.Ed., 1967; Ph.D., Ohio State
University. 1970.
QUILICI. Augustine F.. Instructor of Secondary Education and
French and Italian
B.S., Appalachian State Teacher's College, 1963; M.A.,
1965.
QUYNN, William F.. Profesor Emeritus, French and Italian
B.A.. University of Virginia, 1922; M.A., 1923, Ph.D..
The Johns Hopkins University. 1934.
RADCLIFFE, John, Acting Director. Upward Bound
B.A., Grove City College, 1963; M.A., University of
Maryland. 1970.
RADO, George T., Professor of Physics
SB.. Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1939; S.M.,
1941; Ph.D., 1943.
RAGAN, Robert M., Professor and Chairman, Civil Engi-
neering
B.S., Virginia Military Institute, 1955; M.S.. Massachusetts
Institute of Technology. 1959; Ph.D., Cornell University.
1964.
RAGAZZI. Enrica, Instructor, French and Italian
Laureau University of Genoa, 1966.
RAGGIO. John A.. Instructor of Spanish and Portuguese
B.A., Providence College, 1967; M.A.. University of Mary-
land. 1970.
RAMM, Gordon M., Associate Professor of Zoology
B.A., S.U.N.Y. at Buffalo, 1949; M.S., 1950; Ph.D., New
York University, 1954.
RANALD, Ralph A., Associate Professor of Government and
Politics
A.B., University of California (LA). 1952; M.A., 1954;
A.M., Princeton University, 1958; Ph.D., 1961.
RAND, Marquerite, Professor Emerita, Spanish and Portu-
guese
Ph.D., Chicago, 1951.
RANSICK, Sandra L., Instructor of Germanic and Slavic
Languages
B.A., University of Maryland, 1967; M.A., 1970.
RAO, T. R., Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering
B.Sc, Government Arts College, Andhra University,
1952; D.I.I.Sc, Indian Institute of Science, Bangalore,
India, 1955; M.S.E.. University of Michigan, 1961; Ph.D.,
1964.
RAPPLEYE, Robert D., Associate Professor of Botany
B.S., University of Maryland, 1941; M.S., 1947; PhD,
1949.
RASTOGI, Suresh C, Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.Sc, University of Lucknow, 1957; M.Sc, 1960; Ph.D.,
Iowa University, 1965.
RATHS, James D., Professor and Director, Bureau of Edu-
cation Research and Field
B.S., Yale University, 1954; M.A., 1955; Ph.D., New York
University, 1960.
RAWLS, Charles K., Research Associate. Chesapeake Bio-
logocial Laboratory
M.S., University of Minnesota, 1949.
RAY, Philip B., Associate Professor of Counseling and
Personnel Services and Counselor, Counselling Center
B.A., Antioch College, 1950: M.S.. University of Pennsyl-
vania, 1955; Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 1962.
RAYMOND, Pamela B.. Instructor of Health Education
B.S., Central Michigan University, 1964; M.S., Indiana
University, 1966.
REARICK. William R.. Associate Professor of Art
B.A., New York University. 1953; M.A.. Institute of Fine
Arts, 1958; Ph.D., Harvard University. 1969.
REBACH. Howard M.. Assistant Professor of Speech and Dra-
matic Art
B.A., University of Maryland, 1958; M.A., 1964; Ph.D..
Michigan State University, 1968.
REBUCK, Ernest C. Assistant Professor of Agricultural
Engineering
B.S.A.E., Pennsylvania State University, 1966; M.S., 1967;
Ph.D.. University of Arizona. 1971.
REDISH, Edward F„ Assistant Professor of Physics
A.B., Princeton University, 1963: Ph.D.. Massachusetts
Institute of Technology. 1968.
REES, Colin P., Assistant Professor of Zoology
B.S., University of Wales; M.S.. University of Wisconsin.
1967; Ph.D., 1970.
REEVE. E. Wilkins, Professor of Chemistry
B.S.. Drexel Institute of Technology. 1936: Ph.D.. Uni-
versity of Wisconsin, 1940.
REEVES. Mavis M.. Associate Professor of Government and
Politics
B.A., West Virginia University. 1942; M.A.. 1943; Ph D..
University of North Carolina. 1947.
REGAN, Thomas M.. Associate Professor of Chemical Engi-
neering
B.S., Tulane University. 1963: Ph.D.. 1967.
REICHELDERFER. Charles F., Assistant Professor of Ento-
mology
B.S.. St. Cloud College. 1961; Ph.D.. University of
California (Riverside). 1968.
REID. Dianne A . Instructor of Physical Education
B.S.. Howard University; M.S.. Pennsylvania State
University, 1970.
298 / Faculty
REID. James E.. Instructor ol Art
B.F.A., The Maryland Institute. 1966; MA, University ol
Maryland, 1970.
REILLY, Robert J ., Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering
B.S., Manhattan College. 1960; M.S.. University of
Maryland. 1962; Ph.D.. 1967.
REINHART. Bruce L.. Professor of Mathematics
B.A.. Lehigh University. 1952: MA, Princeton University,
1954; Ph.D., 1956.
REISER. Martin P.. Professor of Electrical Engineering and
Physics
B.Sc, Johannes Gutenberg, 1954; Dpi., 1957; Ph.D.,
1960.
REMSBERG. Rita L. Instructor. Nursery School
B.S., University of Maryland, 1969; M.Ed., 1970.
RENTZ, Marie S., Instructor of Spanish and Portuguese
A.B.. University of North Carolina, 1947; M.A., Duke Uni-
versity, 1951.
RESURRECCION, Richard L, Instructor (Part-time) Faculty
Development Program (Education)
MA, Ca!ifornia State College (L.A.), 1970.
REVEAL, James L., Assistant Professor of Botany
B.S., Utah State University, 1963; M.S., 1965; Ph.D..
Brigham Young University, 1969.
REYNOLDS, Charles W., Professor of Horticulture
B.A., University of Alabama, 1941; B.S., Auburn Uni-
versity, 1947; M.S., 1949; Ph.D., University of Maryland,
1954.
REYNOLDS. Cynthia J., Instructor of Dance
B.S.. State University College (Brockport), 1969.
REYNOLDS, Michael M., Professor, School of Library and
Information Services
A.B., Hunter College, 1950; M.S.L.S., Columbia Univer-
sity, 1952; M.A., American University, 1954; Ph.D.,
University of Michigan, 1964.
RHEE. Moon-Jhong, Assistant Professor of Electrical Engi-
neering
Ph.D.. Catholic University of America. 1969.
RHEINBOLDT, Werner C , Research Professor, Computer Sci-
ence and Institute for Fluid Dynamics & Applied Mathe-
matics
B.S., University of Heidelberg, 1949; MA. 1952; Ph.D..
University of Freiburg, 1955.
RHOADS, David J., Associate Professor of Counseling and
Personnel Services
RIBALTA. Pedro J., Instructor in Applied Design and Interior
Design
B.A., Barcelona University, 1959.
RICO, Frederick, Lecturer, Secondary Education
B.S., Bryant College, 1964; M.Ed.. Boston University.
1965.
RICE. E. Barry. Instructor, Business Administration
B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1963; C.P.A , Vir-
ginia. 1966.
RICHARD, Jean Paul, Assistant Professor of Physics
B.A., Laval University, 1956; B.S., 1960; Ph.D., University
of Paris, 1963.
RICHARDS, Carl T., County Management Associate, Mary-
land Technical Advisory Service, Bureau of Govern-
mental Research
B.S., West Chester State College. 1962; M.A., Uni-
versty of Maryland, 1968.
RICHMAN. Charles S., Curriculum Specialist, Dept. of Indus-
trial Education
B.S.. University of Wisconsin (Madison). 1963; M.S.,
DePaul University, 1971.
RIDGWAY, Whitman H., Lecturer of History
A.B., Kenyon College, 1963; M.A., San Francisco State
College, 1967.
RISINGER, Robert, Professor and Chairman, Secondary Edu-
cation
B.S.. Ball State University, 1940; MA, University of
Chicago, 1947; Ed.D.. University of Colorado. 1955.
RISK, Winthrop S., Assistant Professor of Physics
B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1960;
Ph.D., Princeton University, 1965.
RITZMANN, Barbara J.. Assistant Professor in Crafts and
Applied Design
B.A., Penn State University. 1945; M.F.A.. George
Washington University, 1966.
RIVELLO. Robert M., Professor and Acting Chairman,
Aerospace Engineering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1943: M.S.. 1948.
ROBERSON. Bob S., Associate Professor of Microbiology
B A, University of North Carolina, 1951; Ph.D., 1960.
ROBERTS. Evelyn B., Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Art
B.A.. Aquinas College, 1970; M.A.. Bowling Green Uni-
versity, 1971.
ROBERTSON, J. Righton Jr.. Assistant Professor of History
B.A., University of the South, 1954; M.A., Emory Uni-
versity, 1960; Ph.D., 1963.
ROBINSON, Prentiss N.. Assistant Professor of Electrical
Engineering
B.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1959; Ph.D..
Brooklyn Polytechnic Institute. 1965.
ROBINSON, Susan, Instructor of English
B.A.. DePauw University, 1968; M.A.. University of Mary-
land. 1970.
ROBSON. Ross E., Research Assistant. Urban Research
Group, Bureau of Governmental Research
B.S., Weber State College, 1965; M.S.. Utah State Uni-
versity, 1967.
ROCKWELL. Joseph, Coordinator of Student Teaching (Part-
time), Hagerstown Elementary Teacher Education Center.
Washington County
A.B.. Findley College, 1951; M.A., Columbia University,
1958.
RODENHUIS, David R., Assistant Professor, Institute for
Fluid Dynamics & Applied Mathematics
B.S.. University of California (Berkeley). 1959; Ph.D.,
University of Washington, 1967.
RODERICK, Jessie A.. Associate Professor. Early Childhood
and Elementary Education
B.S., Wilkes College, 1956; M.A.. Columbia University.
1957; Ed.D., Temple University, 1967.
ROGERS, Benjamin L., Professor of Horticulture
B.S., Clemson University, 1943; M.S.. University of Minne-
sota, 1947; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1950.
ROGERS, Bruce G., Assistant Professor, Educational Re-
search
B.S.. Arizona State University. 1961; M.A., 1962; Ph.D..
Michigan State University, 1968.
ROGERS, Margaret D., Instructor, Special Education
B.A., University of South Florida. 1966; MA, 1967.
ROGOLSKY, Saul, Associate Professor, Institute For Child
Study
B.S.. Harvard University, 1948; M.S.. University of Chi-
cago. 1953; Ed.D., Harvard University. 1963.
ROLLINSON. Carl L., Professor of Chemistry
B.S.. University of Michigan, 1933; Ph.D., University of
Illinois, 1939.
ROMIG, William J.. Instructor. Business Administration
B.S.. Kansas State University, 1966; M.B.A.. University of
Maryland, 1971.
ROOS, Philip G., Associate Professor of Physics
B.A., Ohio Wesleyan University, 1960; Ph.D., Massachu-
setts Institute of Technology. 1964.
ROOT, Richard M., Instructor of Mechanical Engineering
B.S., Florida State University, 1964; M.S.. 1965.
Faculty / 299
ROPER, James B., Assistant Professor of Advertising Design
B.S., East Carolina College, 1961; M.A., 1963.
ROSE, C, D., Research Associate Professor, Chesapeake Bio-
logical Laboratory
ROSE JR., Harry J., Visiting Professor of Chemistry
B.Sc, St. Francis College. 1948; M.S., University of
Maryland, 1952.
ROSE, William K., Associate Professor of Astronomy
A.B., Columbia University, 1957; Ph.D., 1963.
ROSEN, Meriam L, Associate Professor of Dance
B.S.. University of Illinois, 1948; M.A.. University of
Maryland, 1965.
ROSEN, Stephen I., Assistant Professor of Anthropology
B.A., University of Southern California, 1965; Ph.D., Uni-
versity of Kansas, 1969.
ROSENBERG, Theodore J., Research Associate Professor,
Institute for Fluid Dynamics & Applied Mathematics
B.E.E., C.U.N.Y. (City College), 1960; Ph.D., University
of California (Berkeley), 1965.
ROSENBLOOM, Eleanor W., Research Associate in Chemistry
ROSENFELD, Azriel, Research Professor, Computer Science
B.A., Yeshiva University, 1950; M.A., Columbia Univer-
sity, 1951; M.S., Yeshiva University, 1954; Ph.D., Colum-
bia University, 1957.
ROSENFIELD, Leonora C, Professor of French and Italian
B.A., Smith College, 1930; M.A., Columbia University.,
1931; Ph.D., 1940.
ROSENTHAL, Barbara G., Instructor of Secondary Education
and Speech and Dramatic Art
B.A., University of Maryland, 1964; M.A., 1970.
ROSENTHAL, Lewis D., Lecturer in Geography
B.A., City College, NYC; M.A.. New School for Social
Research, NYC.
ROSWELL, Charles A., Lecturer in Geography
B.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1963; M.A., University
of Maryland, 1969.
ROTHGEB. Russell G.. Professor of Agronomy, Emeritus
B.S., University of Maryland. 1924; M.S., Iowa State Col-
lege, 1925; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1928.
ROUSE, JR., John E., Research Assistant, Bureau of Govern-
mental Research
B.A., Furman University, 1964; M.A., University of
Maryland. 1967.
ROUSH, Marvin L., Associate Professor of Nuclear Engi-
neering and Physics
B.Sc, Ottawa University, 1956; Ph.D., University of Mary-
land, 1964.
ROVELSTAD, Howard, Professor and Director, Library. Col-
lege Park
B.A.. University of Illinois (Urbana), 1936; M.A., 1937;
B.S L.S., Columbia University, 1940.
ROVNER, Philip, Associate Professor of Spanish and Portu-
guese
B.A , George Washington University, 1948; M.A., 1949;
Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1958
ROWE, John C, Assistant Professor of English
B.A.. Johns Hopkins University, 1967; Ph.D.. S.U.N. Y.
at Buffalo, 1971.
ROY, Raymond A., Instructor. Business Administration
B. Commerce, St. Mary's University, 1963; M.B.A.. Uni-
versity of Massachusetts, 1964.
ROYER. Ruth H., Instructor of Physical Education
BS, West Chester State College, 1958.
ROYS. Betty J., Instructor of Physical Education
B.A., Kent State University. 1960; M.A.. Bowling Green
State University, 1964.
RUCHKIN, Judith P., Instructor, Lab Experience
M.A . Yale University. 1957.
RUMBAUGH, Jeffrey H., Assistant Professor of Electrical
Engineering
B.S., University of Maryland. 1957; Ph.D.. 1969.
RUNDELL, Walter Jr., Professor and Chairman of History
B.S., University of Texas, 1951; M.A., American Uni-
versity, 1955; Ph.D., 1967.
RUSSELL. John D., Professor of English
A.B., Colgate University, 1951; M.A,, University of
Washington, 1956; Ph.D., Rutgers University, 1959.
RUTHERFORD, Charles S., Assistant Professor of English
B.A., Carleton College, 1962; M.A., Indiana University,
1966; Ph.D., 1970.
RYAN, M. J .,. Research Associate, Physics and Astronomy
RYDEN, Einar R., Professor, Agricultural and Extension Edu-
cation
B.A., Augsburg College, 1929; Ph.D., Northwestern Uni-
versity, 1947.
RYMER, Victoria S., Instructor of Business Administration
B.S., University of Maryland, 1961. MB. A., 1966.
SADUN, Elvio H., Research Professor of Zoology
B.S., Livorno University, 1936; Bi.Med., Pisa University,
1939; M.A., Harvard University, 1942; Sc.D , The Johns
Hopkins University, 1948.
SAETTLER, Kathleen R., Assistant Professor, Special Edu-
cation
Ed.D., University of Illinois (Urbana). 1970.
SAGER, Jane F., Visiting Instructor in Institution Administra-
tion
B.S., Millikin University, 1961: M.S., University of Wis-
consin, 1967.
SALAMANCA, Jack H., Associate Professor of English
Graduate, Royal Academy of Dramatic Art (London).
1952; Diploma. University of London, 1953; Licentiate,
Graduate School of Drama (Royal Academy of Music,
London), 1954.
SALCHENBERGER, Stephen J., Assistant Professor of French
and Italian
B.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1963; M.A., 1967;
Ph.D., 1967.
SALLET, Dirse W,. Associate Professor of Mechanical Engi-
neering
B.S., George Washington University, 1961; M.S.. 1963:
Ph.D., Stuttgart Conservatory, 1966.
SAMPUGNA. Joseph, Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B.A., University of Connecticut, 1959; M.A,. 1962; Ph.D..
1968.
SANDS, Doris W., Instructor of Health Education
B.S., Jersey City State College. 1948; M.A.. University of
Maryland, 1970.
SANFORD. Jeanne P., Visiting Assistant Professor in Foods,
Nutrition and Institution Administration
B.S., University of California, 1948; M.A.. Cornell Uni-
versity, 1962; Ph.D., Iowa State University. 1970.
SANTA MARIA, D. L.. Assistant Professor of Physical Educa-
tion
B.A., University of Pennsylvania. 1962; M.Ed.. Temple
University, 1962; Ed.D., University of Oregon. 1968.
SASAKI. M.. Instructor of Japanese
B.A., International Christian University. 1968.
SATHER, Jerome D., Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.S., University of Minnesota. 1957; M.S. 1959; Ph D.,
1963.
SAUM, Kenneth A., Research Associate (Part-time) Institute
For Molecular Physics
SAYRE JR.. Clifford L., Professor of Mechanical Engineering
B.S., Duke University. 1947: M.S.. Stevens Institute of
Technology. 1950: Ph.D.. University of Maryland. 1961.
SCHACK, Mario L, Associate Professor (Part-time) School of
Architecture
Diploma of Arch . Swiss Federal Institute of Tech-
nology, 1960: M Arch., Harvard University. 1961.
SCHAEFFER, Harry G.. Assistant Professor of Aerospace
Engineering
B.S., University of Washington. 1958; M.S.. Arizona
State University. 1962; PhD. Virginia Polytechnic
Institute, 1967.
300 / Faculty
SCHAFER. James A.. Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.S., University of Rochester, 1961; Ph.D., University of
Chicago, 1965.
SCHAFER. William D .. Assistant Professor of Educational Re-
search
B.A., University of Rochester, 1964; Ed.D., 1969.
SCHEERBAUM. Robert, Research Associate in Physics
B.S.. Pennsylvania State University. 1963; Ph.D., Cornell
University, 1969.
SCHALES. Franklin D.. Associate Professor of Horticulture
B.S.. Louisiana State University. 1959; M.S.. Cornell
University. 1962; Ph.D., 1963.
SCHILLER. Bradley R.. Assistant Professor of Economics
A.B., University of California (Berkeley). 1965; Ph.D.,
Harvard University, 1969.
SCHILLINGER JR.. John A., Associate Professor of Agronomy
B.S., University of Maryland, 1960; M.S., 1962; Ph.D.,
Michigan State University. 1965.
SCHINK, George R., Lecturer (Part-time) Economics
B.S.. University of Wisconsin, 1964; Ph.D., University
of Pennsylvania, 1971.
SCHLARETZKI, Walter E.. Professor and Chairman of Philo-
sophy
' A.B., Monmouth College, 1941; M.A.. University of Illi-
nois. 1942; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1948.
SCHLEIDT, Wolfgang. Professor of Zoology
Ph.D., University of Vienna, 1951.
SCHLESINGER, B. Frank, Professor of School of Archi-
tecture
B.S.. University of Illinois, 1950; B.Arch., Harvard Grad-
uate School of Design, 1954.
SCHLESINGER. Mark M., Instructor of Industrial Education
M.A.. San Francisco State College. 1971.
SCHMEISSNER, Joanna F., Instructor of English
B.A.. Agnes Scott College. 1960; M.A., Yale University,
1962.
SCHMEISSNER. Volker K., Instructor of Germanic and Slavic
Languages
Arbitur, University of Tubingen, 1955; M.A., Yale Univer-
sity. 1964.
SCHMIDT. Dieter S.. Assistant Professor of Mathematics
Dipl., Technische Hochschule, Stuttgart. 1966; Ph.D.,
University of Minnesota, 1970.
SCHNEIDER. Benjamin. Associate Professor of Psychology
B.A.. Alfred University, 1960; M.B.A., City University
of NY.. 1962; Ph.D.. University of Maryland, 1967.
SCHNEIDER David T., Associate Professor of Mathematics
A.B.. Oberlin College, 1959; Ph.D., Massachusetts In-
stitute of Technology, 1964.
SCHOLNICK, Ellin K., Associate Professor of Psychology
A.B.. Vassar College, 1958; Ph.D., University of Roches-
ter, 1963.
SCHROEDER. Wilburn C, Professor (Part-time) Chemical
Engineering
B.S., University of Michigan, 1930; M.S., 1931; Ph.D.,
1933.
SCHUELER, Ronald L., Associate Professor of Veterinary
Science
D.V.M., University of Georgia. 1962; M.S., Purdue Uni-
versity. 1966; Ph.D., University of Missouri, 1970.
SCHUESSLER. Herman E., Professor of History
Theologiae Doctor, Kiel University, 1955.
SCHUELLER, Heidi
M.A., Loheland Gymnastmschule, 1959.
SCHULMAN, Joseph R., Lecturer (Part-time) Electrical Engi-
neering
B.E.E., C.U.N.Y. (City College), 1944; University of
Maryland. 1951.
SCHULTZE, Charles L., Professor (Part-time) Economics
B.A., Georgetown University, 1948; M.A., 1950; Ph.D.,
University of Maryland, 1960.
SCHUMACHER, Elizabeth. Assistant Professor of Early Child-
hood and Elementary Education
B.S., Newark State College, 1942; Ed.M., Penn. State
University, 1962; Ed.D.. 1966.
SCHUMACHER, Thomas A.. Assistant Professor of Music
B.Mus.. Manhattan School of Music. 1958; M.S., Juil-
liard School of Music, 1962.
SCHWARTZ. Janet S., Assistant Professor of Sociology
B.A., City College of New York, 1952; M.S., Cornell Uni-
versity, 1961: Ph.D., 1967.
SCHWARTZ. M. J., Research Associate of Physics and As-
tronomy
SCHWER, R. Keith, Instructor of Economics
B.B.A., University of Oklahoma, 1964; M.A., University
of Oklahoma, 1967.
SCOTT. Leland E., Professor of Horticulture
B.S., University of Kentucky, 1927; M.S., Michigan State
University, 1929; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1943.
SEDLACEK, William E., Associate Professor of Counseling
and Personnel Services and Counselor, Counselng Center
B.S.. State University of Iowa, 1960; M.S., 1961; Ph.D..
Kansas State University, 1966.
SEEFELDT, Carol A., Assistant Professor of Early Childhood
and Elementary Education
B.A. University of Wisconsin. 1956; M.A., University
of Florida. 1968; Ph.D., Florida State University, 1971.
SEELEY, Donald J., Instructor in Dairy Science
B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1950.
SEGOVIA. Antonio V., Associate Professor of Geology
B.S.. Colorado School of Mines. 1956; Ph.D.. Pennsyl-
vania State University, 1963.
SEIBEL. Ronald J., Instructor in Agricultural Engineering
B.S., University of Illinois, (Urbana), 1957; M.S., 1958.
SEIDLER. Richard D.. Assistant Professor of Music
B.S., Temple University, 1958; M.M., University of Texas,
1960; M.S., Catholic University of America, 1964.
SEIDMAN, Eric, Associate Professor of Special Education
B.S., New York University, 1947; M.A., 1948; Ph.D.. Uni-
versity of Connecticut. 1964.
SEIGEL, Arnold E., Lecturer of Mechanical Engineering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1944; M.S., Massachusetts
Institute of Technology, 1947; Ph.D., University of Am-
sterdam, 1952.
SENDRA, Jaime, Instructor in Spanish and Portuguese
M.A., Middlebury College, 1969.
SENGERS. J. V., Associate Professor of Molecular Physics
B.Sc, University of Amsterdam, 1955; Ph.D., 1962.
SEROTA, Cornelia, C, Instructor in Speech and Dramatic
Art
B.A., Smith College, 1943; M.A., University of Maryland,
1967.
SERWER, Howard, Assistant Professor of Music
B.A.. Yale University, 1949; M.B.A., Columbia University,
1950; C.P.A., New York State, 1954; Ph.D., Yale Uni-
versity, 1969.
SEWELL, Winifred, Lecturer (Part-time), School of Library
and Information Services
B.A., State College of Washington, 1938; B.S., Columbia
University. 1940.
SEWELL, William C, Lecturer (Part-time) Philosophy
B.A., Southern Illinois University, 1965; M.A., Case-
Western Reserve University, 1957.
SHAEFFER, Ronald E , Associate Professor School of Archi-
tecture
B.S. Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1961; M.S., Iowa
State University (Ames), 1963.
SHAFFNER. Clyne S., Professor of Poultry Science
B.S., Michigan State University, 1938; M.S.. 1940; Ph.D.,
Purdue University, 1947.
Faculty / 301
SHANKAR, Pattamuddi N.. Visiting Assistant Professor ot
Aerospace Engineering
B.Sc. Imperial College of Science, 1964; Ph.D., Califor-
nia Institute of Technology, 1968.
SHANKLIN, William L, Instructor of Business Administration
B.S.. West Kentucky University, 1967; M.B.A. University
of Kentucky. 1969.
SHANKS. James B., Professor of Horticulture
B.S., Ohio State University, 1939; M.S., 1946; Ph.D., 1949.
SHANNON, James G., Assistant Professor of Agronomy
B.S., Mississippi State University, 1967; M.S., Purdue
University, 1970; Ph.D., 1971.
SHEAKS, O. J., Assistant Professor of Nuclear Engineering
B.S., N. C. State College (Raleigh), 1964; Ph.D., 1969.
SHEARER. Jane K., Professor and Chairman of Housing and
Applied Design
B.S., University of Tennessee, 1940; M.S., 1950; Ph.D.,
Florida State University, 1960.
SHEKEL. Jacob, Visiting Professor of Electrical Engineering
Sc.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1957.
SHELANSKI, Vivien B., Lecturer (Part-time) Philosophy
SHELLEY. Shirley J., Associate Professor of Music and Music
Education
B.Mus., University of Michigan, 1944; M.Mus., 1947.
SHEPHERD, Julius C, Assistant Professor of Mathematics
A.B., East Carolina College, 1944; M.A., 1947.
SHEPPARD. Katherine R., Instructor in Dance
B.S.. Mary Washington College, 1964; M.A., George
Washington University, 1971.
SHERALD, Lynn, Instructor of Early Childhood Elementary
Education and University Nursery Kindergarten
B.S., University of Maryland, 1969; M.Ed., 1970.
SHERK JR., J. Albert, Research Associate, Chesapeake Bio-
logical Laboratory
SHERWOOD, Aaron W., Professor of Aerospace Engineering
M.Eng. Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1935; M.S.,
University of Maryland, 1943.
SHIMP, Terence A.. Instructor of Business Administration
A.B., West Liberty State College, 1968; MBA. Univer-
sity of Kentucky, 1969.
SHORB. Mary S., Research Professor of Poultry Science
B.S., College ot Idaho, 1928; Sc.D., Johns Hopkins Uni-
versity. 1933.
SHOUFANI. Elias S., Assistant Professor of History
B.A ., Hebrew University of Jerusalem, 1962; Ph.D..
Princeton University, 1968.
SHREEVE, Charles A., Professor of Mechanical Engineering
BE., Johns Hopkins University, 1935; M.S., University of
Maryland, 1943; Registered Professional Engineer.
SHRIVER, David, Assistant Professor of Entomology
B.S., University of Maryland, 1960; M.S., 1963.
SHUCK, Margaret W., Instructor of Music
M.Ed. University of Maryland, 1971.
SIDWELL. George M., Instructor of Institute For Applied
Agriculture
Ph.D.. Iowa State University (Ames), 1954.
SIEGRIST. JR., Henry G., Associate Professor of Geology
B.A.. Lehigh University, 1956; M.S.. Pennsylvania State
University, 1959; Ph.D.. 1961.
SIGLER. David P.. Associate Golf Coach Physical Education
B.S.. University of Maryland, 1962; M.A.. 1968.
SILK, David N.. Instructor (Part-time) Faculty Development
Program Education
B.A., Paterson State College, 1966.
SILVERMAN, Joseph, Professor of Chemical Engineering
B.A. CUNY (Brooklyn College). 1944; A.M.. Columbia
University, 1948: Ph.D., 1951.
SIMKIN, M. Phillips, Lecturer in Art
B.F.A., Temple University, 1965; M.F.A., Cornell Uni-
versity. 1967.
SIMMS. Betty H., Professor of Special Education
B.A., Harris Teachers College. 1947; M.A., University of
Michigan, 1955; Ed.D., University of Maryland, 1962.
SIMONS, David E.. Associate Professor of Electrical Engi-
neering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1949; M.S., 1951.
SIMONS, William T., Assistant Professor of Sociology
B.S., Florida State University, 1959; M.S., 1964; Ph.D.,
1966.
SIMONSON, S. Christian, Assistant Professor of Physics
and Astronomy
B.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1960; M.S.,
Ohio State University, 1965; Ph.D.. 1967.
SIMPSON, Donald K., Instructor of Business Administration
L-A (Geog), Madison College, 1962; M.B.A., University
of Maryland, 1971.
SINCLAIR, Margaret L., Instructor in Dance
B.S., Madison College, 1967; M.B.A , University of Mary-
land, 1971.
SINGER, Neil M., Assistant Professor of Economics
A.B., Harvard University, 1960; M.A., Stanford University,
1961; Ph.D., 1965.
SISLER, Hugh D., Professor of Plant Pathology
B.S., University of Maryland, 1949; M.S., 1951; Ph.D..
1953.
SKIADARESSIS. George A., Visiting Professor School of
Architecture
M.S.C.E., University of Munich, 1941; M. City Planning.
M.I.T., 1952; M.Arch., Massachusetts Institute of Techno-
logy, 1953.
SKIDMORE, William R., Assistant Professor of Music
B.Mus.. University of Illinois, 1963; M.Mus.. 1965.
SKOLNICK, Leonard P., Professor of Chemical Engineering
B.S., University of Rochester, 1953; M.S., New York
University, 1955; D.Sc. M.I.T., 1958.
SLATTUM, Judith A., Instructor in Speech and Dramatic Art
B.F.A., University of Texas, 1967; M.F.A.. University of
Oklahoma, 1969.
SLAWSKY, Zaka I., Professor of Physics and Astronomy
B.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. 1933; M.S.. Califor-
nia Institute of Technology, 1935; Ph.D., University of
Michigan, 1938.
SMALL, Eugene B., Associate Professor of Zoology
B.A., Wayne State University, 1953; M.S.. 1958; Ph.D.,
UCLA, 1964.
SMITH, Barry D., Associate Professor of Psychology
B.S., Penn. State University. 1962; M.A.. Bucknell Uni-
versity, 1964, Ph.D.. University of Massachusetts. 1967.
SMITH, Betty F, Professor and Chairman of Textiles and
Consumer Economics
B.S., University of Arkansas, 1951; MS.. University of
Tennessee. 1956; Ph.D.. University of Minnesota. 1960:
Ph.D., 1965.
SMITH. Charlotte W., Lecturer in History
Ph.D.. University of Chicago. 1953.
SMITH, Clodus R.. Associate Professor of Agricultural and
Extension Education and Director of Summer School
B.S.. Oklahoma A&M College, 1950: MS. 1955; Ed D..
Cornell University. 1960.
SMITH. Clyde F.. Assistant Professor of Botany
B.S., University of Illinois. (Urbana), 1960: M.S.. 1963;
Ph.D., Cornell University. 1967.
SMITH Denzell S.. Associate Professor of English
BA.. University of Minnesota. 1950; MA.. 1954; M.A..
1958; Ph.D., 1965.
SMITH. Elbert B., Professor of History
B.A.. Maryville College. 1940: MA . University of Chi-
cago, 1947; Ph.D.. 1949.
SMITH. Elske V., Associate Professor of Physics and As-
tronomy
A.B.. Radcliffe College. 1950; A.M.. 1951: PhD. 1955.
302 / Faculty
SMITH, Gayle S., Associate Professor of English
Ph.B., University of Chicago, 1946; B.S., Iowa State Uni-
versity. 1948; M.A., Cornell University, 1951; Ph.D.. 1958.
SMITH. Harold D.. Associate Director of Extension and
Professor of Agricultural and Resource Economics
B.A., Bridgewater College, 1943; M.S., University of
Maryland. 1947; Ph.D.. American University. 1952.
SMITH. Nancy G., Instructor in English
B.A., Western Maryland College, 1965.
SMITH, Paul, Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.S.. Drexel Institute of Technology, 1965; M.S., Case
Institute of Technology. 1967; Ph.D.. Case Western Re-
serve University 1969.
SMITH. Robert J.. Instructor of Zoology
B.S . St. John's University, 1966; M.S., 1970; Ph.D., Uni-
versity of Maryland. 1971.
SMITH, Stephen M.. Research Associate in Physics and As-
tronomy
B.S., Rensselear Polytechnic Institute, 1963; Ph.D.,
Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1968.
SMITH, Theodore G., Professor of Chemical Engineering
B.S.E.. Johns Hopkins University, 1956; M.S., 1958; D.Sc,
Washington University (Mo.), 1960.
SNODGRASS. Donald H.. Instructor (Part-time) Industrial
Education
SNOW, George A., Professor of Physics and Astronomy
B.S.. College of the City of New York. 1945; M.A., Prince-
ton University. 1947; Ph.D., 1949.
SNOW, John W.. Assistant Professor (Part-time) Economics
B.A., University of Toledo, 1962; Ph.D. University of
Virginia. 1965: J.D., George Washington University, 1967.
SOERGEL, Dagobert, Associate Professor, School of Library
and Information Services
B.S., University of Freiburg, 1960; M.S., 1964; Ph.D.,
1970.
SOERGEL, Kenneth P., Associate Professor of Horticulture
B.S.L.A., Pennsylvania State University, 1961; M.L.A.,
Harvard University. 1963.
SOKOLOSKI. Adam A., Cooperative Agent and Visiting As-
sistant Professor of Agricultural and Resource Economics
B.S., Middlebury College, 1961; M.S., Purdue University,
1964; Ph.D., Oregon State University, 1967.
SOKOLOWSKI, Deanna B., Instructor in English
B.A., S.U.N.Y. Buffalo, 1959; M.A., Canisius College,
1964.
SOLOMON, Susan L., Lecturer of Statistics
A.B., Radcliffe College, 1962; M.S., University of Califor-
nia (L.A.), 1966.
SOMMER, Sheldon E., Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B.S., City College of NY. 1959; M.A.. C.U.N.Y 1961;
M.S., Texas A & M University, 1964; Ph.D.. Penn State
University, 1969.
SORENSEN. Shirley C. Instructor in Mathematics
B.S., Wilson College, 1945; M.A., University of Maryland,
1965.
SOROKIN, Constantine A., Research Professor, Plant Physio-
logy
A.B., Don Institute, 1927; M.A., Academy of Science,
1936; Ph.D., University of Texas, 1955.
SOSNOWSKI, Saul. Assistant Professor of Spanish and
Portuguese
B.A., University of Scranton, 1967; M.A., University of
Virginia, 1968; Ph.D., 1970.
SPAIN, Ian L., Associate Professor of Chemical Engineering
Ph.D., Imperial College of Science, 1964.
SPANGLER, Paul J., Lecturer in Entomology
B.A., Lebanon Valley College, 1949; M.S., Ohio Univer-
sity, 1951; Ph.D., University of Missouri, 1960.
SPARKS. David S., Professor of History and Dean For Grad-
uate Studies and Research
B.A., Grinnell College. 1944; M.A.. University of Chicago.
1945; Ph.D., 1951.
SPEAR. Mary H.. Lecturer (Part-time) Psychology
M.A., University of Maryland. 1969.
SPEAR, Stella Y., Instructor of Health Education
B.S., Georgetown University, 1964.
SPECTER, Gerald. Assistant Professor of Psychology
B.A., Harvard University. 1966; Ph.D.. University of
Rochester, 1971.
SPENCER. Jean E , Assistant Professor of Government and
Politics and Research Associate. Bureau of Governmental
Research
B.A., University of Maryland. 1955; MA.. 1961; Ph.D..
1966.
SPERO. Donald M., Research Associate of Physics and As-
tronomy
B.S.. Cornell University, 1962; Ph.D.. Columbia Uni-
versity, 1968.
SPIELBICHLER. Otto, Assistant Professor of Counseling and
Personnel Services
B.S., Slippery Rock State College, 1959; M.A., Colgate
University, 1962; Ph.D.. Ohio State University, 1968.
SPIVAK, Steven M., Assistant Professor of Textiles and
Consumer Economics and Chemical Engineering
B.S., Phil. College of Textiles and Sciences. 1963: M.S..
Georgia Institute of Technology, 1965; Ph.D., Manchester
College Science Tech., 1967.
SPIVEY. C. Clinton. Associate Professor and Director. Gradu-
ate Studies
B.S., University of Illinois (Urbana). 1946; M.S.. 1947:
Ph.D., 1957,
SPRAGUE, Victor, Research Professor, Zoology
B.Ed., Southern Illinois University, 1932; M.S.. University
of Illinois, 1938; Ph.D., 1940.
SPRINGMANN, Fague K., Associate Professor of Music
B.Mus.. Westminster Choir College, 1939.
SPUEHLER, Henry E., Research Associate Professor of
Speech and Dramatic Art
B.S., Purdue University, 1953; M.S., 1954, Ph.D., 1956.
STADELBACHER, Glenn J.. Associate Professor of Horti-
culture
B.S., Southern Illinois University, 1958; Ph.D., University
of Maryland, 1962.
STADTMAN, Earl R.. Lecturer in Microbiology
B.S., University of California (Berkeley), 1942; Ph.D..
1949.
STALEY. Stuart W., Associate Professor of Chemistry
B.A., Williams College, 1959; M.S., Yale University. 1961;
Ph.D., 1964.
STARCHER, E. Thomas, Assistant Professor of Speech and
Dramatic Art
B.A., University of Southern California, 1940; M.A., Uni-
versity of Arkansas. 1948.
STARK, JR., Francis C, Professor and Chairman of Horti-
culture
B.S., Oklahoma A&M, 1940; M.S., University of Maryland.
1941; Ph.D., 1948.
STATOM, Jodellano J.. Instructor of Administration. Super-
vision and Curriculum
M.Ed., University of Maryland, 1968.
STEEL. Donald H., Associate Professor of Physical Education
B.S., Trenton State College, 1955; M.A., University of
Maryland. 1957; Ph.D.. Louisiana State University. 1964.
STEELY. Lewis R., Instructor in Mathematics
B.S., Wilson College, 1937; B.A., Catholic University of
America. 1945.
STEINBERG, Clarence B.. Assistant Professor of English
A.B.. City College of N.Y.; M.A., University of Connecticut,
1957; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania. 1969.
STEINBERG, Phillip H., Associate Professor of Physics and
Astronomy
B.S., University of Cincinnati. 1954; Ph.D.. Northwestern
University, 1959.
Faculty / 303
STEINHAUER. Allan L , Professor of Entomology
B.S.A., University of Manitoba, 1953; M.S.. Oregon State
University, 1955; Ph.D., 1958.
STEINKE, Greg A., Instructor in Music
B.Mus., Oberlin Conservatory, 1964; M.Mus., Michigan
State University, 1967.
STEINKE, Karen L, Instructor in Dance
B.S., State University College (Brockport), 1970.
STEINMAN, Robert M., Associate Professor of Psychology
D.D.S., St. Louis University, 1948; M.A., New School For
Social Research, 1962; Ph.D., 1964.
STELLMACHER, Karl L, Professor of Mathematics
M.D., University of Goettingen, 1933; Ph.D., 1936.
STEPHENSON JR., Gerald J., Associate Professor of Physics
and Astronomy
B.S.. Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1959; Ph.D.,
1964.
STEPHENS, Charles R., Instructor (Part-time) English
M.A.. George Peabody College, 1963.
STERN, Herbert J., Associate Professor of Counseling and
Personnel Services
B.S., Johns Hopkins University, 1950; M.Ed., 1953; Ed.D.,
University of Maryland, 1962.
STERN, William I., Professor of Botany
B.S., Rutgers University, 1950; M.S., University of Illinois
(Urbana), 1951; Ph.D., 1954.
STERNBERG. Taron M., Associate Professor of Civil Engi-
neering
Ph.D., University of California (Davis), 1965.
STERNHEIM, Charles E., Associate Professor of Psychology
B.S., Brooklyn College, 1961; Ph.D., University of Roches-
ter, 1967.
STEVENS, George A., Professor of Agricultural and Resource
Economics
B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1941; PhD, Uni-
versity of Maryland, 1957.
STEVENSON, Barbara H., Instructor of English
B.A., University of California (Los Angeles,) 1938; M.A.,
1939, University of California, (Berkeley).
STEVENSON, James W.. Instructor, Institute of Applied Agri-
culture
B.S., University of Maryland, 1932.
STEWART, Bernice C, Instructor in Zoology
B.S., Lewis and Clark College, 1949; M.S., University of
Washington, 1953.
STEWART. Edward H., Instructor in English
B.A., University of Maryland, 1966; M.A., University of
Maryland, 1969.
STEWART, James M.. Professor of Chemistry
B.A., Western Washington College, 1953; Ph.D.. Univer-
sity of Washington, 1958.
STEWART. Larry E., Instructor, Agricultural Engineering
B.S.A.E.. West Virginia University, 1960; M.S. 1961.
STIFEL. Peter B., Associate Professor of Geology
B.A., Cornell University, 1958; Ph.D., University of Utah,
1964.
STITES. M. Elizabeth, Associate Professor of Art
B.Arch., New York University. 1940.
STONE. Clarence N., Associate Professor of Government
and Politics, and Director, Urban Research Group and
Maryland Technical Advisory Service, Bureau of Govern-
mental Research
A.B.. University of South Carolina, 1957; M.A.. Duke
University. 1960; Ph.D., 1963.
STOSNY, S.. Instructor (Part-time) English
STOTTLEMEYER, Alan R.. Research Associate of Physics and
Astronomy
STOUGH. Kenneth F., Associate Professor of Industrial Edu-
cation
B.S.. Millersville State College. 1954; M.Ed.. Penn State
University. 1961; Ed.D.. University of Maryland. 1968.
STOWASSER. Carl, Associate Professor of History
Ph.D., University of Muenster, 1966
ST. PIERRE, Robert R., Instructor (Part-time) English
M.A., University of Maryland, 1969.
STRASZHEIM, Mahlon R., Associate Professor of Economics
B.S.. Purdue University, 1961; Ph.D.. Harvard University.
1965.
STRATHMANN, Richard, Assistant Professor of Zoology
B.A., Pomona College, 1963; M.S., 1966; Ph.D., University
of Washington, 1970.
STRAUSBAUGH, Warren L, Professor of Speech and Dra-
matic Art
B.S., College of Wooster, 1932; M.A., State University
of Iowa, 1935.
STRAUSS. Aaron S , Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.S., Case Institute of Technology. 1961; M.S.. Univ-
of Wisconsin, 1962; Ph.D., 1964.
STRAYHORN, Martha D., Lecturer of Economics
B.A., Duke University, 1964; M.A.. University of Wis-
consin. 1968.
STREET, Orman E., Professor of Agronomy. Emeritus
B.S., South Dakota State College, 1924; M.S., Michigan
State College, 1927; Ph.D., 1933.
STRICKLING, Edward, Professor of Soils
B.S., Ohio State University, 1937; Ph.D., 1949.
STROBELL, Ada P.. Associate Professor of Recreation
B.A., San Francisco State College, 1953; M.S., University
of California (L.A.), 1958; Ph.D., University of Illinois (Ur-
bana), 1966.
STROUSE, James C, Assistant Professor of Government and
Politics
B.A., University of Maryland. 1966; M.A.. 1967; Ph.D..
University of North Carolina, 1970.
STULL, G. Allan, Professor of Physical Education
B.S., East Stroudsburg State College, 1955; M.S., Penn
State University, 1957; Ph.D.. 1961.
STUNKARD Clayton L , Professor of Measurement and Sta-
tistics
B.A., University of Minnesota, 1948; M.A., 1951; Ph.D.,
1959.
STUNTZ, Calvin F., Professor of Chemistry
B.A., S.U.N.Y. at Buffalo, 1939; Ph.D.. 1947.
STUNTZ, Shirley M., Instructor in Chemistry
B.S., George Washington University. 1946: M.S Uni-
versity of Delaware. 1948.
SUCHER, Joseph, Professor of Physics and Astronomy
B.S., (Brooklyn College), 1952; Ph.D.. Columbia Univer-
sity, 1957.
SULKIN. S. D., Research Assistant Professor, Chesapeake
Biological Laboratory
SULLIVAN, Dorothy D , Associate Professor. Early Childhood
and Elementary Education
B.S., University of Maryland. 1945; Ed M 1960: Ed D ..
1965.
SULZBACKER. William L, Lecturer in Animal Science
B.S.. University of Pittsburgh. 1936; M.S., 1938.
SVENONIUS, Lars S.. Associate Professor of Philosophy
Fil. Kand.. Uppsala University. 1950: HI. Mag.. 1955;
Fit. Lie. 1955; Fil. dr.. 1960.
SVENONIUS. Phil, Instructor (Part-time) Philosophy
SVIRBELEY, William J., Professor of Chemistry
B.S.. Carnegie Institute of Technology. 1931: M.S. 1932:
D.Sc. 1935.
SWEET. Daniel. Assistant Professor of Mathematics
B.S., Fairleigh Dickinson University. 1965; Ph.D.. Brown
University, 1969.
SWIGGER. Ronald T . Assistant Professor of English
B.A.. University of New Mexico. 1963; Ph.D.. Indiana Uni-
versity. 1967.
304 / Faculty
SYSKI. Ryszard, Professor of Mathematics
B.S , University of London, 1954; Ph.D., Chelsea College,
1960
TAFF, Charles A.. Professor and Chairman, Business Admin-
istration
B.S.. State University of Iowa, 1937; M.A., 1941; Ph.D.,
University of Maryland. 1952.
TALAAT, Mostafa E., Professor of Mechanical Engineering
TAMBURIN, Henry J., Lecturer in Chemistry
B.S.. Seton Hall University. 1966.
TARICA, Ralph. Associate Professor in French and Italian
B A . Emory University. 1954; M.A.. 1958; Ph.D., Harvard
University, 1966.
TATRO. Mahlon C. Director, Associate Professor, Seafood
Processing Laboratory
Ph.D., University of Massachusetts, 1952.
TAYLOR. Corwin H., Professor and Secondary Education
Music
B.Mus. Ed.. Cincinnati College of Music, 1930; M.Mus.,
1933; B.S. University of Cincinnati, 1932, M.E.D. 1935;
D.Ed.. 1941.
TAYLOR. Dalmas A., Professor of Psychology
B.A.. Western Reserve University, 1959; M.S. Howard
University, 1961; Ph.D., University of Delaware, 1965.
TAYLOR, Leonard S., Professor of Electrical Engineering
A.B.. Harvard University, 1951; M.S., New Mexico State
University, 1956; Ph.D., 1960.
TAYLOR. Lillian R., Instructor in English
B.A ., Brooklyn College. 1952; M.A.. New Mexico State
University, 1960.
TEITELBAUM, Herman I., Associate Professor of Psychology
A.B.. Johns Hopkins University. 1957, M.S. University of
Washington, 1959, Ph.D., McGill University, 1962.
TERAUDS, Juris, Instructor of Physical Education
B.Sc, University of Dubuque, 1961; M.A., California State
College (L.A.), 1964.
TERCHEK. Ronald J., Associate Professor of Government and
Politics
B.A., University of Chicago, 1968; M.A., 1960; Ph.D., Uni-
versity of Maryland, 1965.
TESTA, Charles J., Assistant Professor, Information Systems
and Management
B.S . Lafayette College, 1964; M.S.. University of Cali-
fornia (L.A.), 1966; Ph.D., 1969.
TETRAULT, Sylvia M., Assistant Professor of Counselling and
Personnel Services
B.S., Concordia College, 1961; M.Ed., University of North
Dakota; Ph.D., University of Missouri (Kansas City), 1971.
THAIN, Gerald. Visiting Assistant Professor in Textiles and
Consumer Economics
B.A.. University of Iowa, 1957; J.D., 1960.
THIEBLOT, JR., Armand J., Assistant Professor and Director,
Management Development Program
B.S., Princeton University, 1961; M.B.A., University of
Pennsylvania, 1965; Ph.D., 1969,
THIELKE. John R., Instructor in Germanic and Slavic Lan-
guages
B.A., University of Maryland, 1969; M.A., 1970.
THOMAS, Frederick H., Lecturer. School of Architecture
B.Arch., Howard University, 1958.
THOMAS, Michael C, Assistant Professor of Sociology
B.A.. Baylor University, 1958; S.T.B.. Harvard University,
1961; M.A., University of Alabama, 1966; Ph.D., University
of North Caro'ina. 1969.
THOMAS, Owen Pestell, Assistant Professor and Chairman,
Poultry Science
B.Sc, University of Natal, 1954; M.Sc, 1962; Ph.D.. Uni-
versity of Maryland, 1966.
THOMAS. Sarah M., Lecturer, School of Library and Informa-
tion Services
B.A., Madison College, 1952; M.L.S. Carnegie Library
School, 1961.
THOMPSON. Arthur H., Professor of Horticulture
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1941; Ph.D., University of
Maryland, 1945.
THOMPSON, Derek, Associate Professor of Geography
B.A, Manchester University, 1960; M.A.. 1962; Ph.D.,
Indiana University. 1969.
THOMPSON, Owen E., Assistant Professor. Institute for Fluid
Dynamics and Applied Mathematics
B.S.. University of Missouri, 1961; M.S., 1963; Ph.D..
1966.
THORBERG, Raymond. Associate Professor of English
B.A., University of Alaska. 1939; M.A.. University of
Chicago. 1946; Ph.D., Cornell University. 1954.
THURMAN, Melburn D.. Lecture in Anthropology
B.A., University of Chicago, 1965; M.A.. U.C.L.A.. 1968;
Ph.D.. University of California (S. Barb.), 1970.
TIBELL, Gunnar A., Visiting Associate Professor ot Physics
and Astronomy
TIDMAN, Derek A., Research Professor, Institute for Fluid
Dynamics and Applied Mathematics
B.Sc, Imperial College of Science, 1952; Ph.D., 1956.
TIERNEY, William F., Associate Professor of Industrial Edu-
cation
B.S., Central Connecticut State College. 1941; M.S.. Ohio
State University. 1949; Ed.D., University of Maryland.
1952.
TIFFT, Margaret A., Associate Professor of Health Education
B.S., Ohio State University, 1946; M.A.. Columbia Uni-
versity. 1948; Ed.D., West Virginia University, 1969.
TILFORD. Shelby G., Visiting Associate Professor of Mole-
cular Physics
B.S.. Western Kentucky University, 1958; Ph.D.. Vander-
bilt University, 1962.
TILTON, John E., Assistant Professor Economics
B A., Princeton University, 1961; Ph.D., Yale University,
1965.
TINSLEY, M. Adrian, Assistant Professor of English
A.B., Bryn Mawr College, 1958; M.A., University of Wash-
ington, 1962; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1969.
TOBIN, Bernard B., Lecturer in Economics
B.A., University of British Columbia, 1930; M.A., Uni-
versity of Illinois (Urbana), 1936.
TODD, Herman S., Instructor in Horticulture
B.S., Ohio State University, 1937.
TOMPKINS, Theron A., Associate Professor of Health Edu-
cation
B.S.. Eastern Michigan University. 1926; M.A., University
of Michigan, 1939.
TORRES, J.L., Visiting Associate Professor of Electrical Engi-
neering
TOWNSEND, Betty P., Instructor in English
B.A., University of North Carolina, 1942; M.A., University
of Maryland, 1961.
TRASATTI, Luciano. Research Associate of Physics and As-
tronomy
TRAVER, Paul P., Professor of Music
B.Mus., Catholic University of America. 1955; M.Mus..
1957; D.M.A., Stanford University. 1967.
TREICHEL, Edward A., Lecturer. Business Administration
B.B.A., State University of Iowa, 1961; M.A., 1969.
TRETTER, Steven A., Associate Professor of Electrical Engi-
neering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1962; M.A., Princeton Uni-
versity, 1964; Ph.D., 1965.
TRIVELPIECE, Alvin W., Professor of Physics and Astronomy
B.S., California State Polytechnic College, 1953; M.S..
California Institute of Technology, 1955; Ph.D., 1958.
TROHANIS, P., Instructor of Administration, Supervision, and
Curriculum
TROTH, Eugene W., Professor and Head, Music
Ph.D., University of Michigan, 1958.
Faculty / 305
TROUSDALE, Marion S. Lecturer in English
B.A., University of Michigan, 1951; M.A., University of
California (Berkeley) 1955.
TRUE, Nelita A., Assistant Professor of Music
B.Mus., University of Michigan, 1958: M.Mus., 1960.
TSAI, Chu-Fa, Research Associate Professor, Inland Research
Ph.D., Cornell University, 1966.
TSUI, Chung Y., Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engi-
neering
B.S., University of Hong Kong, 1953; M.S., Purdue Uni-
versity, 1959; Ph.D., 1967; Registered Professional Engi-
neer.
TUBBS. James M., Instructor in French and Italian
A.B., University of Texas, 1962; M.A., 1969.
TURNAGE, Thomas W., Assoc, Professor of Psychology
A.B.. University of California, (Berkeley) 1958; Ph.D.,
1962.
TUSA, Jacqueline B., Lecturer in History
Ph.D., Penn State University, 1966.
TUTHILL, Dean F., Professor of Agricultural and Resource
Economics
B.S., Cornell University, 1949; M.S., University of Illinois,
1954; Ph.D., 1958.
TWIGG, Bernard A., Professor of Horticulture
B.S., University of Maryland, 1952; M.S., 1955; Ph.D..
1959.
TYLER, Bonnie B., Assistant Professor, Institute For Child
Study
Ph.D., Ohio State University, 1954.
TYLER. Forrest B., Professor of Psychology
B.A.. DePauw University, 1948; M.A., Ohio State Uni-
versity, 1950; Ph.D.. 1952.
TYLER, Robert W.. Assistant Professor of Physical Education
A.B., Drury College, 1957; M.S., Penn State University,
1960; Ph.D., 1969.
TYSON, Gerald. Assistant Professor of English
B.A., American University, 1964; M.A., Brandeis Uni-
versity, 1967; Ph.D.. 1969.
ULANOWICZ. Robert E., Assistant Research Professor, Chesa-
peake Biological Laboratory
ULMER, Melville J., Professor of Economics
B.S., New York University, 1937; M.A., 1938; Ph.D., Co-
lumbia University, 1948.
ULRICH, Homer, Professor of Music
MA., University of Chicago, 1939.
UNSAIN. Ignacio, Assistant Professor of Mathematics
Licenciado, Universidad Nacionncal de Cordoba, 1966;
Ph D,, University of California (Berkeley), 1970.
URBAN, Janice B., Assistant Professor of Speech and Dra-
matic Art
B.A., Arizona State University, 1958: M.A., University of
Maryland, 1963; Ph.D., 1968.
UYA, Okun Edet, Lecturer in History
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin. 1969.
VACCARELLI, Mary C, Instructor of French and Italian
B.A.. Rosary College, 1960; MA, Middleburg College,
1963; Ph.D.. Catholic University of America, 1972.
VAITUZIS, Zigfridas. Assistant Professor of Microbiology
B.A.. University of Connecticut. 1959; M.S., University of
Maryland, 1965; Ph.D.. 1969.
VALABREGUI, Jacquline, Instructor in French
Licence es-Lettres, University of Aix-Marseilles, 1959.
VALTCHEV. Ivan. Lecturer in Art
B.A., University of Copernicus (Poland), 1965; M.A.,
Royal University of Stockholm, 1970.
VAN ZWOLL. James A.. Professor of Administration, Super-
vision and Curriculum
B.A.. Calvin College, 1933; M.A., University of Michigan,
1937; Ph.D., 1942.
VANDERGRAFT, James S., Assistant Professor. Computer
Science
B.S., Stanford University. 1959; M.S., 1963; Ph.D., Uni-
versity of Maryland, 1966.
VANDERSALL, John H., Professor of Dairy Science
B.S., Ohio State University. 1950; M.S.. 1954; Ph.D.. 1959.
VANDERSLICE, Betty R., Instructor in Mathematics
B.A., Upsala College, 1945; M.A., University of Maryland.
1948.
VANDERSLICE, Joseph T.. Professor and Chairman of Chem-
istry
B.S., Boston College. 1949; Ph.D., Massachusetts Insti-
tute of Technology. 1952.
VAN EGMOND, Peter G., Assistant Professor of English
B.A., Mississippi College. 1959; M.A.. University of Mis-
sissippi, 1961; Ph.D., University of North Carolina. 1966.
VANDERVELDEN, Lee R., Lecturer in Physical Education
B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1961.
VANNESS, James S.. Assistant Professor of History
B.A., University of Maryland, 1954; M.A.. 1962; Ph.D.,
1967.
VAN VALKENBURG, Shirley D., Assistant Professor of Botany
B.A., Washington State University, 1948; M.S., University
of Washington. 1968; Ph.D., 1970.
VANZANDT, Dorothy P., Assistant Professor and Food and
Nutrition Specialist
B.S., Pennsylvania State University. 1935; M.S., Texas
Woman's University, 1966; Ph.D.. 1968.
VARNEDOE JR.. Samuel L., Assistant Professor of Philosophy
B.A., University of North Carolina. 1959; M.A., New
School For Social Research, 1962: Ph.D., University of
Pennsylvania, 1967.
VASQUEZ, George L.. Lecturer in History
A.B., Harvard University. 1962; M.A., Johns Hopkins
School of International Studies, 1964; Ph.D.. Columbia
University. 1968.
VAUGHAN, Charles H., Assistant Professor of Speech and
Dramatic Art
B.S.. Edinboro State College, 1961; M.A.. University of
Denver, 1964.
VAWTER, Jacqueline M.. Instructor (Part-time) Early Child-
hood and Elementary Education
B.S., Illinois State University (Normal). 1964; M.Ed.. Uni-
versity of Maryland. 1971.
VEITCH. Fletcher P., Professor of Chemistry
B.S.. University of Maryland. 1931; M.S., 1933; Ph.D..
1935.
VERMEIJ, Garat J., Instructor in Zoology
A.B.. Princeton, 1968: M.Ph., 1970; Ph.D., Yale University.
1971.
VERNEKAR, Anadu D.. Assistant Professor. Institute for Fluid
Dynamics and Applied Mathematics
B.Sc, University of Michigan. 1956: M.Sc. 1959: M.S.
1963; Ph.D., 1966.
VESENTINI. Edoardo. Professor of Mathematics
Laurea in Scienzse Matematiche. Universita di Milano.
1950; Libera Docenza in Geometra, Universita di Roma.
1956; Honorary Doctorate. University of Nice. 1966.
VIA. James E., Associate Professor of Agricultural and Re-
source Economics
B.S.. North Carolina State College (Raleigh), 1952; M.S..
1964; Ph.D.. 1957.
VIEWEG. Carol A., Instructor in Zoology
B.S.. Gordon College, 1964; M.S., University of Maryland.
1970.
VIGNONE, Barbara M.. Instructor in Secondary Education
B.S., University of Connecticut. 1961: M.Ed. University
of Maryland. 1970.
VILLAVICENCIO. Laura M.. Instructor, Spanish
B.A., University of Havana. 1941; M.A.. University ol
Maryland, 1967.
306 / Faculty
VIOLA JR., Victor E., Associate Professor of Chemistry
A.B., University of Kansas, 1957; Ph.D., University of
California (Berkeley), 1961.
VITZTHUM. Richard C, Associate Professor of English
B.A., Amherst College. 1957; MAT.. Harvard University,
1958; Ph.D., Stanford University. 1963.
VOLL. Mary J., Assistant Professor of Microbiology
B.A., Mt. St. Agnes College, 1955; M.S., Johns Hopkins
University, 1961; Ph.D.. University of Pennsylvania, 1964.
VORAC, P. J.. Project Coordinator of Facility Personnel Train-
ing. Dept. of Industrial Education.
WABECK, Charles J.. Assistant Professor of Poultry Science
B.S.. University of Massachusetts. 1962; M.S.. University
of New Hampshire, 1964; Ph.D.. Purdue University, 1966.
WACHHAUS. Gustav E., Instructor in Music
B.S., West Chester State Teachers College 1957; MA,
Columbia University. 1966.
WAETJEN, Walter B. Professor of Education and Vice Presi-
dent of Administrative Affairs
B.S.. Millersville State College. 1942; M.S., University of
Pennsylvania, 1947; Ed.D., University of Maryland, 1951.
WAGNER. Robert E., Director of Extension and Professor of
Agronomy
B.S.. Kansas State College. 1942; M.S., University of Wis-
consin, 1943; Ph.D.. 1950.
WAGNER, Susan F.. Instructor in Mathematics and Statistics
B.A . C.U.N.Y. (Brooklyn College), 1959; M.A.. 1967.
WAGNER, Thomas C. G.. Professor of Electrical Engineering
B.S.. Harvard University, 1937; M.A., University of Mary-
land. 1939; Ph.D.. 1941.
WAKEFIELD, John E., Assistant Professor of Music and Di-
rector of Bands
B.Mus.. University of Michigan, 1963; M.Mus., 1964.
WALBASSER. Henry H., Associate Professor of Education Re-
search and Secondary Education
B.A.. S.U.N.Y. at Buffalo, 1950; M.A.. University of Mary-
land. 1960; Ph.D., 1965.
WALDROP, Robert S„ Professor of Psychology
B.A.. University of Oklahoma. 1934; Ph.D., University of
Michigan, 1948.
WALKER, Ronald G., Instructor in English
B.A., University of Oklahoma, 1934; Ph.D., University
of Michigan. 1948.
WALL, N. Sanders, Professor of Physics and Astronomy
B.S.. Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. 1949; Ph.D.,
Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1954.
WALSH, Joseph L., Professor of Mathematics and Statistics
B.S., Harvard University, 1916; M.S., University of Wis-
consin, 1917; Ph.D., Harvard University, 1920.
WALSTON, Claude E., Lecturer (Part-time), School of Library
and Information Services
B.S.. University of South Carolina, 1946; University of
Wisconsin, 1950; Ph.D., Ohio State University, 1953.
WALSTON, JR.. William H., Associate Professor of Mechani-
cal Engineering
B.M.E.. University of Delaware, 1959: M.S.. 1961: Ph.D.,
1964.
WALT, James, Assistant Professor of English
B.Ed., Duluth State Teachers College, 1936; M.A.. Uni-
versity of Michigan, 1937; Ph.D., 1955.
WALTER. G. K.. Lecturer (Part-time) Institute For Child Study
B.S., Drexel Institute of Technology, 1967.
WALTERS, William B., Associate Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Kansas St. University. 1960; Ph.D.. University of
Illinois (Urbana), 1964.
WANG. Virginia L., Assistant Professor and Health Education
Specialist
B.A., Salue Regina College, 1954; M.A., New York Uni-
versity, 1956; M.P.H., University of North Carolina, 1965;
Ph.D., 1968.
WARD, Charles D , Associate Professor of Psychology
B.A., Pomona College. 1958; M.A., University of North
Carolina, 1962, Ph.D.. 1963.
WARD. Kathryn P., Associate Professor of English
B.A.. George Washington University, 1935; M.A., 1936;
Ph.D., 1947.
WARNER. Charles R., Associate Professor of Mathematics
and Statistics
B.A., University of Toronto. 1955; M.S , University of
Rochester. 1957; Ph.D., 1962.
WARNER. Edward S., Lecturer (Part-time), School of Library
and Information Services
B.S., Miami University (Ohio), 1958; A.M., University of
Toledo, 1962; A.M.L.S., University of Michigan. 1964.
WARREN, Benedict J., Associate Professor of History
B.A,, Duns Scotus College, 1953: M.A.. University of
Mexico, 1960; Ph.D., 1963.
WARREN, Lawrence, Assistant Professor of Dance
B.A., University of California (L.A.), 1955; M.A.. 1968.
WASSERMAN, Paul, Professor. School of Library and In-
formation Services
B.B.A., City College of New York, 1948; M.S.L.S., Colum-
bia University, 1949; M.S.. 1950; Ph.D. University of
Michigan, 1960.
WATERS. Cordina S.. Instructor in Health Education
B.S., Morgan State College, 1937; M.A.. Columbia Uni-
versity. 1944.
WAUGH, Frederick V.. Cooperative Agent and Visiting Pro-
fessor of Agricultural and Resource Economics
B.S., Massachusetts Agriculture College, 1922: M.S..
Rutgers University, 1924: Ph.D., Columbia University.
1929.
WAYNANT, Louise F., Instructor, Early Childhood and Ele-
mentary Education
Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1971.
WEAKLAND, J. A., Lecturer in Sociology
Ph.D., Penn State University, 1971.
WEAMERT, James A., Assistant Director and Assistant Pro-
fessor
B.S., University of Maryland, 1952; M.Ed., North Carolina
University, 1969.
WEAVER, Anne S., Assistant Professor of Dance
B.A., Ohio State University, 1966; M.Ed., Wayne State
University, 1969.
WEAVER, Leslie O., Professor of Plant Pathology
B.S.A., Ontario Agricultural College, 1934; Ph.D., Cornell
University, 1943.
WEAVER. V. Phillips. Professor and Chairman, Early Child-
hood and Elementary Education
A.B., College of William and Mary, 1951; M.Ed.. Penn
State University, 1956; Ed.D., 1962.
WEBB, Ronald J., Instructor, Business Administration
B.A., Wheaton College, 1964; M.B.A. University of Mary-
land, 1966.
WEBER, Joseph, Professor of Physics and Astronomy
B.S., U.S. Naval Academy. 1940; Ph.D., Catholic Uni-
versity of America, 1951.
WEDBERG, Desmond P., Professor and Director of Educa-
tional Technology Center
B.A., University of Southern California, 1947: M.A., 1948;
Ph.D., 1963.
WEDDING, Presley A., Associate Professor of Civil Engi-
neering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1937; M.S.. 1952.
WEGKAMP, Paul L., Assistant Professor of Horticulture
B.A., Westminster College, 1955; M.L.A.. University of
Massachusetts, 1971.
WEIDNER, Jerry R.. Assistant Professor of Geology
B.A., Miami University (Ohio), 1960; M.S., 1963; PhD.,
Pennsylvania State University, 1968.
Faculty / 307
WEIGANT, Leo A., Assistant Professor of English
A.B.. University of Michigan, 1962; M.A., 1963; Ph.D
Duke University, 1969.
WEINER, Ronald M., Assistant Professor of Microbiology
B.S., Brooklyn College, 1964; M.S., Long Island Uni-
versity, 1967; Ph.D.. Iowa State University, 1970.
WEINSTEIN, Paul A., Associate Professor of Economics
B.A., William and Mary College, 1954; M.A., Northwestern
University, 1958; Ph.D., 1961.
WEISS, Fredric A., Lecturer in Speech and Dramatic Art
B.S., Emerson College, 1965; M.A., University of Den-
ver, 1966.
WEISS, Gene S., Assistant Professor of Speech and Dra-
matic Art
B.A., Brandels University, 1961; M.A., New York Uni-
versity. 1965; Ph.D.. Ohio State University, 1970,
WEISS, Leonard, Professor of Electrical Engineering
and Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics
B.S., C.U.N.Y. (City College), 1936; M.S., Columbia Uni-
versity, 1959; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins University, 1962.
WEISSHAAR. Terrance A., Assistant Professor of Aerospace
Engineering
B.S., Northwestern University, 1965; S.M., Massachusetts
Institute of Technology, 1966; Ph.D., Stanford University,
1970.
WEISSMAN. Maryjo K., Instructor in English
B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1959; M.A., Ohio State
University, 1960.
WELANTZ. Frisch L., Lecturer in Mechanical Engineering
M.E., Cornell University, 1928; M.M.E., 1936; Ph.D., 1938;
Registered Professional Engineer.
WELBOURNE, JR., James C, Lecturer, School of Library and
Information Services
B.A., University of Maryland, 1968; M.L.S., 1969.
WELLFORD, Charles F., Assistant Professor of Sociology
B.A., University of Maryland, 1961; M.A., 1963; Ph.D.,
University of Pennsylvania, 1969.
WELLISCH, Hans, Visiting Lecturer, School of Library and
Information Services
A.L.A. (Great Britain), 1966.
WENTZEL, Donat G., Associate Professor of Physics and As-
tronomy
B.A., University of Chicago, 1954; B.S., M.S., 1958;
Ph.D., 1960.
WERLIN, Herbert H., Assistant Professor of Government and
Politics
A.B., University of Chicago, 1953; M.A., Oxford Uni-
versity, 1955; M.A., Yale University, 1957; Ph.D., Uni-
versity of California (Berkeley), 1966.
WESKE, J. R., Professor Emeritus of Mechanical Engineering
Dipl. Ing., Hannover Institute of Technology, 1924; M.S.,
Harvard University, 1931; Sc.D., 1934; Registered Pro-
fessional Engineer.
WEST, Tommie A., Instructor. Early Childhood and Elemen-
tary Education
B.A., David Lipssomb College, 1950; M.A., George Pea-
body College For Teachers, 1951.
WESTBROOK, Franklin. Assistant Professor of Counselling
and Personnel Services, and Counselor
B.S., Chicago State University, 1961; M.S.. City College
of New York. 1964; Ed.D., Indiana University, 1971.
WESTERHOUT, Gart, Professor of Physics and Astronomy
and Director of Histronomy
B.S., University of Leiden, 1950; M.S., 1954; Ph.D., 1958
WESTHOFF. Dennis C, Assistant Professor of Dairy Science
B.S., University of Georgia, 1966; M.S.. North Carolina
State University, 1968; Ph.D.. 1970.
WHAPLES, Gene C, Instructor and Program Leader, 4-H and
Youth
B.S., University of Connecticut, 1960; M.S., Kansas
State University, 1965.
WHEATON, Fredrick W., Research Associate of Agricultural
Engineering
B.S., Michigan State University. 1964; M.S., 1965; Ph.D..
Iowa State University, 1968.
WHITBECK, Laurence W., Instructor in Mechanical Engi-
neering
B.S., Lafayette College, 1960; M.S., University of Mary-
land, 1970.
WHITE, Charles G. Professor Emeritus of Chemistry
B.S., University of Maryland, 1923; M.S., 1924; Ph.D.,
1926.
WHITE, Edward H., Instructor in Industrial Education
M.S., Indiana State University, 1966.
WHITE, JR., Francis M., Instructor (Part-time) Industrial Edu-
cation
WHITMAN, Ray D., Assistant Professor of Economics and Re-
search Associate, Bureau of Business and Economic Re-
search
B.S., Columbia University, 1964; Ph.D., 1972.
WHITTAKER, Delia S., Instructor of English
B.S., University of Maryland, 1964; M.A., 1968.
WHITTEMORE, E. Reed, Professor of English
B.A., Yale University, 1941.
WIDHELM, William B. Assistant Professor of Management
Science
B.E.S., Johns Hopkins University, 1959; M.S.E., 1960;
M.S., 1965; Ph.D., 1969.
WIEBENSON, Dora L., Associate Professor of Architecture
A.B , Vassar College. 1946; B.Arch., Harvard, 1951; A.M.,
Fine Arts, New York University, 1958; Ph.D.. 1964.
WIEDEL, Joseph W., Associate Professor of Geography
B.A., University of Maryland, 1958; M.A.. 1963.
WIGGIN, Gladys A., Professor, College of Education
B.S., University of Minnesota. 1929; M.A.. 1939; Ph.D.,
University of Maryland, 1947.
WILBUR, June C, Assistant Professor of Textiles and Con-
sumer Economics
B.S., University of Washington, 1936; M.S., Syracuse Uni-
versity, 1940.
WILCOX, Ronald J., Instructor (Part-time) Industrial Edu-
cation
WILEY, Martin L, Research Assistant Professor, Chesapeake
Biological Laboratory
WILEY, Robert O, Professor of Horticulture
B.S., University of Maryland, 1949; M.S., 1950; Ph.D.,
Oregon State University, 1953.
WILKENFELD, Jonathan, Assistant Professor of Government
and Politics
B.S., University of Maryland, 1964; M.A.. George Wash-
ington University, 1966; Ph.D., Indiana University, 1969.
WILKERSON, Thomas D., Research Professor. Institute for
Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics
B.S.. University of Michigan, 1953; Ph.D.. 1962.
WILLARD, Wesley O., Lecturer (Part-time) Industrial Education
WILLIAMS. Aubrey W. Jr., Associate Professor of Anthro-
pology
BA, University of North Carolina. 1955: M.A.. 1957;
Ph.D., University of Arizona, 1964.
WILLIAMS. David L., Associate Professor, Early Childhood
and Elementary Education
B.S., Bradley University, 1952: M.Ed., University of Illi-
nois (Urbana). 1956; Ed.D., 1964.
WILLIAMS, Harry S., Instructor of English
B.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. 1957; M.A., Uni-
versity of Maryland. 1969.
WILLIAMS. Rhonda C Instructor in Applied Design
B.F.A., Boston University. 1962; M.A.. Montclair State
College. 1968.
WILLIAMS, Walter F., Professor of Dairy Science
B.S.. University of Missouri. 1952; Ph.D.. 1955.
308 / Faculty
WILLIAM, William H., Assistant Professor of History
B.A., Washington & Lee University, 1958; M.A., Duke
University. 1960; Ph.D.. 1965.
WILLSON. G. B., Visiting Research Associate of Agricultural
Engineering
B.S.C.E., University of Wyoming, 1963.
WILSON, Bruce D., Assistant Professor of Music
B.Mus.. University of Michigan, 1960; M.Mus.. 1964.
WILSON, Gayle E., Associate Professor of English
B.A.. Wayne State University, 1960; M.A., University of
Rochester, 1963; Ph.D.. 1965.
WILSON, John W., Professor of Early Childhood and Ele-
mentary Education
B.A., Boiling Green University, 1951; M.A., Syracuse
University, 1953; Ph.D., 1964.
WILSON, Leda A., Associate Professor of Family and Com-
munity Development
B.S.. Lander College, 1943; M.S., University of Tennessee,
1950; Ed.D., 1954.
WILSON, Robert M., Professor, Early Childhood and Elemen-
tary Education
B.S., California State College (Penna.), 1950; M.A., Uni-
versity of Pittsburgh, 1956.
WINDEN. William C. Assistant Professor of Music
B.A., Stanford University, 1953; M.A., University of Wash-
ington. 1961.
WINN, JR.. Paul N.. Research Professor of Agricultural Engi-
neering
B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1947; M.S., 1958.
WINTERCORN, Eleanor S., Research Associate Speech and
Dramatic Art
B.A., Rockford College, 1965; M.S., University of Wis-
consin, 1958; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1970.
WISNER. Tom A., Instructor in Conservation Education
WITHERS. Josephine, Assistant Professor of Art
Ph.D., Columbia University, 1971.
WITT. Louis L., Assistant Professor of Dance
A.B.. George Washington University, 1960; M.A., Ameri-
can University, 1971.
WITTE. Willard T., Instructor, Agriculture Experiment Station
B.S.. South Dakota State College, 1959; M.S., University
of Maryland, 1969.
WOCKENFUSS, William A., Associate Professor and Associ-
ate Dean, College of Engineering
B.S., University of Maryland, 1949; M.Eng., 1952; Ed.D.,
University of Florida, 1960.
WOLFE, James H., Associate Professor of Government and
Politics
B.S., St. Lawrence University. 1959; B.G.G. Rensselaer
Polytechnic Institute. 1959; M.S., Northwestern University,
1961: Ph.D., New York University, 1965.
WOLFE, Peter, Associate Professor of Mathematics and Sta-
tistics
B.S., St. Lawrence University, 1959; M.S., Northwestern
University, 1961; Ph.D., New York University, 1965.
WOLFF. Paul J., Instructor. Business Administration
B.B.A., University of Texas, 1956; MB. A., Western Re-
serve University, 1959.
WOLMAN, Benjamin R., Lecturer in the Institute of Criminal
Justice and Criminology
B.A., University of Maryland. 1951; J.D., Harvard Uni-
versity, 1956.
WOLVIN, Andrew D., Assistant Professor, Secondary Educa-
tion, and Speech and Dramatic Art
B.S., University of Nebraska, 1962; M.A., 1963; Ph.D.,
Purdue University, 1968.
WONNACOTT, Paul, Professor of Economics
B.A., University of Western Ontario, 1955; M.A., Prince-
ton University, 1957; Ph.D., 1959.
WOO. Ching-Hung, Associate Professor of Physics and As-
tronomy
B.S., Louisiana Technological Institute, 1958; M.S., Uni-
versity of California (Berkeley), 1959; Ph.D.. 1962.
WOOD. Francis E.. Assistant Professor in Entomology
B.S., University of Missouri, 1958; M.S.. 1962; Ph.D., Uni-
versity of Maryland, 1970.
WOOD, John M., Instructor in English
B.A , St. Joseph's College, 1967; M.A., University of
Maryland, 1970.
WOODS, J. C, Assistant Emergency Care Coordinator, Fire
Extension
B.S., American University. 1970.
WOOLDRIDGE JR.. John B., Instructor. Spanish and Portu-
guese
B.A., University of Richmond, 1953; M.A., University of
Maryland, 1969.
WOOLF, Leonard, Associate Professor, Secondary Education
B.S., Johns Hopkins University, 1942; M.Ed., University
of Maryland, 1951; Ed.D., 1959.
WORTHINGTON, Don W., Visiting, Asst. Professor of Speech
and Dramatic Art
B.S., Utah State University, 1964; M.S., 1966; Ph.D.,
Northwestern University, 1970.
WRENN, Jerry P., Assistant Professor, Physical Education,
Secondary Education
B.S., East Carolina College, 1961; M.S., University of
Tennessee, 1963; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1970.
WRIGHT, Charles J., Senior Instructor in Fire Service Ex-
tension
B.S., University of Maryland, 1968.
WRIGHT, Howard W., Professor of Accounting
B.S., Temple University. 1937; M.A., State University of
Iowa, 1940; Ph.D., 1947.
WRIGHT, Robert L., Lecturer, School of Library and Informa-
tion Services
M.L.S., University of Maryland, 1970.
WRIGHT, Winthrop R., Assistant Professor of History
B.A., Swarthmore College. 1958; M.A.. University of Penn-
sylvania, 1960; Ph.D., 1964.
WU. C. S , Research Professor, Institute for Fluid Dynamics
and Applied Mathematics
B.S., National Taiwan University (Taipei), 1954; M.S..
Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1956; Ph.D.. Princeton Uni-
versity, 1959.
WYSONG, John W., Professor of Agricultural and Resource
Economics
B.S., Cornell University. 1953; M.S., University of Illinois
(Urbana), 1954; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1957.
YABUKI, H., Research Associate of Physics and Astronomy
YANEY. George L., Associate Professor of History
B.Mgt. E. Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. 1962; M.A.,
University of Colorado, 1956; Ph.D.. Princeton Univer-
sity, 1961.
YANG, Grace L., Assistant Professor of Mathematics and
Statistics
B.A., National Taiwan University, 1960; M.A.. University
of California (Berkeley), 1963; Ph.D., 1966.
YANG, Jackson C, Associate Professor of Mechanical Engi-
neering
B.S., University of Maryland. 1958; M.A.. 1961; Ph.D..
1963.
YAWKEY, T. D., Assistant Professor, Early Childhood and
Elementary Education
Ph.D., University of Illinois (Urbana), 1970.
YEAGER, JR., Garth B., Assistant Professor of Industrial Edu-
cation
B.S., East Texas State University. 1967; M.Ed., Texas
A & M University, 1969.
YODH. Gaurang B.. Professor of Physics and Astronomy
B.Sc, University of Bombay. 1948; M.Sc, Univ. of Chi-
cago, 1951: Ph.D., 1955.
Faculty / 309
YOKOI, Hideo, Research Associate of Mathematics and Sta-
tistics
D.Sc, Nagoya University, 1961.
YORKE, James Alan, Research Associate Professor, Institute
for Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics
A.B., Columbia University, 1963; Ph.D., University of
Maryland, 1966.
YOSHIOKA, Gary A., Lecturer in Geography
B.S., Lafayette College, 1966.
YOUNG, Bobby G., Associate Professor, Acting Chairman of
Microbiology
B.A., Southeast Missouri State College, 1951; Ph.D.,
Johns Hopkins University, 1965.
YOUNG, Edgar P., Professor and Chairman, Animal Science
B.S., Ohio State University, 1954; M.S., 1956; Ph.D., 1958.
YOUNG, Eleanor F., Assistant Professor and Clothing and
Textiles Specialist
B.S., University of Maryland, 1955; M.S., 1958.
YOUNG, Frank C, Associate Professor of Physics and As-
tronomy
B.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1957; Ph.D., University
of Maryland, 1962.
ZABRISKIE, Noel B., Assistant Professor of Marketing
B.S., University of Illinois (Urbana), 1959; M.S., 1962;
Ph.D., 1968.
ZAJAK, Felix E., Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering
B.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1962; M.S., Stan-
ford University, 1965; Ph.D., 1968.
ZAKI, Kawthar A., Assistant Professor of Electrical Engi-
neering
Ph.D., University of California (Berkeley), 1969.
ZALLEN, Eugenia M., Assistant Professor, Food, Nutrition, In-
stitutional Administration
B.S., Auburn University, 1953; M.S., Purdue University,
1960.
ZEDEK, Michael, Professor of Mathematics and Statistics
M.S., Hebrew University of Jerusalem, 1952; Ph.D., Har-
vard University, 1956.
ZEEVELD, W. Gordon, Professor of English
B.A., University of Rochester, 1924; M.A., Johns Hopkins
University, 1929; Ph.D., 1936.
ZELENKA, Ionia M., Assistant Professor of Speech and Dra-
matic Art
A.B., Bara College, 1946; M.F.A., Catholic University of
America, 1951.
ZELKOWITZ, Marvin, Assistant Professor, Computer Science
Center
B.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1967; M.S., Cornell
University, 1969; Ph.D., 1971.
ZIMMERMAN, Adele L, Instructor in Applied Design and
Crafts
B.A., Wellesley College. 1961. M FA., Alfred University,
1970.
ZIPOY, David M., Associate Professor of Physics and As-
tronomy
B.S., University of Minnesota, 1954; Ph.D., 1957.
ZOLLER, William H., Assistant Professor of Chemistry
B.S., University of Alaska, 1965; Ph.D., Massachusetts
Institute of Technology, 1969.
ZORN, Bice S., Associate Professor of Physics and Astronomy
Dottore in Fisica, University of Cagliari, 1951.
ZORN, Gus T., Associate Professor, Physics and Astronomy
B.S., Oklahoma State University, 1948: M.S., University
of Mexico, 1953; Ph.D.. University of Padua. 1954.
ZUCKERMAN, Benjamin M., Associate Professor Physics and
Astronomy
S.B.M., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1963;
Ph.D., Harvard University, 1968.
ZWANZIG, Robert W., Research Professor, Institute Fluid Dy-
namics, Institute for Molecular Physics and Applied Mathe-
matics
B.S., Brooklyn Institute Polytechnic, 1948; M.S.. Univer-
sity of Southern California, 1959; Ph.D., California Insti-
tute of Technology, 1952.
310 / Faculty
GENERAL INDEX
A
Abandonment of Vehicles 47
Academic Advisors 16
Academic Calendar vlll
Academic Dishonesty, Committee on 26
Academic Irregularities 36
Academic Programs, Honors, and Awards 15
Academic Regulations 22
Academic Requirements for Maryland Residents
Minimum Academic Criteria 3
Guaranteed Admission 3
Deferred Decision 3
Predictive Index 3
Random Selection 4
Out-of-State Applicant 4
School of Architecture 4
Accounting
Course in 184
Curriculum 97
Principles of Course 182
Additional Information, Admissions 7
Admission and Orientation
Undergraduate Admissions 3
Admissions Calendar
Applicants for Fall 1972 6
Applicants for Spring 1973 6
Administration, Supervision and Curriculum,
Department of 83
Faculty 83
Advertising, Course in 183
Advertising Copy and Layout, Course in 235
Advertising Design. Curriculum 128
Advertising Layout, Course in 175
Aerospace Engineering, Department of 83
Course Offerings 203
Curriculum 84
Faculty 83
Aerospace Studies 17, 23
Africa, Government and Politics of, Course in 226
African Art, Course in 178
Afro-American Studies, Program 85
Black Culture, Course in 169
Black Development, Course in 169
Course Offering 169
Faculty 85
History, Course in 228
Swahili, Course in 169
Agricultural and Extension Education,
Department of 86
Course Offerings 254
Curriculum 86
Faculty 86
Agricultural and Resource Economics,
Department of 87
Course Offering 177, 78
Curriculum 87
Faculty 87
Agricultural Biometrics, Course in 170
Agricultural Chemistry, Agriculture Department
Curriculum 85
Agricultural Chemistry, Department of Chemistry
Curriculum 102, 3
Agricultural Economics. Course in 177
Agricultural Engineering, Department of 85
Course Offerings 170
Curriculum 86
Faculty 85
Special Problems in, Course in 170
Agricultural Experiment Station 54
Agricultural Materials Handling and
Environmental Control, Course in 170
Agricultural Production Equipment, Course in 170
Agriculture, College of
Faculty Advisement 52
Freshman Year 52
General Information 52
Graduation Requirements 52
Honors Program 52
Required Courses 53
Requirements for Admission 52
Scholarships 53
State Board 54
Student Organization 53
Agriculture. Cooperative Extension Service 54
Agriculture, Department of 85
Course Offerings 1 70
Curriculum, General 85
Agriculture, Institute of Applied Agriculture 53
Agriculture, Special Topics in, Course in 171
Agronomy, Department of 88
Course Offerings 171
Curriculum 88
Faculty 88
Special Problems in, Course in 172
Air Force Aerospace Studies 17, 23
Air Force ROTC Awards 21
Air Force ROTC Programs
Four-year Program 17
Two-year Program 17
Air Science, Course Offerings 178
Alcoholic Beverage Policy and Procedures
Age 45
Licensing 45
Regulations 36
Restricted Areas 45
American History, Course in 228
American Studies, Program
Course Offerings 172
Curriculum 90
Faculty 88
Readings in, Course in 172
Anatomy and Physiology, Human, Course in 262
Anatomy, Avian, Course in 1 74
Anatomy, Morphology, Course in 182
Animal Health Department 55
Animal Management, in Laboratory, Course in 173
Animal Nutrition, Course in 173
Animal Production, Fundamentals of, Course in 172
Animal Sciences, Department of
Course Offerings 172
Curriculum 89
Dairy, Faculty 89
Faculty, Animal Sciences 89
Objectives 89
Poultry, Faculty 89
Special Problems of, Course in 173
Special Topics in, Course in 174
Veterinary Science, Faculty 89
Animals, Diseases of, Course in 173
Anthropology Program, Division of Sociology 90
Course Offerings 174, 5
Cultural Anthropology and Linguistics,
Course in 174
Faculty 90
Introduction to, Archaeology and
Physical Anthropology, Course in 174
Physical 174
Apparel, Textiles and Course Offerings 261
Application Procedures
Application Forms 5
Application Fees 5
Applied Design, Course Offerings 175
Applied Music, Course Offerings 243
Applied Music Fee 8
Index / 311
Appeals 38
Application Fee 5, 8
Application Forms 5
Applications. Closing Dates 6
Aqualiners 76
Archaeology and Physical Anthropology,
Course in 174
Archaeology, Introduction To, Course in 174
Arc and Gas Welding, Course in 197
Architectural Presentation, Course in 180
Architecture Program 90
Curriculum 91
Faculty 90
Professional Electives 91 , 2
Architecture, School of 55
Admission 57
Course Offerings 176, 7
Curriculum 56
Financial Assistance 57
Library 57
Location 57
Masterpieces of, Course in 179
Opportunities 56
Area Resources 2
Armory 73
Art, Department of 92
Curricula 92, 3
Faculty 92
Art Education
Course Offerings 178
Curriculum 154
Art History, Course Offerings 178, 9
Art Studio, Course in 179, 80
Arts and Sciences, College of 57
Admission 57
Advisors 59
Certification of High School Teachers 59
College Requirements 58
Degrees 58
Electives 59
Honors Programs 59
Normal Load 59
Phi Beta Kappa 60
Requirements for Degrees 58
Asia. Government and Politics of, Course in 226
Astronomy Programs 93
Course Offerings 180, 1
Faculty 93
Honors in 94
Requirements for Major 93
Astrophysics, Course in 180
Athletic Awards 21
Athletic Fee 7
Atomic and Nuclear Physics, Course in 249
Attendance, Requirements 29
Automotives, Course in 197
Auxiliary Facilities Fee 7
Avian Anatomy, Course in 174
B
Bacteriology, Course in 240
Bank Loans 11
Beekeeping. Course in 214
Berry Production. Course in 232
Biochemistry, Course in 187
Biochemistry, Soil, Course in 172
Biological Materials, Engineering Dynamics in,
Course in 170
Biological Sciences Program 94
Biology. Cell. Course in 262
Biology, Course Offerings 181
Biology. History of, Course in 229
Biomedical Engineering. Course Offerings 207
Black Culture. Course in 169
Black Development. Course in 169
Blacks in American Life, History of
Course in 229
"Blue Books" 25
Board Contract Fee 7
Board of Regents viii
Botany, Anatomy, Morphology, Course in 182
Botany, Department of
Course Offerings 181, 2
Faculty 95
Required Courses 95
Botany, Ecology, Course in 182
Botany, Genetics, Course in 182
Botany. History of. Course in 181
Botany, Plant Pathology. Course in 182
Botany, Plant Physiology, Course in 181
Botany, Taxonomy, Course in 182
Bowling and Billiards 34
Breeding, Dairy Cattle, Course in 173
Breeding, Principles of, Course in 173
Broadcast News Writing, Course in 236
Bureau of Business and Economic Research 62
Bureau of Educational Research and
Field Services 64
Bureau of Governmental Research 62
Business Administration, College of
Accounting 97
Finance 97
Graduate Courses 184, 6
Insurance and Real Estate 98
Management Science Statistics 99
Personnel and Labor Relations 98
Production Management 98
Statistics, Management Science 99
Transportation 100
Undergraduate Courses 182, 84
Business Administration, Department of
Course Offerings 182, 6
Curriculum General 96
Faculty 95
Required Courses 96
Study Programs 96
Business Administration and
Law Program, Combined 100
Business and Government, Course in 185
Business and Public Administration, College of 60
Bureau of Business and Economic Research 62
Graduation Requirements 61
Entrance Requirements 60
Bureau of Governmental Research 62
Degrees 61
Honors Programs 61
Senior Residence 61
Transfer Policy 60
Business Education, Curriculum 154
Business Law, Course in 183
Business Management, International.
Course in 184
Byrd Staduim 74
C
Calculus. Course in 238
Calendar, 1972-73 viii
Calendar for Admissions 6
Campus Map. College Park xi
Campus Police. Office of 47
Cartography Department of Geography . . , 122
Course Offerings 219. 221
Catalogs Available to Students vn
Baltimore County. UMBC
Eastern Shore
Graduate Bulletin
Graduate Catalog
Library and Information Services
Professional Schools
Summer School
312 / Index
Undergraduate Consolidated vii
University College
Ceramics, Course in 190
Certificates and Degrees 24
Certification of Teachers 64
Chancellor's Message vl
Change in Registration Fee 8
Chapels, College Park Campus 33
Chart, Reorganization ii
Cheating Regulations 36
Check Cashing 34
Chemical Engineering, Department of 100
Course Offerings 205. 206
Curriculum 101
Faculty 100
Chemistry, Department of 101
Course Offerings 186, 188
Curriculum 102
Environmental, Course in 187
Faculty 101
Inorganic, Course in 187
Organic, Course in 187
Physical, Course in 187
Radiochemistry, Course in 187
Soil, Course in 172
Child Study. Institute of 103
Faculty 103
Children's Dramatics, Course in 192
Chinese Program 103
Course Offerings 188
Faculty 103
Cinema, Contemporary American, Course in 252
Circuits. Course Offerings 207, 8
Civil Engineering, Department of 103
Course Offerings 203, 4
Curriculum 103. 4
Faculty 103
Planning, Course in 204
Civilization
Far Eastern, Course in 229
Latin American, Course in 258
Classical Languages and Literatures, Department of .... 104
Faculty 104
Classical Language. Latin
Foreign Language Education 157
Curriculum 157
Classification of Students 17
Closing Dates For Applications
Fall Semester 6
Spring Semester 6
Exceptions 6
Cole Activities Building (Field House) 73
Coliseum, Ritchie 74
College Aims, Course in 188
College Board Advanced Placement Examination 3
College of Agriculture 51
College of Arts and Sciences 57
College of Business and Public Administration 60
College of Education 62
College of Engineering 66
College of Home Economics 71
College of Physical Education, Recreation
and Health 73
College Park Campus. Faculty Listing 265
College Park Campus, History of 1
College Park Campus, Map of x-xi
College Park Campus Officers ix
Colleges and Schools 51
College Work-Study Program 12
Communication and Control, Course Offerings 208-209
Communication, Fundamentals of Speech, Course in . . . 259
Communication, Interpersonal, Course in 258
Community Studies, Curriculum 115
Comparative Literature Program 105
Course Offerings 188
Faculty 105
Computer Science Program 105
Course Offerings 189-190
Faculty 105
Computers, Course Offerings 208
Conduct Probation 37
Conservation and Resource Development Programs
Conservation and Resource Development 105
Curriculum 106
Plant Resource Management 106
Fish and Wildlife Management 106
Resource Management 106
Water Resource Management 106
Pest Management 106
Conference and Meeting Rooms 34
Conservation of Natural Resources, Course in 254
Conservation, Principles of, Course in 181
Constitutional History, Course in 230
Constitutional Law, Course in 225
Consumer Economics
Course Offerings 190
Curriculum 1$6
Consumer Economics and Textiles, Department of
Curriculum 155
Faculty 165
Contemporary Authors, Course in 188
Contents jVi v
Co-operative Engineering Education Program 106-7
Course Offerings 206
Cooperative Extension Service 54
Costume Design
Costume, History of. Course in 261
Curriculum 129
Counseling and Personnel Services, Department of .... 107
Faculty 107
Counseling Center 33
Course Numbers System 169
Courses. Off-Campus in Education 66
Course Offerings 169-264
Crafts
Course Offerings 190-91
Curriculum 129
Creative Writing, Course in 214
Credentials Service of the University 65
Credit For Examinations For Undergraduate Studies .... 27
Credit Unit and Load 25
Criminal Justice and Criminology, Institute of 107
Advisory Board of Council 107
Faculty 107
Crops, Course in 171
Crop Breeding, Course in 171
Crop Production, Course in 171
Crops and Soils, Course Offerings 172
Cuban Students Loans 11
Curriculum and Instruction — Elementary. Course in ... 195
Curriculum, Department and Program Information 83
Curriculum Laboratory 64
Cultural Anthropology, Course in 174
Cultural Anthropology and Linguistics, Course in 174
Cultural Geography 122
D
Dairy Cattle, Course in 173
Dairy Inspection 54
Dairy Production, Advanced, Course in 173
Dairy Production, Course in 172
Dairy Production Systems, Analysis of, Course in 173
Dance, Department of 108
Bachelor of Arts Degree 108
Faculty 108
Dance, Course Offerings 191-92
Dance Education, Curriculum 156
Data Processing, Electronic. Course in 183
Deficiency Reports 29
Degrees and Certificates 24
Degree Requirements 28
Index / 313
Demonstrations Policy
Enforcement Procedures 45
General 45
Guidelines 43
Picketing 44
Placement Programs 44
Student Union 45
Dental Hygiene
Admissions and Application 79
Predental Hygiene Students 80
Program Description 79
Registered Dental Hygienists 86
Department. Curriculum and Program Information 83
Design, Course in 1 79
Design, Landscape, Course in 232
Destruction Regulations 36
Diplomatic History of United States, Course in 230
Dismissal from University Housing 37
Dismissal of Delinquent Students 29
Disciplinary Action
Conduct Probation 37
Dismissal from University Housing 37
Expulsion from The University 38
Probation 37
Suspension 37
Disciplinary Probation 37
Disciplinary Records, Students 38
Disciplinary Rules and Regulations
General 38
Procedure 38, 42
Diseases of Animals, Course in 173
Diseases of Wildlife, Course in 172
Display Showcases 34
Disruption Regulations 36
Distributive Education, Curriculum 155
Dramatic Art, Children's, Course in 192
Dramatic Art, Course Offerings 192
Dramatic Art. Scenic Design, Course in 192
Dramatic Art, Stage Costuming, Course in 192
Dramatic Art, Stage Lighting, Course in 192
Dramatic Art and Speech, Department of
Curriculum 164
Faculty 164
Drawing, Course in 176
Driver Education and Traffic Safety, Course in 230
Drugs, Regulations 36
Duplicating Services 34
E
Early Childhood Education, Curriculum 109
Early Childhood, Elementary Education,
Department of 108
Faculty 108
Early Childhood, Elementary School,
Foreign Language, Curriculum 111
Earth Science, Course in 222
Ecology, Animal, Course in 263
Ecology, Course in 182
Economics, Agricultural and Resource,
Course Offerings 177, 178
Economics, Agricultural, Course in 177
Economics, Course Offerings 192, 94
Economics, Department of
Faculty 111
Requirements for Economics 111
Major 111
Study Program for Major 111
Economics, Urban. Course in 194
Education Administration. Supervision, and
Curriculum, Course Offerings 194
Education. Art. Course in 178
Education, Art. Curriculum 154
Education, Business, Curriculum 154
Education, College of
Admission Requirements 63
Admission to Teachers Education 63
Bureau of Educational Research and
Field Services 64
Certification of Teachers 64
Course Offerings in Non-Departmental
Areas 64
Credentials Services 65
Curriculum Laboratory 64
Degrees 64
Educational Technology Center 64
Facilities 63
General Requirements 63
Guidance in Registration 63
Majors and Minors 64
Music Educators National
Conference Historical Center 65
Off Campus Courses 66
Office of Laboratory Experiences 65
Organization 63
Reading Center 65
Science Teaching Center 65
Special Services 64
Student and Professional Organization 65
Student Teaching 64
University Nursery, Kindergarten
Laboratory School 65
Education Counseling and Personal Services
Course Offerings 194
Education, Course Offerings 202, 3
Education, Dance, Curriculum 156
Education, Distributive, Curriculum 155
Education, Early Childhood, Elementary,
Course Offerings 194, 196
Education, English Curriculum 156
Education, Foreign Language, Curriculum 157
Education for Industry, Curriculum 132
Education, History of, Course in 202
Education, Home Economics, Curriculum 158
Education, Human Development. Course Offering 196
Education, Industrial, Course Offerings 196, 199
Education, Mathematics, Curriculum 158
Education, Measurement and Statistics,
Course Offerings 199
Education, Music, Course Offerings 241
Education, Music, Curriculum 159
Education, Physical Education and Health
Education, Curriculum 160
Education. Science. Curriculum 160
Education, Secondary, Course Offerings 199, 201
Education, Secondary, Department of 153
Curriculum 155
Education, Social Sciences, Curriculum 161
Education, Special, Course Offerings 201
Education. Special, Department of 163
Curriculum 163
Faculty 163
Education, Special Problems in, Course in 202
Education, Speech, Curriculum 161
Educational Technology Center 64
Elementary Art Education. Curriculum 154
Elementary Education, Curriculum 110
Elementary Education, Early Childhood.
Department of 108
Elementary School, Music Education
Curriculum 110
Electricity. Electronics. Course in 197
Electrical Engineering. Course Offerings 206, 7
Electrical Engineering. Department of
Curriculum 113
Faculty , 112
Electro Physics. Course Offerings 209
Electronic Data Processing. Course in 234
Embryology. Vertebrate. Course in 262
Endowed and Annual Scholarships and Grants 12
Endrocrinology, Course in 262
314 / Index
Enforcement Procedure
Disciplinary Reprimand 37
Disciplinary Action 37
Engineering, Aerospace, Course Offerings 203
Engineering, Agricultural, Course in 170
Engineering, Biomedical, Course Offerings 207
Engineering, Civil 103
Engineering, College of
Bachelor of Science Degree 68
Basic Format of Freshman and
Sophomore Years 67
Cognate Activities 70
Curricula Structure 67
Degree Requirements 69
Engineering Medicine 69
Environmental Engineering 69
Fire Service Extension Department 70
General Information 66
Institute for Fluid Dynamics and
Applied Mathematics 70
Regulations 66
Wind Tunnel Operations 70
Engineering. Communication and Control,
Course Offerings 208, 9
Engineering, Computer, Course Offerings 208
Engineering, Chemical. Course Offerings 205, 6
Engineering, Circuits, Course Offerings 207, 8
Engineering, Civil. Course Offerings 203, 4
Engineering, Cooperative Education,
Course Offerings 206
Engineering Education, Co-operative Program 106
Engineering, Electrical, Course Offerings 206, 7
Engineering, Electrical, Department of 112
Engineering, Electro Physics, Course Offerings 209
Engineering, Environmental and Water
Resources, Course Offerings 204
Engineering, Fire Protection, Course Offerings 210
Engineering Materials Program
Course Offering 210, 11
Faculty 113
Engineering, Materials, Course Offerings 210, 11
Engineering, Mechanical, Course Offerings 211, 12
Engineering, Medicine 69
Engineering, Nuclear, Course Offerings 212, 213
Engineering Sciences Program '. 113
Course Offerings 209
Engineering, Structural, Course Offerings 205
Engineering, Transportation and Urban Systems,
Course Offerings 204, 205
England, History of, Course in 228
English, Course Offerings 213, 14
English Education, Curriculum 156
English Language and Literature, Department of
Faculty 113
Enrollment Deposit Fee 8
Entomology, Department of 114
Course Offerings 214
Curriculum 114
Faculty 114
Environment and Human Ecology, Course in 177
Environmental and Water Resources Engineering,
Course Offerings 204
Environmental Engineering 69
Ethnology, Course in 262
European Politics, Comparative Studies In,
Course in 226
Evolution, Course in 262
Examinations
Expenses and Financial Aid
Fees for Residents and
Non-Resident
General
Expenses, Financal Aid and Scholarships . .
Expenses
Fees For Residents and Non-Residents
1972-73 Academic Year
Explanation of Fees
Experiment Station, Agriculture 54
Expulsion from The University 38
Extension Education, Agricultural.
Course Offerings 254
Extension Service Cooperative, Agriculture 54
F
Facilities Research 2
Faculty Listing, Entire College Park Campus ... .265
Faculty, Visiting, Services Available 34
Falsification Regulations 36
Family and Community Development,
Department of 114
Course Offerings 216, 217
Curricula 115
Faculty 114
Family and Society, Course in 256
Family Studies, Curriculum 115
Far East, Literature of, Course in 188
Farm Management, Course in 178
Farm Mechanics, Course in 170
Farm Mechanics, Special Problems in.
Course in 170
Fashion Illustration, Course Offerings 175
Fee Payment 9
Feeds and Feeding, Course in 172
Fees, General
Delinquent Payment of 7
Explanation of 7
Miscellaneous 8
Non-Resident 7
Other 8
Refund of Residents 7
Textbooks and Supplies 8
Fees, Miscellaneous
Fines 8
Late Registration 8
Library Charges 8
Part-time Students 8
Property Damage 8
Special Examinations 8
Textbooks and Supplies 9
Transcript of Record 8
Fees, Other
Applied Music 8
Enrollment Deposit 8
Graduation 8
Guidance 8
Matriculation 8
Riding Class 8
Room Deposit 8
Special Students 8
Vehicle Registration 8
Fees, Regular Expenses
Application 7
Athletic 7
Auxiliary 7
Fixed Charges 7
Instructional Materials 7
Other 7
Recreation Facilities 7
Student Activities 7
Fees for Auditors 8
Field Inspection 55
Fields of Study, General Education
Requirements 22
Film As an Art Form, Course in 192
Film Production, Course in 252
Finance, Curriculum 97
Financial Aid 9
Financial Obligation. Failure to Meet 36
Fines
Library 8
Motor Vehicles 9
Fire Protection Engineering Program 117
Course Offerings 210
Index / 315
Curriculum 117, 18
Faculty 117
Fire Regulations 36
Fire Service Extension Department 70
First Aid, Course in 230
Fish and Wildlife Management, Course in 174
Fish and Wildlife Management, Curriculum 106
Fixed Charges Fee 7
Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics,
Institute of 70
Fluid Dynamics, Course in 250
Fluid Mechanics, Course in 203, 212
Flower Store Management, Course in 232
Folklore, Course in 214
Food, Course Offerings 217
Food, Nutrition and Institution Administration,
Department of 1 18
Curriculum 119
Faculty 119
Food Processing, Course in 170
Food Science Program 1 20
Course Offerings 216, 17
Curriculum 12°
Faculty 12°
Food Service 34
Course Offerings 234
Food Service, For Students 34
Foreign History, Course Offerings 227, 28
Foreign Language Curriculum, Early Childhood,
Elementary School 1 1 1
Foreign Language Education
Classical Language, Latin
Modern Foreign Languages
Requirements 157
Secondary Foreign Language Education
Foreign Language, English for Foreign
Students. Course Offerings 217
Foreign Language Methods in Elementary
School, Course in 195
Foreign Policy, Course in 226
Foreign Student Affairs 5
Foreign Students
Admission 5
Orientation 7
Forestry, Course in 232
Forgery Regulations 36
Foundry, Course in 197
Fraternities 34
French and Italian Language and Literature,
Department of Course Offerings French 217, 219
Faculty 120
Honors 12n
Freshman Admission, General Requirements 3
Freshman Orientation and Registration 7
Funds to Meet Personal Expenses 9
G
Genetics, Course in 262
Genetics, Animal, Course in 172
Genetics, Molecular, Course in 262
Genetics, Plant. Course in 232
General Education, Course Offerings 223, 4
General Education Program 15
General Education Requirements 22
General History, Course Offerings 228, 29
General Honors Programs 120
General Index 31 1
General Information 1
General Policy Statements of the University 35
Geochemistry. Course in 187, 222
Geography, Department of 122
Areas of Specialization
Urban Geography and Regional Development
Physical Geography
Cartography
Cultural Geography
Curriculum 122
Faculty 121
Requirements for Major 121
Geography, Plant, Course in 182
Geography, Course Offerings 219, 221
Geology Program
Course Offerings 221, 2
Faculty 1 23
Requirements of Department 123
Geology, Marine, Course in 222
Geometry, Course in 238
Geophysics. Course in 222
Germanic and Slavic Languages and
Literatures. Department of
Faculty 123
German 123
Honors Program 124
Russian 123
German Language 123
German. Course Offerings 222, 3
Government and Politics, Department of
Faculty 124
Requirements for Major 124, 5
Government and Politics, Course Offerings 224. 6
Government and Mass Communication, Course in 236
Government and Public Administration,
American, Course in 224
Government and International Relations,
Comparative, Course in 224
Grade Point Average 3
Graduate Judicial System 38
Graduate Student Admission 5
Graduation Fee 8
Grants and Scholarships 10
Graphic Arts, Course in 197
Graphic Arts, History of, Course in 179
Greek, Course Offerings 224
Greek Drama, Course in 188
Greek Affairs, Office of 34
Greek and Roman Mythology, Course in 236
Greenhouse Management, Course in 232
Group Discussion, Course in 259
Gymkana Troupes 76
H
Health Center 33
Health, Course Offerings 230, 1
Health Education, Course in 231
Health Education, Department of
Curriculum 125
Degree Requirement 126
Faculty 125
Hearings, Appealing Decision of (Appeals) 38
Hearing, Speech and. Course Offerings 259
Hebrew, Course Offerings 226, 7
Hebrew Program
Faculty 126
Histology, Animal, Course in 263
History, Art, Course Offerings 178. 9
History, Department of
Faculty 126
Honors Program 127
Requirements 127
History, Foreign, Course Offerings 227. 8
History. General, Course Offerings 228. 9
History. Latin-American. Course in 228
History, Theatre. Course in 192
History. United States Constitutional. Course in 230
History. United States. Course Offerings 229
Home Economics, College of
Admission 72
Curricula 72
Degrees 72
Financial Aid 72
General Information 72
Physical Facilities 71
316 / Index
Required Courses 72
Requirements of the College 73
Requirements of the University 72
Special Facilities and Activities 71
Student Load 72
Student Organization 71
Home Econmics, Education, Course in 199
Home Econmics Education, Curriculum 116, 158
Honor Societies 18
Honor Program 18
Honors, Program, General 120
Honors, Course Offerings 231, 2
Horticulture, Course Offerings 232, 3
Horticulture. Department of
Curriculum 127
Faculty 127
Housing and Applied Design, Department of
Advertising Design 128
Costume Design 129
Crafts 129
Faculty 128
Housing 1 29
Interior Design 130
Housing, Curriculum 129
Housing and Interior Design, Course Offerings 233, 4
Housing Regulations, Violations of 37
Housing, Violations 37
Human Development and Learning, Course in 202
Humanities, History of, Course in 228
Humanities, Honors Course in 232
Humanities, Selected Topics in, Course in 223
Hydrobiology, Course in 263
Hydrology, General, Course in 170
Hygiene, Poultry, Course in 174
I
Identification Cards 36
Replacement Fee 36
Industrial Arts, Elementary School, Course in 196
Industrial Education, Department of
Curriculum 131
Faculty 130
Industrial Sociology, Course in 257
Infirmary. Health Center 33
Information Desk 34
Information Systems Management Program,
Curriculum 133
Faculty 133
Information Systems Management,
Course Offerings 234, 5
Institute of Applied Agriculture 53
Institute for Child Study Faculty 103
Institute for Fluid Dynamics and
Applied Mathematics 70
Institute for Molecular Physics 140
Institution Administration, Course Offerings 234
Instructional Materials Fee 7
Institutional Student Loans 11
Instrumental Option Curriculum,
Music Education 159
Insurance and Real Estate, Curriculum 98
Intensive Educational Development, Description 17
Intensive Educational Development Program 34
Interdisciplinary Study, Urban, Course in 223
Interfraternity and Panhellenic Councils,
Greek Affairs 34
Interior Design, Curriculum 130
Interior Design, Housing and
Course Offerings 233, 4
Intermediate Registration 17
Intermediate Registration, Office of 34
International Law, Course in 225
Intramurals. Athletic Program 35
Irregularities in Examinations 26
Islamic Civilization, Course in 229
Italian, Course Offerings 235
J
Japanese Language
Course Offerings 235
Faculty 133
Journalism, Department of 134
Course Offerings 235. 6
Faculty 134
Requirement for Major 135
Judging of Livestock, Course in 173
Judging of Poultry, Course in 172
Junior Standing 28
L
Labor Relations, Course in 183
Landscaping, Course in 232
Language and Culture, Course in 174
Language Arts in Early Childhood
Education, Course in 194
Late Application Fee 8
Late Registration Fee 8
Latin American Civilization, Course in 258
Latin, Course Offerings 236
Latin-American History, Course in 228
Latin America, Government and
Politics of, Course in 226
Latin, Classical Language, Foreign
Language Education 157
Law Program and Business Administration
Combined 100
Law Enforcement 108
Course Offerings 236. 7
Law Enforcement Education Program Loan and
Grant 11
Law, Sociology of, Course in 256
Legislatures and Legislation, Course in 226
Librarianships, Course Offerings 202
Libraries, Branches,
Architecture 2, 57
McKeldin 2
Chemistry 2
Engineering and Physical Sciences 2
Undergraduate 2
Library Charges 8
Library Science Education, Curriculum 135
Faculty 135
Licensing, Alcoholic Beverages 45
Life Saving and Water Safety, Course in 246
Linguistics, Course in 174
Linguistics Program 136
Faculty 136
Course in 218
Course Offerings 237
Literature, World, Course in 213
Literature, For Children, Course in 195
Literature, Comparative, Course Offerings 188, 9
Literature, American, Course in 214
Literature French, Course Offerings 218, 9
Literature, German, Course Offerings 223
Literature, Greek, Course in 224
Literature, Hebrew, Course in 227
Literature, Italian, Course in 235
Literature, Russian, Course in 254, 5
Literature, Spanish, Course in 257, 8
Livestock Evaluation Courses in 172
Livestock Judging, Course in 173
Livestock Management, Course in 173
Loans
Bank Loans 11
General Institutional Student Loans 10
National Defense Education 11
Act Loan Fund 11
Law Enforcement Education
Program Loan and Grant 11
Nursing Student Loans 11
U.S. Loan Program for Cuban Students 11
Index / 317
Lodging Fee 7
Lost and Found 34
M
Machinery and Equipment, Design of,
Course in 170
Man and Environment, Course in 174
Management and Consumer Studies, Curriculum 116
Management, Laboratory Animal, Course in 173
Management, Livestock, Course in 173
Management, Wildlife, Course in 173
Management Science, Statistics 99
Management Science Option, Curriculum 99
Map of The College Park Campus xi
Marketing, Agri-Business, Course in 178
Marketing, Principles of. Course in 183
Marketing Research Methods, Course in 185
Markets, Department of 54
Marking System 26
Pass, Fail Option 27
Maryland. History of, Course in 230
Mass Communication, Comparative
Systems, Course in 236
Mass Communication, History of,
Course in 236
Mass Communication, Introduction to, Course in 235
Mass Communication, Law of, Course in 236
Mathematics Department of 136
Course Offering 237. 40
Faculty 136
Honors
136
Placement in Courses 137
Mathematics Education, Curriculum 158
Matriculation Fee 8
Mathematics, in Elementary School,
Course in 195
Measurement and Statistics, Department of 137
Course Offerings 199
Faculty 137
Meats, Course in 173
Mechanical Engineering, Department of 137
Curriculum 138
Faculty 137
Mechanics, Celestial, Course in 181
Mechanical Drawing, Course in 196
Message to Students, Chancellor Bishop vi
Metal Work. General, Course in 197
Metalry, Course in 190
Meteorology Program 139
Course Offerings 240
Faculty 139
Microbiology, Department of 139
Course Offerings 240. 1
Faculty 139
Requirements 139
Middle Ages, Literature of. Course in 188
Middle East, Government and Politics of,
Course in 226
Military, General Courses. Course in 178
Military Sociology. Course in 257
Mineralogy, Course in 221
Minimum Requirements for Retention and
Graduation 30
Modern Foreign Languages, Curriculum 157
Modern Physical Science. History of Course in 229
Molecular Physics, Institute for 140
Faculty 140
Motor Vehicles, Cashier Office 47
Motor Vehicles, Policy 45
Movie Program 34
Music, Applied, Course Offerings 243
Music Awards 22
Music, Course Offerings 241, 3
Music, Department of 140
Bachelor's Degree. Music, B.A 140
Curriculum 140
Faculty 140
Music Education Curriculum, Elementary
School 110. 111
Music Education 159
Course Offerings 241
Curriculum 159
Music Education National Conference
Historical Center 65
N
National Defense Education Act Loan Fund 11
Natural Sciences, Honors Course, Course in 231
News Editing, Course in 235
New Testament as Literature, Course in 188
Notary Public 34
Nuclear Engineering Program 141
Course Offerings 212, 3
Faculty 141
Nuclear Physics, Course in 249
Nursery, Kindergarten. Laboratory
School of the University 65
Nursing, School of 80
Course Offerings 243
Curriculum and Instruction 195
Nursing Student Loans 11
Nutrition, Animal, Course in 173
Nutrition, Course Offerings 244
Nutrition, Fundamentals of, Course in 173
Nutritional Science, Course Offerings 244
O
Obstruction Regulations 36
Oceanography, Chemical, Course in 187
Oceanography, Meterology, Course in 240
Office Machines, Course in 199
Office of Intermediate Registration 16
Office of International Education Services 34
Office of Laboratory Experiences 65
Office of Registration 26
Office of Student Aid 9, 11
Office of Weights and Measures 55
Officers of The College Park Campus ix
Offices of The University ix
Old Testament as Literature, Course in 188
Orientation of Students, College Aims 188
Orientation Programs
Freshman Orientation and Registration
Transfer Student Orientation 7
Parent Orientation 7
Foreign Student Orientation 7
Other Fees
Miscellaneous Fees and Charges 8
Textbooks and Supplies (9) 8
Out of State Applicant 4
Out-of-State transfer applicant
P
Painting, Course in 179, 80
Paleontology. Course in 221
Parasitology. Course in 263
Parent Orientation
Parking Areas 48, 9
Parking Violations 47, 8
Part-time Employment 11
Part-time Undergraduate Student. Fee 8
Pass-Fail Option 27
Payment of Fees
Personnel and Labor Relations Curriculum 98
Personnel Management. Course in 185
Pest Management. Curriculum 106
Petition Board 32
Pharmacy 80
Phi Beta Kappa 80
Philosophy, Department of 141
318 / Index
Course Offerings 244, 5
Faculty 141
Requirements 141
Photography, Course in 176
Photography, News, Course in 236
Photography, Course in 175
Physical Anthropology, Course in 174
Physical Education, Course Offerings 246, 8
Physical Education, Professional Courses 246
Service Courses 246
Physical Education, Recreation and Health, College of:
Aqualiners 76
Armory 75
Byrd Stadium 74
Certification 75
Coliseum 74
Degrees 75
Elective Courses 74
Entrance Requirements 74
Facilities 73
Field Work 75
Freshman and Sophomore Program 74
Guidance 74
Gymkana Troupes 76
Health Education Classroom Building 74
Honorary Societies 74
Indoor Activities 73
Intramurals for Men 76
Majors' Club 76
Minors in Other Areas 78
New Facilities 74
Normal Load For Students 74
Outdoor Activities 74
Preinkert Field House 73
Requirements 77,8
Research Laboratory 74
Student Activities Building 73
Student Organizations 75
Student Teaching 75
Transfer Students 74
U of M Recreational and Parks Society 74
Weight Lifting Club 76
Women's Recreational Association 76
Physical Education, Department of 141
Curriculum, Men and Women 142
Faculty 141
Honors Program 143
Requirements for Degree 142
Physical Education and Health Education,
Curriculum 160
Physical Fitness, Course in 231
Physical Geography 1 22
Physical Sciences Program 144
Curriculum 144
Purpose 144
Physical Therapy, School of 81
Physical Therapy, Course Offerings 186
Physics, Course Offerings 248, 50
Physics and Astronomy, Department of 145
Faculty 145
Honors in Physics 145
Major Requirements 145
Physiology, Animal, Course in 172
Physiology. Avian, Course in 173
Physiology of Hatchability, Course in 173
Physiology, Insect, Course in 215
Physiology of Mammalian Reproduction, Course in .... 173
Physiology, Plant, Course in 181
Physiology, Vertebrate, Course in 262
Piano Practice Room 34
Placement and Credentials Center 34
Plagiarism and Cheating 36
Plant Pathology, Course in 182
Plant Physiology, Course in 181
Plant Resource Management. Curriculum 106
Policy and Procedures on Alcoholic Beverages 45
Police Office, Campus 47
Policy on Motor Vehicles 45
Policy Statements, Selected 42
Amplifying Equipment 42
Policy Statement, Selected 43
Demonstrations 43
Political Theory, Course in 225, 6
Politics, Sociology of, Course in 257
Polymer Science, Course in 206
Popular Culture in America, Course in 172
Population, Course in 256
Portuguese, Course Offerings 250
Poultry Breeding and Feeding, Course in 174
Poultry Hygiene, Course in 174
Poultry Judging, Course in 172
Poultry Management, Course in 173
Poultry Products and Marketing, Course in 174
Power Systems, Course in 170
Pre-College Orientation Program Fee 8
Pre-Dental Hygiene, Curriculum 146
Pre-Dentistry, Curriculum 146
Pre-Forestry, Curriculum 147
Pre-Law, Curriculum 147
Pre-Medical Technology, Curriculum 148
Pre-Medical Technology, Requirements 148
Pre-Medicine, Program, Three or Four Year 148
Pre-Medicine, Requirements 148
Pre-Nursing, Curriculum 149
Pre-Pharmacy, Curriculum 149
Pre-Physical Therapy 149
Pre-Professional Area, Other 151
Pre-Theological Program 150
Pre-Veterinary Medicine Program 150
Preinkert Field House 73
Pre-Professional Curricula 145
Printmaking, Course in 180
Probation Actions 37
Production Management, Curriculum 99
Professional and Student Organizations 65
Professional Schools 80
Dental Hygiene 80
Medical Technology 80
Pharmacy 80
Physical Therapy 81
Nursing 80
Program, Department and Curriculum
Information 83
Property Damage Fee 8
Provisions of The University jjj
Psychology, Department of 151
Course Offerings 250, 2
Faculty 151
Honor Programs 151
Requirements 151
Public Administration, Course in 225
Public Affairs, Reporting of, Course in 235
Public Law and Political Theory, Course in 224
Public Opinion, Course in 225
Public Opinion and Mass Communication,
Course in 236
Public Relations, Course in 235
Public Speaking, Course in 258
Race Relations and Public Law, Course in 225
Race Relations, Sociology of, Course in 256
Radio and Television, Course Offerings 252
Reading Center 65
Reading. Teaching of in Elementary School,
Course in 195
Readmission and Reinstatement 30
Readmission 6
Reinstatement 6
Deadlines 6
Applications 6
Index / 319
Real Estate, Principle, Course in 184
Reckord Armory 73
Records, Transcripts 9
Recreation, Department of 152
Course Offerings 252, 3
Faculty 152
Requirements for Degree 152
Recreational Facilities Fee 7
Refund and Withdrawal, Fees 9
Regents, Board of viii
Registration 24
Registration Change in, Fee 8
Registration Fee 7
Registration Office 24
Regulations,
Academic Irregularities 36
Alcoholic Beverages 36
Cheating 36
Destruction 36
Disruption 36
Failure to meet Financial Obligations 36
Falsification 36
Fire 36
Forgery 36
General 35
Housing Violations 37
Obstruction 36
Plagiarism 36
Safety 36
Theft 36
Traffic Rules 37
Unauthorized Entry 36
Unauthorized Use of Keys 36
Religious Programs 33
Reorganization Chart "
Reorganization Information i. 51 , 83
Reproduction, Physiology of Mammalian, Course in 173
Research Facilities 2
Research Programs 2
Residency Policy 4
Resources, Area 2
Resource Management, Curriculum 106
Restricted Areas, Alcoholic Beverages 45
Requirements
Admission 3
Attendance 29
Fees 7
General Education 22
Grade Point Average 26
Minimum for Graduation 30
For Degree 28
Rhetoric. Course in 259
Ride Room 34
Riding Class Fee 8
Ritchie Coliseum 74
Room Deposit Fee 8
Rural Education, Course in 254
Rural-Urban Relations, Course in 257
Russian, Course Offerings 254, 5
Russian Area Program, Requirements 152
Russian Language 123
S
Safety Regulations 36
Scholarships and Grants, Endowed and Annual 10, 12
Scholarships 10, 12
Agriculture. Air Force ROTC. Endowed, Full
General State, Local and National. Nursing,
Special Academic
Scholarship Honors 29
Scholastic Aptitude Test. Admission 3
Schools and Colleges 51
School Health Programs, Organization of,
Course in 231
Science and Technology, Journalism of, Course in 236
Science Education, Curriculum 160
Science, in Elementary School, Course in 194
Science, Philosophy of, Course in 244
Science Teaching Center 65
Scientific Revolution, History of, Course in 229
Sculpture, Course in 180
Sculpture. Masterpieces of. Course in 179
Secondary Education, Department of
Business Courses, Course in 199
Curriculum 153
Curriculum, Instruction and
Observation, Course in 200
English Teaching, Course in 200
Faculty 153
Foreign Language Teaching, Course in 200
Home Economics. Teaching of, Course in 200
Mathematics Teaching, Course in 201
Reading Teaching, Course in 201
Science Teaching, Course in 201
Social Studies, Teaching, Course in 201
Student Teaching, Course in 200
Secretarial Education, Curriculum 155
Secretarial Office Practice, Course in 199
Seed Inspection Service 55
Service Charge for Dishonored Checks 8
Sex Education, Course in 231
Shorthand and Transcription, Course in 199
Smoke Shop 34
Social Sciences Education, Curriculum 161
Social Studies in Elementary School, Course in 195
Social Sciences
Honors Course 231
Philosophy of, Course in 245
Sociology and Anthropology, Department of 162
Course Offerings 255. 7
Curriculum 162
Faculty 162
Soil Mechanics, Course in 204
Soil Conservation Committee 55
Soils, Course Offerings 171
Sororities 34
Soviet Union, Government and
Administration of, Course in 226
Spanish and Portuguese Languages and
Literatures, Department of
Course Offerings 257-8
Curriculum 162
Faculty 162
Honors Program 163
Special Education, Department of
Curriculum 163
Faculty 163
Special Examination Fee 8
Special Fees 8
Special Opportunities 8
Special Student Admissions 5
Special Student Fees 8
Speech and Dramatic Art. Department of 164
Course Offerings 258. 259
Curriculum 164
Faculty 164
Speech and Hearing, Course Offerings 259-60
Speech Education, Curriculum 161
Stage Design, Course in 192
Statistics and Probability, Course Offerings 260
State Board of Agriculture Programs 54
State Chemist 55
State Department of Drainage 55
State Horticulture Department 55
State Inspection Services. Agricultural 54-55
Statistics, Business. Course in 182
Statistics, Management Service 99
Statistics Option. Curriculum 99
Structural Engineering. Course Offerings 205
Student Activities 33
Student Activities Building 73
320 / Index
Student Activities Fee 7
Student Affairs. Vice Chancellor (or 32
Student Aid, Olfice of 9. 11, 34
Part-Time Employment 11
Student and Professional Organizations 65
Student Discipline, Committee on 26
Student Government (SGA) Awards 22
Student Life, Commission on 34
Student Services and Activities
Commission on Student Life 33
Counseling Center 33
Cultural Study Center 33
Department of Resident Life 33
Food Service 34
Greek Affairs Office 34
Health Center 34
Intensive Education Development Program 34
International Education Services and
Foreign Student Affairs 33
Judiciary Office 33
Office of Intermediate Registration 34
Office of Student Aid 33
Placement and Credentials Services 34
Religious Programs 34
Student Activities 34
Student Union 34
Vice Chancellor for Student Affairs 33
Student Teaching
Agricultural, Course in 254
Course Offerings 195
Exceptional Children, Course in 201
Industrial Arts, Course in 198
In Secondary Schools, Course in 200
Student Union 34
Studio Art, Course in 179-80
Summer School, General Information 2
Suspension from Activities or
University Facilities 35
From Class 35
From the University 37
Swahili. Course in 169
Systems Analysis, Course in 184
T
Taxonomy, Course in 182
Teacher Education 63
Technology, History of, Course in 229
Telephone Room 34
Television News and Public Affairs, Course in 252
Television Production, Course in 252
Television Room 34
Textbooks and Supplies, Fees 9
Textiles, Course Offerings 260-61
Textiles and Apparel
Course Offerings 261
Curriculum 165
Textiles and Consumer Economics
Curriculum 165
Faculty 165
Textiles, Decorative, Course in 190
Textile Marketing, Curriculum 166
Textile Science, Curriculum 166
Theft Regulations 36
Ticket Office 34
Tobacco Production, Course in 171
Transfer Student Admission
Academic Requirements. Maryland Residents .... 4
Academic Retention Plan 4
Community College Transfer Credit 4
Credit by Examination 4
Foreign Language Credit 4
General Requirements 4
School of Architecture 4
Transfer Credit 4
Transfer Student Orientation 7
Transportation Curriculum 100
Transportation and Urban Systems Engineering,
Course Offerings 204, 5
Transcripts of Records 9
Transfer Student Orientation 7
Traffic Rules and Regulations for Campus, Appeals ... 48
Parking Areas for Faculty, Staff and 48
Assigned Resident Students Only 48
Parking Areas for Students 48
Penalties 47
Purpose 46
Registration of Vehicles 46
Traffic Information 47
Traffic Regulations 46
Traffic Violations 37
Transfer Between Colleges 4
Transcript of Record Fee 8
Turfgrass Law 55
Turf Management. Course in 171
Typewriting, Principles of, Course in 199
Typography, Course in 235
Typography and Lettering, Course Offerings 175
U
Undergraduate Admission
Community College Credit 4
Freshman Admission 3
General Requirements 3
High School Record 3
Maryland Residents
Predictive Index 3
Transfer Students 4
Undergraduate Degree Programs 16
Undergraduate Judicial System 38
United States History
Course Offerings 228, 9
Diplomatic, Course in 230
University Board of Regents viii
University Campuses
Baltimore City 2
Baltimore County (UMBC) 2
College Park 2
Eastern Shore (Princess Anne, UMES) 2
University College, General Information 3
University Facilities 34
University, History of 1
University Nursery, Kindergarten Laboratory
School 65
University, Objectives of 1
University Offices ix
University Police, Office of 47
University Provisions iii
University, Today 2
Urban Geography and Regional Development 122
Urban Land Management, Course in 186
Urban Planning, Course in 177
Urban Politics, Course in 226
U.S. Loan Program for Cuban Students 11
V
Vegetable Production, Course in 232
Vehicle Registration Fee 8
Vertebrate Morphology, Comparative, Course in 262
Vice Chancellor for Student Affairs 32
Visiting Faculty, Services Available 34
Vocational — Industrial Education 132
Certification 132
Curriculum 131
Vocal Option Curriculum, Music Education 159
W
Water Resources Management, Curriculum 106
Weaving, Course in 190
Weed Control, Course in 171
Index / 321
Weed Inspection Service 55 World Politics, Course in 225
Weights and Measures, Office of 55 Writing, Magazine Article and Feature, Course in 236
Weight-Lifting Club 76
Wildlife, Diseases of, Course in 172 Z
Wildlife Management, Course in 173 Zoology, Department of 166
Wind Tunnel Operations 70 Course Offerings 261, 3
Withdrawal and Refund of Fees 9 Curriculum 166
Withdrawals From the University 29 Faculty 166
Women's Recreation Association 76 History of, Course in 262
Woodworking, Course in 196 Honors 166
Work-Study Program 12 Vertebrate, Course in 263
322 / Index
univcrsiTY of marYLanu/coLLeGe parK, marYLano -j742
r-
O
o
go
DD
T>
E
3
®
i
q
I
Tl
■
CO T
o -
>
30
<
3
z
o
-J
>
m
H
E
m o
>
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11